Set Ok eee ee

FX I ~m

lind deme 2

EO a careny 4 . - at lee ORE acon

terete Beta A ie eae

Og oT oe s- naan .

*- ae

AA oe

~ ea eae

on ee Heme Ee

- leeatietinteted aie. ata a

- Se en eee

a ee '

ee o<-+ a ae ua

<++ FS o 6-5 ban we

re w - - ae

wate ad -aeee ~ * :

m : A eee etsace

. =e pues ,

* o. x ? id

- - - iol |

A -

~ - : - ‘. .

2 vee “ ‘ a scent 4a

* ye . :

2 € - or

vow

« - mie - .

A Rie Pa . ra

see t+ ’ >

‘ ’

- - a4

-_~ er anan*

Oe Net hg Met

1M ime e

ove ete

A he

tao AA =>

7 ee be

a _ er ee

G00 - eee

5 Saks aun

’ a ae aerate . > eee i

re lode to ¥en. s wee “2 . » * eS Oe eae ua

G 8 of

ee ea

Sere ASN

+ ‘rs feof

ee eT) 2 oho

ST RDA. sabietad Aeshen to Leas tee ase \.

tad | 5 oe be

ee ha

> o-

Sh el Qe e AY —”

PTY eee Bry erica)

Af eR Spats eet eS SS.

+a ee ee ee > a *

er Cr N ames peer dele

oe eee

ee ay Sere 7) & Ra

oe deh tet Ren ts ae bye -

ere ea rae ee eee ee

= New toe 53

Om Dee ot Mee at ohomerl

Seb eT eit tee eet et ele eter £4

Mma mde be ee oe

98. 4 Ae = tae. B08 te Sr gene A ee

ee a eee ee Ae en

ae Ot et hes Sete et tea OOF Sed Mp at Oh” sent

at tA OR BHM *

sat + ~e ~ -§ - -

. - 4

+. ™ - : > - ~ + - - -

x Nae Mate ~ - - . ~ . +o -*

i wae ew eee a ~ a -

a» - . Ae tee ene 2 OF “ 34:

. / - ese ne sees . + — cc we _

* -- te & - - . - ws a —

“ yA se * is <8, - - t

- . .- -

a = -

3 - os ~

. ems -

+ .

‘ -

. ‘ .

‘ ba

ps 7 A

;. ~

‘

HANDBOUND

AT THE

wie

UNIVERSITY OF

TORONTO PRESS

pee a0) hy DAD Ra 4 t _ 7

| Se 7 Menitle ieee

q AY ey 5 it i , ve ‘ re as) ‘

} ey iat ;

int / i.

ih alt ey

f ‘. i)

f rs

: i}

‘

ih ¥

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTI'S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1900.

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini ; |

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis |

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

0.6 se e.wue « ./-) Lhe sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL, V.

[SEVENTH SERIES. }

NUMBER XXV.

Page

I. Arctic Crustacea: Bruce Collection. By the Rev. Tuomas

EMME EA, MER ecin seb eas cican'ts Meade weichecsb tac

II. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Aculeate Hymeno-

ptera from the Oriental Zoological Region. By P. Cameron .... 17

ILL. Note on the Weasel, Putorius (Ictis) nivalis, Linn., and some

of its Subspecies. By G. E. H. BarretT-HaMILTON ...,........ 4]

IV. On Squirrels of the Sciwus MacClellandi Group. By J. L.

ES yal 72 warn ve wiv is Sle Wiens. ecnletesde ois = we boo 8 ye d's 50

V. Descriptions of Two new Atherinoid Fishes from Mexico. By

SLING, TES. 0, Ai. i eM Ue nea aela’ we 54

VI. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Nucras from Usoga,

British East Africa. By Oscak NEUMANN .........0.,-s0e000. 56

VII. On the Genus Lycodes. By Prof. F. A.Swirr .......... ib.

VIII. On a Second Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Ed-

ward M. de Jersey in Nyasaland. By A. G. Burier, Ph.D. &c... 59

IX. Descriptions of new or doubtful Species of the Genus Ammo-

phila (Kirby) from Algeria. By F. D. Morice, F.E.S. .......... 64

X. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Coleoptera from

S. and W. Africa, of the Section Serricornia, and of the Families

Erotylida, Endomychide, and Languriide. By H. 8. Goruam,

ine 0) cals» arin om sty sR bikes 0 Gace oi ec Fane 0 71

XI. Descriptions of Three new Forms of Tragelaphus. By R. L.

ati cis tie aden 4S Cie Aale go sanin we * ox Yin)n 0 o's ease a4

XII. Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide in the

British Museum Collection. By Miss Gertrupkr Ricarpo. (Platel.) 97

XUI. The Hexagonal Structure naturally formed in Cooling Bees-

wax, and its Influence on the Formation of the Cells of Bees. B

Cuar_es Dawson, F.G.S, &c., and S. A. WoopHxKaD, B.Sce., F.C.S.,

Ss TU ce din dx di Oe GM MERA ase ZO { vs ens oe pe eke wd wee 121

XIV. British Amphipoda of the Tribe Hyperiidea and the Families

Orchestiide and some Lysianasside. By Canon Norman, M.A.,

fe -O.be, LL.D, BRS. 5 Bee ie. i cee dn neieerecesncescevies 126

—~ XV. A new Bat from the Key Islands. By OLpFreLp THomas.. 145

~~ = XVI. The Geographical Races of the Tayra (Galictis barbara), with

F Notes on Abnormally Coloured Individuals. By OLpFizLp Tuomas. i.

XVII. New South-American Mammals. By O_pFretp THomas. 148

iv CONTENTS.

Page

New Books :—Rhopalocera Athiopica. Die Tagfalter des ASthiop-

ischen Faunengebietes. Eine systematisch-geographische Studie.

Von Cur. Avrivitiius.—Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck-

Archipels. Von Dr. ARNOLD PAGENSTECHER. Erster Thiel.

—Orthopteren des Malayischen Archipels, gesammelt von Prof.

Dr. W. KixenTHAL in den Jahren 1893 und 1894, bearbeitet

von BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, unter Beriicksichtigung neuer

verwandter Species.—New Zealand Moths and_ Butterflies

(Macro-Lepidoptera). By G. V. Hupson, F.E.S.—The Butterfly

Book, a Popular Guide to a Knowledge of the Butterflies of

North America. By W.J. Hoxvanp, Ph.D., D.D., &c... 154—157

Note on Ceroplastes africanus (Family Coceide), by E. E. Green,

F.E.S. ; On the Lateral Cephalic Organs of Glomeris, by N. de

Zograf

NUMBER XXVI.

XVIII. On the Nephridium of Nephthys ceca, Fabr. By FRANCIS

Hueu Stewart, M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

(Plates TT. SW) hss coke amici we tae eae beast hee eee :

XIX. Descriptions of Three new Species of Siluroid Fishes from

Southern Brazil. By G. A. Boutenaer, F.RS..........0.-008- 1

XX. Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide in the

British Museum Collection. By Miss GkrtrupDE RicaRDO

XXI. On the Mating Instinct in Moths. By ALFRED GoLps-

BOROUGH MaYyER

XXII. On British Species of Siphonostoma. By M. I. Nrwstatn,

D.Sc. (Lond.). (Plate IV.)

XXIII. On an Unnamed Species of Cervus from Turkestan. By

R. LyDEKKER

6B 6 9.0 0s 6s 000s © bo ov, 6 Che 00 6 e Blm Dern e rere

cee ot as Fever reece sce pice 8 0.» 6 6.6» 6 6) ve seme © ols Pies

XXIV. British Amphipoda: Fam. Lysianasside (concluded).

By Canon Normay, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. (Plate VI.)

XXV. A new Flying-Squirrel from Borneo. By CHar es Hose,

XXVI. Description of a new Fruit-Bat from New Guinea. By

OLDFIELD THOMAS

XXVII. Descriptions of new Neotropical Mammals. By OLpFrELD

THOMAS

66 66's © 6 6 5 6.6.0 6 8 0 0s © 6 £:6)6 6 C'S 616) C0 6) a9 6 6 6 6's. a .0)5 (6) Olere lamin aee

XXVIII. The Generic Name Thylacomys. By Epear R, Warts,

F.LS.

XXIX. On new Species of Histeride, and Notices of others. By

G. Lewis, F.L.S.

XXX. On the Absence of Regeneration in the Posterior Limbs

of the Orthoptera saltatoria and its probable Causes. By EpMonp

BORDAGE), 6. i)06is fies ded ns 00 0 60 80 0 adn sis to de

Sind CHE STO OCT TEPER CCFO eC Bath 6 6 d8 O86 6 60 \n 6 0266 6 wie ole

SSFDC CK Gee ee Ve VtE KR 6 cas 6 6 65 10.5 o V6 y etenne eevee

oe eo ee le eee 158, 159

161

167

234

CONTENTS.. Vv

Page

XXXI. Regeneration of the Tarsus and of the Two Anterior

Pairs of Limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria. By EpmMonp BorpaGe, 237

New Book :—Die Fledermiiuse des Berliner Museums fiir Naturkunde.

—Neunzig, unter Leitung von Prof. W. Peters und Paul Matschie,

gezeichnete und lithographirte Tafeln. Bearbeitet und durch

Verbreitungskarten und Bestimmungstabellen fiir alle bekannten

Arten erginzt. Von Paut Marscurg, Kustos am Museum fiir

Naturkunde zu Berlin. Erste Lieferung. Megachiroptera .... 239

NUMBER XXVII.

XXXII. A New-Zealand Species of the Amphipodan Genus

Cyproidia. By CHARLES CuiLTon, M.A., D.Se., M.B.,C.M., F.L.S.,

Research Fellow, University of Edinburgh. (Plate V.) .......... 241

XXXIII. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others.

LORS ON SS Sh ee ee ag ee eerie es 246

_ XXXIV. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XX. By Prof. M‘lntosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. (Plates

NRE he teeta ays Soma ese Le oacaei es cs 254

™.> = XXXYV. Descriptions of new Neotropical Mammals. By OLpFIELD

Nag Pee iia Sa oinls Biipsln Azo Rare Tees winavi aivie-o Lewv alors. 269

XXXVI. Descriptions of Two new Sciuropteri discovered by

Mr. Charles Hose in Borneo. By OLpFreLp THOMAS............ 275

XXXVII. Notes on a Collection of African Blattide, chiefly

from the Transvaal, formed by Mr. W. L, Distant. By W.F. Kirsy,

eR Pg PRS ds 2). So acter Mian ap ten np Rie es de oes 277

XXXVIII. Some new or little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge.

By hE Pocock ......: ERAN /s iu Meat ela ¢ erit awed vink gota lee 294

XXXIX. Descriptions of new Reptiles from Perak, Malay

Peninsula. By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S. ...........0. cee ee. , 306

XL. Description of a new Genus and Species of Longicorn Coleo-

ptera from Central Formosa, By C. J. Ganan, M.A............. 508

XLI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from Hainan Island, China.

CREAM Ch WV ATREROURE, HE) ee. cd isnew ssw ecasecess 310

XLII. Description of a new Species of Plectopylis from Tonkin.

MO SEAN ey cas Sab bode Mele ce db Rate bec doe oh

XLII. On the Spiral Growth of Appendages in Course of Re-

generation in Arthropoda. By EpMonp BorbaGeE ............., 314

New Book :—Zoological Results based on Material from New

Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected

during the Years 1895, 1896, and 1397, by Arthur Willey,

D.Sc. Lond., Hon. M.A. Cantab., late Balfour Student of the

University of Cambridge. “Part ITI, ................000... 317

The Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax in relation to

the Cells of Bees, by F. Chapman ..............,cceeee+es 320

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER XXVIII.

Page

XLIV. Evidence of an Extinct Eel (7renchelys anglicus, sp. n.)

from the English Chalk. By A. Smrra Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.S.

(Plate 1X. figs. AS Ea) RNS CHA dete Wine Sete ea eae iy nee ee 32]

XLV. On a new Specimen of the Clupeoid Fish Aulolepis typua

from the English Chalk. By A. Smira Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.S.

(Plate IX. figs. Lg PED cnn caitap ita: F tan NOW Rev dds igo deem 524

XLVI. British Amphipoda: Families Pontoporeide to Ampe-

liscide. By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. .. 326

XLVII. On some Longicorn Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan.

By:0. J; Garin, WAY oct ts sre eee LA Sik i

XLVIII. Descriptions of Two new Murines from Peru and a new

Hare from Venezuela. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ............+005 354

XLIX. On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul and an apparently

new Species of Cyornis. By Col. C. T. Brnewam, F.Z.S. ........

L. Note on the Common Hedgehog (Erinaceus europeus, Linnzeus)

and its Subspecies or Local Variations. By G. E. H. Barrerr-

ERAMEIETOR sou tio sce ieee Wan Sukie en as «ees «ieee 560

LI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp WaLsINGHAM,

Ry AMS Dg TERNS one vie roles eke ys tints +0 4k cepts enn 368

LU. Rhynchotal Notes. —IV. Heteroptera: Pentatomine (part.).

BS WV. 2s: SAE dss oun. tees tS ae ein os hon 9 4 ee 386

LIII. Description of a new Cetoniid Beetle fron East Africa,

By. A, Hearn, MODELS, oe salad «hous s,s cone Sen 397

New Book :—The Students’ Flora of New Zealand and the outlying

Islands. By Tuomas Kink, P.LS.) wo eee 399

Scriptotricha or Paracantha?, by T. D, A. Cockerell ............ 400

NUMBER XXIX.

LIV. Observations on Bees collected at Las Vegas, New Mexico,

and in the adjacent Mountains. By T. D. A. CocKkErELL, Pro-

fessor of Entomology, New Mexico Agricultural College.......... 401

LY. On anew Ostracoderm (Luphanerops longevus) from the

Upper Devonian of Scaumenac Bay, Province of Quebec, Canada.

By A. Smira Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.S. (Plate X. figs. 1, la,

(i. 5 nn Per reese ce ar 416

LVI. On a new Species of Deltodus from the Lower Carboniferous

(Yoredale Rocks) of Ses By A. Smirn Woopwarp, LL_D.,

F L65( Plate Rs fies 2/20 28D). oc 09 se toe ee 3 eaee 419

LVI. Rhynchotal Notes.—IV. Heteroptera: Pentatomine (patt.).

By W. L. Distant ..... Siete see tes ves one ulin en 4

CONTENTS. Vii

Page

LVIII. On the Variation of the Weasel (Puforius nivalis, Linn.).

By Dr. Ernan Lonnpera

LIX. New Species of Mollusea of the Genera Voluta, Conus,

Siphonalia, and Luthria. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. (Plate XL.) 499

LX. A List of the Species of Cyaniris, a well-known Group of the

Family Lycenide. By A.G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.5., &e... 441

LXI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp WaLsinonam,

rn Me Serre Oe ier y wer sves tives apie rein 451

LXIL. Some new or little-known Neotropical Scorpions in the

British Museum. By R. IL. Pocock

New Book :—Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. Mit

Beriicksichtigung der thiergeographischen und_biologischen

Verhiiltnisse systematisch dargestellt. Von Dr. ARNOLD

PAGENSTECHER. Zweiter Theil: Die Nachtfalter .......... 478

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..........-seeeeeeeeee aves 479

A Question of Nomenclature, by F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A. &e. ........ 480

NUMBER XXX,

LXIII. Asiatic Tortricidae. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Wansryc-

EEA MOET, | cine she Many axe aod ants x a eat << tet 48]

LXIV. On the Squirrels of the Ratufa (Sciwrus) bicolor Group.

EN SIOMIMIEN 509 oi tes ak cain deen Ps males nants eae ED BS-0 4)

499

LXV. A new Skunk from Peru. By OLpFieLp THomas

LXVI. On the Special Protection of Appendages in Process of

Regeneration after Artificial Mutilation among Insects. By EpMonp

I Rea Behe 46 < i wn 0 RAMEN Oc eats pa resi ones i belek 501

LXVII. New Species of the Coleopterous Genus Prionocalus from

Ecuador and Peru. By Cnas. O. Warernovss, V.P.E.S......... 503

LXVIII. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Hete-

rocera from Tropical South America. By Herbert Druce,

EG 0S AVE 6 i dierh a re Ne ccs dee wna sdei'vnse vce bcs HOT

LXIX. Further Note on the Harvest-Mouse (Mus minutus,

Pallas) and its Geographical Variations. By G. E. H. Barrerr-

Ua eM ROW G Cocos sce t's we day sbiccccvyessnves. O20

LXX. On a Small Collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from

Hainan, collected by the late John Whitehead. By W. I. Kirsy,

Pima MEO, CRUMMO MEL), yc cc ucon see ttaveressuccerusees * 530

viii CONTENTS.

Page

LXXI. On the Species which have been included in Zygonyz,

Hagen and De Selys. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., P.ES., &e. 0.0... 539

LXXII. Note on the Individual Variation of the Common Hedge-

hog (Erinaceus europeus, Linn.). By Dr. Etnar LONNBERG ...... 542

Proceedings of the Geological Society. ........ 06: cece eens 544, 545

Golianthinus (Sphyrorrhina) Wisei, by Ii. A. Heath, M.D., F.LS. ;

On the Skeleton of the Snout and Os carunculz of the Mammary

Foetus of Monotremes, by Prof. J.T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M. .... 546

PLATES IN VOL. V.

PiaTE I. New Tabanide.

we Nephridium of Nephthys ceca.

IV. British Species of Siphonostoma.

V. Cyproidia otakensis.

VI. New Amphipoda.

hase Species of Nephthys.

IX. Urenchelys anglicus and Aulolepis typus.

X. Euphanerops longzvus and Deltodus Croftoni.

XI. New Mollusca.

XII. New Odonata.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SEVENTH SERIES.]

« per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymph Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia suceo."’

N. Parthenii Giannetlusi, Eel. i,

No. 25. JANUARY 1900.

I.—Aretic Crustacea: Bruce Collection. By the

Rey. THomas R. R. STeBBING, M.A., F.R.S.

Tue Crustacea collected by Mr. W. S. Bruce in Franz-Josef

Land during 1896 and 1897, in connexion with ihe well-

known Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition, have recently been

described by Mr. Thomas Scott, F.L.8., in the ‘ Journal of

the Linnean Society.’ In 1898 Mr. Bruce made three new

Arctic cruises: the first with Mr. Andrew Coats in his yacht

‘Blencathra’ to Kolguev and Novaya Zemlya; the second

with the same friendly sportsman “to Bear Island, Hope

Island, across the Barents Sea almost to the north end of

Novaya Zemlya, and to the Wiche Islands” ; the third with

the Prince of Monaco, on the ‘ Princesse Alice,’ to Bear

Island, Hope Island, several parts of Spitzbergen, and the

Greenland Sea.

As might have been expected, Mr. Bruce made every

possible use of his opportunities in the interests of natural

science. The Malacostraca thus obtained he has, on the

suggestion of Mr. Scott, submitted to me for determination,

and the following catalogue is the result.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 1

2 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea.

BRACHYURA.

Tribe OKYRRHYNCHA.

Fam. Maiide.

Genus Hyas, Leach, 1813-1814.

Ilyas araneus (Linn.).

1758. Cancer araneus, Linn., Systema Nature, ed. x. (reprint, 1894),

p- 628. F i» ;

1790. Cancer bufo, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, vol. i. pt 8,

p. 242, pl. xvii. fig. 95.

1814. Hyas araneus, Leach, Edinb. Encyel. vol. vii. p. 431.

1816. Hyas araneus, Leach, Malacostraca Podophth. Britannia,

pl. xx. A.

1834. Hyas aranea, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. i. p. 312.

1851. Hyas araneus, Brandt, Middendorft’s Sibirische Reise, vol. ii.

y ’ ’

abode! Part Os

1853, sian araneus, Bell, British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, p. 31, fig. in

text.

1864. Hyas arancus, Goés, Crust. podophth. Suecize &c., in GEfy. Vet.-

Akad. Forh. p. 161 (extr. p. 1).

1882. Hyas coarctatus, var., Hoek, Die Crustaceen..... des Willem

Barents, in Nied. Arch. fiir Zool., Suppl. vol. i. p. 3, pl. i. fig. 1.

1887. Hyas araneus, H. J. Hansen, Dijmphna Krebsdyr, p. 234.

In regard to this abundant, widely distributed, and well-

known species there is still an unsettled question. Leach in

one work mentions and in another figures a specimen

measuring 16 inches across between the tips of the extended

legs. ‘lhe carapace of the specimen figured is 5} inches long

by a little over 24 broad. These dimensions, as Leach

himself recognizes and as subsequent experience has shown,

are very uncommon. From this form, capable of so large a

development, the same author in 1815 distinguished, as Hyas

coarctatus, a second species, of which a specimen is considered

fine when the carapace is 1} inch long by 3 inch wide. Leach

did not, however, lay any stress on the difference in size, but

on a character less easily appreciable, namely, that the acute

lateral postorbital process of the carapace is tuberculate to the

rear in Hyas araneus, whereas to the rear in [yas coarctatus

it is much dilated and unarmed. ‘he latter species more-

over, in accordance with its name, has the sides of its carapace

constricted. It is not said, and it would not be true to say,

that they are without constriction in the other form. The

fact appears to be that the constriction forms a small pocket

(as in the smaller of Leach’s two figures of Hyas coarctatus)

only in small specimens, but that, as specimens increase in

size, it becomes a shallow emargination.

—

Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea. 3

Brandt, in distinguishing the species, uses Leach’s character

of tuberculation, saying that the part of the carapace in

question has about two or three warts in Hyas araneus and

only about one or none in Hyas coarctatus. His words are

“subternis vel subbinis ” and “ subunica vel nulla,” of which

the meaning seems plain, although the Latinity is not

Ciceronian. He adds that in Hyas araneus the breadth of

the front third of the carapace is a little less or more than

half the extreme breadth, but that in Hyas coarctatus this

front third has more than three fourths, or about four fifths,

of the extreme breadth. ‘The two species live in the same

waters, so that, when it comes to determining matrimonial

alliances, one cannot help wondering how they manage

without compasses to prevent a narrow-fronted Romeo from

winning the affections of a broad-fronted Juliet, since we,

with all appliances and means to boot, can scarcely keep their

rival clans from mixing. According to Bell, “ In the young

state it is very difficult to distinguish the two species, as the

former [Hyas araneus] has, in its early age, the spreading

form of the postorbital processes which distinguishes the

present species [ Hyas coarctatus] inits perfect adult condition,

and which is gradually lost by the other.” Bell dismisses

Hailstone’s Hyas serra/us as undoubtedly only a very young

form of Hyas coarctatus.

Sars, in the ‘ Crustacea of the Norwegian North-Atlantic

Expedition ’ (Crust. pt. 2, p. 2, 1886), records both H. araneus

and H. coarctatus, and, further, considers Brandt’s var. alutacea

of the latter ‘to be strictly entitled to specific distinction.”

Unfortunately he does not give the characters to be relied on

for keeping the three forms apart. Most of the specimens

assigned by him to //. coarctatus were young individuals.

He notices, as earlier authors had done, that this form

descends into much deeper waters than those frequented

by H. araneus.

Brandt considers the Hyas coarctata of De Kay (Nat. Hist.

of New York, 1843) to be a form intermediate between

H, araneus and FH. coarctatus. Professor 8S. I. Smith, in

‘The Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast of North

America north of Cape Cod,’ 1879, not only shows no doubt

of the distinctness of these two species, but accepts a third

from Stimpson. ‘That author, he observes, in the Pr. Ac.

Philadelphia, 1857, ‘describes a new species, latifrons, as

common in Bering Sea, apparently using the same specimens

which were a few months before referred to /. coaretatus.

H., latifrons., though closely allied to cvarctatus, is certainly

4 Rev, T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea.

a good species or a very remarkable variety, and quite distinct

from Brandt’s variety alutaceus.” Miers, on the other hand,

in the ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, pronounces Stimpson’s

H. latifrons to be “very doubtfully distinct from Hyas

coarctata,” though he recognizes Dana’s Hyas lyratus from

the west coast of America as a very distinct species.

In 1882 Hoek, among the Crustacea of the ‘ Willem

Barents’ Expedition, describes and figures ‘* //yas coarctatus,

Leach, var.,”’ and lays stress on measurements of the male

chelipeds. But these appear to be far too variable with age

and size of specimen to admit of any reliance being placed

upon them, and, moreover, as Hansen has pointed out

(‘ Dijmphna Krebsdyr,’ p. 235), it is clear that Hoek’s species

is a true /yas araneus. Uansen’s own conclusions are as

follows :— Specimens from the ‘ Dijmphna’ give the same

result as that of Hoek’s table of measurements, that the

breadth of the carapace in front, compared with its breadth

behind, is relatively greater in the small than in the large

specimens, just as the breadth in front is in the small specimens

greater in relation to the length than in the large individuals.

Whether, all things considered, //yas coarctatus is a valid

independent species or only a variety of HH. araneus, appears

to me somewhat doubtful, although I have inspected a rather

- considerable number of animals at various ages and from

various seas,”

Into how many species the genus Hyas will eventually be

divided it is impossible to foresee. Dana’s HH. lyratus should,

it seems, stand by itself. Of the other forms as yet known

how happily, sua si bona norint, may all of them live under

the common name of L/yas araneus. But to expect that they

will do so is utopian.

Mr. Bruce’s specimens were obtained from off the north

end of Kolguev Island at 12 fathoms, and from the western

part of the Barents Sea, 76° 17’ N., 21° 36’ E., at 60 fathoms

depth.

MACRURA,

Tribe ANOMALA.

Fam. Paguride.

Genus Eupacurus, Brandt, 1851.

Eupagurus pubescens (Kroyer).

1838. Pagurus pubescens, Kroyer, Danske Selsk. Skr. Afh. pt. 7, p. 314;

Kroyer, Conspectus Crust. Greenlandie, Naturh. Tidsskr. vol. ii.

p. 251.

ai ae

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea 5

1846. Pagurus pubesceus, Kroyer, Gaimard’s Voy. du Nord, Crust.,

Atlas, pl. ii. fig. 1.

1851. Eupagurus pubescens, Brandt, Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise,

vol. ii. pt. 1, pp. 31, 84, 35.

1853. Pagurus Thompsont, Bell, British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, p. 372,

fig. in text.

1858. Eupagurus pubescens, Stimpson, and Lupagurus Kréyeri, Stimp-

son (both without description), Pr. Ac, Philad. pp. 75, 87.

coe cre beg Kréyeri, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,

vol. vil. p. 89.

1879. Engrs pubescens, S. I. Smith, Trans. Connect. Ac. vol. v.

bs . 47,

1359. Piaurws Kréyert, 8. I, Smith, ibid. p. 48.

aug oa pubescens, Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian. no. 18, p. 42,

~l. gs. 1-2Z.

1886, Eupagurus pubescens, Henderson, Crust. Decap. Firth of Clyde,

». 26.

1888. Lupagurus pubescens, var. Kroyert, Henderson, Rep. Voy.

‘ Challenger,’ yol. xxvii. p. 65.

In first establishing the species Kréyer assigned to it two

distinctive characters, the long soft hairs clothing the chelipeds

and the form of the left hand, which, however, he left un-

described. In the same year he gave another characterization

as follows :— Dorsal surface of the cephalothorax and the

legs densely beset with yellow sete, and a strong dentate

carina of the right hand extending from the base of the finger

to the outer carina of the wrist.” This was followed by a

comparison or contrast instituted between the new species and

Pagurus bernhardus. No mention at all is made of the left

hand; but Brandt is no doubt right in supposing that Kroyer

by a slip of the pen wrote “ dextre ” in place of “ sinistree.”

Bell probably instituted his Pagurus Thompson? in igno-

rance or forgetfulness of Kréyer’s species, and he speaks of

the small anterior leg (that is, the left cheliped) as “ nearly

linear,” without noticing the characteristic carina. Stimpson

found specimens which agreed with the figure in Gaimard’s

‘ Voy. du Nord’ in having the pubescence little demonstrative,

and both he and afterwards Professor 8S. I. Smith concluded

that Kréyer had mixed up two distinct species. Professor

Smith finds numerous minute distinctions in the outline,

position, and denticulation of the outer carina of the left hand

in the two forms. But Professor Sars maintains that the

two cannot possibly be separated specifically. He urges that

the pubescence of body and legs is on the whole very variable,

and that the form of the left chela varies a good deal in the

two sexes—in the female fairly corresponding with Smith’s

account of Hupagurus Kréyeri and in the male with his

Eupagurus pubescens. Ue finds the male as a rule more

6 Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on Aretic Crustacea,

strongly pubescent than the female. Professor Henderson

contents himself with the compromise of accepting Stimpson’s

species as a variety of Kréyer’s. In the feebleness of the

pubescence Mr. Bruce’s specimens make no very marked

claim upon the original specific name, to which otherwise

they may well have a right.

Localities. Off north end of Kolguev Island, 12 fathoms ;

Novaya Zemlya, 20 fathoms.

Tribe CARIDEA.

Fam. Crangonide.

Genus SABINEA, Owen, 1835.

Sabinea septemcarinata (Sabine),

1821. Crangon septemcarinatus, Sabine, Parry’s Voyage, Appendix

no. x., Zoology, p. 58, pl. ii. figs. 11-15. ie ¢

1835. Sabinea septemcarinata, Owen, Ross’s 2nd Voyage, App., Zool.

. Ixxxii.

1879. Sabinea septemcarinata, S. I. Smith, Tr. Connect. Ac. vol. v.

pt. 1, p. 57, pl. xi. figs. 5, 9-18.

1890. Sabinea septemcarinata, Sars, Arch. Natury. Christian. vol. xiv.

p- 168, pl. v., pl. vi. figs. 1-13.

It has been pointed out by Professor Smith that two

distinct species have sometimes been confounded under the

name septemcarinata. ‘The specimens to which that name

properly belongs have the rostrum obtusely rounded at the

tip and the telson subtruncate, its apex fringed with eight or

more spines. On the other hand there are specimens of

similar general appearance belonging to the species Sabinea

Sarsit, Smith, 1879, which can readily be distinguished by

the circumstance that the rostrum ends in an acute tip and

that the telson likewise has its apex acute, with one or two

spines on either side. Sars has pointed out that the Myto

Gaimardii of Kroyer is in fact the first larval stage of

Sabinea septemcarinata, and that in a very young post-larval

condition that species is already sharply distinguished from

Sabinea Sarsit by the character of the telson.

Mr. Bruce’s specimens were obtained by the trawl off North

Kolguey Island, at 12 fathoms and at 30 fathoms; and in

the west of the Barents Sea, 76° 44'-76° 47' N., 30° 30/—

29° 55’ E., at 110 fathoms; at 76°17’ N., 21° 36’ E., in

60 fathoms.

AD oul» ee

st ae Dee

Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on Aretic Crustacea, 7

Genus SCLEROCRANGON, Sars, 1582.

1882. Selerocrangon, Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian. no. 18, p. 45.

1885. Selerocrangon, Sars, Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp. vol. xiv.,

Crust. pt. 1, p. 14.

Sclerocrangon jerow, Sars.

1876. Cheraphilus ferox, Sars, Arch. Natury. Christian. p. 359.

ap ere JSerox, Hoek, Nied. Arch. f. Zool., Suppl. vol. i. p. 9,

i, fig. 3.

1885. Sclerocrangon salebrosus, Sars, Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp.

vol. xiv., Crust. pt. 1, p. 15, pl. ii.

1887. Sclerocrangon fero., HW. J. Hansen, Dijmphna Krebsdyr, p, 236.

1890, Selerocrangon ferox, Sars, Arch. Natury. Christian, vol. xiy.

p. 180

The dentiform projections on the lower margins of the

pleon-segments afford an easily observable distinction between

this species and the Sclerocrangon boreas of Phipps. In

Sclerocrangon Agassizii, 8S. 1. Smith, the first pleon-segment

has an obtuse tooth on the lower margin and the second has

a slight tooth, but the following segments have the lower

edges unarmed, Hansen points out that the Cranyon sale-

brosus of Owen cannot be identified with the present species,

since, besides other differences, it is described as having the

carapace septemcarinate.

Mr. Bruce’s specimens were obtained between 76° 24 N.,

33° 43’ E., and 76° 47’ N., 29° 55! E., at depths of 100 and

110 fathoms ; at 77° 14’ N., in 76 fathoms.

Genus Sprronrocaris, Spence Bate, 1888.

Spirontocaris polaris (Sabine).

1821. Alpheus polaris, Sabine, Parry’s Voyage, Appendix no. x.,

Zoology, p. 60, pl. ii. figs. 5-8.

1835. Hippolyte polaris, Owen, Ross’s 2nd Voyage, App., Zool.

. Ixxxy.

1855. Hippolyte borealis, Owen, ibid. p. lxxxiv, pl. B, fig. 3.

1842. Hippolyte polaris, Kréyer, Monogr. Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter,

p- 116, pl. iii. figs. 78-81, pl. iv. fig. 82. .

1842. Hijpolyte borealis, Kroyer, ibid. p. 122, pl. iii. figs. 74-77.

1879. Hippolyte polaris, 8. 1. Smith, Tr, Connect. Ac. vol. v. pt.1,

. 80, pl. xi. figs, 1-4,

186. Hippolyte polaris, Koelbel, Crustaceen von Jan Mayen, p. 11.

1887. Hippolyte polaris, Hansen, Dijmphna Krebsdyr, p. 239.

1899. Spirontocaris polaris, Scott, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool.

yol. xxvii. p. 63,

From Sabine onwards authors have noticed the great

8 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea.

variability in the number of the teeth of the rostrum both

above and below. Professor Smith’s conclusion that no

specific distinction is tenable between polaris and borealis has

been generally accepted. The American professor is also

inclined to believe that Hippolyte cultellata, Norman, 1867, is

another synonym, and Norman himself (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 270) accepts it as such. It may be

noticed that cu/tel/atum is a word used by Kroyer in describing

the rostrum alike of polaris and borealis. he variability in

the pterygostomian spines (to disappearance) and in the

number of dorsal aculei (from four to ten pairs) on the telson

is fully discussed by Professor Smith. Keelbel gives the

branchial formula as comprising a podobranchia on the second

maxilliped, an epipod on each of the five appendages from

the first maxilliped to the second trunk-leg, and a pleuro-

branchia on each of the five successive trunk-legs. As this

species has seven subdivisions to the fifth joint of the second

trunk-legs, or, in brief, a seven-jointed wrist, it seems proper

to include it in the genus Spirontocaris. Hansen mentions

77 millim. as the length of a very large male.

A. large specimen (about 3 inches long), with others not so

large, was obtained at 70° 03’ N., 49° 10! E., in 20 fathoms.

A small specimen (about 12 inch long), with eight pairs of

dorsal spines on the telson and eight apical spines, of which

the median six are subequal, was taken at 76° 29’ N.,

19° 08! E., in 140 fathoms,

Sptrontocaris spinus (Sowerby).

1805. Cancer spinus, Sowerby, British Miscellany, p. 47, pl. xxiii.

1814. Alpheus spinus, Leach, Edinb. Encycl. vol. vii. p. 481.

1815. Alpheus spinus, Leach, Trans. Linn, Soc. London, vol. xi. p. 347.

1817. Hippolyte Sowerbei, Leach, Malac. Podophth. Britannie,

pl. xxxix.

1837. Hippolyte Sowerby’, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. ii.

p- 380.

1842. Hippolyte Sowerbei, Kyéyer, Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 90,

pl. ii. figs. 45-54.

1879. Hippolyte spinus, S. 1 Smith. Tr. Connect. Ac. vol. v. pt. 1, p. 68.

1882. Hippolyte spinus, Hoek, Crust. Willem Barents, in Nied. Arch.

fiir Zool., Suppl. vol. i. p. 15, pl. i. figs. 4-7.

1886, Hippolyte spinus, Koelbel, Crustaceen von Jan Mayen, p. 11.

1888. Sprrontocaris spinus, Bate, Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. xxiv.

p. 596, pls. evi., cvyii.

The synonymy may with little doubt be amplified by the

names [Hippolyte Liljeborgi, Danielssen, 1861, and Hippolyte

securifrons, Norman, 1863. Stimpson in 1860 adopts the

Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on ‘Arctic Crustacea. 9

curious reading of the name, //ippolyte spina, as if spinus were

an adjective. Spence Bate emphasizes the variability of the

species by describing seven varieties. According to Keelbel

the branchial formula is the same as in Spirontocaris polaris,

except for the additional epipod in the present species, which

has one on the third trunk-leg, as observed by Kroyer.

Specimens were obtained at 76° 17! N., 21° 36! E., in

60 fathoms depth.

Spirontocaris Gaimardii (Milne-Edwards).

1837. Hippolyte Gaimardii, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. ii.

378

1842. Hippolyte Gaimardii, Kroyer, Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 74,

pl. i. figs. 21-29.

1842. Hippolyte gibba, Kroyer, ibid. p. 80, pl. i. fig. 30, pl. ii. figs. 31-87.

1864. Hippolyte Gaimardi, Goés, Crust. podophth. Suecie etc., CEfv.

Vet.-Akad. Foérh. p. 168 (extr. p. 8).

1879. Hippolyte Gaimardit, 8. I. Smith, Tr. Connect. Ac. vol. v. pt. 1,

p- 67, pl. ix. figs. 8, 9.

_ 1882. Hippolyte Gaimardi, Hoek, Crust. Willem Barents, Nied. Arch.

fiir Zool., Suppl. vol. i. p. 13.

1886. Hippolyte Gaimardu, Keelbel, Crustaceen yon Jan Mayen, p. 12.

1887. Hippolyte Gaimardit, Hansen, Dijmphna Krebsdyr, p. 238.

1888. Hetairus Gaimardi, Bate, Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. xxiv.

p- 611, pl. cix. fig. 2.

1895. Spirontocaris Gaimardi:, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Science

Series, vol. ]xxili. p. 235.

1899, Spirontocaris Gaimardii, Scott, Journ. Linn, Soc. London, Zool.

vol. xxvii. p. 68, pl. iii. figs. 1, 2

This species is notable for the absence of the pair of spines

so commonly found in this genus over the eyes at the base of

the rostrum. According to Keelbel the branchial formula is

the same as that of Spirontocaris polaris. Goés has been

followed by subsequent authors in uniting the forms gibba and

Gaimardii*, With these he united Hippolyte Belcheri, Bell

(Belcher’s ‘ Voyage,’ p. 402, pl, xxiv. fig. 1), and was inclined

to unite Hippolyte pandaliformis, Bell (Brit. Stalk-eyed

Crust. p. 294). Hoek considers that they should both be

regarded as synonyms of Gatmardit. A specimen measuring

24 inches in length was obtained by Mr. Bruce. It has the

third pleon-segment dorsally produced over the next with a

rather broadly rounded apex, above which, but not reaching

beyond it, is a narrow, though not acute, median projection.

‘The rostrum has four teeth below and eight above, in addition

to three on the carapace. ‘The dorsal spines of the telson

* Miss M. J. Rathbun, however, keeps them distinct, but without

comment, in her recently 5 cae ‘ List of Crustacea known to occur on

or near the Pribilof Islands.’

10 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea.

are not exactly paired, being six on one side and five on the

other.

Locality. 70° 51’ N., 53° E., at a depth of 20 fathoms.

Spirontocaris turgida (Kroyer).

1841. Hippolyte turgida, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. vol. iii. p. 575.

1841. Mippolyte Phippsii, Kroyer, ibid. pp. 575-576,

1842. Hippolyte turgida, Kroyer, Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 100,

pl. ii. figs. 57, 58, pl. iii. figs, 59-63.

1842. Hippolyte Phippsii, Kroyer, ibid. p. 106, pl. ii. figs. 64-68,

1864. Hippolyte Phippsii, Goés, Crust. podophth. Sueciz etc., ify.

Vet.-Akad. Forh. p. 169 (extr. p. 9).

1879. Hippolyte Phippsti, 8. I. Smith, Tr. Connect. Ac. vol. vy. pt. 1,

1882, Hippolyte Phippsii, Hoek, Crust. Willem Barents, Nied. Arch.

fiir Zool., Suppl. vol. i. p. 17.

1899. ? Spirontocaris Phippsit, Scott, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool.

vol, xxvii. p. 63, pl. ili. figs. 3, 4.

The suggestion made by Goés that Kréyer’s turgida and

Phippsii were respectively female and male of one species

has been generally accepted. The priority of the name

turgida has been as generally set aside, probably under the

idea that the male was so obviously the superior animal that

no rules of nomenclature could compete with its claim to

preferential notice. Professor Smith includes in the synonymy

the Hippolyte vibrans of Stimpson (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New

York, vol. x. p. 125, 1871), and, with some doubt, Hippo-

lyte ochotensis, Brandt, 1849.

Specimens were obtained by Mr. Bruce at 76° 17! N.,

21° 36' E., in 60 fathoms depth.

SCHIZOPODA.

Fam. Euphausiide.

Genus RuovA, Sim, 1872.

1872. Rhoda, Sim, “Stalk-eyed Crust. N.E. Coast of Scotland,” in

Scottish Naturalist, sep. copy, p. 6 (fide Norman).

1883. Boreophausia, Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian. no, 7, p. 11.

1886. Boreophausia, Norman, Fourth Annual Rep. Fish. Board Scot-

land, p. 156.

1892. Boreophausia, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix.

. 461.

183, Rhoda, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Science Series, vol. lxxiv.

p- 263.

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea. 11

Rhoda tinermis (Kroyer).

1846. ? Thysanopoda inermis, Kriyer, Gaimard’s Voy. du Nord, Crust,

1. vii. figs. 2 a-t.

18b9, Euphausia inermis, Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian. no. 18, p. 51,

pl. i. fig. 15,

1885. Boreophausia inermis, Sars, ‘ Challenger

Schizopoda, p. 64.

1886. Boreophausia inermis, Sars, Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp.,

Crust. vol. ii. p. 13.

1887. Boreophausia inermis, Hansen, Malac. Groenl, occid., Vid. Medd.

Reports, vol. xiii.

. 53.

1809. Boreophausia inermis, Norman, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6,

vol. ix. p. 461.

1893, Rhoda inermis, Stebbing, Hist. Crust. p. 263.

Norman having identified the Boreophausia Raschit

(M. Sars) with Rhoda Jardineana, Sim, 1872, it seems clear

that the generic name Boreophausia, proposed by Sars in

1883, must give way to the much earlier name Rhoda.

Mr. Bruce’s specimens of Rhoda inermis were taken on

two occasions iu July by the tow-net at night.

Fam. Myside.

Genus Mysrpet1s, Sars, 1869.

1869. Mysideis, Sars, Underségelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvands-

fauna, p. 28.

1870, 1879. Mysideis, Sars, Monogr. Norges Mysider, pt. 1, p. 9, pt. 3,

pp. 1, 110.

On page 9 of the ‘ Monograph’ Sars assigns Myszdezs to

the group in which all the pleopods of the male are unlike

those of the female, and to the division of that group which

has the molar of the mandibles distinct, separating the genus

from its companions by the character that the incisive lobes

of the first maxille are only two instead of three. The full

eneric character in pt. 3, page 1, and the subsequent specific

Reeristobe and figures, agree with the original account in

1869 in applying the character to the second maxilla, to

which alone it could be appropriate. From the type species,

Mysideis insignis, the M. grandis of Goés is very clearly

distinguished by the subacute or tubercular projection in the

middle of the outer margin of the first maxillz, as well as by

the truncate apex of the telson.

Mysideis grandis (Goés).

1864. Mysis grandis, Goés, Crust. podophth, Suecia etc., CEfy. Vet.-

Akad. Forh. p. 176 (extr. p. 16),

12 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacez.

1879, Mysideis grandis, Sars, Monogr. Norges Mysider, pt. 3, p. 106,

pls. xh., xlii.

A specimen, 1} inch in length, and two of smaller size,

were obtained at 70° 51! N., 53° E., in about 20 fathoms

depth, comparatively shallow water for this apparently rare

species.

CUMACKEA.

In this group the only captures observed were Leucon

pallidus, Sars, from a depth of 60 fathoms, and some small

specimens taken with the tow-net, probably belonging to

Lamprops fuscata, Sars; but the lateral margin of the cara-

pace is furnished with five or six denticles, the first joint of

the inner branch of the uropods has only six spines, and the

apex of the telson scarcely looked as if it could have been

furnished with more than three spines, the full number in

L. fuscata being five.

ISOPODA.

Tribe CHELIFERA.

Genus CrYPTOCOPE, Sars, 1880.

1880. Cryptocope, Sars, Isopoda Chelifera, Arch. Naturv. p. 49.

1886. Cryptocope, Norman and Stebbing, Trans. Zoo]. Soc. London,

vol. xii. pt. 4, p. 106.

1896. Cryptocope, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. p. 33.

Cryptocope arctica, Hansen.

1887. Cryptocope arctica, Hansen, Dijmphna Krebsdyr, p. 209, pl. xxi.

fic. 4; id. Malac. Greenl. occid., Vid. Medd. p. 180, pl. vii. figs. 1-1 ¢.

This minute species, less than 44 inch long, differs from

the Cryptocope Véringwi and Cryptocope abbreviata in having

sete on the pleopods, of which the other two species are

devoid. The sete are apical in the specimen I have examined.

It has the antenne agreeing with those figured by Hansen in

pl. vii. fig. 15 for the female. Also apparently the outer

branch of the uropod is two-jointed, in agreement with

Hansen’s figure of that microscopic appendage in the ovigerous

female. According to Sars the outer branch is one-jointed in

the female both of C. abbreviata and of the larger C. Véringit,

although in 1876, when describing the latter as Tanais

Véringit, he had stated that both branches of the uropods

were two-jointed in the female.

Mr, Bruce’s specimens came from a depth of 100 fathoms.

Rev. 'T’. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea. 13

Tribb FLABELLIFERA.

Fam. Anthurida.

Genus CALATHURA, Norman and Stebbing, 1886.

1886. Calathura, Norman and Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London,

vol. xii. pt. 4, p. 122.

1897. Calathura, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. p. 44.

To this genus Sars assigns three species —Stimpson’s

Anthura brachiata, his own Puranthura norvegica, 1872, and

Bonnier’s Ca/athura affinis, 1896. But the last of these three

should be referred to the genus Leptanthura, Sars, 1897.

It is, I think, quite certain that in the genus Calathura the

inner ramus of the uropoda is not biarticulate, but, in accord-

ance with the view separately propounded by Dr. Anton

Dohrn for Paranthura Costana, and by Dr. Charles Chilton *

for the Anthuride in general, only one-jointed. ‘The outer

ramus is articulated near the base of the peduncle and there

is the possibility that the elongate peduncle includes a

coalesced first joint of the inner ramus, but, at least in Cala-

thura, the homology of such a first joint is not proved either

by perceptible suture or power of movement.

Calathura brachiata (Stimpson).

1853. Anthura brachiata, Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand

Manan, p. 43.

1874. Anthura brachiata, Harger, in Verrill and Smith’s Invert, Vine-

yard Sound, p. 573.

1875. Paranthura arctica, Heller, Denk. Ak. Wien, vol. xxxvi. p. 38

(14), pl. iv. figs. 9-12.

1886. Calathura brachiata, Norman and Stebbing, Trans, Zool. Soc.

London, vol. xii. pt. 4, p. 131, pl. xxvi. fig. 1.

1897. Calathura brachiata, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. p. 46,

pl. xix. fig. 2.

Heller accurately describes the uropods in agreement with

Dohrn and Chilton, but, like Gerstaecker, he regards the upper

ramus as the inner instead of the outer, a problem in homology

which, as Dr. Chilton suggests, can perhaps only be deter-

mined by an appeal to embryology.

A single specimen, 1 inch long, was obtained at or near

71° 31’ N., 49° 12’ E., in 76 fathoms.

* Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd ser. Zool. vol. vi. pt. 2, p. 317,

14 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea,

Tribe VALVIFERA.

Fam. Idoteida.

Genus CuiripoTea, Harger, 1878.

1878. Chiridotea, Harger, Amer. Journ. Sci. vol. xv. p. 374.

1880. Chirtdotea, Harger, U.S. Fish. Comm. pt. 6, p. 337.

1882. Glyptonetus (part.), Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool.

vol, xvi. p. 9; Hoek, Nied. Arch. fiir Zool., Suppl. vol. i. p. 29.

1897. Chiridothea, Sars, Aun. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersb., Extr. p. 21.

As pointed out by Sars, and earlier by Miers himself,

though the latter did not regard the distinction of generic

value, this genus is separated from Glyptonotus by the im-

portant character that it has the side-plates distinctly defined

on six segments of the pereon, from the second to the seventh,

while in Glyptonotus they are only defined on the last three.

Chiridotea Sabini (Kroyer).

1847. Idothea Sabini, Kréyer, Naturh. Tidsskr, ser. 2, vol. ii. pp. 394,

401.

1846? Idothea Sabini, Kroyer, Gaimard’s Voy. du Nord, Crust.,

Atlas, pl. xxvii. figs. 1 ao.

1875. Idotea Sabini, Heller, Denk. Ak. Wien, vol. xxxvi. p. 38 (14).

1882. Glyptonotus Sabini, Miers, Journ. Linn, Soc. London, Zool.

vol, xvi. p. 15, pl. 1. figs. 3-5.

1882. Glyptonotus Sabin, Hoek, Nied. Arch. fiir Zool., Suppl. vol. i.

p- 29, pl. ii. figs. 11, 12.

1887. Glyptonotus Sabini, Hansen, Dijmphna Krebsdyr, p. 193.

1897. Chiridothea Sabini, Sars, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersb., Extr. p. 21.

A single specimen, 3 inches long, in full agreement with

Kréyer’s figures, was obtained near 77° 14! N., 38° 26’ E.,

in 76 fathoms.

Tribe ASELLOTA.

Fam. Janiride.

Specimens of Janira tricornis (Kréyer) were obtained from

depths of 20 and 27 fathoms.

Fam. Munnide.

Munna Fabricit, Kroyer, was taken from 60 fathoms depth.

Fam. Munnopsida.

Specimens of Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, in somewhat

damaged condition, came up from 100 fathoms, and Lurycope

mutica, Sars, from 60 fathoms.

Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctic Crustacea. 15

AMPHIPODA.

Of these it may be sufficient to enumerate the species, most

of them being well known and having been frequently dis-

cussed. Jam aware that faunistic lists, without any particulars

to guarantee the identification or to warn the reader of lurking

errors, are of little value; but the attempt to give them value

by adding descriptions would often make it impossible to give

them at all.

Socarnes Vahli (Kréyer). From about 20 fathoms.

Anonyx nugax (Phipps). As usual in very great abundance.

n small specimens, with acute angles to the upturned

corners of the third pleon-segment, the knobbed spine

of the first and second pereopods is quite as con-

spicuous as in Anonyx Lilljeborgit.

Hoplonyx similis, Sars.

Onisimus brevicaudatus, Hansen. From 76 fathoms.

plautus (Kroyer).

Chironesimus Debruynit (Hoek). From 76 fathoms.

Pseudalibrotus littoralis (Kréyer). Taken in tow-net.

Orchomenella minuta (Kroyer). From 75 fathoms.

Andaniella pectinata, Sars.

Byblis longicornis, Sars. From 76 fathoms.

Proboloides Bruzelii (Goés).

Monoculopsis longicornis (Boeck). The rami of the third

uropods in this specimen are quite devoid of spines,

the telson apically rounded, some appendages abnormal,

as if renewed after accidental injury, but the specimen

is otherwise in exceptionally good preservation.

Acanthostepheia pulchra, Miers. Fragment.

Acanthonotosoma serratum (O. Fabricius).

Pardalisca cuspidata, Kréyer. From 60 fathoms.

Rhachotropis aculeata (Lepechin).

inflata, Sars. From 60 fathoms.

Apherusa glacialis (Hansen). Taken in tow-net.

16 Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on Arctie Crustacea.

Atylus carinatus (J. C. Fabricius). From 17 fathoms.

Guernea coalita (Norman).

Melita dentata, Kroyer.

Gammarus locusta (Linn.).

Ischyrocerus angutpes, 2, Kréyer.

Evichthonius (?) Huntert (Bate). From 100 fathoms.

Caprella microtuberculata, Sars. Shore, east coast of Kolguev;

2, the flagellum of the first antenna with only eleven

joints, the dorsal tubercles of the body numerous,

agreeing with Sars’s description much better than with

his figure in the ‘ Norwegian North-Atlantic Exp.,

Crust.,’ p. 222, pl. xviil. fig. 3.

Euthemisto libellula (Lichtenstein). Taken in tow-net.

crassicornis (Kroyer). Taken in tow-net.

(?) compressa (Goés). Fragment.

Parathemisto oblivia (Kréyer). Taken in tow-net.

Besides the species above named, Mr. Bruce’s collection

may still afford some gleanings in the tubes of small mixed

Amphipoda. One or two small species of Pantopoda were

observed, and outside the limits of the Malacostraca some

large masses of Balani were ee eee One or two species

of Macrura procured while Mr. Bruce was with the Prince of

Monaco do not come within the scope of the present report *.

* I may take this opportunity of announcing a new genus required in

my revision of the Amphipoda,

Fam. Phliadide.

PALINNOTUS, gen. nov.

In general agreement with Peretonotus, but distinguished as follows :—

Upper lip not bilobed. First maxille having a small spinule representing

the palp. Maxillipeds with the outer plates reaching slightly beyond

the three-jointed palp and minutely fringed on the distal half of the inner

margin, ‘The third pleopods, but not the second, with the inner side of

the peduncle produced. ‘The second uropods are developed in the female

(male unknown), short, uniramous, and the third uropods are without

distinction between peduncle and ramus, as in Pereionotus.

The type species is Palinnotus Thomsoni, Stebbing, previously referred

to Pereionotus.

New Aculeate Hymenoptera, 17

Il.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Aculeate

Hymenoptera from the Oriental Zoological Region. By

P. CAMERON.

In describing the new genera recorded in this paper, I have

taken as a basis Kohl’s admirable work “ Die Gattungen der

Sphegiden,” Ann. d. k.-k. Hofmuseums, Wien, Band xi.

1896. In the sequence of the genera and species [| have

followed Col. Bingham in his ‘ Fauna of Brit. India,’ Hymen.

In addition to the genera here described for the first time, the

genus Agenta is now added to the Indian fauna,

Scolide.

Tiphia brevipennis, sp. n.

Nigra ; alis brevis, flavo-hyalinis, nervis flayis; metanoto rugoso, 2.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antennez thickly covered with long white hair,

shining, punctured ; the flagellum thickly covered with a

pale down; the base pilose. Front and vertex shining,

strongly and rather closely punctured and covered with pale

hairs. Clypeus closely punctured. Mandibles broadly rufous

in the middle; the palpi testaceous. Pronotum strongly

punctured, its apex smooth, bare; the base thickly covered

with long pale hair. Mesonotum perag large deep scattered

punctures, which are few in the middle; the scutellum

similarly punctured round the edges and down the middle.

Postscutellum closely and finely punctured; the scutellum

is pare covered with long white hair. Median segment

finely and closely rugosely punctured ; the central kee! does

not reach quite to the apex, the outer ones are straight and

converge towards the apex; the apex of the segment is

slightly concave, smooth, indistinctly furrowed down the

middle. The upper part of the propleure is strongly acicu-

lated, the rest closely striolated, the lower part rugose; the

middle of the mesopleure shining, punctured, thickly covered

with white pubescence; metapleure shining, closely striated

throughout. Mesosternum shining, sparsely punctured,

sparsely covered with long white hair ; the triangular apical

area less shining, aciculated, sparsely punctured, deeply

furrowed down the middle. Legs thickly covered with white

silvery hairs ; the calcaria pale, the tarsal spines pale fulyous.

Wings short, not reaching much beyond the apex of the second

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 2

18 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

abdominal segment; yellowish hyaline, the nervures yellowish;

the second transverse cubital nervure is oblique, slightly

curved at the top; the second recurrent nervure is received

near the base of the apical third; the base of the radius has

two oblique curves, the latter being slightly the larger and

not quite so uniformly straight. Abdomen shining, closely

punctured, weakly on the second, strongly on the apical seg-

ments; the apical half of the pygidium is smooth in the

middle; the petiole is sparsely punctured; the furrow on

the base of the second segment is smooth in the middle. The

basal neck of the underside is roundly raised in the middle ;

the apex of the raised part is oblique and does not reach to

its apex.

Myzine ceylonica, sp. n.

Nigra ; mesonoto levi; alis fumatis, nervis fuscis. 9.

Long. 9-10 mm.

Hab. Trincomali, Ceylon (Yerbury).

Scape of antenne shining, sparsely covered with white

hair ; its apex rufous; the second joint is shining, punctured ;

the others are opaque and thickly covered with white pubes-

cence. The ocellar region and the middle of the vertex

behind impunctate, the rest of the vertex and the front

bearing large, deep, clearly separated punctures; the vertex

is bare; the front bears long black hairs; the antennal

tubercles are smooth and shining. Face and clypeus closely

punctured. ‘he basal depression of the pronotum closely

and finely rugosely punctured; the apex bears large deep

elongated punctures. Mesonotum smooth; its sides with

some punctures; on the apical half are two deep, wide,

oblique furrows. Scutellum sparsely covered with large

punctures; the postscutellum more closely and not so

strongly punctured. Median segment opaque, irregularly

closely rugosely punctured; the middle region with some

distinct punctures ; in the middle, extending from the base to

near the apex, are two not very distinct longitudinal keels,

which are wider apart at the base and the space between

them is irregularly transversely striated; theapical slope is more

coarsely rugose, more strongly at the sides than in the middle.

Propleure strongly punctured, the apex closely longitudinally

striated ; on the upper part at the apex is an oval depression.

Mesopleure rugose, distinctly punctured above; thickly covered

with white hair. Metapleure closely striolated; the base

depressed, the depression with a few stout keels. Meso-

sternum shining, sparsely covered with large deep punctures ;

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 19

the metasternal process is triangular at the base, obscurely

keeled in the middle; the apex is depressed broadly in the

middle. Legs black, the tibie ard tarsi thickly covered with

glistening silvery-white hair; the tibial spines white; the

apices of the tarsal joints are rufous. Wings fuscous-viola-

ceous, the hinder pair only slightly paler in tint than the

anterior; the nervures are fuscous; the second cubital cellule

is distinctly shorter than the third; all the transverse cubital

nervures are roundly curved. Abdomen shining, sparsely

punctured, covered with long white hair; the narrowed base

of the petiole is depressed in the mid. jle above ; the underside

is finely rugose Ad is furrowed down the centre.

Comes nearest to M. fuscipennis, but is abundantly distinct,

Characteristic is the almost impunctate mesonotum, which is,

according to Bingham, more closely and coarsely punctured

than the head in M. fuseipennis, but not according to Smith.

Pompilida.

Agenia diana, sp. n.

Nigra, basi mandibularum alba; apice clypei inciso ; alis hyalinis,

nervis stigmateque nigris. 9.

Long. 11 mm.

Hab. Khasia (Coll. Rothney).

Head alutaceous, below the antenne thickly covered with

silvery pubescence. LKyes slightly converging at the top.

Clypeus roundly convex ; its apex clearly separated, smooth,

shining, glabrous, roundly, broadly incised, obliquely depressed.

Mandibles at the base thickly covered with depressed silvery

pubescence ; the underside at the base pale yellow; before

the apex they are ferruginous ; the palpi black at the base ; the

apical joints pale; the hair-bundle on the maxilla ferruginous.

horax alutaceous, pruinose; the median segment sparsely

covered with fuscous hair. Wings clear hyaline; the stigma

black ; the nervures slightly paler; the first cubital cellule at

the top is very slightly longer than the second ; the trans-

verse cubital nervures are curved; the first recurrent nervure

is received shortly before the middle; the second at the apex

of the basal third of the cellule. Legs black, pruinose; the

anterior tibie and base of tarsi rufo-testaceous in front.

Abdomen pruinose.

A distinct species. The genus Agenda, as defined by Kohl,

has not been hitherto recorded from India, ‘l'he females are

easily separated from Pseudagenia by the maxilla having at

the base a bunch of long stiff hair; but I am very much in

20 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

doubt if the males of the two groups can be always distin-

guished by characters which can be regarded as of generic

value.

Ceropales parva, sp. n.

Nigra; pedibus abdomineque rufis, orbitis oculorum lineaque pronoti

pallide flavis; alis hyalinis, apice fumatis, <o.

Long. 4 mm.

Hab. Ceylon (Yerbury).

Antenne black; the greater part of the scape bright, and

the second and third joints below dark, red. Head smooth

and shining ; below the antenne thickly covered with silvery

pubescence ; the hinder ocelli are separated from each other

by the same distance they are from the eyes. ‘lhe inner

orbits to nearly opposite the lower ocellus are lined with

yellow ; the apex of the clypeus is reddish, the red projecting

upwards on the sides. Apex of mandibles rufous; palpi

rufo-testaceous. ‘Thorax black, smooth, and shining; the

pronotum behind broadly lined with pale yellow ; the edges of

the propleuree behind are narrowly lined with yellow, and

there is, near the middle of the base, a yellow mark, tri-

angularly narrowed on the top. Median segment thickly

covered with silvery pubescence. Wings hyaline, infuscated

from the base of the radial cellule; the first and seeond

transverse cubital nervures are roundly curved; the second is

straight and oblique; the second cubital cellule on the top

is about one third the length of the first. Legs rufous;

the tarsi infuscated. Abdomen rufous, darker towards the

apex.

This is the smallest of the known Indian species.

Sphegidea.

Tachytes interstitialis, sp. n.

Nigra; ore, antennis, abdomine pedibusque rufis; abdomine nigro

balteato ; alis hyalinis, apice fumatis, nervo 1° recurrente inter-

stitiali. @.

Long. 15 mm.

Hab. Ceylon (Yerbury).

Antenne rufous, thickly covered with a pale pile; the

apical four joints black. Head black, thickly covered with

golden pubescence. Hyes large, strongly converging above,

where they are separated by the length of the fourth joint of

the antenne. ‘The clypeus, labrum, and mandibles, except

the apical third, rufous; the palpi are of a paler rufous

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 21

colour; the base of the mandibles covered with depressed

golden pubescence. ‘Thorax black; the tubercles rufous,

covered with short golden pubescence; the mesonotum

alutaceous; the metanotum and the pleure closely and finely

punctured. Legs rufous, the coxe broadly black at the base.

Wings hyaline, with a slight fuscous tint; the apex of both

wings smoky, the cloud commencing near the end of the

radial cellule; the first cubital cellule is half the length of

the second; the first transverse cubital nervure is sharply

elbowed and bullated shortly below the middle, and is united

to the first recurrent nervure. The basal three segments of

the abdomen are rufous, marked with black on the apices, the

third more broadly than the others, the fourth is still more

broadly black; the last segment is rufous, suffused with

black, and is strongly and closely punctured; the pile is

golden. ‘The ventral surface is similarly coloured but more

suffused with black.

Comes nearest to 7. Yerburyi, Bingham. Characteristic

is the interstitial first recurrent nervure, a feature which does

not occur in any of the other Oriental species. The apex of

the radial nervure too is rounded, not straight or oblique as

in most species; the appendicular cellule is almost obsolete,

the nervure being almost obliterated.

Tachytes ceylonica, sp. n.

Nigra, abdominis basi late rufa; tibiis tarsisque anticis rufis; alis

hyalinis, nervis testaceis. ¢.

‘Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Ceylon (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Head black, the oral region rufous; the front and face

densely covered with pale golden pubescence ; the front and

vertex alutaceous; the ocellar region raised, furrowed down

the middle. Mandibles rufous, black at the apex ; the base

covered with silvery pubescence. The eyes at the top are

separated by fully the length of the third antennal joint.

Thorax minutely punctured, rather thickly covered with

silvery hair; the apex of the median segment has a steep,

oblique slope and is closely transversely striated; the sides

thickly covered with long white hair; the furrow on the

upper half is wide, large, deep, and triangular at the apex.

Pleure closely and minutely punctured. Wings clear hyaline;

the costa Pi ob toad: pale testaceous ; the second recurrent

nervure is received shortly behind the middle; the second

cubital cellule at the top is nearly double the length of the

first; the apex of the radial cellule is obliquely truncated ;

22 Mr, P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

the two recurrent nervures are separated by a distinctly

greater distance than the length of the second cubital cellule

above. Abdomen black; the basal two segments rufous;

the apical segments dark rufo-testaceous ; the segments are

thickly banded with silvery pubescence.

Comes nearest to’ 7. tarsata, Sm., but that is a much

larger species (15 mm.) and differs from it in many respects.

Tachytes brevipennis, sp. n.

Nigra, dense argenteo pilosa; alis brevis, costa stigmateque rufo-

testaceis, nervis fuscis. @.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (fothney). Coll. Rothney.

Front and vertex alutaceous; the front and oral region

thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the ocellar region

raised, with a shallow furrow down its middle; the ocellus

is broader than long; the depression behind is shallow, in-

distinct, and narrowed to a point behind. Clypeus shining,

depressed, its apex depressed. Mandibles at base thickly

covered with silvery pubescence; palpi dark testaceous.

Thorax thickly covered with silvery pubescence and with

long white hair; closely and minutely punctured ; the meta-

pleure obscurely striated at the base; the hairon the mesonotum

has a golden tint; the sternal process wide and triangularly

incised at the apex. Wings shoit, not much longer than the

head and thorax united, not reaching much beyond the middle

of the abdomen; hyaline, with a slight yellowish tint; the

costa and stigma testaceous; the nervures darker ; the first

and second cubital cellules are almost equal in length and

are as long as the space bounded by the recurrent nervures ;

the second recurrent nervure has a brcad round curve below

the middle. The furrow on tlie apex of the median segment

is wide and deep in the middle, and does not reach to the

toporbottom. Legs thickly covered with silvery pubescence ;

the spurs testaceous ; the tibial spines pale; the apical two

joints of the fore tarsi are rufous ; tlie tarsal spines are long

and white; the claws testaceous; the fore tarsi bear

Jong white spines. ‘The basal four segments of the abdomen

are breadly fringed with silvery pubescence, which has a

more golden tint towards the apex of the segment. Pygidium

covered with stiff black, intermixed with bright golden,

pubescence.

—

—————

Jrom the Oriental Zoological Region. 23

Tachytes aurifrons, sp. n.

Nigra; abdominis basi rufa, fronte aureo pilosa; apice tarsorum

rufo ; alis hyalinis, costa stigmateque testaceis. 9.

Long. 8 mm.

Hlab. Ceylon (Rothney), Trincomali (Yerbury). Coll.

Rothney.

Antenne black, covered with a pale down. Front and

vertex closely punctured; the vertex with a shallow, the

ocellar region with a wider and deeper longitudinal furrow ;

the latter is distinctly raised ; the hair on the front is longish,

thick, and bright golden, on the vertex it is thinner and

shorter ; the pubescence on the face and clypeus is silvery,

intermixed with golden on the sides. ‘The ocellus is broader

than long and rounded at the sides. The apex of the clypeus

is depressed and with a row of punctures on the sides. Thorax

densely covered with silvery pubescence; that on the meso-

notum has a golden hue; on the median segment it is long

and thick. The base of the median segment is alutaceous ;

the furrow on the apex does not extend much beyond the

middle ; it is large, wide, rounded at the top, triangular at

the apex; except at the top, the apex of the segment is

closely transversely striated. Pleure closely and minutely

punctured; the metapleure thickly covered with silvery

pubescence. Legs black; the fore tibie for the greater

part, the fore tarsi and the apices of the hinder tarsi, rufo-

testaceous. Wings clear hyaline; the first cubital cellule at

the top is not much, if any, longer than the second; the

second recurrent nervure is received in the middle of the cellule.

The basal segment of the abdomen is entirely red, the second

except at the apex; the apices of the segments are thickly

Hesiod with silvery pubescence. Tegule testaceous. The

apex of the scape of the antenne is testaceous,

The only species with golden pubescence on the head is

auriceps ; but that is a larger species (11-12 mm.) and has

the legs for the greater part red and differs in other respects.

Tachytes tabrobane, sp. n.

Nigra, dense aureo pilosa ; femoribus, tibiis tarsisque rufo-testaceis ;

alis hyalinis, nervis testaceis. 9.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Ceylon (Yerbury).

Antenne black, inclining to brownish towards the apex,

Head thickly covered with pale golden pubescence, which

hides the texture, except on the vertex, which is sparsely

24 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

punctured. Mandibles rufous at the apex. Palpi testaceous.

Eyes at the top separated by nearly the length of the second

and third antennal joints united. Thorax thickly covered

with pale golden pubescence. Median segment closel

punctured ; there is a distinct furrow in the middle at the

base, which reaches to the middle of the basal division. Legs

rufo-testaceous; the cox and trochanters black. Wings

hyaline, with a slight yellowish tint; the costa and nervures

testaceous ; the apex of the radius rounded; the second cubital

cellule is slightly longer than the first on the top; the first

transverse cubital nervure is roundly curved; the second

recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond the middle.

Abdomen thickly covered with depressed golden pubescence,

which forms broad bands on the apices of the segments; the

penultimate segment is broadly rufous on the apex; the

pygidium is thickly covered with stiff bright golden pubes-

cence.

The only Indian species of Tuchytes with golden pubescence

on the abdomen is 7’. monetaria, which is otherwise very

different from the species here described.

Tachytes maculitarsis, sp. n.

Nigra, dense argenteo pilosa ; apicibus tarsorum anterioribus rufis ;

alis hyalinis, stigmate, costa nervisque rufo-testaceis. 9.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antenne densely covered with short, silvery

pubescence ; the flagellum with a pale pile. Vertex minutely

punctured, the lower part broadly turrowed; it and the

occiput are covered with long fuscous hair. ‘The front

(especially laterally), the face, and clypeus are thickly covered

with pale golden hair; the anterior ocellus is broader than

long, uot dilated at base or apex. ‘Ihe base of the mandibles

thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the apical joints of

the palpi testaceous. ‘lhe eyes at the top are separated by

the length of the second and third antennal joints united.

‘The apex of the pronotum is thickly covered with depressed

silvery pubescence; the mesonotum with fulvous silvery

pubescence and long dark fuscous hair. Scutellum minutely

punctured and covered with long fuscous hair; the post-

scutellum thickly with silvery pubescence. Median segment

minutely punctured, the middle at the apex finely transversely

striated ; the furrow on the upper part wide and deep. Pleure

thickly covered with white pubescence and with long pale

fuscous hair; the metasternal area is stoutly keeled laterally,

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 25

and has a short, stout keel in the centre at the base. Legs

thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the apical two joints

of the anterior tarsi rufous ; the apex of the posterior more or

less rufous, as are also the claws; the tibial and tarsal spines

are clear white; the calcaria are pale. Wings clear hyaline ;

the nervures testaceous; the first cubital cellule at the top is

shortly, but distinctly, longer than the second; the second

recurrent nervure is received very shortly beyond the middle.

Abdomen shining; the apices of the basal four segments

broadly banded with silvery pubescence ; the pygidium is

entirely covered with silvery pubescence ; the fifth and sixth

segments and, to a less extent, the base of the middle have

a brownish sericeous pile.

Notogonia Chapmant, sp. n.

Nigra, facie metanotoque fulvo pilosis; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice

fumato, nervis stigmateque flavo-testaceis. 2.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Himalayas.

Scape of antenne thickly covered with fulvous pubescence.

The front and vertex alutaceous; the ocellus is circular ;

behind the ocellar region isa triangular depression ; the lower

part of the fiont and the face thickly covered with fulvous,

intermixed with longish silvery pubescence. Mandibles

piceous beyond the incision; the base thickly covered with

silvery pubescence. Palpi black, thickly covered with white

pubescence. Thorax alutaceous; the sides of the apical

slope with some stout, irregular, transverse striations; the

mesonotum is thickly covered with fulvous pubescence ; the

hair on the rest of the thorax silvery ; the furrow on the apical

slope is deep and reaches to the middle. ‘The sternal process

is large, depressed at the base, narrowly keeled in the middle ;

the apical incision is small. The breast is thickly covered

with fulvous pubescence. Wings distinctly yellowish hyaline,

the apex slightly infuscated ; the nervures yellowish fulvous ;

the first transverse cubital nervure is roundly curved; the

first cubital cellule at the top is about two thirds of the length

of the second ; the second recurrent nervure is broadly rounded

and is received shortly behind the middle of the cellule. The

abdominal segments are banded with pale fulvous panessrnen

the pubescence on the pygidium is stiff and dark golden or

fulvous.

This species was given to me many years ago by my late

friend, Mr. ‘Thomas Chapman, of Glasgow. It comes near

to N. jaculatria.

26 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

Larra fuscinerva, sp. n.

Nigra, capite thoraceque dense argenteo pilosis ; alis hyalinis, nervis

fuscis. 9.

Long. 11 mm.

Hab. Allahabad (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antenne shining, sharply keeled on the middle

beneath ; the flagellum opaque, densely covered with a white

microscopic pile. The vertex is shining, minutely punctured,

sparsely haired ; the ocellus has a triangular, clearly separated,

part in front, the whole being distinctly longer than broad ; in

front of itis a wide longitudinal furrow. The face and clypeus

are densely covered with silvery pubescence ; the apex of the

clypeus is bare, smooth, and shining ; the base of the mandibles

is thickly covered with silvery pubescence, the middle is

broadly rufous; palpi black, densely covered with white

pubescence. Pro- and mesonotum thickly covered with

tulvous pubescence; closely minutely punctured, as are also

the scutellum and postscutellum. Median segment opaque,

its middle alutaceous, the sides irregularly, transversely, and

somewhat widely striated; the basal three-fourths is finely

furrowed down the centre; the apical slope is distinctly

furrowed to near the apex and is transversely striated; the

sides are thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Pro- and

mesopleuree alutaceous, thickly covered with silvery pubes-

cence; the metapleure are obscurely, closely, obliquely

striated. Legs thickly pruinose, the spines black. Abdomen

thickly pruinose, as long as the head and thorax united; the

pygidium smooth, shining, glabrous, impunctate.

Comes into Bingham’s section J? on p. 197; nana may be

known from it by the ocellus being round: nigriventris is a

stouter built insect, has the wings more distinctly yellow,

the clypeus more distinctly keeled in the middle; the frontal

furrow in the present species does not bifurcate round the

ocellus, the wing-nervures are darker, the apex is scarcely

infuscated, and the abdomen is longer with the pygidium only

very slightly punctured round the edges.

Larra tridipennis, sp. n.

Nigra, argenteo-pruinosa ; alis flavo-hyalinis, nervis fuscis, cellula

cubitali 2* longiore quam 1*. 9.

Long. 11; alar. exp. 13 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antenne shining, covered with pale pubescence ;

ee ee ee ee eee

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 27

the flagellum opaque. Front and vertex alutaceous; the

front thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the face and

clypeus are densely covered with silvery pubescence. Man-

dibles with the apical half red, the basal thickly covered

with silvery pubescence; the palpi dark testaceous, The

apex of the pronotum has a Basi of golden pubescence, as

have also the sides of the mesonotum. Mesonotum and

scutellum closely and minutely punctured. The basal part

of the metanotum alutaceous, the sides transversely striated ;

the apex is transversely striated, more distinctly above than

below ; the middle is furrowed; the sides thickly covered

with pale golden pubescence. Pro- and mesopleure acicu-

lated, covered with silvery pile; metapleure closely, minutely,

obliquely striated, and covered with a sericeous pile. Meso-

sternum smooth, thickly covered with a sericeous pile: the

metasternal process has an oblique slope at the base; it is

depressed deeply at the apex of the slope. Wings flavo-

hyaline, the nervures dark fuscous; the top of the first

cubital cellule is fully one half the length of the second ;

the first transverse cubital nervure has an oblique slope at

top and bottom, the angle in the middle being broadly

rounded; the recurrent nervures are received distinctly

behind the middle and are separated by one half the length

of the top of the second cubital cellule. Legs thickly pruinose ;

the spines black. Abdomen not much longer than the

thorax; pruinose; the pygidium shining, obscurely and

minutely punctured on the sides.

Larra longicornis, sp. n.

Long. 10mm. @9.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Comes very near to L. tridipennis; may be known from 1t

by the antenne being longer, by the abdomen being longer

compared with the thorax, by the first transverse cubital nervure

having a more rounded gradual curve, by the second recurrent

nervure being more sharply angled, its lower abscissa being

quite straight and oblique, and the base of the metasternal

process has not an oblique slope—not raised above the rest.

Antenne rather longer than usual, longer than the head

and thorax united. Front and vertex alutaceous, the front

thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the ocellus some-

what triangular in front, irregular, obliquely furrowed near

the middle; the face and clypeus are thickly covered with

silvery pubescence; the apex of the clypeus smooth and

glabrous. The base of the mandibles thickly covered with

28 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

silvery pubescence. Thorax alutaceous; the apex of the

pronotum thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the meso-

notum with a pale down. Scutellum minutely punctured.

Median segment alutaceous, the sides transversely striated ;

the apex is closely transversely striated, the sides thickly

covered with silvery pubescence; the furrow is longer than

usual. Pro- and mesopleure alutaceous; the metapleure

closely, finely, obliquely striated, the apex thickly covered

with silvery pubescence. ‘The metasternal keel is hollowed

throughout; the central keel is ill-defined. Legs pruinose ;

the spines are black. Wings short, hyaline, the basal half

yellowish ; the first cubital cellule at the top is two-thirds of

the length of the second; the first transverse cubital nervure

is oblique at the top, the middle curve rounded ; the second

recurrent nervure is received distinctly behind the middle

and is somewhat sharply elbowed. The abdomen is as long

as the head and thorax united; the pygidium smooth,

shining; the lateral keels distinct.

CZ NOLARRA, gen. nov.

Second cubital cellule shortly stalked. Radial cellule

short, wide, the apical abscissa of the radius large, oblique.

Inner eye-orbits with distinct folds. Eyes reaching to the

base of the mandibles. ‘he hinder ocelli obliterated. Man-

dibles incised on the lower side. The hinder edge of the

pronotum not placed below the hinder edge of the meso-

notum. Median segment as long as the mesothorax; its

apex with an oblique slope. Tibi and tarsi sparsely spined ;

the tarsi long; the claws short, simple; the front tarsi not

with long spines as in Tachysphea, &c.

The eyes converge a little above; the second joint of the

antenne is pilose ; the top of the pronotum has obligue sides ;

the pygidium is pilose; the hinder tibie grooved; the

pterostigma is small. The structure of the prosternum is

rather peculiar ; itis large, keeled down the middle ; the sides

project at the apex, the middle of the projection is depressed,

so that there is thus formed two blunt rounded teeth.

This genus comes nearest to Notogonia, with which it agrees

in the structure of the thorax, head, and abdomen; but may

be readily separated from it by the transverse cubital nervures

being united at the top and there shortly appendiculated.

The only genus of Larride with an appendiculated cubital

cellule with which it could be confounded is Palarus, but

that is readily separated by the ocelli being complete.

The radial cellule is wide and hardly reaches to the apex of

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 29

the cubital; the appendiculate cellule is long; the pedicle is

bullated ; the form of the third transverse cubital cellule is as

in Notogonia, not as in Palarus, the third transverse cubital

nervure being parallel with the second, the third cubital cellule

not being broader at the top than at the bottom. The head

appears longer than usual and is wider than the mesothorax.

Cenolarra appendiculata, sp. n.

Nigra; fronte facieque dense argenteo pilosis ; pro- mesonotoque

aureo pilosis ; alis hyalinis, apice fumatis, nervis fuscis. ¢.

Long. 6-7 mm.

Hab, Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antenne shining, the lower side covered with

microscopic silvery pubescence ; the flagellum opaque, covered

with a white down. Vertex alutaceous; the front thickly

covered with silvery pubescence; the middle furrowed and

closely transversely striated ; there is a wide and deep furrow

in front of the ocellus, which is triangularly produced in

front. ‘The face and oral region are thickly covered with

silvery pubescence, as are also the mandibles broadly at the

base. Palpi black, thickly covered with white pubescence.

Thorax alutaceous; the pro- and mesonotum thickly covered

with a short golden pile, as is also the basal part of the median

segment on the base and sides; the apical part is widely

furrowed in the middle and is transversely striated ; the sides

are thickly covered with silvery and golden pubescence.

Pleura alutaceous, thickly covered with silvery pubescence.

The prosternum is stoutly keeled down the middle ; its apex

has an oblique slope and is hollowed; the mesosternum is

keeled down the middle; the metasternal process is wide,

large; the basal half much more deeply depressed than the

apical, whose lobes are somewhat triangular. Legs thickly

pruinose ; the tibial and tarsal spines are dark rufo-testaceous.

Tegula rutous behind, pruinose. Wings hyaline, the apex

from the end of the radial cellule smoky ; the second recurrent

uervure is elbowed backwards distinctly in the middle and is

received shortly behind the middle of the cellule. Abdomen

pruinose.

LEPTOLARRA, gen. nov.

‘Tarsi unusually long, the hinder twice the Jength of the

tibie ; the middle joints narrowed at the base, dilated towards

the apex ; the claws long and armed with a short tooth near

the base. [front and vertex with depressions as in .Voto-

gonia, &e. ; there is only one ocellus ; eyes large, converging

30 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

above, below reaching to the base of the mandibles. Clypeus

broader than long, its apex transverse. Mandibles broad at

the base, the apex of the incision with a stout tooth on the

lower side ; the apex has one tooth. Scape of antenne short,

broad ; the pedicle is covered thickly with pale pubescence.

The pronotum behind rises to the top of the mesonotum.

Median segment as long as the mesothorax ; its sides at the

apex rounded. Metasternal processdepressed, its apex incised.

Legs stout ; the tibize sparsely, the tarsi more thickly spinose ;

their spines long and stout; the femora stout; the hinder

pair have the apical half distinctly narrowed; the fore

calearia are curved, the hinder are half the length of the

metatarsus. Wings as in Larra; the apical abscissa of

the radius is straight, not curved, and has an oblique slope.

Pygidial area shagreened, bare ; the sides carinate. ‘The head

is distinctly wider than the thorax.

This genus is readily separated by the unusually long tarsi

with their joints dilated towards the apex as in Ampulex, and

by the long claws with the tooth near the base.

Leptolarra flavinerva, sp. n.

Nigra, dense argenteo pilosa; alis flavo-hyalinis, nervis flavo-

testaceis ; segmento mediali striolato. 9°.

Long. 15 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black, the scape keels rufous; the flagellum

pruinose. The front, face, and oral region thickly covered

with silvery pubescence; the vertex alutaceous, minutely

punctured ; the clypeus shining. Mandibles black, the base

thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; above each antenna

is a smooth shining spot. Pro- and mesothorax alutaceous,

covered with a silvery down. Scutellum more shining and

more distinctly punctured. The basal region of the median

segment is distinctly, irregularly, transversely striated, almost

forming reticulations at the base; the strize become weaker

towards the sides, and down the middle is a longitudinal

keel; the oblique apex is furrowed down the middle, above

it is finely obliquely, below more strongly transversely striated.

The furrows on the mesopleure are obscurely striated, The

metasternal process is keeled down the middle. Metapleure

closely, obliquely striated. Wings yellowish hyaline; the

stigma and costa dark testaceous; the nervures yellowish ;

the first cubital cellule is as long as the second; the second

recurrent nervure is received shortly behind the middle of the

cellule and is roundly bent backwards in the middle; the first

Jrom the Oriental Zoological Region. 31

has a rounded curve. Abdomen pruinose, longer than the

head and thorax united; the apex of the pygidium is rufous,

the apex of the hypopygium has the sides thickly covered

with pale fulvous pubescence.

Leptolarra longitarsis, sp. n.

Nigra; alis fuscis, fere violaceis ; metanoto striolato. 9.

Long. 8-9 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antennz aciculate 1, covered with a pale down;

the underside with a smooth, shininz, glabrous keel in the

middle. Front and vertex shinin», aciculate1; the depressions

deep, there are three on the front; below the ocelli is a

deep furrow. [ace aciculated; the clypeus smooth and

shining. The base of the mandibles aciculated, opaque ;

the apical part smooth and shining; palpi densely covered

with white pubescence. Pronotum and mesonotum strongly

aciculated, almost punctured, and covered with a minute pale

down; the scutellum is closely punctured, but not quite so

much so as the mesonotum; the postscutellum almost im-

punctate. Median segment strongly and closely transversely

striated all over; down the middle is a narrow but distinct

furrow; tle oblique apex is more closely and finely punctured,

except above; in the middle is a wide furrow, narrowed

below. The base of the propleure is strongly aciculated

and obscurely striated below ; above near the apex is a curved

furrow, thickly covered with white pubescence. Mesopleuree

strongly aciculated ; in the middle on the basal half is a deep

longitudinal furrow. Metapleure closely and finely longi-

tudinally striated. Mesosternum furrowed down the middle,

and with a transverse furrow behind the middle coxa.

Metasternum hollowed; the sides raised; in the middle at

the base is a short, stout, keel; its apex is incised, the sides

rounded. Legs pruinose; most of the tarsal spines are

rufous. Wings hyaline, strongly iridescent, slightly fuscous ;

the nervures are black. Abdomen shining, pruinose; the

apices of the segments with pale bands; pygidium acicu-

lated, less strongly at the base; the penultimate ventral

segment is strongly, but not very closely punctured; the

hypopygium is more closcly and finely punctured, except

at the base.

Leptolarra reticulata, sp. n.

Nigra ; alis flavo-hyalinis, nervis fuscis ; metanoto reticulato. 9.

Long. 8 mm.

flab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

32 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

Head alutaceous, the lower part of the front and the month

region densely covered with silvery pubescence, the furrow

below the ocelli is deep, and there is a similar furrow on the

front, commencing near the top. Mandibles broadly rufous

near the middle. Pro- and mesonotum closely puncture];

the scutellum punctured, but not so closely. Median sezment

closely, irregularly reticulated, the reticulations more distinct

at the base; the apex is transversely striated, the strie are

distinctly separated; the furrow is narrow but distinct. - Pro-

pleure closely punctured; the mesopleure are distinctly, but

not so closely punctured; metapleure obliquely striated all

over. ‘The sternal process has a distinct hollow at the base ;

the apex of the hollow is conical; the apical incision is

triangular. Wings hyaline, with a yellowish tint at the

base; the nervures : blackish ; the first cubital cellule is equal

in length to the second ; the upper (and larger) part of the

first transverse cubital nervure has a sharply oblique slope;

the recurrent nervures are separated by the length of one third

of the top of the first cubital cellule. Legs pruinose; the

calearia black; the tarsal spines dark rufous. Abdominal

segments pruinose on the apices.

SPANOLARRA, gen, nov.

Mandibles incised on the underside near the base. Antenne

long, slender; the second joint pilose. Eyes large, con-

verging above, reaching to the base of the mandibles ; the

folds on front large; the ocellus elongate, triangularly

produced in front. ‘T’arsi long, the posterior twice the length

of the tibiw, which are sparsely spined ; the tarsal spines

long ; the claws are long, longer than the apical joint of the

tarsi, roundly curved, and without a tooth. Anterior femora

roundly dilated, narrowed at base and apex. Radial cellule

wide and truncated at the apex. Wings reaching to the

apex of the abdomen. Apex ot pronotum reaching to the level

of the mesonotum. Median segment as long as the pro- and

mesothorax united ; there is no furrow on the mesopleure.

Abdomen shorter than the thorax ; the pygidium smooth,

except at the apex, glabrous, except slightly at the apex ;

the sides are sharply keeled throughout.

The chiet characteristics of this genus are the long antenne

and tarsi and the almost spineless tibia. In the form of the

legs it comes close to the genus Lepéolarra here described,

but the tarsi want the tooth found on the claws in that genus,

from which it differs further in the much longer antenne, in

the longer median segment, and in the apex of the pronotum

—

Jfrom the Oriental Zoological Region. 33

reaching to the level of the mesonotum. From Larra it may

be known by the much longer antennx, by the tibie not

being thickly spined, and by the head being less strongly

developed behind.

Spanolarra rufitarsis, sp. n.

Nigra ; apice clypei, apice flagelli antennarum late tarsisque rufis ;

alis flavo-hyalinis, nervis stigmateque flavo-testaceis. 2.

Long. 10 mm.

flab. Barrackpore (Rothney). Coll. Rothney.

Antenne long, longer than the head and thorax united;

the scape is thickly covered with white hair, its inner side is

red; the flagellum is thickly covered with white pubescence.

Vertex alutaceous; the ocellus is triangular behind; front

covered with silvery pubescence ; there is a short, wide

furrow below the ocellus, a wide shallow one in the middle,

and a narrow deep one over and between the antenne. Face

and clypeus thickly covered with silvery hair; the apex of

the clypeus smooth, bare, rufous. Mandibles broadly red in

the middle, the base thickly covered with silvery pubescence ;

there is a smooth bare line in the middle of the clypeus.

Thorax thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the hair on

the pro- and mesonotum has a slight golden tinge. The base

of the metanotum is alutaceous and thickly covered with

silvery pubescence ; the apical slope is transversely striated

laterally and in the middle near the apex. The prosternum

is furrowed down the middle; the furrow is bordered by two

keels; the apex has an oblique slope, is slightly hollowed

and broadly margined above. Mesosternum thickly covered

with white pubescence ; the metasternal process is keeled in

the middle at the base, and with a long, somewhat triangular

incision on the apex. Legs black; the tarsi longer than

usual, the apical four joints rufous; the tarsal spines are long

and black; the claws long, curved, and rufous. Wings

hyaline, with a slight yellowish tinge on the base; the

stigma and nervures pale yellowish testaceous. The apical

abscissa of the radius is long, straight, and slightly oblique ;

the first cubital cellule on the top is slightly shorter than the

second; the first transverse cubital nervure is curved; the

second recurrent nervure is roundly elbowed in the middle,

and is received shortly behind the middle. Abdominal seg-

ments with broad pruinose bands on their apices; the

pygidium shining, smooth, the apex punctured, the sides

and apex sparsely haired; the hypopygium is sparsely

punctured and rufous round the edges.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 3

a4 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

CRATOLARRA, gen. nov.

Ocelli distorted. Front raised near the eyes. First cubital

cellule above much longer than the second. Median segment

as long as the pro- and mesothorax united. Anterior tibie

without spines; the tarsi with long spines. Pygidium

strongly punctured, the punctures mostly in longitudinal

rows, only sparsely pilose.

Eyes large, converging above ; the upper part with a dis-

tinct inward curve ; distinctly margined above and behind.

Mandibles large, bearing a large tooth near the base beneath ;

the apex with one tooth. The top of the pronotum reaching

to the top of the mesonotum. All the tarsi and the four

posterior tibie are strongly spinose; the anterior femora

dilated, narrowed towards the apex. The first transverse

cubital nervure is straight, oblique; the apex of the radius

is large, oblique; both the recurrent nervures are received

behind the middle. The second antennal joint is large,

smooth, and shining. ‘The apex of the median segment has

an oblique slope. Abdomen longer than the head and

thorax united; the basal ventral segment has a large,

raised, distinctly defined tubercle on the apex; this part is

narrowed towards the apex of the segment laterally. The

pygidial area is sharply keeled laterally ; the sides inside the

keel are depressed; there is a distinct, wide, deep furrow

down the middle; the sides of: the segment are broad; the

lower and upper edges clearly defined, the middle hollowed.

The presence of the fold within the eye-margins separates

this genus from Tuchytes and Tachysphex; from Larra and

Notogonia it may be separated by the strongly punctured

pygidium, and by the first cubital cellule being longer than

the second. In the latter respect it agrees with Tachysphex,

but that genus, ¢nter alia, wants the folds near the eyes.

Cratolarra femorata, sp. 0.

Nigra; femoribus posticis rufis; capite levi; thorace dense albo

piloso; alis fusco-violaceis. 9.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab, Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Scape of antennz smooth, shining, bare; the second joint

shining, almost bare; the others thickly covered with short

pale pubescence. Head smooth and shining, above almost

bare; the face and clypeus thickly covered with white

pubescence. Mandibles behind the apex and the middle of

the basal tooth rufous; palpi fuscous black, thickly covered

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 35

with white hair, Thorax thickly covered with short white

pubescence, closely punctured ; the median segment closely

transversely siviaied, the striw strongest on the base; the

furrow on the apical slope is wide and deep and extends to

shortly beyond the middle. ‘The metasternal process is de-

pressed in the middle at the base; the sides have two keels ;

the middle has a narrow keel; the apex is bluntly bilobate.

Legs black, except the hinder femora, which are red; the

anterior calearia and the base of the posterior are rufous ;

the tarsal spines are of a deeper rufous colour; the legs are

covered thickly with a white down. Wings fusco-violaceous ;

the stigma and nervures black ; the two recurrent nervures

are received behind the middle of the cellule; the upper

part of the second recurrent nervure is straight and oblique.

Abdomen pruinose, shining; the pygidium haired only along

the sides; the basal ventral segment is stoutly keeled

laterally ; the hypepygium punctured.

ODONTOLARRA, gen. nov.

Clypeus with three lateral, two central, and one inter-

mediate teeth on the apex; it is broader than long, roundly

convex in the middle. Mandibles large, narrowed, and with

only one tooth on the apex; on the lower side, near the base,

is a large rounded tooth. Antenna placed low down, oppo-

site the lower edge of the eyes. Eyes large, almost parallel

on the inner side; they reach almost to the base of the

mandibles; the three ocelli are distinct and are placed in a

triangle; the ocellar region is slightly raised; the front has

a shallow furrow. Occiput margined. Pronotum large,

tuberculate in the middle behind; its apex not reaching to

the level of the mesonotum; its middle deeply depressed.

Mesonotum furrowed down the middle; the tubercles are

large. Mesosternum furrowed down the middle, and with a

transverse furrow in front of the middle coxe. Median

segment longer than broad. Legs stout; the tibia and tarsi

spinose; the claws simple. Wings appendiculate at the

apex ; there are three cubital cellules, the second and third

of almost equal length; the transverse basal nervure is inter-

stitial. The basal segment of the abdomen is triangular ; the

second segment is the longest; the pygidiam opaque and

finely transversely striated.

Comes nearest to Parapiagetia: may be known from it

readily by the large number of teeth on the apex of the

clypeus; Kohl’s genus has only four. The distinct ocelli,

the vertex without any raised folds as in Larra &e., and the

36 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

toothed clypeus make the genus of easy recognition. I have

not seen the male, and in my female the scape of the

antenne is broken off.

Odontolarra rufiventris, sp. n.

Nigra, dense pallide aureo pilosa; abdomine dimidio basali rufo ;

alis hyalinis, apice late fusco. 9°.

Long. 11-12 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Front densely covered with pale golden pubescence; the

vertex with a sparse pile, shining, coarsely shagreened; there

is a narrow longitudinal furrow on the outer side of the ocelli,

and a broader, deeper one down the front ; on the apex of the

clypeus are two central teeth, and three teeth on either side

of them, the lateral teeth being placed close together. Man-

dibles broadly red on the middle. Thorax covered with

golden and silvery pubescence; the pronotum is roundly

raised in the middle behind. Mesonotum alutaceous; the

sides and hinder region covered with golden pubescence; the

middle slightly and roundly raised. Metanotum covered

with golden pubescence; the basal region narrowly furrowed

in the middle; the upper half of the apical slope with a deep

furrow. Propleurz alutaceous ; the middle obscurely striated.

Mesopleurz densely pilose; tuberculate above; a furrow

below the raised part; the narrow apical furrow is finely

striated. Metapleure finely and closely obliquely striated.

Mesosternum thickly pruinose, furrowed down the middle;

in front of the middle coxe, on the central part, is a short

transverse furrow. Legs thickly pruinose ; the tibiz spinose;

the tarsal spines long and pale. Wings fuscous hyaline ; the

apex from the base of the stigma fusco-violaceous; stigma

testaceous. Abdomen pruinose; the basal three segments

red, the others black; the pygidium is bare, opaque, finely

and closely striated, more coarsely towards the apex.

Sceliphron lineatipes, sp. n.

Nigrum ; linea pronoti, apice metanoti, scapo antennarumque subtus

flavis; d clypeo flavo-bimaculato.

Long. 13-15 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

The front and face densely covered with pale golden

pubescence. Clypeus keeled in the middle, its apex broadly

incised, the sides of the incision oblique. Mandibles and

palpi black. Scape of antenne yellowish beneath. Thorax

thickly covered with longish pale hair and with silvery

ee EEE er ereerleereerer

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 37

pubescence ; a line on the pronotum behind, a transverse line

on the scutelluin (transverse behind, dilated in the middle in

front), the tubercles, a mark (broadly extended downwards)

on the apex, an irregular mark under the hind wings, and

the apex of the median segment, lemon-yellow. Mesonotum

closely transversely striated; the scutellum longitudinally

striated ; the postscutellum closely rugose. Median segment

closely and strongly transversely striated; the striae on the

central lobe more widely separated than on the sides; in the

centre of the basal lobe is a narrow furrow. Propleure

smooth ; mesopleure closely horizontally striated; meta-

pleure closely, obliquely, rugosely striated. Wings iri-

descent, hyaline, with a Tetines fuscous tint ; the apex with

a narrow smoky cloud. Legs black, the femora more or less

dark brown in front and below ; the four anterior tibia

yellow in front. Abdomen black; the apex of the basal

segment dark brown; the other segments lined with lemon-

yellow on the apices.

The amount of yellow on the abdomen and legs varies.

The male wants the two yellow marks on the face, and in the

female these may become amalgamated.

Allied to S, tibiale, Cam. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July

1899, p. 53).

Ampulex pilosa, sp. n.

Cerulea; femoribus posticis late rufis; capite thoraceque dense

longe pilosis ; alis fusco-violaceis. Q.

Long. 25 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black, almost bare, opaque, the third joint not

quite double the length of the fourth. Head densely covered

with long black hair, strongly aciculated ; the eyes at the top

separated by slightly more than the length of the third

antennal joint. Clypeus keeled in the middle, its apex

broadly and roundly projecting ; its sides bluntly and

shortly toothed. Thorax green, mixed with indigo-blue ;

the pro- and mesothorax thickly covered with long black

hair. _ Pronotum aciculated ; its basal neck short ; the apical

part almost square and slightly depressed in the middle at

the base. Mesonotum aciculated, without distinct punctures ;

the furrows broad and deep at the base, indistinct towards

the apex. Scutellum flat, blue at the base, brassy at the

apex ; the postscutellum slightly depressed laterally. ‘The

central keel on the median segment 1s straight, and reaches

to the base of the basal third of the segment; the inner

lateral are of similar length and converge slightly towards

38 Mr. P. Cameron on new Aculeate Hymenoptera

the apex ; the basal parts more oblique and straighter than

the apical, the part enclosed by them strongly transversely

striated, this being also the case, but less strongly, with the

outer side; the apex in the middle is smooth and has on

either side at the base a round, deep fovea; at the apex, in

the centre, the keels are raised, leaving a rounded depression

between them. The apex of the segment is semi-per-

pendicular, stoutly transversely striated, and thickly covered

with long black hair. Pleure impunctate, except the apex

of the metapleure, which is stoutly obliquely striated. Meso-

sternum smooth, thickly haired; the middle depressed and

with a black keel in the depression; in the centre of the

Jateral part is a shorter black keel. Wings fuscous violaceous,

darker in the radial and cubital cellules. Abdomen blue;

the narrow basal part of the petiole short, becoming gradually

wider towards the apex ; the transverse furrow at the base of

the seeond segment is deep; the second segment is as long

as the succeeding segments united.

The upper nervure in the apex of the radial cellule is

roundly curved ; the appendicular cellule is closed; the part

of the radius bounding the second cubital cellule is nearly as

Jong as that bounding the first; before the first recurrent

nervure is a faint nervure, perhaps representing the transverse

cubital. The claws are long, sharp, and with a sharp tooth

near the base.

Ampulex pulchriceps, sp. n.

Viridis, vertice abdominisque dorso purpureis ; antennis nigris ;

femoribus 4 posterioribus rufis; tibiis posticis purpureis; alis

fusco-fumatis, stigmate nervisque nigris. <¢.

Long. 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll, Rothney.

Antenne stout, about as long as the head and thorax

united ; the third and fourth joints equal in length. Head

bluish green, the face with brassy tints, the vertex to the

front ocellus purple; the vertex wide at the top, the eyes

there separated by the length of the basal three joints of the

antenne united; the eyes almost parallel. Behind, the head

is largely developed and roundly narrowed ; the punctures on

the vertex are distinctly separated; the hinder part of the

vertex impunctate, except near the margin, where it is finely

and closely punctured; the front is coarsely and irregularly

reticulated. Clypeus projecting in the centre, which is flat,

rounded at the base, gradually narrowed to near the apex,

which becomes more widely depressed in the middle and at

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 39

the point bifid and purple; the basal part is keeled in the

middle, Mandibles purplish black. Pronotum broader than

long, roundly convex above, coarsely and closely punctured.

The sides of the mesonotum strongly but not closely

punctured ; the base with the punctures more widely sepa-

rated ; the apex smooth. Scutellum smooth and marke | all

over with widely-separated punctures ; the postscutellum

closely and finely punctured, its central part with large deep

punctures. There are only two central keels in the middle

of the median segment; they form almost a triangle, the

space enclosed by them is obliquely striated on either side at

the base; the apex transversely striated; the rest is more

finely transversely striated ; the keel bordering the apex in

the middle is slightly dilated; the middle of the dilatation

transverse, its sides oblique ; the apex of the segment above

reticulated ; the keels on the lower part not forming distinct

are, being widely waved. The part of the propleura above

the keel has large scattered punctures all over; the lower

part has a few punctures on the base ; the apex on the lower

side has some stout, oblique, irregular keels. Mesopleure

with large, deep, distinctly separated punctures ; metapleuree

reticulated in the middle, at the base and apex are a few

curved irregular keels. The coxte are green; the four

posterior femora rufous, the anterior black, blue behind ;

the tibiz on the inner side dull rufous; the pad on the pen-

ultimate tarsal joint does not reach to the middle of the next

joint ; the claws are bifid, the joints of almost equal length.

The first transverse cubital nervure is obliterated entirely ;

the second is interstitial, with the apex of the nervure

bounding the apex of the radial cellule; the first recurrent

nervure is received in the middle, the second in front of the

basal third of the cellule. Abdomen shorter than the thorax ;

above bright purplish blue; the apical segment dark green ;

the narrowed part of the petiole is not quite so long as the

dilated apex and is black in colour; the apex of the petiole

and the second segment sparsely punctured, the punctures

small and shallow, longer and deeper on the apex of the

second segment; the second segment is longer than usual,

more than twice longer than broad; the third segment is

deeply and largely punctured, the base in the middle smooth ;

the apex keeled in the middle; the apex all round has a

sharply raised border ; above there are only three segments

distinguishable, below only two.

Note.—It appears to me that Col. Bingham has included

in the ‘ Fauna of British India,’ Hymen., Ampulex cognata,

40 New Aculeate Hymenoptera.

Kohl, in error. He gives the Khasia Hills as the only

locality, no mention being made of Java, the only locality

given by Kohl for his species. I have not seen the species

among the thirteen known to me from Khasia.

Oxylelus ceylonicus, sp. n.

Long. 5 mm.

Hab. Ceylon (Yerbury).

Belongs to the section with the scutellar lamine obsolete,

previously represented in the Indian fauna by O. Lewis?, Cam.

Scape of antenne yellowish beneath ; the flagellum more

or less brownish and thickly covered with a pale pile. Front

and vertex closely punctured; the vertex sparsely, the front

thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the front broadly

and shallowly excavated in the middle; the hair on the

clypeus and face is dense and silvery. Mandibles rufous,

black at the base and apex; the base thiekly covered with

silvery pubescence. Thorax black, shining, thiekly covered

with silvery pubescence ; a broad irregular mark on the pro-

notum near the tegule, a smaller, more elongated one nearer

the middle, the tubercles, a large oblique mark, rounded at

the ends, on the side of the scutellum, the postscutellum, and

two narrow lines issuing from them, lemon-yellow. Meso-

notum closely and distinctly punctured, more closely at the

base than at the apex; the scutellum sparsely punctured ;

the postscutellum is rounded behind, and has there, on the

top, a distinct bordering keel. The top of the median seg-

ment is obliquely, the apical slope is more closely, trans-

versely striated; the second row of transverse keels on the

top form by longitudinal keels distinct are; the base is

minutely punctured ; the apical slope is strongly aciculated ;

above its centre is a large, smooth, somewhat triangular

depression. Propleure aciculated, the middle and behind

with curved striz. Mesopleure closely rugose, thickly

covered with silvery pubescence; the furrow over the sternum

is wide. Metapleure bearing all over curved striz, which

are not closely set together. Legs black, the apical half of

the four anterior femora beneath, all the tibiw, except be-

hind, and the fore tarsi yellow; the middle and hinder tarsi

blackish ; the legs are thickly covered with silvery pubes-

cence. Wings clear hyaline, the nervures testaceous, Ab-

domen shining, covered with silvery pubescence; there is a

large yellow mark on the first segment, narrower ones on

the second, third, and fourth, and larger yellow marks on

the fifth segments almost united in the middle; the pygidium

Peay 7f-**.7

On the Weasel and some of its Subspecies. 41

black, dark testaceous near the apex; it is thickly covered

with bright golden pubescence. The base of the petiole is

slightly depressed ; its sides with some distinct curved

striations. The abdominal segments are lined with yellow ;

the apical one is for the greater part testaceous,

This species is referable to Oxybelus rather than to Crabro,

although it has not got any thoracic lamine, through the

submarginal cellule being confluent with the first discoidal,

and through the eyes not being strongly divergent towards

the vertex. Saussure forms a tribe | Fox a subfamily for

Oxybelus—the Oxybeline.

III.—Note on the Weasel, Putorius ([ctis) nivalis, Linn.,

and some of tts Subspecies. By G. E. H. Barretr-

HAMILTON.

I HAVE recently had under examination the set of skins of the

weasel in the British Museum collection, and have been

greatly struck by the large amount of local variation shown

in the specimens from various parts of Europe, for many

of which the Museum is indebted to the liberality of the late

Lord Lilford and of Mr. Oldfield Thomas.

The characters which seem most subject to variation are

the general size, the length of the tail, the colour of the

underside, and the course and arrangement of the line of

demarcation between the colours of the two surfaces of the

body. In the far north, as is well known, the weasel regu-

larly turns white in winter, and this character is in itself

sufficient to warrant the subspecific separation of those indi-

viduals whose winter coat is white from those which, as in

England, do not undergo such a seasonal change of colour. In

temperate regions the reddish-brown colour of the upperside

is retained throughout the year, but the animal is characterized,

as in Great Britain, by the possession of a pure white belly.

In the warmer South, however, we find weasels with the

belly more and more washed with yellow, until, in some of

the Mediterranean localities, such as Sicily, Malta, and

Algeria, the colour reaches buff or orange. The length of

the tail seems to bear some relation to the colour of the

underside, for whereas specimens from Great Britain, France,

Hungary, Germany, Northern Italy, the Caucasus, and Asia

Minor (Van and Erzerum) have short tails, those from Sicily,

Malta, Sardinia, Algeria, and Cairo are long-tailed, while those

from the south of Spain seem to be intermediate in this respect.

42 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

The general size of the animal appears also to be larger in

the South, especially in those regions where the stoat

(P. ermineus, Linn.) does not occur or is rare. ‘Thus speci-

mens from Cairo and Malta are the largest, while those from

Sicily and Algeria, although larger than those of England,

are not quite equal to the former in size. On the other hand,

we have examples of a very small subspecies from Asia

Minor and the perieeries The changes in the line of demar-

cation are not so clearly connected with the southern range of

the animal, since while specimens from Great Britain, North

France, North Italy, Haida in Bohemia, Burgheim in

Bavaria, Hungary, Malta, Cairo, Tangier, and Sardinia have

this line wavy and undulating, those from Seville, Sicily,

Algeria, and the Caucasus show an almost straight line like

that of the stoat.

The colour of the upperside does not seem to lend itself so

readily to variation as do the characters alluded to above, but

it is markedly lighter in the eastern subspecies JZ. nivalis

Stoliczkanus, Blanford, of Yarkand, and a new subspecies,

M. n. pallidus, of Turkestan and Afghanistan.

It is of great interest to thus find parallelled in a mammal

the well-known increase of richness in the colour of the

plumage of so many birds—such as, for instance, Parus

ceruleus, Linn., Hirundo rustica, Linn., Ligurinus chloris

(Linn.), and Fringilla celebs, Linn.—according as they range

southwards.

The following forms are recognizable :—

(I.) Putorius nivalis typicus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. xii.

p. 69 (1766).

Type locality. Upsala, Sweden.

Distinguishing characteristic. Winter coat white.

I have no series of northern weasels, but it is almost certain

that, in addition to the above, they will be found to present

other distinguishing characteristics.

Distribution. Arctic and subarctic regions of Europe.

(Il.) Putorius nivalis vulgaris, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Animal.

p- 471 (1777).

Putorius minutus *, Pomel, ‘ Cat. méth. et descript. des Vert. Foss.

découvertes dans le Bassin Hydrographique supérieur de la Loire, et

surtout dans la vallée de son affluent principal, |’ Allier,’ p. 51 (Paris,

1853).— Type locality. Paris.

Type locality. Leipzig.

* Should specimens from Great Britain and Western Europe be

distinguishable from those of Central Europe, Pomel’s name will be

applicable to the former.

Weasel and some of its Subspecies. 43

Colour (of British specimens), Above reddish brown of variable

depth, the darkest specimen being a large male from Elgin,

Morayshire, Scotland, dated 29th September, 1894: a very

pale male from Froyle, Hants, dated 30th January, 1893,

almost approaches P. nivalis Stoliczkanus in tint. On the

whole I think the most intensely coloured specimens of both

sexes are those obtained in September and October.

Beneath. At all ages pure white, which, however, may

become dirty when the coat is very old, as is the case with a

male from Cambridgeshire, labelled May 24th, and another

from Wales, labelled June 15th. ‘The wavy uncertain

line of demarcation between the colours of the two surfaces

is in its very variability exceedingly characteristic and

naturally causes an equal variability in the area of the white

colour of the belly. The latter in large specimens (males)

usually reaches a breadth of 25 millim. or upwards. In

some individuals, however, as in a male from Tring, Herts, it

is very much constricted in the region behind the chest and

does not exceed a breadth of 11 millim. ; in another specimen,

a male from Cambridge, there is a complete band of the

brown colour extending right across the belly. Posteriorly

the brown colour usually, but not always, encroaches on to

the belly, preventing the extension of the white as far back-

wards as the anus. ‘There are frequently isolated patches of

brown colour irregularly distributed over the belly, even in

the middle line. Some of the variations bear a very close

resemblance to those shown by the Irish stoat, P. ermineus

hibernicus, Vhos. & Barr.-Ham.

The fore feet are partially white.

A trace of the assumption of a white winter coat is visible

in two specimens from Cromarty, viz. a male killed on the

30th October, 1895, and a female killed on the 21st March,

1896, which, especially the male, show many white hairs on

the flanks and a few on the dorsal region, the latter forming

an indistinct saddle-like band over the back.

Although in coloration the sexes are identical, males are far

larger than females, have the skull proportionately broader,

and show a stronger development of the sagittal crest. ‘The

following is asummary of the dimensions (in millimetres) of

sixteen adult males and eight adult and two immature females,

all British, taken from the British Museum and from my own

collections, and for which we are indebted to the kindness of

Messrs. F. Austen, J. L. Bonhote, Sir W. G. Cumming,

W. R. Ogilvie Grant, E. H. Caton Haigh, 8. F. Harmer,

K. Hartert, W. L.8. Loat, J. C. Mansel-Pleydell, G. St. Quen-

tin, the Hon. W. Rothschild, and A. Wright.

44 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

Sixteen males.

Length of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. Tail. claws). Ear. gnathion). zygoma.

Maximum .... 235 65 386 16 4] 25

Menno eo: 214 60 82 155 SZ 93

Minimum .... 208 53 29 15 86'5 21°5

Eight females.

Maximum .... 195 50 28 13 34 19

IMGAT sarees 178 44 25 12 33 is

Minimum .... 160 36 22 11 31 165

Two immature females.

Hind foot

Head and (without

body. Tail. claws). Lar.

Boxmoor, Herts (A. Pifird), 15th

May; 1503 cs Si). esse Oeie 146 37 24

Bletchingley, Surrey (W. R. Ogil-

vie Grant), 6th Aug.,1895 .... 150 43 21 13

The dimensions given would seem to show that the

British weasel is a variable species not only in the colour of

its underside, but also in its size. The ratio of the length of

the tail to that of the head and body is about 1: 4.

We have also specimens of this subspecies collected by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas in the Forest of Guinnes, Pas de Calais,

France, from Haida in Bohemia, and from Burgheim in

Bavaria, of which the dimensions are :—

Length of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. Tail. claws). Ear. gnathion).zygoma.

No. 94. 6. 6. 10. 6, Pas-de

CARDS. «ssc pews ae 212 +=58 30 “5 37 21

No. 94. 6. 6. 11. Same locality,

3, 27th May, 1894 ........ 209 +60 31

¢, Haida, Boliemia, 15th Feb.,

1896 (not white) .........- 210 52 32 9

¢, Burgheim, Bavaria, 29th

April, 1895 (asmall faded skin,

NOL WHC) {Os tee e Sees 150 40 21 .. about 38

Three unsexed skins from Cs. Somoja, in Western Hungary,

may possibly be summer examples of P. nivalis typicus.

The dimensions of tail and hind feet taken from these (dried

skins) reach 62 and 25, 55 and 30, and 72 and 30 millim.

respectively.

Distribution. Western and Central Europe.

eenetiatieel Se

Weasel and some of its. Subspecies. 45

(IIIL.) Putorius nivalis italicus *, subsp. n.

Type. No. 95.11. 11. 1 of British Museum collection, from

Grezzana, in the highlands of the Province of Verona, Italy.

Distinguishing characteristics. Size perhaps a little larger

than, but line of demarcation and length of tail as in, P. nivalis

vu/yaris of Britain, with the underside slightly washed with

buff. The following are the dimensions of three specimens

presented to the Museum by Mr. Oldtield Thomas and

collected through Conte Ettore Arrigoni degli Oddi by Signor

dal Nero Vittorio, of Verona :—

Leneth of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. Tail. claws), Ear. gnathion). zygoma.

No. 99.11.11.1. of, Grez- :

zana, Proy. Verona, Italy,

400 metres, 20th April,

Bea (EVDO) 5 cee ences a T Re ie 40°5

No. 99.11. 11.2. o, Villa-

franca, Verona, Italy, 10th

0 ee ch ae a oP 385 22

No. 99.11.11. 3. Q, slightly

immature, Colaguala, Pro-

vince of Verona, Italy, 54

metres, 2nd Dec., 1898 .... 190 45 - 10 32 17

The skull of a male from Genoa, presented by the late

Lord Lilford, has a length and breadth of 41—24 millim.

Distribution. Italy.

(IV.) Putorius nivalis tbericus, subsp. n.

Type. No 95. 3. 3. 10 of British Museum collection, from

Seville, Spain.

Distinguishing characteristics, Size and length of tail inter-

mediate ; belly usually washed with yellow ; line of demarca-

tion decided, as in J’. ermineus ; feet white.

Length of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. Tail. claws). gnathion). zygoma.

No. 95. 3.3.10. 9, Seville, Spain, x

2nd Oct., 1894 (collector A. Ruiz,

Sor the late Lord Lilford). (Type.).. 250 650 es 38 22

No. 95.9.4.12. ¢, ditto, 8th June,

EE Wan wou ehba ty Caiiea.c sy 0.0 + 250 65 45

No. 95.9. 4.18. 2, ditto, 3rd May,

nr Port err 120 40 38

Distribution. The Iberian Peninsula.

* 1 cannot find the origin of the reference to a variety “ vulgaris, yar.

meridionalis, Costa et auct.,” thus given by Trouessart in his ‘Catalogus

Mammalium,’ i. p. 276 (1898-99).

46 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

(V.) Putorius nivalis numidicus, Pucheran, Rev. et Mag. de ;

Zool. p. 393 (1855). . ;

Type. No. C. 250 (in alcohol) of Paris Museum collection

( fide F. Lataste *).

According to Lataste the type of P. numidicus came from

Tangier, w here it was purchased from the dealer Favié in

1841. If that be so, I possess a topotype of this subspecies,

in no. 822 of my collection, which I purchased of Olcese,

Favié’s successor at Tangier, in 1895. The specimen agrees

exactly with Pucheran’s description as far as it goes, having

“la queue plus longue que la Belette, de France, avec une

touffe terminale de couleur noiratre.” In other respects it

seems to be very closely related to P. nivalis boccamela,

having the yellow underside, partially white fore feet, and

wavy line of demarcation of that subspecies.

Distribution. Morocco.

(VI.) Putorius nivalis boccamela, Bechstein, Siiug. Deutsch.

p- 819 (1801).

Typical locality. Sardinia.

Distinguishing characteristics. Size larger than and tail

longer than in P. n. ttalicus of Italy ; line of demarcation

wavy. General colour of upperside probably darker. ‘Toes

of fore feet white. Skull broad.

;

Length of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. Tail. claws). gnathion). zygoma.

¢d (in spirit), Sardinia. (Topotype.)

Eide ‘O; Thomas! cs <mcle cide ve coe 206 79 36°6

DO 'fiaen), beeen eta; cores eae 145 51 26

3d, Sardinia, Feb. 1898 (EF. N. Buxton).

(A very dark specimen.) .......... PO ye Re 39 a

3, ditto (ex coll. Linnaa)..........+. scl BOF as 40 25

This weasel was, as has been pointed out by Lataste f,

described by Cetti in 1774 §; but as he did not apply a Latin

name to it, the name boccamela must stand to the credit of

the next author who used it, who would appear to have been

Bechstein.

Distribution. Sardinia.

(VII.) ca ta nivalis siculus, subsp. n.

Type. No. 95.3. 4. 5 of British Museum collection, from

Marsala, Sicily.

* Mamm. de Barbarie, p. 121 (1885).

+ Dimensions taken from dried skins only.

{ Mamm. de Barbarie, p. 122 ean

§ ‘Quadrupedi,’ pp. 165-186 (1774).

Weasel and some of its Subspecies. 47

Distinguishing characteristics. Size larger, tail long (ratio

to head and body about 1: 3); belly washed with yellow or

orange of vetiakle intensity ; line of demarcation straight, as

in 2. ermineus ; all four feet white.

Length of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. Tail. claws), gnathion). zygoma.

No. 95. 3. 4.2. of, Palermo, Sicily,

9th Feb., 1895 (J. I. S. Whitaker)... ‘e me 415 22

No. 95. 3.4.3. o, Palermo, Sicily,

26th Feb., 1895 (ditto) .......... 240 80 38

No. 95. 3.4.4. o, Balestrate, Sicily,

15th Feb., 1895 (ditto) .......... 230 70 38

No. 95. 3.4.6. o, Marsala, Sicily,

18th Feb., 1895 (ditto) .......... 250 90 40

A single specimen from Algeria (no. 56. 3. 12. 12, from

Oran Prov., W. Algeria, ex coll. Parzudaki) agrees with a

series of nine, young and old, from Sicily, for which the

Museum is indebted to Mr. J. I. S. Whitaker.

Distribution. Sicily and Algiers.

(VIIT.) Putorius nivalis africanus, Desm. Nouv. Dict. Hist.

Nat. xix. p. 376 (1818) (nee Pomel, C. R. Ac. Sc. p. 654,

1856, and Lataste).

Typical locality. “ d’ Afrique.” *

Distinguishing characteristics. Size large ; tail long (ratio

of length to that of head and body about 1 : 3); belly orange;

line of demarcation wavy ; feet partially white.

Length of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. Tail. claws), Ear. gnathion). zygoma.

No. 92. 7. 15. 7. o, Pyramids of

Ghizeh, Egypt (Dr. J. Anderson),

Pee eeren, O08 clit eres DOO DL. 42

No. 92. 7. 15.8. 92, Abu Roash,W. of

Cairo, Egypt (ditto) ............ a BO au Bh < 5 435 24

Egypt, d, inspirit (fide O. Thomas).. 260 108 47, os a

i By. 11926. 2. ¢ juv., Malta (C. A.

Wright), 16th April; 1894 ...... 178 62 84 16 37 23

No. 95, 1. 2. 1. Q, Malta, 1894 (ditto),

(measured in dry skin) .......... 200 85

No. 75. 4.6.1. ¢, Malta (stuffed) ( fide

Po OT) et RE, A ies Sa 300 105 =43

It would appear from the smaller specimens that the tail

* The species was described from a specimen at the time in the Paris

Museum, but which had formerly been in the Museum at Lisbon.

48 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

may be short in the young of this subspecies. This is the

largest subspecies of the series, and the great size of the

stuffed specimen from Malta makes it impossible to distinguish

Maltese from Egyptian specimens, at least with the material :

at present available. In my identification I am therefore

glad to be able to follow Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who in 1895

recorded his belief that the weasels of Egypt and Malta are

identical (P. Z. S., Feb. 5, 1895, pp. 128-131).

Distribution. Kgypt and Malta.

(IX.) Putortus nivalis caucasicus, subsp. n.

Type. No. 94. 9. 2. 38, from the Barey collection (Mons.

Hotschal) , the Caucasus, at a height of 12,000 feet, 26th June,

1887.

Distinguishing characteristics. Winter coat white; size

very small; tail short; belly white; line of demarcation

decided ; feet white.

I make this subspecies with confidence from four specimens,

since the characters which they show are very constant in

the various subspecies of weasels, and their combination in

this form is unique. The white winter coat is represented

by two specimens, nos. 97. 6. 4. 4 & 5, a male and a female,

collected at Van, Asia Minor, by Major Williams, R.A., and of

which the date and dimensions are :— |

Length of Breadth

Hind foot skull (ba- of skull

Head and (without sion to at

body. ‘Tail. claws), Ear. gnathion). zygoma,

dG, 18th Jan. 1897 .... 196 55 27 12 35°5 17

©, 10th Jan., 1897 .... 173 55 27 13 354

There is also one from Erzeroum (no. 84. 6. 3. 5), col-

lected by Messrs. Dickson and Ross in 1840.

Distribution. Caucasus and Asia Minor,

(X.) Putorius nivalis pallidus, subsp. n.

Putorius Stoliczkanus, O. Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xv. p. 453

(1895).

Type. No. 94. 9. 2. 1 of British Museum collection, from

Kokand, Ferghana.

Distinguishing characteristics. Colour of upperside ex-

tremely light and faded; size intermediate ; tail short; line :

of demarcation distinct ; feet white or nearly so. |

The characters given above readily distinguish this sub-

species from P. nivalis Stoliczkanus, with which it has been

Weasel and sume of tts Subspecies, 49

formerly associated. I know of no other described weasel

with which it might be confounded; it is certainly very

widely different from P. alpinus, Gebler.

The skull of no. 94. 9.2.1 is damaged, but measures

about 37 x 20, showing the specimen to have been about of

normal size.

Dhistribution. | have only two bad and faded skins of this

subspecies, one of which (no. 94. 9. 2.1) is a female (with

skull) from Kokand, Ferghana, collected by Th. Barey on

20th March, 1893, and procured in exchange from the

Branicki Museum, Warsaw; and the other (no. 79.11.21. 293)

is an unsexed skin from Afghanistan, from the Indian

Museum collection.

(XI.) Putorius nivalis Stoliczkanus, Blanford, J. As. Soc.

Bengal, xlvi. 2, p. 260 (1877).

Mustela vulgaris, ? var., Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xliy. 2, p. 106

(1875).

The typical specimen was brought by Dr. Stoliczka from

Yarkand, Eastern Turkestan, where it was purchased.

A single topotype of this subspecies in the collection is

no. 75. 3. 80. 8, and was collected by Colonel Biddulph in

Yarkand on the 26th May, 1894. It is very faded, but

must have been very light in the coloration of the upperside,

is of small size, has the tail rather long in proportion to the

head and body length, the line of demarcation wavy, and the

feet nearly white. The skull has been damaged, but is small,

measuring not much more than 36 millim. in total length.

In his original description Blanford states that the colour

of the typical specimens was pale sandy brown above, with a

small white spot close to the anterior angle of each eye; the

tail throughout the same colour as the back; the fore feet

white, mixed with pale brown above; the hind feet only

whitish at the edges; the soles of all the feet thickly clad,

only the toe-pads being naked; the total length 306 millim.*,

of which the tail without the end-hairs reached 58 millim.* ;

the length of the hind foot and tarsus without the claws 30 * ;

and the weight 5:2 ozs.

((XI1.) ? Putorius nivalis subpalmatus, Hemprich and

Ehrenberg, Symbol. Phys. dec. il., at end of article on

Herpestes leucurus (1833).

I regret that I am unable to throw any light on the identity

* Converted to millim. from the inches as given by Blanford.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 4

50 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on Squirrels of

of the still lost smaller weasel of Egypt, the status of which

has been already discussed by Mr. Oldtield Thomas *, The

original description, which is in Latin, is rather peculiar, and

interesting enough to merit reproduction here. It runs as

follows :—‘t Quarta Mustelinorum forma Mustele vulgart ad-

modum affinis est. Initinere J/ustele subpalmate nomine eam

distinximus, digiti enim membrana latius conjuncti erant,

statura minor. In domibus egyptiacis Cahire et Alexandrie

murium vulgaris socius. A®lurum (aidovpov) non hane, sed

Felem Bubastis cum F. maniculata fuisse serius docebo.’’]

IV.—On Squirrels of the Sciurus MacClellandi Group.

By J. L. BonHOTE.

From a close and careful examination of a large series of

skins of this species from India and China it seems to me

that the following races may be easily distinguished. The

most noticeable feature of the group is their variability in a

very small area, and it will be seen that there are no less than

three forms to be found in the province of Fokien, China, and

specimens of all three kinds may be obtained within an easy

radius of one place, namely Kuatun. At first I was inclined

to regard it as an instance of polymorphism, but a further

investigation has satisfied me that such is not the case. In

the first place, the differences between the three forms are

constant and there is little or no variation among themselves ;

secondly, one form (Swinhoei) is apparently different in

habits, being never found amongst the tall conifers, as is the

habit of all the other races, but being always found on the

ground and among low scrub. With regard to the other two

forms, the typical locality of the one is Foochow, on the sea-

coast, and of the other Ching Feng Ling, a village about

2000 feet up in the mountains; that they should both be

found at Kuatun is not surprising, since Kuatunft is a

village halfway up a high mountain, and it may well be that

the form which inhabits the valley should be different from

that found at a greater altitude. Of the Indian races there is

nothing much to be said; those from ‘l'enasserim and the

Straits Settlements are, as might be expected, much brighter

than those from the north, while specimens from Manipur

show a very interesting intermediate stage.

* P. Z.S. 1895, pp. 128-131.

¢ O. Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 769.

the Sciurus MacClellandi Group. 51

Seturus MacClellandi typicus, Horsf.

Sciurus MacClellandi, Horsf. P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 152; Blyth, J. A. S. B.

xvi. p. 875; id. Cat. p. 107; Jerdon, Mamm. P. 173.

peje Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 887; id. J. A. S. B. xvi.

p. 875.

General colour above yellowish brown. Median dorsal

stripe from the nape to the root of the tail black, on each side

of which is a lighter stripe hardly distinguishable from the

colour of the neck, succeeded by another of a darker shade.

The outer dark stripes are bordered by two narrow yellowish

ones, which start from the nose and, passing under the eye

and ear, continue as far as the root of the tail. Underparts

yellowish grey.

Measurements (skin) :—

Head and body 131 millim.; tail 90.

Skull: greatest length 35; basal length 26; zygomatic

breadth 21; length of nasals 10.

Hab. Nepal, Sikkim, Bootan, and Assam.

Sciurus Mac Clellandi manipurensis, subsp. n.

Sciurus MacClellandi, Thos. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 61.

This form differs from the foregoing by being much lighter

in general coloration. All the stripes are clearer and more

distinct, especially the outermost light stripes, which are very

pale and well marked. The underparts are also paler. ‘he

tail seems to be rather longer.

Dimensions of type (from skin) :—

Head and body 120 millim. ; tail 100.

Hab. Manipur.

Type B.M. 85. 8. 1.273. Aimole, Manipur. Presented

by Mr. A. O. Hume.

Scturus MacClellandi maritimus, subsp. n.

This is the form which most nearly approaches the typical

Se. MacClellandi, from which it differs in being far greyer

and more concolorous. ‘The median dorsal stripe is by no

means well marked and very short, not being continued to

the root of the tail. The two subdorsal stripes are of the same

colour as the back, while the outermost light stripes are of a

dull white, very narrow and short, not being continued to the

root of the tail, and only starting at the shoulder.

Measurement of type (from skin) :—

Head and body 140 millim.; tail 95; hind foot 31;

ear 12.

4°

52 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on Squirrels of

Skull: zygomatic breadth 21; length of nasals 10.

Hab. Foochow, province of Fokien, China.

Type B.M. 94. 9. 1. 11. Foochow, April 1893. Col-

lected and presented by Mr. C. B. Rickett.

This is apparently a form inhabiting the coast and low

ground. It is found also at Tingchow and Kuatun.

Sciurus MacClellandi monticolus, subsp. n.

Brighter than the preceding subspecies, to which it is most

nearly allied, and from which it differs in having the median

dorsal stripe more distinct and always continued to the root

of the tail. The outermost light stripes are very broad and

distinct and continued to the root of the tail.

Measurements of type (from skin) :—

Head and body 132 millim. ; tail 109; hind foot 31.

Skull: greatest length 37; basal length 29; zygomatic

breadth 23; length of nasals 10°5.

Hab. Ching Feng Ling *, 2000 feet.

Type B.M. 97. 3. 2.6. Ching Feng Ling, Fokien, Dec.

1896. Collected and presented by Mr. C. B. Rickett.

There are also specimens from Kuatun, Fokien, and

Chinteh, Anhua.

Sciurus MacClellandi Swinhoet, Milne-Edw.

Sciurus MacClellandi Swinhoei, Milne-Edwards, Rech. des Mamm.

p. 308 (1874).

Easily distinguishable by having three black dorsal stripes.

The whole animal is much brighter than any of the other

Chinese races. The subdorsal stripes are distinctly lighter

than the colour of the neck; the outer light stripes are very

broad and well marked, with a tendency to join the subocular

cheek-stripe over the shoulders.

Hab. Province of Moupin, China.

Specimens in the British Museum are from Ching Feng

Ling, Peling, and Kuatun. ‘This form differs also in habits,

being found on the ground or in low scrub, whereas the other

forms are especially partial to tall trees, rarely descending to

the ground.

Seiurus MacClellandi formosanus, subsp. n,

This form, which inhabits the islands of Foochow and

Hainan, is simply the insular variety of Sc. MacClellandi

maritimus. It differs from this form in being darker, the |

* Ching Feng Ling is situated 100 miles north-west of Foochow.

ee tC ( wisi

et emany | oop Sip ole a

— ee

the Sciurus MacClellandi Group. 53

general tone being of a dull reddish brown. The stripes are

all very short and indistinct, and hardly distinguishable

towards the root of the tail. ‘he subocular stripe is very

dusky and indistinct. ‘The underparts are of a dark yellowish

rey.

? Measurements (from skin) :—

Head and body 130 millim. ; tail 90.

Hab. Formosa.

Type B.M. 62. 12. 24. 18. N. Formosa, April 1862.

Collected and presented by Mr. Robert Swinhoe.

There are also specimens of this race from Hainan,

Sciurus MacClellandi Barbet, Blyth.

Sciurus Barbei, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xvi. p. 875; Thos. P. Z. S. 1886,

p. 71.

Specimens from Tenasserim and Upper Burmah are con-

spicuously different from all the other forms; they most

nearly approach Se. MacClellandi manipurensis, trom Mani-

pur, the ground-colour of these two forms being similar and

much lighter than in all the other races. Sc. MacClellandi

Barbet may be, however, at once distinguished by the very

broad and conspicuous outer light stripes, which are con-

tinuous with the suborbital light stripe, and are clear and

distinct to the root of the tail. The three dark stripes on the

back are black, broad, and well marked ; the subdorsal light

stripes are also bright and distinct. The underparts are

bright ferruginous.

Hab. Upper Burmah.

In some specimens the yellow of the outer light stripes is

replaced by a delicate salmon-pink,.

Seiurus MacClellandi leucotis (Temm.).

Tamias leucotis, Temm. Zool. sur la Cote de Guenée, 1853, p. 252.

Closely allied to the preceding form, from which it differs

in having all the stripes considerably narrower and with a

tendency to disappear before reaching the tail. The hair on

the tipsof the ears is long and white to its base, whereas in

Se. Mac Clellandi Barbet its basal half is black.

Hab. Malacca Peninsula.

The three specimens which [ have referred to this sub-

species all came from Perak, and although Temminck’s

description does not quite agree with the specimens before me,

there can be little doubt that it is the squirrel to which he

alludes. ‘The most noticeable point about this form is the

white ears, agreeing therefore with ‘’emminck’s specimens.

54 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Two new

All the individuals at hand have most distinctly the three

dark bands black, and not only the centre one as stated in the

description ; but, except for that point, the description agrees

fairly well with the specimens.

Sciurus MacClellandi Rodolphi (Milne-Edwards).

Sciurus Rodolphi, M.-Edw. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, xix. p. 227;

id. Rech. Mamm,. 1871, p. 162.

This is the last race which we shall have to consider; it is

allied to the Tenasserim specimens, but the hairs of all the

dark stripes are tipped with brown. The four light stripes

are of equal size and intensity, but the subdorsal ones have a

slight tinge of pink. The underparts are ferruginous.

Hab. Cochin China.

Key to Species.

One black stripe.

Four light stripes equally bright ...... S. MacClellandi Rodolphi.

Two outer light stripes much brighter

than subdorsal.

Light stripe continuous with subocular.

General colour suffused with yel-

ROME gsr ek no pede bop Sie es ee S. Mac Clellandi typicus.

Lighter, greyer, stripes distinct.... S. MacClellandi manipurensis,

Light stripe not continuous with sub-

ocular,

Outer light stripe broad .......... S. MacClellandi monticolus.

Outer light stripe narrow and short.

General colour greyish ........ S. MacClellandi maritimus.

Darker, general colour reddish

Brown: =. Ges. bs eee Se eee 8S. MacClellandi formosanus.

Three black stripes.

Light stripes broad; hair of ears black

at base.

Light stripe continuous with subocular. S, MacClellandi Barbet.

Light stripe not continuous with sub-

GODIME AF xl oes sate Mtge AI sb ein S. MacClellandi Swinhoet.

Light stripes narrow; hair of ear white

at Hese i. 65 JES. ky oa ete S. MacClellandi leucotis,

V.—Descriptions of Two new Atherinoid Fishes from

Mexico. By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S.

Chirostoma lucius.

Depth of body 43 to 5 times in total length, length of

head * 34 to 84. Head large, pike-like, with the lower jaw

projecting ; teeth small; vomer toothless; snout pointed, 14

* The projecting lower jaw is not included in the length of the head.

Atherinoid Fishes from Mexico. 55

diameter of eye, which is 44 times in length of head and

equals width of interorbital region ; maxillary extending to

below anterior border of eye or a little beyond; depth of sub-

orbital region barely % the diameter of the eye. 21 or 22

gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsals V-VI,

I 11-13; longest spines not quite 4 length of head; the

distance between the two fins equals the base of the spinous

one. Anal I 20-22, originating under posterior extremity of

spinous dorsal. Pectoral acutely pointed, about % length of

head, contained 5 times in total length, extending to above

middle of ventral. Ventrals reaching vent. Caudal deeply

forked. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales with

crenate edge, 52 to 60 in a longitudinal series and 20 to 22

in a transverse series. A well-marked silvery lateral stripe.

Total length 200 millim.

Several specimens from Lake Chapala, collected by

Dr. A. C. Buller.

This species is very closely related to C. estor, Jord., from

the same lake, and likewise known under the name of

Pescado blanco; but it differs from Jordan’s and Stein-

dachner’s descriptions by the longer pectoral fin, the more

numerous anal rays, the narrower suborbital region, and the

smaller number of scales along the body.

Chirostoma sphyrena.

Depth of body 6 times in total length, length of head 3}.

Head large, suggestive of a Sphyrcna, with the lower jaw

projecting; teeth in both jaws intermixed with large canines ;

vomer toothless; snout acutely pointed, 24 diameter of eye,

which is 6} times in length of head and equals ? interorbital

width; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ;

depth of suborbital region equalling the diameter of the eye.

23 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsals V,

1 11; longest spines not quite } length of head ; the distance

between the two fins equals double the base of the spinous one.

Anal I 21, originating a little behind posterior extremity of

spinous dorsal. Pectoral acutely pointed, nearly 4 length of

head, contained 5 times in total length, extending to above

middle of ventral. .Ventrals not reaching vent. Caudal

deeply forked. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep.

Scales with crenate edge, 65 in a longitudinal series and 20

in a transverse series. A well-marked silvery lateral stripe.

Total length 225 millim.

A single specimen from Lake Chapala, collected by

Dr. A. C. Buller.

56 Prof. F. A. Smitt on the Genus Lycodes.

VI.—Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Nucras

yrom Usoga, British East Africa. By Oscar NEUMANN.

Nucras Boulengert.

Body elongate; head not depressed, its length (to ear-

opening) contained 43 to 5 times in the length from snout to

vent ; two postnasals ; no granules between the supraoculars

and the supraciliaries ; interparietal not so long and narrow

as in N, tessellata and N. Delalandit; occipital very small ;

subocular bordering the lip between the fourth and fifth upper

labials; two supratemporals bordering the parietal; tym-

panum half as large as the ear-opening. Dorsal scales small,

pointed behind, larger on the sides of the body; 45 to 53

scales round the body ; ventrals in 6 longitudinal and 27 to

30 transverse series. Femoral pores 11 or 12. Foot much

shorter than the head. Tail thinner than in N, tessellata and

N. Delalandii, 14 to 14 as long as head and body. Colour

brown above, with small indistinct blackish spots; bluish

white beneath.

This seems to be a much smaller species than the two

previously known ; its principal distinctive characters reside

in the rather large tympanum, the pointed dorsal scales, and

the small foot.

Two specimens were collected by me at Lubwas (Usoga)

in September 1894.

VIL.—On the Genus Lycodes. By Prof. F. A. Smirr.

THE genus Lycodes has, in recent times, given very much

trouble to the ichthyologist; and, in the first place, the

usual manner of defining the species by the colouring of the

body has failed to give any systematic certainty. ‘Thus,

when writing the ‘Scandinavian Fishes,’ although I had

very poor material for comparison, I was struck * by the

apparent identity of Lycodes reticulatus, in Giinther’s “ Deep-

sea Fishes of ‘Challenger’ Expedition,” with Lycodes frigidus,

Collett, which I knew from one of the author’s type specimens,

aud I expressed my suspicion that the “species” frigidus

was a mixture of sterile and more or less deformed specimens

of two other species. And as it was impossible to find any

constant characteristics, either in nature or in the descriptions

* Sinitt, Scand. Fish. p. 610.

Prof. F. A. Smitt on the Genus Lycodes. 57

by the accessible authors, for the greater number of local

varieties and forms already described as distinct species, |

was unable to recognize more than four true species, viz.

Lycodes reticu/atus, L. Vahlit, L. Sarsti, and L. murena.

Now, in determining the very valuable collections brought

home from Greenland this year by the Nathorst expedition, |

find these views fully confirmel. Lycodes perspicillum

(=L. Rossi) is the young stage of L. reticulatus, Lycodes

gracilis that same stage of L. Vahhit. Lycodes pallidus was

identified by Lénnberg with ZL. frigidus * (=L. reticu/aius),

but by Collett f with ZL. gracilis (=L. Vahlit); thus these

two authors, by their difference of opinion, strengthen the

doubts #s to the validity of the distinction based upon the

characteristics used by themselves.

As in the near future I shall return to a fuller treatinent of

the collection of fishes from the last Nathorst expedition, [

will here give only a key to distinguish the species, in

accordance with the characteristics supplied by my new

materials :—

A. Length of the head more than 29 (30) per cent.

of the length of the tail.—Subgenus Lycodes.

a. Length of the head more than 42 per cent.

of the length of the tail ................ Lycodes reticulatus.

b. Length of the head less than 40 per cent. of

the length of the tail .................% Lycodes Vahlit.

aa. Length of the head more than 22 per

cent. of the total length and usually more

than 36 per cent. of the length of the

tail_— Forma arctica ( Vahl typica).

bb, Length of the head usually less than 22

per cent. of the total length and less than

36 per cent. (most usually less than 33

=e cent.) of the length of the tail.—

‘orma borealis (gracilis, auctt.).

B. Length of the head less than 29 (28) per cent.

of the length of the tail.—Subgenus Lycen-

che'ys. '

a. {leight of the body at the beginning of the

anal fin less than 5 per cent. of its total

RNS Shi Nc. aie gi din in Sle dod g Wiig, siece 4 Lycodes murena.

b. Height of the body at the beginning of the

anal fin more than 5 per cent. of its total

MEANY png Fe 8 Sais k a U5680 ee vac’ os» Lycodes Sarsii.

* Under this name Lénnberg (“Notes on the Fishes collected during

the Swedish Arctic Expedition to Spitzbergen and King Charles Land,

1898,” Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1899, Bd. 24, Afd. iv. no. 9, p. 24)

described a specimen with all the characteristics of Lycudes reticulatus.

2 a Contribution to the Knowledge of the Genus Lycodes, Reinh.—II.

Lycodes gracilis, M. Sars,” Vid. Selsk. Skriften, Christiania, I, Math.-

Natury. Kl. 1899, no, 6, pp. 5 and 10.

58 Prof. F. A. Smitt on the Genus Lycodes.

However, I may remark that I have only seen one specimen

of each of the last two species, which Professor Collett once

kindly lent me. From my own observations I thus cannot

extend the knowledge of their relation to each other; but, to

judge from the latest observations of Prof. Collett, it seems

very probable that here also far too great a weight is given

to the colour-differences, while too little heed has been

paid to the significance of the evolutional changes of form ;

for if we compare the measurements given by Collett * for

Lycodes Sarsit we shall find :—

lo 15

| Be} oi) se a

| ® ©

oo vo

oo | & &

s [a

Total lonpth inwMwWlimewres «6 ass sca sale* sien Serna Me 54:7 | 133-4

Length of head in per cent. of total length .......... 166 | 14:6

Height of body ,, 9 aid! ghee aces 75 60

Distance of snout from dorsal in per cent. of total length) 25°8 | 22°9

5 i anus ,, 9 - 315 | 281

Length of head in per cent. of length of tail ........ 244 | 203

Distance of snout from dorsal in per cent. of lenzth of

GML X. ein khan was a oe Spee eae 38:2 | 319

Distance of snout from anus in per cent. of length ol

| eg OS se OE eae OES | 46°5 | 3971

Length of head in per cent. of distance from snout to

POPS Toe yale apn AUN ere tn siete steers 64:2 | 63:3

All these. changes from fry to mature stage (with the

exception of the last one, which, however, is much too small

to permit of any trustworthy conclusion) thus point in the

direction from the characteristics of Sarsii to those of

murena, and make it not improbable that, with a fuller

knowledge of the latter species, it will be found preferable

to regard the two “ species” as local or evolutional forms

originating from the same source.

Stockholm,

October, 1899.

* Z. c.i. (1898), & M1:

+ According to Collett (J. c. p. 18) these figures should be 66:7 for

Lycodes murena and 55°5 for L, Sarsiz.

On Butterflies from Nyasaland. 5Y

VIII.—On a Second Collection of Butterflies obtained by

Mr. Edward M. de Jersey in Nyasaland, By A. G.

Butter, Ph.D. &e.

THE present collection was sent off from Likoma on May 23rd

of the present year, and consists of forty-five species of

Butterflies obtained in April and May. The following is a

list of the species :—

Nymphalide.

1. Precis simia, Wallgr.

3 2 3, Matope, 13th April.

One normal female and an interesting pair (as large as

typical P. octavia, but at once distinguishable by the double

instead of single black band across the end of the discoidal

cell of primaries) ; the absence of the diffused pink belt on

the upper surface and the heavy connected black markings

on the basal half of the secondaries below distinguish it at a

glance from P. Trimenit.

2. Precis cuama, Hewits.

@, Matope, 13th April.

3. Precis cebrene, Trimen.

9 ¢, Likoma, 24th April and May.

4. Precis clelia, Cramer.

Likoma and Chisumulu (an island off Likoma), May.

5. Precis boopis, 'Trimen.

$3, Mpondas, two miles north of Nyasa, 18th April ;

Likoma, May.

6. Precis natalica, Felder.

¢@ %, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April.

7. Hamanumida dedalus, Fabr.

9 9, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; Likoma,

May.

8. Atella phalantha, Drury.

dé, Chisumulu, May.

60 Dr. A. G. Butler on

9. Byblia vulgaris, Staud.

go, Matope, 13th April; 9, Mpondas, 18th April; ?,

Likoma, and ¢ ¢, Chisumulu, May.

10. Acrea Buztoni, Butl.

oo, Kota Kota, 20th April; ¢, Likoma; ¢ g, Chisu-

mulu, May.

11. Acrwa lycia, Fabr.

? , Kota Kota, 20th April.

12. Acrea Doubleday?, Guérin.

3, Mpondas, 18th April; ¢ g ? 2, Likoma, May.

13. Acra egina, Cramer.

g, Chisumulu, May.

1 strongly suspect that this is tlhe wet phase and A. areca

the dry phase of one species.

14. Acrea acara, Uewits.

o 6, Likoma, May.

Lyceznidz.

15. Lachnocnema bibulus, Fabr.

3 2, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; ¢, Mpon-

das, 18th April, 1899.

16. Polyommatus beticus, Linn.

3, Kota Kota, 20th April.

17. Catochrysops asopus, Hopff.

g, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; ¢g ¢, Li-

koma, May.

18. Nacaduba sichela, Wallgr.

3, Kota Kota, 20th April.

This species differs from the typical fgrms of Nacaduba in

having no tail to the secondaries, a character which is said to

be lacking in the African examples of Talicada nyseus (which,

according to Staudinger, occurs both in Hast and West

Butterflies from Nyasaland. G1

Africa). Considering the numerous collections which we

have received from all parts of East Africa, it seems a little

strange that not one example of this species should have been

received ; it almost makes one inclined to wonder whether

the German localities are authentic. If Staudinger’s illustra-

tion is correct, the species he figures is not only destitute of

tails, but differs utterly in the tint of the orange patch on the

secondaries ; whether African or not, it must be a distinct

species from the common and well-known Indian type, and I

would suggest that it should be called 7. ecaudata,

19. Zizera knysna, Trimen.

3, Mpondas, 18th April; ¢, Kota Kota, 20th April.

20. Zizera lucida, Trimen.

@, Likoma, ¢ 2, Chisumulu, May.

21. Varucus telicanus, Lang.

3, Likoma, May.

22. Azanus natalensis, Trimen.

3, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April.

23. Plebeius trochilus, Freyer.

3, Likoma, May.

According to De Nicéville this is a Chilades.

Papilionide.

24. Mylothris agathina, Cramer.

?, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; ¢ g, Kota

Kota, 20th April.

25. Tertas brigitta, Cramer.

Var. zoe.— g , Chisumulu, May.

Var. candace.— g g, Kota Kota, 20th April; Likoma,

May.

26. Terias senegalensis, Boisd.

Typical form.— 9, Kota Kota, 20th April; ¢, Likoma,

May.

Var, bisinuata.— g 2, Mpondas, 18th April.

62 Dr. A. G. Butler on

27. Teracolus imperator, Butler.

Dry form.— ?, Mpondas, 18th April.

The female of this phase is uew to the Museum.

28. Teracolus dissociatus, Butler.

3 3, Likoma, May.

We previously only possessed one male of the wet phase

of this species.

29. Teracolus pseudetrida, Westw.

3 ?, Matope, 13th April; ¢ ¢, Mpondas, 18th April.

30. Teracolus vanthus, Swinh.

3 (wet phase), Mpondas, 18th April.

31. Teracolus gavisa, Wallgr.

? 2 (wet phase), Matope, 13th April; Likoma, May.

32. Teracolus omphale, Godart.

3 So 2 2, Mpondas, 18th April.

33. Teracolus callidia, Grose-Smith.

3 2, Matope, 13th April; ¢?, Likoma, 26th April;

3 3S 2 3, Likoma and Chisumulu, May.

Three of the females are of the yellow-tipped type.

34. Teracolus mutans, Butler.

¢, Matope, 13th April; ¢, Mpondas, 18th April.

I find that the Nyasa species is undoubtedly distinct from

the Natal one, that 7. mutans is the wet phase, of which

T. rhodesina is the intermediate, and of which I[ have recorded

the dry phase (as probably intermediate). 7. argillaceus,

the representative of 7’. vesta in South Africa, seems to stand

alone in the group as regards the colouring of the under

surface in its dry phase. J’. mutans is, in fact, the Kast

Central representative of the more northerly 7. catachrysops,

from which it differs above in the distinctly broader and

larger spots of the discal series on the upper surface of the

secondaries and the different character of its intermediate and

dry phases on both surfaces.

Butterflies from Nyasaland. 63

35, Catopsilia florella, Fabr.

& 2? 2, Kota Kota, 20th April; ¢ g, Likoma, May.

All the specimens of this species had evidently been long

on the wing and were much worn and shattered.

36. DBelenots severina, Cramer.

Var. infida.— 9 , Matope, 13th April.

37. Belenois mesentina, Cramer.

& 4&2, Mpondas, 18th April; 2 2, Kota Kota, 20th

Apnl; 3g ¢ ? 2, Likoma and Chisumulu, May.

One pair from Mpondas consisted of mere fragments, but

all the others were in tolerably good condition.

38. Herpenia eriphia, Godart.

¢ ¢, Likoma, ¢ gd, Chisumulu, May.

39. Papilio demodicus, Esper.

3 S 2, Kota Kota, 20th April.

Hesperiide.

40. Tisgiades flesus, Fabr.

?, Kota Kota, 20th April.

41. Pyrgus spio, Linn.

gd, Likoma, May.

42. Oxypalpus ruso, Mab.

3 3, Likoma, May.

42, Baorts inconspicua, Bertol.

g %, Kota Kota, 20th April; ¢ g, Chisumulu, May.

44. Parnara mathias, Fabr.

3 3, Mpondas, 18th April; Kota Kota, 20th April.

45. Larnara delecta, Trimen,

3, Kota Kota, 20th April.

64 Mr. F. D. Morice on new or doubtful

1X.—Descriptions of new or doubtful Species of the Genus

Ammophila (Kirby) from Algeria. By F. D. Moricr,

F.E.S.

THE notes following should have formed part of an account

which Mr. Saunders and myself are now preparing of Hyme-

noptera taken in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton in 1893-97

or by me in 1898. They are published now as the larger

work cannot be ready for some time, and I have promised

Herr Kohl, who is engaged on a monograph of Ammophila, to

describe as speedily as possible some of my captures in that

genus which he considered to be new.

‘The species to be dealt with comprise three (possibly four)

of the group Psammophila, one of Parapsammophila, and five

of Ammophila (sensu stricto).

All are from Biskra. Mr. Eaton took several others of

this genus, and I a few, elsewhere; but all the latter appear

referable to well-known species.

A few preliminary explanations may here be given as

briefly as possible :—

(a) In numbering the abdominal segments I have not

reckoned the propodeum.

(2) The measurements of petioles &c. have been made

according to the methods used by Kohl in his monograph of

Sphex, with the help of a camera lucida. By “length of

petiole” I mean, as he does, the apparent length of that part

of the first ventral plate which is completely visible when the

object is viewed directly from above, reckoned from (¢. e. not

including) the muscle uniting it with the abdomen ¢o the base

of the first dorsal plate.

female anterior metatarsus swells at its apex outwards into a

sort of lobe in which are set three spines, one very stout and

considerably bent, the others, lying under it, straighter and

more slender. Between these three apical spines and the

base of the metatarsus runs an even row of (usually) four

other spines, which form the ‘ pecten.”” The metatarsus bears

many other more or less spine-like hairs or bristles both exter-

nally and internally, but these form no part of the definite

series constituting the ‘ pecten,” and one soon learns not to

confuse them with it.

(d) The following terms may also need some definition, as

authors have not always employed them in the same senses.

By “pilosity ” I mean longish erect hairs, pale or dark, scattered

or dense, but never (in clean specimens) matted into a felt-

Species of the Genus Ammophila (Kirby). 65

like mass. By “ tomentuin,” very dense shorter and more de-

cumbent hairs, matted closely together, with a silvery or more

rarely a golden glitter, frequently combined with pilosity and

lying under it. By “pubescence,” a down of still shorter

fine and even hairs, never matted, giving a smooth silky or

velvety look to the surface which it covers. When the

pubescence is quite microscopical and noticeable only by its

faint shimmer in certain lights, the surface may be called

“pruinose ” (frosted). A single row of longish even hairs

I call a “ fimbria” (fringe).

Group PSAMMOPHILA, Dhb.

1. Psammophila masinissa, sp. n.

Nigra, abdomine atrocyaneo, alis violaceis; tegulis mandibulis

pedumque armatura (preter unguiculos rufos) nigris, hirsutie

nigra. Vertex punctatus, microscopice rugulosus. Pronotum in

medio impressum, mesonotum antice sutura mediana longitu-

dinali instructum, ambo punctata et antice saltem subtiliter trans-

versim rugulosa. Scutellum punctatum, elevatum, subtilissime

longitudinaliter striolatum, in medio plus minusve depressum.

Propodeum concinne undulatim (in medio fere transversim)

striatum. Petiolus brevis, apicem versus dilatatus, antennarum

articulis 2+3 vel tarsorum posticorum articulo secundo subsequalis,

metatarso postico multo brevior.

Long. 16-17 mill.

Biskra (Eaton). Three females (29 iii.-3 iv. ’97).

Mr, Eaton took also at Biskra (7 11. 95) what at present |

believe to be only an aberrant form of masinissa 2, but with

several conspicuous peculiarities. It is very much larger than

the type specimens (long. 24 millim.), the thorax more

shining and its sculpture more pronounced (e. g. the scutellum

is clearly and even strongly bituberculate), the blue tint of

the abdomen a shade brizhter, &c. The neuration also is

curious, the second transverse cubital nervure in both wings

being sharply and angularly bent inwards, and the third

strongly (but in a curve, not angularly) outwards. This

gives a most peculiar appearance to the cubital cells, but

one which I suspect to be a result of “ neuration gone wrong ”’

(as so often happens in Ammophila) rather than a specific

character.

At any rate, I am not prepared to found a separate species

on this isolated and probably abnormal specimen.

Possibly it may turn out that mastnissa=atro-cyanea,

Eversm., but André describes the (¢) propodeum of that

species as not striated, which it most evidenaly is in all the

specimens before me. :

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 5

66 Mr. F, D. Morice on new or doubtful

2. Psammophila micipsa, sp. n.

Nigra, abdomine haud cyaneo, alis violaceis ; unguiculis rufis, hir-

sutie nigra vel fusca. Sculptura pracedenti fere similis, sed

punctis minus crassis, propodei striis magis obliquis, petiolo multo

longiore, antennarum articulis 24+38+4, vel metatarso postico,

subsequali.

Long. 15-17 mill.

Biskra (Haton). Two females (7-24 iii. ’97).

In general appearance like the last, but with much longer

petiole and perfectly black abdomen.

3. Psammophila gulussa, sp. n.

Bicolor, alarum leniter flavescentium venis aurantiacis ; mandibulis,

tegulis, armatura pedum, et abdominis segmentis basalibus 3 vel

4 post petiolum (in ¢ obscure) plus minusve rufescentibus.

Pecten tarsalis (2) pallidus. Mas nigro-hirtus, facie et dorso

abdominis antice argenteo-tomentosis; 9 albo-hirta, facie humeris

pleuris coxisque tomento argenteo denso ornatis. Mesonotum

dense punctulatum, in ? leniter transverse rugulosum. Propo-

deum oblique subtiliter striatum. Petiolus in utroque sexu

metatarso postico vel antennarum articulis 2+3444+4+5 distinete

longior.

Long. 20-22 mill.

Biskra (Haton). One male (30 iii. 97), one female (31

ijt. 97).

The petiole in this species is fully as long as in tyder.

The male and female were taken in the same spot on two

following days, and I feel sure they belong to one another.

Group PARAPSAMMOPHILA, Taschenberg.

4. Parapsammophila monilicornis, sp. n.

Nigra, alarum leniter flavescentium venis ochraceis, costa subcosta

tegulisque in medio brunneis ; mandibulis in medio, antennarum,

femorum tibiarumque basibus, pedum armatura, abdominisque

segmento primo, obscure plus minusve rufescentibus, Caput

thoraxque mediocriter pallido-pilosa, facies sub pilis argenteo-

pubescens. Clypens ante apicem gibbose prominens, carina me-

diana longitudinali instructus. Facies quam in A. armata, Mlliger,

angustior, quam in A. divite, Brullé, multolatior. Oculiad clypeum

paullulum convergentes. Petiolus metatarso postico subsqualis,

reliquum abdomen pro longitudine latum, piriforme. Pronotum

collariforme (i. e. pane usque a basi antice perpendiculariter

declive). Mesonotum breve, antice fortiter declive. Scutellum et

postscutellum alte conyexa. Caput et pronotum punctata; meso-

Species of the Genus Ammophila (Kirby). 67

notum oblique, scutellum et postscutellam longitudinaliter, pro-

podeum fere transversim, striato-rugosa. Antennarum articuli 7

apicales infra valde turgido-dilatati, duo ultimi breves, tertius

quarto sesqui longior.

Biskra (Morice) Six males (v.-vi. ’98).

The unusual structure of the antenne and broad (almost

female-like) abdomen make this, at least in the male, a very

distinct species. Unfortunately I did not meet with the other

SeX,

One of my specimens has the antenne 1t-jointed! (see

Ent. Month. Mag., Nov. 1899).

Group AMMOPHILA (sensu stricto).

5. Ammophila pecilocnemis, sp. n.

A, Heydeni, Dhb., simillima, sed in utroque sexu tibiis posticis

apicem versus fortius incrassatis perque trientem basalem late

rufis, petiolo toto rufo, abdominis segmentis apicalibus conspicue

viridi-cyanescentibus, ¢ genitalium stipitum apicibus certe

latioribus, Q pectine (ut videtur) minus robusto, facile distin-

guitur.

Biskra (Eaton). Seven specimens (dg, 19, 20 iii., 5 iv.

"95; 22, 25iv.’97: 9, 29 ili., 3 iv., 97).

The coloration of the tibia in this species agrees with that in

therica as described by André. The latter, however, is treated

by von Dalla Torre as a synonym of Heydeni, from which

pecilocnemis is certainly structurally distinct. Also, according

to André, therica has the petiole black, and of the following

segments only the fifth above and the sixth entirely are

black, whereas in all the specimens before me the petiole is

red, and the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments are of a beautiful

metallic blue without a vestige of red.

6. Ammophila rugicollis, Lep. (=rubiginosa, Lep.) ?

A male taken by Mr. Eaton at Biskra (3 v.97) seems to

agree well with Lepelletier’s description of rugicollis, and a

female from the same place (2 v. ’93) with that of rubiginosa.

The two are, I think, certainly the sexes of one species; and

M. Robert du Buysson tells me that rugicollis and rubiginosa

are synonyms, though I see that v. Dalla Torre’s catalogue

keeps them distinct.

I am in some doubt, however, as to the determination of

Mr. Eaton’s captures, because M. du Buysson has kindly

sent me a male from Tamatave of what he considers to be

68 Mr. F. D. Morice on new or doubtful

rugicollis, which is very like the Algerian male in most

respects, but, besides differing from it in a much darker colora-

tion and much more flavescent wings, has also the strigosities

of the mesonotum distinctly less coarse and closer, and the

first dorsal segment of the abdomen only a little longer than

the second, while it is quite twice as long in Mr. Eaton’s

insect. Whether the two are really specifically distinct, I do

not venture to say without more material. At present I

confine myself to describing Mr. Eaton’s specimens.

Caput nonnihil incrassatum, subleve, sparsim punctulatum. Facies

(2) juxta oculos margine elevato. Thorax valde rugosus vel

strigosus (precipue in ¢), pro- et mesonotum cum mesosterno

transversim, scutellum postscutelumque longitudinaliter, propo-

deum ac pleurz oblique (fere transversim).

2. Rufa sunt—caput cum antennarum dimidio basali mandibulisque

preeter apices nigros; thorax pedesque, nigro parce (hi parcissime)

variati; abdominis segmenta duo basalia (superne plus minusve

infuscata), etiam tertii basis obscure, omniumque margines apicales.

Cetera nigra vel furva, abdominis dorso nonnihil cyanescente.

do. Pictura minus leta. Caput thoraxque maximam partem nigra ;

rufescunt tamen—antennarum scapi infra, mandibule ut in 9°,

pronotum evidenter, obscure quoque latera mesonoti metapleura-

rumque apices, tegule alarum, ac spiracula propodei. Abdomen

pedesque fere ut in 2 sed nigredine magis extensa, tarsis fuscis.

Caput thoraxque precipue in lateribus mediocriter pallido-pilosa.

Facies, tempora, humeri, insertiones alarum, metapleurarum apices,

coxseque posticee, plus minusve albo-tomentosa vel saltem pubes-

centia. Ceterum corpus solita pruina vel pubescentia ornatum (in

d ditius). Petiolus metatarso postico multo longior. Clypeus

haud emarginatus. Pronotum antice fortiter truncatum. Ale

leniter flavescentes fere hyaline. Pedumarmatura minus robusta,

pecten tarsalis 2 breyior (nisi fallor) quam in A. Heydeni.

Long. 23-25 mill.

7. Ammophila levicollis, André ?

Mr. Eaton has taken one male and one female, and I

one male and two females, all at Biskra and all in May,

except Mr. Eaton’s male (29 ii. 97, “ visiting Antirrhinum

ramosissimum”’), which seem to agree pretty closely with

André’s description except in some very trifling details as to

the colour of the abdomen.

I am not quite certain that Mr. Eaton’s (March) male, in

which the tarsi are nearly all quite red, whereas in all the

other specimens they are fuscous, belongs to the same species ;

but being so early a specimen, it may perhaps be immature.

I cannot see that structurally it differs from my own male,

though superficially it certainly does so.

Species of the Genus Ammophila (Kirby). 69

The species comes very near Heydent; but, apart from

having the posterior femora and tibie largely red, the

wings are clearer, the strige of the mesonotum less strong

and tending to become obsolete on the centre of its disk, the

Jabrum—which is usually (perhaps always ?) black in Heydent

—and fully halt the mandibles bright red, the female tarsal

pecten pale and thin, and the clypeus not in the least emar-

ginate at the apex centrally. The male genitalia seem to me

formed much as in Heydent, certainly not as in pactlocnemis

described above. The apex of the abdomen has a decidedly

blacker tinge than in the latter species, where it is almost as

brightly blue as in nasuta.

8. Ammophila albotomentosa, sp. u.

Kicolor, capite et thorace nigris, abdomine pedibusque maximam

partem pallide rufis. Mandibule preter apices nigros, clypei

apex, scapus, alarum tegulie cum venis (basalibus saltem) rufa.

Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus pedumque posticorum basi-

bus anguste nigro-lineatis, apice in ¢ immaculato, in 9 superne

nigro. Caput (preter areolam nudam extra utrumque ocellum

posticum bene definitam) thoraxque totus dense argenteo-tomen-

tosa ita ut vix aut sculptura aut integumenti color appareat.

Abdomen cum pedibus plus minusve cano-pruinosum, apice medio-

eriter pallido-piloso. ‘Temporaalbo-fimbriata. Al fere hyaline,

Antenne tenues. Petiolus segmento dorsali primo circiter quinta

parte longior. Clypei apex nonnihil emarginatus,

Long. circ. 20 mill.

The male and female described above have every appear-

ance of belonging to the same species, a very beautiful one,

and quite distinct from anything known to me in nature or

from descriptions. My specimen was taken at the foot of the

“* Montagne de sable,” Mr. Katon’s “ on the sandhill nearest

the baths and tramway at Ilammam-es-Nalahin,” @, e. prac-

tically on the same ground.

The silvery clothing of the body is very thick and con-

spicuous, much more so than in Heydeni &c. It is inter-

rupted in both sexes on the vertex by an exactly similar naked

space adjacent on each side to the posterior pair of ocelli, so

detinite and symmetrical that | think it is probably a constant

character. As compared with /leydeni the present species

seems to be smaller and more slender, with a slightly longer

petiole, thinner antenne, and clearer wings. ‘I'he prothorax

is of the usual shape; otherwise the species somewhat re-

sembles that next following.

Biskra. One male (81 v. ’98, Morice), one female (26 iy,

97, Eaton).

70 On new or doubtful Species of the Genus Ammophila.

9. Ammophila producticollis, sp. n.

Bicolor, capite et thorace nigris; abdomine rufo, basi haud nigro-

lineata, segmentis vero 2 vel 3 apicalibus infuscatis. Antennarum

articulus 1 (totus) et’ 2 (partim), mandibule preter apices nigros,

labrum clypeique margo latus, alarum hyalinarum tegule cum

stigmate et magna parte nervorum pallide aurantiaco-rufa. Pedes

rufi, posticorum basibus superne nonnihil infuscatis. Caput

thoraxque densissime splendideque argenteo-pubeseentia vel

tomentosa; temporum prosterni femorumque anticorum ( @ )

fimbrie long et sequabiles.

Pronotum longissimum, evidenter haud latius quam _ longius.

do. Pro- et mesonotum antice transversim, scutellum longitu-

dinaliter, propodeum oblique (fere longitudinaliter) strigosum.

Mesonotum antice lineis 3 impressis longis vel suturis divisum.

Q strigis (quantum video) nullis, sed mesonoto ut in mare lineis

impressis diviso atque etiam circa has ita depresso ut pene trisul-

catum vel bicarinatum videatur. Clypeus apice in medio exciso.

Long. 17 mill.

Biskra (Eaton). Male, 5 v.97; female, 16 v. ’94.

The two sexes are very similar except in the sculpture of

the thorax; this, as stated above, differs widely, and it is not

without some hesitation that I put the two together. They

were taken, however, in exactly the same locality (near the

Fontaine Chaude) and in the same month (May).

The male cannot be dolichodera, Kohl, since its pronotum

is very strongly strigose ; while of dolichodera the author ex-

pressly says ‘‘ Kragenwulst ohne Querrunzeln, glatt.” Nor

can the female be his longicollis, which has the same part

“wie das Dorsulum mit derben Querriefen besetzt”’ ; while in

producticollis ¢ both pronotum and dorsulum are apparently

quite smooth. It remains as just a possibility that producti-

collis g is the unknown male of (ongicollis, and producti-

collis ¢ the unknown female of dolichodera; but on the

whole I think this so unlikely that it will be safer to treat

the Algerian species as new.

Both this and the last species occur among the glittering

sands of the hottest Sahara, and have that peculiar and

beautiful silvery clothing which characterizes many of the

specially desert insects, and is no doubt “ protective.”

On new Coleoptera from South and West Africa. 71

X.— Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Coleoptera

from South and West Africa, of the Section Serricornia,

and of the Families Erotylide, Endomychide, and Lan-

guriide. By H. 8. Gornam, F.Z.S. &e.

THE beetles of which this paper gives an account were prin-

cipally collected in 1896 by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall in

Natal and near Salisbury, in Mashonaland. One species

(Hedybius amanus) had already been described by me in

Distant’s ‘ Naturalist in the Transvaal’ from that district.

The Lycide have also been previously described by Mr. Bour-

geois. Mr. Marshall sends several very closely allied species ;

and in general the species of small Coleoptera are very similar

from widely separated parts of the African continent, so that I

have ne it convenient to include in this paper certain

species which have been known to me for some time from the

western parts, as they really form part of one vast fauna,

differing, indeed, in genera from their nearest allies in their

respective families, but widely distributed in the African

continent, both as regards these genera and even in many

instances as to the species.

I have also received from Mr. Marshall a number of Casside

and Coccinellide from the same countries, which will form

the subject of another paper.

Section SERRICORNIA.

Fam. Cleride. ©

Philocalus compressicornis.

Tillus compressicornis, Klug, Abhand. Berl, Akad. 1842, p. 273, t. ii.

fig. 3.

Hab. Natal; Mashonaland, Umfuli River, Gadzima

(Marshall).

Three specimens. Klug’s examples were from Herr Krebs’s

collecting and probably from Natal, though referred to as

‘vom Kap.” Westwood’s Tillus uniformis from Gambia may

possibly > the male, but it is not (as placed in the Munich

Catalogue) a Macrotelus, Klug= Monophylla, Spin.,—a generic

name which only includes the American J. terminatus.

Philocali are very rare in collections; I had not seen this

insect before.

72 Rev. H. S. Gorham on new Coleoptera

Phleocopus undulatus, sp. n.

} » Sp

Nigro-piceus, robustus, valde pubescens, fortiter punctatus ; elytrorum

maculis duabus basalibus, una humerali, una lineari scutellari san-

guineis ; fascia tenui mediana valde dentata, maculaque subapicali

suturam haud attingente testaceis.

Long. 14-15 millim.

Mas, antennarum articulo ultimo elongato, falciformi; abdominis

segmento quinto emarginato.

Femina, antennarum articulo ultimo dimidio breviori.

Hab. Natal; Mashonaland, Umfuli River, Gadzima

(Marshall) ; Zambesi (coll. Gorham).

Head clothed with golden-brown pubescence, thickly,

coarsely, and rugosely punctured; antenne of the pitchy-

black colour of the whole body, the terminal joint long and

faleate, much longer in the male, equalling the preceding eight

joints. The thorax is longer than wide, shining, distinctly

but sparsely punctate, with a deep but vague central channel ;

anterior constriction ill-defined. Elytra at the base scarcely

wider than the thorax, wider at the apex ; the punctuation is

cellular and confluent, coarse for half their length, not so

coarse and worse defined beyond the fascia; the fascia is

rendered irregular by coarse punctuation, it has a double

undulation, sometimes it reaches the margin and at others it

does not; there are two deep blood-red not conspicuous

marks at the base and a yellowish spot at the apex. The

scutellum is clothed with golden-yellow pubescence. The

femora are coarsely punctured ; the tibiz are also punctured

and have carine on their sides. ‘The body beneath is shining,

sparsely and rather obsoletely punctured; the fifth segment

in the male is broadly and angularly emarginate, exposing

the membranous base of the sixth, and it has deep strong

punctures round the margin, the sixth ventral plate being

very smooth and shining.

This insect has been known to me for many years from

specimens from Natal. It is apparently allied to P. flavo-

notatus, Bohem., but seems to differ in the colour of the

antenne, which aie entirely dark, in the apical spot not

being double, by the larger size, &c.

Mr. Marshall has sent three specimens, two being from

Gadzima, one of which is a male.

Trichodes tugelanus, sp. n.

Niger, subceruleus, elongatus, subparallelus, pubescens; capite

prothoraceque creberrime confluenter punctatis; elytris auran-

tiacis, fasciis duabus latis apiceque nigris; creberrime rugose

from South and West Africa. 73

confluenter punctatis, punctis in seriebus vix congestis ; antennis

brevibus, articulis quatuor basalibus rufis (supra nigro-notatis),

clava valida, articulo apicali lato, apice intus acuminato; pedibus

nigris, femoribus tibiisque czerulescentibus, unguibus rufis, simpli-

cibus.

Long. 10-11 millim.

Hab. Natal, Tugela River, Weenen (Marshall).

Elongate, parallel; head and thorax dark steel-blue,

thickly rugosely punctate, the latter half as long again as

wide, the front margin straight, the base rounded ; there is no

constriction, but the disk is depressed a little behind the

front and there is a somewhat carinate bright line down the

middle. Elytra scarcely wider than the thorax; they have

three orange bands narrowly interrupted at the suture, the

first and second united along the margin: the first occupies

the base and shoulder, but is rounded off on each side of the

scutellum ; the second is undulate, concave towards the base ;

the third orange band is subapical, cut out in front at the

suture. The abdomen and body beneath are blue.

The pattern of the elytra of this insect is almost identical

with that of the North-American 7. apivorus. It is really

allied to Clerus lepidus, Walker, a species described from

examples taken by J. K. Lord in “ Egypt,” and figured by

C. Waterhouse in ‘ Aid to the Identification of Insects,’

t. Ixxvi., also noticed by him in the index to vol. i. of

the same publication, p. 12, and of the variety examples

of which, without a central orange band, are in my collec-

tion from “'lajura, Straits of Bab-el-Mendeb.” Both this

insect and J’. tugelanus are aberrant, if, indeed, they can

be referred to Trichodes. The cultriform apical joint of

the antennez, though short, almost square, yet acuminate

on its inner side, agrees with that genus better than with

Philocalus. Two Trichodes only have yet been recorded from

South Africa, viz. 7’. aulicus, Klug, Spin., and 7. Drege,

Chevr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1874, p. 50, unless, as M. Chev-

rolat seems to think (¢/. note, p. 16,4.) J. aulicus, Klug,

is a different species from 7’. aulicus, Spin. t. xxxi. fig. 4, in

which case there are three. These Cape Colony “ T'richodes”’

are very scarce; I possess two examples only, which appear

to be distinct species, and neither of them agrees with the

figure in Spinola, the base of the elytra having only a

narrow line of red in one and being wholly dark green in the

other, besides other differences. Insects labelled “* Cap,” g, h,

&c., trom old collections, must be received with reserve as

to the locality, as any South-African locality was often so

designated.

74 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

T’. zahare, Chevr. (J. c. pp. 16, 51; Rev. Zool. 1861, p. 152),

I have not seen. The Egyptian and North-African species

of Trichodes are at present ill detined *.

Three examples of T. tugelanus were obtained by

Mr. Marshall.

Do.icuopsis, Gorh.

Dolichopsis, Gorh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 154.

Dolichopsis was proposed by me for two species of very

Dasytid appearance, but pertaining to the Necrobiides, from

the Cape Colony. Of each species I have since then ob-

tained fresh examples, but without more precise locality.

Dolichopsis auronitens, sp. n.

Subcylindricus, lete viridi-auronitens, longius griseo-pubescens ;

capite prothoraceque subtiliter creberrime punctatis; elytris

ereberrime et confluenter fortiter punctatis ; antennis pedibusque

testaceis.

Long. 5-75 millim.

Hab. Natal, 6576, 6677, 6718 (Marshall).

The larger of three examples before me is rather smaller

than the larger examples of D. haplocnemodes; the head. and

thorax are more finely and the elytra more coarsely punctate.

It is also more cylindrical. The legs and antenne are testa-

ceous, the claws and the extreme tip of the latter infuscate.

The colour varies a little from grass-green with a pale

golden reflection to brassy. Being more convex, it is even

more like the species of the Melyrid genus Haplocnemus than

the type. ‘The pile is very long and thick in fresh specimens.

Three examples.

Corynetes analis, Klug.

Courynetes analis, Klug, Mon. Cler., Abhand. Berl. Akad. 1842, p. 348 t.

Corynetes pallicornis, Spin. Mon. ii. p. 95, tab. xliii. fig. 3 [analis].

Hab. Natal (Plant), Estcourt, Frere (Marshall) ; Caffraria

({Krebs).

The identification of this with Corynetes abdominalis, Fabr.

Syst. Ent. i. p. 286, is an error, that insect being from

“India,” and also having the whole abdomen pale; and no

doubt Fabricius’s description refers to some wholly different

insect at present unidentified.

The records from Senegal necd, I think, confirmation.

* See description of Philocalus pretiosus, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Ciy. diGenoya,

xviii. 1883, p. 602 (Abyssinia).

from South and West Africa. 75

Corynetes concolor, sp. 0.

Niger, supra ceruleus ; capite prothoraceque crebre distincte punc-

tatis; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis; pubescens ; antennis

pedibusque nigris; tibiis subcerulescentibus.

Long. 5-7 millim.

Hab, Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

In form and sculpture and as regards size very like

C. analis, but immediately distinguished from it by the

colour of the legs and antenne.

The punctuation of the head and thorax is less confluent,

and hence under a strong glass the surface looks more even.

The elytra have the series of punctures somewhat irregular ;

those near the suture are geminate for half their length from

the base, but not distinctly so, and they are similar in

C. analis. ‘The pubescence is similar to that of C. analis.

Four specimens were obtained by “ beating” by Mr. Mar-

shall near Estcourt.

Opetiopalpus rubricollis, Klug.

_ Opetiopalpus rubricollis, Klug, Mon. Cler., Abhand. Berl. Akad. 1837-

40, p. 352.

Hab. Natal, 3602-3 (Marshall).

‘lwo examples of an Opetiopalpus which appears to be the

insect indicated by Klug under this name were sent by

Mr. Marshall. They are much smaller than the species

which I possess as OV. collaris, being only two millim. in length

ora little over. ‘he elytra are blue-black ; the legs pale,

with darker femora, and the claw-joint dark. They are the

smallest examples of an Opetiopalpus I have seen.

Fam. Melyride.

Charopus cyanopterus, sp. 0.

Nigro-subenescens, antennarum basi, femorum apice tibiisque testa-

ceis ; elytris cyaneis, crebre leviter punctatis, parum nitidis.

Long. vix 3 millim.

Hab. Natal, Frere (Marshall).

Head black, with an eneous reflection, as wide as tlie

thorax, a little shining, smooth ; antenne almost simple, the

three basal joints yellow, the basal joint just touched with

dark above, the fourth and fifth dark, but pale at their bases

and tips. Palpi black. ‘Thorax subquadrate, rounded at the

sides and base, scarcely any hind angles; the surface finely

76 Rey. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

aciculate, with an eneous tint. Elytra steel-blue, greenish

at their bases in one example, very finely coriaceous, and with

very short, scarcely visible pubescence. ‘The legs are black ;

the tips of the femora and the tibie are yellow, in one example

the hind tibiz are fuscous. The hind body projects beyond

the elytra in both examples.

‘Two specimens of this insect, which is rather like the

European C, pallipes, but larger and more brightly coloured,

were obtained. Sexual difference not apparent.

DINOMETOPUS, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongum, subparallelum. Elytra abdomen haud tegentia.

Caput (maris?) fronte eroso-excavata; erosionis marginibus

elevatioribus, antice laminato-reflexo, lamina sulcata. Antenne

vix serrate, fere simplices. Palpi maxillares apice subuliformi.

Pedes longi; tarsi tibiarum fere longitudine, distincte quinque-

articulati, antici (maris?) articulis longis subaequalibus haud

multo obliquis.

I propose this name for a singular Melyrid having at first

sight very much the appearance and size of Anthocomus

fasciatus, but of which the head is excavated somewhat in

the manner of some Hedybit. The genus Cephaloncus, West-

wood, from the Canary Islands, is another example of this

curious structure of heads in this subfamily, but has, according

to Westwood, the excavation situate on the back of the head

and different in form. T'roglops has the crown of the head

hollowed out, but has 4-jointed front tarsi in the male.

Kiesenwetter has described as a Malachius a very similarly

constructed insect from Japan, M. foveifrons, K.; but it is

necessary in classifying this subfamily to describe the sexual

differences in the tarsi, in the antennz, and form of the elytra

where they exist.

Of the remarkable insect I describe here from Natal there

are three specimens only, presumably males (as the heads are

usually simple or only impressed in the females of Melyrids) ;

the thorax is produced in a lobe-like form towards the base

and is much depressed before the base. The elytra are not

much expanded, nor are they convex nor in any way contorted

at their apices as in many Malachit or Anthocomi.

Dinometopus natalensis, sp. n.

Niger, capite favo, elytrorum margine laterali antice, fascia lata ad

suturam interrupta, apiceque tenui flavis; tibiarum apicibus et

from South and West Africa. 77

tarsis plus minusve flavescentibus ; antennis basi flavis, articulis

nigro-maculatis.

Long. 4 millim, o¢.

Mas? capitis occipite profunde excavato-eroso, erosionis margine

antico laminato-reflexo, lamina suleata, intus sub lamina nigro-

maculata,

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall),

Head yellow, scarcely wider than the thorax across the

eyes; the antenne are about as long as would reach to the

extremity of the elytra, black, but pale at the base, yet only

the basal and second joints are clearly so, and they are both

spotted with black above; they are scarcely serrate. The

thorax is longer than wide, the front angles much depressed,

the front margin broadly receiving the base of the head,

narrowed towards the base very suddenly; its disk much

depressed before the base, the margin only a little reflexed ;

punctuation not visible. The elytra are somewhat parallel,

being very little wider at the apex than the base, finely

coriaceous, black, faintly brassy ; the lateral margin as far as

a very broad fascia, only extending half across the elytra, and

the extreme apical margin are yellow. ‘The legs are nearly

black, only the tips of the femora and the tarsi are sometimes

obscurely yellow. The abdomen shows two or three segments

beyond the elytra. The pubescence is very sparse and not

easily seen without a strong lens.

Three examples, apparently all males.

Attalus? ornatipennis, sp. n.

Lete flavus, sat latus; capite nigro, fronte anguste flava, levi;

prothorace suborbiculare, glabro, aurantiaco ; elytris flavis, basi et

annulo postice aperto nigris, breviter pubescentibus, crebre haud

profunde punctatis ; metasterno nigro.

Long. 35 millim. dQ.

Mas, tursorum anticorum articulo secundo superne producto, tertium

et quartum obtegente.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (JJarshall).

Head black, smooth, shining, with the mouth and front

bright orange-red. ‘The antenna are yellow, feebly, scarcely

serrate; the thorax is as wide as the head and rather broad,

glabrous, and deep orange, almost blood-red, its basal margin

broadly reflexed, without any hind angles, slightly impressed

near the middle of the base. Elytra a little broader than the

thorax and a good deal widened behind, thickly clothed with

grey short pubescence; in the male the black ring is open

behind like a horse’s shoe, distinctly, closely, finely punctured.

78 Rev. H. S. Gorham on new Coleoptera

The legs and antennee are deep yellow, and the apex, the

suture, and the margins of the agin have a tendency to this

red colour, which is no doubt more conspicuous in the living

insect. ‘The tip of the prolonged second tarsal joint in the

male is blackish, as in several other species; the claws are

curved, with short pads, that give them the effect of being

thickened at their bases when closed.

Two males and one female only occurred in December

1894, and a male and a female in January 1895, in sweeping

to Mr. Guy Marshall.

Anthocomus apricus, sp. n.

Niger, tenuiter pubescens, antennarum articulis secundo ad quin-

tum, elytrorum lateribus in medio et apice tibiisque flavis; tarsis

fuscis, ad basin dilutioribus ; antennis serratis.

Long. 4 millim. 9.

Hab, Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

Head black, shining, the membranous base of the labrum

alone yellow, narrower than the thorax; the antenne are a

little longer than the head and thorax, yellow as far as the

filth or sixth joint, but the basal joint marked with black

above, the fourth to the tenth joints acutely serrate. The

thorax is half as wide again as long, of the usual form, tran-

cate in front, the sides and base rounded, without angles,

entirely black and shining. Elytra very closely and very

obsoletely punctured, rather shining, clothed with upright

black hairs, especially on the apical half, black, with the

margin in the middle and the apex broadly orange-yellow,

the yellow returning a little up the suture. The body

beneath and the femora black; the tibize and bases of the

tarsi yellow.

The examples, three in number, appear to be all females ;

at least there is no sexual character in either the antenne or

tarsi. ‘The claws appear to have membranous short pads.

PAGURODACTYLUS, gen. nov.

Corpus subparallelum, pubescens. Antennee leviter serrate. Tarsi

quinque-articulati, unguiculi anteriores ineequales, anteriore multo

longiori.

This new genus of Malachiide is sufficiently characterized

by the unequal anterior claws, a structure not known in any

other genus of the subfamily. The tarsi are rather long,

especially the hind pair ; the front pair have the joints all

oblique and produced at the apex beneath, the third and

From South and West Africa. 79

fourth joints very short, the two basal joints longer, but

short, and the claw-joint longer than the two basal ones

taken together ; the claws are thin, the anterior one of the front

pair (¢. e, the inner one, as set on a card) twice as long as

the other. From the four specimens before me [ cannot

state if this is a sexual difference, probably it is not. ‘The

antenne are simply formed, with joints two or three times as

long as wide (excepting of course the second) and feebly

serrate from the second to the tenth. In other respects the

insect is allied to Aftalus and Anthocomus.

Pagurodactylus vitticeps, sp. n.

Niger, pube erecta tenuiter vestitus, punctatus; antennarum basi

pedibusque pallidis, bis femoribus anticis et intermediis externe

posticis totis, illis articulo basali nigrescentibus; capitis fronte et

occipite interdum conjuncte ferrugineo-maculatis.

Long. 24-3 millim.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

The head with the rather prominent eyes is a little wider

than the thorax ; it is thickly and strongly punctured, with

the mouth and front, and a spot on the crown, rusty red ;

these marks are often joined, forming a vitta. The thorax is

small, narrower than the elytra at the base, flattish and

impressed near the hind angles; shining, but with erect

hairs and thickly punctured, the base and sides margined,

but only the former conspicuously so. The elytra desis

subrugosely punctured, with long fine erect hairs, widening a

little, but not much, towards their apex. The antenne are

as long as the elytra, their first and second joints touched

with black above, the third quite pale, the fourth partly so;

the fourth to the tenth joints are gently serrate, becoming

gradually longer; the apical joint is a little longer than those

preceding it, narrow and acuminate. ‘The palpi are blackish

at the tip. ‘The legs are pale, with the exceptioa that the

upper edges of the middle and front femora, or sometimes

the whole, and the whole of the hind femora and the hind

tibie are dark, nearly black.

Four examples in which I can detect no sexual difference.

Apalochrus nitens, sp. n.

Lete viridis, elytris vel viridibus vel ceruleis; antennarum basi

pedibusque flavis, his tarsis nigris.

Long. 6 millim. o6 Q.

Mas, tarsis anticis articulo secundo apice superne elongato ; tibiis

intermediis incrassatis, intus erosis.

80 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall).

This species is evidently very much like A. azureus, Erichs.,

but appears to have darker antenna, and the tarsi are dark,

excepting the first joint and the basal part of the second

joint of the anterior tarsi in the male. In the female the

same joint is wholly dark.

Hedybius amanus.

Hedybius amenus, Gorham, in Distant’s Naturalist in the Transvaal,

p. 197, tab. i. fig. 2, 2.

Mas, capite antice excavato-eroso, erosione ima et basi nigra ;

pone oculos elevato, quasi cornuto ; antennis longioribus, articulis

tertio et quarto compressis, intus modice expansis, subtus nigro-

maculatis, superne linea tenuissima aurea, quinto ad apicalem

superne nigro-maculatis ; prothorace transverso, plaga magna et

punctis duobus basalibus nigris.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

The specimens from which this insect was described were

two females. I have now the advantage of having several

examples of both sexes before me, and I think there are three

closely allied species all from Estcourt. The very extra-

ordinary structure of the head is not precisely alike in these,

and I associate the male described above with /7, amenus

from the spotted antennz, and from the form and amount of

the black markings upon the head and the thorax, and from

the hind tarsi being blackish in both sexes.

The front of the head is yellow, slightly more prominent in

the male than in the female, the excavated erosion is pubescent

at the back, and a spur of golden hairs, with a ridge of hairs

connecting it with the sides, is to be seen at the bottom; on each

side but in front of the eye a few yellow sete are found ; the

elevated portion which forms the back of the eye and supports

it is yellow and is not separated from the black temples by

a deep sulcus as it is in H. Marshalli ; moreover, the black

mark, and indeed the whole disk, is shining and not opaque.

These considerations lead me to believe we have here three

closely allied but distinct species, and that we cannot assign

either of them to A. erosus, Krichs., to which, however, they

are obviously also allied.

Another male differs somewhat, in the coloration of the

antennz: the third to the sixth joints have each a black line

above, the seventh has only an interrupted line, the apical

joints being yellow, and the thorax lacks the two basal dots ;

too much reliance therefore must not be placed on the black

markings.

from South and West Africa. 81

Hedybius anceps, sp. 0.

Lete flavus, capitis dimidio basali nigro; prothorace subquadrato

vel toto flavo, vel punctis duobus parvis nigris; antennis pedi-

busque flavis, tarsis posticis infuscatis ; elytris viridi-cwruleis,

creberrime leviter punctatis.

Long. 6-6-5 millim. ¢ @.

Mas, capite antice excavato-eroso, erosione ima tota nigra, supra

oculos alte elevato, quasi cornuto ; antennis longis, vix serratis.

Femina, antennis multo brevioribus, leviter serratis,

Hab, Natal, Esteourt (Marshal/).

This insect is so very closely allied to //, amenus, that I

think it only necessary to call attention to the observed

differences, which are that the thorax is not transverse, in

some males there is a slight denticulation in the margin,

in others it is quite simple; the antennz are longer in the

male and unspotted, but with the extreme apex black ;

the elevated ridge borders the whole inner side of the eye,

passing into the frontal elevation.

Obs.—It is perhaps not correct to say that the second

joint of the front tarsi in the male overlaps the third, but it

is certainly distorted and raised above the very short third

joint, and is black at its tip.

The FHedybii which I have seen from the Cape of Good

Hope, which at all resemble the above, have the heads quite

differently formed in the males, and have smooth and shining

elytra, wrinkled and substriate.

Iedybius Marshall, sp. n.

Lete flavus, capitis basi, prothoracisque disco opaco maris, nigris,

nigredine marginem anticam haud attingente, femine macula

irregulari subdivisa et metasterno nigris; antennis, palpis, pedi-

busque totis flavis.

Long., ¢ 65, 2 6 millim.

Mas, capite antice excayato-eroso, erosione ima nigro-notata ; pone

oculos elevato, quasi cornuto, nigro opaco ; antennis longioribus.

Femina, occipite plano, depressiusculo ; prothoracis disco nigro

maculato.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

Very closely allied to /7. amenus, to be distinguished from

it by the wholly yellow antenne and legs, and by the head

having less black at its base in either sex, but especially by

the elevated canthus of the eye, which rises like a short horn,

being separated from the temples by a deep groove, yellow at

the bottom; so that the eye and its horn are quite separated

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 6

82 Rey. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

from the black templar portion. The disk of the thorax is

smooth but dull, it is yellow, but in the male a large patch,

rather narrower in front than at the base, occupies the greater

part and covers the base for nearly its whole width. The

thorax is a little less wide than the head in the male, and

in that sex the edge is notched below the middle. The

scutellum is black ; the elytra are blue or with a green metallic

tint as in H, amenus and very closely and finely punctured. _

All these three Hedybii were found either on the Acacia

horrida or by sweeping on grass, and no doubt on flowers

and herbage generally.

PHILHEDONUS, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongum, postice modice expansum. Antenne breves, in

utroque sexu leviter serrate. Tarsi longi, maris 4-articulati.

Caput (maris) carini transyersé bidentaté. Prothorax (maris)

antice dentato-productus. Relique plerumque ut in Hedybio,

Erichson.

Philhedonus coronatus, sp. n.

Niger, ore, antennarum basi, thoraceque rufis, hoc punctis duobus

interdum confluentibus nigris; elytris ceruleis, creberrime minute

punctatis, pube breyi tenuiter erecta vestitis.

Long. 5°5-6 millim.

Mas, capite carina transversa, bidentata, postice instructa; pro-

thoracis margine antico dentato-producto; tarsis 4-articulatis.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall).

The head is black, the labrum blood-red, and the palpi are

blackish. ‘The antenne are rather shorter than they usually

are in female Hedybii; their third to the tenth joints are

subequal, and not or scarcely longer than wide, there is no

apparent difference in those of the male; the first four joints

are yellow, but in the male and sometimes in the female the

third and fourth are infuscate internally. The head in the

male has at its base a ridge which is bituberculate on each

side, the outer tubercule being the larger, and both are yellow

at their summits; the thorax in this sex has the middle of

the front margin acutely produced and turned upwards, with

a tuft of black hairs at its tip. The disk of the thorax is

very smooth and shining, blood-red, with either two nearly

confluent black dots or with a single larger spot nearly

reaching the front margin; its front margin in the female is

truncate, faintly bisinuate, the sides and base together round

and finely margined. The scutellum is transverse, black, and

Srom South and West Africa. 83

punctured, The elytra are ample, widened behind, deep blue

or bluish green, obsoletely sulcate at the base; near thie

suture closely and finely punctured. The abdomen is black,

like the body, but the membranes joining the segments are

almost scarlet, so that when distended they appear margined

with red. Also the vesicles which these insects can project

when alarmed, in common with the Malachti and Hedyhii,

are red. he legs are entirely black, the tarsi four-fifths of

the length of the tibia.

Obs.— This very distinct genus is the only one yet described

of the larger Malachitdes with four-jointed tarsi in the male—

a character found in the small European Treglops and Colotes.

I have no doubt the anterior production of the thorax in the

male is a stridulating apparatus.

One male and three females were obtained by Mr. Marshall.

Fam. Lycide.

Lyeus Distant’, Bourgeois.

Iycus Distanti, Bourgeois, in Distant’s Naturalist in the Transvaal,

p. 196, t. i. fig. 3, ¢.

2. Minus, attamen modice expansus, mari similiter coloratus, sed

subtus saturatiori; abdomine, lateribus et segmentis duobus

apicalibus exceptis, nigro, margine humerali multo minus elevato-

reflexo.

Long. 12 millim.

Flab. Natal, Malvern. ¢ 2.

This species, described by M. J. Bourgeois, appears to differ

from L. e/evatus, Guérin-Mén., Bohem. Ins. Caffr. i. fase. 2,

p- 428, by lacking the lateral black mark, as well as by the

shorter rostrum and some differences in form. The male of

our insect has the abdomen wholly yellow. The female was

not met with by Mr. Distant, and is now described for the

first time. The single male sent by Mr. Marshall has

the black apical portion of the elytra less contracted than in

the single example taken by Mr. Distant at Pretoria, but

which struck me when I saw it as a good deal shrivelled,

not altogether in a normal condition. I have not seen

L. elevatus.

Lycus terminatus, Dalm. (Acantholycus, Bourg.)

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury. ¢ ¢.

Several examples.

84 Rey. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

Lycus sinuatus, Dalm. (Laplolycus, B.)

Hab. Natal, Tugela River.

Lycus, sp.

Hab. Natal, Karkloof.

Lycus haagi, Bourg. (Lopholycus, B.)

Lycus haagi, Bourg. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1878, p. 166.

Hab. Natal, Tugela River, Weenen (Marshall); Transvaal,

Barberton.

Fam. Lampyride.

Lampyris nigripennis, Bohem.

flab, Natal, Tugela River.

Lampyris tinctorta, sp. n.

Ochracea, capite, antennis, elytrorum basi, geniculis, tibiis, tarsisque

nigro-fumosis.

Long. 14 millim. o.

Hab. Mashonaland, Gadzima, Umfuli River (A/arshall).

Parallel, the thorax as wide as the elytra at the base, as

long as or a little longer than wide, delicately carinate, rather

strongly so near the base, the disk rather strongly “ honey-

comb” punctured in front, the sides and basal half obsoletely

so; scutellum elongate ochraceous; the elytra are opaque,

with a smoky patch on their bases, not reaching the outer

margin, and shading off indefinitely on the apical side ; wings

smoky. ‘lhe body beneath is ochraceous; the femora out-

wardly and at the knees, the tibia and tarsi entirely smoky

black.

The antenne are black, but inclined to be fuscous at. their

base; the mouth and palpi are ochraceous, fuscous in parts,

Three examples.

Lampyris imbecilla, sp. n.

Pallide fusco-testacea, antennis, pedibus, prothoracisque disco in-

determinate subfuscis ; elytris nitidis, distincte tricostatis, quam

abdomen quadrante brevioribus, debilibus, fuscis.

Long. 13-14 millim. <6.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

Narrow, obscurely coloured. ‘Thorax as long as wide, the

from South and West Africa. 85

hind angles right, the whole surface obsoletely, but rugosely,

punctured, the disk shining, channelled in the middle only,

scarcely carinate, but with a smooth line in front, of a dirty

bone-yellow, but the basal portion within the rather straight

sulci ochraceous, the central channel is wide, but short.

The elytra are shorter by a fourth part than the abdomen,

they are attenuated and shrivelled (which is probably their

normal condition from their being very thin); the body

beneath is bone-colour, the margins of each segment are paler.

This insect is about the size of, and somewhat like, the

European L. Lareyniet. The shortening of the elytra is a

character shared with L. Huddi, Gorh., but not to the same

degree.

Lampyris natalensis.

Lampyris natalensis, Bohem. Ins. Caffr. p. 442.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall, at light) ; Lake

Nyasa (coll. Gorham).

To this I refer three specimens from Salisbury which have

the disk of the thorax with a nearly square black spot placed

posteriorly, but not touching the base, and the elytra fuscous

with the suture and margins pale.

Lampyris troglodytes,

Lampyris troglodytes, Bohem. Ins. Caffr. p. 444.

Hab. Natal, Tugela River (Marshall).

Four examples.

Fam, Telephoride.

Telephorus (Cantharis) circumdatus.

Telephorus (Cantharis) circumdata, Bohem. Ins, Caffr. p. 456,

Hab, Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

Ichthyurus, sp.?

Malthinus australis, Péringuey.

Hab. Natal, 4944 (Marshall).

A single female labelled with M. Péringuey’s name belongs

to this genus, but cannot be identified by that sex alone.

PROSTHAPTUS, gen. nov.

? Corpus parvum, quasi Malthodis. Antenne 11-articulate, maris

tertio incrassato, quam secundus duplo longiore, quarto ad

septimum parum elongatis, subequalibus, octavo quam septimus

sesqui longiore, tribus ultimis debilibus, qaam precedentes multo

86 Rev. H. 8. Gorhati on new Coleoptera

minoribus. Prothoracis margo lateralis in medio dentato-plicatus

Femora compressa, intermedia et postica curvata. Elytra

abbreviata.

This name is proposed for a singular Telephorid resembling

a very small Malthodes, but with the antenne of the male

remarkable for the three small apical joints, which spring

rather from one side of the oblique termination of the large

eighth joint: the three basal joints are somewhat distorted,

the third being a little swollen and with a minute linear

impression on its inner side. ‘he femora are a little widened

and compressed, the intermediate and hinder pairs being

bent. The antenne of the female are quite simple.

Prosthaptus claudus, sp. n.

Parvus; Walthodis minimi, L., statura, fuscus; coxis, femorum basi,

tibiisque dilutioribus, subtestaceis ; antennis (maris) flavis, apice

nigris, (femine) basi tantum testaceis.

Long. 3 millim. 6 Q.

Mas, antennis parum distortis, articulo tertio incrassato, extus

fusco-tincto, octavo precedente sesqui longiore, tribus ultimis

parvis.

Femina, antennis simplicibus.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall).

The head is black and shining, with the antennal sockets

and the epistome and mouth yellow; the antenna are about

as long as the head, thorax, and elytra taken together, yellow

in the male, with only the outside of the third joint, the tip

of the eighth, and the three small apical joints blackish, in

the female they are fuscous with the base indeterminately

yellow. ‘The thorax is small and transverse, as wide as the

head, smooth, the lateral margin with a tooth-like projection

(somewhat as in Plectonotum, a Central and South American

genus), and the hind angle rather prominent. The elytra

are as in Malthodes, about half as long as the body, rather

opaque, fuscous ; the wings are amply developed, covering

the hind-body, and are fuscous. The legs are of normal

length; the femora appear to be very much compressed, and

the middle and hind pair to be curved and distorted.

Many genera of Telephoride with the antenne very singu-

larly distorted or abnormally formed have now been described,

but nothing like the present genus is known to me from the

African continent. It appears to connect certain forms

which I have placed near Si/’s with Malthodes ; it is a small,

obscurely coloured insect, but of interesting structure.

Two males and one female were obtained by sweeping.

from South and West Africa. 87

Section PSEUDOTETRAMERA.

Fam. Erotylida.

Subfam. Lavevrrpes.

PROMECOLANGURIA, Fowler.

Promecolanguria Marshalli, sp. u.

Elongata, parallela, subdepressa, nigra, subnitida ; capite elytrisque

cyanescentibus, illo crebre ac distincte punctato, his profunde

crebre punctato-striatis ; prothorace oblongo, postice vix angustato,

latitudine fere duplo longiori, subtilius concinne punctato, medio

vage canaliculato rufo, antice indistincte nigro-maculato; an-

tennis articulis sex basalibus pedibusque ferrugineis, femoribus

et genibus plus minusve infuscatis ; lineis abdominalibus nullis.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Natal, 2008, 8947 (Marshall).

_ Promecolanguria was proposed as a genus by Fowler for

Languria dimidiata (Guérin, Icon. R. A., Ins. p. 314), and is

also given in my table of genera (P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 361).

There are no abdominal lines ; the eyes are not very coarse,

the facets being only just visible, but the depressed form and

the oblong and parallel-sided thorax, with finely neatly mar-

gined sides, the prosternal process rather long, truncate, and

margined with a thickened edge, give these insects a very

distinct appearance among the Languriides. I suspect that

Languria lyctoides, Fowler (Comptes rendus Soc. Ent. Belg.),

belongs to the genus.

The species obtained by Mr. Marshall is very like an insect

I have received from the Cape Colony, but has the thorax

quite differently shaped from the Langurias I have seen trom

that Colony. ‘The underside is not so coarsely punctured as

that of L. dimidiata; the abdomen is quite finely punctured.

‘l'wo specimens.

Promecolanguria trogositotdes, sp. n.

Sordide flava, capite prothoraceque, antennis pedibusque piceis ;

illo basi, his basi tarsisque flavis.

Long. vix 6 millim.

Hab. Natal, 3748, 3509 (Marshall).

This insect is similar in form to P. Marshalli, but is

smaller, the thorax is a little more contracted towards the

base and shows only a very faint trace of canaliculation

towards its base; the puncturing is fine and like that of

P. Marshall. ‘Yhe head is either black with a metallic

88 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

tinge, or pitchy, finely and thickly punctured; the antennas

with four or five joints at the base pitchy red, gradually

passing into the black club, insensibly thickened from the

seventh joint, but the club is clearly three-jointed. ‘The

thorax is pitchy, becoming yellow in the basal half, with

a slight metallic tint. The elytra are punctate-striate (as in

P. Marshall’) ; there are eight strix, apart from the marginal

one, which is on the reflexed edge; their apex is simple, the

sutural angle is a right angle, and there is no mucro.

Subfam. Dacyipes.

AMBLYSCELIS, Gorham.

Amblyscelis nigrinus, sp. n.

Breviter oblongus, subcordatus, nitidus, niger, crebre fortius punc-

tatus ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis punctulatis ; antennis

pedibusque ferrugineis, femoribus piceis.

Long. 4 millim.

Hab. Natal, 7252, 7253, 219, 220 (Marshall).

Black, shining ; legs and antennz and palpi yellow, the

femora pitchy or nearly black; tibiae very strongly dilated in

their apical half. Head and thorax closely and strongly

punctured, the punctures not confluent. Antenne of the

form and length usual in the genus, rather slender, their

length about equal to the width of the head, the two basal

joints nodiform, the third elongate, the club composed of

three strongly transverse joints. The thorax very little

narrowed in front, with deflexed front angles, the hind

angles almost right angles, the disk convex, the sides very

finely margined ; the base and apical margin not margined.

Elytra narrowed to the apex, presenting almost a uniform

outline with the thorax, finely striate, with close but small

punctures, the striae and punctures continued to the apex ;

the interstices even, with small, rather sparse punctures.

Underside thickly, not deeply nor coarsely, punctured ; pro-

sternal process very wide at the truncate apex and margined ;

coxal lines on the ventral basal segment, which appear

raised.

This species has quite the appearance of a Triplaz. As

Crotch remarks, the African species which have been referred

to that genus are not typical.

Amblyscelis Conradti, sp. n.

A, mgrint statura et summa similitudine, niger, nitidus, crebre

fortius punctatus ; elytris profundius punctato-striatis, interstitiis

Jrom South and West Africa. 89)

fortius punctulatis ; labro, antennis, palpis, pedibusque luteis, illis

articulis quinque ultimis nigro-piceis, clava laxe articulata.

Long. 4 millim.

Hab. W. Africa, N. Cameroon, Johann Albrechtshihe

(L. Conradt).

Of the same size and extremely like A. nigrinus, but

rather broader, more like a 7r/toma, the antenne are longer,

their third joint is almost as long as the two basal ones taken

together ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth are elongate, the seventh

and eighth bead-form; the three apical joints form a lax

club, tne first two are strongly transverse, the apical one

round and yellowish at the tip. he body beneath is pitchy,

but nearly black, strongly and deeply punctured. The legs

with their coxe are entirely luteous yellow.

Sent to me by Dr. Kraatz for description.

Amblyscelis brunneus, sp. n.

Oblongus, subparallelus, totus brunneus, parum nitidus; capite

prothoraceque creberrime, distincte haud profunde punctatis ;

elytris striato-punctatis, suberenulatis, interstitiis haud punctatis,

subopacis.

Long. 4°5 millim.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt, Frere (Alarshall).

This insect is very like the species described by me as

A, pallidus (‘Notes from Leyden Museum,’ 1888, p. 146) from

the Congo, but on comparing them closely it is rather larger

than the single exponent of that species in my possession,

and the interstices of the elytra are not finely punctulate as

they are in it. It is of a parallel, dull, rusty-brown colour.

The antenne are short, with the club almost capitulate, com-

posed of three strongly transverse joints. ‘The thorax is

convex, with its basal margin somewhat deflexed, except in

the middle, so that the lobe appears rather elevated in front

of the scutellum. ‘The sides are a little more rounded than

in A. pallidus and the front angles depressed. The elytra

have eight finely punctured strize, the punctures of which are

so close that they almost join each other; the striw coalesce

in pairs near the apex. ‘The tibize are strongly dilated in the

apical half, the dilated part compressed. ‘his insect is like

a unicolorous 7’. vittipennis (Gorh. P. Z.S. 1889, p. 614),

but is smaller, and the dilatation of the tibia and the

structure of the antennze, especially that of the club, are quite

different. I have taken an African insect for the type of

Amblyscelis, otherwise I should have regarded this species

and A. nigrinus as belonging to my genus Petaloscelis.

90 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

The African T'riplacid genera will no doubt require revision

when they are better known ; at present the species described

as “ Triplax” are a medley.

Mr. Marshall’s examples of A. brunneus were taken at

light.

Amblyscelis hemorrhous.

Amblyopus hemorrhous, Gorham, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. vi. 1885, p. 326.

Sanguineo-rufus ; elytris nigo-fuscis, puncto humerali apiceque

indeterminate rufis; crebre punctatus ; elytris punctato-striatis,

opacis, interstitiis crebre perminute punctulatis.

Long. 5 millim.,

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall).

There is something remarkable in the fact that I have

described an insect from India which I cannot separate

from this insect, and in writing that description I say:

“had this species been an African insect I should have re-

ferred it to my genus Amblyscelis, for the tibiz are angularly

widened.” Mr. Marshall now sends three recent examples,

of the origin of which there can be no doubt, and except that

they are less shining than my Indian type, I can detect

no difference.

PYCNOGEUSTERIA, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongum, nitidum, punctatum, haud pubescens. Oculi

concinne leviter reticulati. Antenne articnlo tertio duobus

basalibus superante, quarto ad octavum haud transyersis, tribus

ultimis clavam oblongam formantibus, decimo cum apicali

connato. Palpi maxillares articulo apicali triangulari valde

dilatato, labiales articulo ultimo oblongo parum dilatato. Pro-

notum fere ut in Amblyopo, tenuissime marginatum, prosterni -

processu lato quali opaco, antice haud elevato vel compresso.

Metasternum levye. Abdomen sequale, leviter parce punctatum,

lineis nullis. Pedes compressi ; femoribus sat latis ; tibiis valde

angulariter ad apicem dilatatis.

The type of this new genus is a black insect with the

antenne, trophi, and body beneath, with the exception of the

head, prosternum, mesosternum, and mesothoracic epistoma,

bright luteous yellow ; the parts are so distinctly separated in

colour as to render it an easy object of study ; the mesothorax

may be piceous, but the yellow mesothoracic epimera are

peculiar. It will be observed that Pycnogeusteria approaches

both Amblyopus and Amblyscelis ; from the former the almost

entire absence of raised lines on the abdomen (they are

distinct in A. vittatus, running across the segment) and the

from South and West Africa. 91

plain prosternum, as well as the much more dilated tibie,

from the latter the quite finely facetted eyes and superior

size, amply separate it, not to mention minor differences such

as the antennal and palpal structure.

Pycnogeusteria Kraatzt, sp. n.

Oblonga, subparallela, aterrima, nitida, crebre fortiter punctata ;

elytris seriatim punctatis, striis parum impressis, interstitiis

crebre minute punctulatis ; labro, antennis (apice fusco), palpis,

prothoracis, epimeris, metasterno pedibusque late luteis ; corpore

subtus leviter crebre punctato.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. W. Africa, N. Cameroon, Johann Albrechtshéhe

(L. Conradt).

Head black, strongly, at the base almost coarsely, punctate ;

the epistoma very distinctly separated from the labrum, pro-

duced and deflexed, the latter bright pale yellow; the mouth

and trophi yellow, except the mandibles, which are only

pitchy externally. ‘Thorax black at the base, twice as wide

as long, narrowed in front, with the front angles a little

depressed, finely margined except in the middle of the front

and base, thickly punctured, but less so than the head, and

not so strongly, there being room for other punctures. The

base of the elytra is of the width and forms an even outline

with the thorax. ‘The elytra are entirely black, very finely

seriate punctate, the small punctures in the series being close

but not impressed in striw, the interstices being also thickly

minutely punctate; they are continued evenly to the end,

but coalesce before reaching the apex. The body beneath is

sparsely and finely punctured; the mesosternum is black (or

pitchy in less matured specimens) ; the metasternum with its

side pieces, the meso-episterna, and abdomen and legs are all

entirely clear luteous yellow.

I have pleasure in dedicating this insect to Dr. Kraatz, the

veteran writer on Kuropean Coleoptera, who sent it me with

other Krotylide.

N.B.—This insect very closely resembles a new Zythonia,

which I propose to describe as Z. anthracina, and which

appears to inhabit the same district, as well as the Congo,

from whence my examples came.

LOPHOCROTAPHUS, gen. nov.

Forma oblonga plerumque Mycotreti vel Amblyopi, sed caput maris

depressum, ad templa ampliatum in carinam elevatum. Oculi

per carinam subdivisi, haud magni, tenuiter reticulati. Mentum

92 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera

triangulare. Antenne (maris) longi, caput prothoracemque supe-

rantes; articulis longioribus quam lati, tertio elongato, tribus

ultimis clavam laxam formantibus; feminse dimidio fere breviores.

Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo transverso, valido. Pronotum

(preesertim maris) valde transversum, plus quam duplo latum

quam longum. Linew metasternales et abdominales distincte.

Tibie lineares; tarsi breves. Corpus castaneum, punctatum,

haud pubescens. Maris clypei carina altitudine variat.

Hlab. West Africa, Gold Coast, Guinea, and Cameroon

Mountains.

This extraordinary Erotylid has been long known to me

from a male and female I obtained from Mr. G. Waterhouse’s

collection, where it stood as Amblyopus testaceus, Lac., with

which, however, it has nothing to do. While the female

presents no peculiarities beyond those of some ordinary

yellow Triplacid, the male conveys the idea of some Hetero-

merous genus like Gnathocerus. The longer antenne in

this sex and the depressed clypeus, with sinuate sides, and

an elevated crest in front of the eyes which invades and

almost divides them, are unlike anything I have met with in

the Erotylide before.

Lophocrotaphus guineensis, sp. n.

Oblongus, testaceus, punctatus; antennis, basi excepta, nigris ;

elytris obsolete punctato-striatis, interstitiis punctatis.

Long. 4—4°5 millim.

Mas, clypeo depresso, ad latera sinuato, ante oculos eleyatiore, in

carinam altam oculos incidentem pervecto ; antennis longis.

Femina, capite minore, ad antennarum insertionem parum elevato,

ad canthum ocularem paululum producto; antennis brevioribus.

Hab, Africa, Guinea.

Var. ? Maris clypeo carina altiore, cornu muticum nigricans com-

pressum simulante.

a Africa, Cameroon, Johann Albrechtshéhe (Z. Con-

radt).

ZYTHONIA.

Zythonia, Westwood, Thesaur. Ent. p. 108 (1874).

Zythonia anthracina, sp. n.

Elongato-ovalis, aterrima, nitida; capite prothoraceque creberrime

leviter punctatis: elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, striis vix

impressis ; abdomine fulvo ; tarsis piceis.

Long. 6°5-9 millim.

from South and West Africa. 93

Hab. Upper Congo (Clark).

The form is that of Lpiscaphula, elongate-ovate, narrowed

in front, and the elytra especially so behind, subcordate,

shining black, the surface very even. ‘The antenne have the

third joint elongate, the fourth to the seventh short and nodi-

form, the eighth is triangular, the last three form a wide

club and are transverse, the apical one being compressed ;

the eyes are finely facetted. ‘The thorax is much narrowed

in front, its base is bisinuate, the sides neatly and finely

margined; its surface quite smooth, not impressed, and ex-

ceedingly finely but thickly punctured. ‘The elytra are of

the same width as the thorax at their base, and form with it

a nearly continuous outline; they are very finely punctate-

striate, the punctures in the series numerous and close ; the

interstices are even, and under a Coddington lens are very

finely punctured, but not so as to prevent the surface being

very shining. ‘The under surface is very smooth ; short raised

metasternal and abdominal lines are present, the latter extend

over half the basal segment; the sides of the hind-body are

obsoletely punctate, and it is wholly clear fulvous yellow.

The legs are black, with pitchy tarsi; the femora are com-

ressed, a little thickened, not punctured; the tibiz very

little widened, the tarsi not long, the claw-joint as long as the

basal part.

Many specimens of this interesting species, the second at

present known, were collected by Mr. Clark on the Upper

Congo. In form, size, and sculpture it is very like its con-

gener, Z. fulva, Westw., which is a rare insect of which I

have only seen a few examples.

Fam. Endomychide.

Ancylopus nigrofuscus, sp. 0.

Totus nigro-fuscus vel brunneus; capite prothoraceque crebre ac

distincte punctatis, hoc leviter transverso, antice a basi parum

angustato, basi marginato, sulcis basalibus distinctis ad medium

disci provectis; elytris crebre distincte punctatis, nitidis, subtus

cum pedibus unicolore,

Long. 6 millim.

Mas, tibiis anticis, dente parvulo infra medium, intus munitis.

Hab. Natal, 5572, 5578, 5574, 5575; Congo, Boma.

This insect is evidently allied to A. fuscipennis, Gahan, in

Distant’s ‘ ‘T'ransvaal,’ p. 210, t. iv. fig. 10, but is larger, and

differs by the thorax not having the sides rounded, as de-

scribed by him and shown in the figure, but evenly narrowed

94 Mr. R. T. Pocock on

from the base to the front angles, which also are more pro-

minent and more acute; the basal sulci are prolonged over

half the disk of the thorax, and are linear, deeply impressed

at their base, and parallel. The whole insect is nearly uni-

colorous, but of the four examples before me two are lighter

in colour than the others. The antenne have their third

joint rather longer than the fourth and fifth together, the club

is three-jointed and is distinct, the eighth joint being in no

way wider than those preceding it. If the figure of A. fusct-

pennis is correct, this should not be the case in that species,

the antenne appearing there gradually thickened without a

distinct club. Four examples were obtained by Mr. Marshall.

I have also received it from the Congo, from Boma (J.

Tschoffen). Vhe examples from there are black, and are

females, with pitchy antennee, and the joints of the legs and

disk of the thorax and other parts more or less pitchy.

XI.— Descriptions of Three new Forms of 'Tragelaphus.

By R. I. Pocock.

Eary in the spring of 1898 my colleague Mr. Oldfield

Thomas, who was unhappily compelled by ill health to

abandon for the time being all zoological work, kindly asked

me to undertake, with Dr. Sclater’s acquiescence, his share of

the preparation of the systematic and bibliographical section

of the part of the ‘Book of Antelopes’ dealing with the

Tragelaphing, so that no delay in the completion of the work

should be caused by his enforced absence from London. At

tle suggestion of the joint authors of this work, the three new

forms of Bushbuck, which came to light during the investi-

gation of the species of the genus Tragelaphus, are described

in the following pages prior to their appearance in the forth-

coming part of the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ in order that the

responsibility for them should, rightly, rest solely with me.

Tragelaphus scriptus (Pallas).

To the known subspecific forms of this species, namely

T. scriptus typicus, decula, sylvaticus, and Roualeynet, the

following two may be added :—

Subspecies ornatus, nov.

Adult male of the same size and much the same genera}

Three new Forms of Tragelaphus. 95

colouring as the West-African 7. scriptus typicus, being a dark

chestnut-red, passing into black inferiorly and on the legs,

and marked with as many as seven or eight transverse white

stripes, six spots on the shoulder and many on haunches; a

line of white spots passing longitudinally above belly, but

never a trace of upper longitudinal white stripe running

posteriorly from shoulder.

Young male pale reddish yellow, with spots and stripes

much more faintly marked,

Adult female smaller than male, bright chestnut in colour,

marked with only three or four faint white stripes, and with

fewer spots than in the other sex.

Loc. Linyante on the Chobé River (2. C. Selous).

Type: stuffed male in British Museum, no. 81. 4. 20. 4.

Subspecies fasciatus, nov.

(=Tragelaphus decula of Swayne and Ghika ; nec decula,

Riippell.)

Somewhat intermediate in character between 1. scriptus

typicus and the East-African Bushbuck which passes as

7. scriptus Roualeynet.

General colour reddish yellow, brighter on the hind-quarters

and distinctly blacker on the dorsal region, where the hair

assumes a dusky greyish-brown hue. Body marked with

four or five very distinct, mostly broad, white stripes on each

side; a row of white spots above tlie belly and a few on the

hind-quarters. No upper white band passing backwards from

shoulder. Neck darker than in 7. seriptus typicus and scriptus

Roualeynei, the entire neck being covered with a coating of

short silky greyish-brown hairs of the same length as those

of the head.

Young male redder in colour than adult and equally

strongly marked with white.

Loc. Sen Morettu, on the Webbe River, Somaliland (Capt.

Swayne).

Type: skin of male in British Museum, no. 94, 2. 21. 7.

Tray laphus Delamere?, sp. n.

About the same size as 7. scriptus. Head ruddy brown

on forehead, with a blackish band extending down muzzle ;

cheeks fawn, with two small white spots; no white stripe

running inwards from the corner of the eye; edge of upper

96 On Three new Forms of Tragelaphus.

lip and chin white ; white patches at upper and lower ends of

throat small, the former only just traceable. General colour

of body dark yellowish brown above, paler below, and gradu-

ally passing into yellowish fawn upon the shoulder and upon

the lower half of the hind-quarters. No traces of white stripes

or spots observable either upon the body or upon the hind- or

fore-quarters. Fore legs both outside and inside right up to

the base yellowish brown, blackish all down the front from

above the knees to the fetlocks ; fetlocks and pasterns black,

except for a pair of white spots on the pasterns in front. Hind

legs coloured like fore legs, but paler above the hock and

marked with a distinct white patch in front of the hock.

Tail white below, dark at the tip. A collar of short hairs

round the base of the neck. No long crest of hairs along

spine.

Hab. Sayer, in Somaliland.

A single subadult example of this species, remarkable for

the absence of white on the inner side of the legs and on the

body, was procured by Lord Delamere on his last sporting

expedition into Somaliland, and kindly presented by him to

the British Museum.

It is a matter for regret that there is some doubt as to the

sex of this specimen. In spite of the absence of horns it was

declared to be a male by the skinner entrusted with the

stripping and preservation of the skin; but it must be held

‘to be in the highest degree improbable that there exists a

species of Z'ragelaphus with the male normally hornless.

Hence, unless there has been some error either of memory or

observation on the part of the skinner, the specimen under

discussion is abuormal, and its peculiarities may possibly be

attributable to this circumstance. This, however, is not likely

to be so, for in a case of this kind the characters liable to be

affected by falling under the influence of the cause that has

brought about the suppression of the horns would be those

which, like the horns themselves, are of a sexual nature;

and the coloration of the inner side of the legs does not fall

into this category in the antelopes of the genus Tragelaphus,

Hence, whether the skin in question be that of a normal female

or an abnormal male, I venture to think the characters that

have led me to regard it as the representative of an un-

described species will be found to hold good when further

material has been procured,

On the Pangoniney of the Family Tabanide. 97

XIT.—Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Vabanide in

the British Museum Collection. By Miss Gerrrupe

RIcARDO.

[Plate I.)

THE present paper embodies the results of an attempt to re-

arrange the specimens of Pangonine in the British Museum

collection, dealing only, so far, with Pangonia, Latreille, and

its allied genera. Little seems to have been added to our know-

ledge of the Pangonine since the publication of ‘ Dipteren-

Fauna Siidafrika’s’ by Loew, nearly forty years ago, in which

he gave a valuable summary of the genera of the above, besides

the description of species. Rondani, in Archiv. Canestr., three

years later, suggested a subdivision of Pangonia, Latreille,

which has been carried out in this paper. Schiner in ‘ Reise

der Novara’ (1866), and other authors of a later date, have

established four or more new genera and described new

species. The only catalogues of any species of Pangonine

were those included in Schiner’s ‘Cat. European Diptera’

(1863), Osten Sacken’s ‘ Cat. N. Amer. Diptera’ (1878), and

Wulp’s ‘ Cat. Diptera §. Asia’ (1826). 1 hope those I have

compiled will prove fairly complete, and be of some use in the

future study of the family, together with a few notes on the

species possessed by the British Museum, including the descrip-

tion of eleven new species. Any fresh specimens of Pango-

nine, to be added to the National collection, would be most

acceptable and greatly facilitate further study, especially as

regards the Walker types, many of which are in such poor

preservation that it is difficult to form any opinion on them ;

when further modern specimens are available for comparison,

more of these types will very probably prove to be synony-

mous.

The family Tabanide is divided into two divisions, viz. :—

Hind tibia with spurs. Ocelli usually present ..,,.... PANGONIN.

Hind tibia without spurs. Ocelli absent.............. TABANIN 2,

PANGONINE.

The following table of genera of the Pangonine of the

world compiled from different authors I have found useful to

work by, carrying it so far as to include Pangonia, Latr., and

the genera divided off from it ; St/vius and its allied genera to

follow later.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v.

‘

98 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

PANGONIN2E,

Hind tibia with spurs. Ocelli usually present.

1. Third joint of antennz with eight or at least

seven divisions. Proboscis usually pro-

eS Eee CAR ny Te ACR Cee eee 3.

2. Third joint of antenne with five divisions.

Prohoscis SHOFG sixcin sa ceven vs iaiinyaes 14 (Stlvius &e.).

3. Third joint of antenn with a tooth...... Dicrania, Macq.

Third joint of antenne with no tooth .. ;

4. Wings short ; body flat, elliptical ..... .. Apocampta, Schiner.

AVings NOL BBOKY 5 Geshe ds ne kaos ft 5.

5. Third joint of antenne with each segment

PPANENG | 0. oc e tends tes gas cewabmn as Pityocera, Gigl.-Tos,

Third joint of antennz not branched ads.

6. Upper corner of eyes terminating in an acute

BNGIG. ns 0h Ft gt de See ans SA .. Goniops, Aldrich.

Upper corner of eyes not terminating in an

SPARES REIS hig Ge mee <onsatt egrein ats es, Pre 7.

7. Antenne deep-seated, inclined downwards.

Palpi very large and thick ............ Cadicera, Macq.

Antenne not deep-seated nor inclined down-

wards. Palpi not very large and thick... &.

8 Antenne subulated ; proboscis with ter-

minal lips in form of a hatchet; anal cell

open and anal vein curved ............ Pelecorhynchus, Macq.

= Cenopnyga, Thoms.

Antenne not subulated ; proboscis simple ;

anal cell closed, anal vein not curved.... 9.

. Proboscis scarcely extending beyond palpi . -Apatolestes, Will.

Proboscis extending beyond palpi ........ ;

10. Wings with fourth posterior cell closed .. Sctone, Wk.

= Diclisa, Schiner.

Wings with fourth posterior cell open .... 11.

Jo)

Panconta, Latr.

11. Wings with first posterior cell closed .... Pangonia, Rond.

Al g,, Myee masked aos ch eng ca ears Pangonia, Rond.

116. Eyes hairy ........ subgenus 1 eeu Rond.

12. Wings with first posterior cell open ...... Diatomineura, Rond.

12g; Toyes Beary 2 sls sem ta dents Diatomineura, Rond.

126. Eyes bare.......... subgenus } Corizoneura, Rond.

13. ? Antenne long and narrow. Wings with

first posterior cell closed ........+..... ? Mycteromyia, Phil.

The three genera Apocampta, Schiner, formed for A. nigra,

Pityocera, Gigl.-Tos, formed for P. festw, Gontops, Aldrich,

formed for G. hippoboscoides, containing only the one species

each; Apatolestes, Williston, formed for A. comastes, and

Mycteromyia, Philippi, formed for Pangonta conica, Bigot,

and others, are not represented in the Museum Collection, so

that I have no knowledge of them; the last genus is prob-

ably a doubtful one.

Sackenymia, Bigot (Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. (5) ix. 1879),

of the Family Tabanide, 99

formed for Pangonia fulvithorax, Wiedem., and analis, Fabr.,

and others, must be merged again in Pangonia, having no

distinctive characteristic to justify a new genus.

The following is a list of the described species of the five

first-mentioned genera :—

Arocampta, Schiner, Reise der Novara (1866); Verh. zool.-

bot. Gesell. Wien, xvii. p. 310 (1867).

A, nigra, Schiner, /. e—Hab. Sydney.

Prryocera, Gigl.-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, xi. no, 224 (1896),

xi, no, 226 (1897).

P. festa, Gigl.-Tos, 1. c—Hab. Darien.

Gonroprs, Aldrich, Psyche, vi. (1892).

G. hippoboscoides, Aldrich, 1. c—Hab, Dakota.

APATOLESTES, Williston, Ent. Amer. i, no. 1 (1885),

A. comastes, 2, Will. 7. e— Hab. California.

? A, Kiseni, Townsend, P. Calif. Ac. (2) iv. p. 596 (1895).—Hab, Lower

California.

Mycrrromy1, Philippi, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xv. (1865),

M. conica, Bigot, /.c. {Pangonia conica, Bigot, Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. sér. 3,

vy. p. 278 (1857). |—Hab. Chili.

M. brevirostris, Philippi, Verh. zool,-bot. Gesell. Wien, xv, p. 713 (1865).

—Hab. Chili.

M. fusea, Philippi, ¢. e. p. 712.— Hab. Chili.

M. murina, Philippi, /. ¢. p. 713.—Hab. Chili.

M. nigrifacies, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. vy. p. 607 (1892) ; Wulp, List

Dipt. 5. Asia (1896).— Had. India.

M. ensata, Bigot, 1. c. p. GO8.—Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

M. elegans, Bigot, /. c. p. GO8.—Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

M. nitens, Bigot, 1. ec. p. 609.—Hab. Brazil.

M, penicillata, Bigot, l. ec. p. 610.— Hab, Brazil.

M. cinerascens, Bigot, 1. ¢. p. 610.—Hab. Chili.

M. albipectus, Bigot, 1. e. p. 611.—Hab. Brazil.

M. erythronotata, Bigot, /. c. p. 612.— Hab. Brazil.

Those species marked with an asterisk (*) are in the

Museum Collection.

Dicranta, Macq.

Dicrania, Macq. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 110 (1838) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik.

p. 15 (1860).

The described species of Dierania are :—

* Dicrania cervus, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94 (1828) ; Macq., Dipt.

Exot. i. p. 110 (1888); id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, vi. p- 438, pl. xv.

(1837); Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, xii. (1897). [ Pangonia

cervus, Wiedem., 1. ec. Pangonia comprehensa, Walker, Dipt. Saund.

pt. i. p. 11 (1850). Pangonia cervus, var., Walker, List Dipt. pt. v,

100 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Suppl. 1, p. 181 (1854). Pangonia ramicornis, Walker.]—Hab.

Amazons, Brazil.

Dicrania furcata, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 99 (1828) ; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 181 (1854) ; cage” Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

p. 438, pl. xv. (1837). Feanjonse furcata, Wiedem., 1. c.|}—Hab.

Brazil.

Dicrania cervus, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94 (1828) ;

Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 110 (1838); id. Ann. Soe.

Ent. Fr. pl. xv. p. 488 (1837); Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus.

Torino, xu. (1897).

Pangonia cervus, Wiedem., /. ¢.

Pangonia cervus, var., Wiedem., Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p- 181 (1854).

Pangonia comprehensa, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850).

One female specimen is labelled in Walker’s handwriting

ramicornis ; there is no record of such a species in any of his

writings. He describes a cervus, var. 2, in List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 131, from Santarem, Brazil, Bates coll. : this rama-

cornis is thus labelled and answers to the description of the

var., and is probably the fly he described as cervus, var. ; it 18

identical with cervus, Wiedem., the only difference being in the

teeth of the third joint of antenne, which are not so deep or

sharply defined, and there is an appendix on one of the wings

not on the other. The comprehensa, 2? , Walker, and two other

identical male specimens, all from the Amazons, are evidently

the same as ervus. The male has just been described by

Gigl.-Tos in the above paper, from one specimen received

from Ecuador; the very long proboscis he lays so much stress

upon, is (apparently) only present in one of these male

specimens. ;

Hab. Para, Santarem (Bates).

CapiceRA, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 23 (1855).

This genus, formed for one species from Oceania, should

include Pangonia melanopyga and crassipalpis, Macq., and

chrysostigma, Wiedem. It is distinguished by the low insertion

of the antenna, the large, thick, curved, second joint of palpi,

and the broad and convex abdomen and short proboscis.

Ocelli are present. Wings have the first posterior cell closed

and an appendix on branch of third vein.

* Cadicera rubra marginata, ¢ , Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5,

p- 23 (1855). ‘The type of the genus.

The palpi are very large ; ocelli present and distinct, though

Macquart says “no distinct ocelli” ; his plate of this species

of the Family Tabanide. 101

is not exact. The specimen in the Museum came from

South Africa, not Oceania, whence Macquart says his type

was received.

Hab, South Africa (Smith).

*Cadicera melanopyga, 8, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i.

p. 98 (1828).

— melanopyga, Wiedem., l.c.; 2, Macq. Dipt. Exot, i. p. 97

(1888) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 19 (1860) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i.

p. 136 (1848).

Hab, Cape of Good Hope (Smith, Whitehill).

* Cadicera crassipalpis, Macq. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 98 (1838).

Pangoniacrassipalpis, Macq., l.c.; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 138 (1848),

Hab, Cape of Good Hope (Children).

* Cadicera chrysostigma, Wiedem., Auss. zweitl. Ins. 1. p. LOO

(1828).

Pangonia chrysostigma, Wiedem., . c.; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 137.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope, Stellenbosch (Vigors).

There is an undescribed specimen in the collection un-

labelled, which probably belongs to this genus, from the

Cape ; and another probably new species from Pirie Bush.

PELECORHYNCHUS, Macq.

Pelecorhynchus, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 28 (1850); Loew,

Dipt. Siidafrik. (1860).

Cenopnyga, Thoms., Eugen. Resa, p. 449 (1868).

This genus was formed by Macquart for P. maculipennis

from Australia ; he distinguished the genus from Pangonia by

the peculiar shape of the proboscis, which ends in the form of

a hatchet: Loew is doubtful as to this being a good character-

istic for a genus, though Schiner, in describing P. ornatus

(‘ Reise der Novara,’ p. 98), mentions this as justifying the

genus being established ; it seems peculiar to the genus so far

as I can judge from the species in the Museum. ‘Thomson

formed a new genus, Caenopnyga, for the same species, dis-

tinguishing it from Pangonia by its subulated antenne and

the posterior spiracles being ovate not horizontal. Macquart’s

name has priority, though he gives an insufficient and in-

correct description for his genus. ‘Thomson’s should be referred

to: his statement “ wings many-spotted ” will only hold good

for some species, not for the genus, some having quite clear

wings; his distinction as to spiracles I have not been able to

102 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

verify. The open anal cell and anal vein curved seems a

distinguishing characteristic and should be added to the shape

of proboscis and antenne as distinctive for the genus. Three

species placed by Walker under Silvius belong here, and two

new species from 8. America, bringing the number of described

species of the genus up to six.

* Pelecorhynchus maculipennis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4,

p. 28 (1850). [Canopnyga maculipennis, ‘Vhoms. l. ¢.]

A male and female, both in bad preservation, which were

unnamed.

Hab. Sydney, Australia, and ‘Tasmania.

*Pelecorhynchus personatus, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 192

(1848).

Stlvius personatus, Walker, 1. c.

Pelecorhynchus ornatus, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 98 (1866) ;

Will. Kans. Univ. Quart. vol. iii. (1895).

‘This and the two following species were placed by Walker

under Silvcus, with the remark that they would form a genus

which approaches Anthrax. Schiner redescribed this species,

placing it under Pelecorhynchus.

Hab. Queensland (Hunter, Cumming).

* Pelecorhynchus eristaloides, 8 , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 193

(1848).

Silvius eristaloides, Walker, 1. c.

Hab. Australia, 8.E. Tasmania (Atkinson).

* Pelecorhynchus fusconiger, ? , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 192

(1848).

Silvius fusconiger, Walker, 1. c.

Hab. New South Wales ; Australia (Zunter).

* Pelecorhynchus Darwini, 9,sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 1.)

This handsome species was collected by Darwin from

Chiloe, S.W. coast of South America. There is only one

specimen.

Black, Antenne subulated; palpi short, reddish brown,

with black hairs. Face grey, with brown markings in the

centre and frontal stripe brown. Ocelli present ; beard bright

orange-yellow. Thorax with two distinct silky yellow stripes

extending to scutellum; dorsum clothed with short black

pubescence ; sides with orange-yellow hairs, which are also

of the Family 'Tabanide. 103

present at base of wings and on breast. Scutellum with a

fringe of short silky yellow hairs. Halteres yellow. Abdo-

men clothed with black pubescence; a small hoary grey spot

on each side of the third segment and a large oblong one on

the fourth segment, extending from each side towards the

middle; these spots are still more distinct on the underside

of abdomen, forming a wave-like band on the fourth segment.

Legs black ; anterior tibia with greyish pubescence. Wings

hyaline, yellow at base and on the fore border; veins yellow.

Posterior cells open, also the anal cell; the anal vein is curved.

Length 15 millim.

Hab. Chiloe, 8S. America.

* Pelecorhynchus aurantiacus, 9,sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 2.)

Reddish brown. Antenne and palpi red; the latter short,

clothed with orange-yellow hairs; the beard and hairs on the

breast are the same colour; the face and frontal stripe are

light ferruginous, clothed with short yellow pubescence.

Thorax covered with orange-rufous hairs, very deep in colour

on the sides and on the scutellum; there is a large tuft of

white hairs below the root of the wings. Abdomen clothed

with dense orange-rufous pubescence; the last segment is

rather bare, with wrinkled transverse lines. Legs yellow, the

posterior tibia red. Wings hyaline, yellow at base and on

the fore border; transverse veins slightly clouded. All pos-

terior cells and the anal one open; anal vein curved. Length

15 millim.

Hab. Chili (Edmonds).

This may perhaps be the same as Pangonia vulpes, Macq.,

Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 238, but he takes no notice of the

generic characteristics, though a few pages later he describes

Pelecorhynchus as a new genus.

Scrong, Walker.

Scione, Walker, mee Saund. nt i. p. 11 (1850), é;

Diclisa, Schiner, Reise der Novara (1866); Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, xvii. p. 310 (1867).

This genus was formed by Walker for Pangonia incompleta,

Macq., who based it on the venation of the wings, the fourth

posterior cell being closed, besides the first posterior, and the

dividing nerve between the second and third posterior cell

interrupted. Schiner did not consider he was obliged to

make use of the name Sczone, but established /iec/isa for the

same 1’, incompleta and included two new species, D. macult-

pennis and distincta. Pangonia singularis and albifasciata,

104 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Macq., he considered should be included in it. Giglio-Tos,

in Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 857 (1895), reverts to the name

Scione established by Walker and accepted by Rondani

(Archiv. Canestr. iii, 1863) for Pangonia tncompleta and

singularis, Macq. ; though he does not consider the closing of

the two posterior cells sufficient to distinguish this genus, the

species which should belong to it presenting other wide differ-

ences, he accepts it for the present, and places a new species,

S. Alluaudi, here. He thinks Pangonia biclausa, Schiner,

should be placed in this genus.

Schiner’s description of Diclisa should be referred to for

the genus, which at present would include species widely

different in appearance, form of palpi, &c. T'wo species in

the Museum Coll. should be included, viz. Pangonia brevis,

Loew, and Pangonia submacula, Walker, having the fourth

posterior cell closed ; but they do not agree in other particulars

with the description of the genus, and P. submacula is so

clearly allied to Pangonia guttata that it does not seem advis-

able to remove them from Pangonia.

The described species placed in this genus are :—

*Scione incompleta, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 28 (1846); id. 2. ¢.

Suppl. 4, p. 25 (1850); Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 20 (1850);

id. List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125 (1854); Gigl-Tos, Ann. Soe.

Ent. Fr. p. 357 (1895). | Pangonia incompleta, Macq., 1. c. Dielisa

incompleta, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 101 (1866). |—Hab. South

America.

Scione singularis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 23 (1846). [Pangonia

singularis, Macq., /. c.|—Hab. Australia.

Scione allnfasciata, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 28 (1846) ; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 127 (1854). [Pangonia albifasciata,

Macq., /. c.|—Hab. New Granada, S. America.

Scione maculipennis, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 102 (1866) ; Osten

Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. p. 47 (1886). [ Diclisa maculipennis,

Schiner, /. e..\— Hab. South America. r

Scione distincta, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 102 (1866). [Dichisa

distincta, Schiner, /. c.}—Hab. South America.

Scione misera, Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. p- 47 (1886).

[ Diclisa misera, Osten Sacken, /. c.|—Hab, South America.

Scione Fs a Giglio-Tos, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1895).— Hab. Seychelles

Islands.

* Scione incompleta, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 28 (1846),

Suppl. 4, p. 25 (1850) ; Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 20

(1850); id. List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125 (1854);

Giglio-Tos, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 357 (1895).

Pangonia incompleta, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. e.

Diclisa incompleta, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 101 (1866),

‘'wo females, from Colombia.

of the Family Vabanide. 105

Four female specimens from British Guiana in a private

collection which I examined are allied to Sctone albifuse‘ata

Macq. ( Pangonia albifasciata, Macq.), but not the same: they

probably represent a new species ; they have the striped thorax

&e. typical of the genus, according to the type, S. incompleta.

PANGONIA, Latr.

Pangonia, Latr. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 437 (1802).

Rondani, in Archiv. Canestr. iii. (1863), divides Pangonia,

Latr., into Pangonia and Diatomineura, making the first

posterior cell open or shut the distinctive character, and sub-

divides each again into a subgenus, with the eyes hairy or bare.

Loew in his ‘ Dipt.-Faun. Siidafr.’ used the divisions of the

posterior cells, and Bigot has used Rondani’s divisions since

for new species (see Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. 1892). Ihave fol-

lowed this arrangement as it seems fairly satisfactory, though

the closing of the first posterior cell is a variable character-

istic in some species | have come across, viz. adrel, White,

MS., concolor, Walker, depressa, Macq., noticed by the latter

in his description of depressa. ‘Che prolongations on the fore

tarsi of some male species are confined to those from Africa so

far as the species in the Museum are concerned—longirostris,

Hardw., from Asia, being an exception, in the description of

this last is the only notice of the peculiarity which I have

seen.

The following is a list of the described species of African

Pangonia, Latr., divided into their subgenera as far as possible ;

but many of the descriptions are insuflicient, where this is the

case they are left under Pangonia, Latr. Those marked with

an asterisk (*) are in the Africa Museum Collection.

Paneon14, Rond. Archiv. Canestr. iii. (1863).

*P. rostrata, 2, Linn., Mus, Lud. Ulr. p. 421. 1; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl

Ins. i. p. 96 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 134 (1854) ;

Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 20 (1860).— Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

*P. angulata, Fabr. Syst. Antl. p. 91.5 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl,

Ins. i. p. 97 (1828) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 20 (1860). [P. obesa,

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 135 (1854); Schiner, Reise

der Novara, p. 99 (1866).|—Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

*P. gulosa, Wiedew., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 99 (1828).—Hab. Cape of

Good Hope.

*P. bifasciata, WW iedem., /. c. p. 102.— Hab, Cape of Good Hope, Burgh-

ersdorp.

P. atricornis, Wiedem., /. c. p. 103; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

. 135 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 19 (1860). [P. cingulata,

Windies l. c.|—- Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

P. basalis, Macq., Dipt Exot. Suppl. 2, p. 10 (1846); Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, pp. 139, 323 (1854).— Hab. Algeria.

106 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

P. caffra, Macq., i. c. p. 11; Walker, /. c. p. 185; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik,

p. 20 (1860) Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

*P. multifascia, 2, Walker, U. c. pt.i. p. 184 (1848).—Hab. Cape of Good

Hope.

*P. Pereaen Q, Walker, 2. c. p. 135,—Hab. Cape of Good Hope,

*P. conjuncta, Walker, 1. c. p. 185.—Hab. Cape of Good ie

*P. sevfasciata, 9, Walker, 1. c. p. 156.—Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

*P. alboatra, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 18 (1850).— Hab. Cape of

Good Hope.

P. biclausa, Loew, Dipt. Siidatrik. p. 19 (1860)—Hab. Catffraria

( Wahlberg).

*P. brevis, Loew, Wiener ent. M. vii. p. 9 (1863)—Hab. Orange Free

State.

P. Ruppellii, Jennicke, Abh, Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 329 (1868).—Hab.

Simen, Abyssinia.

P. bullata, Will., Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. p. 191 (1895).—Hab. South

Africa,

P. Brichettii, Bizzi, Ann. Mus. Genova, xii. (2) p. 181.— Hab. Somali-

land,

Subgenus Errepurosis, Rond. Archiy. Canestr, iii. (1863).

E. maculipennis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 20 (1850) ; Schiner,

Reise der Novara, p. 98 (1866).—Hab. Africa.

DIATOMINEURA, Rond. Archiv. Canestr. iii. (1863).

*D. barbata, 2, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 422. 2; id. Syst. Nat. i. p. 999. 2

(1766); Wiedem., Auss, zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94 (1828); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. i. p. 155 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 135 (1854).—Hab. Cape

of Good Hope. ;

*D. fulvifascia, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 157 (1848)— Had. Cape

of Good Hope.

Subgenus Corizoneura, Rond. Archiy. Canestr. iii. (1863).

*(C. lateralis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 4 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl,

Ins. i. p. 101 (1828) ; wala List Dipt. pt. i. p. 184 (1848), pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 135 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 17 (1860).—

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

*C. varicolor, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 98; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 134

(1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 137 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17

(1860).—Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

*C. parva, 2, Walker, Vist Dipt. pt. 1. p. 145 (1848)—Hab. Cape of

Good Hope.

*C, subfascia, § , Walker, /. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 136 (1854).— Hab. Port

Natal.

*C, directa, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund., pt. i. p. 21 (1850).—_Had. Cape of

Good Hope.

*(C, brunnipennis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17 (1860).— Hab. Port Natal.

*C', suavis, Loew, l. c. p. 17.— Hab. Caffraria (Wahlberg).

C. zig-zag, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 20 (1850); Karsch, Berlin. ent.

Zeit. xxviii. p. 171 (1884).— Hab. Central Madagascar.

C. albifrons, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 612 (1892).—Hab. Cape

of Good Hope.

C. brachyrhyncha, Bigot, 1. c. p. 614.—Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

*C. pallidipennis, 2, sp. n.—Hab. Delagoa Bay. .

*C. umbratipennis, sp. n.—Hab. Annshaw (Barrett).

of the Family Tabanide. 107

Panaonta, Latr. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 437 (1802).

P. leucomelas, Wiedem., Auss, zweill. Ins, i. p. 90 (1828); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. i. p. 136 (1848),— Had. Cape of Good Hope.

P. thoracica, Wiedem., |. c. p. 89; Walker, 1. ec. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 149

' (1854) (name twice chosen).—/Zab. Cape of Good Hope.

P. nobilis, Wiedem., 1. c. ii. p. 622; Walker, 1 c.—Hab. Cape of Good

Hope.

P. spiloptera, Wiedem., /. ec. p. 102; Walker, /. c. pt. i. p. 186 (1848).—

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

P. senegalensis, Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 193 (1834); Walker, / ¢.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 187 (1854).— Hab. Senegal.

P. chrysopila, Macq., l. c. p. 194; Walker, /. e—Hab. Africa.

FP. Agee, Maeq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 98 (1838).—ZHab. Cape of Good

ope.

P. cppendiculate, Macq,, /. ec. p. 97; Walker, 1. e—Hab, Cape of Good

pe.

P. funebris, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 1, p. 23 (1846).— Hab, Algeria.

P. ramulifera, 2, Loew, Wiener ent. M. vii. p. 9 (1863),—Hab. Orange

State.

P. semilivida, Bigot, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. lx. p. 866 (1891). [Sackenymia

semilivida, Bigot, /. c.) -Hab. West Africa.

PANGONIA, Latr.

PANGONIA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes naked or

subnaked.

Pangonia conjuncta, 8 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 135

(1848)

Palpi with first joint stout ; second joint long and slender,

pointed. Wings with an appendix on fork of the third vein,

and also one on the apex of the first posterior cell,

Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

Pangonia alboatra, ? , Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 13 (1850).

Palpi with second joint club-shaped at base, ending in a

point. Wings with appendix on fork of third vein.

Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

Pangonia angulata, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 5 (1805);

Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 97 (1828) ; Loew, Dipt.

Siidafrik. p. 20 (1860).

P. obesa, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p 135 (1854); Schiner,

Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866).

Walker's type obesa, 2 , from Saunders Coll., seems identical

with angulata, Fabr., agreeing with the amended descrip-

tion of angulata by Loew, who notes a female var., placed by

108 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Wiedemann under angulata, and having the extra appendix

on the first posterior cell; obesa must therefore sink.

There is a male specimen here, evidently this species,

though it has no appendix on the first posterior cell, which

apparently varies in the same species, as in seafasctata, Walker.

The palpi are similar to those of alboatra.

Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

Pangonia sexfasciata, 2, Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. 1. p. 136

(1848).

Palpi as in alboatra. Wings have an appendix on the

apex of first posterior cell on one wing only.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Pangonia gulosa, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 99 (1828).

Palpi with second joint shorter than the first.

Hah. Cape of Good Hope.

Pangonia rostrata, 2, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 421. 1;

Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 96 (1828) ; Walker,

Cat. Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 134 (1854); Loew, Dipt.

Siidafrik. p. 20 (1860).

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Pangunia multifascia, ?, Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. 1. p. 134

(1848). .

Palpi slender; second joint not quite so long as the first.

Wings with appe :dix on fork of third vein.

Hab. Cape ot Good Hope.

Pangonia adjuncta, 2, Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. i. p. 135

(1848).

Palpi rather stout ; joints almost equal in length ; the second

joint club-shaped at base, ending in a point. Wings with an

appendix on fork of third vein,

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Pangonia bifasciata, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 102

(1828).

‘The white band on second segment of abdomen, mentioned

by Wiedemann, resolves itself, in one male specimen and two

female specimens in the collection, into two lateral and one

of the Family Tabanide. 109

dorsal white spot. Wiedemann only described the female.

The male in the Museum has a prolongation on the second

joint of the fore tarsi, reaching to the end of the third joint,

with long hairs on its apex. One of the females was wrongly

labelled as flavipes, Macq.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope, Burghersdorp.

Pangonia brevis, Loew, Wiener ent, M. Bd. vii. p. 9 (1863).

One male. .

This species has the fourth posterior cell closed, and should

therefore be placed in the genus Sceione, Walker (Diclisa,

Schiner) ; but as it differs in the form of the palpi and other

particulars from the description of that genus, it does not seem

advisable to remove it from Pangonia tor the present.

Hab, ‘Transvaal (Young).

DIATOMINEURA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell open. yes hairy.

Diatomineura fulvifascia, 2 , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 137

(1848).

Palpi with second joint rather long, club-shaped at base,

ending ina point. ‘he tawny hind borders of segments of

abdomen have golden pubescence. Wings have no appendix.

Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

Diatomineura barbata, 2, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 422. 2;

Syst. Nat. i. p. 999.2; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94

(1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 135 (1848), pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 185 (1854).

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Subgenus CorizoneurA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell open. yes naked or

subnaked.

Corizoneura lateralis, § 2 , Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 4 (1805);

Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 101 (1828); Loew,

Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17 (1860); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i,

p. 134, pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 135 (1854).

Hab, South Africa,

110 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Corizoneura subfascia, $ , Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1»

p. 136 (1854).

Wings have an appendix on fork of third vein.

Hab. Port Natal, Durban (Distant).

Corizoneura brunnipennis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. i. p. 17

(1860).

Two females which were unnamed; the veins and fore

borders of wings are yellow, not dull grey smoky-brown as

Loew says.

Hab. Port Natal.

Corizoneura suavis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. i. p. 17 (1860).

T'wo females.

Hab. Potchefstroom, Transvaal.

Corizoneura varicolor, 3 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i.

p- 98 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 184 (1848),

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 187 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik.

1, p. 17 (1560).

The male has not been described. There is one male in the

Museum from the Transvaal which answers to Wiedemann’s

description in every particular, but has the prolongations on the

fore tarsi, viz. from the extremity of the first joint of tarsus

there is the first prolongation, overlapping a second one, which

starts from the base of the extremely short second joint and

continues beyond the third; both are yellow in colour as

the legs. There is another male rather larger, which was

wrongly labelled P. appendiculata, Macq., from South Africa,

and five females so labelled; the hairs on the second and

fourth segments of abdomen are hardly apparent in some of

the specimens, which are old and rubbed.

Hab. South Africa, Natal, Transvaal

Corizoneura pallidipennis, 2, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 3.)

Light fulvous. The upper part of the face is covered with

greyish tomentum ; longitudinal furrows on the vertex.

Antenne red, the first two joints are greyish. Beard white.

Palpi red; a short furrow on the upper end of the last joint,

which is only half as Jong as the iirst and is club-shaped.

Proboscis a little longer than body. Thorax brown, covered

with short yellow pubescence, fringed at sides with yellow

hairs, with tufts of white hairs above wings reaching to

of the Family Vabanide. 111

scutellum. Abdomen fulvous, with interrupted black dorsal

stripe ; on middle of posterior margin of second segment a tuft

of white hairs; remaining segments brownish, with a few

black spots and markings; at sides of second, fourth, sixth,

and seventh segments are white hairs, on the others black

hairs ; underside of abdomen covered with whitish pubescence.

Wings hyaline, with =. eabags on fork of third vein; the

veins are light yellow. Legs yellow, coxe black. Length

13-14 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Corizoneura umbratipennis, 8 9,sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

Fulvous. Face reddish with grey tomentum ; in female

three deep longitudinal furrows in centre of forehead and trans-

verse wrinkles below, a faint longitudinal stripe extending from

these to below the antenne. Beard white. Antenne and

palpi red, the latter with a short deep furrow on face of the

third joint, which is club-shaped and shorter than the first joint.

Ocelli absent. Proboscis nearly twice as long as the body.

Thorax thickly clothed with dark hairs, sides with white,

extending to the base of the scutellum. Abdomen fulvous,

with black dorsal stripe on the first segment and base of the

second, the third has black markings ; the posterior borders of

segments two and three are lighter in colour, the remaining

segments dark; a tuft of white hairs on lateral margins of

segments two, four, six, seven, the others with black hairs.

Underside of abdomen light fulvous with whitish tomentum.

Legs red, posterior ones dark brown; on the fore tarsi of

the male there is a slender prolongation, starting from the

base of the second and extending nearly to the end of the third

joint ; there are two long bristles on the end of the first joint.

Wings grey; veins brown, the transverse ones shadowed.

Length 15-16 millim.

This species somewhat resembles varicolor, Wiedem., but

the longer proboscis and absence of hairs on the second and

fourth segments distinguish it.

Hab, Annshaw, South Africa (Barrett).

Corizoneura directa, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 21

(1850).

In Lg poor preservation.

Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

Corizoneura parva, ? , Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 145 (1848).

In very poor preservation.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

112 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Australia

(including Oceania, New Guinea, and New Zealand).

PANGONIA, Latr.

Paneonta, Rond.

P. fulviventris, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 109 (1888) ; Walker, List Dipt,

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 144 (1854).— Had. Australia.

P. fuscanipennis, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 5, p. 18 (1855).—Hab, Cape of

Needles, Oceania.

Subgenus Erepnrosis, Rond.

*E. guttata, Donovan. [Tabanus guttatus, Donovan, Illust. Ent. i.

Hym. et Dipt. (1806); Guérin, Voyage de la Coquille, ii. pt. 2,

p. 289 (1830); 2. ce, Atlas Ins, pl. 20; Wiedem., Auss, zweifl. Ins,

i. p. 194 (1830) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 141 (1848). Pangonia

margaritifera, Wiedem., /. c. p. 88; Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 3,

. 8 (1847); Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. ili. (1895).]—Had,

dney.

¥£. ganar Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 101 (1838) ; Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 143 (1854).— Had. Kangaroo Island.

*F. Jacksonii, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 102 (1888).— Hab, Port Jackson.

E. bicolor, Macq., 7. c. Suppl. 1, p. 24 (1846); Walker, /. c. p. 142 (1854).—

Hab. Australia.

E. limbinevris, Macq., 1. e. Supp]. 5, p. 21 (1855).—Had, Sydney.

E. albonotata, Macq., l. c.-—Hab. Sydney.

*E. media, 2, Walker, 7. c. pt. i. p. 142 (1848).—Hab. Australia.

*E. submacula, 29, Walker, /. c.; id. Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 13 (1850).—

Hab. Swan River.

*E. quadrimacula, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 188 (1848).—Had,

Australia.

*E. contigua, Walker, 1. c—Hab, Australia.

*E. gemina, 2, Walker, /. c—Hab. Australia.

*E. gibbula, Walker, J. c. p. 140.—Hab. West Australia.

*B. tricolor, 2, Walker, /. c. p. 139 —Hab. West Australia.

*BE. divisa, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 17 (1850).—Hab. West

Australia.

*E. adrel, White, MS., Walker, 1. ec. p. 16; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i.

p- 141. [Tabanus adrel, White, MS., Butler, Cist. Ent. 1. p. 355

(1876).)|— Hab. New Zealand.

E. dilatata, Jennicke, Abh. Senck, Gesell. vi. p. 328 (1868).—-Hab.

Australia.

E. vertebrata, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 618 (1892).—Had,

Australia.

*E. aureohirta, 2, sp. n.—Hab. Mackay, Queensland.

DIATOMINEURA, Rond.

D. auriflua, 2, Donovan, Gen. Ilust. Ent. pt. i, (1805). [Tabanus

aurifluus, Donovan, 1. c. Pangonia solida, 9, Walker, List Dipt.

pt. i. p. 141 (1848). }—Hab. New South Wales (Don.), Port Stephen

(Walker).

of the Family Tabanide. 113

*D. jacksoniensis, 2, Guérin, Voyage de la Coquille, ii, pt. 2, p. 289

(1830) ; 4 ¢. Atlas, Ins, pl. 20. 3.—Hab, Port Jackson, New South

Wales.

D. testacea, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 99 (1838); Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 145 (1854).—Hab. Australia.

D. aurata, Macq., l. ec. p. 100; id. Ann, Soc, Ent, Fr. vi, p. 429, pl. 15

(1837); Walker, 2. ¢. pt. i. p. 141 (1848).—Hab. Tasmania and

Australia.

D. clavata, Macq,, l. c. p. 101.— Hab. Australia.

D. ruficornis, Macq., 1. ec. Suppl. 1, p. 26 (1846); Walker, 2, c. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 142 (1854).—//ab, Tasmania.

D. albicostata, Macq., l. c. p. 24; Walker, 1c. p, 144 (1854).—Habd.

Australia.

D. subappendiculata, Macgq,, l. c. Suppl. 4, p. 20 (1850),—Hab. Tasmania.

D. testaceo-maculata, Macq., !. ¢. p. Si Hab, Australia.

D. brevirostris, Macq., /. ¢. p. 23.—Hab. Australia.

D. dorsomaculata, Macq,, /. c. p. 22.— Hab. Tasmania.

D., violacea, Macq., l. c.— Hab. Tasmania.

*D. patula, $, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 144 (1848).—ZZad, ? Australia,

#D. crassa, 29, Walker, /. c.—Hab. Australia.

*D. plana, 2, Walker, 1. c—Hab. Australia.

*D. gemella, 9, Walker, 1. ec. p. 189,— Hab, Australia,

*D. constans, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 15 (1850),—Hab, Tas-

mania.

*D. concolor, Walker, /. c. p. 14.— Hab, Australia.

*D. lerda, White, MS., Walker, lc. p. 16; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i.

p- 141 (1848). [Zabanus lerda, White, MS., Butler, Cist, Ent. i.

p. 855 Seeeens Hab, New Zealand.

*D. caliginosa, 2, Walker, Proc, Linn, Soe. viii. p. 108 (1865).— Had,

New Guinea.

? D, carnea, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool, Fr. vy. p.618 (1892).—Hab. Australia,

? D. gagantina, Bigot, 1. c. p. 620.—Hab. Ausiratia.

*D. minima, 3 2, sp. u.—Hab,. Queensland.

Subgenus CorizonEuRA, Rond.

C. dives, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 25 (1846); Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 142 (1854).—Hab, Tasmania.

C. angusta, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 2, p. 11; Walker, 2. ¢, p. 144.—Hab.

Australia,

C. brevipalpis, Macq., l. ce. Suppl. 3, p. 8; Walker, l. e.— Hab. Australia,

C. rufovittata, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 4, p. 19.— Had. Tasmania,

*C. fulva, Macq,, l. ec —Hab. Australia.

C. anthracina, Macq,, l. c. p. 22.—Hab. Tasmania,

C. alternans, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 5, p. 19 (1855),—Hab. Cape of Needles,

Oceania.

C. sulcifrons, Macq., l. c. p. 20.—Hab. Cape of Needles, Oceania.

*C. erratica, 6, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 189 (1848). [ Tabanus

erraticus, Walker, 1, c.|—Hab. Australia.

*C. chrysophila, 2, Walker, lc. p. 155. [ Tabanus chrysophilus, Walker,

l.c. Pangonia aurofasciata, Jennicke, Abh. Senck, Gesell. vi.

p- 327 (1868). )—Had. Australia.

C. nigrosignata, Thomson, Eugen. Resa, p. 451 (1868).— Hab. Sydney.

C, neocaledonica, Mégnin, Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. (5) viii. p, 145 (1878) ;

1. c. ix. p. 61 (1879); 2 ¢, (6) iil. p. 189 (1883).— ab. New Cale-

donia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. v. 8

114 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

C. nigricornis, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. v. p. 614 (1892).—Hab.

Australia.

? C. rubiginosa, Bigot, l. c. p. 615.—Hab. Australia.

C. leucopicta, Bigot, l. ec —Hab. New Caledonia.

C. trichocera, Bigot, l. c. p. 616.—Hab. Australia.

C. angusta, Bigot, l. c. p. 617.— Ha), Australia.

Paneonta, Latr.

P. Roei, King, Narr. Surv. Coasts Austral. ii. p. 467 (1827); Wiedem.,

Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p- 647 (1830); Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 145

(1848); id. 2. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 145 (1854).—Had. Australia.

P. lasiophthalma, Bois., Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii. p. 666 (1852); Macq.,

Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. D. 193 (1834); Walker, List Dipt. Bs v. Suppl. 1,

. 139 (1854) ; Walp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia (1895). [P. fuligineuse,

ois., Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii. p. 665 (1832).|—Hab. New Guinea.

P. maculiventris, Westw ood, London & Edinburgh Phil. Mag. (3) vi.

p- 449 (1835).—Hab. Australia.

P. dorsalis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 100 (18338).— Had. Australia.

P. conjungens, 2, Walker, l. c. pt. i. p. 140 (1843). This type is not to

be identified in the Museum Coll.— Had. Australia.

PANGONIA, Latr.

PanGonta, Rond.

Subgenus Erepnrosts, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes hairy.

Erephosis guttata, Donovan, Illust. Ent. i. Hym. et Dipt.

(1806).

Tabanus guttatus, Donovan, Guérin, Voyage de la Coquille, vol. ii. pt. 2,

p- 289 (1880); Atlas Tns, pl. 20 ; ‘Ww iedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1.

p- 194 (1830) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 141 (1848).

Pangonia margaritifera, Wiedem.,/. c. p. 88 (1830) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot.

Suppl. 3, p. 8 (1847) ; Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. (1895).

The name guttata has priority and was kept by Walker

in his Catalogue, though Macquart and Williston retained

Wiedemann’s name margaritifera. The Tabanus guttatus

figured by Donovan is evidently the same as P. margaritifera,

though the spurs on hind legs are not shown in the plate, and

the antenne are figured with a tooth, but in general form and

markings it agrees with margaritifera ; ; it is again figured by

Guérin in ‘ Voyage de la Coquille,’ Atlas, and mentioned in

vol. ii. as a variety with no tooth to the antenne and no white

spots on middle of abdomen.

Hab. Australia, Sydney.

Erephrosis media, ? , Walk. List Dipt. pt, i. p. 142 (1848),

The palpi have the second joint long, club-shaped at base,

of the Family Tabanide. 115

tapering to a long point. Wings with a short appendix on

fork of third vein.

Hab. Australia.

Erephrosis submacula, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 142

(1848); id. Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 13 (1850),

Walker has described two species under this name, but the

one described in Dipt. Saund. is not to be identified. The

type is old and denuded of hairs. Walker’s description may

be amended thus, from modern specimens :—

Antenne bright red, the first and second joints ferruginous,

with black hairs, Face has a black square mark above the

palpi; these latter are long and slender. Proboscis is short.

Thorax with tawny hairs on sides, extending also to the

scutellum. ‘There are tufts of white hairs on the middle of

the posterior borders of the first four segments of abdomen,

thickest on the third and fourth ; the hind segments incline

to a reddish colour. Wings with first and fourth posterior

cells closed ; a rudimentary. appendix is present on the fork of

the third longitudinal vein in only one out of the four female

specimens in the Museum.

This species should belong to Seione, Walker (Diclisa,

Schiner), having the fourth posterior cell closed, but the head,

face, and proboscis do not agree with the description of the

genus (Diclisa, Schiner) in ‘ Reise der Novara,’ and it is too

nearly allied to the two preceding species to make it advisable

to remove it from Hrephrosis at present.

Hab, Swan River, King George Sound, N. & W. Australia.

Erephrosis adrel, 8 9, White, MS., Walker, Dipt. Saund.

. 1, p. 16 (1850); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. L4L

(1848).

Tabanus adrel, White, MS., Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 355 (1876).

This was one of the species collected in voyage of § Erebus’

and ‘Terror’ and described by White in MS. only. Walker

described it in Dipt. Saund. as Pangonia adrel, White.

Butler published White’s original description of it, believing

it had not been published before. White placed it under

Tabanus. Two out of the six male specimens in the Museum

have the first posterior cell of wings closed, in all the others it

is open ; in the female specimens it also varies, In the original

description there is no mention of the wing-cells ; Walker says

the first posterior cell is closed. In the male the sides of the

first two segments of the abdomen are fulvous; the tufts of

white or yellow hair on middle of abdominal segments are not

116 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

so conspicuous in the female and sometimes resolve themselves

into faint bands of white or yellow hairs.

Hab. New Zealand.

Erephrosis quadrimacula, ° , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 188

(1848).

The palpi have the second joint more than double as long

as the first, large and wide, tapering to a point. Wings have

no appendix.

Hab, Australia.

Erephrosis contigua, ?, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 188

(1848).

The palpi have the second joint large and wide, concave,

tapering toa point. The first and second segments of abdomen

ferruginous, the transverse spots on them more black than

grey. In the male the spot on first segment is not so con-

spicuous as in female, and that on the third segment is broken

up into two round black spots: the sides of segments are

fringed with hairs—on first and second yellow and black

mixed, on third and fourth wholly black, on fifth and sixth

yellow, the third segment almost wholly ferruginous; there

are traces of white hairs on the middle of the posterior borders

of segments.

Hab. Australia,

? contigua, var., Walker.—There are two males almost

similar to above, but the yellow hairs on sides of abdomen

are here white and conspicuous only on the last segment, the

dorsal stripe on the first two segments is distinct. The legs

are much darker, all the femora black, and the hind legs

entirely black.

Hab. Queensland.

Erephrosis aureohirta, ?,sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.)

Black, Face brown with greyish pubescence, black stripe

on forehead, Beard yellow. Antenne ferruginous ; first and

second joints grey, the latter with some black hairs. Palpi

ferruginous, with the second joint large and broad, concave,

ending in a point, with some black hairs on margins and tip,

Proboscis as long as head and thorax together. ‘Thorax

with golden pubescence on the sides. Abdomen with the

first three segments reddish brown, clothed with thin golden

pubescence, thicker on the posterior margins; the remaining

of the Family Tabanide. 117

segments dark with black pubescence, their posterior margins

lighter; sixth and seventh with tufts of white hairs at the

sides. Legs black ; anterior tibie and tarsi brown. Wings

with fore border brown, and two cross-bands, the lower one

- darkest, extending from the border to the basal half of the

discoidal cell, the upper one from the border to the apex of

the discoidal cell. No appendix. Length 14 millim.

Hab, Mackay, Queensland (Turner).

Erephrosis gemina, 2 , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 138 (1848).

The palpi have the second joint short and broad, concave,

as long as the first joint. Wings have no appendix.

Two females were wrongly labelled “ conyungens, Walker.”

Hab. West Australia ; Perth, South Australia.

Erephrosis macroporum, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 101 (1838) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 143 (1854).

One female.

Hah, Kangaroo Island.

Erephrosis divisa, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 17

(1850).

The palpi have the second joint large and broad, concave,

the same length as the first joint. Wings with no appendix.

Hab, West Australia.

Erephrosis Jacksonii, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 102 (1838).

The wings were not described by Macquart, as they were

mutilated in his type. _

Wings with cross-veins shadowed ; in one female the first

posterior cell is open on one wing, but closed as a rule.

The Jacksonii var. mentioned by Walker in Dipt. Saund.

pt. i. p. 15 and List Dipt. pt. i. p. 140 is not to be identified.

Hab. Swan River, Australia.

Erephrosis gibbula, 3 , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 140 (1848).

The palpi have the two joints equal in length, the second

one being broad and somewhat concave. Wings have an

appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein.

Hab. West Australia.

Erephrosis tricolor, ? , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 139 (1848).

The palpi have the second joint slender, curved, and

118 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninz

tapering to a point. Walker omits to mention that the

fourth segment of abdomen is fringed with white hairs on its

posterior border, and the sides of segments five and six have

tufts of white hair.

Hab. West Australia.

DIATOMINEURA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell open. yes hairy.

Diatomineura concolor, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 14

(1850).

The palpi have the second joint large and broad, tapering

to a point. The male is similar to the female (the type).

One of the female specimens has the first posterior cell closed

at the margin on one of the wings.

Hab. Australia: Moreton Bay, Toowomba.

Diatomineura caliginosa, 2, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. viii.

;

p. 108 (1865).

Walker says “palpi piceous.” They are only so at the

tip and edges, otherwise the same colour as the antenne; the

second joint is large and broad, tapering to a point, curved

on the upperside.

Hab. New Guinea.

Diatomineura constans, § , Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 15

(1850).

The palpi have the second joint broad and concave at the

base, tapering to a point.

Hab. Tasmania.

Liiatomineura jacksoniensis, 9, Guér. Voyage de la ‘Co-

quille,’ vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 289 (1830) ; Atlas Ins. pl. 20. 3.

Hab. Melbourne.

Diatomineura plana, ¢, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 144

(1848).

The palpi have the second joint broad at the base, tapering

to a point.

Hab. Australia.

Diatomineura gemella, ?, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 139

(1848).

The palpi have the second joint stout at base, tapering to a

of the Family Tabanide. 119

point. The legs are black, the tibia ferruginous. Wings

with an appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein.

Hab. Australia.

Diatomineura lerda, White, MS., Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i.

p- 16 (1850) ; Walk. List Dipt. pt. i. p. 141 (1848).

Tabanus lerda, White, MS., Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 355 (1876).

See remarks on Lrephrosis adrel, White, which apply to

this species also.

Hab. New Zealand.

Diatomineura minima, sp.n, (Pl. I. figs. 4¢, 59.)

One male and two females.

This may possibly be the same as D. gagantina, Bigot

(Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 620, 1892), but the description is

so incomplete that it is impossible to determine any fly from

it (Bigot himself doubts whether his species belongs to Déa-

tomineura). For the present, therefore, I prefer to regard

the British Museum specimens as belonging to a distinct

species.

Black (male and female). Face and forehead grey ; frontal

stripe on upper half of forehead black in female ; black hairs

on the face.

Antenne with the first two joints grey ; the third is reddish

at the base, black at the tip; the palpi are reddish ; in the

female with black hairs, curved, broad at base, tapering to

a point. Beard scanty and whitish. Thorax with black

hairs at sides, and grey hairs on breast. Abdomen with fine

white hairs on lateral margins of segments, in the female

greyish ; underside of abdomen with grey tomentum. Legs

brown, whitish tomentum on the posterior femora of female.

Wings dark brown, paler on the posterior borders.

Length 8 millim.

Hab, Sydney or Moreton Bay, Queensland.

Diatomineura auriflua, 2, Donovan, Gen. Illust. Ent. pt. i.

(1805).

Tabanus aurifluus, Don. 1. ¢.

Pangonia solida, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 141 (1848).

Walker’s type seems the same as auriflua, of which Dono-

van gives a plate. Walker’s description should be referred

to for the species, and may be amended thus as regards the

abdomen. Palpi broad at base, ending in a point. Ab-

domen with golden or white tufts of hair on the middle of

120 On the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide.

the posterior borders of the segments, also white tufts on the

lateral margins of segments 1-4, most marked on the second,

becoming an oblong spot or even reaching as a narrow fringe

to the tuit in centre, on 3 and 4 often very insignificant.

Two specimens, labelled ‘ awrata, Macq.,” and four of

solida, Walker, belong here.

Hab. Sydney or Moreton Bay, Mackay, Queensland, Port

Stephen, ‘Tasmania.

Diatomineura crassa, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 144

(1848)

The palpi have the second joint large and broad, tapering

toa point. In both sexes the posterior parts of the thorax

and the scutellum are adorned with a fringe of yellowish

hairs. In the male the abdomen is more fulvous in colour ;

in the female the yellow hairs are chiefly on the middle of

the posterior borders of the segments as triangular spots, and

on the lateral posterior margin of second segment there is a

well-marked tuft of white hairs, overlooked by Walker.

Hab. Australia, Sydney or Moreton Bay.

? Diatomineura patula, 3, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 144

(1848).

One male specimen in very bad condition, locality not

known. It has a general resemblance to the last two species ;

I therefore place it under Australia for the present.

Hab, ? Australia.

Subgenus CorIzoNEURA.

Wings with first posterior cell open. yes bare.

Corizoneura fulva, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 19 (1850).

Two male specimens, which were wrongly labelled

“ Roet, King.”

Hab, Australia (Lord Derby coll. and Lambert),

Corizoneura chrysophila, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 155

(1848).

Tabanus chrysophilus, Walk. 1. c.

Pangonia aurofasciata, Jennicke, Abh. Senck. Gesellsch, vi. p. 327

(1868),

This fine species was placed by Walker among the Tabant.

Jennicke redescribed it fully and should be consulted: the

The Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax, 121

third joint of antenne was gone in his type; in these three

female specimens it is the same colour as the preceding ones,

long and slender, its first annulation wide, the others tapering

off to a point. Walker’s type cannot be identified from

amongst the three females.

N.B.—The name chrysophilus was used by Macquart

(Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 194) for an African species ; since,

however, chrysophilus, Walker, is differently derived, both

designations may be retained,

Hab. Australia,

? Corizoneura erratica, , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 189

(1848).

Tabanus erraticus, Walker, 1. ¢.

This was placed by Walker among the Tadanz, but it is

distinctly a Pangonia, Latr,; the eyes apparently bare; it is

in very bad condition, the antenne broken off, one lying on

the face.

Hab. North or north-west coast of Australia.

The Pangonia conjungens, 9, Walker (List Dipt. pt. i.

p- 140), from Australia, type, is missing.

The Pangonia lurida, ? , Walker, isnot a Pangonia at all ;

it belongs to the Tabanine.

| To be continued. ]

XIW.— The Hexagonal Structure naturally formed in Cooling

Beeswax, and its Influence on the Formation of the Cells of

Bees. By Cuarues Dawson, F.G.S. &c., and §. A.

WoopuEaD, B.Se., F.C.8., &e., County Analyst, East

Sussex *,

THE hexagonal arrangement of the cells of bees has been

generally ascribed to a structural instinct. The object of

this paper is now to show that the form of the bee-cell is

chiefly influenced by a crystalline or pseudo-crystalline

hexagonal formation due to the cooling of the wax.

While experimenting with waxes and resins, one of us

(Mr. Dawson) noticed that on cooling the mixture had a

tendency to arrange itself in hexagonal forms, from which

* Communicated by the Authors, having been read at the Dover

Meeting of the British Association, 1899,

122 Messrs. C. Dawson and S. A. Woodhead on the

he surmised that the outline of bee-cells might be primarily

due to the natural structure produced in cooling wax *

(fig. 1).

At the instance of Mr. Woodhead, who also recognized the

analytical importance of such a discovery, we agreed to work

out the details together in Mr. Woodhead’s laboratory at the

Agricultural College, Uckfield.

It was first of all determined that, although the addition to

beeswax of resinous substances gave a more pronounced and

bolder outline to the hexagons, no such addition was necessary

to beeswax for their production.

If a thin slab of beeswax be melted in a shallow tray

(measuring, say, 10 by 8 inches), which is evenly heated

throughout and is then placed to cool gradually in a warm

atmosphere without draught, hexagonal forms of the ordinary

size of a worker-cell of the hive-bee will be seen gradually

forming at the bottom of the dish; and a similar line of

hexagons will be seen to form on the surface of the wax

round the sides of the dish where the wax first cools. The

sides of the hexagon are to be seen forming and branching

out in advance of the cooling wax, and when a portion of the

wax in the centre of the dish alone remains melted the

remaining crystals form very rapidly and almost appear to

flash out upon the surface.

The tray should be exactly level and the wax about

* The specimens in illustration of this paper may be seen at the

Laboratory at the Agricultural College, Uckfield, Sussex.

Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax. 123

1°5 millim. thick and of uniform depth, and the atmosphere of

even temperature, otherwise the hexagons will be irregular in

size and shape.

It is immaterial how thin the plate of wax is, as the

hexagons are formed in any case ;_ but their size is undoubtedly

regulated by the thickness of the plate of wax, the rule being

the thinner the plate the more minute the individual hexagon.

The same result may be obtained on a much smaller scale, so

as to produce only one or two hexagonal forms; but the

operator will then find that the difficulty lies in the rapid

cooling at the sides of so small a mass of wax.

The explanation of the formation of these crystalline bodies

is as follows :—

On cooling, the wax at first forms into nuclei of nearly

equal size. On the shrinking of the wax by further cooling,

these nuclei or spheroids are pressed together, forming planes

at their points of contact (see longitudinal section, fig. 2).

Should the wax be rapidly chilled before these spheroidal

bodies are fully formed, they are then prevented from coming

into contact one with another by the intervening nebulous

masses of “ uncentralized ” particles of wax *. In this state

the nuclei appear when cold as solid circular bodies.

The crystals appear very distinctly above and below the

surface while the wax is cooling. When it is actually solid

their forms are often very indistinctly seen or may be alto-

gether invisible, but they are none the less present.

The bases of these hexagons, which lie midway between

those visible at the top and those at the bottom, are pointed

and are arranged so that the point of the base of the upper

hexagon coincides with the points of contact of the lower

hexagons, as in the honeycomb (see perpendicular sections,

figs. 3).

These bases can be observed by making a very thin micro-

scopic section; but several hundred sections had to be

examined before they were made out with certainty.

When a small amount of resin and turpentine is added to

beeswax and melted, and the mixture is allowed to cool,

the outlines of the planes of contact on the hexagons are more

distinct and are to be seen raised upon the surface. Under

these circumstances they may be easily rubbed with black-

lead, which still further increases their visibility.

Our chief experiment was next to put our theory to a

practical test, and observe in what manner the bees would

* It would appear from microscopic examination that these particles are

also smaller nuclei which become absorbed in the larger. They also, like

the larger, assume hexagonal form,

124 Messrs. C. Dawson and S. A. Woodhead on the

deal with a cast sheet of pure beeswax, which, when viewed

by a side light, distinctly showed traces of these hexagons

over its surface.

Before introducing it to the bees we had traced upon it

with vermilion a group of the hexagons which appeared near

the centre of the plate*. ‘This was then photographed, after

which the wax plate was placed in an observatory-hive on a

bar-frame. The bees soon started upon it, proceeding to

excavate round hollows in the centres of the hexagons near the

edges of the plate, pushing out on all sides the wax débris

around the edge of each excavation. When they reached

the planes of contact of the hexagons, either on feeling the

minutely raised edges on the surface, or more probably on

feeling the increased density of the wax T, the bees determined

the limits of their excavation ; and it was then discovered by

us that the bases of these hexagons were three-sided in the

usual form of a bee-cell. Meanwhile a similar process was

going on in the cells which lay as nearly as possible in the

same irregular wavy line; but the work on one side of the

sheet was sometimes considerably more advanced than on the

other, the excavation being brought three or four more rows

of cells nearer the centre on one side than on the other.

Portions of the débris taken from the centre of the crystal

were now kneaded up by the bees into a kind of froth and

placed above the lines of pressure or margins of the hexagons,

the residue of the débris being put aside for future use.

The portions placed on the margin of the hexagon speedily

adhered and solidified; another layer was then added by the

bees, and this process was repeated, thus forming a series of

strata (which may be noticed under a magnifying-glass on

the sides of the complete cells), the bees planing and polishing

the inner surfaces of the cell upwards from the base, taking

as guides the planes and angles of the hexagons f.

In the places where we had traced the outlines of the

hexagons in vermilion the bases of the cells were to be

distinctly seen formed upon the vermilion outlines. Similar

experiments have been repeatedly tried, with the same

results.

* We black-leaded another group, with similar results.

+ There are two reasons for the density of the wax, namely, the outer

edges of the nebule are composed of smaller particles, and are therefore

more compact, also the pressure brought to bear on the planes of contact

renders the sides of the bodies still more compact.

{ A plate of wax produced by compression and in which no crystals

had formed was inserted in the hive; this the bees gnawed to pieces

and (?) utilized elsewhere,

Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax, 125

Tn places where the wax plate had been of uneven depth

or had cooled too rapidly, the comb presented an irregular

appearance, following in form the irregular hexagonal bases

beneath, the result being very distinctive and striking to the

practised eye of an apiarist.

When in a natural state the newly secreted wax is formed

into a small pendent plate, it is probable that the bees

crowding around produce the required amount of heat to

soften or to keep soft the newly deposited wax, and allow it

to cool very gradually when a few hexagonal bodies form

within the plate, and these must be soon afterwards hollowed

out and built upon. ‘The same process takes place repeatedly

against the sides of newly formed hexagons, until the comb

is large enough to suit the requirements of the bee, the sizes

of the cells being partly influenced and regulated, as above

stated, by the rapidity or otherwise of the process of cooling

of the wax, and so indirectly, as previously mentioned, by

the thickness of the cooling mass*. The size of the crystals

may be varied experimentally from those of nearly an inch

across to others of microscopic dimensions.

At the time of writing this paper we have not yet succeeded

in casting a large sheet of wax containing groups or rows of

hexagons so perfectly regular as those which are to be seen

in a natural comb or in a comb built upon the ordinary

manufactured comb-foundation. We do not pretend, even

after many experiments, to be able to cast a foundation of

hexagons with the same comparative exactitude as those

made by a bee. Although we have little doubt that we may

soon be able to do so, we cannot expect in a few limited

experiments to compete with the bee, whose seeming aptitude

is probably the outcome of ages of natural selection and

adaptation. Yet the bees still prefer to adopt our less regular

groups or rows of crystals as bases to work upon rather than

pull our wax-plate to pieces so as to recast the wax with

greater regularity.

A further outcome of our discoveries is that paraffin wax

and adulterated beeswax do not assume the same hexagonal

form as pure beeswax. We are not aware that other “ animal

fats” on cooling assume so regular an hexagonal form,

We have succeeded in producing a variety of characteristic

forms of these pseudo-crystalline bodies by the treatment of

certain waxes with other fats, oils, or waxes. ‘The analytical

* The temperature within a hive, as repeatedly measured by two self-

recording thermometers in June 1890 at Ucktield, reached 105° Fahr.,

without contact with the bodies of the bees,

126 Canon A. M, Norman on British Amphipoda.

value of these experiments we hope will prove to be very great

both directly and indirectly, and open up an immense field

of crystallography in its relation to oils, fats, and waxes.

It has also naturally oceurred to us that the formation

of certain intricate structures by other insects may be also

more or less directly due to crystalline or pseudo-crystalline

formation *.

XIV.—British Amphipoda of the Tribe Hyperiidea and the

Families Orchestiidee and some Lysianasside. By Canon

Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.BS., &e.

I PURPOSE in these notes to revise the species of British

Amphipoda, and at the same time give an account of the

Amphipoda procured during the North Atlantic Expeditions

of the‘ Porcupine,’ ‘ Valorous,’ ‘ Knight Errant,’ and ‘ Triton.’

The records of the larger number of the captures of these

expeditions will fall under the British species, but in those

instances where the species are not members of our fauna,

that which relates to them will be enclosed in brackets.

The study of this group of Crustacea has been beset with

difficulty, and in consequence of inadequate descriptions and

illustrations old records of species must, in some instances, be

received with caution. The publication of the splendid work

of Professor G. O. Sars has supplied the student with most

perfect descriptions and illustrations of the Amphipoda of

Norway, which include by far the greater part of those

known in our own fauna. If the critic is sometimes inclined

to think that occasionally there are to be found in that work

divergences described as specific which he would rather

regard as varietal, after all it is a mere matter of opinion, and

tle author has at any rate directed our attention to modifica-

tions of character which are worthy of study. In Sars’s work

we recognize a standard authority, and the arrangement there

set forth will here be followed.

I have only given references to such authors and papers as

especially throw light upon the species and their more im-

portant synonymy. By way of shortening the references to the

most frequently quoted authors, the following numbers will be

employed. In those cases where the work was included in the

list of works and papers on Isopoda lately given by me in

the ‘ Annals’ in my paper on “ British Isopoda Chelifera ”

* The cells of wasps, though hexagonal, have not the prismatic base

of the bee-cell. Analysis shows that they contain typical wax crystals.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 127

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ili. 1899, p. 317) I

have here repeated the same prefix number as was there

used :—

(1) Bare and Westwoop.—‘ History of British Sessile-

eyed Crustacea.’ 1861-9.

(137) Boeck (A.).— Crustacea Amphipoda borealia et

arctica,” Vid.-Selsk Forhand. 1870.

(138) Borck (A.).—‘ De Skandinaviske og Arktiske Am-

hipoder.’ 1872-6.

(189) Detta VALLE (A.).— Fauna und Flora des Golfes

von Neapel.’ 20. Monographie: Gammarini. 1893.

(140) Hansen (H.J.).—“ Oversigt over de paa ‘ Dijmphna ’-

Togtet indsamlede Krebsdyr,” ‘ Dijmphna ’-Togtets

zoologiske-botaniske Udbytte. 1886.

(141) Hansen (H. J.).—“ Oversigt over det vestlige Grén-

lands Fauna af Malakostrake Havskrebsdyr,” Vidensk.

fra den Naturf. Foren. i Kjébenhavn. 1887.

(71) Meinert (FR.).— Crustacea Malacostraca in Petersen’s

“ Det Videnskabelige Udbytte kanonbaden ‘ Hauchs ’

Togter ia de Danske Have indenfor Skagen

1883-86.” 1888-9.

(102) Sars (G. O.).—“ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer med

forelébege Bemerkninger over de nye eller mindre

bekjendte Arter. I.,” Vid.-Selsk. Forhand. 1882.

(104) Sars (G. O.).—‘ Norwegian North Atlantic Expedi-

tion, 1876-78,’ Crustacea, i. 1885, ii. 1886.

(142) Sars (G. O.).—‘ An Account of the Crustacea of

Norway,’ vol. i, Ampliipoda, 1890-95.

With respect to localities given, specimens are in my own

collection from all habitats by whomsoever collected which

recede the indication Mus. Nor. As at my death my col-

Deon will be deposited in the Brit. Mus. it will be known

where types and specimens thus indicated can be examined

in case of doubt attaching to species. As regards all other

habitats given, the authority for them is that of the carcino-

Jogists whose name is added.

In the case of those whose names will thus most frequently

occur, I shall employ, for brevity’s sake, their initials as

follows :—

A. M. N.—A. M. Nornan,

bD. R.—Davip Ropertson. The localities are taken from

his two papers on the Amphipoda and Isopoda of the

Firth of Clyde. (Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. il.

1888 and vol, iii. 1892.)

128 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

T. 8.—Tuomas Scott. Localities taken from his numerous

papers on the Crustacea of Scotland, for the most part

published in the Reports of the Fishery Board of

Scotland.

A.O. W.—A.rrep O. WALKER. With respect to the Crus-

tacea of the district of Liverpool and the Isle of Man, I

have depended on his ‘ Revision of the Amphipoda of

the L.M.B.C. District,’ as being the corrected list.

Most of Mr. Walker’s papers are published in the Trans,

Liverpool Biol. Assoc.; others will be referred to; but

one should be here mentioned as it does not embrace any

descriptions of species, but contains a good list of

Channel Island Amphipods : “ Report on the Schizopoda,

Cumacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda of the Channel

Islands,” by A. O. Walker and J. Hornell (Journal of

Marine Zoology and Microscopy, vol. ii. 1896.)

AMPHIPODA.

Tribe lL. Hy PERIIDEA.

Fam. I. Hyperiide.

Genus 1. Hyperta, Latreille.

(Syn. Lestrigonus, M.-Edw., 3.)

1. Hyperia galba, Montagu.

1863. Hyperia galba, B. & W. (1) vol. ii, p.12,2.

1863. Lestrigonus exulans (Kroyer), B. & W. (1) vol. u. p. 5,°d.

1863. Lestrigonus Kinahani (Bate), B. & W. (1) vol. i. p. 8, g.

1869. Hyperia galba, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland Isles,”

Brit. Assoc, Rep, for 1868, p. 286, d 2. ie

1872. Hyperia medusarum, Boeck (nec Miller), p. 79, pl, il. fig. 1.

1887. Hyperia Latreillei (M.-Edw.), Bovallius, Contrib. Mon. Amphip.

Hyperiidea, pt. 1 (Kong. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand, vol. xxi. no, 5),

p. 164, pl. ix. figs. 31-43, pl. x. figs. 1-17.

1887. Hyperia galba, id. ibid. p. 180, pl. x. figs. 25-82.

1887. Hyperia spinigera, id. ibid. p. 191, pl. x. figs. 33-39,

1890. Hyperia galba, Sars, (142) p. 7, pl. 11. & pl. ill. fig. 1.

Hab. Shetland; East of Scotland; Plymouth ; Birturbuy

Bay (A. M. N.) ; 55 miles off Valentia, Ireland, ‘ Porcupine,’

1869; Banff (7. Hdward): Mus. Nor. Firth of Clyde (A.M N.);

Anglesea (A. UV. W.); Mull (@. Brook) ; Firth of Forth (Cun-

ningham) ; St. Andrews (McIntosh) ; Loch Fyne and Moray

Firth (7. &.). |

Distrib, Arctic regions from Greenland to Murman coast,

Norway, the Baltic, west coast of France.

As | pointed out in my Shetland Report of 1863, Lestri-

gonus exulans ond Lestrigonus Kinahan of Bate and West~

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 129

wood are different stages of development of the male of this

species. Bovallius regards //yperia Latreille’, M.-Edw., as

_ a distinct species ; but I agree with Sars in considering that

the differences indicated are insufficient for specific distine-

tion, and are in a great measure dependent on the ages of the

individuals examined. Yet, further, I am unable to hold the

Llyperia spinigera, Bovallius, as entitled to specific rank.

The chief characters assigned are the spination of the two

pairs of gnathopods and the form of the uropods. With

respect to the gnathopods, I find that in young specimens of

fH, galba the spines are sparingly developed, in middle-sized

individuals they become more numerous; in large examples I

find them, as in //, spinigera (Bovallius, /.c. pl. x. figs. 34-36),

encircling the extremities of the carpus of the gnathopods

and well developed at the dorsal corners. The other points

Bovallius especially emphasizes are the short branches of the

last uropods. Now in the male sex the branches of thie last

uropods are always shorter than are those of the female (com-

pare Sars, pl. ii. fig. us and pl. il. fig. 1 us) ; and it is a male

which is the subject of Bovallius’s figures. Should other

authors disagree with my views in this matter, the female

specimens of //. ga/ba taken by me at Birturbuy Bay and the

one taken off Valentia by the ‘ Porcupine’ are, from the

character of their gnathopods, to be referred to H. spinigera.

The Cancer medusarum of Miiller’s ‘ Prodromus’ was

applied by O. Fabricius, in his ‘ Fauna Greenlandica,’ under

the name -Oniscus medusarum, to H. galba, and he has been

followed by many authors. The Metoecus medusarum (Fabr.),

Kréyer and other authors, is Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate &

Westwood*). Lastly, Bovallius, Hansen, and Sars now

consider the specific name medusarum (Cancer medusarunt,

Miller) to belong to Hyperia spinipes of Boeck. Miiller

applied the specific name to the animal described by Strém,

and they doubtless think that weight must be attached to

Strém’s description of the first two pairs of legs as “ hirsute

and fluffy, truncated at the apex.” Hyperia medusarum

(Miller) thus considered, of which the H. spinipes, Boeck,

becomes a synonym, has not yet been found in our seas.

Talitrus cyanea, Sabine, is indeed regarded as a synonym of

H, medusarum (=spinipes), but what the Hyperia cyanee

of Bate and Westwood (vol. ii. p. 521) may be it seems

* I first found this species in Shetland, and soon afterwards T. Edward

rocured it at Banff, and seut a specimen to me and another to Bate. I

recorded the specimens I had seen in my Shetland report as Metoecus

medusarum, Sy Bate and Westwood did not recognize Edward's

specimen as a known form, and described it as Hyperia tauriformis, a

name which now stands.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. i)

130 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

impossible to say. They compare it to Hyperia galba; but

the following sentence in the description of this small form,

“ rather more than three-twentieths of an inch long,” found

by Edward at Banff, is very puzzling :—“ Dactyli of three

posterior pairs of pereiopoda long, sharp, and furnished with

a bunch of cilia in the middle.”

Genus 2. HyPerocue, Bovallius.

(Syn.= Metoecus, Kroyer (in use) = Tauria, Boeck (not Dana). }

2. Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate & Westwood).

1838. Metoecus medusarum, Kroyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 288,

pl. iii. fig. 15.

1869, Metoecus medusarum, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland

Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 287.

1869. Hyperia tauriformis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 519.

1872. Tauria medusarum and Tauria abyssorum +, Boeck, (188) pp. 82

& 83, pl. i. fig. 2.

1889. Hyperoche Kréyert, Bovallius, J. ec. p. 87; Hyperoche abyssorum,

p- 94; Hyperoche Liitkeni, p. 97, pl. vil. figs. 1-26; and Hyperoche

tauriformis, p. 115.

1890, Hyperoche Kréyeri, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 9, pl. iv.

Hab. Banff (7. Edward); Shetland (A. MW. W.): Mus.

Nor. Firth of Forth; Firth of Clyde; Loch Fyne (7.

Scott) ; near. Puffin Island, N. Wales (4. O. W.).

Distrib. Faroe Channel, ‘ Triton’ Exped. (Sir J. Murray) ;

Greenland, and lat. 52° 53’ N., long. 23° 44! W., surface, in

great abundance, ‘ Valorous’ 1870: Mus. Nor. ‘The species

has an arctic range from Siberia to Greenland.

2*, [yperoche prehensilis (Bate & Westwood).

1869. Hyperia prehensilis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 540.

1885. Hyperoche prehensilis, Bovallius, System. List of Amphip.

Hyperiid. (K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. ii.), p. 19 (sep. copy).

1889. Hyperoche prehensilis, Boyallius, Contrib. &e. p. 93.

The only known example “ was taken at Banff by Mr. T.

Edward.” The characteristic feature is the subchelate

character of the posterior pairs of perzopods; but this

character Bovallius thinks may be a feature depending only

on the young stage of the animal. Indeed Fr. Miiller has

described just such a difference in the posterior perseopods

in his Hyperoche Martinezit, in which species these legs are

prehensile in the young (as in 1. prehensilis) and simple in

the adult (as in H tauriformis). It would appear therefore

that the former will probably be proved to be the young stage

+ First described by Boeck in 1870.

* I repeat the previous number here with an asterisk, because I regard

H. prehensilis as not a satisfactorily established British species ; and

similarly repeated numbers must be interpreted in the same way through-

out these papers.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 131

of the latter species. (Vide 7. Martinezii, Bovallius, 1889,

p. 107.)

Genus 3. PARATHEMISTO, Boeck.

3. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer).

1838. Hyperia oblivia, Kréyer, Grinlands Amfip. p. 70, pl. iv. fig. 19.

1869. Hyperia oblivia, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland Isles,”

Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 287.

1890. Parathemisto oblivia, Sars, (142) p. 10, pl. v. fig. 1.

It is also Parathemisto abyssorum of Boeck and Para-

themisto oblivia of Bovallius.

Hab. Shetland (A. MW. N.); Banff (T. Hdward); St.

Andrews (McIntosh); 25 miles off May Island, Firth of

Forth (Sir J. Murray): Mus. Nor. Off the mouth of the

Tees (G. S. Brady) ; Moray Firth, Firth of Forth, and 70-

80 miles off mouth of the Humber (7. S.); surface-net at

Sanda Pay, near Mull of Cantyre (/). &.) ; off Gally Head,

Co. Cork (A. O. W.); Valentia and Dingle Bay (Rev. W. S.

Green).

Distrib. Faroe Channel, ‘ Triton’ (Sir J. Murray) ;

Knevanger Fiord, Finmark (/. S. Schneider): Mus. Nor,

Norway and off Jan Mayen (G@. O. Sars); Kara Sea

(Hansen) ; Greenland (Kréyer); Bay of Biscay, 950 metres,

*Candan’ (J. Bonnier).

3*, Purathemisto gracilipes (Norman).

1863. Hyperia oblivia, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 16.

1869. Hyperia gracilipes, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland

Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 287.

1887. Parathemisto longipes, Bovallius, “Syst. List of Amphip.

Hyperiidea,” Bih, t. K. Sy, Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xi. no. 16, p. 21.

1889. Parathemisto gracilipes, Boyallius, ‘ Contrib. to Monog. Amphip.

Hyperiidea,” K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxii. no. 7, p. 268.

In 1868 I pointed out that Bate and Westwood’s H. oblivia

was not that of Kréyer; and as no other specimen has since

been found, I cannot help suspecting that Bate has described

and figured the second limb of the first gnathopods as the

second gnathopod: if so P. gracilipes may hereafter become a

synonym of Kréyer’s species.

Hab. Banff (7. Edward) *.

* In confirmation that Bate and Westwood’s figure is incorrect, it

may be noticed that the figure is taken from a specimen sent to the

authors by the late Thomas Edward of Banff. Now I have specinens of

the true P. oblivia received from him, and in T, Edward’s “ Stray Notes

on some of the smaller Crustaceans,” Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe. vol. ix. 1867,

pts. 143 and 166, we are told that “ HZ. oblivia” occurs in enormous shoals

at times in the Moray Firth, filling the rock-pools “ with literally one

living mass” and cast up on the shore as “a ridge or wall extending

more than one hundred feet in length, and varying from one to two

inches in height and breadth.”

132 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Genus 4. EuTHEMIsTO, Bovallius.

4. Euthemisto compressa (Goés).

1865. Themisto compressa, Goés, “Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsbergiam

alluentis, ete.,” GEfvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. p. 533, pl. xli. fig. 34.

1878. Lestrigonus spinidorsalis, Spence Bate, “ Two new Crustacea

from the Coast of Aberdeen,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i.

p- 411, fig. 2, and as Hyperia spinidorsalis, id. ibid. vol. ii. p. 489.

1892. Luthemisto compressa, Norman, “ Rare Crustacea on the York-

shire Coast,” ‘The Naturalist,’ p. 175.

1895. Euthemisto compressa, Sars, (142) p. 12, pl. v. fig. 2.

Bovallius has joined Huthemisto bispinosa, Boeck, with

this species ; but the remarkable spination of the propodos of

the third pereeopods (see Sars, pl. vi. fig. 2, p. 5), which

is the chief distinguishing character of that species, as indi-

cated by Sars, and as I| find in Greenland specimens of

E, bispinosa, seems to distinguish them.

Hab. Redcar, Yorkshire, in extraordinary profusion, thrown

up upon the beach, April 4, 1892 (7. H. Nelson) : Mus. Nor.

Aberdeen (Spence Bate) ; 70-80 miles E. by N. of mouth of

the Humber (7. S.).

Distrib. Davis Strait and Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875 ;

lat. 52° 33’ N., long. 26° 44’ W., and lat. 59° 16" My

long. 37° 16’ W., ‘ Valorous,’ 1875; Faroe Channel ‘ Triton,’

1882 (Sir J. Murray): Mus, Nor. Norway and Jan Mayen

(G. O. Sars).

5. Huthemisto libellula (Mandt).

1822. Gammarus libellula, Mandt, Observationes in Historiam Naturalem

et Anatomiam Comparatam in itinere Groelandia facte, p. 32.

1838. Themisto crassicornis, Kréyer, Gronlands Amfipoder, p. 295,

pl. iv. fig. 17.

1838. Themisto arctica, id. ibid. p. 29], pl. iv. fig. 16.

1869. Themisto crassicornis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 522.

1887. Euthemisto Nordenskidldi, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic

Hyperids,” ‘Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Iakttagelser, vol. iv. p. 570,

pl. xlvii. figs. 104-110.

1895. Euthemisto libellula, Sars, (142) p. 13, pl. vi. fig. 1.

It is the Themisto libellula of Goés and the Huthemisto

libellula of Bovallius.

Hab. Banff (T. Edward, fide Bate).

Distrib. Davis Strait and Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875 ;

Jan Mayen, Austro-Hungarian Exped.: Mus. Nor. In shoals

on north and east coasts of Finmark (G. O. Sars); and

Arctic region generally from Siberia to Greenland.

A good specific character by which the species may be at

once recognized is that the nail of the third and longest

pereeopods bears a comb-like set of long spines.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 133

[Luthemisto bispinosa, Boeck.

1870. Themisto bispinosa, A. Boeck, (137) p. 8.

1872. Themisto bispinosa, Boeck, (188) p. 87, pl. i. fig. 4.

1887. Euthemisto bispinosa, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,”

mo ’ Exped. Vetenskap. Iukttag. vol. iv. p. 569, pl. xlvi. figs. 97-

1890. Luthemisto bispinosa, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 2.

‘Taken by the § Valorous,’ 1875, in Davis Strait and in the

two following places in the North Atlantic: lat. 42° 8’ N.,

long. 63° 39’ W., and lat. 60° 24’ N., long. 49° 57’ W.

Also taken in the Faroe Channel by the ‘ Triton,’ 1882.

Distrib. Off Martha’s Vineyard, N.E. America (U.S. Nat.

Mus.) ; Gulf of Maine and 87 miles S. of Block Island,

N.E. America (Prof. S. I. Smith): Mus. Nor. Sars has

taken it on the coast of W. Finmark.

I entirely agree with Sars in regarding this as quite distinct

from Luthemisto compressa; the length and very peculiar

spinal armature of the third perzeopoda are evident in young

as well as old specimens. |

Fam. II. Phronimide.

c Genus PHroniMa, Latreille.

6. Phronima sedentaria (Forskal).

1863. Phronima sedentaria, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 23.

1872. Phronima sedentaria, Claus, ‘‘ Naturgeschichte der Phronima

sedentaria,” Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xxii. p. 331, pls. xxvi., xxvii.

1879. Phronima sedentaria, Claus, “ Der Organismus der Phronimiden,”

Zool. Instit. zu Wien, vol. ii. pl. ii. figs. 11-14, pls. iii.viii.

1889. Phronima sedentaria, Bovallius, “ Contrib. Mon, Amphip. Hype-

riidea,”’ Kong. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxii. p. 354, pl. xvi. figs. 1-3.

Phronima custos, Risso, P. borneensis, Bate, and P. nove-

cealandie are regarded by Bovallius as synonyms of this

species.

Hab. Taken off the S.W. of Ireland, August 1890, by the

Rev. W. 8S. Green (A. O. W.).

Distrib. Naples (Zool. Stat.): Mus. Nor. Atlantic and

Mediterranean, and it would seem also the Pacific.

Fam. III. Tryphenide.

Genus 1. TrypH#NA, A. Boeck.

7. Tryphena Malmit, Boeck.

1870. Tryphana Malmii, Boeck, (137) p. 9.

1872. Tryphana Malmii, Boeck, (138) p. 91, pl. i. fig. 3.

1887. Tryphena Nordenskioldi, Bovallius, “System, List Amphip,

134 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Hyperiid.,” Bihang till K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Hand]. vol. xi. p. 30; and

“ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,” ‘ Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Jakttag.

vol. iv. p. 573 (the male).

1888. Tryphana Boecki, Stebbing, Report ‘Challenger’ Amphipoda,

p. 1539, pl. exciv. (the male).

1890. Tryphena Malmi, Sars, (142) p. 17, pl. vii.

Tlab. Banff (7. Edward): Mus. Nor.

Distrib. It is known from Norway, the Faroe Isles, and

North Atlantic, lat. 18° 8’ N., long. 30° 5! W. (Stebbing).

[Genus 2. BRACHYSCELUS, Spence Bate, 1861.

= Thamyris, Spence Bate, 1862.

= Schnehagenia, Claus, 1871.

[ Brachyscelus crustulum, Spence Bate.

1861. Brachyscelus crustulum, Spence Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 3, vol. viii. p. 7, pl. 11. figs. 1, 2.

1862. Brachyscelus crustulum, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus.

p. 333, pl. liii. figs. 2, 3.

1887. Thamyris crustulum, Bovallius, “ Syst. List Amphip. Hyperiid.,”

Bihang till K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xi. p. 31.

1887. Thamyris mediterranea, Claus, Die Phitjecaliien, p. 60, pl. xvi.

figs. 11-18, g jun.

1888. Brachyscelus crustulum, Stebbing, Report ‘ Challenger’ Amphip.

p. 1544, pls. cxev., exevi., d. é

1893. Brachyscelus erustulum, Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France,

vol. xviil. p. 70, & woodcuts.

A young male specimen taken by the ‘ Triton’ in the

Faroe Channel in 1882, the exact locality not preserved.

Distrib. Naples (Zool. Stat.) : Mus. Nor. In stomachs of

the Tunny between the coasts of France and the Azores

(Chevreux) ; North Pacific, ‘Challenger’ (Stebbing).

The Faroe Channel specimen isa very young male. Full-

grown females from Naples, whence Claus procured the small

male which he called Vhamyris mediterranea, agree with

Stebbing’s description and figures and those of Chevreux of

B. crustulum. It also seems questionable whether 1’. globiceps,

Claus, is a valid species. The occurrence of this genus so far

north as the Faroe Channel is very interesting. It was taken

in the towing-net at a depth of several hundred fathoms. ]

[Genus 38. Lycaa, Dana.

[Lyceea robusta, Claus.

1887. Lycea robusta, Claus, Die Platysceliden, p. 63, pl. xix. figs. 2-10.

A single specimen, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, Mediterranean.

Claus’s specimens were from Messina and Naples. ]

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 135

[Fam. LV. Scinida.

[Genus Scrna, Prestandrea.

[ Seina borealis, G. O. Sars.

1886. Clydonia borealis, G. O, Sars, (102) i. p. 75, pl. iii. fig. 1.

1887. Tyro borealis, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,”

‘Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Iakttag. vol. iv. p. 551.

1887. Tyro borealis, Bovallius, “ Contrib. Monog. Amphip. Hyperiidea,

pt. 1..” Kong. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxi. p. 16.

1890. Seina borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 20, pl. viii.

Hlab, ‘ Triton,’ 1882, Faroe Channel, tow-net down to 300

fathoms (Sir J. Murray).

Distrib, Lofoten Islands, 300 fathoms; Bejan at outer

part of ‘Trondhjem Fiord, and at Hanko, Christiania Fiord,

100-150 fathoms (G@. O. Sars) ; Bay of Biscay, 960 metres,

‘Caudan’ (J. Bonnier).]

Fam. V. Lanceolida.

Genus LANcEOLA, T. Say.

8. Lanceola Sayana, Bovallius.

1885, Lanceola Sayana, Bovallius, “ Some ag rar Genera among the

Amphipodous Crustacea,” Bih. t. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. x.

no. 14, p. 7, figs. 1, la, 1d.

1887. Lanceola Sayana, Bovallius, “ Contrib. to Monog. of Amphip.

Hyperiidea,” K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxi. no. 5, p. 30, pl. iv.

figs. 1-19, pl. v. fig. 1.

Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 22, lat. 56° 8’ N., long.

13° 34' W.; south of Rockall, asingle specimen: Mus, Nor.

Distrib. North and South Atlantic (Bovallius).

This species is stated by Bovallius to be “ one of the largest

of all the Amphipoda, measuring 30-42 millim.” The ‘ Por-

cupine’ specimen is only 5 millim. long. Nevertheless, in

most essential points, such as general character, the gnatho-

pods, the structure and proportional lengths of the peraopods,

&e., it agrees with L. Sayana. ‘The lower antenne have the

penultimate joint shorter in proportion to the last, and the

telson is not quite so long as the basal joint of the last uropods.

Bovallius lays stress upon this last character as specific

throughout the genus; but age may easily make a difference

in it. In form the telson corresponds to that of L. Sayana.

[Lanceola Murray?, n. sp.

First gnathopods with a group of about six slender spines

on the posterior lobes of the meral joint; carpus, as usual,

somewhat cup-shaped, distal breadth only slizhtly excceding

greatest length, the extremity set round with slender spines ;

136 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

propodos as long as carpus and narrower at the base than the

extremity of carpus, one and half times as long as greatest

breadth, widest near the base, thence with slightly convex

margins evenly tapering to the extremity ; anterior ‘margin

bearing about four slender spines; posterior margin serrated

throughout, and bearing five or six long slender spines ; nail

equalling rather more than one-third the length of the hand,

slightly serrulated quite at the base.

Second gnathopods with carpus and manus subequal in

length, the length of neither exceeding two and a half times

the breadth, each widest at their junction with the other, the

former widening slightly distally to receive the latter; carpus

with two or three small sete on anterior border and two.

distal setee ; hand tapering from the base to the extremity,

where it-is just wide enough to receive the nail; anterior

margin with three spines and two distal ones; posterior

margin minutely serrulated throughout, with three slender

spines about the middle and two distal spines; nail nearly

straight, one-third as long as the hand, with finely serrated

edge.

First pereopods with the hand longer than the wrist, inner

margin of each with five or six small spines at about equal

distance from each other ; outer margin naked; nail long and

slender, about one-fourth the length of the hand.

Hinder pereopods with the hand somewhat longer than the

wrist; the curved dactylus and its sheath as usual in the

genus.

Telson equals two-thirds the length of the basal joint of the

last uropods ; these latter with the branches narrowly lanceo-

late, the branches of the second pair still narrower.

This appears to differ from all described species. The

first gnathopods in their less expanded wrist and propor-

tionately longer hand differ from most species, but approach

Bovallius’s figure of L. felina (if the hand were a little longer

in that species) ; the second gnathopods are most like those

of L. Sayana. Bovallius does not mention or figure in any

species the serration of the margin of hand and finger in this

gnathopod, and Lanceola Loveni is the only species in which

serration of margin of first gnathopods is recorded. The

telson and uropods are nearly as in L. serrata. L. pacifica,

Stebbing (‘Challenger’), comes nearest to L. Murrayi as

regards the gnathopods, but the telson and uropods are quite

different.

A single specimen taken by tow-net sunk to 640 fathoms in

the Faree Channel : ‘ Triton,’ 1882, Stat. 8 (AZurray).]

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 137

Fam. VI. Vibiliide.

Genus Vrprita, H. Milne-Edwards.

9. Vibilia borealis, Bate & Westwood.

1869, Vibilia borealis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 524.

1887. Vibilia Kréyert, Bovallius, “ System. List of Amphipoda Hy-

periidea,” Bih. t. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xi. no. 16, p. 8.

1887. Vibilia Kréyerii, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,”

‘Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Iakttag. vol. iv. p. 555.

1887. Vibilia borealis, Bevallius, “ Contrib. Monog. Amphip. Hy-

riidea,” K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxi. no. 5, p. 57.

1887. Vibilha Kréyeri, id. ibid. p. 58, pl. vill. figs. 18-24.

Hab. ‘Two specimens from Thomas Edward, taken at

Banff, Scotland: Mus. Nor.

Distrib. West Coast of Greenland ( Bova/lius).

On referring to Edwards’s own notes it is clear that Bate

and Westwood have erroneously applied the profusion which

Edwards saw in Parathemisto oblivia to Vibilia.

In drawing up the specific characters of C. borealis to distin -

guish it from other species, Bovallius writes :—“ As the specific

character given by Bate and Westwood is applicable to several

of the known Vibilie, the diagnosis here is taken from the

generic characters of the authors compared with the drawing.”

‘The brief diagnosis of the two species is as follows :—

The head is not rostrate.

a. The pereional segments are dorsally smooth,

aa, The fifth and sixth pay of pereipoda

are scarcely longer than the third and

fourth pairs.

aaa. The femora of the first and second

pairs of pereiopoda (7. e. the gnatho-

ods) are narrow.

1. The peduncles of the uropoda are

shorter than the rami............ V. borealis, B. & W.

2. The peduncles of the uropoda are

longer than the rami ............ V. Kréyerii, Boy.

Respecting the uropoda, Bovallius has taken the character

of V. borealis from B. & W.’s woodcut, and while he has

adopted the generic characters, in certain respects he has

taken no notice of the statement ‘* Three posterior pairs of

pleopoda with the peduncle long and the rami short and

compressed.” his description of the uropods agrees with

my specimens received from Edward, and thus does away

with the assumed difference of V. Kréyert and V. borealis.

Tribe I]. GAMMARIDEA.

Fam. I. Orchestiide,

Genus 1. TAtitrrus, Latreille.

10. Talitrus locusta (Pallas).

1861. Talitrus locusta, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 16,

1899. Talitrus locusta, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 23, pl. ix.

138 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Hab. All round our coasts in suitable places, among de-

caying weeds at high-water mark on sandy shores.

Distrib. The whole coasts of Europe from Norway south-

wards, extending to the Black Sea; Azores (Barrois) ;

Madeira (Morelet).

Genus 2. HyAug, Rathke.

(= Allorchestes, Dana, 3, =Nicea, Nicolet, 2.)

11. Hyale Nilssoné (Rathke).

1861. Allorchestes Nilssoni?, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 40.

1890, Hyale Nilssont, Sars, (142) p. 26, pl. xi. fig. 1.

It is Urchestia nidrosiensis of Kroyer.

Hab. Torquay (Stebbing) ; St. Andrews (McIntosh) ; Firth

of Clyde (D. &.) ; Berehaven, Ireland (Prof. Haddon) : Mus.

Nor. Jersey (Kehler); Firth of Forth and Loch Fyne

(7. S.) ; Liverpool district and Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.).

Distrib. Valencia, Spain (P. Antrga); Trondhjem Fiord,

Norway (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. South and West Norway

(G. O. Sars); Sweden, Denmark, West France ( Chevreuzx) ;

Azores (Barrois).

12. Hyale Lubbockiana (Bate).

1861. Allorchestes imbricatus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 43, g.

1861. Nicea Lubbockiana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 47, 9.

1876. Hyale Lubbockiana, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. meet 337, pl. xviii. fig. 2 a-d. ;

1879. Hyale Lubbockiana, id. ibid. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 396.

1890. Hyale Lubbockiana, Sars, (142) p. 27, pl. x1. fig. 2.

There has been great confusion between the species of this

genus. Boeck confused the two British species of Hyale, and

his figures of the entire animal of his Hyale Nilsson, and of

the second gnathopod of the male, “ undoubtedly,” as Sars

says, represent H. Lubbockiana.

Della Valle, with Stebbing’s and Sars’s clear definitions of

the two species before him, actually makes the H. Lub-

bockiana of Sars a synonym of his H. pontica, Rathke, which

he makes =H. Nilssoni, Rathke, and keeps H. Lubbockiana

of Bate and Stebbing as a species distinct from that of Sars !

A glance with even a hand-lens at the propodos of the

pereeopods of the true H. Lubbockiana is sufficient at once to

recognize the species on account of the two remarkable large

serrated spines with which it is armed. These spines are

shown in Bate and Westwood’s figure k, in Stebbing’s

fig. 2c, in Sars’s fig. 2, p. 7, and are even sufficiently indi-

cated in Boeck’s small figure of the entire animal of his

“ FI, Prevostti,” to show tbat the figure really represents

H. Lubbockiana. On the other hand, it is clear that the

species described by Della Valle as H. Lubbockiana cannot

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 139

be that species, inasmuch as these peculiar spines are not to

be seen on the large figures he gives of the persopods.

Hab. Bantry, treland (A. M. N.); Yorbay and Banff

(Stebbing) : Mus, Nor. Jersey and Sark (Sinel and Horne!) ;

Isle of Cumbrae (/). &.).

Distrib, South and West Norway (Sars) ; Western France

and Algiers (Chevreua).

Genus 8. OrcuestrA, Leach.

13. Orchestia littorea (Montagu).

1861. Orchestia littorea, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 27.

1869. Orchestia brevidigitata, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 497 (see

Barrois, ‘Note sur quelques points de la Morphologie des

Orchesties,’ Lille, 1887, p. 13).

1890. Orchestia littorea, Sars, (142) p. 24, pl. x.

It is also Zoalitrus tripudians of Kréyer and Orchestia

euchore of F. Miiller. B.& W. refer it to Cancer gama-

rellus of Herbst, but that author’s figure certainly does not

agree, and is in fact more like O. mediterranea. he de-

scription of Onisecus gammarellus in Pallas’s ‘ Spicilegia,’

moreover, cannot, I think, be reconciled with this species.

Hab. Diffused in suitable localities round our coasts. Like

Talitrus it is found beneath decaying seaweed, but in this

case only when the seaweed is lying on pebbles, or pebbles and

sand, and it is not found in pure sand, which is the habitat

of Talttrus.

Distrib, On the West Norwegian coast as far north as the

Trondhjem Fiord (Sars), thence southward throughout the

Atlantic coasts of Europe to the Mediterranean and Black

Sea (Czerniavsky) ; Madeira (Morelet) ; Azores (Barrois).

14. Orchestia mediterranea, A. Costa.

1861. Orchestia mediterranea, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 31.

1893. Orchestia chilensis, Dalla Valle, (189) p. 498, pl. ii. fig. 8 and

pl. xv. figs. 51-38.

1899. Orchestra mediterranea, T. Scott, Rep. Fishery Board of Scot-

land, p. 264, pl. xiii. figs. 9-11.

Hab. As yet there is no record of this species occurring on the

eastern shores of our islands, nor further north than the Firth of

Clyde on the west. Weymouth and Inverary (A. I. N.):

Mus. Nor. ‘Topsham and Exmouth Warren (Parfitt); be-

tween Fairlie and Hunterston, Firth of Clyde (7. Scott).

Distrib. Adriatic (Prof. Heller); Naples (Della Valle) :

Mus. Nor. West France (Chevreuz).

Genus 4, OrcHESTOIDEA, Nicolet.

15. Orchestoidea Deshayesit (Audouin).

186]. Orchestia Deshayesii, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 36.

1887. Orchestia Deshayesii, Th. Barrois, Note sur quelques points de

la Morphologie des Orchesties, Lille, p. 6, figs. 1-13.

140 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

1893. Orchestia Deshayesti, Della Valle, (139) p. 507, pl. ii fig. 5,

pl. xv. figs. 15-80, pl. lvii. figs. 70-78.

1893. Talorchestia Deshayesii, Chevreux, Bull. de la Soc. Zool. de

France, vol. xviii. p. 127, fig. in text.

1899. Talorchestia Deshayesii, Stebbing, “ Amphip. from Copenhagen

Mus. and other sources, Pt. 2,” Trans. Linn. Soc, 2nd ser. Zool.

vol. vii. p. 400, pl. xxx. A.

Barrois, in his paper referred to, gives very useful illus-

trations of the change of form in the second gnathopods of

the male during successive stages of growth; and Stebbing,

also in the last-quoted memoir, figures the gnathopod of a

young male.

Hab. Ryhope, Co. Durham (4. JZ. N.): Mus. Nor. Mount

Batten, Devon (Parfitt), sandy shores of North Devon (Stebbing).

Distrib. Adriatic (Prof. Heller) ; Naples (Della Valle) :

Mus. Nor. Denmark (Meinert) ; Holland (Hoek) ; Western

France (various authors) ; Mediterranean (various authors),

Black Sea (Czerniavsky). East coast of Africa (Hulgendorf).

16. Orchestoidea brito (Stebbing).

1891. Yalorchestia brito, T. R. R. “Stebbing, Sessile-eyed Crustacea,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. p. 327, pl. xv.

Hab. Woolacombe Sands, near Ilfracombe, North Devon

(Stebbing): Mus. Nor. Saunter Sands, North Devon (Steb-

bing).

Distrib. Mouth of the Gironde, France (Chevreuz).

Undoubtedly the two preceding species belong to the same

genus. That described by Stebbing was placed by him in

the genus Yalorchestia. Chevreux finding the gnathopods

of Orchestia Deshayesti in their general character corresponded

with those of O. brito, removed the former species to Talor-

chestia, and in this he has been confirmed by Stebbing.

This allocation of the forms I cannot but regard as mistaken.

To take Stebbing’s characters of two closely-allied genera :—

Talorchestia. First gnathopods subchelate in the male,

simple in the female; second gnathopods strongly

subchelate in the male.

Orchestoidea. First gnathopods simple in the male and

female ; second gnathopods strongly subchelate in male.

I am at a loss to understand how the first gnathopod male

of Talorchestia brito and Orchestia Deshayesit can be called

subchelate. ‘This expression implies a palm against which the

finger can close. Where is sucha palm in these gnathopods ?

There is a tubercle near the extremity of the hand, but if the

gnathopod possesses any grasping power I take it that it

would be by the approximation of this tubercle with another

which is situated on the wrist ; but if this is so it would make

the limb not subchelate but complexly subchelate. HExa-

Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. L41

mining my North Atlantic allied forms I find Vulorchestia

longicornis (Say) and Talorchestia meyalophthalmus (Bate)

from N.E. America (received under these names from 8. I.

Smith) to be true Zalorchestie, in which the males have the

first gnathopods subchelate and similar in structure to those

of Orchestia, and thus quite different from the two species we

are now considering. From Cadiz I have examples of

Orchestoidea Fischerit (M.-Edwards) given me by Signor

Bolivar under that name. In this species, as in those which I

here call Orchestotdea Deshayesti and Orchestoidea brito, there

is a close correspondence in the character of the first gnatlo-

pod male, which is not subchelate, for the end of the hand is

not expanded to receive the impact of the finger, but both

the hand and the wrist bear a tubercle on the margin. ‘These

tubercles may prove general throughout the genus; but

whether they exist in the type Orchestotdea tuberculata,

Nicolet, | have no means of ascertaining. It is a question

whether the two genera ought to be maintained. It is not

necessary to go beyond Stebbing’s species in the paper re-

ferred to, where in Talorchestia nove-hollandie, Stebbing, we

have a characteristic species of Talorchestia, in TI’. Deshayesit

what I take to be an Orchestoidea, and in T. tridentata,

Stebbing, an intermediate form, but one which, if the genera

are to be kept distinct, must be retained in Tulorchestia.

Fam. Il. Lysianasside.

Genus 1. NorMANION, J. Bonnier.

= Normania, Boeck (nee Bowerbank).

17. Normanton quadrimanus (Bate & Westwood).

1868. Opis quadrimana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 508.

1876. Normania quadrimana, Boeck, (138) p. 188, pl. vi. fig. 3.

1890. Normania quadrimana, Sars, (142) p. 82, pl. xiii. fig. 1.

1893. Normanion quadrimanus, J, Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du

Boulonnais, II1.,’’ Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 167.

Hab. Isle of Cumbrae, 20-25 fath. (A. AL N.): Mus. Nor.

Near Devaar Island, Firth of Clyde (7. S.).

Distrib. South and West Norway (G. O. Sars).

Genus 2. Actpostoma, Lilljeborg.

18. Acidostoma obesum (Bate),

1861. Anonyx obesus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 98.

1865. Acidostoma obesun, ey “On Lysianassa magellanica and

Amphipoda lystanassina,” Noy, Act. Soe. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3, p. 34,

pl. v.

1890. Acidostoma obesun, Sars, (142) p. 38, pl. xiv. fig. 2.

Hab. Shetland (A. MW, N.) ; Banff (7. Edward) : Mus. Nor.

Isle of Cumbrae (. #.) ; St. Andrews (McIntosh) ; between

142 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Fidra and Bass Rock, Firth of Forth (7. S.); Salcombe

(Stebbing).

Distrib. Vrondhjem Fiord, 20-40 fath. (A. MZ. N.): Mus.

Nor. South and West Norway (G. O. Sars); Bohuslin,

Sweden (Lindstrém) ; West France (Chevreux).

Genus 3. IcHNoPuS, Costa.

19. Ichnopus spinicornis, Boeck.

1860, Ichnopus spinicornis, A. Boeck, Forh. ved de Skand. Naturf.

&de Méde i Kjobenhavn, p. 645.

1867. Ichnopus calceolatus, Heller, Beit. z. Kennt. der Amphip. des

Adriat. Meeres, p. 20, pl. ii. figs. 26-28, d.

1872. Ichnopus spinicornis, Boeck, (138) p. 124, pl. ii. fig. 3, and

I. minutus, p. 126, pl. iii, fig. 7.

1890, Ichnopus spinicornis, Sars, (142) p. 40, pl. xv.

Hab. A single specimen taken off Valentia, Ireland, by the

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869 (Mus. Nor.).

Distrib, Haakelsund in Kors Fiord and 'Trondhjem Fiord,

Norway (A. M. N.); West Norway (G. QO. Sars): Mus.

Nor. This Trondhjem Fiord locality is the most northern

range as yet known to Sars. South-east of Belle-Ile, 130-

160 metr. (Chevreur); Gulf of Marseilles (Marion) ;

Adriatic ( (eller).

Genus 4. LysIANAX, Stebbing, 1888 (Rep. Chall. Amphip.).

= Lysianassa, M.-Edwards (preoccupied).

20. Lysianazx septentrionalis, Della Valle.

1861. Lysianassa Coste, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 74, 2.

1861. Lystanassa longicornis, Bate & Westwood (nec Lucas), (1) vol. i.

p- 85, d (partim) *.

1872. Lysianassa Coste, Boeck, (138) p. 118, pl. iv. fig. 1, 2.

1872. Lysianassa plumosa, id. ibid. p. 116, pl. lil. fig. 5, ¢.

1890. Lysianassa Coste, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 42, pl. xvi. fig. 1.

1893. Lysianax septentrionalis, Della Valle, (139) p. 778.

Della Valle makes it clear, in my opinion, that the above

species cannot be the Lystanassa Coste, H. Milne-Edwards.

That species is too imperfectly described and figured to be

recognizable; but it can scarcely be our northern species, as

here understood—first, because the third segment of the meta-

some is not produced in hook-like form; secondly, because it

was found among seaweeds at Naples; and Della Valle has

not met with anything like our northern Lysztanassa at

Naples. He thinks it possible that M.-Edwards’s species

may be the same as that which he has himself described

under the name Lysianassa bispinosa.

* Judging by the telson, the figures of the entire animal and of the

urosome cannot have been taken from this species. Vide Walker, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1892, p. 136.

Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 143

Hab. Asle of Skye; Moray Firth; Isle of Cumbrae ; off

Berwick ; Guernsey ; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 3, west of Bantry,

Treland, 722 fath.: Mus. Nor. Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.) ;

Isle of Mill (G@. Brook); Loch Fyne (Str J. Murray).

Distrib. West coast of Norway, in 50-100 fathoms (Sars) ;

Atlantic coast of France (Bonnier and Chevreuz).

21. Lysianar ceratinus, Walker.

Lysianax ceratinus, A. O. Walker, “ Third Report on Higher Crus-

tacea,” Fauna of Liverpool Bay, vol. iii. p. 200, pl. x. figs. 1-8.

Since the date of this publication the species has been

frequently named in Mr. Walker’s papers as Lystanax longi-

cornis (Lucas), which, however, was an erroneous assignment

of the form, as he has subsequently stated. I have consider-

able doubts as to the specific distinction of this form from

L. septentrionalis, since specimens occur apparently inter-

mediate with only a small spine point on the hinder margin of

the third segment of the metasome, instead of the large

upturned process of typical L. septentrionalis.

flab. This seems to be a much more abundant form on our

coasts than L. septentrionalis. Isleof Skye; Firth of Clyde ;

Berwick-on-Tweed ; Plymouth; Guernsey ; Strangford

Lough, Ireland; Clew Bay, Co. Mayo (A. M. N.); Va-

lentia, Ireland (A. O. W.) ; Saleombe, Devon (Stebbing) ;

Mus. Nor. Liverpool district and Jersey (A. O. W.) *.

Distrth. Several localities, west coast of France (Chevreuz).

Genus 5. Socarnes, Boeck, 1870.

22. Socarnes Vahlii (KrGyer).

1838. Lystanassa Vahlii, Kréyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 5.

1844. Anonyx Vahliit, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., 2 Reekkes, vol. i.

p- 599; Voyage en Skand. Xe. pl. xiv. fig. 1.

1872. Socarnes Vahit, Boeck, (138) p. 129, pl. vi. fig. 8.

1890, Socarnes Vahl, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 44, pl. xvi. fig. 2.

Hab, Otf Clack Rock, Isle of Cumbrae (D. 2&.) ; Firth of

Forth, very rare (7’. &.).

Distrib. Greenland; ‘ Valorous,’ 1875; Tromsé (Schnerder) :

Mus. Nor. Spitsbergen; Novaia Zemlia; Kara Sea; Ice-

land; Finmark ; northern coasts of Norway.

23. Socarnes erythrophthalmus, Robertson.

1892. Socarnes erythrophthalmus, D. Robertson, Second Contribution

towards Cat. of Amphip. and Isop. of Firth of Clyde and West

Scotland, p. 6.

1808. Sucarnes erythrophthalmus, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du

Boulonnais,” Bull. Sci. de France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 188, pl. vi.

figs. 1-10.

* Where in recent years Lystanassa longicornis has been given as a

British species there should be read instead ZL. ceratinus.

144. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Hab. Oban; Falmouth, in great abundance on dead fish

in a crab-pot (A. M. N.); Banff (7. Edward) ; Clyde (D. BR.) ;

Menai Strait (A. O. W.); Ardbear Bay Ireland (G. S.

Brady): Mus. Nor, Isle of Man and Valentia Harbour,

Ireland (A. O. W.).

Distrib. West coast of France (Chevreua and Bonnier).

Genus 6. AmBastA, Boeck.

24. Ambasia Danielssent, Boeck.

° 1861. Lysianassa atlantica, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 82.

1870. Ambasia Danielssenti, A. Boeck, (137) p. 17.

1872. Ambasia Danielsseni, A. Boeck, (138) p. 121, pl. iii. fig. 6.

1890. Ambasia Danielsseni, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 46, pl. xvii. tig. 1.

1898. Ambasia Danielsseni, Walker, “ Malacostraca from the West of

Ireland,” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc, vol. xii. p. 160.

Hab. Mr. Walker, in the last-mentioned paper, records

Ambasia as taken off the south-west of Ireland in 750 fathoms.

The specimen is preserved in the Dublin Museum of the

Royal Irish Academy.

Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, in 100-300 fathoms

(A. M. N.); West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor.

Though rare, found by Sars in several places on the south

and west coasts of Norway and as far north as Hammerfest

in Finmark.

It is not improbable that the Lystanassa atlantica, Bate and

Westwood, may be the male of Ambasia Danielsseni, the

greater length of the filaments of the antenne being a cha-

racter distinctive of the male sex. ‘The remarkable character

of the first joint of the antennules, the form of the head, the

structure of the gnathopods, all closely agree with Ambasia.

It is true that the telson is described as ‘‘ squamous and

simple ;”’ but Mr. Walker *, who has carefully examined the

type in the British Museum, says that it is not so, but “ cleft

to the base, without lateral spines, but with a terminal spine

in a deep notch in each division.” If we read “deeply cleft”

instead of ‘ cleft to the base” we have in Mr. Walker’s words

an accurate description of the telson of Ambasia; and to

complete the identity we learn further from Mr. Walker that

“the third pleon-segment has the hinder angle acute and

shortly recurved, but without a sinus.”

* Mr. Walker has done excellent service in the examination of Spence

Bate’s specimens. His two papers on the subject are :—

1. “The Lysianassides of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ Bate

and Westwood,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 134.

2. “The Amphipoda of Bate and Westwood’s ‘ British Sessile-eyed

Crustacea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 464.

The Geographical Races of the Tayra, 145

XV.—A new Bat from the Key Islands.

By Ovprie_p Tomas,

Rhinolophus achilles, sp. n.

Allied to Rh. mitratus and Lh, pisepeineiets, but the

aural and nasal membranes even more developed, the ears

suggesting those of a Nycteris, and the nose-leaf that of a

Megaderma. Nose-leaf in essential structure as in philippi-

nensis, but much larger; expansion of horizontal base of

sella very wide, its greatest breadth equalling or exceeding

the height of the vertical part of the sella, and double the

corresponding breadth in philippinensis ; it is broader poste-

riorly, tapering evenly forward, while in the allied species the

anterior and posterior breadths are more nearly equal. Horse-

shoe membrane much broader than the muzzle; terminal

nose-leaf large, not acutely pointed. Ears enormous, reaching

when laid forward nearly half an inch beyond the long

muzzle, their shape about as in philippinensis, the notch

behind the antitragus much deeper than in mitratus. Lower

lip with three grooves. Fur dark brown above, rather greyer

below. Wings to the end of the tibie. Extreme tip of tail

soma

imensions of the type (an adult male, in spirit) :—

Forearm 55:5 millim.

Head and body 55; tail 31; hind foot, including claws, 11;

head 25; ear from inner base 30; nose-leat 21 x12; sella,

height 8°5, breadth of basal expansion 8°5. Lower leg 24.

Hab. Key Islands.

Type. B.M. no. 99. 12. 4. 5.

This species may be readily distinguished from any known

Rhinolophus by the unusual development of its ears and

nasal membranes.

XVI.— The Geographical Races of the Tayra (Galictis

barbara), with Notes on Abnormally Coloured Individuals.

By OLprieLp THOMAS.

On laying out the British Museum series of the Tayra it

is seen at once that it falls readily, apart from the colour

abnormalities to be mentioned further on, into three geo-

graphical colour races—Mexican, Central American, and South

American ; and in trying to put the proper subspecific names

on each of them I find that the whole of the many technical

names that occur in the synonymy of the Tayra have been

applied to examples from Guiana, Brazil, Paraguay, or Peru,

none of them therefore being available for the two northern

Ann. & May. N. flist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 10

146 Mr. O. Thomas on the

subspecies. The latter will therefore both need new names,

as will also the small race from the Island of ‘Trinidad.

The three chief subspecies, passing from north to south,

may be briefly recognized as follows :—

1. Galictis barbara senex, subsp. n.

Head and neck white or greyish white, conspicuously different

in colour to the rest of the animal, and rather sharply separated

from the black of the shoulders. As in the South-American

form, the face is darkerthan the crown and neck, and the latter

is more or less suffused with yellow. Size rather greater than

in the next subspecies. Skull of male 109 millim. in basal

length by 76 in greatest breadth.

Hab. Hacienda Tortugas, Jalapa, Vera Cruz. Alt.

190 metres.

Type (male) B.M. no. 89. 12. 7. 4. Collected in No-

vember 1888, and received from the Mexican Museum.

(Specimen a of P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 72.)

Native name “ Cabeza de Viejo,”’ which has suggested the

technical name now given.

2. Galictis barbara biologie, subsp. n.

Head and neck brown, scarcely lighter than the back,

decidedly darker than in typica, and far darker than in senez,

the darkest-headed form therefore occurring between the two

lightest-headed subspecies. Unlike either of the other two

forms, the neck is even darker than the head, its colour

passing quite gradually into that of the back.

Skull of female 98 millim. by 63.

Hab. of type: Calovevora, Veragua, Panama. Another

specimen from Costa Rica.

Type B.M. no. 69. 7. 19. 1. Received from Mr. O.

Salvin ; collected by E. Arcé.

The name now given both commemorates the magnificent

work published by Messrs. Salvin and Godman, and also

exactly applies to the animal, as it is the Galictis barbara of

the ‘ Biologia,’ though the white-headed Mexican form is also

referred to in that work.

While considering for the present both these new forms of

the ‘'ayra merely as subspecies, as they are certainly the

local representatives of the typical G. barbara, I think it

probable that at least the northern white-headed senex will

prove to be so sharply separated from biologie as to need

specific rank. ‘The latter, on the other hand, will more

probably be found to grade into the South-American race as

further material becomes available.

Geographical Races of the Tayra. 147

So far as can be made out by the descriptions given by

different writers on the ‘l’'ayras, it would appear that senex (no

doubt the Tepeytzeuitli of Hernandez) is found over a large

part of Southern Mexico, while diologia ranges over the other

provinces of Central America.

3. Galictis barbara typica, Linn.

(Synonyms: Gulo canescens, Ill. ; Viverra poliocephala, Traill; Mustela

gulina, Wied; Gulo laira, F. Cuv.; Lira ilya, H.-Sm.; Galictis

6. peruana, Tschudi.)

Head greyish brown, paler than in biologie, darker than in

senex, neck more suffused with yellowish; line of demar-

cation on shoulders fairly evident, though not so sharp as in

senex. Breast-spot normally present.

Tayras of this type are represented in the Museum collection

by examples from many parts of South America, and all

seem very similar in colour, when normal specimens only are

examined. But two forms of abnormal coloration also occur

side by side with the normal ones, and might, in the absence

of sufficient material, have been taken for separable species

or subspecies.

One of these is a pale form, apparently a semi-albinism,

which occurs somewhat frequently and has been referred to

by Burmeister * and other authors.

In two examples of this variety in the Museum the whole

body is dull whitish, but the muzzle, some hairs at the bases

of the toes, an indistinct line down the back, and the tips of

the tail-hairs are blackish.

Another spasmodic variation is most striking, and, so far

as I am aware, quite unique. Three examples of it are in

the Museum, differing considerably among themselves, but

agreeing in the essential fact that the brightly contrasted

triangular breast-spot is reproduced again on the back in the

region of the withers. In the best marked example, from

Bogota (Child collection) the spot is similar in size, shape,

and colour to the breast-spot, but the apex of the triangle

oints towards the tail. In another example from unknown

fceality it is connected across the shoulders with the breast-

spot, so that a light ring passes right round the animal. Ina

third specimen, from the Valley of the Cauca, the dorsal spot

is only about half its size in the other two.

That this most striking variation is not a mark of specific

or subspecific distinction is shown by the fact that the

Museum possesses normal examples of G. b. typica both

from Bogota and the Cauca Valley, these specimens agreeing

absolutely in every other respect with the abnormal ones.

* Thiere Brasiliens, p. 108 (1854).

1U*

148 Mr. O. Thomas on

The occurrence of such a variation as this gives much food

for thought, especially to those who are interested in the

question as to whether species are ever developed by spas-

modic or discontinuous variation. It is evident that under

conditions of light or colour-surroundings favourable to an

animal like the normal Tayra, black with a yellow breast-

spot, the same patch on the upper surface might also prove

effective, and that individuals possessing it might gradually

crowd out the normal coloured examples. In this way,

however spasmodically produced in the first place, the

abnormal colouring might become the mark of a peculiar

race or species. That this has not as yet taken place,

however, is shown by the normal examples taken with the

others already referred to.

It would also have to be remembered that the Tayra, like

so many similarly coloured animals, is arboreal in its habits,

and that if it often crawls along, back downwards, underneath

boughs, a similar reason for breaking up the mass of the

body-colour might obtain as with the breast-spot in the

normal position. The curious yellow spot in the middle of

the back in male specimens of Bradypus offers a suggestive

parallel to the coloration of these abnormal Tayras.

In addition the Tayra of the Island of Trinidad has

become so very much smaller than that of the mainland that

it also seems to deserve a peculiar subspecific name, and may

be called

4. Galictis barbara trinitatis, subsp. n.

Size much smaller than in G. 6. typtca; skull of male

101 millim. in basal length by 67 in greatest breadth, of

female 92 by 60. Colours as in the typical form.

Hab. Trinidad. Type from the Caroni district.

Type (female) B.M. no. 99.2. 2. 1. Presented by

Henry Caracciolo, Esq.

XVII.—New South-American Mammals.

By OLpFieLp THOMAS.

Canis sechure, sp. n.

Allied in essential characters of skull and dentition to

C. griseus, Gray, and ©. gracilis, Burm., but very different

externally.

Fur short, coarse and harsh, quite unlike the soft fur of the

allied species, the hairs of the back barely 30 millim. in

length. General colour of upper surface coarsely grizzled

iron-grey, with a slight fulvous tinge; each of the longer

hairs of the back is light-coloured for its proximal third,

black for the middle third, the terminal third being white or

epee’ TP * se. SPT

new South-American Mamma!s. 149

fulvous white proximally and black terminally; the basal

part of the hair being hidden in the underfur, the visible

portion of the hairs may be said to be black with a whitish

subterminal ring. Underfur scanty, dull greyish proximally,

dull fulvous terminally. Face clearer grey, very different to

the rufous face of the allied species ; muzzle blackish ; narrow

ring round eyes rufous brown; whole of outer surface of ears

and a triangular patch behind their posterior bases bright

rufous. Upper lip white, clouded with brown opposite the

roots of the whiskers; a narrow line of rufous edging its

junction with the grey of the face. ‘Tip of chin white; inter-

ramia more or less darkened, but not, as in the allied species,

broadly black to the level of the angles of the mouth.

Centre line of throat dull white, terminated by a grizzled

grey band across the chest. Belly fulvous white; the hairs

pale fulvous to their bases, gradually becoming white mesially

and in the inguinal region. Fore limbs grizzled grey proxi-

mally in front, fulvous terminally and on their inner surfaces.

Hind limbs nearly all fulvous, darker behind and on the soles,

lighter above and in front; no blackish marking above the

heels. ‘l'ail slender, coarse-haired, coloured like the back, but

more heavily blackened ; gland-patch and terminal tuft fairly

well marked, but not so conspicuous as in griseus and gracilis.

Skull practically identical with that of the Chilla, but

perhaps slightly smaller on the average, and with rather lower

bulla. In the dentition the carnassial, both above and below,

is slightly smaller and the grinding-teeth larger than in the

allied forms.

Dimensions of the type (a male, measured in the flesh by

collector) :—

Head and body 580 millim. ; tail300; hind foot (s. u.) 120;

ear 60).

Skulls.

No, 464. 455, 456. 448. 460. 500.

d. d,. oy o (type), 2. 2.

aged. adult. adult. yg. adult.

Extreme length ............ 123 120 118 114 113 107

De De 114 11] 109 . Ls 99

Greatest breadth ............ 68 615 61 59 57 57

Length of nasals ............ 38 38 38 36 35 34

Interorbital breadth ........ 24 215 20 205 20 2

Intertemporal breadth........ 24 22 21 245 23 25

Breadth of brain-case........ 44 415 415 = 41 39 41

Palate length from henselion,, 60 58 57 57 55 53

Teeth :—

Uppercarnassial,outerlength. 106 101 98 104 10 10

Combined lengthofm.tandm.* 134 13 13 1383 1381 125

Greatest diameter of m.'.... .. T 106 = 1 105 108

Lower carnassial, length.... 11°6 12 lr. ise, it 115

M., and m., combined...... he’ 10°8 94 10 10-1 105

150 Mr. O. Thomas on

Hab. Desert of Sechura, N.W. Peru. Type from Sullana;

other examples from Amotape and Catacaos.

Type (male). Original number 448. Collected 12th July,

1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Five skins and six skulls

examined,

This fox is clearly a northern representative of C. griseus

and gracilis (which are doubtfully different from each other),

but is interestingly modified for a desert life. In this modifi-

cation it has taken on a considerable resemblance to the Old-

World jackals, just as the desert-mouse described below re-

sembles the desert-gerbilles of Africa and Asia. As a species

it may be readily distinguished from its allies by its short

coarse fur, scanty underfur, grey instead of rufous head,

bright rufous ears, less blackened chin, more fulvous belly,

and other details.

As usual in describing specimens relating to Chilian

animals, 1 have been much indebted to the excellent material

contributed to the British Museum by Mr. J. A. Wolffsohn,

of Valparaiso, and it is by the help of his specimens of the

“ Chilla” that I have been able to make out the relationship ~

of this interesting Peruvian fox.

Sciurus stramineus guayanus, subsp. n.

Mr. Simons has sent from Sapotillo and other places to the

north of the Sechura Desert a series of a squirrel answering

precisely to the description of S, Nebouasi *, Is. Geoff., and

showing that instead of being an individual variation of

S. stramineus, as had been supposed by Alston, that form,

which is characterized by a prominent white nuchal patch, is

at least locally constant. The type specimen was obtained at

Paita, perhaps sent down from the interior.

On the other hand, the typical specimens of Macrocus

Fraseri, Gray, from “ Ecuador,” agree fairly well with the

original figure of S. stramineus, Eyd. & Soul., and may be

considered to represent the typical torm of that species.

Compared with these two subspecies, the squirrel found ~

west of Guayaquil seems to form a third definable race, for

which I would suggest the above name, and would describe

as follows :-—

No white nuchal patch.

General colour of back grey, the hairs tipped with white

as in Nebouxi, quite unlike the dark colour of typtcus; rump

and base of tail orange-rufous; nose white; face brown,

finely sprinkled with yellowish; ears grizzled brown and

* References to all the names here quoted are given by Alston, P. Z. 8,

1878, p. 664,

new South-American Mammals. 151

white. Arms and legs like back ; wrists and ankles rufous ;

hands and feet blackish. Under. surface dark brown, the

chest and middle line of belly prominently grizzled with

whitish. Tail, as usual, broadly washed with white.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 270 millim. ; tail 310; hind foot (wet) 57;

ear (wet) 26.

Hab. of type, Balzar Mountains, on the Upper Palenque

River, W. Ecuador. Another specimen from Chongon

(Simons).

Type (male). B.M. no. 80. 5. 6. 81. Collected by

Mr. Illingworth.

The three races now recognized may be briefly distin-

guished as follows :—

S. stramineus typicus.—General colour dark; no nuchal

patch. Under surface dark brown.

S. s. Nebouxti.—General colour light; a nuchal patch.

Under surface pale grey.

S. s. guayanus.—General colour pale; no nuchal patch.

Under surface brown, grey mesially.

Phyllotis gerbillus, sp. n.

A small species, not unlike a Peromyscus in general pro-

portions, with typical desert-coloration, such as is found in

many Gerbilles ; quite unlike any Neotropical species hitherto

described.

Size rather larger than in Mus musculus. Fur soft, sleek

and shiny, the hairs about 5-6 millim. long on the back.

General colour of head and back elear sandy fawn, rather

variable in tone, but on the whole very similar to that of the

Egyptian Gerbillus gerbillus. Individually the hairs are

slaty at their bases, then whitish, with their visible ends

fawn, finely tipped with blackish. Ears proportionally large,

pale grey. Under surface wholly pure white, the line of

demarcation fairly well marked, and so high that the white

includes the whole of the limbs, fore and hind, from the

shoulders and hips downwards, the fawn not extending on

to the limbs at all. ‘Tail fairly well haired, faintly pencilled,

wholly white, or the median line above slightly darker.

Skull practically a miniature of that of Ph. Haggardi, but

the zygomata rather more widely expanded.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :—

Head and body 82 millim.; tail 90; hind foot (s. u.) 20;

ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 24; basilar length 18; zygomatic

152 Mr. O. Thomas on

breadth 12°3; nasal length 9°5; iuterorbital breadth 4;

palate Jength from henselion 10; diastema 6; palatal fora-

mina 5°6; length of upper molar series 3°5.

Hab. Piura, N.W. Peru, alt. 50 m. Other specimens

from Catacaos.

Type (female). Original number 496. Collected 12th April,

1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons, Several specimens ex-

amined,

The nearest ally of this striking little mouse is Phyllotis

Haggardi, which is half as large again and of a general grey

colour.

The present is the first record of true desert-coloration in

South America, and even in the desert-regions of western

North Ameiica the only specimens at all approaching Phyllotis

gerbillus that I have seen are some of the paler examples of

Peromyscus Gambeli.

Rhipidomys venustus, sp. ni.

Of about the same size as Rh. venezuela, with which it

occurs, but distinguished by its slate-mixed belly, more bushy

tail, darker coloration, and slightly different skull.

Fur thick and close, not very long, the hairs of the back

about 8 millim. in length. General colour above rufous

fulvous, of a much deeper tone than in LA. venezuele, the

head and fore-quarters more fulvous, the posterior back

daiker and more rufous. Sides with a brighter rufous edging

to the belly. Under surface from chin to anus slaty white,

the basal halves of the hairs slaty, their tips dull white, line

of demarcation on sides not sharply defined. Eyes without

darker rings round them. Ears fairly well-haired, dark

brown, darker than in the allied species. Hands dull white

above, with a slight metacarpal darkening ; feet with these

colour-contrasts more strongly marked, back of heel dark

brown, and a decided patch of dark brown on the terminal

part of the metatarsus ; proximal part and sides of metatarsus

and upper surface of toes yellowish white. Tail long, well-

haired, pencilled at tip, the terminal hairs 12-15 millim. in

length, uniformly dark brown throughout.

Skull with a narrower interorbital space than in Rh. vene-

zuele, Nasals also narrowing more rapidly behind, their

breadth at about half their length being about 2°5 millim., as

compared to 3:0 or 3°2.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 121 millim. ; tail 151 ; hind foot (s. u.) 24°8.

Skull: greatest length 33°5; basilar length 26; greatest

breadth 18°2; nasals 12%3°7; interorbital breadth 4°3;

new South-American Mammals. 153

brain-case 17°56 13°5; palate length from henselion 131 ;

diastema 87; palatal foramina 6°6x2°5; length of upper

molar series 5.

Hab. Merida. Type from ‘ Las Vegas del Chama,” alt.

1400 m.

Type (female). B.M. no. 99. 12.1.1. Collected 14th July,

1896, by S. Bricefio.

Three skins of this species have been lying for some time

among Sr. Bricefio’s specimens of Rh. venezuela, to which I

had supposed them to be referable. Now, however, a closer

examination shows that they belong to quite a different

species, distinguished by the characters above mentioned.

NEACOMYS, gen. nov.

Type. Oryzomys spinosus, Thos. P, Z. 5. 1882, p. 105.

Further knowledge of South-American Muride having

failed to reveal any species of “ Oryzomys” intermediate

between the Acomys-like ‘ Hesperomys” sptnosus described

by me eighteen years ago and the ordinary soft-furred species

of Oryzomys, I now think it advisable to give that anomalous

form a special generic name.

To the cranial characters described previously it may be

added that the skull is low and broad, the supraorbital

edges distinctly but not excessively beaded, the interparietal

of medium size, the bulle small, and the palatal foramina are

unusually short. ‘lhe molars are of typical Oryzomys structure,

but are small in proportion to the general size of the skull.

Neacomys spinosus tenuipes, subsp. n.

Very similar to N. s. typicus in general appearance, spini-

ness, and colour, but the general tone rather less vivid, the

back darker, and the sides shading off into fulvous rather than

rufous. Belly-hairs pure white or dull white, not slate-based,

though this latter characteristic proves to vary in N., s. typicus.

Feet very much smaller than in typtcus, averaging about

2 millim. shorter, and very markedly more slender than in

that form.

ceemticenei of the type (an adult female, measured in

skin) :—

Head and body 76 millim. ; tail 93; hind foot 20; ear 12.

Hab. Guaquimay, near Bogota. Also from “ Quebrada

negra ’’ and “ Magdalena Valley.”

Type. B.M. no. 99. 10. 4. 74. Collected by G. D. Child,

16th January, 1896. Five specimens examined.

Five specimens of the typical form from Peru have the

hind feet 22°2, 22-2, 22°4, 22°6, and 23 millim.; the longest

foot among the Bogota series is 20°5 millim. in length.

154 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLLOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Rhopalocera Lthiopica, Die Tagfalter des Aithiopischen Faunen-

gebietes. Hine systematisch-geographische Studie. Von Cur.

Avrivittivs. Mit 6 Tafeln. Der Konigl. Akademie der Wissen-

schaften vorgelegt den 8 Juni 1598. (Kongl. Svenska Veten-

skaps-Akademiens Handlingar, Bandet 31, No. 5.) Stockholm,

1898 (correctly, 1899). Pp. 561.

Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. Von Dr. ARNoLD

Pacsnsrecnrr. Erster Theil: Die Tayfulter. Mit 2 color, Tafeln.

(Zoologica, Heft 27.) Stuttgart, 1899. Pp, 160.

Orthopteren des Malayischen Archipels, gesammelt von Prof. Dr. W.

Kvxentuar in den Jahren 1893 und 1894, bearbeitet von BRUNNER

von WarrenwyL, unter Beriicksichtigung neucr verwandter Species.

Mit fiinf Tafeln. (Abhandl. d. Senckenberqischen naturforschenden

Gesellschaft, Band xxiv. Heft 2.) Frankfort-on-Main, 1898,

Pp. 193-288.

A prominent feature of learned Transactions and other Conti-

nental scientific publications in quarto is the encouragement which

they offer to the issue of large and important works on Ento-

mology, which would otherwise perhaps never sce the light, and

which are often accompanied with more fitting illustrations than

would be possible on octavo plates, which are frequently too small

to represent large insects properly. We have grouped three such

publications together in the present notice.

Sweden has always been prominent in the study of African Lepi-

doptera. Many species from North, West, and South Africa are

described in Linné’s ‘Systema Natur’; andthe papers by Wallen-

gren and Zeller on the species collected by Wahlberg in Caffraria,

and published just about the time when Mr. Trimen first went out

to the Cape, may be said to have inaugurated a new era in our

studies. And now Prof. Aurivillius has given us a synopsis of the

butterflies of the whole of Aithiopic Africa and Madagascar,

numbering at present 1612 species—a total sure to be largely

increased every year, especially now that his book has rendered

the determination of species so easy. ‘The Hesperlide are not

included, being regarded as a separate group from the more typical

butterflies.

The book is published in German, as being better known to ento-

mologists in general than Swedish. It could hardly be expected

that the species, except novelties, should be described in full ;

we are, however, not only given synopses of families and genera,

but often even of the species in the different genera, such synopses

being, in most cases, sufficient for identification.

Before completing his work, Prof. Aurivillius made a tour to

inspect the various collections containing African butterflies, visiting

Denmark, Germany, Austria, Holland, Belgium, and England ; but

we regret that he does not appear to have met Mr. Trimen.

A classified list of 142 works on African Lepidoptera, arranged

geographically, will be found very useful.

Bibliographical Notices. 155

There is much general matter at the beginning and end of the

work, including several tables of geographical distribution.

Dr. Arnold Pagenstecher, of Wiesbaden, is as well known to ento-

mologists as his cousin is known to the outside world as an oculist;

and the publication before us is an elaborate monograph of the

butterflies of an interesting part.of the Papuan fauna, some of the

islands of which were visited by the French exploring expeditions

about 60 or 70 years ago, when various butterflies were collected

there. At that time, some of the islands were known as New

Britain and New Ireland, but they have received other names

since they came into German hands, It is not to be expected that

so distant and outlying a fauna should contain many species which

are also found in Europe: the only species that strikes us, on

glancing through the paper, is Plebeius beticus ; but this is rather an

outlying European representative of a tropical group than a specially

European species. ‘The present paper on the Butterflies is to be

followed, later, by another on the Moths, which entomologists will

doubtless look forward to with much interest.

The third work on our list relates to the Order Orthoptera, and

consists of lists of species captured in Batchian, Borneo, Celebes,

Halmahera (otherwise called Gilolo), Ternate, and Java, with de-

scriptions of numerous new species; and tables are given of the

species included in some of the genera, The descriptions strike us

as being, in many cases, rather too short to be quite sufficient for

identification ; but the measurements are carefully given in all

cases, and a considerable number of species are figured, sometimes

the whole insect, and sometimes only a leg or pronotum. This work

will be very useful to students of Orthoptera, who, however, we fear

are not too numerous at present.

New Zealand Moths and Butterflies (Macro-Lepidoptera), By G. V.

Hvepson, F.E.S. (Author of ‘An Elementary Manual of New

Zealand Entomology’). With 13 Plates. 4to. 1898. West,

Newman, & Co. Pp. xix, 144.

Tue Fauna of New Zealand, as might be expected from its outlying

position, is comparatively poor, but extremely interesting from the

nuiber of indigenous species absolutely peculiar to the islands. As

regards Lepidoptera, the first attempt to bring together the scattered

information existing on the subject was made by Dr. A. G. Butler

in 1874, who included an account of the order in the “ Voyage of

the ‘ Erebus’ and *‘ Terror,’” enumerating 318 species. Of these,

132 were Macro-Lepidoptera, and are represented by 234 species in

Mr. Hudson’s work, the number of species detected in New Zealand

having been nearly doubled by the present time. Consequently we

shall probably be not very far wrong if we assume the total number

of New Zealand species now known to be about 600, which at a

moderate estimate we may expect may ultimately be raised to 800, or

perhaps even 1000. The majority of these are moths. Of butterflies

Dr. Butler enumerates 9, of which one at least is very doubtful ;

Mr. Hudson admits 15, and mentions 5 other reputed species, 3

156 Bibliographical Notices.

being possibly indigenous and the other 2 accidentally introduced

European species. Of the 15, 1 (Anosia erippus, Cram.) is intro-

duced, 5 are Australian, and the remaining 9 (or 10 if Chrysophanus

Feredayi, Bates, is distinct from C. salustius, Fabr.) are species

absolutely peculiar to New Zealand.

There is a brief but useful introduction dealing with Metamor-

phosis, Anatomy, Origin of Species, Classification, and Geographical

Distribution. In Classification Mr, Hudson follows Mr. Meyrick’s

system, of which we need only say here that it is too soon yet to

predict how far its innovations are likely to be ultimately accepted

by entomologists, especially as regards the propriety of placing the

butterflies in the middle of the moths, instead of as a perfectly sepa-

rate group. Even as regards the Hesperiide (which, by the way,

are not represented in New Zealand) the connecting links between

butterflies and moths are so few and uncertain that it appears to

many entomologists that to place the butterflies in the middle of

the moths is an innovation only likely to further increase the diffi-

culties of a satisfactory classification of Lepidoptera, which has been

recognized for the last century as one of the hardest problems of

entomology.

All the species known to the author are figured, the original

descriptions of others being copied, and full information is given

about habits, localities, food-plants, distribution, &c. An Appendix

by Florence W. Hudson contains a brief descriptive list of plants

mentioned. The first two plates are plain, dealing with structure

and neuration, the third includes coloured figures of larve and

pup, and the remainder are devoted to perfect insects. The large

size of the plates is a great economy in allowing a considerable

number of figures to be inserted on one plate. We find as many as

fifty-two figures on plate viii., which is devoted to ‘‘ Notodontine,”

which all lepidopterists will recognize as Geometride, an innovation

for which Mr. Hudson is not responsible, but which is likely, we

are afraid, to remind many entomologists of an uncomplimentary

expression which sometimes occurs in Euclid.

In some respects we think that Mr. Hudson should have given

fuller information, especially as his book is intended for use in a

country where entomological libraries cannot always be easy of

access. We think the dates of all the references should have been

given throughout, and not only occasionally, and the references

themselves should have been fuller. It is not sufficient under

Sphinx convolvuli, L., to quote merely Protoparce distans, Butl.,

without any clue to where the insect is described and figured, nor

any remark whatever on the characters which led Koch and Butler

to consider the Australian and New Zealand form of the insect

distinct from the European. The references are :—

Sphinx roseofasciata, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 54 (1865).

Sphinx distans, Butl. Lep. N. Zealand (Voy. ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror’),

p- 4, pl. ii. fig. 11 (1874).

There is an extraordinary error on p. 104, where Hypolimnas

bolina, L., is placed in the genus Anosia, as if it was congeneric

Pes

Bibliographical Notices. 157

with A. ertppus, Cram., the two butterflies belonging to different

subfamilies of the Nymphalidae. :

It is interesting to note that Mr. Hudson thinks the well-known

“vegetating caterpillar” of New Zealand will prove to be that of

Porina Mairi, Buller, and not of Hepialus virescens, Doubl. (We

cannot understand why Mr. Meyrick and Mr. Hudson should con-

tinue to place an insect so dissimilar from the European types of

Hepialus in the same genus.) Mr. Hudson has already pointed out

(‘ Entomologist,’ xviii. p. 36) that the larva of ‘‘/7.” virescens lives

in the stems of trees, and never goes beneath the ground even to

pupate; and in the present work he remarks :—“ The real point to

be discovered is the precise species of Lepidoptera this caterpillar

would develop into if not attacked by the fungus; but at present

no definite information has been obtained on the subject.” We do

not remember that very much has been published on the “ Vege-

tating Caterpillar” of late years, and we are sorry that Mr. Hudson

has no more definite information to give us respecting it; and it is

rather a pity that he has not given a detailed account of the cater-

pillar, accompanied with one or more figures, in the present work.

The Butterfly Book, a Popular Guide to a Knowledge of the Butter-

flies of North America, By W. J. Horzanp, Ph.D., D.D., LL.D.,

Chancellor of the Western District of Pennsylvania ; Director of

the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. ; Fellow of the Zoological

and Entomological Societies of London; Member of the Entomo-

logical Society of France, &c. With48 Plates in Color-photography,

reproductions of Butterflies in the Author’s collection, and many

text-illustrations presenting most of the species found in the

United States. New York: Doubleday & McClure Co., 1848;

new edit. 1899. Roy. 8vo. Pp. xx, 382; col. pls. 48.

Tuts is the first approximately complete and practical manual of

the Butterflies of North America; for the older publications on

the subject are necessarily both obsolete and very incomplete, and

most modern books deal only with the fauna of a limited district,

and are usually insufficiently illustrated, or else are so costly as

to be far beyond the reach of the ordinary student. So great was

the need of such a book as Dr. Holland’s that many of the

entomologists of the United States and Canada eagerly bought it

on its first appearance, in many cases almost before it had got

into the market at all; and the first edition was nearly exhausted

in less than a month after publication, as if it had been a new

novel by a popular author; but, we imagine, a quite unprecedented

event in the history of any entomological book.

Hitherto Dr. Holland has chiefly been known to entomologists

by his papers on African Lepidoptera, but he has not neglected

those of his own country, and has had the good fortune to be able

to form one of the most complete collections and libraries in North

America relating to the subject. The present volume contains over

a thousand coloured figures, a large proportion taken from the actual

typical specimens, and no less than 150 species are here illustrated

158 Miscellaneous.

in colour for the first time. With exceptions noticed below, every

species of butterfly found on the continent of North America from

the Gulf of Mexico to the Arctic Circle is thus illustrated. Five of

the earlier plates are devoted to larvee and pupe.

There are also nearly 200 plain illustrations in the text, illustrating

details of the earlier stages of butterflies, apparatus, neuration, &c.,

and Megathymus yucce. The author adds that there are about 125

other species, chiefly Hesperiidae, which have not been mentioned ;

but we may take it that these are obscure and little-known species

occurring in out-of-the-way parts of the country, and that, as

regards all the more accessible parts of North America, his book

may be relied upon as practically complete. We regret, however,

that the omitted species should not have been included in an

appendix, however brief—were it only a mere list of names.

The letterpress is divided into three sections. The Introduc-

tion contains four chapters on the Life-history and Anatomy of

Butterflies; the Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens ;

the Classification of Butterflies; and Books about North-American

Butterflies.

The bulk of the book consists of descriptions (necessarily, but not

unduly, brief) of the Butterflies of North America north of Mexico,

thus covering the whole ground up to the boundaries of Messrs.

Godman and Salvin’s ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ The arrange-

ment followed is Nymphalide (including Libytheme), Lemonude,

Lycenide, Papilionide (including Pierine), and Hespertide (including

Megathymine). Scattered through the book are various digressions

and quotations, poetical and other.

We hope that the author will carry out his intention of continu-

ing his work by a book on the Moths of North America likewise,

for such a work would be of still greater scientific and general

value than even that before us.

Dr. Holland appears to have done his work very well, and we

hope that it will also be appreciated on this side of the Atlantic,

for there are surely many British and European entomologists who

will be glad of an opportunity of making themselves acquainted

with a fauna which presents such a remarkable resemblance to

our own; though, apart from the presence of some purely American

or representative forms, the proportion which the number of species

of the various groups bears to each other in Europe and North

America is often strangely different ; for example, the Satyrina,

which form the bulk of the middle-sized butterflies in Europe, are

very poorly represented in North America.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Ceroplastes africanus (Family Coccide).

By E. E. Green, F.E.S.

Tue following is an extract from a letter I have received from

Mr. E. E.Green. I think I shall best fulfil his wishes by publishing

it as it is. Cuas. O, WATERHOUSE.

Miscellaneous. 159

“ Prof. Cockerell has drawn my attention to the fact that he

published a description of a Ceroplastes egharum (from W. Africa)

in the ‘ Entomologist * of May 1899. He has also sent me typical

examples of the insect, which show me that it is identical with my

C. africanus (var. cristatus){ Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, iv. p. 190),

Prof. Cockerell in his description gives the number of antennal joints

as six only, but he particularly mentions that his specimens were

not in very good preservation. ..... I should be greatly obliged

if you would send a short note to the ‘ Annals and Magazine’ to

correct the name.” E. Ernest Green.

On the Lateral Cephalic Organs of Glomeris.

By N. pe Zoerar.

The celebrated German anatomist Francis Leydig has depicted, on

one of the plates accompanying his unfinished work ‘ Ueber den Bau

des thierischen Korpers,’ published in 1864, a head of Glomeris, having

on its lateral walls two horseshoe-shaped organs presenting in their

interior a somewhat considerable cavity which communicates with

the outside by means of a very narrow longitudinal slit. Leydig

has shown that the internal wall of these organs is very thick, that

it is innervated by a branch coming from the neck in the region of

the optic trunk, and hence that these structures ought to be looked

upon as organs of sense.

Following Leydig, the Hungarian zoologist Cémisvary described

the same organs in several myriapods without giving a more detailed

account of them; it is by the name of Cémdsvary that they are

to-day designated. The French zoologist Saint-Rémy and the

German entomologist Curt Hennings so call them, the latter having

given a description of their histology in the third number of the

‘Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft naturforschenden Freunde zu

Berlin’ for the year 1899.

In my article on the relationships of the Arthropoda, published in

1392 in the ‘Comptes Rendus du Congrés international de Zoologie,’

I pointed out what great morphological interest these organs

possess, especially if they are compared with the embryonic cephalic

grooves of other myriapods, of some insects and crustaceans, and with

the cephalic organs of some annelids, for example the Capitellide.

Unfortunately Glomeris is very rare in Russia and only met with in

the south-western portion of the empire ; it was not therefore until

the summer of 1898 that, through the kindness of M. E. Bouvier,

Professor at the Jardin des Plantes, I was able to obtain enough

material for my researches. I then received specimens of Glomeris

marginata which M. Bouvier had collected in the forests in the

neighbourhood of Dieppe. Every animal composing two successive

consignments had perished during the long journey from Dieppe to

Moscow ; but a third batch sent after the great heat of the summer

arrived safe and sound at Moscow, and provided me with material

for my researches.

The lateral cephalic organs of Glomeris have a very curious and

160 Miscellaneous.

original structure. Herr Hennings has shown that the thickness of

the inside wall of these structures consists of sensitive epithelial

cells, the nuclei of which are found in the proximal parts, while the

more superficial layers contain some small granules in the proto-

plasm of tbe cells. Herr Hennings rightly considers the cells of

this wall of the organs to have a nervous function ; those which he

represents in his figure 2, and which he calls cells of the sensitive

epithelium, are glandular cells. he structure of the internal wall

in question of the lateral organ is considerably complicated.

The wall consists of very abundant glandular cells, which com-

municate by means of very narrow canals with the bottom of the

cavity of the organ; on the chitinous surface of the bottom minute

pores even may be made out through which the secretion of the

cells enters the cavity of the organ.

Besides the glandular cells there are to be seen in the still more

proximal layers not far from the cells of the adipose tissue large

ganglionic cells, which are prolonged at their proximal ends into

the nerves which spring from the main nerve of the organ, while at

their distal extremities they are drawn out into long terminal

nervous filaments; these filaments, which can be well seen when

examined by Ramon y Cajal’s method, reach the chitinous layer

and sometimes raise it, forming littlecushions. If a section is made

parallel to the surface of the cavity, it can be distinctly seen that

each terminal filament, which has here a structure recalling the

rhabdomeres in the sense-organs of Arthropoda, is surrounded by

the canals of glandular cells. The latter form polygonal figures’

recalling the meshes in tulle net, and in the centre of the meshes

a nervous filament ends.

Between the canals of glandular cells very abundant concretions

are found ; these stain with all the colouring reagents and remain

after boiling in caustic potash.

The combination of glandular and sense-cells and their structure

strongly recall olfactory organs, and I think that one ought to attri-

bute such a function to the organs in question.

The structure as well as the evident function of the lateral

cephalic organs of Glomeris approach those of the cephalic organs of

segmented worms. If we remember that Peripatus retains traces

in its adult stage of the cephalic organs well developed in the embryos

and young examples, and that several other arthropods present in

their development traces of remarkable cephalic organs, if we recol-

lect, again, that the relationship between the segmented worms and

the arthropods through the link furnished by Peripatus becomes

more and more evident, we can evolve the hypothesis that the lateral

cephalic organs of Glomeris are homologous with, and even perhaps

analogous to, the cephalic organs of annelids—Comptes Rendus,

t. cxxix. (1899) pp. 504-506.

Ann.&. Vay. Nat Hist.S.7 Vol V.PLT

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 26. FEBRUARY 1900.

XVIII.—On the Nephridium of Nephthys ceca, Fabr. By

Francis Huen Stewart, M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory,

St. Andrews.

{Plates II. & III.]

DurinG the summer of 1899, while working at the Gatty

Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, it was suggested to me by

Professor M‘Intosh that, in view of the wonderful supply of

living material obtainable in St. Andrews Bay, it might be

profitable to continue the work of Mr. Edwin Goodrich on

the nephridium of Nephthys (Q. J. M.S. no. 157). In so

doing I have been able to confirm Mr. Goodrich’s results

in all points except one—the position of the organ relative

to the blood-vessels, This, as described and figured by him,

is briefly as follows:—The ciliated organ lies in the angle

between the dorso-ventral vessel and the branch 2 (PI. IT.

fig. 1) ; the nephridial tube passes down the dorso-ventral and

along the branch y, the solenocyte-bearing tuft resting in

the angle between the dorso-lateral and the branch «.

After a most careful examination of the subject, I have

come to a different conclusion. The ciliated organ rests, not

between the dorso-ventral and a (PI. IL. fig. 1), but at the

junction of the ventro-lateral, the dorso-ventral, and y; the

solenocyte-bearing tuft lies in the angle between the ventro-

lateral and the dorso-ventral, not between the dorso-lateral

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. ll

162 Mr. F. H. Stewart on the

and a; while the nephridial tube runs along the branch (y)

which passes to the vascular tuft (c.p) (not figured by

Goodrich), and does not in any part of its course touch the

dorso-ventral.

The Excretion of Solid Matter and the Function of the

Ciliated Organ.

In examining under the microscope a nephridium which

has been carefully dissected out from a hardened specimen,

the nephridial canal will be seen as a conspicuous green tube

lying along the blood-vessel y (Pl. II. fig. 2) on its outer and

posterior side. Up this blood-vessel it runs until it reaches

a point opposite the base of the ciliated organ; here it bends

sharply round in front of y, passes across to the ventro-lateral

branch, and forming a semicircle round this, it appears on the

posterior and inner side of the ciliated organ, where it termi-

nates in the solenocyte-bearing tuft (Pl. II. fig. 2, s.t.).

It is the portion of the tube between the ventro-lateral and

y that demands special attention, for here alone is it in close

contact with the ciliated and grooved side of the ciliated

organ. Indeed it here forms a miniature barrier at the exact

point where the grooves and the streams induced by the ciliary

action converge (figs. 3 & 4).

The importance of this disposition is extremely well illus-

trated by placing a living nephridium in a drop of sea-water

laden with carmine particles. “The red grains may be seen

carried by the currents down the grooves of the ciliated organ,

and deposited against the barrier of the nephridial tube until

a solid mass is formed.

Again, I observed that the yellow-green coloration caused

by the presence of excretory matter in the walls of the tube

extends only as far as the ventro-lateral vessel (b, Pl. IT.

fig. 8), and is not continued up to the solenocyte-bearing tuft.

These considerations suggested that it would be in the

short stretch of the tube between the ventro-lateral vessel and

y that solid excretory matter would be taken up.

The following facts appear to confirm this view :—

(1) When a nephridium is extracted it may be noticed

that there is always present against this barrier a mass of

phagocytes from the coelomic fluid filled with yellow-green

excretory matter (figs. 3 & 5). ‘These are evidently carrying

waste products to this part of the tube, and I have actually

observed one of these cells entering the wall at this point

(Pl. III. fig. 4, p).

Nephridium of Nephthys exca, Fubr. 163

(2) In specimens injected with powdered carmine (in sea-

water) the phagocytes laden with the grains collect here,

forming a prominent scarlet mass; but only in one case have

I found a carmine granule in the wall of the tube.

Before describing the process of excretion some notice of

the coelomic fluid is necessary.

Floating free in the fluid are found two varieties of

cells :-—

(1) Cellsof highly granular appearance (PI. IIL. fig.6), which

usually present a rounded form, but on careful inspection

prove to be ameeboid. In some there is the appearance of a

firm ectosare or cuticle, in others small bud-like outgrowths

occur, and in several cases I have found them in a state of

degeneration when loaded with excretory matter (Pl. III.

fig. 8). These cells are the phagocytes already referred to,

In almost every case they contain the characteristic yellow-

green matter, and in injected specimens are filled with carmine

grains.

(2) Oval cells of clear protoplasm (PI. ILL. fig.7). At the

narrower end occurs a clear highly refractive nucleus. These

cells do not appear to be concerned in excretion, and I have

never observed any foreign bodies in them. They are iden-

tical in appearance with the corpuscles of the blood,

To sum up, the process of excretion appears to be as

follows :—

Whenever a particle of solid excretory matter appears in the

coelom it is immediately engulfed by one of the phagocytes.

This, when it has become sufficiently loaded, passes into the

neighbourhood of the ciliated organs, either by its own

amceboid motion or by the agency of the currents raised by

the cilia. Here it is swept down one of the grooves, and joins

the little mass of its fellows raised against the barrier of the

nephridial tube. Partial degeneration now sets in, and the

phagocyte appears to bodily enter the protoplasmic wall of

the canal (PI. III. fig.4, »), carrying the foreign matter with it.

The latter then passes out either by the lumen of the canal,

assisted by the cilia, or by passing along through the wall

itself.

The whole nephridium is in a state of constant motion, the

ciliated organ swaying up and down, the tube also moving

upward and downward on the blood-vessels to a limited

extent. ‘These movements no doubt facilitate the ingestion

of refuse into the tube, bringing different parts of it into action

consecutively.

Ii*

164 On the Nephridium of Nephthys ceca, Fabr.

I have not been able definitely to determine whether the

solid excretory matter before being transferred to the nephri-

dial tube is dissolved by the phagocyte or not; but most of

the evidence suggests that it is. The green matter in the

walls of the canal has the appearance of minute droplets

rather than of solid granules, while only in one case have I

been able to detect a solid carmine particle in the wall, not-

withstanding the fact that great masses of carmine were raised

against it by the action of the ciliated organ. In addition,

the process at this point is extremely slow—specimens which

I have allowed to live for several days after injection still

showed great masses of carmine-laden phagocytes at the

barrier, although there were none free in the ccelom. This

delay seems to point to something more complicated than

simple transference of solid particles.

The importance of the above process can only be fully

appreciated by noting the resemblance to that in the Gly-

ceride, as described by Mr. Goodrich (Q. J. M.S. no. 163).

Indeed, if we substitute for the nephridial sac of Glycera the

short stretch of the nephridial tube between the ventro-lateral

vessel and y, the processes are largely identical. ‘This portion

of the tube is evidently the physiological equivalent of the

sac. Morphologically it is also easy to connect the two

organs, the tube-barrier of Nephthys having broadened and

become cup-shaped, while the ciliated organ has grown in as

a lining, forming a much more efficient lodgment for the laden

phagocytes while discharging their burdens than the more

primitive apparatus in Nephthys (Q. J. M.S. no. 163, p. 446).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES II. & IL.

Reference letters.

d. Dorsal blood-vessel. c.p. Vascular tuft.

v. Ventral blood-vessel. neph.tube. Nephridial tube.

dl. Vorso-lateral. c.o. Ciliated organ.

vl. Ventro-lateral. s.t. Solenocyte-bearing tuft.

dv. Dorso-ventral. p. Laden phagocyte.

Fig. 1. Diagrammatic transverse section of Nephthys ceca, showing

position of nephridium relative to the blood-vessels. To the right,

as given by Goodrich.

2. Diagrammatic reconstruction of the nephridium.

Fig. 8. Ciliated organ and terminal portion of the nephridium. Corro-

sive sublimate, sat. sol. Zeiss D.

4, Nephridial barrier from same. Zeiss F.

5. Ciliated organ and terminal portion of nephridium. From speci-

men injected with carmine.

Fig. 6. Phagocytes from ceelomic fluid. Zeiss F.

Fig. 7. Hyaline corpuscles from ccelomic fluid. Zeiss F.

Fig. 8. Laden phagocytes. Zeiss F.

On Three new Spectes of Siluroid Fishes. 165

X1X.— Descriptions of Three new Species of Silurotd Fishes

Jrom Southern Brazil. By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S.

THE fishes here described were collected in the Province Sio

Paulo by Mr. H. K. Heyland, and presented by him to the

British Museum.

Plecostomus Heylandi.

Head longer than broad, 33 times in total length, simply

convex, without keels; snout rounded, naked at the end;

diameter of eye 9 times in length of head, 3} times in inter-

orbital width; barbel extremely short, about 4 diameter of

eye; series of teeth in both jaws forming a doubly curved

series interrupted in the middle, about 70 teeth in each series ;

lower lip much developed, covered with strong flat papilla,

with slightly fringed border; interopercular spines none.

Lower surfaces, from the mouth to the anal fin, perfectly

naked. Dorsal I 7; first ray scarcely longer than snout, or

than the distance from its extremity to the adipose fin.

Pectoral spine half length of head, merely rugose. Ventrals I 5,

the first ray much thickened. Anal 14. Caudal squarely

truncate. Depth of caudal peduncle 3 times in distance

between anal and caudal! fins. No posthumeral keel. Scutes

on body rough and spinulose, but not keeled; lat. 1. 28;

13 scutes between anal and caudal fins. Olive-brown above,

without spots ; dorsal, pectoral, ventral, and anal fins spotted

with black.

Total length 150 millim.

A single specimen from a mountain stream 400 feet above

sea-level near Santos.

Loricaria latirostris.

Teeth small, well developed, 14 or 16 in each jaw. Head

much depressed, 14 as long as broad, nearly 4 times in total

length; snout rounded, feebly projecting beyond the lip,

measuring half the length of the head; head-shields very

rough with spinose tubercles; three very obtuse ridges on

the snout; long, close-set, hair-like bristles on the sides of

the head, from the end of the snout to the gill-cleft ; diameter

of eye 10 times in length of head, 24 in interorbital width ; a

strong postorbital notch; lower labial lobe large, strongly

apillose, strongly fringed. Dorsal 17; first ray ? length of

isa: just above middle ventral rays. Pectoral I 6, % length

of head, rough with small spines. Ventral I 5, as long as

166 On Three new Species of Siluroid Fishes.

pectoral, reaching origin of anal. Anal 15. Upper caudal

ray but little produced. Lateral scutes 27 or 28, with two

obtuse ridges, united on the seventeenth or eighteenth ; nuchal

shields without keels; 17 scutes between dorsal and caudal,

15 between anal and caudal. Breast naked ; ventral shields

4 or 6 transversely enlarged ones on each side and 3 series of

small irregular ones in the middle. All the shields spinulose,

the spinules larger on the sides. Olive above, with 4 darker

transverse bands ; the bristles on the side of the head reddish

brown.

Total length 360 millim.

Twospecimens from the Mogy-guassu River, about 250 miles

inland of Santos.

Lortcaria paulina.

Teeth small, well developed, 12 or 14 in each jaw. Head

much depressed, 14 or 1} as long as broad, 4 or 4} times in

total length; snout pointed, projecting beyond the lip,

measuring half the length of the head; head-shields rough

with small spines; three very obtuse ridges on the snout ;

two feeble ridges on the occipital shield, diverging bebind ;

diameter of eye 8 times in length of head, nearly twice in

interorbital width; a strong postorbital notch ; lower labial

lobe large, strongly papillose, strongly fringed. Dorsal I 7;

first ray nearly 3 length of head, just above middle ventral

rays. Pectoral 1 6, not quite % length of head. Ventral I 5,

as long as pectoral, reaching origin of anal. Anal I 5.

Caudal truncate, upper ray not produced. Lateral scutes 28,

with two obtuse ridges, united on the eighteenth or nineteenth ;

nuchal shields with two very feeble keels ; 17 scutes between

dorsal and caudal, 15 between anal and caudal. Breast

naked ; ventral shields, 5 to 8 transversely enlarged ones on

each side and 3 series of small irregular ones in the middle.

All the shields spinulose. Olive above, with 5 darker trans-

verse bands ; fins white, spotted with black, the spots having

a more or less marked tendency to form transverse bands; the

edge of the dorsal and caudal white.

Total length 210 millim.

Two specimens from the Mogy-guassu River.

I have hesitated before describing this fish as a new species,

as it might prove to be the female of the preceding. Since,

however, the differences are greater than such as are known

to be merely secondary sexual in other members of the genus,

the course I have provisionally followed appears to me the

safest from the point of view of scientific accuracy.

On the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide. 167

XX.—Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Vabanide in the

British Museum Collection, By Miss Gertrude Ricarpo.

{Concluded from p. 121.,

Asia.

PANGONIA, Latr.

PanoGonta, Rond.

P. rufa, 9, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 18 (1850); Wulp, List

Diptera S. Asia, p. 64 (1896).— Hab. Bombay, India.

P. obscurata, Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrage, vi. p. 27 (1853).— Had. Island

Rhodes and Asia Minor.

P. fulvipes, Loew, l. c.; Loew, Berlin ent. Zeitschr. xii. p. 369 (1868).—

Hab, Cilicia, Turkey in Asia.

*P. zonata, 2, Walker, Ent. v. p. 256 (1870).— Hab. Tajura Straits, Bab-

el-Mandeb.

Subgenus CortzoneuRa, Rond.

*(. longirostris, Hardw., Trans. Linn. Soc. xiv.; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl.

Ins. ii. p. 621 (1880); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 131 (1848);

Rondani, Canestr. Archiv. per Zool., Anat. e Fis. iii. (1863) ; Réder,

Stett. ent. Zeitschr. xliii. p. 384 (1881).-—Hab. Nepaul, Thibet.

*C. taprobanes, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 324 (1854),—

Hab, Ceylon.

C. tigris, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 148 (1880).— Hab. North

Persia or Caucasus.

Paneonta, Latr.

P. amboinensis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p.91. 7 (1805); Wiedem., Auss, zweifl.

Ins. i. p. 92 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 181 (1848) ; id. Z. ¢.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, pp. 189, 824 (1854).— Hab. Amboina.

P. subfasciata, Walker, Ent. vy. p. 257 (1870). This type is not to be

identified in the Museum coll.— Hab. Tajura. '

PanGonta, Latr.

PANGONIA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes bare.

Pangonia zonata, ?, Walker, Ent. v. p. 256 (1870).

This is a female, not a male as Walker states.

_ The palpi have the first joint twice as long as the second,

which is club-shaped and grooved. Wings have a short

appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein.

Hab. Vajura Straits, Bab-el-Mandeb (Lord).

168 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

DIATOMINEURA, Rond.

Subgenus CorizonEura, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell open. yes bare.

Cortzoneura taprobanes, ¢ , Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p. 324 (1854).

The type in the Museum is var. }; the other is not to be

identified.

The palpi are small; the second joint thick at base, tapering

to a point, shorter than the first joint. Wings have an

appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein.

flab. Ceylon, Nilghiri Hills (Hampden).

Cortzoneura longirostris, § ¢ , Hardw. Trans. Linn. Soe. xiv. ;

Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 621 (1830) ; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 131 (1848) ; Rondani, Canestr, Archiv.

per Zool., Anat. e Fis. i. (1863) ; Réder, Stett. ent.

Zeitschr. xiii. p. 384 (1881).

The males have the prolongation on fore tarsi as in some

African species. Réder mentions it. One or two of the

females have long bristles on these joints. The first posterior

cell is closed in some of the females with a short petiole.

Two males, one of which was wrongly labelled “ amboinensis,

Fabr.,” seem a variety of this species, having no prolongation

on the fore tarsi; the third joint of antenne is bright red, not

black. The yellow colour on the abdomen is more promi-

nent ; the face is shining and dark, with hardly any greyish

pubescence.

Hab. North-west India; Muktesar, North-west Provinces

(Lingard) ; Thibet (Landor).

America.

Paneonta, Latr.

North America.

The species north of Mexico are placed first, and lastly

those south of the North Mexican boundary, following Osten

Sacken’s arrangement in his Cat. of North-American Diptera,

1878 ; but the species from the West Indies are placed under

South America.

of the Family Vabanide. 169

PanaGonia, Rond.

*P. fusiformis, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 19 (1854). [? trans-

lucens, Macq., Dipt. Exot. papal 1, p. 27; var., Walker, /.c.; Osten

Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878). |—Hab. N. America.

P. semiflava, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins, ii. p. 622 (1830); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 121 (1854) ; Bellardi, Saggio, i. p. 51 (1859).

P. bicolor, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 27 (Bellardi) (1849):

sten Sacken, /. c.|—Hab. Mexico.

P. planiventris, Macq., l. c. p. 26; Osten Sacken, 1. e.—Hab. Mexico.

P. nigronotata, Macq,, l. c. p. 27; Bellardi, ¢. c.; Osten Sacken, 1. c.—

Hab, Mexico.

*P. atrifera, 3 , Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. v. p. 272 (1860); Osten Sacken,

l. c.—Hab. Mexico.

P. Saussuret, Bellardi, /. c. p. 47 ; Osten Sacken, 2. c.— Hab. Mexico.

P. Wiedemanni, Beflardi, 1. c. p.48. [ P. basilaris, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl,

Ins. ii. p. 621 (1830) (name was changed by Bellardi) ; Osten Sacken,

Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 475 (1876); Osten Sacken, Cat.

(1878) ; see Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 261 (1886).)— Hab. Mexico.

7. — Bellardi, J. c. p. 49; Osten Sacken, Cat. (1878).—Hab.

Lexico.

P. Saillei, Bellardi, 1. c. p. 50; Osten Sacken, /. c.—Hab. Mexico.

P. incerta, Bellardi, 7. c.; Osten Sacken, /. c.—Hab. Mexico.

*P. tenuirostris, ¢, Walker, 1. c.; Osten Sacken, /. e —Huab. Mexico.

an ong Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. i. (1886).—Hab.

exico,

Subgenus ErEpuRrosis, Rond.

E. rostrifera, Bellardi, J. c. p. 47 ; Osten Sacken, /. c—Hab. Mexico.

Dr1aToMINEURA, Rond.

D. dives, Williston, Trans. Kans. Ac. x. p. 130 (1886).— Hab. N. America.

D. californica, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 618 (1892).—Hab.

California.

D, rhinophora, Bellardi, l. c. p. 46; Osten Sacken, l. c.— Hab. Mexico,

Subgenus Corizongura, Rond.

C. fera, Williston, 1. c—Hab. N. America.

C. velutina, Bigot, l. c. p. 615.— Hab.. California.

C. ruficornis, Bigot, l. c.— Hab. California.

PanGonta, Latr,

P. tsabellinus, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 112 (1830) ; Walker, Cat.

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 274 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, 1. ¢. (note).

[Silvius isabellinus, Wiedem., /. c.|—Hab. N. America.

P. incisa, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 90; Walker, /. c. p. 120; Osten Sacken,

Western Diptera, p. 214 (1877). [P. incisuralis, Say, see Osten

Sacken, Cat. (1878).|—Hab. Arkansas.

P. macroglossa, Westwood, Lond. Edin, Phil. Mag. (1835) ; see Osten

Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc, Nat. Hist. p. 368 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878),

— Hb, Georgia,

170 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

P. tranquilla, Osten Sacken, J. c. p. 367; id. Cat.— Had. Pennsyl-

vania.

P. pigra, Osten Sacken, 2. ¢.; id. Cat.—Hab. New York.

P. chrysocoma, Osten Sacken, J. c. p. 368; id. Cat.--Hab. New York.

P. hera, Osten Sacken, Western Diptera, p. 214 (1877).—Hab. San

Francisco.

P. rasa, Loew, Dipt. Am. Sept. viii. p. 7; Loew, Berlin. ent. Zeitschr.

xiii. (1869); Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 366

(1876) ; id. Cat. (1878).— Hab. Mlinois.

P. awulans, Wiedem., 1. c. ii. p. 620; Walker, /. ¢. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p- 120 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, Cat.— Hab. Mexico.

PANGONIA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell closed. Hyes bare.

Pangonia fusiformis, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 19

(1850); O. S. Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878).

Walker’s description should be amended thus :—Abdomen

with first and second segments transparent yellow, in middle

of second segment a long brown spot; third segment brown,

its extreme anterior and posterior margins yellow; the

remaining segments brown, darker in colour on the posterior

margins; on the underside there is no brown spot on the

second segment, and only the anterior margin of third segment

is yellow. Palpi curved, the same width throughout.

This species belongs to the same group as the South-

American species arcuata, filipalpis, Will., &c.

Hab. Mexico.

Pangonia tenutrostris, g , Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. v. p. 272

(1860) ; O. S. Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878).

The wings have a long appendix on fork of the third

longitudinal vein.

Hab. Mexico.

Pangonia atrifera, g, Walker, 1. c.; O. S. Cat. Dipt. N.

Amer. (1878).

The last joint of the palpi is red. There are a few orange

hairs on the lateral margins of the last segments. Wings

have an appendix.

Hab. Mexico.

——

of the Family 'Tabanide. I

—

South America (including Central America and the

West Indies).

Pangonta, Rond.

*P. fuscipennis, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 95 (1880); Maeq.,

Dipt. Exot. i. p. 108 (1838).— Had. Brazil.

P. ferruginea, Macq,, l. c. vol. i. pt. ii. p. 179; Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 129 (1854).—Hab. Brazil.

P. translucens, Macq., l. ec. Suppl. 1, p. 27 (1846); Walker, Z. ¢, p. 131.

—-Hab. Brazil.

*P. prasiniventris, Macq., 1. c. p. 29; Walker, 4 c. p. 180; Schiner,

Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866); Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am.,

Dipt. i. p. 45 (1886).— Hab, Colombia.

P. incisuralis, Macq., /. c. Suppl. 2, p. 12; Walker, 1c. p. 127.—

Hab, ? Brazil.

P. testaceiventris, Macq, l. c. Suppl. 3, p. 9; Walker, /. c. p. 125;

Schiner, /. c. p. 99.—Hab. Quito, Peru.

*P. subvaria, 2, Walker, dc. pt. i. p. 150, pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 128. [Ta-

banus subvarius, Walker, l. c. pt. i. p. 150.|—Hab. Venezuela.

*P. notabilis, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 18 (1850).— Hab, 8S. Ame-

rica.

*P. umbra, 2, Walker, Ll. c. p. 19.— Hab. Chili.

*P. arcuata, Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. p. 190 (1895).— Hab.

Brazil.

*P. filipalpis, Williston, /. e.—Hab. Paraguay.

*P. flavescens, 2, sp. n.— Hab. Brazil.

Subgenus Erepunrosts, Rond.

*Z. fulvithorax, Wiedem., l. c. p. 89; Osten Sacken, Cat. N. Amer.

Dipt. (1878) ; Williston, Kansas Univ. Quart. iii. p. 189 (1895).

Sackenymia fulvithorax, Wiedem., Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5)

ix. (1879).|— Hab. Cuba and Brazil.

*E. Winthemi, Wiedem., l. c. p. 91; Walker, /. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 127.

—Hab. Brazil.

*E. sorbens, Wiedem., /. c. p. 92. [9 var, Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 828 (type not to be identified).|—Hab. Monte Video,

Santarem.

*E. leucopogon, Wiedem., Ll. c.; Macq., Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 429

pl. xv. (1837); Walker, /. ce. p 128.—Hab. Brazil.

*E. Besckit, Wiedem., |. c. p. 97; Walker, /. ce. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125.—

Hab. Brazil.

E, ardens, Macq., 1. c. i. p. 103; Walker, /.c. p.130.—Hab. St. Leopold,

Brazil.

E. aurimaculata, Macq., l. c. p. 105; Walker, l. c. p. 125.— Had. Brazil.

E. ertomera, Macq., l. c. p. 106; Walker, /. c.; Blanchard, Hist. fis. y

polit. Chili, vii. p. 389 (1854).— Had. Brazil. ‘

*F. oe, Macq., J. c. p. 107; Macq., /. ¢. Suppl. 4, p. 25 (1850) ;

valker, 1c. p. 126; Blanchard, /.c. p. 388; Schiner, Verh. z.-b.

Gesell. Wien, xy. p. 712 (1865) ; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 120

(186). | Pangonia crocata, Jennicke, Abh, Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 330

(18€8); v. der Wulp, Tijd. Ent. xxiv. (2) p. 156 (1881).]—Hab.

Chili.

E. albifrons, Macq., l. c. p. 108; Walker, 1. c. p. 125; Blanchard, /. ¢,

p- 389.—Hab, Chili,

172 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

E. xanthopogon, Macq., /. c. vol. i. pt. ii. p. 179; Walker, J. c. p. 129.

—Hab. Brazil.

sk ay Macq., 2. c. Suppl. 1, p. 26; Walker, 2. c. p. 125.— Hab.

razil.

E. longirostris, Macq., d. c. Suppl. 2, p. 12.— Hab. ? Brazil.

£. minor, Macq., l. e. p. 29; Walker, 2. c—Hab. P America.

E. nigrivittata, Macq., l. ec. Suppl. 4, p. 23.—Hab. Brazil.

*E. nigro-hirta, 2, Walker, /. c. pt. i. p. 131 (1848).—Hab. Brazil.

*2. rufo-hirta, 2, Walker, 2. c—Hab. Brazil.

*£. badia, 3, Walker, l. c. p. 182.— Hab. Brazil.

*E. mceo-hirta, 2, Walker, 1. c— Hab. Brazil.

*E. basalis, 2, Walker, 7. c. p. 133. [var. 2, Walker, pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p- 322. |—Hab. R. Tapajos, Brazil.

*E. tenuistria, 2, Walker, l. c. p. 148.—Hab. Brazil.

*E. fumifera, 2, Walker, /. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 824.—Hab. Santarem,

Brazil.

*2. nana, g, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850).— Hab. Brazil.

E. laterina, Rond., Nuovi Aun. Sci. Nat. (8) ii. p. 370 (1850).— Had,

Equatorial America.

*Z. rufo-aurea, Philippi, Verh. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 708 (1865).—

Hab, Chili.

E. atripes, Roder, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 261 (1886).— Hab, Bolivia.

E. bahiana, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 612 (1892).—Hab. Brazil.

*Z. auripes, 2, sp. n.—-Hab. Para, Amazons.

*Z. fulvitibialis, 2 , sp. n.— Hab, Brazil.

DIaToMINEuRA, Rond.

D. tabanipennis, Macq., l. c. i. p. 105; Walker, 2. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p: 131 (1854).— Hab, Brazil.

. rufa, 2, Macq,., l. ec. p. 106; Walker, J. c. p. 180.—Hab. Lima.

. albithorax, Macq., l. c. p. 107; Walker, U. ¢. p. 125; Blanchard, J. e.

p- 888; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99.— Hab. Chili.

*D. viridiventris, Macq., l.c. p. 108; Blanchard, /. c. p. 889; Schiner, J. ¢.

—Hab, Chili.

D. unicolor, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 1, p. 27; Walker, 7. c. p. 129; Williston,

Kans. Uniy. Quart. iii. (1895). This would belong to Evephrosis,

Rond., according to Macq., but Williston gives the first posterior

cell open.—Hab. Brazil.

D. dorsoguitata, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 4, p. 25; Blanchard, /. ec. p. 390.—

Hab. Chili.

D. latipalpis, Macq., l. c.; Blanchard, 1 e.—Hab. Chili.

*D. exeuns, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 12 (1850).—Hab. Brazil.

D. jucunda, Jennicke, Abh. Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 327 (1866).—Hab.

Chili.

D. grisea, Jennicke, /. ce. p. 331.—Hab, Chili.

D. morio, Wulp, Tijd. Ent. xxiv. (2) p. 156 (1881).—Hab, Argentine

Republic.

D. pyrausta, O. Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. 1. (1887); Williston,

l. c. (1895).— Hab. Panama.

D. lasiophthalma, Wulp, /. ¢. xxxi. p. 865 (1887).— Hab. Argentina.

D. hirtipalpis, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. y. p, 618 (1892).— Hab. Chili.

*D, leucothorax, 9 , sp. n.— Hab. Chili.

of the Family Tabanide. ee eo

Subgenus Cortzoneura, Rond.

C. longipalpis, Macgq., l. c. Suppl. 3, p. 9; Walker, lc. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

. 123.— Hab. Brazil.

C. vulpes, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 4, p. 24; Blanchard, /. c. p. 391.—Hab.

Chili.

PanGonia, Latr.

P. analis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 6 (1805); Wiedem., /. ¢. i. p. 93;

Walker, 2. c. p. 123. [Sackenymia analis, Fabr., Bigot, Bull. Soc.

Ent. Fr. (5) ix. (1879).)—J/ab. S. America.

P. Macquartii, Guérin, Voyage ‘ Coquille,’ ii. pt. ii. p. 289 (1830).— Hab.

Chili.

P. nigripennis, 9, Guérin, 1. c.

p- 131.)—Had. Brazil.

P. thoracica, Guérin, l. ce. [? P. fulvithorax, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 89.]—Hab.

Brazil.

P. venosa, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 87; Walker, 2c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 126

(1854); Williston, Kans. Uniy. Quart. ili. (1895).— Hab. Brazil.

P. lingens, 9, Wiedem., J. c.; 5, Macq. fc. i. p. 102; Walker, 1. c.

p. 129; Blanchard, /. c. p. 887.— Hab. Brazil.

P. molesta, Wiedem., /. c. p. 91; Walker, 1. c. p. 127.—Hab. Brazil.

P. marginalis, Wiedem., J. ce. ii. p. 620; Walker, dc. p. 128.—Hab.

Cassapawa, Brazil.

P. basilaris, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 621.—Hab. S. America.

P. fasciata, Macq., l.c. p. 103; Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt.i. p. 194; Walker,

l. ce. p. 127.—Hab. Brazil.

P. lugubris, Macq,, 1. c. p. 104; Walker, 2. c. p. 123.—Hab. Brazil.

P. fascipennis, Macq., . c. p. 107 ; Walker, 2. c. p. 131; Blanchard, /. ¢.

p- 387; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 98 (1866).— Hab, Chili.

P. suturalis, Rond., Studi Ent. Baudie Turqui, i. p. 107 (1848); Walker,

l. c. p. 323.—Had. Brazil.

P. chlorogaster, Philippi, Verh. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 708 (1865).—

Hab, Chili.

P. collaris, Philippi, 7. c. p. 709.—Hab. Chili.

P. atra, ae l. e.—Hab. Chili.

P. subandina, Philippi, . c.—Hab, Chili.

P. australis, Philippi, l. c. p. 710.—Hab. Chili.

P. obscuripennis, Philippi, /. e—Hab. Chili.

P. vittata, Philippi, 2. c. p. 711.—Hab, Chili.

P. es eae Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1865) ; Williston, Kans.

niv. Quart. iii. (1895).— Had. Colombia.

[? P. nigro-hirta, Walker, 1. c. pt. i.

PANGONIA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes bare.

Fangonia prasiniventris, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 29

(1846) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 130

(1854) ; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866) ; Osten

Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. i. p. 45 (1886).

Two females belong here which were incorrectly labelled

virtdiventris, Macq.

Hab. Colombia, Venezuela, Trinidad.

174 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Pangonia notabilis, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i, p. 18

(1850).

The type isa female, not a male as Walker says. The

palpi have the second joint long, curved, one width throughout.

‘The underside of the abdomen has three rows of black spots.

The wings have an appendix. ‘This and subvaria, umbra,

Walker, filipalpis, arcuata, Will., fuseipennis, Wiedem., and

flavescens, sp. n., from South America, and fusiformis, Wlk.,

from North America, form a well-marked group, distinguished

by the shape of the palpi and antenne, the latter with the

first annulation of the third joint wide, and the last one nearly

as long as the four preceding together. They are large flies,

with long-shaped abdomen.

Hab. South America (Saunders).

Pangonia arcuata, Will., Kansas Univ. Quart. ii. p. 190

(1895).

Two females.

Hab. ? Amazons (Bates).

Pangonia filipalpis, Will., Kansas Univ. Quart. . ¢.

One female.

Hab. ? Amazons (Bates).

Pangonia flavescens, 2, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 6, 6a.)

This was incorrectly placed by Walker under Tabanus, as

T. testaceus, Macq.; it is a Pangonia, apparently undescribed

tillnow. Yellow. Antenne bright yellow, the first two joints

greyish, the first annulation of the third joint is wider than the

second joint. Proboscis short and stout. Face darker in

colour at base, with some black hairs. Beard white. Palpi

red, bordered with short black hairs, long and curved, the

same width throughout. Ocelli present. Thorax bordered on

margin with yellow-orange hairs, as is the scutellum.

Abdomen long, slightly darker in colour at the apex. Legs

yellow, posterior femora with black pubescence. Wings

hyaline, darker on fore border and at base, with a long

appendix. Length 18-19 millim.

Hab. Brazil.

Pangonia fuscipennis, 3 , Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 95

(1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 103 (1838).

Two females. ¥ auth

Antenne with first annulation of the third joint wider than

of the Family Tabanide. 175

the second joint, and the last joint nearly as long as the four

preceding. Ocelli present. Wings have an appendix. ‘The

Tabanus subvarius, Walker, described by Walker as a variety

of this species, is distinct (see below).

Hab. Brazil, Petropolis (Clark).

Pangonia subvaria, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 150

(1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 128 (1854). [ Tubanus sub-

varius, Walker, l. c. pt. i. p. 150.]

This was incorrectly placed by Walker under Tubanus and

described by him as 7’. subvarvus in List Dipt. i. p. 150 (1848).

Later in Cat. Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 128, he says it is a

variety of Pangonia fuscipennis, Wiedem.; but it is a distinct

species and should now stand as above. Walker’s description

may be enlarged as follows :—Antennz with the first annu-

lation of third joint wider than the second joint, and the last

joint as long as the four preceding. Palpi curved and long,

the same width throughout. Wings with an appendix.

Hab. Venezuela.

Pangonia umbra, 2 , Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 19 (1850).

This type is not a male as Walker says, buta female. The

palpi are long and curved. Wings with an appendix. This

rather resembles the preceding group of species, but as

the antenne are wanting it cannot be placed with them with

certainty.

Hab, Chili.

Subgenus Errpurosts, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes hairy.

Erephrosis rufo-hirta, 3, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 131

(1848).

The palpi are long and slender, extending but little beyond

the projecting face, the two joints about equal in length.

Wings with an appendix. This and the five following species

are very similar in appearance and in the shape of the

abdomen, which is large and convex.

Hab, Brazil (Noel).

Erephrosis piceo-hirta, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 132

(1848).

This type is a female, not a male as Walker says. Palpi

as above. Wings with an appendix.

Hab. Brazil (Mornay).

176 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Erephrosis nigro-hirta, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 131

(1848).

Palpi as above. Wings with appendix, one female has

none,

Hab. Brazil (Mornay).

Erephrosis fulvithorax, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 89

(1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 182 (1848) ; see

Will., Kansas Univ. Quart. ii. p. 189, for characters of

male; ©. Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878).

Sackenymia fulvithoraz, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. (1879).

One male and two females.

Palpiasabove. Wings have noappendix. Bigot founded

his genus Sackenymia tor this species, but the bending back-

ward at base of the external branch of the third longitudinal

vein (his fourth), taken by him as distinctive for the genus,

is not peculiar to it, but is common in Pangonia, Latr.

Hab. Brazil (Mornay, Vigors, Noel), Cuba.

Erephrosis badia, , Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 182 (1848).

The type is much denuded. Palpi short, club-shaped,

ferruginous, clothed with black hairs. Abdomen reddish

brown, clothed with black hairs. Pulvilli of tarsi yellow.

Wings with an appendix.

Hab. Brazil (Tucker, Noel).

Erephrosis Besckii, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 97

(1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125

(1854).

The second joint of the palpi is very long and slender,

tapering. Wings with an appendix.

Hab. Brazil.

Erephrosis auripes, 2, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)

Dark brown. Antenne dark red; first joint grey, clothed

with long black hairs. Palpi red, the edges and tip black,

the second joint very long and tapering. Frontal stripe

covered with hoary pubescence on the posterior half near the

antenne; face with hoary pubescence. Beard white. Thorax

covered with black pubescence and with black hairs on the

anterior half of the lateral margins, then white, and a thick

tuftof white hairs at base of wings extending to the scutellum ;

breast with white hairs on the sides, and black hairs in the

centre. Abdomen black ; tufts of white hairs on the posterior

of the Family Tabanida, 177

lateral margins of second, fifth, and sixth segments, which

also appear on the underside, becoming a faint band on the

second segment. Legs black ; underside of tarsi covered with

orange pubescence, extending to the tibia on the anterior

legs. Wings hyaline, faintly yellow on the fore border,

brown at base, no appendix. Length 16, proboscis 13 millim.

Hab. Para (Wallace and Bates).

Erephrosis fulvitibialis, 9, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 11.)

Brown. Antenne reddish brown. Palpi black, long and

slender ; second joint equal in length to the first, broader at

base, tapering to a point. Face with upper part covered with

hoary pubescence. Beard white. ‘Thorax chestnut-brown

with some hoary pubescence, white hairs at base of wings.

Abdomen shining ; a tuft of white hairs on the lateral margins

of second, fifth, and sixth segments, on the underside the white

hairs become a faint band on the second segment. Legs

brown; the tibia and the first joints of tarsi yellow, the

pees tibia and the tarsi are darker in colour. Wings

ryaline, brown at base and on fore border, cross-veins slightly

shadowed. Length 15, proboscis 8 millim.

Hab. Brazil (Mornay).

Erephrosis depressa, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 107 (1838) ;

1. c. Suppl. iv. p. 25 (1850) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 126 (1854); Blanchard, Hist. fis. y polit.

Chili, vii. p. 388 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 120

(1866) ; Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 712 (1865).

Pangonia crocata, Jennicke, Ab. Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 330 (1868) ; van

der Wulp, Tijd. Ent. xxiv. (2) p. 156 (1881).

Wulp says crocata is identical with this species. Wings

with first posterior cell closed or nearly so; in one specimen

it is open on the one wing and closed on the other. Wulp and

Macquart both mention this discrepancy.

Hab. Valdivia, Chili (@ay) ; East Chili (Darwin).

Erephrosis rufo-aurea, Philippi, Verb. zool.-bot. Gesell.

Wien, xv. p. 708 (1865).

One male and one female.

Hab. Chili.

Erephrosis sorbens, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 92

(1828).

The var. mentioned by Walker in List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 323 (1854), is not to be identified.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 12

178 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Erephrosis leucopogon, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 92

(1828); Maeq., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 429, pl. xv.;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 128 (1854).

Three females.

Hab. Brazil (Noe/).

Erephrosis basalis, 9 , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 133 (1848).

The type is in very bad preservation. The palpi are long

and slender.

Hab. Brazil (Mornay).

Evephrosis basalis, var., 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p. 322 (1854).

This is most probably a distinct species, the palpi being

quite different in shape from those of basalis, which are long

and narrow ; these have the second joint broad and concave,

ending in a point, light red, with sides and tip black; the

proboscis is much shorter and the wings clearer. Another

temale specimen, labelled in Walker’s handwriting as basalis,

resembles this variety, having the same palpi. ‘The variety

and the type are in too poor preservation to distinguish other

differences between them.

Hab. R. Tapajos, Brazil, Amazons (Bates).

Erephrosis nana, , Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850).

In this species the first posterior cell is closed far from

margin and more rounded than usual.

Hab. Brazil.

Erephrosis fumifera, 3? , Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p. 324 (1854).

The palpi are long, the second joint broad at base, tapering

to a point ; wings with no appendix.

Hab. Santarem, Brazil (Bates).

Erephrosis Winthemi, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 91

(1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p.127 (1854).

One female.

Hab. Brazil.

Erethrosis tenuistria, ?, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 148

(1848).

The palpi have the second joint shorter than the first and

club-shaped. Wings have no appendix.

Hab. Brazil (Mornay).

of the Family Tabanide. 179

DIATOMINEURA, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell open. yes hairy.

Diatomineura exeuns, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 12

(1850).

The palpi in this species have a very short, broad, second

joint, triangular and leaf-like in shape, concave in the middle.

Yings have no appendix.

Hab. Brazil.

Diatomineura leucothorax, 9, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 8.)

This was wrongly labelled a/bithorax, Macq., but it has no

golden-yellow pubescence on the hind segments of abdomen.

Black. Antenne and palpi black ; the first joint of the former

clothed with long black hairs, longer than the second joint.

Palpi are short; the second joint concave, broader at base,

tapering to a point. ‘The upper part of the face grey, clothed

with black hairs ; the frontal stripe the same colour, with black

pubescence. Beard black. Proboscis short. ‘The thorax

and scutellum covered with dense greyish-white pubescence ;

the hairs on the posterior half are very long, the sides and

breast clothed with black hairs. Abdomen wholly black,

shining, with some black pubescence. Legs black ; the femora

clothed with long black hairs, the tibia of the posterior legs

with whitish pubescence on the outside edge; pulvilli yellow.

Wings hyaline. Halteres black. Length 12 millim.

Hab. Chili (Edmonds).

Diatomineura viridiventris, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 108

(1838) ; Blanchard, Hist. tis. y polit. Chile, vii. p. 389

(1854) ; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1366).

Three females.

Hab. Chili (Edmonds).

The Pangonia ocellus of Walker is not a Pangonia at all,

but belongs to the Tabanine.

Europe.

PANGONIA, Latr.

Panconia, Rond.

*P, marginata, Fabr. { Tabanus haustellatus, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 4. 55

(1781); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 562 (1794). Tanyglossa haustel-

lata, Meig., Klass. i. p. 173 (1804); Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 24

(1838). Pangonia cellulata, Brullé, Exp. Mor., Zool. pl. 47. 1

12*

180 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonines

(1882); Walker, J. c. pt. i. p. 183 (1848); id. J. ¢. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

R 118 (1854); Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrige, vi. p. 23 (1853) ;

chiner, Cat. European Dipt. (1863).]—Hab. Algiers, S. Europe.

P. maculata, Faby. { Tabanus proboscideus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 363

(1794). Pangonia maculata, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 90. 3 (1805) ;

Latr., Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. p. 282, pl. xv. 4 (1806) ; Meig., Syst.

Beschr. ii. p. 22.2; Walker, J. c. pt. i. p. 134 (1848) ; Loew, 2. ¢. ;

Schiner, Dipt. Austr. i. p. 44 (1863); id. Cat. (1863).]—Hab. Hun-

gary.

*P. ferruginea, Latr., 1. c. p. 282. [ Tanyglossa ferruginea, Meig., Klass. i.

. 175 (1804); id. Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 24 (1888); Loew, 4 ¢.;

Ratinies, Cat.]—Habdb. Portugal, Spain.

P. variegata, Macq., Hist. Nat. Ins. i. p. 195 (1835) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr.

vii. p.57 ; Loew, J.c.; Walker, J. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 119; Schiner,

Cat.— Hab. S. Europe.

*P. micans, Meig., l. c.ii. p. 25. [P. ornata, Meig., l. c. p. 26; Loew, L. e.

p. 23; Walker, Z. c. pt. i. p. 133; Schiner, Cat.]—Habd. S. Europe.

P. pyritosa, Loew, l. c. p. 27 (1853); Loew, Wien. ent. M. vi. p. 163

(1863).— Hab. Varna, Bulgaria; Brussa, Asia Minor.

P. fumida, Loew, 1. c. p. 28; Schiner, Cat—Hab. Andalusia.

P. affinis, Loew, 1. c. p. 29; Schiner, Cat.—Had, Spain.

P. griseipennis, Loew, 1. c. p. 31; Schiner, Cat.—Hab. Spain.

P. dimidiata, Loew, 1. c. p. 50; Schiner, Cat— Hab. Andalusia.

*P. semiviridis, ¢, sp. n— Hab. Barengo, Spain.

DIATOMINEURA, Rond.

D. aperta, Loew, l. c. p. 23; Schiner, Cat.—Hab. Portugal.

Subgenus CorizoneuRA, Rond.

C. annulata, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 612 (1892).—Hab. ?S.

Europe.

PanGonia, Latr.

P. variegata, 3, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 92.8 (1805). [Pangonia maculata,

Meig., J. ¢. ii. p. 22. 2; Loew, 1. c. p. 25.|—Hab. S. Europe.

P. picta, Macq,, l. c. p. 195; Meig., 2. c. vii. p.58; Walker, /. ¢. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 119 (1854); Loew, 7. c. p. 32; Schiner, Cat.—Hab.

S. Europe.

P. flava, Meig., 1. c. ii. p. 22; Walker, 1. c. p. 118; Loew, J. c. p. 22;

Schiner, Cat.—Hab. S. France. i . ;

PANGONIA, Latr.

Schiner, in his ‘Catalogue of European Diptera’ (1863),

gives synonyms of Pangonia maculata and marginata and

others, different from those that Loew gives in his ‘ Neue Dipt.

Beitrige’ (1853). I have followed the latter, who goes care-

fully into all the European species and should be consulted.

Some of the species are also common to Asia.

of the Family Tabanide. 181

Panconta, Rond.

Wings with first posterior cell closed. Eyes naked.

Pangonia marginata, Fabr.

Tabanus haustellatus, Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii. p. 4. 55 (1781) ; id. Ent. Syst.

iv. p. 562 (1794).

Tunyglossa haustellata, Meig., Klass. i. p. 173 (1804) ; id. Beschr. ii.

p. 24 (1838).

Pangonia cellulata, Brullé, Exp. Mor., Zool. pl. xlvii. (1832); Walker,

Cat. Dipt. pt. i. p. 183 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 118 (1854); Loew,

Neue Beitrige, vi. p. 23 (1853); Schiner, Cat. European Diptera

(1863).

Two females, one each of the two varieties mentioned by

Loew. The wings have an appendix.

Hab, Albania, ?S. Europe.

Pangonia micans, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 25 (1838).

Pangonia ornata, Meig., 1. c.; Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrige, vi. p. 23

(1853) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 183 (1848) ; Schiner, Cat. Euro-

pean Diptera (1863).

Four males and one female. ‘The wings have an appendix.

Hab. 8. France.

Pangonia ferruginea, Latr., Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. p. 282

(1806).

Tanyglossa ferruginea, Meig., Klass, i. p. 175 (1804) ; id. Syst. Beschr.

ii. p. 24 (1838); Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrage, vi. (1853); Schiner,

Cat. (1863).

One male. The black stripe on the abdomen is not at all

distinct. ‘The wings have a short appendix.

Hab. Frejus, France.

Pangonia maculata, Fabr.

Tabanus proboscideus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 863 (1794).

Pangonia maculata, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 90. 3 (1805); Latr., Gen.

Crust. Ins. iv. p. 282, pl. xv. (1806) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 22. 2;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 184 (1848) ; fae Neue Dipt. Beitriige,

vi. (1853) ; Schiner, Dipt. Austr. i. p. 44 (1862) ; Schiner, Cat. (1863).

One male. The wings have a short appendix.

Hab. France.

Pangonia semiviridis, g,sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 7.)

Two males. Green. Face reddish, covered with yellow.

grey tomentum, some yellow hairs at the sides. Beard light

yellow. Antenne and palpi bright red; the latter with the

182 On the Pangonine of the Family 'Tabanide.

two joints about equal in length, the second broader, tapering

to a point. Proboscis short. Thorax and scutellum reddish,

covered with dense orange-red pubescence, thicker at the

sides. Abdomen: the first four segments on their posterior

borders have a narrow dark band; the first segment has

yellow-orange hairs on the sides ; segments 2,3, 4 with a tuft

of black hairs on their anterior sides and yellow hair between

these ; segments 5 and 6 are wholly black, with black hairs

at sides. Legs black: the anterior pair red, with the excep-

tion of the coxe, which are black; the posterior pair are

reddish brown with lighter knees. Wings reddish brown at

base and on the fore border, with an appendix. Length 13—-

14 millim.

Hab. Barengo, Old Castile, from Saunders coll.

‘This well-marked species, resembling in general appearance

P. prasiniventris, Macq., from S. America, does not seem to

have been described before; it is labelled Saunders coll.,

1868.

From unknown Localities.

DIATOMINEURA, Rond.

D. limbithorax, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 5, p. 22.— Hab. P

PancGonra, Latr.

P. inconspicua, Walker, 1. ec. pt. i. p. 136 (IRAE); — Hab, ——

P. hebes, Walker, /. c. p. 187. ah —?

The last two Walker types are not to be identified in the

Museum coll.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

tg. 1. Pelecorhynchus Darwini, 9.

Fig. 2. aurantiacus, 9.

Fig. 3. Corizoneura pallidipennis, 9.

Fig. 4. Diatomineura minima, 2.

Fig. 5. y ioe

Fig. 6. Pangonia flavescens, 9.

Fig.6a. — Palpus.

Riad» semiviridis, 3.

Fig. 8. Diatomineura leucothorax, 9.

Fig. 9. Corizoneura umbratipennis, 2.

Fig. 10. Erephrosis aureohirta, 2.

Fig. 11. Sulvitibialis, 2.

Fig. 12. —— auripes, 2

[In the ‘ Annals’ for January, page 119, ri 10, for figs. 4 ¢,5 9,

read figs. 4 9,5 g.]

“2 Py er al ee Aiea reed beg aaa sna 0 -

_ ae

On the Mating Instinct tn Moths. 183

XXI—On the Mating Instinct in Moths *.

By ALFreD GoLpsporouGH MAYER.

DurinG the past summer the author carried out a series of

experiments to determine the nature of the mating instincts

of Collosamia promethia,

A large number of cocoons of this moth were kindly

collected for the author by W. L. Tower, Esq , in the neigh-

bourhood of Cambridge, Massachusetts, and others were found

by the writer at Maplewood, New Jersey. Altogether 449

cocoons were obtained during the winter of 1898-99. ‘These

were allowed to remain out of doors in Cambridge (Mass.),

where they were exposed to the winter’s cold, and then on

May 5 they were taken to Loggerhead Key, one of the Dry

Tortugas Islands, Florida.

This situation was most favourable for the prosecution of

the experiments, for this insect does not extend south of the

Carolinas, and thus the moths were separated many hundreds

of miles from others of their species. Moreover, Loggerhead

Key is a small sandy island surrounded by many miles of

ocean, and thus no interference with the experiments could

come from the outside.

The cocoons were hung under the shade of some trees,

where they were protected from the direct rays of the sun.

It was remarkable that all but five of the moths (three females

and two males) issued from the cocoons during the early

morning hours between sunrise and 11 o’clock.

The following table will show the rate at which the moths

issued from their cocoons :—

Number Number

Date. of males. of females. Total.

May 18...... 1 2 3

Muss ec 1 2 3

ND states 1 2 3

2 a ee 1 0 if

> | 0 1

Boss wel 0 0 0

ee 1 0 ]

2.7 1 ] 7.

7.4 ae 0 0 0

fiche ta ] ] 2

72: mele OM 0 0 0

Carried forward .... 8 8 16

* This ws was delivered as the Presidential Address before the

Cambridge (Mass.) Entomological Society in January 1900, and pub-

lished in ‘ Psyche,’ the Journal of the Club, in February.

184 Mr. A. G. Mayer on the

Number Number

Date. of males. of females. Total.

Brought forward... . 8 8 16

May 29...... 2 ] 8

oe ae 0 1 1

Blorce « 0 0 0

eune 2. io. 5 2 tf

EE 6 2 8

rg 5 8 8 8

ee 2 8 5

eee 4 1 6

G/F: 3 2 6

TERA 8 8 6

ofan & 1 1 2

ee 6 ] if

d | pad niet 2s is 8 16

TU. 5. Fee 10 1 11

12a 4 7 8 10

g 1 i ae 5 8 8

aia 10 2 12

FOS. oes. 8 5 138

iG. 2 9 iL

Ti RAGS 8 8 6

Gee: Mees 4 1 5

TO 2c Fo: 2 1 8

Batis ae 2 1 8

74 ites Be 1 1 2

PR MEee 1 2 8

DBA: ee 0 0 0

i ee 0 1 1

A/S miaay ye 0 0 0

Ome oe 0 0 0)

274i: 0 1 il!

Tptal, 35.4605 lll 65 176

It will be seen that 63 per cent. of the moths were males

and 37 per cent. were females.

As is well known, in this moth the wings of the female

are reddish brown in colour, while in the male they are black ;

also the antenne of the males are large and bushy and of the

females small and slender.

The male possesses the ability to seek out the female even

though she be at a considerable distance.

The males usually fly towards the females in the afternoon

hours between 2 o’clock and sunset, and it is a common

thing to observe several dozen males fluttering about the

place where the female is resting.

In seeking the female the male flies up against the wind

until he comes into her near presence; then he often flutters

to and fro in a bungling manner that for want of better words

we might designate as “stupid” and “ aimless.” Often he

may fly into the immediate neighbourhood of the female, and

Mating Instinct in Moths. 185

even then he will often Hutter away without attempting to

mate with her. At other times, however, he will fly at once

to her and mate immediately.

After issuing from the cocoon the female generally

remains quiescent for some hours, until she is fertilized, after

which she flies actively about and deposits her eggs.

During her period of rest the female remains with wings

closed over her back ; but when a male moth, or indeed any

large object, comes near her within range of her vision she

slowly and majestically opens and closes her wings several

times.

The males when resting act in a similar manner, but are

by no means so sensitive as the females.

In captivity the moths lived from three to five days.

Observations and Experiments.

The first experiments were directed to determine whether

the male was attracted by the sight of the female or whether

he merely perceived an odour emanating from her,

Five females were placed in a clear glass battery-jar,

having a wide open mouth; the mouth was covered with a

coarse-meshed mosquito-netting, to allow a free circulation of

air between the interior of the jar and the outside.

Five males were liberated about 100 feet away from the

jar; they immediately flew to it and fluttered about the

mouth.

The jar was then inverted (placed mouth downward) and

sand packed around the open end, so as to prevent the air

escaping from the interior.

Thus the females remained visible through the glass, but

no scent could come from them. Under these circumstances

all the males flew away at once and some disappeared from

sight.

Sirhan: however, the jar was turned open end up again all

the males reappeared, flying excitedly round the mouth.

This experiment was often repeated, and always with the

same result. The males never pay the least attention to

females which are enclosed in a hermetically sealed preserving-

jar of clear glass.

Assuming that the males are able to see through glass

which appears transparent to us, we may conclude that sight

alone is not sufficient to attract the male toward the female,

or even to retain him in her presence when he is within a

few inches of her.

Another experiment, which seems to show that the male

186 Mr. A. G. Mayer on the

depends solely upon scent in seeking the female, may be

performed as follows:—A female is wrapped in loose raw

cotton, so as to be invisible and yet allow a scent to emanate

from her. The males then fly to the cotton and, crawling all

over it, flutter their wings excitedly and grasp the cotton

repeatedly with their abdominal claspers.

In another series of experiments, the females were enclosed

in a wooden box having a paper chimney rising from one end,

the other end being open and covered with mosquito-netting.

This box was so arranged that a current of air blew in

through the open end and out of the chimney. The females

were invisible from the outside, and yet any scent from them

would be carried up the chimney into the outer air.

When the males were liberated they flew to the mouth of

the chimney and fluttered about in its neighbourhood. None

came to the large open end of the box, into which the air was

blowing.

I then poured some C&, in a large, flat, evaporating-dish,

and placed it near the open end of the box, in such a manner

that the fumes passed up the chimney and mingled with the

scent from the female moths. The males, however, paid no

attention to the new odour, and still fluttered around the

chimney; nor did they seem to be disturbed by the fumes of

ethyl mercaptan, which possesses a most nauseating and putrid

odour. Evidently the scent arising from the females is suffi-

cient to overpower the fumes of CS, or ethyl mercaptan, if,

indeed, the males have any perception of the latter odours.

The entire abdomens of five females were cut off and placed

upon a table, while the males were placed in a large

mosquito-net cage about 5 feet away. ‘Two males were

liberated within five minutes of the time when the abdomens

were cut off. They both flew to the recently severed abdo-

mens and paid no attention to the abdomenless females in an

adjacent cage.

I repeated this experiment many times, but in all subse-

quent trials the males paid no attention either to the severed

abdomens or to the mutilated females. So far as positive

results go, however, it appears that the scent which attracts

the males emanates from the abdomen of the females.

When the eggs are cut out of the female she no longer

attracts the males, nor do the detached eggs attract them.

Dead or dying females have no attraction, nor do the males

come to the empty cocoon from which a female has issued.

When a female remains for some time in any place she

seems to impart an odour to the locality, for males will

continue to come to it for about two hours after she has left.

Mating Instinct in Moths. 187

It is interesting to notice that the females increase in

attractiveness as they grow older. ‘This was repeatedly

demonstrated as follows :—

Several females, all of which were about six hours old,

were confined in a large cage made of mosquito-netting, thus

allowing a free circulation of air. The same number of

females about thirty hours old were placed in another similar

cage about six feet nway from the younger females. Out of

thirty-seven males thirty-five came exclusively to the cage

containing the older females. Of the two remaining males

one came to the younger females and one divided his atten-

tion between both cages. When the females are made to

exchange cages the males will still go to the cage containing

the older females.

Upon testing females thirty hours old against females fifty-

five hours old, it appeared that they were equally attractive.

Of seven males three came to the females thirty hours old,

one divided his attention between both cages, and three came

to the fifty-five hour females. It thus appears that females

about six hours old are not so attractive as are females one or

two days old.

Virgin females are somewhat more attractive than fertilized

ones of the same age. When the virgins are placed in a

cage five feet away from a cage containing an equal number

of fertilized females the majority of the males fly to the

virgins. ‘Thus out of eleven males eight came to the virgin

females, two to the fertilized ones, and one to both cages.

Fertilized females are still quite attractive to males, how-

ever, and the males will readily mate with them. This last

was first observed by Miss Caroline G. Soule in 1894. She

had two female promethia moths, each one of which was mated

with four males and still remained attractive to other males.

In fact, as long as the female remained alive and in good

health she held attractions for the male.

One of my males mated four times with three females, and

three others mated three times each. ‘The males will make

frantic efforts to mate with a female which is at the time

coupling with another male,

‘Lhe male will fly toward the female with normal eager-

ness even though his entire abdomen be cut off, and he will

still seek the female when, in addition to this, the sides of his

thorax are covered with impervious glue. It is therefore

evident that the spiracles are not the seat of the organs by

which the male perceives the female scent.

If, on the other hand, the antennz of the male be covered

with shellac, glue, paraffin, Canada balsam, celloidin, or

188 Mr, A. G. Mayer on the

photographic paste *, he no longer seeks the female, and

displays no excitement even though within an inch of her.

In five instances I removed the paste by dissolving it in

water, and in four of these cases the males readily mated with

the females. Upon again covering the antenne with the

paste the males again failed to notice the females when in

close proximity to them.

There can be but little doubt that the organs by which the

male perceives the female are situated in the antenne; indeed

it has long been recognized that the olfactory organs of insects

are found chiefly upon the antenne. Hauser (1880) and

Kraepelin (1883) have given excellent descriptions of the

minute anatomy of these organs, Hauser having carried out

an elaborate series of physiological experiments to determine

their functions. He cut off the antenne of several species of

insects and found that their sense of smell was then either

greatly impaired or totally lost ; covering their antenne with

melted paraflin gave the same results.

Hauser also found that when the antenne of the male

(Saturnia pavonia) were removed the moth never makes any

attempt to mate.

Packard (1898) gives an excellent review of all researches

relating to the anatomy and physiology of the olfactory organs

in insects.

If the eye of a male (Callosamia promethia) be covered

thickly with pitch or Brunswick black +, so as to preclude the

possibility of sight remaining, the male will still mate in a

normal manner when placed near the female.

It will be remembered that in this moth the male is black

while the female is reddish brown ; in accordance with the

well-known theory of Darwin, the peculiar coloration of the

male might be due to sexual selection on the part of the

female. We might suppose, indeed, that the female preferred

dark-coloured males, and thus under the influence of sexual

selection the males became darker and darker, until the present

melanic colour has been attained.

In 1897 the author showed that the melanic colour of

the male of this moth is phylogenetically newer than the

colour-pattern of the female, and this fact, so far as it goes,

lends support to this theory of Darwin’s.

In order to test this hypothesis I cut off the wings of a

number of females, leaving only short stumps, from which all

* The photographic paste mentioned was “Stafford’s white paste ";

probably any impervious paste would serve as well.

+ This substance is commonly used as microscopic cement, and is of a

pitchy consistency and a dense brown-black colour.

Mating Instinct in Moths. 189

the scales were carefully brushed. Male wings were then

neatly glued to the stumps, and thus the female presented the

appearance of a male. Under these circumstances the males

mated with the female quite as readily as they would have

done under normal conditions.

I then tried the experiment of gluing female wings upon

the male. Here again the mating seemed to occur with

normal frequency, and I was unable to detect that the females

displayed any unusual aversion toward their effeminate-

looking consorts.

It is also interesting to note that normal males pay no

attention to males with female wings.

In another series of experiments the wings were cut

entirely off of males and females and the scales brushed off

of their bodies; and yet these shabby males were readily

accepted by normal females, nor could I see that normal males

displayed any aversion to mating with wingless females,

Weare therefore forced to conclude that the melanic colora-

tion of the male has not been brought about through the

agency of sexual selection on the part of the female. In this

connexion it is interesting to notice that Plateau (1897) con-

cludes that insects are attracted only by the odours of flowers,

and not at all by their colour.

In conclusion, it gives me great pleasure to express my

gratitude to Miss Caroline G. Soule for advice and aid; to

W. L. Tower, Esq., for his kindness in collecting many

cocoons of the moth; and to Dr. Robert W. Fuller, who

provided me with the reagents used in the manufacture of

ethyl mercaptan.

Summary of Conclusions.

The male is positively chemotactic toward some substance

which emanates from the abdomen of the female, and which

he perceives through olfactory organs situated upon his

antenne.

Females thirty to sixty hours old are much more attractive

to males than are young females five to ten hours old.

Virgin females are somewhat more attractive than are

fertilized ones of the same age.

‘The male will mate at least four times either with the same

or with different females.

Neither males nor females pay any attention to the appear-

ance of their partners.

The melanic colour of the male has not been brought about

by sexual selection on the part of the female.

190 Dr. M. I. Newbigin on

Literature quoted.

Hauser, G. (1880),—Zeitschrift fiir wissen. Zool. Bd. xxxiv. pp. 367-

403, Taf. iii.

KRaEPELW, K. (1883).—Ueber des Geruchsorgane der Gliedertiere.

48 pp.,3 Taf. Hamburg.

Mayer, A. G. (1897).—Bulletin Museum Comp. Zool. at Harvard

College, vol. xxx. pp. 178-180, pl. iii. figs. 24-41.

Packarp, A. S. (1898).—A Text-book of Entomology. Pp. vi, 729;

654 figs. Macmillan & Co. ;

PiaTEav, F. (1897).—Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, tom. xxxiv.

pp. 601-644, 847-880.

Soutr, Carorine G. (1894).—‘ Psyche’: the Journal of the Cam-

bridge Entomological Club, vol. vii. p. 155.

Harvard University,

Cambridge, Massachusetts.

XXII.—On British Species of Siphonostoma.

By M. I. Newsiern, D.Se. (Loud.).

[Plate IV.]

THE two most familiar species of Siphonostoma (Flabelliyera)

are S. affinis, the typical northern form, and 8S. diplochaitos,

the typical Mediterranean form. It is, however, worthy of

notice that while Cunningham and Ramage * suggest that

the two are identical, St. Joseph ¢ says there can be no possi-

bility of confusion between the two. In the vicinity of

Millport Marine Station a species of Stphonostoma occurs in

great abundance in the nests of Lima hians, and a collection

made there during this summer has enabled me to make some

observations on the specific characters. For purposes of

comparison, Mr. E. J. Allen, of the Plymouth Marine

Station, kindly furnished me with twenty-one specimens of

the species found in the neighbourhood of Plymouth. The

two forms are distinct, the Millport specimens agreeing most

closely with S. diplochaitos, Otto, the Plymouth specimens

with S. affinis, Sars, as defined by St. Joseph. Before pro-

ceeding to describe the specimens, it may be well to give in

tabular form St. Joseph’s list of the specitic differences between

the two:—

* “Polycheta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth,” Trans. Roy. Soc.

Edin. xxxiii. (1888), p. 677.

+ “ Annélides Polychétes des Cotes de Dinard,” Ann, Sci. Nat. (Zool.)

xvii. (1894) p. 96.

British Species of Siphonostoma. 191

S. affinis (specimens from S. diplochaitos (Naples

Dinard). specimens).

Length 20-40 millim. Length 70-80 millim.

Breadth 2-3 millim. Breadth 7 millim.

ments 30-47, Segments 39-40.

Gills 40-50, Gills 80-100,

Cephalic bristles 60-80, Cephalic bristles 200 or more,

Notopodial bristles 4-5. Notopodial bristles 12-14.

Neuropodium with 1-2 hooks and Neuropodium with 4-5 hooks and

6 simple bristles. 6 simple bristles.

Thus, apart from size, the differences chiefly consist in the

disparity in numbers of the various appendages. These

distinctions are somewhat vitiated by the fact that St. Joseph

is inclined to regard Chlorema Dujardinii, Qfg., as the

young of S. afinis, and it differs in the diminished number

of segments, gills, and cephalic bristles. It is obvious that if

in S. affinis these structures increase in number throughout

life, they may also do the same in 8. diplochaitos, and the

young stages of the latter may thus resemble the adults

of S. affinis. In fact this is precisely what the Millport

specimens show. St. Joseph, however, further seeks to

differentiate the two species by the minute characters of the

bristles, and states that these are of much importance in

distinguishing the species in the genus. The special points

upon which he relies are the following :—

In S. affinis the distance between the successive annuli of

the cephalic bristles is 0°025 millim. The hooks have the

following structure: immediately below the hooked region

there are 86 annuli, the intervening spaces gradually

increasing, but never exceeding 0°02 millim.; there is then a

long gap of 0°! millim. in length, followed by 10-20 annuli

separated by spaces of about 0°U2 millim.

In 4. diplochaitos the distance between the successive rings

of the cephalic bristles is only 0°0168 millim. In the hooks

the hooked region is less curved; it is followed by 50-60

annuli placed very close together, then by 4 annuli separated

by distances of 0°048 millim., finally by 50 closely aggre-

gated annuli.

As to my own observations, the Plymouth specimens agreed

very closely with St. Joseph’s description of S. afinis. The

length varied from 15-25 millim., with a usual breadth of

2 millim. The number of segments varied from 39-45, and

there were about 40 gills. In regard to the cephalic bristles,

there were some slight differences ; usually numbering about

80, in one case at least a very careful count gave over 100,

though some of these were short and small. As to the

192 Dr. M. I. Newbigin on

distance between the annuli, the specimens did not display

the constancy indicated by St. Joseph’s descriptions of Dinard

specimens. Not only was there variation in the different

bristles of the same worm, but the same bristle often gave

varying figures for its different annuli. ‘The following are

some typical measurements :—0°021 millim., 0°034 millim.,

0:036 millim., 0°039 millim., 0°057 millim. The dorsal

bristles usually numbered 5-6 instead of 4-5, and not infre-

quently in addition there were one or two small. bristles

embedded in the substance of the papilla and not projecting

from its surface. There was a wide range of variation in

regard to the distance of the annuli apart (see PL TV. fee

The total length of the bristles varied slightly in the different

specimens; the longest was usually 1:6 millim. to 1:2 millim.

in length ; this agrees very closely with St. Joseph’s descrip-

tion for the Dinard specimens. In regard to the ventral

hooks and their associated simple bristles, the specimens

agreed closely with St. Joseph’s description, but the minute

characters of the hooks did not entirely agree with his account

(see fig. 6).

In general the Plymouth specimens, though agreeing very

closely with St. Joseph’s Dinard specimens, showed variation

in three points :—(1) the number of cephalic bristles, (2) the

number of notopodial bristles in the other regions of the

body, (3) the minute structure of the bristles. All three are

characters which, according to St. Joseph, enter into the defini-

tion of the species.

The Millport specimens of Siphonostoma showed a great

variation in size, some reaching a length of 70 millim., with a

breadth of 7 millim., and others being only 25 millim., with a

breadth of 3 millim. All were taken in the same locality

(neighbourhood of Tan Buoy), and all from the interior of

Lima nests. As large and small specimens occur together in

the same nest, it seems legitimate to conclude that the latter

are merely young stages of the former.

The large specimens—those of 60-70 millim. in length—

are readily distinguished from the Plymouth species. As

obvious distinguishing features we have not only the length

of the body and the breadth of the anterior region, but the

more distinct tapering of the posterior region and the large

size of the notopodial bristles, which project in a very con-

spicuous way. Specimens of 25 millim. in length, on the

other hand, show a much greater resemblance to the Plymouth

form. We shall consider separately the characters of the large

and small specimens, but it should be noted that specimens

British Species of Siphonostoma. 193

of intermediate length are intermediate in character between

the two. .

Specimens of 60-70 millim. in length had 40-15 segments.

This does not agree with St. Joseph’s statement for S. diplo-

chaitos, but Bles*, in speaking of this species (Naples

specimens) says 40-50 segments, so that there must obviously

be variation in this respect. The gills in these full-grown

specimens numbered about 100, the cephalic bristles 200 or

more; but in the structure of notopodium and neuropodium

they showed less close agreement with St. Joseph’s specimens.

The notopodium bore usually 10-12 long annulated bristles,

but in addition there were about 10-13 other short bristles

buried in the substance of the papilla, and hardly, if at

all, visible externally (see Pl. LV. fig. 1). The distance of

the annuli apart varied from 0:026 millim. to 0 071 millim.

in the cephalic bristles, and from 0:0079 millim. to 0023

millim. in the other notopodial bristles (see fig. 3). The

range of variation in this respect is thus very wide. As to

the hooks of the neuropodium, these did not exceed 3 in

number (in place of 4-5), and in many instances 1 or 2 only

were present ; but it may be noticed that the hooks fall out

very readily. ‘lhe annulation was often indistinct throughout

a portion at least of the hook (see fig. 4), and in no case did I

succeed in finding any one hook which displayed all the

characters described by St. Joseph. He describes his speci-

mens of S. diplochaitos as having less distinctly recurved

hooks than those of S. aginis ; but my specimens showed no

such distinction. Embedded in the neuropodial papille and

surrounding the base of the hooks there are, as in S. affnis,

short annulated bristles whose slender tips only project from

the surface of the papilla (see fig. 2). In the Millport speci-

mens instead of 6 of these there were usually about 13: of

these about 7 actually projected from the papilla; the other 6,

though identical in structure, lay entirely within the substance

of the papilla (see fig. 2). It seems impossible to doubt the

identity of these Millport specimens with Siphonostoma diplo-

chaitos of the Mediterranean ; but they differ especially in the

diminished number of ventral hooks and in the presence of

small bristles in the notopodial papilla, in addition to the

typical number.

The small Millport specimens differed in several respects

from the large. Specimens of 25 millim. in length had

34-35 segments, but one of 38 millim. had 43 segments. In

specimens of 25-40 millim, the number of cephalic bristles

* Brit. Assoc. Report, 1891,

Ann. d& Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 13

194 On British Species of Siphonostoma.

varied from 140-150, as contrasted with over 200 in the

adult; the number of gills varied from 60-80, as compared

with about 100 in the adult. The distance of the annuli

apart varied from 0°0158-0°0342 millim. in the cephalic

bristles. The notopodial papille bore usually 6 long pro-

jecting bristles (cf. S. affinds), but there were 8-9 small

additional bristles buried in the substance of the papilla.

These small bristles are not visible except after careful search,

and under a low power the general aspect of the papilla

closely resembles that of S. affinis. The only constant

difference which I could find lies in the fact that, in specimens

of the two species of the same body-length, the dorsal bristles

of S. diplochaitos are longer than those of S. afinis. Thus

in specimens about 25 millim. long those of the latter species

are 1°6-1'2 millim. long, those of the former 2°16—2°37 millim.

The small specimens of S. diplochattos displayed on their

neuropodial papille 1-2 hooks whose bases were surrounded

by 6 simple bristles. The hooks did not agree closely in

their minute characters with those of St. Joseph’s specimens.

This description shows that S. diplochaitos changes in

character during growth, the changes occurring in those

special characters which serve to differentiate the adult from

S. afinis. ‘Thus the young as compared with the adult show

a diminished number of segments, gills, cephalic bristles,

ordinary notopodial bristles, and neuropodial hooks; and it is

precisely the numbers of these structures which constitute the

distinguishing marks of the species. In other words, the |

young S. diplochaitos approximates in character to the adult

S.offinis. The present observations donot support St. Joseph’s

suggestion that the minute characters of the bristles are of

specific importance. In view of the approximation of the

young S, diplochaitos to the characters of the adult S. affinis,

it must be doubtful how far the two are entitled to rank as

separate species.

It may seem remarkable that the Plymouth specimens of

S. affinis should agree so closely with St. Joseph’s descrip-

tions, while the Millport specimens should differ so markedly

from his descriptions of S. diplochaitos ; but it is to be noticed

that in the case of S. affinis the two sets of specimens are

both Channel forms, while the specimens of . diplochaitos

come from such widely separated localities as the Bay of

Naples and the Firth of Clyde.

It is interesting to note that St. Joseph describes from

Saint-Jean-de-Luz * a new Siphonostoma under the name of

* “ Annélides Polychétes des Cotes de France,’ Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.)

v. (1897) p. 363.

On an Unnamed Species of Cervus. 195

Flabelligera Claparedii, which differs from S, diplochaitos

chiefly in having 23-25 notopodial bristles, 1-2 ventral hooks,

and different forms of papilla. Now if in the Millport

specimens the short notopodial bristles be counted in addition

to the long ones, this would make the number the same as in

St. Joseph’s species, and the number of ventral hooks is the

same. It seems probable that S$. diplochattos is a very

variable species, exhibiting a strong tendency to run into

local races, and that the three “species,” S, diplochaitos,

S. affinis, and S, Claparedit, are only varieties of the same

species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Cluster of bristles from one of the posterior notopodia of S. diplo-

chaitos, showing eleven long bristles, represented as if cut

short, and ten short bristles scarcely projecting from the surface

of the papilla. The line aa represents the outline of the papilla.

x 50.

Fig. 2. Neuropodial papilla of S. dipluchaitos with hooks removed, to

show the short simple bristles, here twelve in number. x 50.

Fig. 3. Fragment of dorsal bristle of S. diplochaitos, to show the varying

distances at which the annuli are placed. x 300.

Fig. 4. Hook of S. diplochaitos, to show annuli. In the median region no

annuli could be seen even with a high magnification. x 40.

Fig. 5. Fragment of dorsal bristle of S. affinis, to show annuli. x 3800.

Fig. 6. Hook of S. affinis, to show annuli. x 90.

College of Medicine for Women,

Edinburgh.

XXIII.—On an Unnamed Species of Cervus from Turkestan,

By R. LyDeKKER.

On pages 108 and 109 of my work entitled ‘The Deer of

All Lands’ brief mention is made of a stag recently (and

perhaps still) living in the zoological gardens at Moscow,

which at the time in question I was unable to refer to any

known species, though I refrained from giving it a scientific

name till further information was obtained. ‘I'he specimen,

of which a figure, copied from a photograph, was given, was

reputed to have come from Turkestan, and in the characters

of its antlers, of which a cast pair are in the possession of the

Duke of Bedford, is evidently allied to the shou (Cervus

affinis) of the district north of Bhutan.

Recently the Duke of Bedford has received a stag from the

neighbourhood of ‘Tashkend, which is now living in the park

at Woburn Abbey, and which, although it has at present no

antlers, 1 have no hesitation in referring to the same species

13*

196 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

as the Moscow specimen. Its resemblance to the latter is

especially shown by the remarkably short and thick neck, as

well as by the pelage being ashy grey at all seasons. Assu-

ming this reference to be correct, we have the reputed place

of origin of the Moscow specimen confirmed, and thus

evidence that a shou-like deer inhabits the Turkestan

district, part of which was included in the old kingdom of

Bactria.

Although our information with regard to the shou is very

imperfect, yet it appears to have tawny-coloured hair during

at least a portion of the year, and its antlers have five tines,

whereas those of the Moscow specimen have normally but

four, owing to the absence of the bez-tine *. Apart from

this, it is altogether unlikely that the range of the shou should

extend from the neighbourhood of Bhutan to Turkestan,

especially since it is unknown in the intermediate area.

Accordingly all the evidence seems to point to the specific

(or subspecitic) distinctness of the Turkestan deer, which I

propose to call Cervus bactrianus, the pair of shed antlers at

Woburn Abbey forming the type.

The species may be defined as allied in the general form of

its antlers to C. affinis, but the size apparently smaller, the

colour of the coat ashy grey at all seasons, and the antlers

normally with but four tines on each side, the bez-tine being

missing. Another feature is the shortness and breadth of the

ead and neck.

When the Tashkend specimen at Woburn develops its new

antlers, I hope to give a further notice of the species.

XXIV.—British Amphipoda: Fam. Lysianasside (concluded).

By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

[Plate VL]

Fam. I]. Lysianasside (continued from p. 144).

Genus 7, SOPHROSYNE, Stebbing.

(Report ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p, 652.)

25. Sophrosyne Robertsont, Stebbing & Robertson.

1890. Sophrosyne Robertsoni, Stebbing & Robertson, “ Four new British

Amphipoda,” Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 31, pl. v. a.

Hab. The Clyde (D. R.) ; Upper Loch Fyne (J. Murray) ;

Loch Fyne (TY. S.).

* In the pair at Woburn there are five tines on the left side, appa-

rently due to abnormal development, the terminal fork being smaller on

this side than on the other.

Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 197

Distrib. ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 36, lat. 48° 50’ N., long.

11° 9 W., ¢. e. outside the entrance to the English Channel,

in 725 fathoms: Mus, Nor.

[Genus 8. CycLocaris, Stebbing.

(Report ‘Challenger’ Crustacea, p. 664.)

[Cyclocaris faroensis, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 5-15.)

The form of the head, the general character of the antenna,

of the gnathopods and pereopods, of all the cox, of the

dorsal impression of the first segment of the urosome, and of

uropods and telson show remarkable resemblance to Cyclo-

carts tahitensis, Stebbing, the type and only previously known

species of a very marked genus. So remarkable is the resem-

blance, that the differences seem scarcely varietal; but I

hesitate to unite a form found in the Faroe Channel with one

from so distant a locality as Tahiti.

The cephalon has a similar concavity between the bases of

the two pairs of antenne as in C. tahitensis, and similarly

leaves the base of the lower pair fully exposed to view.

The upper antenne or antennules have the peduncle shorter

than the cephalon ; the flagellum twelve-jointed, the first of

these joints is fully as long as the cephalon, the distal lower

corner of this and of the four following joints is furnished with

long slender spines: the secondary appendage is composed of

six articulations, of which the first is the longest ; it reaches

to the seventh joint of the flagellum.

The lower antenne have the peduncle short, the last two

joints of the peduncle subequal, and the flagellum consists of

twenty-two articulations.

No eyes are visible. The remarkable mandible (fig. 5)

closely corresponds with that of the type species.

The first mawille (tig. 6) have the basal lobe narrowed

almost to a point below, whence it swells out into a nearly

semicircular form, furnished on the inner margin with short

stiff sete, which are verticillately plumed; the masticatory

lobe is elongated and narrowed to the extremity, furnished

with long flexuous spines, bearing a tooth on the side, and

also with slender sete: the palp is narrow, the last joint

arcuate, and terminating in three teeth tipped with spine-

points; of these the central is the longest; outside these at

the outer corner is a small short spine and a small seta, and

on the hinder margin another and larger seta.

The second maville (tig. 7) have the outer lobe much

longer than the inner, the latter is margined with two distinct

198 Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

rows of sete; the sete in one of these rows are verticillately

plumose, in the other simply plumose.

The basal lobe of the mazill’ped (fig. 8) widens distally

and the extremity is rather oblique and flexuous; a row of

setx is situated on the middle of the lobe; the masticatory

lobe is remarkable for its great breadth and widely rounded

extremity, the inner margin is faintly crenulated, the outer

and distal margins are set round with simple sete at nearly

equal intervals ; the palp is stout, its terminal nail strong,

the antepenultimate joint just overtops the masticatory lobe.

The gnathopods have the coxe small and almost entirely

concealed by the overlying coxa of the first pereopod. Both

pairs of gnathopods (figs. 9 & 10) closely resemble those of

C. tahitensis, but the first pair are much more stoutly built

than in that species.

The pereopods with their coxe (figs. 11 & 12, coxe of

second and third pair) are in close agreement with those of

the type. A comparison of fig. 13 of the last pereopod with

Stebbing’s figure of the same limb in C. tahztensis shows the

remarkable resemblance, seen even in the hinder margin of

the basos, which in the lower portion is slightly coneave and

devoid of the serrations which are present in the upper portion

of the margin.

The third segment of the metasome has the hinder corner

of the epimera slightly produced and pointed (fig. 14).

The first segment of the uwrosome has a dorsal sinus. The

second uropods are longer than the first, but do not reach to

more than half the length of the rami of the largely developed

last pair, which have their rami fully twice as long as their

peduncle: the outer branch is two-jointed ; its inner margin

bears four or five small spinules, and under a high power the

margin itself is seen to be delicately serrulated. The telson

(fig. 15) is narrow, very long and produced, and cleft almost

to the base; it extends beyond the extremities of the first

and second uropods.

Length 19 millim.

Two specimens taken by Sir John Murray in the ‘ Triton’

Expedition of 1882, Stat. 8, Faroe Channel, lat. 60° 18! N.,

long. 6° 15! W., in 640 fathoms, temperature 30° Fahr.

‘The features which distinguish this species from the type

are chiefly tle more robust character of the first gnathopods

and the form of the hinder margin of the third segment of

the metasome. ]

Canon A, M. Norman on British Amphipod., 199

Genus 9. AristiAs, Boeck.

26. Aristias neglectus, Hansen.

1872. Aristias tumidus, Boeck, (138) p. 148, pl. iii. fig. 4 (but not

Anonyx tumidus, Kroyer, or any other synonyms).

887. Aristias neglectus, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 67, pl. ii. fig. 4.

1890. Aristias neglectus, Meinert, (71) p. 153.

1890. Aristias Audouinianus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 48, pl. xvii. fig. 2.

1895, Aristias neg/lectus, id. ibid., Appendix, p. 675.

1893. Aristias neglectus, Della Valle, (139) p. 844, pl. vi. fig. 9, pl. xxvi.

fiys. 16-3] a

Hub. Shetland, 170 fathoms, the largest specimens that I

have seen, and in Ascidians at lesser depths; Sleat Sound,

Skye (A. M. N.) : Mus. Nor.

Distrib. Trondhjem and Hardanger Fiords, Norway, 40-

150 fathoms (A. MZ. NV.) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor.

Kattegat (Mecnert).

In cases where in the past Aristias tumidus has been re-

corded from stations in the British Isles it may be assumed

that A. neglectus was the species taken.

Genus 10. PerrtereLia, Chevreux & Bouvier, 1892.

= Pararistias, 1). Robertson, 1892.

27. Perrierella Audouiniana (Spence Bate).

1861. Lysianassa Audouiniana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 79.

1890. Aristias Audouinianus, Meinert, (71) p. eat i. figs, 1-6.

1892. Perrierella crassipes, Chevreux & Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Zool. de

France, vol. xvii. p. 50, & woodcut.

1892. Pararistias Audouinianus, D. Robertson, “Second Contrib. Cat.

Amphip. and Isop. of Firth of Clyde,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glaszow,

vol. ili. p. 7.

1893. Perrierella crassipes, Chevreux & Bouvier, “ Amphip. de Saint-

Vaast-la-Houge,”’ Ann, des Sci. Nat. sér. 7, vol. xv. p. 113, pl. ii.

figs. 1-12.

1893. Perrierella Audouiniana, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du

Boulonnais, IL1.,”’ Bull. Sci, de France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 175,

pl. v. figs. 1-10.

1895. Perrierella Audouiniana, Walker, “ Revision of Amphipods of

the L. M. B. C, District,” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 291.

This is unquestionably Spence Bate’s Lystanassa Audouin-

iana. Mr. Walker has examined Spence Bate’s single

specimen in the British Museum, and in my own collection

are examples from Polperro and others from Shetland which

were examined and named by Bate as above.

Hab. Shetland; in Ascidians, Oban; near Duke Buoy,

Plymouth, 7 fathoms (4. Mf, N.); Polperro (Laughrin) :

Mus. Nor. Mull (G@. Brook) ; Clyde and Loch Fyne (D. R.) ;

200 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

North Wales and Isle of Man (A. O. W.); Jersey (Chev-

reux).

Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway (A. M,N.) ; Denmark

(Copenhagen Museum): Mus. Nor. West coast of France

and Mediterranean (Chevreux).

Another synonym is Aristias tumidus of Bonnier and of

Chevreux (not Kréyer).

Genus 11. CaAtiisoma, A. Costa.

28. Callisoma Hopet, A. Costa.

1851. Callisoma Hopei, A. Costa, in Hope, Cat. Crost. Ital. p. 44, &

plate, fig. 2; id. Fauna del Reg. di Napoli, Crost. p. 5, pl. viii. bis,

ig. J

fy. I.

1857. Scolopecheirus crenatus, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2,

vol. xix. p. 158.

1861. Callisoma crenata, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 120.

1890. Callisoma crenata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 53, pl. xix. fig. 1.

1893. Callisoma Hopei, Della Valle, (189) p. 889, pl. vi. fig. 11, &

pl. xvi. figs. 1-15.

Neapolitan specimens examined by me have the carpus

of the first gnathopods longer in proportion to the hand and

the telson to the last uropods than Della Valle’s figures repre-

sent, and I have no doubt as to the identity of the Mediter-

ranean and more northern forms.

Hab. Shetland; Sleat Sound, Skye; Firth of Clyde

(A. WM. NV.) ; Seaham, Co. Durham (G. Hodge) ; 25 miles off

May Island, Firth of Forth, 85 fathoms (Sir J. Murray) ;

Polperro, Cornwall (Laughrin) ; off S.W. Ireland, 165

fathoms (Bourne) ; Banff (7. Edward): Mus. Nor. North-

umberland coast; Inverary, N.B. (A. M/. N.); St. Andrews

(M‘Intosh) ; 70-SO miles off Spurn Head (7. 8.) ; N. Wales

and Galley Head, Co. Cork (4. O. W.).

Distrib. Bergenand Trondhjem Fiords, Norway (A. 1. W.);

Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. West coast of France

(Chevreuz). It has not been found within the Arctic Circle.

29. Callisoma Kréyeri (Bruzelius).

1859. Anonyx Kroyeri, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gammar. p. 46,

l. ii. fig. 7.

1872. Callisoma Kréyert, Boeck, (188) p. 184.

1890. Callisuema Kroyeri, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 54, pl. xix, fig. 2.

Hab. Recorded by Mr. Walker from off the Skilligs and

Ballycotton, 8.W. Ireland, in 80-62 fathoms.

Distrib. Bohuslin, Sweden (Prof. Lovén) ; Fosse de Cap

Breton, Bay of Biscay, in 85-60 fathoms (A. M. N.) ; ‘ Por-

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 201

enpine,’ 1869, Stat. 17, lat. 54° 25'N., long. 11° 44’ W.,

1230 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 30-

40 fathoms (G@. O. Sars) ; Finmark (Bruzelius).

Genus 12. Hipromepon, Boeck.

30. Hippomedon denticulatus (Bate).

1861. Anonyx denticulatus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 101.

1872. Hippomedon Holbélli, Boeck, (138) p. 136, pl. v. fig. 6, & pl. vi.

fig. 7 (nec Anonyr Holbélli, Kroyer).

1890. IHippomedon denticulatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 56, pl. xx.

Hah. Shetland ; Firth of Clyde ; Durham coast (A.M. N.) ;

25 miles off May Island, Firth of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J.

Murray): Mus. Nor. Hebrides; Loch Fyne; near Farne

Islands, Northumberland (A. Jf. N.); St. Andrews (M‘In-

tosh) ; 70-80 miles E. by N. from Spurn Head (7. S.) ;

Isle of Man; Valentia, Ireland, and off Galley Head, Co. Cork

(A. O. W.).

Distrib. Bergen and Trondhjem Fiords, Norway; Vadso,

FE. Finmark (A. AL. N.) ; ‘Tromsé (Schneider) ; ‘ Porcupine,’

1869, Stat. 51, lat. 60° 6’ N., long. 8° 14’ W., in 440 fathoms ;

Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Sweden, Denmark, and

Western France.

31. Hippomedon propinquus, G. O. Sars.

1890. Hippomedon propinquus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 57, pl. xxi. fig. 1.

Hab. Shetland (A. M. N.) ; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 74,

to the west of Shetland, 203 fathoms: Mus. Nor.

Distrib. Vadsé and Sydvaranger, East Finmark (A.M. N.);

Troms6 (Schnetder): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of this as a

northern form which he has not found south of the Trondhjem

Fiord, but found thence northward to Vads6 in 20-100

fathoms.

[Genus 13. PARATRYPHOSITES, Stebbing.

[ Paratryphosites abyssi (Goés).

1866. Lysianassa abyssi, Goés, “Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsbergiam

alluentis Xc.,” Ctvers. K. Vet.-Akad, Férhand. p. 3 (separate copy),

1. xxxvii. fig. 5.

1870. Hippomedon abyssi, Boeck, (137) p. 23.

1872. Hippomedon abyssi, Boeck, (138) p. 138.

1887. Hippomedon abysst, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 66.

1899. Paratryphosites abyssi, Stebbing, “ Revision of Amphipoda,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 206,

Taken by the ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, Stat. 2, off Hare Island,

202 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Greenland, in 175 fathoms, and Stat. 3, off Disco, Greenland,

in 100 fathoms.

This species is as yet only known in the Greenland seas.]

Genus 14. ORCHOMENE, Boeck.

32. Orchomene humilis (A. Costa).

1853. Lystanassa humilis, A. Costa, Rend. Accad. fis. mat. Napoli,

p- 172 ( fide Della Valle).

1857. Lystanassa humilis, A. Costa, “ Ricerche su Crost. Amfip. del

Reg. di Napoli,” Mem. del. R. Accad. del. Se. di Napoli, vol. i. p. 187,

pl. i. fig. 6.

1861. Anonyx Edwardsii, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 94.

1867. Anonyx melanophthalmus, Norman, “Report Committee Dredging

Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1866, p. 201.

1876. Anonyx serratus, Stebbing, ‘The Genera Hyale and Anonyzx and

on a new Frobolium,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 340,

1. xix. figs. 3 & 3 a-e (nec Orchomene serratus, Boeck).

1882. Orchomene Batei, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 81.

1890. Orchomene Batei, Sars, (142) p. 60, pl. xxii.

1893. Anonyx humilis, Dalla Valle, (139) p. 817, pl. xxvi. figs. 32-37.

Hab. Shetland; Sleat Sound, Skye; Oban; Durham

coast; Starcross, Devon; Jersey; Guernsey (A. M. N.);

Isle of Cumbrae (D. #., received as O. pinguis): Mus. Nor.

Loch Fyne (D. #.); near Bass Rock, Firth of Forth (2. S.).

Distrib. West Norway (Sars) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus.

Nor. Sars speaks of it as occurring in a few localities in the

south and west of Norway. West France (Chevreuz).

I have examined specimens of A. humilis received from

Della Valle, which are the same as our northern species.

33. Orchomene pectinatus.

1882. Orchemene pectinatus, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 80, pl. ii. fig. 5.

1890. Orchomene pectinatus, Sars, (142) p. 64, pl. xxiii. fig. 3.

Hah. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 23 a, lat. 56° 13’ N., long.

14° 18’ W., that is south of Rockall, 420 fathoms: Mus.

Nor.

Distrib, Bugo in the Varanger Fiord, East Finmark, in

120 fathoms ; at three stations outside the great fishing-banks

of the N.W. coast of Norway, and Arctic Ocean W. of Bear

Island by the ‘ Véringen’ Exped. (G. 0. Sars).

[ Orchomene serratus, Boeck, has been three times recorded

as British (by Robertson, Stebbing, and Scott), but the

records have been subsequently found to be erroneous. ]

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 203

Genus 15. 'TRypHosA, Boeck.

= Orchemenella, G. O. Sars.

34, Tryphosa nana (Kriyer).

1846. Anonyx nanus, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 2 Rekkes, vol. ii.

p. 30; Voyage en Scand. Ke. pl. xvii. fig. 2.

1876. Tryphosa nana, Boeck, (138) p. 181.

1882. Tryphosa ciliata, G. O, Sars, (102) p. 8), pl. iii. fig. 4.

Tryphosa ciliata, A. O, Walker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Liverpool,

vol. ii. p. 172, pl. xiii. figs. 1-4.

1891. Orchemenella ciliata, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 69, pl. xxv. fig. 2.

. Tryphosa nana, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais,

I1l.,”” Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 191, pl. vi. figs. 1-9.

1895. Orchemenella nana, G. O, Sars, (142) Appendix, p. 683.

Hab. Shetland; Durham coast (A. M. N.); Isle of

Cumbrae (D. RB.) ; Polperro, Cornwall (Lauyghrin) ; Firth of

Forth (7. 8.) ; ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, off W. Ireland, 40 fathoms :

Mus. Nor. 70-80 miles off Spurn Head, near Hull (7. S.) ;

Isle of Man; North Wales; Valentia Harbour and Bray

Head, Ireland (A. O. W.).

Distrib. South Norway (G@. O. Sars) ; Denmark (Copen-

hagen Museum): Mus. Nor, Jedaren, south coast of Norway

(G. O. Sars) ; west coast of France (Chevreuz).

My friend the late Dr. D. Robertson wrote of this species

in his “ Second Contribution ” :—“‘ This seems to be one of

the sea-scavengers. A fisherman brought to me portions of

the crab Lithodes maia from his bait-creel, and every part of

it was crowded with this species clustered on the top of each

other. All the flesh was as perfectly cleaned off the body,

legs, and claws of the crab as if the parts had been bleached

on the shore for a twelvemonth. The number of these

Amphipods was quite surprising, and I had a six-ounce

bottle filled with them. So far as I have seen, they are all

of the same species. ‘he wonder is why they remained on

the empty shell of the crab after having cleaned out all the

soft parts, unless, like the boa-constrictor after a great feast,

they require a long time to digest it... .. It is a curious

fact that the Amphipoda met with at these great banquets, so

far as. I have seen, are mostly of one species. Sometimes

they are exclusively 7ryphosa nanoides, or at other times

wholly Lafystius sturionts, Orchemenella nana (=ciliata), or

Callisoma crenatum. Whether each species has its own

particular prey, or whether the weaker species give way to

the stronger, cannot easily be proved.” It is not always so,

for I may mention that at Falmouth on a dead fish in a crab-

pot 1 found Orchomene humilis and Socarnes erythrophthalmus

204 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

associated in thousands of each species enjoying their dinner

in mutual respect. At Shetland I obtained Tryphosa nanvides

in great abundance on a dead fish.

As Orchemenella ciliata, G. O. Sars, has been shown by

J. Bonnier to be a synonym of Tryphosa nana (Kroyer),

Boeck, and Sars has acquiesced in this view, and as 7'ryphosa

nana was made by Boeck the type of his genus Tryphosa, it is

necessary that both generic and specific names employed by

Sars should give way to those which are earlier.

34°. ? Tryphosa minuta (Kroyer).

? 1861. Anonyx minutus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 108.

1876. Orchomene minuta, Boeck, (138) p. 174, pl. v. fig. 3.

1890. Orchemenella minuta, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 67, pl. xxiv. fig. 1.

This is a species found throughout the Arctic Ocean,

Siberian Sea, and Greenland, and though found throughout

Norway, it becomes scarcer southwards.

Hab. Is Anonyx minutus, Bate & Westwood, this species ?

I do not think it can be, and am inclined to believe that

the Amphipod figured and described by them was a young

male of Orchomene humilis, Costa, which species is found abun-

dantly at Polperro and Plymouth, whence Bate had specimens

of Anonyx minutus.” Both figures and description accord

with O. humilis, except the description of the posterior perezo-

poda, which description, however, does not accurately apply

to any allied form known tome. ‘The only other record of

the occurrence of the species in our fauna is given thus by

Mr. T. Scott :—‘ This species is reported from Minard (Loch

Fyne), where it was collected in 1870 by Murray.” It must

be observed that Sir J. Murray does not study the Amphi-

pods, and we do not know the authority who identified the

species.

35. Tryphosa pinguts (Boeck).

1860. Anonyz pinguis, Boeck, Forh. ved de Skand. Naturf. 8de Méde,

642.

1876. Orchomene pinguis, Boeck, (138) p. 176, pl. v. fig. 1.

1890. Orchemenella pinguis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 67, pl. xxiv. fig. 2.

1893. Tryphosa pinguis, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonuais,

IIL,” Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. pp. 172, 196.

The above names will show the confusion which has existed

among the small Lysianassids, as it seems to me from multi-

plying genera on insufficient characters; but not wishing to

increase confusion, I have adopted for them M. Bonnier’s

revision.

Hab. “ Dredged west of the Tan Buoy, Cumbrae, in

Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 205

18 fathoms” (D. R.). These are the specimens which were

recorded in Dr. Robertson’s first paper as ‘ Anonyz serratus.”

This is the only record of the species as British.

Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway (A. M/Z. N.); Malangen

Fiord, West Finmark (/. S. Schneider): Mus. Nor. Siberian

Polar Sea (Stuaberg).

Genus 16. TRYPHOSELLA, J. Bonnier.

= Tryphosa, G. O. Sars (non Tryphosa, Boeck, typica).

36. Tryphosella Sarsi, J. Bonnier.

1891. Tryphosa nana, G, O. Sars (not Anonyx nanus, Kr.), (142) p. 76,

1, xxvii. fig. 1.

1893. Tryphosella Sarsi, J. Bounier, /. c. p. 170, note.

Hab, Bressay Sound, Shetland ; mouth of the Yealm, near

Plymouth; Clew Bay, Co. Mayo (A. M. W.): Mus. Nor.

Puffin Island, North Wales, Menai Strait, and Jersey

(4. O. W.); Upper Loch Fyne (7. S.).

Listrib. South and west coasts of Norway (Sars).

37. Tryphosella Héringii (Boeck).

1870. Tryphosa Horingit, Boeck, (137) p. 38.

1876. Tryphosa Horingit, Boeck, (188) p. 182, pl. iv. fig. 4.

1891. Tryphosa Horringu, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 77, pl. xxvii. fig. 2.

1893. Tryphosella Horringu, J. Bonnier, l. c. p. 171.

Hab. It has been recorded from the ambulacral grooves

of starfish, Bull Bay, Anglesey (A. O. W.) ; Loch Linnhe

(G. Brook) ; Firth of Forth (7. S.).

Distrib. Vrondhjem Fiord, Norway, 150 fathoms (A. IZ. N.) ;

Denmark (Copenhagen Mus.): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of it

as found in Norway and up to Lofoten generally in the region

of deep-sea corals in 50-150 fathoms. Bohusliin, Sweden

(Gunhilds Expedition, fide Sars).

[ Tryphosella abysst, sp. n. (Pl. VI. figs, 16-20.)

Male.—lIn describing this form I shall take advantage of

the figures on Sars’s pls. xxvii. and xxviii. for illustrations of

characters. Cephalon with lateral corners produced and acute

(as in Tryphosttes) (fig. 16). Coxe of fourth segment of

mesosome (fig. 17) with the posterior projection completely

rounded above and below, those of fifth pair (fig. 18) as broad

as deep; these characters as in 7’, Sarsi; epimera of third

segment of metasome with the hinder corner well rounded

(fig. 19), without any indication of an angle. First segment

206 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

of urosome deeply grooved in front, humped and distally

truncate (exactly as 7. angulata) (fig. 20). Antenne of both

pairs very much as figured for male of 7. Héringti, but

basal joint of upper less stout; flagellum of eighteen articula-

tions, the first nearly equal in length to the basal joint of the

peduncle, accessory appendages of seven articulations, first

only slightly longer than the second; flagellum of lower

antennee with twenty-five articulations ; both pairs furnished

with calceole. Gnathopods of both pairs of the usual form

in the genus and very like those of J’. Sarsi; first slender,

the hand slightly shorter than the wrist; the second with

hand obovate, somewhat wider than the wrist, finger well

developed. Last uropods with long rami and fully twice the

length of the telson, which bears three pairs of lateral spines.

In all that has been said this species closely resembles the

characters of the genus Tryphosella; but on examining the

mouth-organs it is seen that instead of the epistoma over-

hanging the upper lip, the upper lip projects beyond the

epistome as in Orchemenopsis or as in T'ryphosa nana, which

in this respect differs from other species which Sars assigns to

that genus. Indeed, these allied genera seem constituted on

very unsatisfactory characters, and I cannot but think that

an amalgamation is desirable.

Length 6 millim.

The angular projection of the sides of the cephalon, the

character of the epistoma, the rounded hind corner of the

third segment of the metasome, and the form of the first

segment of the urosome distinguish this species from allies.

A single specimen taken by Sir J. Murray in H.MLS. ‘ Tri-

ton’ in 1882, Stat. 7, lat. 60° 19’ N., long. 7° 10’ W.., in the

cold area of the Faroe Channel, 585 fathoms. ]

38. Tryphosella nanoides (Lilljeborg).

1865. Anonyx nanoides, Lilljeborg, On the Lysianassa magellanica

&e. p. 25, figs. 32-34.

1876. Tryphosa nanoides, Boeck, (138) p. 186.

1891. Tryphosa nanoides, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 79, pl. xxviii. fig. 2.

1893. Tryphosella nanoides, J. Bonnier, l. c. p. 171.

Hab. Shetland*, in great numbers on a dead fish; Pol-

perro, Cornwall, on a skate (A. MZ. NV.) ; Ardbear Bay, Ireland

(Brady & Rebertson).

Distrib. Greenland (Copenhagen Mus.): Mus. Nor. West

Norway and Finmark, in 50-100 fath., and, like myself, Sars

* In my Shetland Report young specimens of this species were rightly

referred to it, but full-grown examples were wrongly named “ Anonyx

ampulla.”

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 207

has taken it abundantly on the back of a living skate. Bo-

husliin, Sweden (Bruzelius); Denmark (Meinert) ; off Jan

Mayen (‘Véringen’ Exped.).

[Tryphosa pusilla, G. O. Sars (‘Crustacea Norwegian

North-Atlantic Exped.,’ 1885, p. 151, pl. xiii. figs. 2, 2a),

has been recorded by the late Dr. Robertson as taken near

the ‘T'an Buoy, Cumbrae, in 12 fathoms, ‘There is probably

amistake. JZryphosa pusilla is a blind species, dredged in

the Arctic Ocean in 1004 fathoms, and is hardly likely to

have been found under such circumstances. ‘The species

obtained may have been T'ryphosella Sarsi, J. Bonnier. }

Genus 17. Nannonyx, G. O. Sars.

39. Nannonyx Goésit (Boeck).

1870. Orchemene Goésit, Boeck, (137) p. 36.

1876. Orchomene Goésti, Boeck, (138) p. 177, pl. iv. fig. 5.

1891, Nannonyx Goésti, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 72, pl. xxiv. fig. 3.

Hab. Plymouth (A. A, N.): Mus. Nor. Puffin Island,

N. Wales, at spring-tides, and Jersey (A. O. W.).

Distrib, ‘Two specimens at Folgeré, west coast of Norway,

in 40 fathoms (Sars) ; La Croisic, France (Chevreux).

40. Nannonyx spinimana, A. O, Walker.

1895. Nannonyx spinimana, A. O. Walker, “ Revision Amphipoda of

L. M. B. ©. District,” Trans, Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 292,

pl. xviii. figs. 1-11, & pl. xix. fig. 6a.

Hab. This new species was found by Mr. Walker on two

occasions on a rocky bottom in 5-8 fathoms by the Menai

Bridge, North Wales.

Genus 18. Trypuosites, G. O, Sars.

41. Tryphosites longipes (Bate).

1861. Anonyx longipes, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 118, 9.

1861. Anonyx ampulla, id. ibid. p. 116, ¢.

1876. Tryphosa longipes, Boeck, (188) p. 184, pl. v. fig. 8, pl. vi. fig. 5.

1891. Tryphosites longipes, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 81, pl. xxviii. fig. 3,

pl. xxix. fig. 1.

Ilab, Shetland; the Minch; Oban; Isle of Cumbrae ;

Berwick-on-T'weed; Durhain coast (A. M. N.) ; 25 miles

off May Island, Firth of Forth (Sir J. Murray) ; Aberdeen-

shire (Mr. R. Dawson); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 23 a,

south of Rockall, 420 fathoms, and off S.W. Ireland, 110

208 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

fathoms: Mus. Nor. Galley Head, Co. Cork; off Skilligs

and off Bull Rock, S.W. Ireland (A. O. W.) ; 70-80 miles

off Spurn Head (7. S.); Loch Fyne (Sir J. Murray).

Distrib, Floré and Hardanger Fiord, Norway, down to

150 fathoms ; Vadsé, Kast Finmark ; Fosse de Cap Breton,

Bay of Biscay, 80-60 fathoms (A. M,N.) : Mus. Nor. Sars

speaks of it as one of the commonest Lysianasside of the

Norwegian coast. Denmark (JMecnert) ; west coast of France

(Chevreux) ; Mediterranean (Sars & Della Valle).

Genus 19, SCHISTURELLA*, gen. nov.

Allied to Tryphosa and Uristes, and in the structure of

the maxillipeds agreeing with the latter in having the

masticatory lobe scarcely reaching to the end of the ante-

penultimate joint of the palp, which is elongated, its terminal

joint claw-like. Epimera of first segment of mesosome rudi-

mentary and almost entirely concealed by the epimera of the

second segment. Antennules and antenne without calceole.

Eyes well developed. First gnathopod with oblong hand,

the palm very oblique. Telson divided to the very base, so

that it consists of two pieces.

42. Schisturella pulchra (H. J. Hansen).

1887. Tryphosa pulchra, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 78, pl. ii. figs. 6-6 e.

Tab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, a single specimen taken, Stat. 65,

lat. 61° 10’ N., long. 2° 21’ W., 345 fathoms. This is to the

N.W. of Shetland and exactly on the line which I have pro-

posed should form the limit of the British area.

Distrib. Four examples are in the Copenhagen Museum

which were taken on as many different occasions in the Green-

land seas in 15-100 fathoms.

The ‘ Porcupine’ specimen agrees closely with Hansen’s

description and figures. The figure shows a dorsal sinus on

the fourth segment of the metasome; there is no such sinus

in my specimen, and Hansen in his description says “ Seg-

mentum quartum caudz dorso integro, non carinato.” Of the

third segment Hansen writes, “ Angulus infero-posterior

segmenti tertii caude rotundatus incisura perparva supra

angulum in margine posteriore adest.” I should have rather

described it as a spine-point placed rather above the angle

(Sars’s figure of the same segment in Calliopius Rathkei

gives an idea of it, the spine-point, however, being a little

* cxords, divided, ovpa, tail. I have adopted the form Schisturella,

because Schistura is in use, as is also Scissuredla,

Ee =

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 209

higher up). The marked characteristics of this species are

the general structure of the antennal organs, the remarkable

epimera of the first segment of the mesosome, and the abso-

lutely divided telson. The first gnathopods have the hand

shorter than the wrist, oblong, very slightly tapering, the

palm very oblique, defined by a cluster of setw, and bearing

on its edge a remarkably delicate plate cut into serrations,

the serrations very fine and not densely placed*; nail strong,

bearing a secondary tooth near the apex as in the genus

Haplonyx. But the character which first caught my eye as

distinguishing the species from any other Lysianid known to

me, though figured by Hansen, is not mentioned in his

description. rom the end of the first long joint of the fila-

ment of the antennules there is projected a very long and

slender spine (see Hansen, fig. 6a), which reaches to the

middle of the fifth following articulation.

Genus 20. Uristes, Dana.

= Pseudotryphosa (G. O. Sars).

43. Uristes umbonatus, G. O. Sars.

1886, Ichnopus umbonata, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 79, pl. ili. fig. 2.

1891. Pseudotryphosa umbonata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 88, pl. xxix.

1808; Uristes umbonatus, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol. iy. p. 211.

Hab. A single specimen, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 82,

lat. 60° 0’ N., long. 5° 13’ W., in 312 fathoms. This station

is directly north of Cape Wrath, and is on the “ Wyville

Thomson Ridge.”

This, like the last, is a species taken by the ‘ Porcupine’

exactly on the line which I regard as limiting the British

area.

Distrib. Two other specimens are known, one taken by

Sars at Hvitingsé, west coast of Norway, in 150 fathoms,

the other at Skagarak (Gunkild’s Exped., fide Sars), in

400-420 fathoms.

Genus 21. ANnonyx, Kréyer.

44. Anonyx nugax (Phipps).

1774. Cancer nugax, Phipps, Voyage towards the North Pole, p. 192,

pl. xii. fig. 2.

* This serrated edge exactly corresponds in character with that figured

by Stebbing as developed on the palms of Platamon longimanus, Keport

~ Diallenege ’ Amphip. pl. xiii. fig. gn’.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 14

210 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

1888. Anonyx lagena, Kréyer, Griénlands Amfipoder, pp. 237 & 244,

1. i. fig. 1, 2.

ibs, Anonyx appendiculata, id. ibid. PP 240 & 244, pl. i. fig. 2, gd.

1840. Anonyx appendiculata, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust.

vol. iii. p. 21.

1845. Anonyx ampulla, Kroyer (not Phipps), Naturhist. Tidsskr., 2

Rekkes, vol. i. p. 578; Voyage en Scandinavie &e. pl. xiii. fig. 2.

1891. Anonyx nugax, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 88, pl. xxxi.

1893. Anonyx nugax, T. Scott, Eleventh Annual Rep. Fish. Board

Scotland, p. 212.

Hab. “ Several specimens of this fine species were obtained

in February 1889 near May Island, Firth of Forth, the largest

measuring 20 mm. (fully three quarters of an inch) in length.

The eyes are lageniform, and, being large and black, give a

marked character to the species.” Mr. Scott has kindly

allowed me to see the specimens and given me one of them.

The occurrence of this truly Arctic species so far south is

of great interest. In 1869 I recorded this species as having

been found by me in Shetland; but this was subsequently

found to be a mistake, the specimens proving to be large

examples of Tryphosa nanoides, Lilljeborg.

Not only aie these specimens interesting as an addition to

our fanna, but also on account of their size and the time of

the year (February) in which they occurred. Sars gives as

dimensions “ usual length of adult female 18 mm.; maximum

length of Arctic specimen 40 mm.” The largest specimen I

have in my collection is 43 mm. (Kara Sea). Now I have

large numbers of examples of what I take to be this species

precured by myself on the Norwegian and Finmarkian coasts

in the summer months ; but none of these exceed 11 mm., which

is the measurement which Sars gives for Anonyx Lilheborgit.

Is the life of the Anonysx limited to a year, and do all the

females after they have produced their young in the spring

months then die? Herr I. Sparre Schneider has suggested

that this is the case with certain Amphipods. As regards

these small summer-captured specimens of Anonya, are the

the young of A. nugax, and is also Anonyx Lilljeborgii the

equivalent of those young? Iam disposed to think so. My

specimens vary to some extent, but in the main agree very

fairly with Sars’s description and figures of A, Lilljeborgit.

The characters of this form are mostly comparative, and, as has

already been pointed out by Stebbing (Amphipoda ‘ Willem

Barents’), are such as might naturally be expected as results

of a younger stage. One point Sars mentions as though it

were important :—“ The two anterior pairs of pereiopoda with

a very conspicuous obtuse denticle at the end of the propodos

immediately below the dactylus.” This denticle is very

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 211

conspicuous in small specimens, but apparently does not

increase in size with the growth of the rest of the limb; it

thus becomes less and less conspicuous as the animal is more

developed, but if looked for it can be found in the largest

Reaecp loa of A, nugaz.

Distrid, Circumpolar throughout the Arctic regions, in-

cluding the Siberian Polar Sea and Behring Strait. Examples

in my own collection are from Trondhjem Fiord, Norway,

3-10 fathoms; Bog Fiord, 3-5 fathoms, and Vads6, both in

Fast Finmark (A. M. N.); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 65,

Faroe Channel, 345 fathoms ; ‘ Knight Errant,’ Stat. 8, Faroe

Channel, 540 fathoms ; ‘ Valorous’ and ‘ Alert,’ Greenland,

1875; Spitsbergen (Lovén) ; Kara Sea (Stebbing) ; Vineyard

Sound, N.E. America (S. J. Smith): Mus. Nor.

Genus 22. HapLonyx, G. O. Sars.

45, Haplonyx cicada (Fabricius).

1780. Oniscus cicada, O, Fabricius, Faun. Groen), p. 258.

1844. Anonyx gulosus, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., 2 Rekkes, vol. i,

p. 611; Voyage en Scand. &e. pl. xiv. fig. 2.

1851. Anonyx norvegicus, Lilljeborg, CEfvers. af Kong. Vet.-Akad.

Forhand. p. 22.

1861. Anonyx Holhbolli, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 104 (not

Anonyx Holbélli, Kroyer).

1872. Anony2z gulosus, Boeck, (138) p, 157, pl. v. fig. 4.

1891. Haplonyx cicada, G. QO. Sars, (142) p. 93, pl. xxxii. fig. 2.

Hab. Shetland; Northumberland and Durham coasts;

Isle of Cumbrae; Isle of Skye; Guernsey (A. VM. N.) ; ‘ Por-

cupine,’ 1869, Stats. 6 and 23, off west of Ireland, 90 and 630

fathoms; Stat. 74, to the west of Shetland, 203 fathoms ;

‘Research,’ 1890, off west of Ireland, in 165 fathoms; off

S.W. Ireland (Proj. Haddon) : Mus. Nor, Lower Loch Fyne,

20-29 fath. (7. S.) ; Jersey (Sinel & Hornell).

Jiistrib. Bergen Fiord, Norway; Varanger Fiord, East

Finmark (A. JZ. N.); ‘lromsé (Schneider); ‘ Porcupine,’

1869, Stat. 77, Faroe Channel, 560 fathoms ; ‘ Valorous,’

1875, Greenland ; Spitsbergen (Lovén): Mus. Nor. Iceland ;

Kara Sea; Matotshkin Scar; Bohuslin, Sweden.

46. Haplonyz similis, G. O. Sars.

1891. Haplonyx similis, G. OQ. Sars, (142) p. 93, pl. xxxiii. fig. 1.

1895. Haplonyr similis, A. O. Walker, “Revision of Amphip. of

L. M. B. C. District,” Trans, Liverpool Biol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 294.

Hab. A single specimen has been recorded by Mr. Walker

from Laxey Bay, Isle of Man, 8 fathoms, and the late Mr. D.

Robertson gives “ Off Fairland Point, Cumbrae, in 20 fathoms.”

14*

212 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Distrib. Off Midté Lighthouse, in the Hardanger Fiord,

150-180 fathoms, and Rédberg, ‘Trondhjem Fiord, 150-180

fathoms (A. M/. N.); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 77, in the

Faroe Channel, 560 fathoms: Mus. Vor. Sars says that “it

would seem to occur along the whole west coast of Norway

at least as far up as the Trondhjem Fiord, in 50-150 fathoms.”

[ Haplonyx leucophthalmus, G. O. Sars.

1891. Haplonyx leucophthalmus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 97, pl. xxxiy.

fig. 1.

With the exception of the character of the eyes, this

Haplonyx (1 cannot call it a species) is indistinguishable

from H, similis, G. O. Sars. I assign to it a specimen pro-

cured by Sir J. Murray in the ‘ Triton,’ 1882, in the Faroe

Channel, in a tow-net sunk to 570 fathoms, because I can see

no trace of eyes in the spirit-preserved specimen, and the

depth makes it probable that the specimen belonged here

rather than to //. semilis. It has been found by Prof. Sars

in the Hardanger and Trondhjem Fiords, Norway, in about

150 fathoms. ]

[Genus 23. ALIBroTus, Milne-Edwards.

[Alibrotus littoralis (Kroyer).

1844. Anonyz littoralis, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 2 Reekkes, vol. i.

p. 621; Voyage en Scandinavie &c. pl. xxiii. fig. 1.

1876. Onesimus littoralis, Boeck, (188) p. 161, pl. v. fig. 7.

1891. Albrotus littoralis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 102, pl. xxxv. fig. 2.

Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875.

Distrib. In several places in Sydvaranger, East Finmark,

by washing mud between tide-marks (A. M. WV.); Spits-

bergen (Lovén): Mus. Nor. Widely distributed in the

Arctic regions. ]

[Genus 24, Onestmus, Boeck.

[Onesimus Edwardsii (Kroyer).

1846, Anonyx Edwardsii, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 2 Rekkes,

vol. ii. p. 1; Voyage en Scandinavie &c. pl. xvi. fig. 1.

1876. Onesimus Edwardsti, Boeck, (138) p. 167, pl. vi. fig. 4.

1886. Onesimus Edwardsi, H. J. Hansen, (140) pl. xxi. fig. 8.

1891. Onesimus Edwards, G. O. Sars, (142) p. Tos, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1.

Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, Stat. 4, lat. 67° 56’ N., long.

55° 27! W., 20 fathoms.

Distrib. Finmark and West Norway (G@. O. Sars). In

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 213

the Arctic Ocean widely diffused, but I hesitate to quote

localities, as several allied forms have been confused which

Hansen has separated under the names V. caricus, QO. brevi-

caudatus, and O. affinis.]

Genus 25. MENIGRATES, Boeck.

47. Menigrates obtusifrons, Boeck.

1860, Anonyx obtusifrons, A. Boeck, Forhandl. ved de Skand. Naturf.

&de Méde, p. 643.

1861. Anonyx plautus, Bate & Westwood (not of Kroyer), (1) vol. i.

111.

sbi, Anonyx brachycercus, Lilljeborg, On Lysianassa magellanica

and Crustacea subfam. Lysianassina, p. 27, " iv. figs. 42-49.

1876, Menigrates obtusifrons, Boeck, ( 158 . 169, pl. vi. fig. 2.

aee Menigrates obtusifrons, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 111, pl. xxxviii.

g. 1.

1896. Menigrates obtusifrons, Walker & Hornell, Journ. Marine Zool.

& Microsc. vol. ii. p. 54.

Hab. Guernsey (Hornell). The specimen recorded by

Bate and Westwood was received from Thomas Edward of

Banff.

Distrib. Soolver, Lofoten Islands (A. M. N.). Rare on

the Norwegian coast and chiefly within the Arctic Cirele

(G. O. Sars).

Genus 26. LepIDEPECREUM, Bate.

48. Lepidepecreum longicorne (Bate).

1861, Anonyx longicornis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 91, ¢.

5 Anonyz longicornis, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 72,

. xi. fig. 4, ¢.

1869. iaatapseroan carinatum, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 509, 2.

1890, Lepidepecreum mirabile, Meinert, (71) p. 153, pl. i. figs. 7-12.

1891. Lepidepecrewm carinatum, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 118, pl. xxxviii.

fig. 2, pl. xxxix. fig. 1.

Hab, Shetland (A. M. N.) ; 25 miles off May Island, Firth

of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J. Murray): Mus. Nor. Off

St. Monan and other parts of the Firth of Forth, and in the

Moray Firth (7. S.); off Galley Head, Co. Cork, and off

Teelin, Co. Galway, in 33-37 fathoms; also at Guernsey

(A. O. W.), Jersey (Sinel & Hornell).

Distrib. Most southern part of Norway (G@. O. Surs) ;

Denmark (Meinert) ; Spezia, Mediterranean (G. OV. Sars) ;

west coast of France (A. Dol/fus).

214 Mr. C. Hose on a new

Genus 27. Evonyx, Norman.

49. Euonyx chelatus, Norman.

1867. Euonyx chelatus, Norman, “ Report Comm. Explor. Coasts of

Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1866, p. 202.

1869. Opis leptochela, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. r 501.

1891. Euonyx chelatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 117, pl. xl. fig. 1.

Hab. Sleat Sound, Isle of Skye, on Echinus esculentus

(A. M. N.); Puffin Island, North Wales, off the lighthouse ;

between Holyhead and Isle of Man, 50 fathoms, on Echinus

esculentus; 10-17 miles N.W. of Mersey Bar, on Echinus

(A. O. W.). The localities given in Bate and Westwood

are Shetland (Jeffreys), Isle of Man, on Echinus esculentus

(G.S. Brady).

Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, in 100-150 fathoms,

among deep-sea corals; and at Vardé, East Finmark, in

50-60 fathoms (G. O. Sars).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Lanceola Murrayi, sp. n. First gnathopod.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Second gnathopod.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Last pereeopod.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Sheath and nail of last perzopod.

(For description of Laneeola Murray see p. 135.)

Fig. 5, Cycloearis faroensis, sp.n. Mandible.

Fig. 6. Ditto. First maxilla.

Fiy. 7. Ditto. Second maxilla.

Fig. 8. Ditto. Mavxilliped.

Fig. 9. Ditto. First gnathopod.

Fig. 10. Ditto. Second gnathopod.

Fig. 11. Ditto. Coxa of second perseopod.

Fig. 12. Ditto. Coxa and basos of third perzopod.

Fig. 13. Ditto. Last perzeopod.

Fig. 14. Ditto. Hinder marzin of third segment of metasome,

Fig. 15. Ditto. Telson.

Fig. 16. Tryphosella abyssi, sp. n. Front margin of cephalon.

Fig. 17. Ditto. Seeond perzeopod.

Fig. 18. Ditto. Third pereoped.

Fig. 19. Ditto. Hind margin of third segment of metasome.

Fig. 20. Ditto. Urosome.

(The figures of the Plate are of various degrees of magnification.)

XXV.—A new Flying-Squirrel from Borneo.

By CHARLES HOSE.

AMONG some mammals that I have brought home from

Sarawak there occurs a beautiful flying-squirrel of the same

Flying-Squirrel from Borneo. 215

vivid colour as Petaurista melanotis*, but smaller, and

differing from it in details of coloration and in its cranial and

dental characters.

I would propose to name it

Petaurista Thomas’, sp. n.

Size rather smaller than in P. melanotis. Colour nearly of

the vivid rufous characteristic of that animal, but rather

deeper and richer. This rich colour in P. Thomas: is abso-

lutely uniform over the whole animal, the face, ears, feet, and

tail-tip, all more or less black in P. melanotis, being here also

rufous. Under surface paler, the middle line of the belly and

the parachute rather darker than the flanks. Fur of back

softer and more woolly than in P. nitéda, paler basally than

terminally, not black-tipped. Ears comparatively very small,

not tufted, thinly clothed with pale rufous hairs. Posterior

half of sole hairy; sole-pads narrower and more sharply

defined than in the larger species.

Skull, as compared with that of P. melanotis, much smaller,

with the zygomata more evenly and widely expanded ante-

riorly. Nasals more uniform in breadth, the posterior more

than half the anterior breadth; behind, they reach beyond

the premaxillary processes. Interorbital region narrow, flat,

not concave as in P. melanotis. Bulle comparatively small.

Teeth much smaller and lighter than in the larger species,

the breadth of p.* only 3°37 millim.

a of the type (an adult female, measured in

skin) :—

Head and body 350 millim. ; tail 340; hin1 foot (dry) 60;

ear (dry) (c.) 19.

Skull: greatest length 61; basilar length 51; zygomatic

breadth 41; nasals 16°5x 10°5; interorbital breadth 13°5 ;

tip to tip of postorbital processes 33 ; palate length 28°8;

diastema (to p.*) 13°7; length of upper molar series (ex-

cluding p.*) 14°2.

Hab. Silat River, about 70 miles south of Claudetown,

Eastern Sarawak.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 99. 12. 9. 32. Presented by

myself. Obtained by native collector in February 1897.

As it is of the same general appearance and colour, [ have

thought it better to compare this species with P. me/anotis in

the description; but it is, | believe, more closely allied to

* It remains to be proved whether P. melanotis is or is not synony-

mous with the Javan P. nitida, For the moment I use the name

P. melanotis as representing the Bornean form of the group.

216 On a new Fruit-Bat from New Guinea.

some of the smaller forms, such as P. pheomelas, Giinth., and

others, but is readily distinguished from any of them by its

splendid rufous colour.

This species is one of the handsomest of the mammals that

I have been fortunate enough to discover in Sarawak, and I

have ventured to apply to it the name of my friend Mr. Old-

field Thomas, of the British Museum, to whose help and

encouragement I owe much of the success that has attended

my work on the mammals of Borneo.

XXVI.— Description of anew Fruit-Bat from New Guinea.

By OLpFieLp THOMAS.

Cephalotes aello, sp. n.

Most nearly allied to C. major, Dobs., but larger and much

more prominently striped dorsally.

Form, judging from skin and shape of skull, stout and

heavy. Fur straighter, crisper, and less woolly than in

C. major. General colour above brownish buff, more buffy

on the head, browner on the shoulders, becoming yellow on

the loins ; dorsal stripe very broad and prominent, blackish

brown, commencing on the occiput and running right through

on to the interfemoral membrane, more than half an inch

broad in the centre of the back, where it prominently contrasts

with the yellow on each side of it. Fur along flanks above

also brown, edging the yellow externally. Cheeks and chin

grey. Under surface deep reddish, the middle line of the

chest yellower.

Ears apparently rather larger and more pointed than in

C. mojor. Distribution of fur much as in that species.

Interfemoral membrane comparatively broad, about 15 millim.

deep in the centre; on!y surpassed by the tail by about

2 millim., but the latter is perhaps imperfect, although its end

looks much as in the other species, where it surpasses the

membrane by 10 millim, or more.

Skull broader, heavier, and with more widely expanded

zygomata than in C. major. Orbits very large, their greatest

transverse diameter nearly 12 millim., as against 9 millim. in

C. major. ‘Veeth broad and heavy, worn down in the type,

but their cusps apparently as in C. major.

Dimensions of the type (in skin) :—-

Forearm 86 millim.

Head and body (stretched) 120; tail 22; ear (dry) 17;

thumb, without claw, 30; fifth finger 110.

On new Neotropical Mammals. 217

Skull: greatest breadth 26°5; tip of nasals to angle behind

postorbital processes 18°8; least interorbital breadth 7:2;

palate length from gnathion 19°5; width outside last molars

12:2; front of canine to back of last molar 14:3.

Hab. Milne Bay, S.E. New Guinea.

Type B.M. no. 99,12. 3.1. Collected Sth April, 1899,

by ‘Mtr. A. 5. Meek.

This fine species may be readily distinguished from its

ally C. major by its larger size, striking coloration, and (if

that organ is perfect) shorter tail. Like that species, it no

doubt belongs to the subgenus “ Bdelygma,” separated by

Dr. Matschie from the typical Cephalotes; but I confess I

can see no sufficient reason for subdividing the genus. The

second lower premolar in some specimens of C. cephalotes has

the second cusp said by Dr. Matschie to be characteristic of

Bdelygma.

It may also be noted that of specimens referred to C. cepha-

Jotes those from Celebes, Amboina, and Timor Laut have

markedly larger skulls and longer forearms than those of the

rest of the Papuan subregion. The smaller form should

apparently be distinguished under the name of C. albiventer,

Gray. Of this latter the Museum possesses examples from

Morty Island (type), Admiralty Islands, Key Islands, British

New Guinea, and Cape York. Whether its range overlaps

that of the larger C. cephalotes remains to be proved.

With the Cephalotes Mr. Meek has sent home a number of

specimens of Pipistrellus papuanus, Pet., and these prove that

the species is subject to the peculiar form of erythrism already

described in several other bats, some of the specimens being

bright rufous, while others are dark brown.

Another species discovered by the same collector, Emballo-

nura Meeki, 'Vhos., found by him in the Trobriand Islands,

has recently turned up in a somewhat distant locality, namely

in the Key Islands, where it occurs in the same collection as

the remarkable RAinolophus achilles described in the last

number of the ‘ Annals.’

XXVII.—Deseriptions of new Neotropical Mammals.

By OLprieLp THOMAS.

Conepatus zorilla, sp. n.

Size medium, about as in C. chilensis, smaller than in

C. quitensis. Fur comparatively very short, fine, glossy,

almost without underfur, quite different to the long, coarse,

218 Mr. O. Thomas on

shaggy hair of most species of the genus; longest hairs of

back seldom attaining an inch in length. Wlairs of face and

head directed backwards as farasa line across the occiput, where

there is a distinct “meeting ridge”; from this point to the

withers and on the sides of the neck they are directed forwards ;

on the withers there are no very distinct whorls *, the change

of direction to the backwardly-pointing body-hairs being

rather gradual. General colour deep brownish black. Marking

of the usual fureate type ; lateral white lines (which are more

truly white and Jess cream-coloured than usual) about half an

inch in breadth in front of the withers, then broadening to

about an inch to the loins, where they die away into narrow

lines of isolated white hairs leading towards but not on to the

top of the base of the tail. Median black line commencing on

the occiput about half an inch in front of the transverse crest,

evenly broadening backwards, about three fourths of an inch

broad on the neck, and just over 2 inches broad at its widest

point in the middle of the back. ‘Terminal half of tail

grizzled, the under hairs black, the longer ones, which may

attain 3 inches in length, white.

Skull rather narrow, with widely expanded zygomata.

Teeth of medium size.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 400 millim.; tail 210, including terminal

tuft 274; hind foot (s. u.) 67; ear 31.

Skull: basal length 69°5; occipito-gnathic length in middle

line 80:5; greatest zygomatic breadth 51:4; least breadth

above meatus 38°3; greatest breadth behind meatus 42-2 ;

least intertemporal breadth 19; palate length from gnathion 33.

Outer length of upper carnassial 7:1; greatest diameter of

upper molar 8°7 ; length of lower carnassial 8°9.

Hab. Eten, Peru. Alt.15 m. ‘ Among sand-dunes.”

Type. Male. Original number 601. Collected 22nd Sep-

tember, 1899, by Perry O. Simons.

This handsome animal is evidently the skunk of the low

hot desert regions along the coast of Northern Peru, and is

consequently distinguished by its unusually short thin pelage,

the fur being barely half the length of that of the allied

species and the underfur practically absent. In this respect

and in general appearance it has unusual resemblance to the

African zorilles. As was the case with the fox discovered

by Mr. Simons, it is probably a northern representative of

the Chilian form, but is clearly too different to bear the same

name.

* There is a sort of whorl on one side, but this appears to be due to an

unfortunate crease in the skin just at this point.

new Neotro pica! Mamma’s. 219

Proechimys * rosa, sp. n.

Size about as in LP, chrysa@olus, Thos. Back coarsely

spinous, sides rather less so, rump and outer sides of limbs

without spines ; spines of back about 20 millim. long (without

terminal bristles) by 1*2 millim. wide. General colour rather

similar to that of P. chrys@olus and equally heavily black-

lined, but more fulvous and less rufous, the hairs of the back

with deep fulvous subterminal and black terminal bands.

Forehead, cheeks, and sides of neck greyer. Rump and hips

brownish fulvous. Under surface pure white. Outer sides

of arms and legs brownish, inner sides white ; upper surface

of hands and feet pale brownish, becoming white at the bases

of the toes. ‘Tail fairly well haired, black above, dull whitish

below.

Skull large and heavily built; nasals very long, reaching

back past the front edge of the orbit, narrow, evenly tapering

backwards; supraorbital edges broadly ridged, the ridges

evenly continuous posteriorly with those that run forwards

from the outer corners of the interparietal; molars narrow

vertically ; hamular processes of pterygoids broad and spatu-

late ; bulle rather small.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :-—

Head and body 235 millim. ; tail 168 ; hind foot (s. u.) 52;

ear 27.

Skull: greatest length 60; basilar length 43-5; greatest

breadth 28°2; nasals 22°6 x 7-1; interorbital breadth 12°6;

greatest breadth across temporal ridges 22-3; height of molar

in centre 3°3; palate length 21; diastema 13°3; palatal

foramina 5 x 3°3; breadth of hamular processes 2°4; breadth

between bulla on basilar suture 3°6; length of upper molar

series 9°5.

Hab. Santa Rosa, 8.W. Ecuador. Alt. 10 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0, 1. 1. 40. Original number 434.

Collected 29th June, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Three

specimens.

Mr. Simons obtained six specimens of Proechimys at Santa

Rosa, and these prove to belong to two species—one paler,

with white feet, broader nasals, and broader malars, which

appears to belong to the group containing P. semispinosus,

‘Tomes, and P. decumanus, Thos., to the former of which I

provisionally refer it; and the second, now described, darker

coloured and with brownish feet, evidently most nearly allied

to P. chryseolus. From that animal, whose habitat is

* Echimys, auctorum, See Allen, Bull. Am, Mus. xii. p. 257 (1899),

220 Mr. O. Thomas on

Bogota, it is distinguishable by its more fulvous colour, more

uniformly brownish feet, longer and narrower nasals, con-

nected parietal ridges, and broader hamular processes. It is

also allied to the Central-American species P. centralis, to

the dark form of which (subsp. chirtguinus) it bears consider-

able external resemblance, though its long narrow nasals

form a readily distinguishing mark.

Proechimys centralis panamensis, subsp. n.

Closely similar to P. c. typicus in size and general colora-

tion, but with the head and fore-quarters greyish brown,

darker in the middle line, paler on the cheeks and sides of

neck, but on both very different to the rich rufous of the

back. In typicus the forehead and cheeks are of the same

rufous hue as the body. Limbs also greyer than the back.

Upper surface of hind feet uniformly brown or with a faint

lighter patch on the metatarsus.

Skull about as in typicus, but the nasals are rather more

produced posteriorly, and in all the examples there is a slight

irregularity in the posterior part of the parietal ridges.

Hamular processes broad and spatulate.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by collector) :—

Head and body 297 millim.; tail 178; hind foot (s. u.) 49,

(c. u.) 54; ear 26.

Skull: basilar length 43; greatest breadth 29; nasals

24x 6°5; interorbital breadth 13:2; greatest breadth on

ridges 23°6; length of upper molar series 8-9.

Hab. Panama. Type trom the “ Savanna near Panama ”’;

others from Pocoumé, Panama.

Type. Male. Original number 10. Collected 1st March,

1899, by E. André. Five specimens examined.

Proechimys centralis chiriquinus, subsp. n.

General colour much darker than in P. ¢. typicus and pana-

mensis, the centre of the back being more spinous than usual,

and the dark tips to the spines consequently predominating

over the rufous of the hairs. Rump coarsely haired, similar

in colour to the rest of the back. Face dark, as in pana-

mensis, sides more greyish or greyish brown. Spines of back

numerous, coarse, about 1°5 millim. broad and 22 millim. in

length. Feet brown, with a slight metatarsal lightening.

Skull with a broader and heavier muzzle than in the other

subspecies; nasals short and broad; supraorbital edges very

broadly ridged, the ridges running backwards across the

new Neotropical Mammals. 221

parietals, but apparently not coalescing with those that run

forwards from the outer corners of the interparietal. Hamular

processes spatulate, much broader than those of KH. chry-

seolus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :—

Head and body 300 millim.; tail 150; hind foot (s. u.) 51,

(c. u.) 55; ear 14.

Skull: bregma to nasal tip 42; greatest breadth 31;

nasals 23°5 x 7°5; interorbital breadth 15°8; greatest breadth

on ridges 25; palate length from henselion 23; diastema 14:2 ;

palatal foramina 6°5 x 3°7; length of upper molar series 9°2.

Hab. Bogava, Chiriqui, N.W. Panama. Alt. 250 m.

Type. Male. Original number 6. Collected 3rd Septem-

ber, 1598, by Mr. H. J. Watson. Six specimens examined.

‘The very dark colour of this Hehimys will readily distin-

guish it from the other Central-American forms.

Marmosa cauce, sp. n.

Allied to Mf. tncana, Lund, and M. fuscata, Thos., but

smaller than the first and paler-coloured than the second.

Size about as in Mf. fuscata. Fur soft, short, and close,

about 7-8 millim. long on the back. General colour above

uniform soft fawn-grey, not unlike that of MZ. incana, but

rather more fawny, and also more uniform, less wavy ; centre

of face rather paler than back; black eye-patch present

above and below (though not behind) the eye, extending

forwards to the roots of the whiskers; its edges not sharply

detined. ars naked, rather small as compared with the large

ears of the allied species, their anterior bases without marked

projection. Under surface pale yellowish white, the hairs of

chin, throat, chest, and a narrow line down belly of this

colour to their bases, those of the sides of the belly slaty for

two thirds of their length. Outer sides of limbs like back,

inner sides like sides of belly ; hands and feet thinly haired,

dull whitish above, wrists and ankles brown. ‘ail as in

the allied species, rather shorter, but doubtfully perfect in the

single specimen.

Skull on the whole very similar in general shape to that of

M. incana, and therefore quite different to that of all the

species of the M. murina group. Nasals broadened poste-

riorly, their extension behind the broad part not so elongated

as in M. incana, Supraorbital region long, narrow, nearly

parallel-sided, flattened above, its edges rounded, without

ridges or processes. Anterior palatal foramina extending to

222 Mr. BE. R. Waite on

the level of the base of the canine ; posterior palatal vacuities

opposite the molars and last two premolars *, Molars small

and delicate.

d Dimensions of the type (measured by collector in the

esh) :—

Head and body 168 millim.; tail 120; hind foot 25;

ear 18,

Skull: extreme length 35; greatest breadth 17°8; nasals

16x 4:2; interorbital breadth 6:3; palate length from hen-

selion 17°5; breadth at corners of m.* 10; palatal foramina,

length 3-2; combined lengths of pm.* and ms.) (ms. of

Catalogue) 56.

Hab, Rio Cauqueta, a tributary of the Cauca, near Cali,

Colombia. Alt. 1000 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99.9.6.51. Original number 470.

Collected August 1897 by J. H. Batty.

This species is evidently a Colombian representative of the

Brazilian M. incana and the Venezuelan J. fuscata, but

may be readily distinguished from either of them by the

characters above given. The three form a special group

characterized by their small brain-cases and long narrow

unridged interorbital regions.

XXVIII.—The Generic Name Thylacomys.

By Enear R. Waits, F.L.S.

Mr. T. 8. PAtMer’s paper “On Thylacomys, Owen” f, re-

calls my note, published the previous year f, on the spelling

of this name, and on its pessibly jeopardizing a term applied

by myself toa new genus of Australian rodents§. In this

note | mentioned that, not having access to the work in which

the name originally occurred—namely, Blyth, in Cuvier’s

‘Animal Kingdom,’ 1840, p. 104,—I had referred to the

editions of 1849 (p. 104) and 1863 (p. 92), but there found

the spelling to be Thalacomys, not Thy/lacomys. As a result

of my note I almost expected that some zoologist in London

to whom the 1840 edition is available would have cleared up

the matter; but I have not seen any further reference to it.

* Accepting the cheek-tooth formula as four premolars and three

molars, the third of the premolars being the “p.*” of the Catalogue, and

being the only tooth of the “permanent” series (see Lydekker, P. Z. S.

1898).

+ Palmer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv., Oct. 1899, p. 300.

I Waite, doc. crt. (7) u., Aug. 1898, p. 196.

§ Waite, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (n. s.) x. 1898, p. 121.

the Generic Name Thylacomys. 223

Mr. Palmer, of Washington, writes to establish the name

Thylacomys in lieu of Peragale for the Bielby or Rabbit-

Bandicoot, but, like myself, he has not access to the 1840

edition, and quotes as his authority the two editions con-

sulted by me (sta his footnote), Mr. Palmer has evidently

not seen my note and has failed to perceive that in the editions

examined the spelling of the word is Thalacomys. Under

these circumstances | would request the editors of the

‘Annals’ to kindly examine the original (1840) edition, and

publish the information desired for the benefit of the be-

nighted workers in Washington and Sydney *.

[This case is more difficult of decision than Mr. Waite

supposes, for although in the 1840, as well as in the later

editions, of his ‘Animal Kingdom’ Blyth spells the name

Thalacomys, yet Palmer is, as | have verified, perfectly correct

in quoting the first mention of it, in the ‘ Atheneum’ of 1838,

as Thylacomys, and in the ‘ Catalogue of Marsupials,’ equally

anterior to Mr. Waite’s rodent T'hylacomys, it is also spelt in

the same way.

This being the case, I hardly think that the name Thyla-

comys could be regarded as a name still valid in 1898 for

another genus, even if that form of it be not adopted for the

Rabbit-Bandicoot. No doubt the ‘ Atheneum’ reference

might be treated as a nomen nudum did it stand alone T; but

the other references, incorrect as Blyth’s was and indirect as

was my own, yet together seem to make it impossible that

Thylacomys should be used elsewhere in zoology.

The following additional note by Mr. Waite is therefore

ublished at his request in case Thylacomys were considered

invalid for the rodent.—O. ‘THOMAS. ]

Inquiry therefore brings out the fact that the form Thyla-

comys has been used. For my present purpose it is of no

consequence whether the genus has been sufficiently diagnosed

ornot. ‘The word has been used in scientific literature, and

is therefore not again available in zoology.

In place of Thylacomys, Waite, I propose the name Asco-

pharynx.

Australian Museum, Sydney.

16th November, 1899.

* [In the 1840 edition the name is given as Thalacomys, Owen.—Ebs, ]

t So far as the form to be used is concerned I should do this, calling

the Rabbit-Bandicoot Thalacomys lagotis,

224 Mr. G. Lewis on

XXIX.—On new Species of Hiateride and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

List of Species.

Placodes opacus. Hister meridanus.

Platylister mirabilis. levimargo.

Platysoma sulcisternum. planimargo,

Phelister illustris. cinctipygus.

festivus, Lew. terrzeemotus.

—— chapade. sessilis, Lew.

Omalodes felix. pinnule.

striatipectus. vacillans.

sinuaticollis, Mars. Epierus foederatus.

Hister congonis. Tribalus amnicola.

Holubi, Sch. Sternoceelis ovalis.

—— sinuosus. Saprinus amethystinus.

—— gibberosus.

Placodes opacus, sp. n.

Oblongus, convexiusculus, opacus, niger, rugoso-punctissimus ;

fronte stria biarcuata ; pronoto stria marginali obsoleta, laterali

in angulo desinente, interstitio 4-punctato; elytris striis indis-

tinctis; propygidio pygidioque grosse et dense punctatis; pro-

sterno haud striato; mesosterno profunde inciso, antice immar-

ginato.

L. 153 mill.

Oblong, somewhat convex, opaque, black ; the head, frontal

stria complete and biarcuate, but somewhat obscured by the

rough sculpture behind the stria, on either side is a coarse

dense punctuation, which does not, however, close in at the

base; the thorax is wholly punctured, punctures coarse at the

side, marginal stria scarcely noticeable, lateral stria ceases

behind the eye and is not conspicuously deep, the interstice

has four rather small punctures set at equal distances along

it; the elytra densely rugose and the striz obscurely marked,

two humeral and six dorsal, all apparently complete, but only

just traceable along the punctate surface, 3, 4, 5, and sutural

punctiform ; the propygidium and pygidium are very coarsely _

and densely punctate; the prosternum, keel without strie,

rather densely punctate at the base and between the coxe,

anterior lobe somewhat similarly punctured, intervening area

with sparser punctures, on either edge of the keel before the

cox is a small but distinct fovea; the mesosternum is deeply

incised anteriorly and faintly marginate at the sides only; the

anterior tibia have two broad teeth, intermediate widely

emarginate on the outer edge at the tarsal end and terminating

in a rather acute tooth.

new Species of Histeride. 225

This species in its opacity and surface-sculpture is similar

to Psiloscelis Harristi, Lec. ; it is rather more oblong than

Placodes caffer, Er.

Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocquerys, 1892). One

example,

Platylister mirabilis, sp. n.

Oblongus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus; fronte concava, stria bi-

sinuata utrinque interrupta; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-3 in-

tegris, 4 in medio subinterrupta, 5-6 apicalibus ; pygidio dense

ocellato-punctato ; mesosterno stria late interrupta; tibiis inter-

mediis in medio bispinosis, posticis unispinosis.

L. 11 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Oblong, somewhat depressed, black and shining; the head

finely punctured, anteriorly with the epistoma concave, trans-

verse stria not deeply impressed, bisinuous, and not reaching

the edge on either side ; mandibles robust, each with two teeth

on the inner edge, left mandible concave at the base; the

thorax transverse, marginal stria very fine and sinuous behind

the middle, lateral stria deep at the sides, especially behind

the anterior angle, complete behind the head and at the base

it is continued round the angle to a point opposite the base

of the third dorsal stria, scutellar fovea small but very

distinct ; the elytra, lateral margin with two fine and com-

lete striae, both strongly and similarly sinuous in the middle ;

Reset sirins, 1-3 complete, rather wide but shallow, 2 bent at

the base towards 3, 4 less marked than the third and evan-

escent before the middle, 5 apical and not reaching the middle,

6 shorter and partly punctiform, the only humeral stria visible

is an oblique stria at the base which is very fine; the pro-

pygidium has shallow ocellate punctures, somewhat irregular

and rather closely set, the posterior margin is smooth; the

pygidium has similar punctures, but they are more evenly and

more closely set, and the posterior margin is slightly raised

and smooth; the prosternum is finely punctulate and its

anterior lobe is margined by a semicireular well-marked

stria; the mesosternum is emarginate and the strie are lateral

only and not close to the edge; the anterior tibia are 4-den-

tate, intermediate with two teeth close to the tarsi and two

very distinct near the middle on the outer edge, posterior has

two tarsal teeth and one acute spine behind the middle on

the outer edge.

Except the large size of this species and its peculiar tibial

spines, i cannot find any characters to separate it generically

from Platylister ovatus, Er.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 1

226 Mr. G. Lewis on

Platysoma sulcisternum, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovatum, depressiusculum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte punctu-

lata, stria utrinque semicirculari; pronoto stria integra; elytris

striis 1-3 integris, 4 vix dimidiata ; pygidio convexo, punctulato ;

prosterno lobo anteriori utrinque sulcato; mesosterno mar-

ginato ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L, 33-4} mill.

Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black and shining; the

head is impressed in the middle behind the clypeus, labrum

narrowly transverse, with the suture angulate in the middle,

surface punctulate, stria sometimes broken (when complete it

is transversely bent towards the neck) and is semicircular

over the eyes; the thorax is also punctulate, arched at the

sides, stria complete and formed laterally like that of P. con-

fucit, Mars., but the margin is less broad ; the elytra, oblique

humeral stria very fine, humeral and subhumeral wanting,

1-3 dorsal complete, 4 apical, straight, and nearly reaching

the middle, the rest wanting; the propygidium and pygidium

are distinctly but not very densely punctulate, the latter is

convex and without a rim; the prosternum, anterior lobe

punctulate, with a well-marked rather deep stria or sulcus on

either side, leaving a fairly wide margin (fig. 1); the keel

Platysoma sulcisternum, Lew.

appears impunctate except under the microscope ; the meso-

sternum is sinuous behind the keel, with a sinuous stria which

at the lateral angles is somewhat distant from the edge; the

anterior tibie are 5-dentate.

In its general outline this species agrees best with P. com-

pletum, Mars., especially in the shape of the thorax, but it is

more oblong and less convex.

Hab. Sydney, Australia (A. M. Lea). Six examples.

Phelister illustris, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, subtus cyaneo-niger, nitidus; fronte leviter exca-

yata, stria late interrupta; pronoto stria marginali integra,

new Species of Histeride. 227

lateribus punctatis ; elytris violaceis vel purpureis, striis dorsalibus

1 et 4 parum abbreviatis, 2-3 suturalique integris; prosterno

bistriato ; mesosterno marginato, stria transversa nulla; tibiis

anticis 4-dentatis,

L, 2§ mill.

Oval, convex, body and legs blue-black ; head cyaneous ;

thorax and elytra rich dark violet, changing to purple in

certain lights; the head moderately excavated, striate over

the eyes only, punctuation much scattered ; the thorax with

a distinct impression behind the anterior angle, stria com-

plete, punctate on the lateral border, with finer points ex-

tending towards the disk and gradually becoming less dense,

scutellar puncture minute ; the elytra, striw, outer humeral

wanting, inner very short, basal, but clear, 1 shortened well

before the apex, 2-3 complete and almost joining apically, 4

a little longer than the first, 5 wanting, sutural complete and

parallel to the suture, apical border sparsely punctured; the

propygidium is clearly but sparsely punctured, the punctures

are chiefly at the base; the pygidium is very minutely punc-

tured and the points are more evenly scattered; the pro-

sternum is rather wide, keel impunctate, anterior lobe with a

few scattered punctures, bistriate, stria diverging at either

end, but widening out most anteriorly; the mesosternum,

marginal stria rather fine, posterior suture visible, but there

is no transverse stria; the first abdominal segment has a

conspicuous bent stria on either side; the tarsi are dull

brown and the anterior tibia are 4-dentate, the two central

teeth are widest apart.

Most of the brightly coloured species of this genus are not

convex ; but this and P. varicolor, Mars., are the two excep-

tions known at present.

Hab. Brazil (ex coll. Barton).

Phelister festivus.

Epierus festivus, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ii. p. 171

(1898).

By an oversight I omitted in my description to refer to

the tibiz of this species. ‘The anterior tibia are 3-dentate,

the two nearest to the tarsi are somewhat close together, the

third is further apart; this form of the tibia and the some-

what curved tarsal grooves show that it belongs to the

genus Fhelister.

Phelister chapadea, sp. n.

Orbicularis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus, supra punctulatus; an-

tennis pedibusque rufis; fronte impressa stria late interrupta ;

15*

228 Mr. G. Lewis on

pronoto lateribus punctato, stria marginali integra; elytris striis

dorsalibus 1-3 integris, 4-5 apicalibus, suturali obliqua basi

abbreviata ; prosterno haud striato ; mesosterno bistriato ; tibiis

anticis 4—5-dentatis.

L, 33 mill.

Orbicular, somewhat convex, black and shining, surface

above finely punctulate; the head is similar in form and

sculpture to that of P. 4-punctulus, Mars., but the epistoma

and mandibles are longer; the thorax is transverse, more

than twice as broad as long, marginal stria fine and com-

plete, the lateral border is distinctly punctured, scutellar

puncture well-marked, basal edge irregularly punctured ; the

elytra, striz, subhumeral absent, inner humeral very fine

and oblique, dorsal 1-3 strong and complete, 4-5 apical,

coequal, and not quite reaching the middle, sutural shortened

anteriorly for about a quarter of the elytral length, somewhat

oblique and gradually becoming closer to the suture towards

the apex; the propygidium is punctured like the thoracic

border and is faintly impressed on either side behind; the

pygidium, the basal half is punctured and the apical half

is smooth ; the prosternum is without strie and widens out

very sharply at the base; the mesosternum, anterior stria

marginal and parallel to the edge, second stria transversely

arched and it is clearly anterior to the meso-metasternal

suture, and it continues laterally (irregularly crenulate) to

the base of the metasternum; the anterior tibize are 4-5-

dentate.

The above belongs to the same section of the genus as

P. 4-punctulus, Mars., and others, but its stature and rela-

tively greater breadth render it conspicuously different.

Hab. Chapada, Matto Grosso (HM. H. Smith). One

example.

Omalodes felix, sp. n.

Ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte clypeoque dense

punctatis, illo in medio profunde sulcata ; pronoto leviter 4-foveo-

lato, lateribus dense punctatis ; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 in

medio interrupta et postice punctis formata ; propygidio pygidioque

dense punctatis; prosterno haud striato; mesosterno stria mar-

ginali late interrupta ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 93 mill.

Oval, slightly convex, black and shining; the head with

the clypeus and mandibles densely but not very coarsely

punctured, stria complete, the median sulcus similar but

wider than that figured for O. angulatus, Mars. (Mon. 1853,

new Species of Uisteride. 229

t. xv. fig. 3e); the thorax laterally is densely, not coarsely

punctured, with two shallow foves on either side well

behind the anterior border, innermost fovea is ina line behind

the eye, the smaller and outer is between it and the lateral

margin, there is a fine marginal stria which ceases behind the

eye and posteriorly is not visible from above on the basal

half of the thoracic length, the lateral stria is well-marked

and anteriorly is bent on either side behind the eyes and is

slightly angulate behind the middle of the neck, the scutellar

puncture is minute and surrounded by a shallow depression ;

the scutellum is small and has a median puncture; the elytra,

strie, outer humeral is faintly seen before the middle, inner

is broken in the middle and somewhat irregular in its course,

1-2 dorsal rather deep and complete, 3 broken in the middle

and then continued to the apex by a line of punctures; the

propygidium and pygidium are coarsely punctate, the first

with two posterior impressions; the prosternum and meso-

sternum are minutely punctured, the second has a short bent

stria on either side; the anterior tibie are 5-dentate, the

apical tooth being bifid at the apex.

The outline of this species agrees with that of Pszloscelis

Harrisi, Lec., a form not seen in any other species known

to me.

Hab. Central Argentina.

Omalodes striatipectus, sp. n.

Ovatus, latus, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctata in medio

foveolata; pronoto lateribus punctato; elytris striis 1-2 in-

tegris, 3 abbreviata; pygidio profunde punctato; prosterno

punctato et distincte bistriato.

L. 93 mill.

Oval, rather broad, somewhat convex, black and shining;

the head distinctly and rather closely punctured, also the

clypeus and the labrum, stria complete but a little irregular,

vertex with a well-defined fovea; the thorax has a lateral

band of punctures, lateral stria rather strong, especially at the

anterior angles, and continued behind the head, anterior angles

rather pointed; the elytra, dorsal stria, 1-2 complete but

punctiform at the apex, 3 extremely fine, basal and dimidiate ;

the propygidium bifoveolate, somewhat sparsely punctate,

especially on the disk; the pygidium very evenly and wholly

punctate, punctures very clear and larger than those of the

propygidium and fairly closely set ; the prosternum is evenly,

not densely nor coarsely punctured, keel clearly bistriate,

strie widening out at the coxe but not continuing round the

230 Mr. G. Lewis on

base ; the mesosternum is emarginate, with a curved stria on

either side, and the spaces before and behind the strie are

punctate ; the anterior tibiae 5-dentate.

The striz on the prosternal keel are well-marked and com-

plete and are a good distinguishing character for the species,

which in outline corresponds with O. grossus, Mars.

Ilab. Rio Cachiyaeu, Iquitos (Stuart, 1893).

Omalodes sinuaticollis, Mars.

This species has two conspicuous fovee in the elytra at

the base of the third dorsal stria. I believe the type of this

species came to me in the Chevrolat collection ; in it the pin

pierces the fovea on one side, and probably Marseul thought

the fovea on the other accidental. I have received fresh

specimens lately from Mr. H. H. Smith taken at Rio Janeiro.

Hister congonts, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, depressiusculus, niger, nitidus ; fronte punctulata,

antice foveolata, stria transversa utrinque deflexa tenuiter im-

pressa ; thorace stria externa abbreviata, interna integra ; elytris

striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi evanescenti, suturali basi abbreviata ;

pygidio vyix dense punctato, postice marginato; tibiis anticis

4-dentatis.

L. vix 6 mill.

Shortly oval (elytra wider than the thorax and widest

behind the shoulder) , somewhat depressed, black and shining ;

the head punctulate and foveolate anteriorly, stria fine and

nearly straight across the fovea, and then it is markedly

deflected on either side, in front of each eye there is a remark-

able obtuse projection, mandibles are concave above, with a

very robust tooth on the inner edge, labrum is transverse and

semicircular on the anterior edge; the thorax is transverse,

widest at the base, marginal stria ceasing behind the eye,

outer lateral is somewhat hamate at the anterior angle and

posteriorly it reaches a little beyond the middle, inner lateral

is strong at the sides, slightly sinuons, and it is much nearer

the edge behind the neck than behind the angles; the elytra,

striz, inner humeral is deep and apical and reaches beyond

the middle, apically it nearly joins the first dorsal, dorsal

1-8 complete, 4 evanescent at the base and rather fine, 5

dimidiate, sutural well shortened at the base and bending

away from the suture before and behind; the propygidium

is not closely punctured and the points vary in size, those

on either side are the largest, some are very minute; the

new Species of Histeride. 231

pygidium is evenly, almost densely, set with larger punctures,

and there is a granulate surface between the punctures which

may be seen under the microscope, posteriorly there is a

smooth narrow rim; the prosternum is narrow, anterior lobe

punctulate and bordered laterally with two stria; the meso-

sternum is almost truncate, with a marginal stria which con-

tinues along the sides of the metasternum ; the anterior tibiz

are 4-dentate.

Hister circulus, Sch., and H. circularis, Lew., somewhat

resemble this species in general facies. The ocular projec-

tions resemble those of certain Hololepte, and they are seen

but are very minute in HZ. circularis.

Hab. Lokolela, Congo River (J. A. Clark).

Hister Holubi, Sch.

Hister Holubi, Sch. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 153 (1889).

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall has sent me a series of this

species found at Salisbury in Mashonaland among rotten

horns and hoofs. Mr. Marshall says:—“‘I was pleased in

being able to ascertain the reason of its presence there; I find

that it lives on the larve of the large horn-destroying ‘ micro’

Tinea vestella, L., for on several occasions I captured the

beetles in the act of devouring the larve, and they are, as a

rule, chiefly found in the larval cases.”

Hister Holubi is somewhat like a species of Pachycrerus

in outline, and I give a figure (fig. 2) to show the strie of

the prosternal lobe. In several African species the lobe is

similarly bistriate.

Fig. 2.

Fister Holuts Bch.

Hister sinuosus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte minutissime punctulata,

stria irregulariter impressa ; pronoto stria interna valida sinuata,

margine laterali elevato, post angulos sinuato; elytris striis 1-3

integris, 4-5 et suturali abbreviatis; propygidio pygidioque

leviter, haud dense, punctulatis; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 4} mill.

232 Mr. G. Lewis on

Oval, convex, black and shining, with a very minute and

sparse punctuation; the head, frontal stria somewhat irre-

gular but complete ; the thorax is thickened laterally between

the marginal and inner stria, and the edge is distinctly sinuous

behind the anterior angle, marginal stria fine and only seen

from above at and near the anterior angle, inner lateral is

strong and rather widely sinuous in the middle, and continues

behind the head, where it is somewhat crenulate and fine, the

scutellar puncture is small but clear; the elytra, striz, outer

humeral is faintly crenulate, bending inward towards the

apex, inclining outward anteriorly, and shortened before the

base, inner humeral wanting, but there is a short basal oblique

stria joined to the first dorsal, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 finer

and reaching just beyond the middle, 5 shorter, sutural nearly

as long as the fourth; the propygidium and the pygidium are

clearly, rather finely, and not closely punctured; the pro-

sternum is without strie, the surface (and that of the meso-

sternum) is microscopically strigose, and the anterior lobe is

conspicuously margined with a strong stria or sulcus, which

is nearest the edge at the apex ; the mesosternum is widely

sinuous, with the marginal stria complete; anterior tibiz

5-dentate.

Hister relictus, Mars., which has been likened to the

European corvinus, Germ., and H. cognatus, Lec., and H. mar-

ginicollis, Lec., all somewhat resemble the above species, but

the pygidia of these species are densely punctate.

Hab, Texas. ‘Taken by the late Mr. Julius Flohr in the

winter of 1893. Ihave only one example, but it is probable

there are more in the museum in Berlin, to which institution

Mr. Flolir left his collections.

Lister gibberosus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria valida, supra

oculos angulata; elytris striis 1-3 validis integris, 4 leviter im-

pressa completa, 5 et suturali apicalibus ; propygidio bi-impresso,

grosse et dense punctato ; pygidio bilobo, necnon grosse punctato ;

prosterno bistriato, striis antice et postice junctis ; tibiis anticis

4-dentatis.

L. 53 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, black and shining; the head is

feebly bi-impressed behind the frontal stria, stria strong, sinuous

behind the mandibles, deep and angulate over the eyes, and

continues transversely along the base of the head ; the thorax,

the marginal stria is fine aud most conspicuous at the anterior

angle, lateral stria ceases anteriorly behind the eye, inner

new Species of Histeride. 233

stria complete and the interstice between it and the lateral

stria is rather broad, only narrowing at the base ; the elytra,

strie 1-4 complete, 1-3 strong and rather wide, 4 finer, 5 and

sutural apical, short and broken, humeral striew absent ; the

propygidium is coarsely and thickly punctate, with a rather

wide impression on either side; the pygidium 1s also coarsely

punctate, with a gibbosity on either side near the base (re-

sembling //. coronatus, Mars., in this character) ; the pro-

sternum, anterior lobe with scattered shallow punctures,

keel bistriate, striw joining before and behind, are rather

fine and before the coxe sinuous ; the mesosternum is slightly

sinuous behind the keel of the prosternum, marginal stria

rather fine and crenulate; the metasternum has a similar

stria which follows the sutural line and widens out laterally

behind ; anterior tibia 4-dentate, apical tooth bifid.

This species must be placed in the American series close

to H. nodatus and bullatus, Lew., and near to fH. coronatus,

Mars., which it resembles in the form of its pygidium.

Hab. Mexico (J. Flohr). One example.

flister meridanus, sp. un.

Breviter ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria valida; pro-

noto stria externa dimidiata, interna integra; elytris striis 1-4

integris, 5 brevissima, suturali utrinque abbreviata ; propygidio

pygidioque dense et grosse punctatis, hoc leviter bilobo; pro-

sterno bistriato, striis postice et antice conjunctis ; tibiis anticis

5-6-dentatis.

L. 43 mill.

Rather shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head

very finely, not densely punctulate, stria rather strong, arched

anteriorly, angulate above the eyes, and joining a transverse

stria before the neck; the thorax, marginal stria very fine,

visible above at the anterior angles, outer lateral stria ceases

behind the eye and continues halfway down the lateral edge,

inner is complete and slightly crenulate, especially behind the

anterior angles, the basal edge is punctate, but the points do

not reach the scutellar region; the elytra, dorsal strie, 1-4

complete, 5 apical and very short, sutural much shortened in

front and a little shortened behind; the propygidium and

pygidium are densely and coarsely punctate, the former is

impressed on either side behind, the latter is slightly bi-

lobed; the prosternum, anterior lobe margined with a fine

stria and has large shallow conspicuous punctures, keel

bistriate, striz clearly joined before and behind and are widely

sinuous in the middle; the mesosternum is feebly sinuous in

234 M. E. Bordage on the Absence of Regeneration

front, with a complete marginal stria; the metasternum also

has a somewhat similar and independent stria, but the stria is

without the sinuosity; the first abdominal segment has a

well-marked lateral stria; the anterior tibia are armed with

two strong teeth, the apical one bifid, and three small ones

behind.

Hister meridanus may be associated with H. nodatus and

AM, gibberosus, Lew.

Hab. Yucatan (Donckier). Two examples.

(To be continued. }

XXX.—On the Absence of Regeneration in the Posterior

Limbs of the Orthoptera saltatoria and its probable Causes.

By Epmonp BorpaGeE*.

Up to the present opinions have been divided with regard to

the regeneration of the posterior limbs of the Orthoptera

saltatoria. Among naturalists denying the possibility of such

regeneration I may mention Heineken, Graber, Durieu,

Frédéricq, Contejean, Werner, and Peyerimhoff. Among

those who admit it I may mention Professor Griffini (of

Turin).

In the attempt to settle this debated question I undertook

a very large series of experiments upon representatives of

three familics of Orthoptera saltatoria, choosing for my subjects

Phylloptera laurifolia and Conocephalus differens among the

Locustide, Acridium rubellum among the Acridide, and

Gryllus capensis among the Gryllide.

‘The experiments in question have led me to the conclusion

that regeneration of the jumping-legs does not take place. I

have, in fact, not been able to find the least trace of regene-

rative power.

Here is a fact which at first sight seems to be contrary to

the law of Lessona, for the jumping-legs are those which are

most exposed to injury by enemies, and can be detached from

the body by self-mutilation as a means of escape, as well as

in casting the skin [exuvial self-mutilation]. We shall see,

however, that this case by no means forms an exception to

the Jaw of the celebrated Italian biologist.

I have in fact been able to note with regard to larve kept

in captivity how difficult the moults became after the loss of

* Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ exxix. (July 10, 1899) pp. 120-

128, by Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. From a separate impression

communicated by the Author.

tn the Posterior Limbs of the Orthoptera saltatoria. 235

jumping-legs. Difficulties presented themselves especially at

the last moult, when the Orthopteron must free his wings

from their covering. His big hind legs would have allowed

him to brace himself up to his work more effectively, giving

him a valuable means of support at the time when he had to

make his laborious efforts to free himself from his chitinous

envelope. Almost all die before having rid themselves of this

wrapper. Among the rare survivors, with one or two excep-

tions, I have only seen completely disabled insects with wings

all crumpled, and sometimes even atrophied, creeping along

with difficulty. These points were specially striking in

Phylloptera laurifolia.

Supposing for a moment that instead of being safe from

their numerous enemies, as they were in the cages where I had

reared them, these damaged Orthoptera had been left to them-

selves. It now becomes evident that the few examples

which had managed to survive the dangers presented by the

process of moulting would have, in spite of this fact, but

little chance of reaching the perfect state. Let us admit even

that some among them, having escaped all their enemies, had

attained their complete development after having undergone

the last and most formidable moult. It still seems impossible

to me that these insects would be able to pair. In the first

place, whatever their sex, the absence of their big legs would

completely prohibit it; in the second place, granting once

more that it was not found to be an insurmountable obstacle,

it is only right to admit that the mutilated insects in question

would be left on one side by reason of the sexual selection

which appears to have been clearly proved among Orthoptera

saltatoria*. Finally, among certain of the Orthoptera with

fighting tendencies, such as the crickets, which not only

quarrel over the females, but engage in mortal combats for

the possession of the hole which serves them for a dwelling,

* See Charles Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man and Sexual Selection’

(French edition, 1591, pp. 811-318). Among the most interesting cases

quoted in this book occurs that of Pachytylus migratorius. Korte has

ointed out the choice exercised by the female with respect to the male.

he male of this species when paired with a female shows his anger by

stridulations when anvther male comes near. If the musical apparatus

plays a part in sexual selection, Orthoptera saltatoria deprived of their

jumping-legs, and which in spite of this have reached the perfect state,

must be in a condition of great inferiority when compared with their

rivals, for, as I have already remarked, their wings being quite bruised

and sometimes even atrophied, their musical apparatus is incapable of

acting. In the Acrididm especially the emission of musical notes is

rendered quite impossible, as the femora of the jumping-legs take part in

their production.

236 On Regeneration of Limbs in Orthoptera saltatoria.

the absence of hind legs would put them to a very great

disadvantage.

There is then every reason to allow that these various

causes prevent mutilated individuals among the Orthoptera

saltatoria from taking part in the reproduction of the species,

This evidently explains the absence of the power of regene-

ration.

In several species of Orthoptera saltatoria the trochanter of

the hind limbs is quite withdrawn (telescoped, to use the

picturesque expression of Messrs. Sharp and Brindley) into

the interior of the coxa. I thought at first that this arrange-

ment might perhaps prevent regeneration. I found after-

wards that this could not be, for there is the same absence of

regeneration in insects which do not show it.

The cases of inequality in the size of the jumping-legs

recorded by Griffin in Pristes tuberosus and in species

belonging to the genera Gidipoda and Gomphocerus appear

to me to be due to atrophy and not to regeneration *. I have

been able to find analogous peculiarities in Phylloptera lauri-

folia. Sometimes immediately after a moult an arrest of the

growth takes place with regard to one of the two jumping-

legs, which up to that time had been perfectly equal. I have

even noticed the same thing in the case of the wings in the

same species of locust. When this insect undergoes its last

moult, the wings on one side of the body develop completely,

while those on the opposite side remain rudimentary, their

size not exceeding that of the wing-coverings of the nymph.

I am, however, constrained to add that there is good reason

for Professor Griffini’s belief that regeneration of the two

anterior pairs of limbs may take place in Orthoptera saltatoria,

judging from an observation made on Platyphyllum Regimbarti.

In a forthcoming communication I propose to show the

truth of Griffini’s hypothesis and to prove the possibility of

the regeneration of the limbs in question as well as the regene-

ration of the tarsi in the three pairs of limbs in the Orthoptera

saltatoria.

The determination of the phenomenon of exuvial self-

mutilation furnishes a complete explanation of the facts in

accordance with the law of Lessona.

* Griffini states elsewhere that he never found any traces of regene-

ration in the insects which he reared in captivity.

Regeneration of Tarsus de. in Orthoptera saltatoria, 237

XX XI1.— Regeneration of the Tarsus and of the Two Anterior

Pairs of Limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria. By KpDMOND

BorpDAGE *,

I.—Ir would be useless to try and provoke self-mutilation of

the first two pairs of limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria. By

giving, however, a strong pull to the legs, they may be sepa-

rated from the body. Such separation rarely takes place at

the joint between the femur and trochanter t, but much more

often at that between the latter and the coxa. ‘The injury

thus inflicted upon the insect is generally fatal; the muscles

break irregularly, making a ragged tuft, while bleeding is

copious. When the Orthopteron survives, if it still be in

the larval state, regeneration can act and produce either a

perfect limb when separation has taken place at the joint

between femur and trochanter, or a more or less rudimentary

stump when the trochanter has been severed from the coxa.

These facts seem in a twofold manner to invalidate the law

of Lessona :—Istly, because there is regeneration at points

where mutilations do not appear to be normally produced ;

2ndly, because regenerations at the two places are most

frequent in the one where pulling more rarely leads to the

separation of the limb, and because they are without any

comparison more complete in the same region.

If we notice what happens during the changes of skin, we

shall see that this double paradox breaks down before an

examination of the normal facts.

In point of fact, it is by no means rare during moulting for

one of the limbs to be detached from the body by exuvial

self-mutilation. Contrary to what we found before, separation

takes place almost always at the joint between the femur and

the trochanter, and very rarely at that between the latter and

the coxa. In the first of these cases bleeding is compara-

tively insignificant, while in the second it may be fatal.

Mutilation in such a way is much less severe and less fre-

quently followed by deith than if it had been produced

experimentally. ‘lhe power of regeneration often acts in the

first case, and may sometimes produce a perfect limb{t, When

* Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ exxix. (July 17, 1899) pp. 169-

171, by Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. From a separate impression

communicated by the Author.

+ It is impossible sometimes even to separate it at this point by pulling.

In Gryllus campestris, for instance, I have to make use of scissors to effect

the removal.

t Among the Orthoptera saltatoria the parts in process of regeneration

a. slowly, from which the experimenter may be at first tempted to

vlieve that such regeneration does not exist. Also a reproduced limb

238 Legeneration of Tarsus &c, in Orthoptera saltatoria.

regeneration occurs in the second case, a jointless stump is

formed hardly 2 or 3 millim. in length. The facts described

explain themselves completely.

On the other hand, however, it may seem inexplicable that

exuvial self-mutilation should show itself in the case of limbs

which it appears & priord ought to experience no difficulty

in withdrawing from their old chitinous covering, such

limbs being of sufficiently restricted dimensions. I should,

however, call attention to the fact that among the Arthropoda

when moulting there is not a single appendage (leg, antenna,

palp), however modest its dimensions may be, in which there

may not at the particular moment happen to be accidental

adhesions between the new chitinous covering and the old.

The Arthropod which cannot when moulting overcome these

difficulties is infallibly doomed to die. This furnishes the

explanation why in moulting Arthropoda there ought to be

but very few appendages in which one cannot find traces of

more or less marked exuvial self-mutilation *, either complete

or partial, and at the same time of regenerative power. It

may even sometimes be possible to discover regeneration in

certain parts belonging to limbs specially modified for quite

particular functions. ‘This is the case with the tarsi of the

preying-legs of the Mantidze and those of the digging-legs in

the mole-crickets. Further mutilation of these limbs would end

in death either indirectly or after a brief delay and by bleeding.

II.—In the Orthoptera saltatoria regeneration of the tarsi

in the three pairs of limbs takes place with ease ; this is to be

expected, seeing that the tarsi are frequently damaged as a

result of the struggles made by the insect to free itself when

moulting. It is particularly well marked in the elongated

tarsi of the jumping-legs. Regeneration here takes place even

after artificial cuts removing the tarsus, and even a little

piece of the terminal portion of the tibia, which is reproduced

as well. The presence of the regenerative power in the last-

mentioned region is easily explained when it is taken into

consideration that its muscular fibres are often damaged when

the tarsus is torn off either during moulting or, more rarely,

by the unsuccessful attack of some natural enemy.

IlI.—In Phylloptera laurifolia and Conocephalus differens

regeneration gives a tetramerous tarsus (tetramery is the rule

never reaches the length of the corresponding one that remains in place,

and it is often incapable of rendering any real service. It is probably

this slowness of growth that led Graber to conclude too hastily that

regeneration of the tarsus did not take place, on,

* The greater perfection of exuvial self-mutilation is properly directed

to the difficulties which appendages, owing to their shape or size, expe-

rience in disengaging themselves from their old chitinous coat.

ers CPF OR OH at

Bibliographical Notice. 239

in Locustide). In Gryllus capensis regenerated tarsi still

show three joints, but the new tarsus in this case is in some

respects more massive than the normal one. he third joint

is nearly equal to the first, while in the normal tarsus it is

considerably longer than the latter. Finally, the second

joint, which in the ordinary tarsus is very small and almost

entirely hidden, is a visible in the regenerated one. This

difference is particularly noticeable in the case of the posterior

limbs *.

So far as the nature of the tarsal regenerations is con-

cerned in Acridium rubellum I cannot at present speak, my

experiments with this species not being yet completed f.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Die Fledermduse des Berliner Museums fiir Naturkunde.—Neunzig,

unter Leitung von Prof. W. Peters und Paul Matschie, gezeichnete

und lithographirte Tafeln. Bearbeitet und durch Verbreitungs-

karten und Bestemmungstabellen fiir alle bekannten Arten erganzt.

Von Paut Mazscare, Kustos am Museum fiir Naturkunde zu

Berlin. Berlin: Georg Reimer.

Erste Lieferung. Megachiroptera. Pp. 103, pls. i-xiv., 1899. 24

Marks.

For many years every student of the Chiroptera has known of,

and hoped for the publication of, the magnificent series of plates to

illustrate this group of animals drawn by the famous draughtsman

J. D. L. Franz Wagner under the direction of the late Prof. Peters.

A foretaste of their quality was given by the publication of a few

of them in illustration of some of Prof. Peters’s papers, but other-

wise, although many of them are now more than 30 years old, no one

had been able to see them except at Berlin or at Genoa, to whose

Museum Prof. Peters had given a set.

Now at last an instalment of them is published in illustration

of a general work on Bats by Dr. Paul Matschie, accompanied by

further plates drawn by that author’s deceased wife.

This work will be of the greatest utility to all students of Bats,

and abounds with evidences of the author’s care and of the richuess

of the materials on which it is based. Synoptical tables are given

of all the genera, subgenera, and species ; and although some of those

we have tried have not quite responded to the call made upon them,

yet they give a most useful index to the characters maiuly relied upon

by the author in distinguishing the various forms.

* It should be stated that the regenerated tarsus represents one of the

organic positions of stability intermediate between the actual normal form

and an ancestral one.

+ In Locustide and Gryllidew the tibia of regenerated anterior liinbs

sree not possess the tympanic apparatus which exists on the original

limb.

240 Bibliographical Notice.

The author's great interest in geography has, we think, led

him to divide up some of the genera rather on geographical than

zoological grounds, and on this account to “split” too liberally :

the genera EHpomophorus and Macroglossus are examples of this

tendency. On the other hand (presumably through want of material),

some forms are lumped which seem scarcely to deserve it. Thus

to find Pteralopex reduced to a subgenus of Pteropus, on the same

level as such scarcely definable subgeneric groups as Sericonycteris,

Acerodon, or Spectrum, while Pteropus Wallacei is made the type

of a new genus, shows to our mind rather a want in the power of

balancing the value of zoological characters. The mere number of

the teeth is of but little importance compared with their structure,

and the absence of an incisor in Pteropus Wallacei is surely of less

importance than the marked differentiation of nearly the whole

dentition of Pteralopex.

In giving his lists of specimens in the collection at Berlin, Dr.

Matschie prefaces them by the letters B.M.: a rather unfortunate

choice, for “‘ B.M.” has been used for more than 60 years by a

multitude of authors to indicate the British Museum ; and as the two

Museums, of Berlin and London, possess two of the four greatest

collections of Bats, it seems a pity that initials which have always

been used for the one should now be most confusingly dragged

in for the other. Prof. Peters himself again and again used M.B.,

standing of course for Museum Berolinense. Some indication of the

condition of the specimens, whether in spirit or in skin, would also

have been of service to other workers.

Dr. Matschie is exceedingly fond of subgenera, subdividing many

genera on rather slight grounds, and adding a scrious number of

technical names to our already overburdened lists. The synopses

of species are placed under the respective subgenera, an arrangement

which does not appear to increase the facility with which specimens

can be determined, as compared with the more usual arrangement

of placing the whole synopsis of a genus together.

The author omits to explain, nor is it possible to guess, why

he shifts Linnzus’s name ‘‘ vampyrus” from what Dobson calls

Pteropus edulis to P. vulgaris. Shiftings of names are always

unfortunate, but a shifting without explanation cannot be too

strongly protested against.

We heartily commend the care Dr. Matschie has taken with the

nomenclature and his rigid adherence to the rules. Had Dr. Dobson

been equally particular, the nomenclature of Bats might have been

settled 30 yearsago. Only we should prefer to accept Mr. Palmer's

ruling in the difficult case of ‘‘ Cephalotes,”” on the ground that the

name itself is a sufficiently clear indication of the species Geoffroy

had in mind when founding the genus. The restoration of the

familiar terms Macroglossus and Megaloglossus is a good result of

the newly accepted principle of the rigid adherence to the original

spelling of generic names in all cases.

Altogether Dr. Matschie may be sincerely congratulated on the

excellent way he has risen to the great opportunity which the

publication of Wagner’s beautiful plates has given him, 0. T.

elim ck. Mag. Vat. thet. 8.7 Vel V PL.

Mantern Bros ; op

VPC MS,

‘

Inn & Mag. Verb. Miat.§.7.1

Mintern Bre

‘ Ann .& Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7 Vol V.PUIV.

MOM

Mma —— = a Ss

RHE LET ie Z ny ~=8

"M.I.N. del. Mintern Bros. sc.

Ann.& Mag.Nat.Hist.8.7VotV.PUVI.

(

Niantern Bros lith.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SEVENTH SERIES. ]}

No. 27. MARCH 1900.

XXXII.—A New-Zealand Species of the Amphipodan Genus

Cyproidia. By Cuaries Cuitton, M.A., D.Sc., M.B.,

C.M., F.L.8., Research Fellow, University of Edinburgh.

[Plate V.]

A FEW specimens of the species described in this paper have

been inmy possession for a considerable time, and were obtained

some years ago by surface-netting in Otago Harbour, New

Zealand. I have hitherto refrained from publishing the

species, owing to uncertainty as to its generic position; but

as that difficulty appears likely to increase as time goes on, I

have decided to describe the species now under the genus

Cyproidia, Haswell.

This genus was instituted by Haswell in 1880 for two

Australian species *, and the description was afterwards given

with some slight additions and corrections in his Catalogue

of the Australian Crustacea in 18827. In 1885 a British

species was described by Stebbing }, who pointed out the close

resemblance between the genus Cyprocdia and another genus

Stegoplax, founded by Sars in 1882. Another British species

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. W. vol. iv. pp. 320-321.

+ ‘Catalogue of the Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea of Australia,’

» 229.

} Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, vol, xv. 1885, p. 59, pl. ii.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 16

242 Dr. C. Chilton on a New-Zealand

was described by Thomas Scott in 1893, but was referred to

the genus with some doubt, as it possessed several characters

that seemed rather to indicate that it should be placed under

Stegoplax*. Some confusion already seems to have crept

into the discussion, for while Haswell’s description in his

Catalogue says that the superior antenne are without a secon-

dary flagellum, and this description is quoted in full by

Stebbing, yet the latter describes his species Cyprotdia dam-

noniensis as having a minute one-jointed secondary flagellum

on the superior antenna, without indicating in any way, so

far as I can find, that in this respect his species differs from

the generic description given by Haswell. It was apparently

this that led Scott to say that Cyproidia and Stegoplaw differ

in “ the apparent presence (Cyprozdia) or absence (Stegoplax)

of a minute secondary appendage to the superior antenne ”’ f,

though a few lines further on he recognizes that in possessing

no secondary appendage to the superior antenne his species,

? Cyprotdia brevirostris, ‘agrees better with Haswell’s amended

description than with that of the Rev. Mr. Stebbing, as well

as exhibits a close affinity with Stegoplar.” Whatever the

author of Cyproidia may have intended, it appears that his

genus is fated to be considered as having the possession of a

minute secondary appendage to the upper antennz for one of

its characters, for Sars, in his recent work, in comparing the

genus with his Stegoplax, speaks of Cyproidia, “ as recently

redescribed by Mr. Stebbing,” as possessing a secondary

appendage, though he also points out other differences, as,

indeed, previous authors had also done f.

Della Valle places both Cyprotdia and Stegoplax as syno-

nyms of Peltocoza, Catta §, as had been previously suggested

by Stebbing ||; but with the discovery of new species it is

hardly likely that these genera will be allowed to drop, and,

on the other hand, Stebbing has quite recently established a

new genus Laracyproidea, differing from Cyprotdia in several

small points, for the species Cyprotdia lineata, Haswell ]].

At the same time he also established the new genus Tetra-

deion for the species Cyproidia? crassa that I provisionally

referred to Cyproidia in 1882**, but though both genera

belong to the Amphilochide, Tetradeion is very different from

the true Cyproidia.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. 1893, p. 244, pl. xiii.

t L. c. p. 245.

¢ ‘Crustacea of Norway,’ i. p. 232.

§ ‘Fauna und Flora des Golfes Neapel,’ Monograph 20, p. 647.

| ‘ Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda,’ p. 441.

| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 207.

** ‘Transactions New Zealand Institute,’ xv. p. 80, pl. iii. fig. L.

Species of the Amphipodan Genus Cyproidia. 243

Cyproidia otakensis, sp. n. (PI. V.)

Specific description.—Cephalon with a very small blunt

rostral projection ; first two segments of pereion short,

third and fourth much longer, fourth longer than the third;

last three segments of pereion and first three segments of

og subequal in length; fourth segment of pleon fully as

ong as the third, but much narrower, it bears throughout its

length a distinct dorsal crest, which widens posteriorly and

projects beyond the end of the following segment, ending

acutely ; fifth segment very short, only about one fifth the

length of the fourth, sixth segment longer than the fifth ;

telson reaching to the extremity of the peduncle of the

terminal uropods, Gnathopoda subequal; carpus of the

second longer than that of the first, and in both produced

distally along the underside of the propodos; propodos of the

second rather the stouter, palm not well defined in either.

Basa of first and second pereiopoda narrow, not expanded;

those of third, fourth, and fifth all expanded in a thin flat

plate with rounded posterior margin. Rami of terminal

uropoda unequal, upper margins fringed with fine sete and

a few stouter spinules at intervals.

Colour light brown.

Size. Length of body about 3 millim.

Hab, Otago Harbour, New Zealand. A few specimens

obtained by surface-netting.

In addition to the above brief diagnosis, I give here the

following additional details :—

The general shape of the body will be best seen from the

figure ; the s¢de-plates of the first and second pereiopoda are

enoimously developed, and the antennx, appendages, and

pleon can nearly all be concealed and protected by them.

‘The side-plate of the first pereiopod extends forwards past

the first two short segments of the pereion and fits closely

along to the lower margin of the cephalon ; its junction with

the side-plate of the second pereiopod is sinuous, the two are

accurately and closely fitted, but are not actually cemented

together, and can be readily od snot by dissection. The

side-plate of the second pereiopod is slightly deeper and con-

siderably broader than that of the first; its margin is regu-

larly convex below and behind, but is excavated at the upper

posterior corner for the reception of the fairly well developed

side-plate of the third pereiopod.

The cephalon is rather longer than the first segment of the

pereion, the rostrum small and indistinct. The eye is large

16*

244. Dr. C. Chilton on a New-Zealand

and conspicuous, of many facets, round in outline, and red in

colour.

The upper antenne are stout and rather short ; first joint of

the peduncle longer than the second, and second considerably

longer than the third, though they are all of nearly the same

breadth ; the margins are nearly or quite free from sete: the

flagellum contains three or four joints ; the first joint is much

the largest, about as long as the third segment of the peduncle,

it is broad and bears on its margin about sixteen long non-

tapering sete, rather longer than the joint from which they

spring; they are arranged somewhat irregularly in pairs, each

pair springing from a small papilla; a similar arrangement is

described by Scott in ? Cyproidia brevirostris, and from the

figure given by Stebbing it is evident that it is also present

in C. damnoniensis ; it probably indicates that the first joint

of the flagellum, though apparently single, is really formed

by the coalescence of several separate joints, each with a pair

of “ olfactory sete,” for that is what the long seta appear

from their structure to be. The second joint of the flagellum

is small and bears two long sete, and is followed by a very

slender but longer terminal joint with one or two setz at its

extremity ; in the antenna on the other side of the specimen

examined the flagellum was composed of four joints, there

being two short joints before the slender terminal one. ‘The

secondary appendage is small and one-jointed and partially

concealed by the broad first joint of the flagellum.

The lower antenne are slightly longer than the upper and

much more slender; the “gland-cone” arising from the

second joint extends about halfway along the short third

joint of the peduncle ; fourth joint rather more than twice as

long as the third, fifth rather shorter than the fourth, all

with margins free from sete; the flagellum is about half as

long again as the fourth joint of the peduncle and is composed

of four joints, each much shorter and narrower than the pre-

ceding, and bearing at the terminal extremity two or three

fine sete.

The mouth-parts I have not been able to examine in much

detail, but they appear to closely resemble those of C. dam-

noniensis, Stebbing. ‘The mandibles have a fairly well-

developed molar ; the apex of the inner plates in the maxilli-

peds is transversely truncate, with its outer angle rounded off.

The first gnathopod is rather slender; carpus shorter than

propodos, bearing distally a projection which reaches about

one third the length of the propodos and bears on its under

surface about ten sete; propodos only very slightly ex-

panded, palm not well deiined, but bearing six pairs of sete

——— tc lll

Species of the Amphipodan Genus Cyproidia. 245

at regular intervals; dactylos long, more than half as long as

the propodos, a few fine sete on both margins, the terminal

claw long and ending very acutely.

The second gnathopod very similar to the first, but rather

stouter; the meros bears four or five sete on its truncate

distal margin ; the earpus is slightly longer than the pro-

podos and its distal process reaches halfway along the propodos,

and, in addition to the sete on its lower margin and extremity,

has an irregular row of smaller setx along the margin that is

in contact with the propodos; palm of propodos not well

defined, convex, bearing six stout plumose seta, with shorter

sete at their bases; dactylos as in first gnathopod, but

slightly shorter.

The side-plates of the first and second pereiopoda have been

already described ; the basa are narrow and the remaining

parts of these appendages call for no special notice.

In the third peretopod the side-plate is of moderate size, its

margin smooth and convex; the basos is produced poste-

riorly into a thin flat plate, very delicate and transparent, its

margin slightly concave posteriorly, the postero-distal corner

rounded; the meros is produced distally and posteriorly into

a process which reaches as far as the end of the carpus and

ends acutely.

The fourth and fifth peretopoda are similar to the third, but

the side-plates are smaller, while the expansions of the basa

are broader and less delicate; the postero-distal angles are

rounded as in the third pereiopoda, not acutely pointed as in

? Cyproidia brevirostris, Scott.

In the pleon the first three segments are subequal in length,

their pleural projections not greatly developed, the infero-

posterior angles rounded and not produced backward. The

appearance of the terminal portion of the pleon, with its long

dorsally crested fourth joint, followed by the very short fifth

joint, is very characteristic. ‘The first two pairs of uropods

are slender, subequal, with slender subequal rami. The

peduncle of the third uropods is stout, its upper distal angle

acute; rami unequal, the outer shorter one being as long as

the peduncle. ‘The te/son does not appear to be laterally

compressed, but is somewhat boat-shaped, concave above, and

reaches as far as the end of the peduncle of the third uropods.

The first uropods appear to reach a little beyond the extre-

mity of the second, and these a little beyond that of the

third; but in this, as in so many other characters, there is

evidently considerable variation.

While this species closely resembles the other species

referred to the genus in most respects, it can be at once

246 Mr. G. Lewis on

recognized by the characteristic formation of the terminal

portion of the pleon ; it differs from C. damnoniensis, Stebbing,

in having a flat expansion to the basos of the third pereiopod

and in having the apex of the inner plates of the maxillipeds

truncate; in the latter point and in some others it agrees

with the new genus Paracyproidea, Stebbing, but it appears

to differ from this genus in the form and size of the telson.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Cyproidia otakensis. X 24.

Fig. 1 a. s. Superior antenna.

Fig. 1 a.%. Inferior antenna.

Fig. 1gn. 1. First gnathopod.

Fig. 1 gn. 2. Second gnathopod.

Fig. 1 prp. 1-5. First to fifth pereiopods.

Fig. lur.3 & T. Third uropod and telson, side view.

(All the details highly magnified.)

a eee

XXXIII.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of

others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

[Concluded from p. 234.]

Hister levimargo, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra, supra

oculos angulata; thorace stria interna basi vix abbreviata; elytris

striis 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali apicalibus, suturali longiore ;

propygidio postice dense punctato, basi margineque laterali late

leevibus; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno leviter emarginato,

stria marginali integra; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

L, 42 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head, frontal

stria well-marked, sinuous behind the mandibles, angulate

above the eyes; the thorax, marginal stria very fine, con-

spicuous at the anterior angles only, ceasing behind the eyes,

lateral stria almost complete, but a little shortened before the

base, feebly bisinuous behind the neck ; the elytra, strive 1-4

complete, 5 apical, sutural dimidiate and apically turning

slightly away from the suture, the humeral stria are absent

except a very fine oblique stria joined to the first dorsal stria

at its base; the propygidium is densely punctured trans-

versely behind, the punctures leave a broad smooth margin

at the base and sides, the sides being clearly elevated; the

new Species of Histeridee, 247

pygidium is similarly punctured, margined externally with a

smooth somewhat elevated rim; the prosternum is bistriate,

striz evanescent anteriorly before the suture, the anterior lobe

is margined with a deep stria which, being oblique laterally,

leaves a wide margin, the surface of the lobe and the keel is

sparsely punctulate and microscopically strigose ; the meso-

sternum is feebly sinuous and margined with a well-marked

stria ; the metasternum has a lateral stria only ; the anterior

tibia are 3-dentate, but the apical tooth is bifid.

The smooth margin of the propygidium in this species

agrees somewhat with that of J/. latimargo, Sch. The

species belongs, like //. gibberosus, to an American section of

the genus with a striate prosternum.

Hab. Costa Rica. “Barba Esmeralda, May 1890”

(P. Biolley).

Hister planimargo, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, stria antice

recta; thorace stria marginali interrupta, interna integra ;

elytra striis 1—4 integris, 5 brevi, suturali dimidiata ; propygidio

postico transversim punctato, margine laterali anticoque levi ;

pygidio punctato, margine extus levi; prosterno bistriato, striis

posticis conjunctis.

L. 43 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, surface punetu-

late, frontal stria nearly straight anteriorly; the thorax,

marginal stria interrupted behind the neck, lateral stria com-

plete, parallel to the sides and somewhat strong laterally ;

the elytra with a fine oblique humeral stria only, dorsal striz

1-4 complete and rather deep, 5 apical, short and punctiform,

sutural apical and dimidiate, turning away from the suture

posteriorly ; the propygidium is transversely densely punc-

tate, with the base and sides rather broadly smooth; the

pygidium also densely punctate, with an outside smooth

margin; the prosternum, anterior lobe marginate, keel bi-

striate, strie joining behind, surface of lobe microscopically

strigose ; the mesosternum feebly sinuous in front, marginal

stria complete; the anterior tibia with an apical bifid tooth

and two simple teeth behind it.

In the American series this species may be placed next to

the last and near //. latimargo, Sch.

Hab. Costa Rica (Donckier).

Lister cinctipygus, sp. 0.

Breviter ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte antice depressa,

stria integra ; thorace antice bisinuato, stria marginali ad oculos

248 Mr. G. Lewis on

desinente, laterali basi abbreviata, pone oculos interrupta ; elytris

striis dorsalibus 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali apicalibus ; propygidio

postico transversim punctato, margine laterali anticoque levi ;

pygidio punctato, margine postice levi.

L. 33 mill.

Shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head, stria

strong and straight behind the mandibles, sinuous on either

side, with a median depression behind the stria; the thorax

bisinuous on the anterior edge, marginal stria fine laterally,

but deeper from the anterior angle until it terminates behind

the eye, internal stria shortened at the base, feebly sinuous

at the sides, bent and interrupted near the anterior angle ;

the elytra, humeral strie wanting, except the oblique basal,

which is very fine, dorsal strie 1-4 complete, 3-4 somewhat

bent, 5 apical, nearly dimidiate, and parallel to the fourth,

5 shortened by one third of its length and posteriorly widens

from the suture; the propygidium has a rather wide smooth

margin at its base and sides, with a transverse thickly and

rather coarsely punctured surface behind; the pygidium is

similarly punctate, with a smooth posterior margin; the

prosternum with large shallow punctures, anterior lobe clearly

marginate, keel narrow, smooth, and triangular at the base ;

the mesosternum, anterior edge nearly straight, with a com-

plete marginal rather deep stria and a short stria at either

angle ; the anterior tibia has a strong apical tooth, obscurely

bifid, with 3 or 4 obtuse inconspicuous teeth behind it.

The thoracic strie and the marginate propygidium of this

species agree with those of H. Gestroi, Sch.; but /7. cincti-

pygus is smaller and relatively broader, and has a very distinct

frontal depression. In £. latimargo, Sch., levimargo, Lew.,

and planimargo, Lew., the propygidia are similarly margined,

but in all the American species the prosternum is bistriate.

Hab. Siam.

flister terremotus, sp. Nn.

Breviter ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte minute punctu-

lata ; thorace stria interna integra; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5

et suturali abbreviatis ; pygidio densissime et minutissime punc-

tato; prosterno lobo antico conspicue prominulo; tibiis anticis

5-dentatis, dente apicali bifido.

L. 34-32 mill.

Shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head very

minutely punctulate, stria well-marked and nearly straight

anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria ceases behind the eye,

inner lateral complete, deepest behind the anterior angle, not

sinuous laterally; the elytra, except the fine oblique basal

there is no humeral stria dorsal 1-4 complete and parallel to

new Species of Histeride. 249

each other, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural ceases just beyond

the middle and for two thirds of its length turns slightly

away from the suture; the propygidium has scattered punc-

tures, with the surface between them microscopically strigous

and finely punctulate ; the pygidium is very densely and simi-

larly sculptured, but except at the base it 1s free of the larger

punctures, the dense strigosity gives an appearance of opacity ;

the prosternum, the anterior lobe is strongly punctate, with a

cariniform lateral stria, and the apex is obtusely produced

like the mesosternum of a Cetonia (fig. 3); the mesosternum

is widely arched anteriorly, with a complete marginal stria ;

the anterior tibia are 5-dentate, apical tooth bifid.

Fig. 3.

Hister terremotus, Lew.

Hister philippinensis, Mars., superficially is very similar to

this species, but the sculpture of the pygidium and the

curious prolongation of the prosternal lobe will at once distin-

guish it. /. philippinensis usually has the fourth dorsal

stria complete, but Marseul’s original specimen had but three,

and the first abdominal segment has a bowed lateral stria; in

H, terremotus it is oblique. It also resembles 1. myrmidon,

Mars.

Hab, “ Java occident. Mons Gede, alt. 4000 feet, Aug.

1892,” and “ Sukabumi, 2000 feet”? (1. Fruhstorfer). Ten

examples.

Hister sessilis, Lew.

Hister sessilis, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 18 (1899).

Figure 4, introduced here, will show how differently the

anterior lobe of this species is formed to that of the preceding

species.

Fig. 4.

Tlister sessil’s, Lew.

250 Mr. G. Lewis on

fister pinnule, sp. n.

Suborbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte valide striata;

thorace stria marginali integra, interna unica basi multo abbre-

viata, antice post angulos terminata; elytris striis 1-4 integris,

5 dimidiata, suturali medium superante; pygidio levi; tibiis

anticis intus et extus dilatatis.

L, 34 mill.

Nearly orbicular, convex, black and shining; the head,

vertex slightly convex, stria complete and strong, straight

behind the clypeus ; the thorax, marginal stria fine and com-

plete, feebly crenulate behind the neck, inner stria rather

deep, much shortened at the base, arched, and terminating

behind the anterior angle, surface (and that of the head)

microscopically punctured; the elytra, outer humeral stria

well-marked but very short, and posteriorly only just reaching

the middle, dorsal stria 1-4 complete, 1-3 parallel to each

other, 4 bent, 5 straight, rather fine, apical and dimidiate,

sutural apical and passing beyond the middle, and it is parallel

to the suture; the propygidium is punctulate, but not very

conspicuously ; the pygidium is smooth; the prosternum, the

anterior lobe has a sinuous immarginate apex, keel not acute,

rather short and triangular at the base; the mesosternum is

nearly straight anteriorly, marginal stria rather fine, close to

the edge, and complete; the anterior tibia are dilated at the

tarsal end on both edges, the dilatation on the inner edge is

obtusely angulate, on the outer edge there are 4 or 5 small

teeth.

The thoracic stria in H/. pinnule resemble those of /. tor-

quatus, Mars., except that in the first the inner stria is more

shortened behind and less hamate in front.

Hab. S.E. Borneo (Doherty).

Fister vacillans, sp. n.

Suborbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte minute punctulata,

stria integra; thorace stria marginali interrupta, interna unica

pone oculos utrinque deflexa, basi paululum abbreviata ; elytris

striis 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali abbreviatis; tibiis anticis extus

dilatatis.

L. 34 mill.

Nearly orbicular, convex, black and shining; the head,

surface finely punctulate, stria complete and very feebly bi-

sinuous in front; the thorax is more clearly punctulate than

the forehead, marginal stria fine and terminating behind the

eye, internal strong laterally, feebly sinuous and shortened

- iad

new Species of Histeride. 251

before the base, anteriorly it is fine.and crenulate and deflected

behind the point where the marginal stria terminates, lateral

interstice rather wide ; the elytra, outer subhumeral stria short,

deep, and well behind the humerus, dorsal stria 1-4 com-

plete, with crenulate edges, the interstices at the bases between

the first and second and between the third and fourth are the

widest, 5 is apical, dimidiate, sutural apical and equal to two

thirds of the elytral length, and it turns a little away from

the suture near the apex ; the propygidium and the pygidium

are somewhat closely punctured, the punctures on the first

are rather the larger; the prosternum, anterior lobe sparingly

punctate, with a lateral deep stria, not close to the edge nor

meeting at the apex, keel not acute but triangular at its base ;

the mesosternum, anterior edge is feebly arched, stria and

that of the metasternum complete ; the anterior tibia is dilated

on its outer edge, the dilatation being surrounded by small

teeth, and there are a few irregular teeth behind them.

This species, like the last, belongs to an Indian group of

the genus which has dilated fore tibie.

Hab. Tenasserim (Doherty).

Epierus federatus, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, brunneus, nitidus, supra sparsim punctu-

latus; fronte concava; pronoto prescutellari impresso ; elytris

striis dorsalibus crenulatis, 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali

basi abbreviata ; prosterno bistriato, basi late inciso, marginato ;

mesosterno in medio angulariter producto; tibiis anticis multi-

spinulosis.

L. 13 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, brown and shining; the head

concave anteriorly, finely and sparsely punctured, with a

very small fovea on the vertex, epistoma rather broad; the

thorax is punctured like the head, except before the scutellum,

in front of the scutellum there is a semicircular impression

and round its limits the punctuation is larger, marginal stria

fine and complete ; the elytra, all the dorsal strie are fine and

crenulate, 1-4 complete, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural also

apieal and a little longer, there is a faint trace of an inner

subhumeral stria ; the propygidium and pygidium are finely

and sparsely punctured and the first is microscopically trans-

versely strigose at the base; the prosternum is broad and

bistriate, the striz are fine and feebly turned outwards at

either end, surface of the keel, sternal plates, and first seg-

ment of the abdomen with fine evenly scattered punctures ;

the mesosternum widely and angularly projects to fit the base

252 Mr. G. Lewis on

of the prosternum, there is an extremely fine marginal stria

which does not quite reach the base, the transverse stria is

very distinct, widely arched, and crenulate, and is joined to

the metasternal lateral stria ; the anterior tibia are minutely

multispinulose.

In New Zealand there are two species of Hpierus known to

me with projecting mesosterna, viz. /. sylvanus, Lew., and

£. purus, Broun, but in both of these the anterior outline of

the mesosternum is bisinuous.

flab, Forest Keep, Tamworth, Australia (A. M. Lea,

Note-buok, 1272).

Tribalus amnicola, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, piceus, nitidus, supra vix dense sed per-

spicue punctulatus; fronte impressa; pronoto angulis anticis

impressis, stria marginali integra; elytris, striis dorsalibus brevi-

bus obsoletis, postice partim rufis; prosterno striis utrinque

divergentibus ; mesosterno transverso, stria perspicue integra,

punctulato ; pedibus brunneis, tibiis anticis spinulosis.

L. vix 2 mill.

This species is very similar to 7’. rubriculus, Sch., but it is

more perfectly oval, less convex, and the punctuation (espe-

cially on the héad and thorax) is much more dense. The

thoracic stria behind the neck is also much less conspicuous

and less crenulate; the under surface is more distinctly pune-

tulate and the mesosternal stria is less arched and more

distinct anteriorly and the mesosternum is relatively narrower

than that of 7’. rubriculus. Herr Schmidt describes the meso-

sternal stria of J. rubriculus as “antice obsoleta,” but,

although fine, it is complete throughout and evenly arched,

I fortunately possess a typical example of J’. rubriculus

received from the author.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland. ‘‘ Under dried leaves in

November 1898, and in flood-rubbish in April 1899” (Guy

A, K. Marshall).

Sternocelis ovalis, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus ; capite punctato, punctis

minime profundis, utrinque carinato; thorace lateribus punc-

tato ; elytris striis i-3 dorsalibus leviter impressis; propygidio

conspicue punctato; tibiis mediis et posticis valide triangulariter

dilatatis.

L. vix 2 mill.

Oval, convex, darkish brown, shining; the head, surface

with shallow punctures, rather closely set, carinate laterally,

caring pass anteriorly along the clypeus, but do not apparently

new Species of Histeride. 253

join in front; the thorax has a fine lateral marginal stria,

with a fovea at the base on either side well within the angle,

and behind the anterior angles there is a rather wide area with

rather large shallow punctures, but on the scutellar and discal

regions the punctures are sparse and almost wanting; the

elytra, strie, outer humeral somewhat well-marked, basal

and dimidiate, inner humeral almost complete, also the first

dorsal stria, 2-3 less marked and shortened apically ; the

propygidium is very clearly, evenly, not coarsely, but rather

densely punctured; the pygidium is less densely and less

distinctly punctured ; the prosternum, the keel is truncate

anteriorly at the suture, surface flat and less punctured at the

base than on the fore part, base lightly impressed on either

side of the mesosternal projection, and it is margined laterally

with a fine widely sinuous stria, the anterior lobe is on a lower

plane than the keel and widens out anteriorly and is closely

covered with large shallow punctures; the mesosternum is

bisinuous anteriorly ; the metasternum is bistriate on either

side; the anterior tibie are dilated and rounded off on the

outer edge, the median and posterior tibize are more dilated

and angular in the middle of the outer edge.

This is the only species of the genus described which is

oval in outline.

Hab, Yakouren, Algeria (AZ, Pic).

Saprinus amethystinus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte clypeoque punc-

tatis ; thorace obscure «eneo, lateribus grosse punctatis; elytris

violaceis, striis dorsalibus 1-3 abbreviatis, 4 arcuata brevissima,

suturali antice abbreviata ; prosterno carinato-striato, striis an-

ticis conjunctis; mesosterno marginato, punctato; metasterno

sublevi, antice in medio impresso ; tibiis auticis 4-dentatis.

L, 4 mill.

Oblong-oval, convex, black and shining, with the thorax

obscurely coppery and the elytra rich violet-blue. The fore-

head and clypeus are somewhat coarsely punctured, stria ante-

riorly is bisinuous and somewhat indistinct, but it is carinate

over the eyes; the thorax, marginal stria complete, with a

broad lateral margin of coarse punctures which are continued

along the basal edge and less strongly behind the neck, disk

impunctate; the elytra, striw, external humeral complete,

inner shortened apically and scarcely reaching the base, 1

dorsal touches the base and posteriorly it is a little shorter

than the inner humeral, 2 is a little shorter than the first,

3 is as long as the inner humeral, 1-2 are markedly incurved

254 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

at the base, 4 basal, very short and arched, sutural well

shortened before the base, the surface, except in the scutellar

region, is punctured, punctures not close nor so large as those

of the thorax; the propygidium is evenly and rather closely

punctured ; the pygidium is more clearly punctured and the

punctures are larger, and there is a narrow longitudinal space

in the middle of the base smooth; the prosternum, keel

slightly depressed in the middle, strie cariniform, joining

anteriorly, and it widens out at the base; the mesosternum is

truncate anteriorly and the marginal stria complete, surface

punctate ; the metasternum is smooth in the middle, with a

few punctures near the edges, and on the anterior margin is a

small round impression ; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate.

The peculiar oblong form of this species is unlike any

other that I know, but it must be placed near S. letus, Kr.

Hab, Taylor Range, Queensland.

XXXI1V.—WNotes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An«

drews.—No. XX. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,

E.R.S., ‘&e,

[Plates VII. & VIII. ]

. On the Reproduction and Development of Pholoé minuta, O. Fabr.

. On the British Nephthydide.

. On Nephthys ( Aglaophanus) inermis, Ehlers, from the ‘ Porcupine.’

. On the Nephthydidz of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada,

Hm COLO Re

1. On the Reproduction and Development of

Pholoé minuta, O. Fabr.

At St. Andrews ripe males are common at the end of June,

so that the breeding-season would seem to be in July and

perhaps also in August. On the west coast, at Lochmaddy,

specimens in similar condition were found in August. No

ripe females have been captured at St. Andrews, but examples

from Greenland present well-developed ova in July.

Trochophores apparently of this species occur at the bottom

in the second week of September, presenting only four crena«

tions posteriorly to indicate the segments. The next stage

has a bluntly conical prostomial region which occupies about

half the bulk of the animal. ‘Two small black specks are

situated posteriorly. At each side are the short tentacular

cirri. Four bristled feet follow, each having stout bristles of

the typical structure. ‘Two spines occur on the dilated end

of the shaft in each, the longest being inferior. In addition

;

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 255

there are two much more slender bristles with long, tapering,

diaphanous, terminal pieces, apparently larval ventral bristles.

The dorsal have the adult structure, being slender, tapering,

hair-like, serrated bristles. The dorsal cirrus is much en-

larged at the base, but with a slightly tapered tip. Viewed

from below the ventral cirrus shows a similar dilatation

(ceratophore) at the base and a two-jointed cirrus, a globular

papilla occurring some distance inwards.

The body, which is marked by transverse lines, terminates

posteriorly at this stage in a broad pygidium. The three

pairs of scales of a globular outline are borne on pedicles, the —

outer edge of each having several large truncate papille

which greatly exceed the proportions in the adult.

In the next stages, found on the same date, the snout is

truncated and the caudal process has a dimple in the middle.

Then the head becomes defined as an oblong mass, rounded

in front, and flanked on each side by the tentacular cirri, which

are now directed forward. ‘There are still only four bristled

feet. The cilia on the scales are larger, and two short broad

caudal cirri have appeared under the pygidium.

Fig, 1.

Anterior end of young Pholoé, x 100. 4th February, 1899.

The bottom tow-net again procured, on the 4th February,

in 5 fathoms, a young Pholoé having thirteen bristled feet on

each side. The head bears in front two closely approximated

median eyes (fig. 1) and two are more widely situated towards

256 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the posterior border. Both pairs have a rounded lens-like

differentiation. ‘The median tentacle is prominent, while two

shorter tentacular cirri occur on each side. These are sparsely

covered with minute papilla. The palpi have enlarged basal

regions and taper to a blunt point. ‘The body is flattened and

of nearly uniform diameter, though slightly tapered in front

and more distinctly posteriorly, where it terminates in a

rounded “ boss”? on each side of the vent (fig. 2), the globular

Posterior end of young Pholvé, x 100.

cirri of the last pair of feet projecting a little in front. The

proboscis is furnished with well-marked teeth. The number

of scales is uncertain, though four pairs remained. Most had

five cilia on the outer border, though one, probably the first,

had seven. Lines radiating from the centre of the scale to

the base of the cilia probably indicated nerve-strands. The

feet show dorsal and ventral divisions each with a spine and

the characteristic bristles.

The life-history of this form thus corresponds with that of

its allies, the larval stage being pelagic, the young by-and-by

settling on the bottom like their parents. A wide distribution

is thus attained.

2. On the British Nephthydide.

In the ‘Catalogue of the British Museum,’ published in

1865, three species of Nephthys are mentioned, viz. N. ceca,

Fabr., NV. longisetosa, CErst. (?), and N. Hombergit, Aud. & Ed.

Dr. Johnston, however, had not seen an example of the latter,

which had been mentioned by Dr. Williams, and the precise

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 257

relationships of N. /ongisetosa are doubtful—indeed, in all

probability it may refer to the long-bristled form of N. ceca.

The dredgings of the ‘ Porcupine’ and ‘ Knight Krrant,’ of

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in Shetland, those of Canon Norman in

the same region and in Norway, and of the Royal Irish

Academy under Prof. Haddon and Dr. Scharff, have consider-

ably extended the species, so that there are at least double,

and perhaps treble, the number now known as British.

The characters by which the species of Nephthys are distin-

guished from each other are less evident than in many other

families of Polycheta, and the observer is at first dissatisfied,

especially in regard to the structure of the bristles, with the

essential features diagnostic of each. A careful consideration

of the form of the head, the structure of the feet, and the

bristles, which are borne on the anterior face of each foot, with

other features, however, shows that, so far as known, the

distinctions are reliable, though it must be remembered that

further information in regard to sexual variation is needed.

Accordingly the following nine species are found to be

natives of Britain :—

The most abundant as well as the largest form is Nephthys

ceca, Fabr., in which the wedge-shaped head is rounded in

front, with two sensory papilla posteriorly. The body is

moderately elongate and of considerable thickness. Poste-

riorly it terminates in an anus with a median tapering cirrus

ventrally. The proboscis has twenty-two rows of papilla,

five (or occasionally six) being in each row. ‘The dorsal

lamella of the foot is fan-shaped and prominent, its deepest

part being external; dorsal cirrus short and tapering ; bran-

chial process of considerable length, coiled externally, and

— with a semicircular flap of the spinigerous lobe at its base

anteriorly. The ventral division of the foot has a large,

broadly lanceolate, and pointed lamella continuous with the

fleshy lobes of the region, ‘he ventral cirrus is of moderate

size, slightly flattened and conical. In front of the dorsal

lamella is a row of pale, elongate, serrate bristles which ex-

tend outwards fully three times the diameter of the lamella.

The serrated edge, forming a simple saw-like arrangement in

lateral view, is really composed of a close series of transverse

spikes in each division. ‘lhe bristle extends distally as an

extremely attenuate process, and tapers to a fine point devoid

of serrations. A narrow fleshy ridge, with the tip of the spine

: projecting externally, comes next the foregoing bristles, and

then a series of the pale barred or camerated bristles in front.

No free flap guarding these bristles in front is present in this

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 17

. pi _ ea

258 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

species. The foregoing, constituting the dorsal division, is

separated by a considerable interval from the ventral division

of the foot, the intermediate region being occupied by the

branchial process. The inferior lamella is broadly lanceolate,

pointed, and with the longer edge inferior. It is continuous

with the fleshy lobe of the foot, the tip of which slopes from

below upward and outward—the reverse of the arrangement

in the upper lobe. The fleshy part terminates superiorly ina

thickened adherent point. ‘The long pale capillary bristles

pass out, similarly to the dorsal, close to the lamella, and

extend outwards about the same distance, and have the same

structure. <A narrow fleshy ridge, corresponding to the foot

proper, separates the capillary from the row of barred bristles

in front. The conical ventral cirrus is slightly flattened and

of moderate size.

Common everywhere round the shores of Britain.

The next species, Nephthys scolopendroides, Delle Chiaje,

is perhaps more generally known by other names, such as

N. Hombergii, Aud. & Kd., and N. assimilis, Girsted. It

extends from Shetland to the Channel Islands, along both

shores, as well as to Ireland. ‘The rectangular head is more

elongated than in JV. ceca, and the tentacles are more slender,

the posterior pair, as usual, being larger than the anterior.

The wide base of the inferior tentacular cirrus (Ehlers) merges

into the anterior lips. ‘The body as a rule is smaller than that

of N. ceca. Proboscis with a slightly longer terminal papilla

in the mid-dorsal line. The dorsal lamella of the foot is

broad and low, projecting beyond the tip of the foot; dorsal

cirrus short. Branchie large, often curved inwards, and with

a process at the base, commencing on the fifth foot. A tongue-

.. shaped inner flap guards the base of the bristles, and another

(somewhat pointed) occurs at the tip of the foot. The lamella

of the ventral division is large, directed upwards and outwards,

and is broad and truncated at the tip. Ventral cirrus short

and broadly lanceolate. ‘The serrate bristles are shorter than

in N. ceca, have long shafts and an expanded blade bent

downwards at an angle and tapering somewhat quickly to a

delicate point. The barred bristles (anterior) approach those

of N. ceca, the tips perhaps being shorter.

The third form is Nephthys ciliata, O. F. Miiller, a species

chiefly Zetlandic, though it stretches both to the American

and European shores of the North Atlantic. The head is

longer than broad, with a wide anterior border and more

slender tentacles than in NV. ceca. In extrusion the proboscis

——

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 259

is generally papillose, with distal rows (twenty-two in number)

of slender elongated papille, of which each row has from 5-7,

A median cirrus in front of the rows in the mid-dorsal line.

The body has from 90-132 segments or more. Foot with

the dorsal lamella rounded, its greatest vertical diameter being

median and its axis directed upwards. At the outer edge of

the foot is a smaller rounded lamella. Dorsal cirrus slender

and long. Branchial process of moderate length. Inferior

lobe sinuous below the small terminal lamella, with a small

papilla at the inner border of the latter superiorly. Ventral

cirrus large and conical. Bristles brownish, comparatively

short, the serrated forms having a distinct curvature of the

dilated region beyond the shaft anda serrated edge. ‘The

barred forms are finely tapered.

The fourth species, Nephthys hystricis, sp. n., comes

from Berehaven (Royal Irish Academy’s xpedition), from

various stations in the Mediterranean during the ‘ Porcupine’

Expedition of 1870, and a closely allied, if not identical, form

was obtained by Canon Norman off Bergen. The head is

elongated from before backward, with rather pointed subulate

tentacles anteriorly, the broader second pair following after an

interval. Peristomial segment ventrally with two broad flaps

and a symmetrical series of furrows. Body resembling that

of N. ciliata, Proboscis comparatively short, with slender

papille in twenty-two rows. The mid-dorsal pair converge

on the long tentacle immediately in front, and the rows on

each side of the mid-ventral line converge in a more marked

manner; but there is no median filament. As a rule four

papillee occur in each row, but in some there are traces of a

fifth, and in the ventral pair (on each side of the median line)

six short papilla. oot with a long, little elevated, dorsal

lamella, which does not extend so far outward or droop at the

tip as in N, scolopendroides. It approaches in form the foot

ot N. ciliata, but differs in the shape of the dorsal lamella and

in the fact that in front of the capillary bristles the spinigerous

region forms a low cone with the spine at the apex, the barred

bristles arising in the fissure between it and a large flap or

lamella formed by the fillet guarding the bristles, whereas in

N. ciliata the spmigerous region itself forms the free flap.

The dorsal cirrus is somewhat thick, separated only by a

shallow notch from the branchia, which is of moderate size,

has a papilla at its outer base, and is curved outward. Bristles

similar to those of N. scolopendroides, but thinner, Inferior

division of the foot with a small lamella posteriorly, another

nearly as prominent formed by the fillet for the barred bristles,

ite

260 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the conical spinigerous lobe lying between. In several views

therefore the tip is trifid,

A fifth British example is N. longisetosa, Girsted (1843), a

very different species from the N, dongisetosa (Cirst.) of

Dr. Johnston, which may have been the long-bristled form

of N. ceca, though Malmgren found ihe examples in the

British Museum to comprise JV. scolopendrotdes and another

species. In this the head is somewhat shield-shaped; the

anterior tentacles marked by a translucent stripe in front,

long and slender; second pair also long and lanceolate.

Proboscis distinguished by fifteen rows of 11-15 papille *.

Dorsal Jamella of the foot elevated and prominent, with an

accessory rounded process. Dorsal cirrus large and lanceo-

late, closely connected with the base of the branchia, only

a shallow notch intervening, and the branchia is often curved

inward. Ventral division with a tongue-shaped lamella above

the dorsal edge at the tip, and only a narrow lamella beyond

the foot. Both barred and serrated (capillary) bristles are

yellow or brownish, with a metallic sheen, and largely deve-

Joped, the latter presenting a gentle curve from base to apex,

the minute spines being traceable from the short shaft to

the tip.

Another species, somewhat allied to the foregoing, is

Nephthys Grubett, sp. n., which was dredged at station 8 on

board the ‘ Knight Errant,’ 17th August, 1880, in 540 fathoms

in the Atlantic. The head is elongated from before back-

wards, with a straight anterior edge, which is somewhat

narrower than in N. longisetosa. ‘The tentacles at the outer

angles are conical, tapering, and have a translucent area at

the inner border. The second pair follow close on the first

and have the form of an acuminate leaf, whereas in N. longi-

setosa they are more widely separated from the first, are

proportionally longer and more pointed. At each angle of

the head posteriorly is a papilla, probably sensory, the corre-

sponding organ in N. longisetosa being inconspicuous. The

proboscis is included, but the arrangement of the parts around

the mouth is similar. The first foot differs from that in

N. longisetosa, for it has a well-marked subulate dorsal process

or cirrus, besides the lanceolate ventral one, whereas in

N. longisetosa only a small papilla occurs dorsally and the

ventral cirrus is much longer. In the typical foot the dorsal

* Malmgren gives 14.

+ Named after the late Prof. Edouard Grube, of Breslau, a distin-

cuished investigator of the Annelids.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 261

lamella is narrowed at its attachment, broader and somewhat

truncated distally, the reverse being the case in N, longisetosa.

Instead of a distinct flap externally only a trace in the shape

of a fillet occurs. ‘The dorsal cirrus is less, while the branchia

is longer, though it is likewise curved inward. ‘The spini-

gerous lobe is produced further outwards as a pointed process

and has a different angle. Moreover, the fillet guarding the

barred bristles is convex upwards. In the inferior division

the posterior lamella is considerably smaller, the spinigerous

lobe is longer and more acute, whilst anteriorly the upper

fillet is smaller. The ventral cirrus is smaller and less tapered

than in WV. /ongisetosa. Both barred and slender bristles are

more slender than in the latter species, though in both the

transverse bars of the camerated bristles extend downward

till the full diameter of the shaft is reached.

The seventh form is Nephthys Johnston?, Ehlers, which has

a shield-shaped head, a broad and somewhat convex anterior

border, a slender tapering tentacle at each angle, and an

oblique translucent patch at its base internally. The second

pair occur after a considerable interval. The proboscis has

rather long rows of papille distally and a median cirrus

dorsally and ventrally. Between the rows at the aperture is

a simple papilla dorsally and ventrally. The anterior folds

or lips in front of the mouth are large. ‘The dorsal lamella

has a similar curvature to that of N. ciliata, but it extends

further outward, and only a trace of the rounded terminal

lobe appears. ‘The setigerous region stands up prominently

and is smoothly rounded externally. No free flap to the

anterior fillet guards the barred bristles. he dorsal cirrus is

a variable filiform process. The branchia is not large and is

coiled externally. ‘The ventral lamella is large and ovato-

lanceolate, and the ventral cirrus is lanceolate, larger than in

NV. ciliata, considerably less than in JV. /ongisetosa. The

capillary bristles are longer and less rigid than in the latter,

and the serrations are very fine, the long distal region being

smooth. ‘The barred region in the anterior bristles is long

and slightly fusiform.

Nephthys cirrosa, Ehlers (1868), is the eighth British

species, characterized by a seven-sided head, longer than

broad, with a pair of conical tentacles in front and a longer

latero-ventral pair after a considerable interval. A small

apilla (sensory) lies on each side of the head posteriorly,

oben with the normal rows (twenty-two) of rather long

papilla, each row having six or more papille. Shorter

262 Prof, M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

papille are scattered over the general surface of the organ.

A single slender median dorsal cirrus is present. Foot with

a rather long low dorsal lamella, deepest in the middle. No

other flap. Dorsal cirrus of average length, subulate and

rather slender. Branchia of moderate size, slightly coiled

outward. The ventral division has a posterior lamella of

moderate size directed upwards and with a small flap supe-

riorly over the base of the bristles. The ventral cirrus is

prominent and somewhat conical. Bristles rather long and

curved, pale golden; longer (capillary) forms with a marked

curve of the blade and a finely serrated edge. Barred forms

with a spindle-shaped camerated region.

The ninth and last British species is one near Nephthys

incisa, Malmgren, which was procured on the shores of

Connemara, Galway, by the late Mr. A. G. Moore. In this

the head is somewhat shield-shaped, slightly wider in the

middle, and marked by two pale lateral areas which map out

the surface. Anterior and ventro-lateral tentacles smail and

conical. The proboscis has rows of minute papille and a

short dorsal cirrus (Malmgren). The foot has a rounded

dorsal lamella extending nearly to the tip of the organ, and

somewhat like that of V. longisetosa, CErst., though differing

both from that and N. ciliata. The small dorsal cirrus is

leaf-like and pointed, separated by a shallow notch from the

rather massive though short branchia, which has the tip bent

outward and forward. The branchia diminishes and dis-

appears posteriorly. Spinigerous lobe small, hidden between

the rows of bristles. Fillet guarding the base of the barred

bristles developed into a free flap posteriorly and inferiorly.

Inferior division of the foot trifid, the anterior fillet pro-

jecting most superiorly. Neither flap is much developed,

and the spinigerous lobe is conical. The bristles are dark

brown, the anterior having the barred region beyond the widest

part, and the capillary forms being curved and minutely

serrated. ‘The most marked features of the species are the

dark brownish bristles, the slight development of the lamella,

and the wide space between the divisions of the foot.

3. On Nephthys (Aglaophanus) inermis, Ef/ers, from the

Porcupine.’

Though not falling within the British area, another species,

dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 off Cape

Finisterre, in 81 fathoms, may be alluded to, viz. Mephthys

<i a tt ou a a re

—— ee ee ‘ P

aia

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 263

(Aglaophanus, Kbg.) tnermis, Ehlers *. It was first ob-

tained in the American expedition in the ‘ Blake,’ under

Jount Pourtalés, in 1869, off Alligator Reef, at a depth of

53 fathoms; but the description was twenty years later in

being published. The head is somewhat pentagonal, nearly

straight or slightly convex in front, and devoid of the tentacles

at each angle. The ventral tentacles are small and subulate,

but occupy the usual position, though they do not project

laterally. The buccal region considerably diverges, for there

are no folds in front of it and only a median and two lateral

grooves behind it. ‘The body somewhat resembles that of a

Nereis, from the great length of the branchial processes, which

project like cirri, The proboscis (Pl. VII. fig. 6) is perfectly

sinooth, though Kinberg f, in his original description, gave it

two fusiform maxille.

The typical foot in the anterior region (Pl. VIL. fig. 7)

shows comparatively short and widely separated divisions.

The dorsal lamella is of moderate height and extends far

outward. ‘The dorsal cirrus is large, long, closely attached to

the base of the branchia, which is long and coiled inwards

and has a cylindrical papilla at its base externally. The

bristles are dark and occur in a small and somewhat elliptical

area, having the spine in the centre. The posterior tuft is

composed of simple, rather stout and short, tapering bristles,

with minute serrations on the edge of the blade (Pl. VIII.

fig. 1), shorter lyrate forms (PI. VIII. fig. 2) being mingled

with them. ‘The anterior tuft is also dark and has long and

finely tapered bristles with indistinct transverse markings,

which fade towards the tapering extremity (Pl. VIIL. fig. 3).

The inferior division of the foot has a large spathulate

lamella superiorly, while the cirrus projects nearly as far, as a

somewhat conical process. ‘he tip is thus bifid in lateral

view. ‘The bristles form a loop closed superiorly and open

inferiorly—that is, the anterior tuft touches the posterior

superiorly but is separate inferiorly. ‘The rudimentary con-

dition of the transverse markings in the anterior bristles, for

they form closely arranged and somewhat indistinct granular

bars, is interesting. A peculiarity of the ventral division of

the foot is the presence of a fold of skin passing as a free flap

backward and then slightly upward, so as to form a process

between the feet. Viewed from the ventral surface each foot

thus is ensheathed at the base.

* Ehlers, Mem. Mus, Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. vol. xv. p- 125,

Taf. xxxviii. tigs. 1-6 (1887). ;

+ “Annul. Nova,” (efvyersizt K, Vet.-Akad. Férhandl 1865, p. 229,

264 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Posteriorly the height of the dorsal lobe diminishes and it

projects as an acute process. The length of the dorsal cirrus

and branchia increases, and the lamella and cirrus in the

inferior division are also considerably elongated, so that they

form two slender processes. Just in front of the tail the

branchia is reduced to a short process. Inferiorly the ventral

cirrus is large, but the lamella above it has disappeared.

In contrasting the foregoing with the descriptions and

figures of Ehlers, the elongated upper lamella in the European

form differs. Moreover, Ehlers states that the anterior tufts

of bristles do not show the transverse markings, whereas,

though less distinct than in the typical form, such are present

in the European. The mode of preservation, however, may

be connected with this difference. Ehlers refers to the scale-

like ventral fold at the base of the foot.

4, On the Nephthydide of the Gulf of St. Lawrence,

Canada.

These formed part of a very interesting collection of

annelids made by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves (now of the Canadian

Geological Survey) in 1871, 1872, and 1873, the result of

several dredging expeditions in the Gulf. A previous paper

on the subject will be found-in the ‘ Annals’ for April 1876.

An abundant form is Nephthys ciliata, O. F. M., a widely

distributed species on European shores. One of the Canadian

examples is large and another has a Crustacean parasite

attached dorsally.

Nephthys canadensis, sp. n.

Dredged at Stat. A 1 and A 8, 1872, and no. 29, Bradelle

Bank, 1873.

Head elongated from before backward and with a pair of

short conical anterior tentacles. ‘The second (ventral) pair

are somewhat lanceolate and occur after an interval. ‘The

cirri of the first foot are also short and lanceolate.

Body of the typical form and attaining a considerable size,

probably at least 6-7 inches. ‘The furrows of the middle

region behind the mouth slant from the median line outward

and backward. ‘The proboscis shows numerous small papillae

at its distal end in extrusion, the rest being smooth. No

specimen, however, shows the organ completely extruded.

The foot (Pl. VII. fig. 1) presents two widely divergent

regions, as in JV. incisa. Anteriorly the dorsal division has

a small rounded lamella at its base, the flattened dorsal cirrus

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 265

is minute (in some indistinguishable) and closely attached to

the base of the short and broad branchial process, which

shows only a slight concavity externally. In translucent

preparations this lamellar branchia shows a crenate mem-

branous border and large central trunks. The setigerous lobe

is prominent and in side view forms a projecting lamella both

above and below the spine. No fillet occurs at the base of

the barred bristles. The bristles are of moderate length,

with a curve backward. Both the barred and the elongated

kinds are somewhat slender, the former being marked by close

transverse bars and tapering toa fine point (Pl. VIII. fig. 4) ;

the latter also slender and tapering to a delicate tip, the blade

with distinct serrations (rows of spikes) on the expanded

region above the shaft (Pl. VIII. figs. 5 & 6), the tip appa-

rently smooth. ‘The serrations, however, are easily removed.

The inferior division stands widely apart, without a lamella

or occasionally only atrace. It has a blunt point and extends

further outward than the dorsal. The spinigerous lobe is

flattened and conical, with the spine at the apex. ‘The fillet

at the base of the barred bristles sends a process superiorly.

The inferior cirrus is of moderate size and conical in shape.

Posteriorly the dorsal and ventral lobes of the feet becom?

prolonged and acute. <A trace of the dorsal lamella is still

visible. ‘he branchia, however, has shrunk to a minute

process beneath the small cirrus. The inferior division has

approached considerably nearer the upper and extends as a

long pointed lobe half its length beyond the upper, and the

ventral cirrus is carried outward nearly in a vertical line with

the branchia.

The feet and bristles were studded with numerous examples

of a whitish clavate ecto-parasite like Lowosoma, which,

however, had a series of spine-like processes, either lateral or

terminal.

Nephthys lawrencii, sp. n.

Dredged on Bradelle Bank, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada,

1873; at Stat. A 1, 1872; and off Port Hood, 1873.

The head is somewhat longer than broad, though in extru-

sion of the proboscis it becomes shield-shaped. A short and

somewhat flattened conical tentacle comes from each angle of

the rather narrow and straight anterior margin. The second

or ventral tentacles, which are separated from the first by a

short interval, are similar in shape but scarcely so large,

Two slight elevations occur on each side of the median line

posteriorly. In the ordinary position of the proboscis within

the body the ventral cirrus of the first foot shows a somewhat

266 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

expanded base, and thus an approach to the N. bucera of

Ehlers is made; but this, at any rate, is apparently variable

and much more marked, for instance, in N. ceca,

Body of the normal shape, the folds of the triangular post-

oral region slope from before backward and slightly outward

on each side. The extruded proboscis is comparatively

smooth, for the papilla in the rows of the first region are

small. A long and strong cirrus, however, occurs in the

median line dorsally. The papillae around the aperture

distally are ten in number on each side and normal in shape.

The typical anterior foot (PI. VII. fig. 2) has an elongated

though not high lamella superiorly behind the bristles. Both

inner and outer edges are somewhat abrupt. ‘The shape thus

differs from that of Nephthys long/setosa, Cirst., to which it

bears some resemblance. ‘The spinigerous lobe is conical in

antero-posterior view. ‘The fillet at the base of the barred

bristles rises into a lamella superiorly and again externally.

The dorsal cirrus is thin and lanceolate, forming a compara-

tively large foliaceous expansion, sometimes with a thickened

rib inferiorly. ‘The branchia is separated from it only by a

shallow notch, and is of considerable size. The tip is

directed outwards. The barred bristles (PI. VIII. fig. 7) are

finely marked, and the simple bristles (Pl. VIII. fig. 8) are

rather short, with a distinct curve where the shaft joins the

blade, which is but little expanded. From the curvature

almost to the tip the edge is minutely serrated. Similar

bristles occur in the ventral division. All are dark, with a

fine metallic sheen. The inferior division has a slight

lamella from the fold superiorly, passing outward and down-

ward behind the bristles nearly to the ventral border of the

foot. The spinigerous lobe is acutely conical and the fillet

guarding the bases of the barred bristles is distinct, folding

over superiorly to join the posterior lamella and inferiorly

ending in front of the ventral cirrus, It projects a little

beyond the fleshy part of the foot. The flat and conical

ventral cirrus is not much developed. The ventral edge of

the foot from the tip inwards seems to be thin, forming

a translucent narrow belt inferiorly.

Certain features approach those of Nephthys scolopendrotdes,

but the form of the lamelle and fillets and the cirri distin-

guish it.

Nephthys picta, Eliers.

1268, Nephthys bucera, Ehlers, Die Borst. ii. p. 617, Taf. xxiii. fig. 8.

1868. Nephthys picta, Ehlers, Die Borst. ii. p. 652, Taf. xxiii. figs, 9, 35.

Dredged by Mr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,

Canada, no. 61, 1871, and at A 1, 1872.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 267

Only fragmentary specimens were obtained. :

Head (P\. VII. fig. 3) somewhat shield-shaped, widest in

front, the anterior edge being convex. The anterior tentacles

are subulate and somewhat long, with a translucent space at

the inner edge of the base. The second pair are represented

only by a small process at the posterior part of the head

ventrally. Ventral cirrus of the first foot longer than the

tentacle, tapering from a broad base to the tip.

The lips in front of the mouth (PI. VII. fig. 4) ventrally

are remarkably small, leaving the head in front entirely clear,

as well as the ventral cirrus of the first foot, whereas in such

as Nephthys cca the oral fold on each side is confluent with

and even passes slightly in front of this structure. The trian-

gular area behind the mouth has the furrows with a gentle

slope from within outward.

Proboscis.—The extruded organ (Pl. VII. fig. 8) shows

rows of rather long papillze distally, apparently about four in

each row, and dorsally a single slender cirrus. The bifid

papille surrounding the aperture have a long slender external

limb. Their number seems to agree with that in allied forms.

The first foot bears a small tuft of forwardly-directed,

simple, and apparently smooth bristles, with a distinct curva-

ture, passing close to the margin of the head, and a more

erect papilla with a series of transversely barred bristles of

minute size. ‘The ventral cirrus is conspicuous and subulate,

tapering from a flattened expansion at the base.

The typical foot (Pl. VII. fig. 5) has a dorsal lamella which

projects as a somewhat fan-shaped process outward as far

as the tip, and having its greatest vertical diameter about

the middle. It is slightly bent in the figure. The dorsal

cirrus has a curiously enlarged and flattened base superiorly

and is subulate. ‘Lhe branchia is comparatively short and

with a slight curve outward. An external basal process is

present, the incurvation between this and the dorsal cirrus

being short.

The lamella of the inferior division is moderately developed,

with an obliquity at its inferior margin, It is largest supe-

riorly. The ventral cirrus is flattened and lanceolate, though,

as usually seen, the narrow edge only is visible.

‘'wo kinds of long posterior curved bristles occur on each

foot, viz. those without evident serrations and those which

have the convex edge of the long flattened blade minutely

serrated, and at the convexity of the curve beyond the short

shaft present about five or six larger hooks (PI. VIII. figs. 9

& 10), which show a process or spike at the base in each case.

Whether the smooth forms are younger or precede the barbed

bristles is unknown, but those emerging from the surface and

268 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

the shorter forms are smooth. The barred bristles (Pl. VIII.

fig. 11) offer no diagnostic feature.

‘The specimen seems to agree with the description given

by Prof. Ehlers of the head and anterior end of Nephthys

bucera, but the structure of the foot diverges, since he states

that the dorsal lamella has its long diameter perpendicular to

the foot (forming an oval membranous plate), whereas the

long diameter here is horizontal. Moreover, the capillary

bristles have the larger spikes at the flattened region beyond

the shaft characteristic of N. picta, though they are not so

pronounced as in Ehiers’s figure. ‘lhe dorsal lamella of the

latter (foot) would appear to be scarcely so long as the division

and uniformly rounded. ‘The dorsal cirrus in the Canadian

form has a flat enlargemeut at its base superiorly. Unfortu-

nately Khlers gives no figure of the foot, so that some doubt

remains.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

PLATE VII.

. Typical foot of Nephthys canadensis, with peculiar parasitic bodies

attached. Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Foot of Nephthys lawrenctt. Enlarged.

Fig. 3, Head and anterior segment of Nephthys picta, Ehlers, from the

dorsum, Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Ventral aspect of the same region. Enlarged.

Fig. 5, Foot of the same species. Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Partly extruded proboscis of Nephthys (Aglaophanus) inermis,

Ehlers. Enlarged,

Fig. 7. Foot (about the 90th) of the foregoing. Enlarged.

Fig. 8. Proboscis of Nephthys picta, Enlarged.

Puate VIII.

Fig. 1. Barred or camerated bristle of Nephthys (Aglaophanus) inermis,

Ehlers. Magnified.

Fig. 2, Lyrate bristle of the same species. Magnified.

Fig. 3. Simple bristle of the same form. Magnified.

Fig. 4. Barred bristle of Nephthys canadensis, sp.n, Magnified.

Figs. 5, 6. Simple serrated bristles of the foregoing. Magnified.

Fig. 7. Barred bristle of Nephthys lawrencii, sp. n. Magnified,

Fig. 8. Simple finely serrated bristle of the same. Magnified.

Fig. 9. Serrated bristle of Nephthys picta, Ehlers.

Fig. 10, Inferior region of the blade of the foregoing, more highly

magnified,

Fig. 11. Barred bristle of the same species. Magnified.

Pits

Y is

aie

On new Neotropical Mammals. 269

XXXV.—Deseriptions of new Neotropical Mammals,

By OLprieLp THOMAS.

Vampyrops dorsalis, sp. n.

Like V. ¢nfuscus in size and dentition, but with a marked

dorsal line.

Size intermediate between the large V. vittatus and the

much smaller V. /ineatus, apparently about as in V, infuscus.

General colour above dark smoky brown or blackish through-

out; facial lines almost obsolete, a faint indication of the

supraorbital ones perceptible. Dorsal line white, prominent,

running from the nape to the rump. Under surface dull

grey, paler than the back.

Skull shaped as in the allied species. Incisors 3, molars 4.

Penultimate upper molars square or slightly concave behind,

Jast molars minute.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 83 millim.; forearm 49; ear (dry) 16.

Skull: extreme length 27°5; basal length 22-7; greatest

breadth 16; interorbital breadth 63; palate length from

gnathion 15; breadth outside m.° 118; front of canine to

back of m.? 10: 2; front of lower canine to back of m. 4 Lid,

Hab. Paramba, N. Ecuador, Ait. 1100 m.

Type. B.M. no, 99. 12. 5. 1. Collected 14th April, 1899,

by RK. Miketta.

In the synopsis of the species of Vampyrops that I gave in

1889 * this bat would be placed with the Peruvian V. infuscus,

Peters T, but differs from that species by the presence of a

distinct dorsal white line, as in the much smaller V. dineatus,

Although I still think that in the present group the number

of the molars is not a character of generic importance, the

increase in the number of species known renders it not inad-

visable that the genus Vampyrops, as with Artibeus and

Stenoderma, should be arranged in subgeneric groups in

accordance with the dental formule. This might be done as

follows :—

A. Molars 3. Subgenus Vampyrops (s.s.). Type V. linea-

tus, Geoff. Other species: vittatus, Pet., tnfuscus,

Pet., zarhinus, H. All., dorsalis, Thos.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. p. 170 (1889).

¢ MB. Ak. Berl. 1880, p. 259.

270 Mr. O. Thomas on

B. Molars 2. Incisors 3. Subgenus Vampyrodes*, Type

V. Caraccioli, Thos.

C. Molars 3. Incisors 7.

V. bidens, Dobs.

D. Molars 3. Subgenus Vampyressa*. Type V. pusillus,

Wagn.

Subgenus Vampyriscus*. Type

Rhipidomys Goodfellow?, sp. n.

General external appearance almost precisely as in &. Cowest.

Fur unusually short, close and straight, only about 6 millim.

long on the back. Colour above of the same brownish-fawn

tone found in the browner examples of R. Couest, perhaps

rather darker mesially. Sides clearer greyish fawn. Under

surface very short-haired, dull greyish with a buffy tinge,

the bases.of the hairs slaty, the tips dull buffy ; line of demar-

cation on sides quite indistinct. Hind limbs and outer sides

of fore limbs like body; inner sides of fore limbs whitish,

whiter than the belly. Ankles and upperside of hind feet

brown, the hairs at bases of claws white. ‘Tail with nearly an

inch of its base covered with the grey hairs of the body, the

remainder uniformly blackish, the terminal half more bushy

than in the allied species, the scales being practically hidden.

Mamme 1—2=6.

Skull rather smaller and more delicate than that of

R. Couest (comparing old specimens of each species), with a

lighter narrower muzzle ; nasals extending rather further back.

Interorbital region smooth, flat, sharp-edged, evenly broaden-

ing backwards. Palatal foramina rather smaller. End of

palate level with hinder edge of m.’.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 186 millim.; tail 191; hind foot (wet) 29;

ear (wet) 14.

Skull: extreme length 39; basilar length 31°6; greatest

breadth 20; nasals 14:°6x4°6; interorbital breadth 6:1;

palate length from henselion 17; diastema 11; , palatal

foramina 8°1 x 3°3; length of upper molar series 6.

Hab. Upper Rio Napo, at mouth of Rio Coca.

Type. Female. Collected in June 1899, and presented to

the British Museum, by Walter Goodfellow, Esq., in whose

honour it is named.

This Upper-Amazonian species is most nearly allied to the

Trinidadian 2. Coues?, All.,and the Peruvian 2. leucodactylus,

T'sch., but may be distinguished from either by its much

shorter fur, duller-coloured under surface, bushier tail, and

* Nomina noya.

new Neotropical Mammals. wit

more delicate skull. ‘The other members of the genus are all

considerably smaller.

Rhipidomys venezuela cumananus, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical form in colour and other characters

but rather larger and more heavily built; the feet broader

and stouter. General colour above dull greyish fulvous, as

in the majority of specimens of /. v. typicus, but the latter is

very variable in the exact tone of colour, some specimens

from Merida being quite greyish and others deep fulvous.

Belly of type dull whitish, the hairs white to their roots; in

the second specimen they are slightly grey basally. Tail

rather more heavily furred and pencilled than in the typical

form, blackish brown throughout.

Skull with its brain-case larger than in the typical form,

but its muzzle is of much the same proportions, very different

to the long heavy muzzle of 2. Cowes, the ‘Trinidad species.

Interorbital region broad and flat.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 150 millim.; tail 176; hind foot 29;

ear 21.

Skull: basilar length 29°5; greatest breadth 20; nasals

12°5 x 4°3; interorbital breadth 5:3; breadth of brain-case 15;

palate length 15°2; diastema 9°7; palatal foramina 8 x 3°6;

length of upper molar series 6:0.

Hab. Cumana. Type from Ipure, altitude 700 m.; a

second example from Quebrada Secca.

Type. Female. Original number 314, Collected 22nd

March, 1899, by E. André.

Lhipidomys dryas, sp. n.

Size small. Fur fairly straight and crisp, not woolly ;

hairs of back about 7 millim. in length. General colour

above bright fulvous, about as in Oryzomys flavicans, 'lhos.,

finely lined with black. Head rather greyer. Lars of

medium size, thinly haired, pale brown. Cheeks, sides of

neck, and flanks more fawn-coloured, a distinct fulvous line

edging the belly-colour. Lips, whole of under surface, and

inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white. Outer sides

of arms and legs and upper surtace of hands and feet fulvous,

a faint metapodial darkening present. ifth hind toe reaching

to the middle of the second phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail

rather longer than the head and body, its basal half-inch furry

like the body, the remainder thinly haired, slightly pencilled,

uniformly brown throughout.

272 Mr. O. Thomas on

Skull of the shape typical of the genus, but distinguished

from that of most of the species by its small size. Nasals

narrow, just surpassing tle premaxille posteriorly. Inter-

orbital space flat, its edges with well-developed divergent

ridges which can be traced backward across the parietals to

the outer corners of the interparietal. Brain-case broad and

rounded. Palatal foramina short, barely reaching backward

to the level of the front of m.’. Molars very small, smaller

in proportion than in other species.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in

the flesh by collector) :—

Head and body 100 millim.; tail 120; hind foot 22;

ear 14.

Skull: extreme length 27; basilar length 20°3; greatest

breadth 15; nasals 9°3x3'1; interorbital breadth 5:2;

breadth of brain-case 12°2; palate length from henselion 11 ;

diastema 7; palatal foramina 46x 2°25; length of upper

molar series 3°8.

Hab. Paramba, N. Ecuador. Alt. 1100 m.

Type. B.M. no, 99. 12. 5.4. Original number 12. Col-

lected 11th May, 1899, by R. Miketta. Two specimens

examined,

This striking little species, one of the smallest of the genus,

has a certain resemblance to &. microtis, Thos., from the

neighbourhood of Bogota, but is readily distinguished by its

brighter colour, pure white belly, and much smaller palatal

foramina and molars.

Its nearest ally is probably Tomes’s “ Hesperomys bicolor” *,

collected by Fraser in the Keuadorean Oriente at Gualaquiza ;

but that animal is said to have a “ darkish cinnamon-brown ”

general colour, and its under surface is yellowish white. The

tail is also shorter than the head and body.

Oryzomys sylvaticus, sp. n.

General appearance very much that of a large specimen of

the European Mus sylvaticus. Fur straight, close and rather

crisp, about 8-9 millim, long on the back. General colour

above dull fulvous, much darkened with black on the middle

line of the back, clearer on the sides. Head decidedly greyer

than body. Under surface soiled whitish, the bases of the

hairs slaty, the tips dull white; line of demarcation on sides

rather sharply defined. ars large, finely haired, dull brown.

Outer sides of limbs greyish, inner sides like belly; hands

and feet dull white above, wrists and ankles browner ; feet

* P, Z. S. 1860, p. 217.

new Neotropical Mammals. 273

long and slender, fifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the

basal phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail slender, naked, finely

scaled, brown above, scarcely paler below.

Skull very similar in its general shape and delicate build

to that of O. gracilis, but much larger. Nasals and pre-

maxille about level posteriorly. Supraorbital edges evenly

divergent, finely beaded, the beading extending backward

nearly half across the parietals. Palatal foramina small and

narrow. ‘l’eeth of normal proportions.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :—

Head and body 112 millim.; tail 118; hind foot 29;

ear 21.

Skull: extreme length 30°5; basilar length 22°38; greatest

breadth 15; nasals, length 12; interorbital breadth 4-9;

palate length from henselion 13; diastema 7:8; palatal

toramina 4°5; length of upper molar series 4°5,

Hab. Santa Rosa, Southern Ecuador. Altitude 10 m.

Type. B.M. no. 0. 1. 1. 21. Original number 440. Col-

lected 30th June, 1899, by Perry O. Simons.

This species is exactly intermediate in size between the

large O. lativeps and the small O. gracilis, and may therefore

be readily distinguished by size from either of them, to which

alone it has any resemblance in general characters. Probably

it is most nearly allied to O. gracilis.

Oryzomys balneator, sp. n.

General appearance that of a dark-coloured member of the

O. longicaudatus group, but really more allied to O. beops.

Size small, rather less than in QO. gracilis. Fur tairly

straight, not so woolly as in O. beops. Colour above dark

greyish brown, heavily lined with black, the general effect

not far from the “ bistre” of Ridgway. Rump with a suffu-

sion of reddish fawn. Face like back. Cheeks and flanks

dull fawn; outer side of hips deeper fawn. Under surface

dark soiled greyish, the hairs slaty grey basally, dull whitish

terminally ; the line of demarcation little defined. Ears

small, finely haired, black. Limbs coloured on outer sides

like back, on inner sides like belly ; upper surface of hands

and feet greyish brown; hairs at base of claws white; fect

long and slender ; fifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the

basal phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail slender, almost naked

except towards the end, dark brown above, rather lighter

below ; extreme tip slightly pencilled, commonly (in four out

of five examples) white.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 18

274 On new Neotropical Mammals.

Skull showing a general resemblance to that of O. baeops in

its thin texture, rounded and unridged_ brain-case, small face,

and narrow interorbital region. Nasals narrow, evenly

tapering backward; supraorbital edges square but not ridged.

Palatal foramina short and narrow. Molars small and

delicate.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :—

Head and body 92 millim.; tail 117; hind foot (s. u.) 26;

ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 26; basilar length 19°4; greatest

breadth 14; nasals 9°2x 3; interorbital breadth 4°3; brain-

case 13 x 12; palate length from henselion 10°5; diastema 7 ;

palatal foramina 4 x2; upper molar series 3°6.

Hab. Mirador, 20 miles E. of Bafios, Oriente of Ecuador.

Altitude 1500 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 9. 9. 34. Original number

237. Collected 8th February, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons.

Five specimens.

Despite its general resemblance to members of other groups,

this species is probably most nearly related to O. beops and

its allies, but is readily distinguishable by its smaller size,

longer feet, much smaller teeth, and less woolly fur.

Zygodontomys brevicauda tobagt, subsp. n.

Closely allied in size and all other essential characters to

Z. b. typicus, but of a more dirty brownish hue, the face and

fore-quarters especially browner, and without the rufous tone

which characterizes the Trinidad form. On the rump alone

does the colour attain to nearly the reddish tone which is

spread equally over the whole of the head and back in typicus.

Under surface as in typicus, dull soiled buffy, without line of

demarcation.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 146 millim. ; tail 100; hind foot (s. u.) 30;

ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 35; greatest breadth 19; length of

upper molar series 4°6.

Hab. Island of Tobago, W. Indies. Type from Richmond.

Type. Male. B.M.no. 97. 6.7.47. Collected lst March,

1897, by Dr. Percy Rendall. Three specimens examined.

This is evidently a darkened insular race of the Trinidad

Z. brevicauda, of which the British Museum possesses six

skins, obtained by Messrs. Caracciolo, Chapman, and Rendall.

On Two new Sciuropteri from Borneo. 275

XXXVI.—Deseriptions of Two new Sciuropteri discovered by

Mr. Charles Hose in Borneo. By OLprietp THOMAS.

Sciuropterus Thomsont, sp. n.

Similar in size and essential characters to S. Horsfield’,

but with the general colour of the head and upper surface

dark smoky brown, finely grizzled with dull buffy white, this

latter colour replacing the bright fulvous or rufous found in

the allied species. Underside whitish or pale fulvous. Ears,

hands, feet, and tail as in S. Horsfield’, or, at least, as in

“8. Davisoni”’ *, for the type of S. Horsfieldi is 30 faded

that the colours cannot be determined with certainty.

Mamme 6.

Skull and dentition as in the allied species, “No upper

p- present.

Dimensions of the type {measured in the flesh by Mr.

Hose) :—

Head and body 231 millim. ; tail 199; hind foot 37, with

claws 40°5; ear 22.

Skull: greatest length 46:5; basilar length 37; greatest

breadth 29°6; nasals 13x72; length of upper molar

series 9°2.

Hab. Baram District, Eastern Sarawak. Type from the

Bakong River.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 99.12. 9.34. Collected August,

1897, and presented by Charles Hose, Esq. Three specimens

examined.

By the request of Mr. Hose I have named this very hand-

some flying-squirrel, which is distinguished from its only near

ally by its very different body-colour, after Mr. Thomson,

the energetic Managing Director of the Borneo Company.

Sciuropterus Hoset, sp. n.

Size small, about as in S. sefosus. Fur as usual very soft

and fine. General colour above dark, the tips of the dorsal

hairs washed with fawn or rufous fawn; flanks and top of

parachute from wrists to ankles black, the lighter tips to the

hairs disappearing laterally. No special tufts of bristles

on cheeks or round ears. Gonids of face like back; a darker

line running through eye to base of ear; below this the

cheeks are pale rufous white ; behind posterior base of ear a

prominent white patch. Kars very long and narrow, nearly

twice the Jength of those of S. setosus. Under surface dull

white, with’a slight rufous tinge, but how much of this is

* Described and figured P, Z, 8. 1886, p. 74, pl. vi.

18*

276 On Two new Sciuropteri from Borneo.

due to the action of spirit it is impossible to say ; hairs of

chin, chest, and middle line of belly whitish to their roots,

those of sides of belly and under surface of parachute slaty

black. Mammez 4. Upper surface of hands brown, some

lighter hairs present on the wrist; feet also brown, but the

ends of the digits white. Tail markedly distichous, its

middle line brown above nearly to the end, its long lateral

hairs brownish fawn proximally, gradually darkening to

black till within half an inch of the tip, when the whole end

of the tail abruptly changes to white.

Skull short, broad, with a curious short conical muzzle, in

this way somewhat similar to Dr. Jentink’s figure of the

skull of S. setosus, but the shortness of the muzzle even more

marked. Brain-case broad and rounded. Bulle of normal

size. Incisors strong, deep antero-posteriorly, rather more

thrown forward than usual. Cheek-teeth rather small; pre-

molars not disproportionally different in size, the three ante-

rior teeth increasing quite equally from the small p.* to m.'.

Molars smooth and rounded, their crests low and scarcely

wrinkled.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in

spirit) :-—

Head and body 87 millim.; tail 98; hind foot 20, with

claws 21°5; ear 175x9.

Skull: greatest length 28; basilar length 21:4; greatest

breadth 18°8; nasals 8°2x 4; interorbital breadth 7; palate

length from henselion 11°5; diastema (to front of p.*) 6°3;

length of upper tooth series (from front of p.*) 3°8.

Hab. Baram District, Eastern Sarawak. ‘l'ype from the

Toyut River; a second specimen from Lobok Nibong.

Type. Female. Skinned from spirit. B.M.no.99,12.9.85.

Collected and presented by Charles Hose, Esq.

This striking little species, unique in the possession of a

white-tipped tail, was first found by Mr. Hose many years

ago, but it could not then be described owing to a doubt as to

whether it might not be the Sumatran S. platyurus, Jentink,

a species with the ordinary dark tail. Now, however, not

only has Mr. Hose sent two and seen two more Baram speci-

mens, all alike with white-tipped tails, but the Museum owes

to the kindness of the late Mr. Theo. C. Barclay a topotype

of S, platyurus, and this shows that the two are really quite

distinct.

The second specimen sent by Mr. Hose, also an adult

fernale, is rather smaller than the type, but shares all its

essential characters. The type was enceinte, containing two

embryos, one in each uterus.

On a Collection of African Blattide. 277

XXXVII.—Notes on a Collectionof African Blattide, chiefly

Jrom the Transvaal, formed by Mr. W. L. Distant. By

W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., &c.

DurinG@ his residence in the Transvaal Mr. Distant paid

particular attention to the Blattidw, and obtained a series of

very interesting species. ‘here are a considerable number

of remarkable forms in Southern and Eastern Africa, and an

examination of this collection has enabled me to record

several genera previously known only from Madagascar as

occurring also on the African continent, to clear up severa!

doubtful points of synonymy, and to place together the

sexes of various species. A large proportion of African

species belong to genera in which the females are very

different from the males, and mostly apterous ; and we require

a much larger series of specimens of both sexes than have

yet been brought together to enable them to be worked out

in anything like a satisfactory manner.

The species of Blattide enumerated below, and mostly

represented in Mr. Distant’s collection, are as follows :—

ORTHOPTERA-BLATTIDA.

Ectobiide. Periplaneta, Burm.

ee ear americana, Linn.

Ectobia, Westw. Eurycotis, Stal.

ericetorum, Wesm. et as Sauce

Aphlebia, Brann. — Derope 1 tis ae

aa aig sp. n. erythrocephala, Fabr.

Gath Ta lees atra, Brunn.

Ks melanophila, Walk.

Phyllodromiide. brevicollis, Serv.

Phyllodromia, Serv. similis, Sauss.

bivittata, Serv. capensis, Sauss,

della, sp. 0. Distanti, sp. n.

ruficeps, sp. 0.

Ischnoptera, Burm. Panchloride.

oY Schaum.

strigosa, Schaum Rhyparobia, Krauss.

: : madere@, Fabr.

Bpilampride. Gyna, Brunn.

Epilampra, Burm. caffrorum, Stal.

pardalina, Walk. Naupheta, Burm.

aspersata, sp. n.

Blattide.

Apotrogia, gen. nov. Perispheriide.

angolensis, sp. 0. Eustegasta, Gerst.

Dorylea, Stal. pecila, Schaum,

rhombifolia, Stoll. obsoleta, sp. n.

278 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a

Gynopeltis, Gerst.

discoidalis, Brann.

eryptospila, Walk.

Elliptoblatta, Sauss.

uniformis, sp. 0.

Pronaonota, Sauss.

cribrosa, Sauss.

Pilema, Sauss.

Derocalymma

linearis, Walk. (?).

punctata, Sauss.

bipapilla, sp. n.

intermedia, sp. n.

granulata, Sauss.

pallipes, sp. n.

clavigera, sp. n.

thoracica, Walk.

Saussurei. sp. 0.

Stenopilema, Sauss.

cylindrica, Walk. (?).

pallicornis, sp. 0.

Cyrtotria, Stal.

scabra, Walk.

Derocalymma, Burm.

elateroides, Walk.

versicolor. Burm,

porcellio, Gerst.

Fostilia, Stal.

proterva, Stal.

Heterogamiide.

Heterogamia, Burm.

ursina, Burm.

Chorisoneuride.

Oxyhaloa, Brunn.

deusta, Thunb.

Ectobiide.

Ectobia ericetorum.

Blatta ericetorum, Wesm. Bull. Acad. Brux. v. p. 587 (1838).

Ectobia ericetorum, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 58 (1865) ; Prodr. Eur. Orth.

p. 34 (1882).

1, Pretoria (Distant).

A common British and European species. Probably an

introduced species in the Transvaal.

Aphlebia transvaaliensis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 10 millim.

Male.—Varied with black and testaceous. Head black ;

front, between the antenne, with a testaceous spot, below

which are three connected markings increasing in breadth

downwards, the first transverse, the second rhomboidal, the

third a smaller rhomboid, with a lateral projection on each

side turning upward ata right angle; antenne black, testa-

ceous at the base. Pronotum black, bordered with testaceous,

and with an irregularly transverse mark on its lower half.

Wings about four-fifths as long as the abdomen, costa edged

by a ferruginous line; baso-costal area testaceous, connected

at the extremity with a testaceous band running across the

tegmen as far as the internal area; internal area testaceous at

the base. Abdomen black, with large testaceous marginal

markings. Cerci black above, testaceous below, as is most

of the under surface except the tip of the abdomen, some

lateral marks on the pectus and abdomen, and some dots at

Collection of African Blattide. 279

the base of the spines on the outer edge of the hind tibia,

which are black or blackish.

1, Pretoria (Distant).

Closely allied to Temnopterya variegata, Schulthess, from

Delagoa Bay, of which it may be a variety.

This genus is well represented in North Africa, as in the

Mediterranean region generally, and one species has been

described from Madagascar. I add the description of an

allied species in the Natural History Museum from Port

Elizabeth.

Aphlebia bicolor, sp. n.

Long. corp. 8-10 millim.

Female.—Varied with black and testaceous. Head black,

with a transverse testaceous stripe on the vertex, and the

space round the base of the antennze and sometimes the mouth-

parts more or less testaceous; antenne black, testaceous

towards the base. Pronotum nearly as in A. transvaaliensts,

but the central pale mark is longitudinal. Meso- and meta-

notum testaceous, with a black band behind; tegmina as

long as the mesonotum, testaceous, with a longitudinal blackish

central stripe; abdomen black, with about five rows of testa-

ceous spots or dashes on each side of the median line, the

middle ones more linear and the marginal ones larger and

more irregular in shape than the others; the last two

abdominal segments are bordered behind with testaceous, and

from this streak testaceous lines run obliquely upwards and

outwards; terminal plate black, spotted with testaceous.

Pectus testaceous, with blackish markings towards the

margins ; legs testaceous, femora lined on both edges with

black, and tibiz dotted with black. Cerci testaceous, with a

black spot in the middle above, and several transverse blackish

markings below.

Described from three specimens.

It is perhaps an immature insect, and has some resemblance

to the larva of Lctobia ericetorum (vide supra). .

Phyllodromiide.

Phyllodromia bivittata.

Blatta bwittata, Serv. Orth. p. 108 (1839).

Phyllodromia bivittata, Bruun, Syst. Blatt. p. 92 (1865).

1, Pretoria (Distant); 1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

Found in South Africa, and in various parts of Tropical

America. Evidently liable to be distributed by shipping,

like its close ally P. germanica, L.

280 Mi. W. FP. Kirby on a

Phyllodromia delta, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum tegm. 20 millim.

Head testaceous, vertex brown, tip of mandibles reddish

brown. Pronotum with adark brown centre, broadest behind,

and with sinuated margins, beyond which the pronotum is

hyaline. On the lower part of this dark space stands an

equilateral yellowish triangle, with the apex pointed down-

wards. Scutellum very pale testaceous. Tegmina with a

great part of the costal area hyaline, the rest rufo-testaceous,

paler at the extreme base, and with a pale oblique band at

two-thirds of the length, and paler towards the extremity.

Underside and legs testaceous, the legs dotted with brown

or reddish brown above, above and below the knees, and on

the upper surtace of the tibia.

1, Barberton (Rendall).

Described from a single specimen in too poor condition to

allow of a complete description. It resembles P. supellec-

tilium, Serv., but is much larger, and the pale triangle on the

dark centre of the thorax will serve to distinguish it.

Phyllodromia ruficeps, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum elytris 13-15 millim.

Male.—Black, vertex and face dark red, trochanters and a

natrow border to the abdomen beneath testaceous, legs and

spines inelining to reddish. Pronotum subhyaline, the middle

filled up with a large black mark, not extending to the front

margin, and broadest behind, where it is narrowly bordered

with pale; tegmina dark blackish brown, inclining to reddish

towards the sides and extremity of the dark portion, and with

the costal area broadly subhyaline for four fifths of its length.

2, Fort Johnston ; 1, Zomba (Rendall).

Differs from P. vinula, Stal (amena, Walker), by its larger

size and ied head.

Ischnoptera strigosa.

Blatta strigosa, Schaum, Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. p. 108 (1862).

Ischnoptera strigosa, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 138 (1865).

Ischnoptera natalensis, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 127. n. 30 (1868).

4, Pretoria; 1, Pemba Island; 1, Pienaars River (Distant) ;

1, Barberton (Rendall).

Mozambique (Schaum) ; Natal, Zomba (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

Collection of African Blattide. 281

Epilampride.

Epilampra pardalina.

Epilampra pardalina, Walk, Cat. Blatt. p. 68. n. 6 (1868).

2, Barberton (Rendall) ; Lake N’Gami (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

A rather small but very conspicuous and easily recognizable

species, which does not seem to have been described by any

author but Walker.

Blattida.

Genus APOTROGIA, nov.

Very broadly oval; smooth and polished. Head com-

pletely concealed under the pronotum ; eyes placed widely

apart; pronotum depressed at the sides and in front; meso-

notum and metanotum with the sides broadly deflexed back-

wards; abdomen depressed, acutely angled on the lateral

extremities, and forming a projecting tooth on the last, and

one less prominent on the penultimate segment ; cerci broad,

not longer than the subgenital plate, which is nearly twice as

broad as long, slightly rounded off at the lateral angles, and

curved inwards in the middle. Front femora with several

short spines on the outer carina, but only the terminal spine

on the inner carina, the rest unarmed. ‘Tibizw broad, with

a single row of spines on the inner edge above, and a

double row on the outer edge above; tarsi moderately stout,

metatarsus rather longer than the three middle joints together,

which collectively are slightly longer than the terminal joint.

Embolium well marked.

This genus is based on six specimens (including both

sexes), which may be immature; but I have no winged

specimens which can be referred to them. ‘They are not

unlike immature specimens of the American genus Blaberus,

Serv., which belongs to another family. But if winged

specimens of the present genus are met with, they can easily

be identified as belonging toit. At present I am inclined to

place Apotrogia near the Australian genus Polyzosteria,

Burm.

Apotrogia angolensis, sp, n.

Long. corp. 24-28 millim, ; lat. corp. 17-21 millim.

Head testaceous, face ferruginous or blackish below the

vertex, except a narrow testaceous border within the antenne ;

antenna ferruginous, more or less blackish above scape, paler

282 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a

beneath. Pronotum transversely striated, somewhat rugose

behind, tawny, with a large trapezoid ferruginous or blackish

blotch resting on the base; this blotch is shaped nearly as

in Blaberus, but reversed, being broadest behind, where it

is sometimes marked with three tawny dots in a transverse

line ; in front this patch throws off two broad parallel brown

bands, separated by a tawny line broadest behind, nearly to the

front edge. There are also brown bands thrown out obliquely

forward to the margins from the front anglesof the main blotch,

and the pronotum behind is edged with brown along its lateral

and hinder margin; the hinder margin, however, is narrowly

bordered by a yellow line, and the dark edging ceases before

reaching the dark blotch. The mesonotum and metanotum

are ferruginous, sometimes edged behind by a narrow yellow

line, and more or less varied with reddish; the middle of the

mesonotum is tawny, with a black spot on the front edge in

the middle. Abdomen ferruginous, with seven more or less

complete rows of tawny spots and most of the sixth segment

tawny; towards the margins the dark markings are blackish.

Cerci ferruginous, tipped with tawny. Legs above mostly

ferruginous, below mostly tawny. Abdomen beneath tawny,

with about five rows of darker markings more or less visible

in some of the specimens.

6, Angola (Monteiro).

Two in Mr. Distant’s collection and four in the Natural

History Museum.

Easily recognizable by the peculiar pattern of the pronotum.

The sexes differ little.

Dorylea rhombifolia.

Blatta rhomiifolia, Stoll, Blatt. p. 5, pl. iii. d, fig. 18.

Periplaneta rhombifolia, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xx. p. 260 (1869).

Periplaneta histrio, Sauss. Rey. Zool. 1864, p. 318; Mém. Mex. Blatt.

p- 73 (1864); Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 180. n. 20 (1868).

Periplaneta decorata, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 224 (1865).

Periplaneta heterospila, Walk. Cat. Blatt., Suppl. p. 35 (1871).

5, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (/endall) ; 1, Pemba Island

(Distant).

First described from China. Common in the warmer parts

of Asia, Africa, and America. .

Periplaneta americana.

Blatta americana, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 424. n. 4 (1758).

Periplaneta americana, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 232 (1865).

1, Barberton ; 3, Pemba Island (Distant) ; 1, Fort John-

ston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Collection of African Blattidee. 283

A cosmopolitan species, carried everywhere by shipping

and commerce.

Eurycotis wethiopica.

Periplaneta ethiopica, Sauss. Rey. Zool. 1864, p. 317; Mém. Soe.

Genéve, xx. p. 260 (1869).

Periplaneta tetra, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 158. n, 42 (1868).

11, Pretoria and Masil Nek (Distant). Gaboon (Saussure),

Cape ‘Town, Port Elizabeth, British East Africa (Nat.

Hist. Mus.).

If the West-African form proves to be distinct, Walker’s

name will be available for the southern and eastern form. I

have no West-African specimens to compare.

Deropeltis erythrocephala.

Blatta erythrocephala, Fabr. Spee. Ins. i. p. 842. n. 7 (1761).

Deropeltis erythrocephala, Bruun, Syst. Blatt. p. 242 (1865),

1, Cape Town (Becker). Port Elizabeth, Durban (Nat.

Hist. Mus.).

An immature specimen from Zomba (Rendal/) and another

from Blantyre (/son) in Mr. Distant’s collection appear to

belong to this species.

Deropeltis atra.

Deropeltis atra, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 244 (1865); De Borm. Ann.

Mus. Genoy. xvi. p. 207 (1881).

2, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); Shoa (de Bormans).

Zomba, Ruwenzori, Port Elizabeth (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

A widely distributed species in East Africa.

The antenne are more or less tipped with reddish in both

sexes, which is not mentioned by Brunner in his description.

Deropeltis melanophila.

Ischnoptera melanophila, Walk. Cat. Blatt., Suppl. p. 146 (1869).

1, Pemba Island (Distant); Zanzibar, Mombasa, British

East Africa (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

Perhaps a large form of D. atra, Burm.

Deropeltis brevicollis,

Kakerlac brevicollis, Serv. Ins. Orth. p. 70 (1889).

Deropeltis (?) brevicollis, Bruun, Syst. Blatt. p. 246 (1865).

Deropeltis juncea, var., Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxiii. p. 117 (1874).

4, Pretoria (Distant); 2, Barberton ([endall). Cape

(Serville) ; Lagos, Zomba (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

284 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a

The type of J. juncea, Sauss. (Rev. Zool. 1864, p. 314),

appears to represent a dark form of this species.

Deropeltis similis.

Ischnoptera similis, Sauss. Rev. Zool. xvi. p. 314 (1864).

Naupheta foveolata, Walker, Cat. Blatt. p. 42. n. 16 (1868).

3, Pretoria; 1, Port Elizabeth (Distant); 1, Barberton ;

1, Zomba (fendall). East London (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

The legs and pronotum vary somewhat in colour in different

specimens. ‘The specimens from Barberton and one of those

from Pretoria represent a form of the insect which stands in

the same relation to typical D. similis that D. brevicollis

oceupies towards D. juncea. J). foveolata is a dark form

with the pronotum alone uniform black.

Deropeltis capensis.

Polyzosteria capensis, Sauss, Rev. Zool. 1864, p. 307.

Deropeltis flavomarginata, Brunn. Syst. Nat. p. 247 (1865).

Periplaneta collaris, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 142. n. 51 (1868).

Periplaneta decorata, Walk. 1. c. n. 52 (1868).

1, Teafontein, Cape Colony ; Cape (Brunner); Natal,

Port Elizabeth (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

A conspicuous species with a yellow border to the pronotum.

Deropeltis Distanti, sp. n.

Long. corp. 17 millim.

Female. — Black, shining, especially the head; lower

mouth-parts yellow; a small yellow dot above the base of

each antenna; antenne dark chestnut-brown, shading into

rufo-testaceous beyond the middle ; pronotum finely cribrate-

punctate, the rest of the upper surface nearly smooth ; pro-

notum with rather broad lateral orange borders, not extending

to the hind border; mesonotum with the lateral carina

reddish ; metanotum with a rufo-testaceous spot at the base,

on each lateral margin, and a similar spot on the sides of the

second abdominal segment (the first segment being covered

at the sides by the metanotum); cerci dark rufo-testaceous,

set with long fine hairs; legs rufo-testaceous and middle of

abdomen beneath reddish.

1, Pretoria (Distant).

Allied to D. meridionalis, Sauss., but larger and differently

coloured.

Until the sexes of Deropeltis are better known, it is almost

impossible to unite them in our collections with anything

approaching certainty.

——E

Collection of African Blattide. 285

Panchloride.

Rhyparobia madere,

Blatta madera, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 341. n. 2 (1781).

Panchlora madere, Brunn, Syst. Blatt. p. 282 (1865).

1, Angola (Monteiro); 1, E. Africa (Déstant),

A cosmopolitan species.

Gyna caffrorum.

Panchlora caffrorum, Stal, CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 167 (1856) ;

Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 268 (18%5).

Epilampra conspicua, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 67. n. 2 (1869).

Panchlora scripta, Walk. l. c. p. 185.

|| Gyna fervida, De Borm, (nee Sauss.), Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xxv. p. 21,

pl. i. B (1881).

1, Warm Baths, Waterberg (Distant); 1, Rustenberg

(Ayres); 2, Barberton (fendall). Natal (Stal); N’Gami,

Delagoa Bay (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

In unset specimens the red blotehes are hardly visible, and

such specimens agree very well with Stal’s description.

[In Waterberg I found this species on the leaves of trees.

wid,

Naupheta aspersata, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum tegm. 20 millim.

‘Testaceous; head reddish above, with a brown’ band

between the eyes, divided by yellowish spaces into three

square spots; then follows a broader yellowish band between

the antenne, below which the face is about equally divided

into a blackish upper space and a yellowish lower space.

Pronotum brownish in the middle and testaceous on the sides,

irregularly dotted with black ; towards the middle these dots

tend to form longitudinal lines here and there, but there is no

trace of the conspicuous black lateral stripes of P. cinerea,

Oliv., to which this species is most nearly allied. On the

outside of the eyes a black band runs backward and is con-

tinued beneath the wings and above the upper part of the

cox. Wings, legs, and under surfaee mostly brown; costal

area and legs more or less dotted with brown. Upperside of

tibia brownish.

1, Pretoria (Distant).

A single specimen, which has lost the abdomen. It is

labelled N. etreumvagans, Burm., which species, however,

belongs to the genus Phatalia. N. aspersata might, however,

be the same as N, grisea, Burm., the type of Naupheta,

286 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a

according to Stal; but N. grisea was described from the East

Indies, and the legs are not said to be mottled.

Perispheriide.

This family seems to be pre-eminently an African group,

but it is at present very imperfectly known. ‘The females of

many species are apterous, and there are many genera of

which only males or females respectively are at present

known, and comparatively few species belonging to genera

which are apterous, at least in the females, are satisfactorily

known in both sexes,

Eustegasta pecila.

Panchlora pecila, Schaum, Ber. Akad. Berlin, 1853, p. 777 ; Peters’s

Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. v. p. 109, pl. vii. fig. 2 (1862) ;

Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 281 (1865).

A very pretty species and extremely variable. A descrip-

tion of Mr. Distant’s specimens is given below. The variations

are combined in so many different ways that I cannot venture

to regard them as representing more than one species.

Schaum’s figure is greatly enlarged and badly coloured,

which rendered it no easy matter to identify the species.

Long. corp. cum tegm, 14-15 millim,

Head rufo-testaceous, generally with a black transverse

band in front just below the antenne, or this forms the upper

part of a longitudinal band filling the whole centre of the face,

or the band may be broken in two or reduced to a narrow

perpendicular stripe, or the occiput may be black, or the

whole head may be black except a reddish transverse band

above the antennee, or red with no black markings. An-

tenne black, with a broad reddish band before the extremity.

Pronotum black, shining, broadly bordered on the sides with

ruto-testaceous and more narrowly before and behind; the

hind border is sometimes interrupted in the middle. Abdomen

rufo-testaceous, sometimes with a broad longitudinal black

central band. Tegmina dark metallic green, more or less

varied with chestnut-red; the costa is usually edged with

this colour nearly to the extremity and marked with a trian-

gular spot beyond the middle. Below the costal area is a

chestnut-red line, expanding into a broad blotch at about two

thirds of the wing ; sometimes the whole costal area is of this

colour except a short basal streak, and coalesces with this

blotch ; and in some specimens the inner margin of the basal

area is of the same colour; and there may be a similarly

Collection of African Blattide. 287

coloured spot towards the inner margin opposite the triangular

spot on the costa. Wings smoky hyaline, with rufo-testa-

ceous nervures towards the costa and brown ones elsewhere ;

the transverse nervures are whitish: or the wings are

frequently pale subhyaline, with brown borders. Legs

black, with black or red spines; coxe often bordered by a

pale line. In some varieties the legs are red, or the whole

under surface of the body is black, or the under surface of

the abdomen is transversely banded with black, or the red

markings of the tegmina are reduced to a streak at the base

of the costa, a streak or spot below the subcostal area oppo-

site the end of the basal area, and a spot on the lower part of

the costal area at three-fifths of its length. Nothing seems

constant but the colour of the antenne and pronotum, and

even the reddish hind border of the pronotum is interrupted

behind in some specimens. But all these variations grade

into each other too much to allow of their being regarded as

distinct species.

4, Zomba ; 3, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (endall) ; Mo-

zambique (Schaum).

Eustegasta obsoleta.

Size and appearance of the last species, of which it may

ossibly be an extreme variety.

Head dull red above, black below; antenne black, with a

broad pale band before the extremity. Pronotum black, the

lateral borders with or without a faint chestnut shade,

Tegmina dark metallic green, tinged with chestnut on the

outer half and with a dull reddish expanding line from the

base below the costal area for two-fiiths of the length of the

wing. Wings smoky hyaline. Abdomen black. Under

surtace black ; coxe bordered with a pale line; tibiw and

tarsi reddish.

1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); 1, Zomba (Nat.

Hist. Mus.).

Gynopeltis discotdalis.

Perispheria discoidalis, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 310 (1865) ; Sauss. Mém.

Soc. Genéve, xx. p. 276 (1869).

5, Zomba; 3, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Cape (Brunner); Somali, Mombasa, Zanzibar, Udara,

British East Africa (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

288 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a

Gynopeltis cryptospila.

Polyphaga cryptospila, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 15. n. 6 (1868),

Gynopeltis micta (Q only ?), Gerst. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 208 (1869) ;

Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. (2) p. 9, pl. i. figs. 1 (?), 2 (1873).

3, Zomba; 2, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; En-

dara, Mozambique (Gerstaecker).

Fwambo (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

This species curiously resembles the female of Polyphaga

egyptiaca, but is not pubescent and the subgenital plate is

not indented. De Saussure doubts if the male associated with

it by Gerstaecker really belongs to the same genus.

Elliptoblatta uniformis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 18-22 millim.; lat. pron. 13 millim.

Female.—Black, smooth, shining, very finely, closely, and

uniformly punctured ; eyes separated by a short space, lower

mouth-parts testaceous; antenne: ferruginous towards the base;

legs more or less ferruginous; terminal plate transverse,

rounded ; cerci yellow; angles of pronotum not produced

behind.

3, Blantyre (Elson).

‘Lhe first continental representative of this Madagascar

genus.

Pronaonota cribrosa.

Pronaonota cribrosa, Sauss, Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 21, pl. i. fig. 1

(1895); Sauss. & Zehntn, Grandid. Hist. Madag., Orth. i. p. 128,

pl. v. fig. 62 (1896).

Long. corp. 30 millim., cum tegm. 38 millim.

Male.—Head black above; labrum red; lower mouth-

parts and antennal pits testaceous; antenne testaceous at

the base and reddish brown beyond. Pronotum less arched

than in the female, thickly punctured, yellowish testaceous,

inclining to reddish in the middle, and with some detached

black marks on each side of the subcarinated median line,

representing the lyrate pattern so common among_ the

Blattide. Abdomen very long, testaceous; cerci long, thick,

slightly incurved. ‘legmina longer than the abdomen, testa-

ceous, paler along the costa. Wings longer than the tegmina

and paler, with brown longitudinal and whitish transverse

nervures.

The female has the base of the abdominal segments reddish

above, but otherwise agrees with Saussure’s description.

2, Pretoria (Distant).

Collection of African Blattide. 289

This is one of the most interesting species in Mr. Distant’s

collection. The male of the genus was previously unknown.

It is not unlike a large Termes, and is so similar to the

description and figure of Derocalymma clypeata, Sauss. (Mém.

Soc. Geneve, xxiii. p. 142, pl. x. fig. 52), said to be from

Java (?), that I should not be surprised if it eventually proves

to be the same species.

Pilema thoracica.

Perispheria thoracica, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 174. n. 20 (1868).

Pilema hebetata, Sauss. Rey, Suisse Zool. iii. p. 24, pl. i. figs. 2, 2a, b

(1895).

(?) Blatta fusca, 2, Oliv. Enc. Méth., Ins, iv. p. 315. n. 9 (1789).

1, Pretoria (Distant).

This species agrees with Olivier’s description of the insect

he considered to be the female of Blatta fusca, Thunb., so far

as it goes; but he did not mention the peculiar form of the

thorax, and I believe that the true B. fusca, Thunb. (a male

insect), has not yet been satisfactorily identified.

Pilema Saussuret, sp. n.

Long. corp. 15 millim.; long. et lat. pron. 6 millim.

Female.—Head and thorax dark red; vertex with four

black lines between the eyes; the carine of the overlapping

sides of the pronotum meeting at an acute angle in front and

projecting in a point behind; sides of pronotum broadly and

shallowly guttered on the sides ; a well-marked carina on the

median line in front. Pronotum and first segment of abdomen

moderately closely and finely punctured; pronotum mottled

with black in the middle ; the three thoracic segments with an

interrupted black stripe towards the hind border; abdominal

segments bordered with black behind. Antenne black,

reddish towards the base. Legs and abdomen beneath

testaceous yellow, shining.

1, Pretoria (Distant).

The head is marked like that of Pronaonota fornicata,

Sauss., but the generic characters prevent me from regarding

it as an immature form of that species.

Stenopilema cylindrica (?).

Perispheria cylindrica, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 176, n. 23 (1868).

1, Barberton (Rendall),

An immature specimen, probably belonging to this species,

but coloured like Pilema Saussuret (supra). It belongs to

the group of S. capucina, Gerst.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 19

290 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a

Stenopilema pallicornis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 13-14 millim., lat. 6 millim. €

Female.—Black, thickly and finely punctured, more finely

on the hinder segments of the abdomen. Head black ; an-

tenn, antennal cavities, sides and lower part of face, legs, a

narrow line extending round the whole thorax and abdomen,

cerci, and more or less of the face and subterminal plate

below rufo-testaceous or reddish; rim of pronotum upcurved

hinder angles produced backwards into a tooth; meso- an

metanotum with the hinder angles slightly recurved. Eyes

rather wide apart.

2, Pretoria (Distant).

One of these specimens is labelled S. capucina, Gerst.; but

capucina is a much larger species, with the head redder and

the antenne darker, besides other slight differences which

may be noticed in the description. There appear to be many

closely allied species of this genus.

Cyrtotria scabra.

Perispheria scabra, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 172. n. 17 (1868).

1, Pretoria (Distant).

Walker’s type is said to come from South Africa, near the

‘Tropic of Capricorn.

Derocalymma (?) elateroides.

Perispheria elateroides, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 176. n. 24 (1868).

1, Barberton (Rendall); Natal (Gueinzius) (Nat. Hist.

Mus.).

The hood of this species is interrupted in the middle, the

carine being complete; but I prefer to place doubtful forms

in Derocalymma till they are better known. The short stout

form of the insect resembles that of Pronaonota.

Derocalymma versicolor.

Derocalymma versicolor, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 487. n. 9 (1838) ;

Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 317 (1865).

1, Blantyre (Elson) ; 1, Delagoa Bay (Junod).

Two female specimens, which I refer to this species with

some doubt.

Collection of African Blattida. 291

Derocalymma porcellio,

Derocalymma porcellio, Gerst. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 207 (1869); Von

der Decken’s Reisen, ii. (2) p. 7, pl. i. tigs. 3, 3 @ (1873).

1, Zomba; 2, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; Lake

Jipe, Uru (Gerstaecker).

_ 1am not sure that Gerstaecker has correctly identified the

female of this species. I should not be surprised to find that

it was a broad oval insect allied to D. intermedia.

Derocalymma linearis (?).

Perispheria linearis, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 176. n. 25 (1868).

1, Pretoria (Distant).

An immature specimen, apparently belonging to this species.

Derocalymma punctata.

Derocalymma punctata, Sauss. Rev. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 29 (1895);

Sauss. & Zehntn. Grandid. Madag., Orth. p. 131 (1896).

2, Pretoria (Distant).

The only locality given by Saussure is South Africa.

Derocalymma bipapilla, sp. n.

Long. corp. 20-22 millim.; lat. pron. 13 millim.

Female.—Black ; head small, punctured ; eyes moderately

> ic tamlea le pronotum broad, the lateral lamelle longi-

tudinally convex both above and below; a broad gutter on

the inner side of the rim above, extending to the front margin,

where the approximating ends are separated by a short longi-

tudinal carina. ‘The pronotum is thickly punctured, and

about the middle of the gutter is a large raised tubercle on

each side. ‘The back of the pronotum is raised into a

crescent directed forwards ; the front of this is less thickly

punctured, but the enclosed segment of a circle behind very

thickly. Here, and on the remaining segments of the thorax

and abdomen, we find interrupted traces of a central carina,

The sides of the meso- and metanotum are flattened and re-

curved, and the segments of the abdomen are subdentate on

the lateral edges, ‘lhe abdomen is thickly cribrate-punctate,

and there is a row of large granules on each side of the meta-

notum and of all the segments of the abdomen except the last,

before the extremity. Cerci black ; terminal plate obtusely

angulated.

6, Blantyre (Z/son).

19*

292 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a

This species differs from D. punctata, Sauss., in its larger

size, black cerci and tarsi, and in having only one tubercle on

each side in the gutter instead of two. It differs from

D. granulata, Sauss., in being broader in proportion, less

strongly granulated, and in the broader rims and sulci of the

pronotum.

Derocalymma tntermedia, sp. n.

Long. corp. 18 millim. ; lat. pron. 10 millim.

Female.—Blackish brown, thickly covered with a greyish

pile, especially above. Sides of the pronotum flattened, back

slightly convex ; a central carina in front, but the sulci obso-

lete; a raised tubercle on each side. The whole upper

surface finely punctured and granulated. Cerci black; legs

black or slightly inclining to reddish.

2, Barberton (Rendall).

Resembles P. granulata, Sauss., in general structure, but

is much broader in proportion.

Derocalymma granulata.

Derocalymma granulata, Sauss. Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 29 (1895) ;

Sauss. & Zehntn. Grandid. Madag., Orth. p. 131, pl. v. fig. 65 (1896).

1, Blantyre (E/son).

This specimen is considerably smaller than the dimensions

given by Saussure. It measures 17 millim. in length and 9

in breadth.

Derocalymma pallipes, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum tegm. 20 millim.; long. et lat. pron.

5 millim.

Male.— Head black ; antennal pits, palpi, and lower mouth-

parts testaceous; antenne reddish brown, paler towards the

base. Pronotum black, slightly reddish on the narrow,

flattened, hardly recurved carina; very rugose and cut off

almost straight behind. Lateral carine complete, uniting in

an angle before the arch over the head. Legs rufo-testaceous,

coxe more or less black at the base; abdomen blackish,

varied with reddish towards the base of the segments and on

the sides; terminal plate and cerci reddish; tegmina rufo-

testaceous, blackish at the base below the costal area.

1, Grabamstown (Schonland).

Appears to resemble D. analis, Sauss.

Collection of African Blattide. 293

Derocalymma clavigera, sp. n.

Long. corp. 15 millim.; long. pron. 9 millim, (jun.),

10 millim. ; ae pron, 6 millim.

Female.—Clay-coloured. Eyes rather wide apart. Sides

of the pronotum slightly raised, not sulcated ; a median carina

in front. Pronotum, except at the sides, with numerous

longitudinal rugosities and granules ; two transverse rows of

large granules, the first interrupted in the middle before the

extremity. Meso- and metanotum with three rather irregular

rows of large granules, the largest at the extremity. ‘l'he

extremity of each of the abdominal segments bears, except on

the edges, a row of very large granules, not very close together,

as if studded with nails. ‘This is preceded on each segment

by one or two rows of smaller and closer ones. Even the

rounded terminal plate bears two short rows of large tubercles.

Under surface dark brown, with greyish tomentum, but

without tubercles. The smaller specimen is more reddish,

especially beneath.

2, Barberton (Rendall).

Allied to D, Bottegovana, Sauss., but much smaller and

with much larger tubercles.

Flostilis proterva.

Blatta proterva, Stil, ify. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 166 (1855),

Phyllodromia proterva, Brann, Syst. Blatt. p. 111 (1866).

1, Delagoa Bay (Junod). Natal (Brunner).

Heterogamiida.

Heterogamia ursina.

Heterogamia ursina, Burm, Handb, Ent. ii. p. 489 (1839) ; Sauss. Rey.

Suisse Zool. i. p. 313 (1893),

Heterogamia africana, Brunn, (¢, nec 9; nec Linn.), Syst. Blatt.

p. 357 (1865) ; Krauss, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xl. p. 251 (1890).

Heterogamia conspersa, Brunn. (9, nec d), l. ¢. p. 858 (1865).

Heterogamia syriaca, Krauss, /. ¢. p. 241 (1890).

Heterogamia maris-mortui, Jans., Hart, Faun. & Flor. Sinai, p. 182

(1891).

1, Fort Johnston ; 1, Zomba, Nyasaland (Rendall). Egypt,

Syria (Burmeister) ; Mombasa (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

The above synonymy is taken from Saussure.

Chorisoneurida.

Oxyhaloa deusta.

Blatta deusta, Thunb, Hem, Max. Cap. p. 8 (1822).

Proscratea deusta, Stal, Gfv. Vet.-Akad, Forh, xiii. p. 167 (1856).

294 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

Proscratea fulviceps, Burm, Handb. Ent. ii. p. 509 (18389).

Oxryhaloa fulviceps, Brunn, Syst. Blatt. p. 255 (1865).

Naupheta ruficeps, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 39. n. 11 (1868).

Ischnoptera ruficeps, Walk. J. c. p. 123. n. 64 (1868).

Naupheta signifrons, Walk. J. c. p. 40. n. 12.

2, Pretoria, Nov. 1894 (Distant) ; 7, Barberton (Rendall) ;

1, Blantyre (Elson). Cape (Thunberg) ; Pirie Bush, Delagoa

Bay, Machakos, Durban, Natal (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

Varies in colour from ferruginous to nearly black, but may

tl be known by the red head, with a large square blotch

in front,

XXXVIII.—Some new or little-known Thelyphonide and

Solifuge. By R. I. Pocock.

Family Thelyphonide.

Genus Hypocronus, Thorell.

Hypoctonus granosus, sp.n. (Fig. 4.)

Colour. Upperside of trunk blackish, lower side casta-

neous ; chele black ; legs of first pair reddish brown ; femora

and patelle of second, third, and fourth legs blackish, re-

maining segments reddish brown.

Trunk sculptured and granular above as in H. formosus ;

abdominal sterna sparsely punctured and weakly striate ;

first sternal plate (genital operculum) with the middle of

its posterior border convexly produced and defined by a

transverse depression ; the anterior part of the plate marked

on each side with a deep transversely oval pit, behind these

in the middle line there is also a median longitudinal depres-

sion, deeper in front than behind.

Chele resembling those of 7. formosus in form and spine-

armature, but differing in having the upper as well as the

underside of the trochanter, femur, tibia, and hand studded

with coarse round granules.

Legs of third and fourth pairs with tibial spur, apical

tarsal segment of first longer than the seventh and eighth.

Ommatoids fairly large, separated by a space which is

about equal to a diameter and a half.

Total length 33 millim.

Loc. Yunnan.

A single female example.

Recognizable from all the known species by the coarse

granulation of the upperside of the chelz.

little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 295

Genus LABocuirus, Poe.

In the last number of the ‘Journal of the Bombay Nat.

Hist. Society,’ vol. xii. p. 745 (1899), two species of this

genus are described by myself; but by an unfortunate error

of the printer they appear under the same name, cervinus.

For the second species, namely the one from Kanara, I here

propose the new name tauricornis.

Genus THELYyPuONvS, Latr.

Thelyphonus Wayt, sp.n. (Figs. 3-3 5.)

Colour nearly black ; legs reddish brown.

Upperside of trunk rugose, densely punctured; carapace

sparsely granular posteriorly and on the lateral slope of its

postocular portion ; terga also granular.

Sterna smooth and polished, minutely punctulate, and beset

with a few scattered punctures, the first with its posterior

border produced and acutely emarginate in the middle.

Chele with coxe nearly smooth; trochanters weakly

granular above, armed below with 2 teeth, above with 34,

the anterior and the angular large ; femur weakly granular

below; rest of the segments smooth, sparsely punctured ;

femur armed internally with 2 small denticles above and 1

below ; tibia also with 2 small denticles on its inner side;

apophysis with 1 distal tooth on its posterior side, its anterior

side and inner side of hand denticulate.

First /eg with second, third, and fourth segments of tarsus

longer than wide, about twice as long as wide; fifth and sixth

a little shorter, but distinctly longer than wide; seventh about

as long as the sixth, longer than the eighth; ninth about

twice as long as the eighth, but not so long as the seventh and

eighth ; the sixth, seventh, and eighth modified, the sixth

with a small nodular prominence at its distal end below;

the seventh with nodular prominence much larger and tipped

with a small spinule, the outer side of the segment strongly

convex ; eighth with nodular prominence similar to that of

seventh, but smaller; ninth segment unmodified.

Legs of second, third, and fourth segments with tibial spur.

Ommatoids large, round, about a diameter and a half

apart.

Total length 34 millim.

Loc. Battambang in Siam.

A single female specimen, collected and kindly presented

to the British Museum by Mr. Herbert W. L. Way.

At once recognizable from all the species that have been

296 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

hitherto established by the combination of the following

characters :—(1) The third segment of the tarsus of the first

leg is twice as long as wide and subequal to the second ;

(2) the second, third, and fourth legs are furnished with a

tibial spur ; (3) there are five spines on the upperside of the

trochanter of the chela. Judged by these features, T. Wayi

ranges itself alongside of 7. manillanus under section 25 of

the table given by Kraepelin (Das Tierr., Scorp. &c. p. 216),

but certainly differs from that species in having the sixth,

seventh, and eighth tarsal segments of the first leg modified,

the ommatoids large, and the genital operculum angularly

emarginate in the middle of its posterior border.

Fig. 1.—Typopeltis Dalyi, sp.n., g. Extremity of chela.

Fig. 1 a.—Ditto, Tibial apophysis.

Fig. 1 4.—Ditto. Trochanter of chela, from above.

Fig. 1e.—Ditto, 2. First abdominal sternum.

Fig. 2.—Typopeltis Stimpsonii, Wood, g. Extremity of chela.

Fig. 2a.—Ditto. Trochanter of chela from above.

Fig. 3.— Thelyphonus Wayi, sp.u., 9. Base of tarsus of first leg.

Fig. 3a.—Ditto. Apex of tarsus of first leg.

(These figures not drawn to quite the same scale.)

Fig. 34.—Ditto. Apex of first abdominal sternum.

Fig. 4.— Hypoctonus granosus, sp. n., 2. First abdominal sternum.

Genus TYPOPELTIS, Poc.

Typopeltis Stimpsonti (Wood). (Figs. 2, 2a.)

A specimen of what is very likely the hitherto unknown

male of this species has been recently kindly presented to

the British Museum by Prof. d’Arcy ‘Thompson, C.B. The

specimen was collected in Yokohama.

little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 297

In the subjoined table of the species of the genus, based

upon the a sex, some of the distinguishing features of this

species are set forth, to show its affinity to those that have

been already described.

Typopeltis Dalyi, sp. n. (Figs. 1-1 ¢.)

3 .— Colour. Hes reddish black, chele darker; legs,

especially towards the extremities, clearer red; coxe and

arte! operculum castaneous, shining ; upperside of trunk

densely punctulate and uniformly but not very closely

granular.

Chele with coxe punctured and densely punctulate, granular

laterally ; trochanter granular, armed with two small teeth

below on the lower half of its anterior edge, the upper of the

two nearly obsolete ; its upperside almost unarmed in front,

only furnished with one or two obsolete teeth, the angle with

two or three small teeth, the inner edge untvothed ; femur

granular, armed with a single inferior tooth ; tibia granular

Sept, the apophysis long, its distal end bent down-

wards almost at right angles, with a large apical expansion ;

the convex upper rim of this expansion armed with a series

of 9-10 teeth, its inferior angle running out into a sub-

cylindrical’ prominence; base of apophysis on inner side

weakly denticulate; inner edge of hand lightly convex, armed

with a row of sharp denticles ; upperside of hand with a few

granules, the rest punctured ; tip of movable finger sharp and

closing against the truncate area of the tibial apophysis close

to the subcylindrical prominence.

Legs 2-4 with tibial spine.

Genital operculum nearly smooth, swollen, obsoletely

grooved and rugose in the middle, depressed posteriorly in

the middle line.

? .—Resembles the male in colour.

Chela with trochanter armed below with two subequal

separated teeth; armed above normally with five teeth, three

inner smaller, one anterior and one angular much larger;

femur with an upper and a lower spine; apophysis thick,

abruptly narrowed at the apex, its anterior edge convex,

closely dentate, posterior border straight, armed with one long

distal and two smaller teeth.

Tarsi of first leg different on the two sides ; second, third,

and fourth segments longish, subequal; fifth and sixth a

little shorter, subequal, seventh and eighth still shorter, sub-

equal; fifth to eighth black and thickened below; ninth

sometimes with an inferior apical notch, sometimes without it,

298 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

sometimes also there is a notch or depression at the distal

end of the lower side of the fifth.

Genital operculum with its posterior border transversely

emarginate in its middle third, marked on each side with a

pair of posteriorly converging groove-like depressions ; middle

of anterior portion lightly depressed on each side, the de-

pression emphasizing a low tuberculiform eminence.

‘Total length 45 millim.

Loc. Lacan, via Raheng in Siam.

‘l'wo adult males and two females sent with an example of

Thelyphonus Schimkewitschit by Mr. Mahon Daly, to whom

I have great pleasure in dedicating this fine new species.

Allied to T. niger (‘Tarn.) from China, but at once recog-

nizable by the very weak spine-armature of the trochanter of

the chela and the greater number of spines on the clubbed

tip of the tibial apophysis in the male.

The female of 2. niger is unknown; that of 7. Dalyt

differs from that of T. Stimpsonii, Wood, in having the

teeth on the trochanter of the chela smaller, the apophysis

much thicker, and the genital operculum without a median

impression.

Kraepelin’s table of the males of this genus may be now

supplemented as follows :—

a. Tibial apophysis straight, attenuate, apex not

expanded ; inner edge of hand and immovable

fingor Bireipht :: sf oikew ws Gawwehs xs 6 2x ape Ieee amurensis.

6. Tibial apophysis bent, apex clubbed ; inner edge

of hand and immovable finger sinuous.

a‘, Anterior border of upperside of trochanter at

most armed with a small denticle, inner edge

of hand without an internal basal prominence.

a’, Tibial apophysis armed apically with a series

of about 10 small and 1 large inferior teeth ;

inner angle of trochanter armed with 3

small denticles ...\:5i. vee sss sus Sites Daly?.

6*, Tibial apophysis only armed with 3 apical

teeth ; trochanter armed on its inner angle

with 1 large and 2 smaller teeth ........ niger.

b‘, Anterior border of upperside of trochanter

armed with a large tooth, longer than the

angular tooth ; inner edge of hand with strong

basal prominence.

a®, Anterior vertical edge of trochanter armed

with a series of 3 small subsimilar teeth

below the large superior tooth .......... crucifer, Poe.

b°, Anterior vertical crest of trochanter armed

with only 2 teeth below the superior large

tooth, the upper of the two large, quadrate,

cei BL Pie ene er rae MSS SP Stimpsonit, Wood.

little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuga. 299

Genus MAstiaoprocrus, Poc.

Mastigoproctus liochirus, sp. n.

Colour. Upperside of trunk black; chele and legs deep

brown, much redder towards the distal extremities ; lower

side of abdomen reddish brown, black marginally and on the

eighth sternite.

Upperside of trunk sculptured with dense punctuation and

sparsely granular ; fore part of carapace smooth.

Sterna smooth and shining, sparsely punctured ; the first

with the posterior border widely rounded, black in the middle,

with a shallow impression on each side of the median black

area, and a shallow impression near the middle of the plate.

Chele with coxe sparsely punctured; trochanter armed

with 2 teeth below and 6 teeth above, the one on the angle

the longest, the outer of the two teeth on the anterior “ai

much smaller than the inner; femur and tibia granular

below; upperside of all the segments very smooth and

shining, only sparsely punctured; femur only minutely

toothed on inner side above ; tibia with a single tooth on inner

side near base of apophysis; apophysis with one tooth on

posterior side at distal end; hand shaped much like that of

temale Mf. giganteus, but thicker; immovable finger thicker

than in that species. Movable fang of mandible without

basal angle or process on the outer side.

Maxillary process of coxa armed above with a single row

of about 7 spiniform teeth.

Tarsus of first leg with second and third segments sub-

equal ; second and third legs without tibial spur, fourth with

tibial spur.

Ommatoids long and elliptical, less than their long diameter

apart.

Total length 37 millim.

Loc. Guatemala (Sarg coll.). A single subadult male

example.

At once recognizable from the rest of the species of the

genus Mustigoproctus, as diagnosed by Kraepelin, by the

presence of tibial spurs only on the fourth leg, the smoothness

of the chelw, &c.

Order SOLIFUGAZ.

Genus Sorpuaa, Licht.

Solpuga sagittarta, sp.n. (Figs. 5, 5a.)

¢-—Colour of head, mandibles, and limbs a pale ochre-

yellow ; the femora and patelle of the posterior two pairs

300 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

tinted with pale reddish brown; abdomen greyish black on

tergal plates, paler at the sides.

Head-plate considerably more in width than half the length

of the patella of the palp (8:12°5), a little less than tibia

of fourth leg (8: 10°5); palp longer than third leg, its tarsus

and tibia almost equal to its tibia.

Upper fang of mandible strongly toothed, rather strongly

curved at the apex; the teeth arising some distance behind

the tip, the first and second teeth large and subequal, the

third minute, fourth only a little larger, the fifth large.

Basal membranous part of flagellum not strongly elevated,

its border with almost an even semicircular curvature; flagel-

lum bent abruptly backwards from a point on a level with

the second tooth, shortish, not reaching the middle of the

upperside of the mandible, its distal third with a strong out-

ward curvature, the terminal portion straight and armed at its

base with two strong serrate teeth, an external and an in-

ferior ; the apex pointed and barbed somewhat like an arrow-

head. Lower jaw of mandible armed with three teeth, two

large and one small, the latter attached to the base of the first

large tooth.

? .—-Resembling the female of S. Darlingii in dentition of

mandibles and most structural features, but with the legs

distinctly shorter. For example, in S. Darlingi the width

of the head is shorter than the patella and only equal to the

length of the tibia of the palp (head 11 millim., tibia 12°5),

whereas in S. sagittaria the head exceeds the patella and

is almost equal to the tibia and tarsus of the palp (head

11 millim., patella 10°5, tibia 9). So, too, in the case of

the fourth legs, in S. Darlingi the head is less than the

length of the patella and tibia (11:11°5), whereas in

S. sagittaria the head exceeds these segments (11 :9°5). The

head, mandibles, and legs, too, are of a ruddier hue in

S. sagittarta, and not clouded with greyish black, as is

the case in S. Darlingii, where, apart from the blackish tint,

the jaws and legs are a paler yellow.

Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length 41;

width of head 8; length of mandible to tip of upper fang 10°5 ;

length of palp 39; patella of palp 12°53; tibia and tarsus

12°5; fourth leg 57°5, its patella and tibia 11-2.

9. Total length 54; width of head 11; length of man-

dible 15 ; length of palp 37, of fourth leg 50 * (for the separate

segments see above).

Loc. Mashonaland: Mazoé (J. fi Darling).

% The measurements of the limbs are taken along the external side and

include the trochanters, but not the cox, which constitute the sternal

area of the cephalothorax.

little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 301

The female of this species may be readily distinguished

from that of S. Darlingit, the larger of the two known species

from the Umfuli River, by the characters mentioned in the

diagnosis ; the male differs sharply from that of Darlingit in

the structure of the flagellum, this organ being shorter,

straighter, unarmed, and with a lower basal membranous

portion.

Of this species Mr. Darling writes :—‘ I often heard them

stridulate, and one of the large specimens made a noise like a

policeman’s rattle when put into a match-box. They hang

on like bull-dogs, and often when caught with my hand-

kerchief I found quite a difficulty in making them let go their

hold, they grip with such tenacity.”

Genus RHAGopes, Poc.

Rhagodes anthracinus, sp. n.

? .—Colour. Carapace black, with antero-lateral edge pale ;

mandibles black, redder towards base of fingers ; abdomen

black above and below ; coxal area of cephalothorax blackish ;

palpi with femur black ; patella yellow ; protarsus and tarsus

black ; first and second legs mostly yellow, infuscate at base,

tarsus of first reddish brown ; third leg mostly yellow, witha

broad black ring round femur and patella, the ring on the

latter incomplete above; fourth leg with femur infuscate

below.

Total length 17 millim.

Loc. Somaliland (Miss Gillett).

Resembling &. melanus in the uniform blackness of the

head, mandibles, and abdomen, but differing in the colour of

the legs. Recognizable from &. Phillipsti and R. ornatus by

the uniform blackness of body and mandibles and blackness

of femur of palp.

Genus Bossa, Simon.

Blossia setifera, sp.n. (Figs. 6, 6a.)

Colour a tolerably uniform dark greyish or reddish brown

above, the underside and the bases of the appendages pale;

tarsi of legs also pale ; femur of fourth leg reddish in its basal

half.

Sides of head, thoracic and abdominal terga, and mandibles

beset with long cylindrical setiform spines and studded with

short, erect, thinner bristles. Ocular tubercle with two long

sete in front and two rows of shorter bristles behind between

the eyes. Mandibles with first and second teeth of upper jaw

large, subequal, third tooth quite small, fourth larger than

third but smaller than second: lower jaw armed with four

302 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

teeth, two principal and two minor, as shown in fig. 6a; the

two minor teeth situated between the others, widely separated

and very small—the anterior on the base of the first major

tooth, which is large, nearly horizontal along the summit, and

apically subbifid; the posterior close to the base in front of

the posterior major tooth, which is conical : flagellum rising

on a level with the second tooth of the upper jaw, directed

backwards, long, horny, with a membranous inferior edge;

the distal end long, attenuate, and apically hooked.

= 5a

Fig. 5.—Solpuga sagittaria, sp.n., d. Upper jaw.

Fig. 5a.—Ditto. Apex of flagellum.

Fig. 6.— Blossia setifera, sp. n., ¢. Upper jaw and flagellum, from inner

side.

Fig. 6 a.—Ditto. Upper and lower jaw, from outer side.

Fig. 7.—Ceroma pallidum, sp. u., ¢. Jaws, from inner side.

Fig. 8.—Pseudocleobis alticola, sp. n. Upper jaw and flagellum.

Fig. 8 a.—Pseudocleobis undinus, Poc. Upper jaw and flagellum.

Palpi without spines, except for a row of three short spines

on the outer side of the under surface of the patella and tibia;

all the segments covered thickly with erect hairs and bearing

some long bristles; the patella mure than twice as long as

the width of the head.

Tibiz : second and third lJeys with 3 spines on the poste-

rior side.

Total length 10 millim.

little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 303

Loc. Mashonaland: Salisbury (@. A. K. Marshall).

Only one species of the genus L/ossta is up to the present

time known, namely 2. spinosa of Simon (Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr.

1880, p. 400), from Lower Egypt and Algeria. The genus,

however, has been recorded from 8. Africa by Kraepelin,

who mentions but refrains from naming, except as doubtfully

spinosa, some females procured at Moritzburg (? Pieter-

maritzburg). More probably these females belong to the

species here described, which at least differs from £. spinosa

in the dentition of the jaws of the mandible. In Lb. spinosa

the fourth tooth of the upper jaw is a little larger than the

first and second, and in the lower jaw there is only one

intermediate minor tooth.

Genus GLUVIoPsIs, Kraep.

Gluviopsis atratus, sp. n.

?.—Colour mostly a tolerably uniform deep blackish

brown, relieved by the pale-coloured bristles and hairs; lower

surface and base of appendages flavous; legs of first and

second pairs mostly pale, tarsus and apex of tibia of third and

fourth legs pale.

Width of head about equal to length of patella and to tibia

and tarsus of palp, shorter than patella and longer than tibia

of fourth leg; mandibles beset above with slender erect

cylindrical bristles ; upper jaw strong, convex above, slender

and depressed apically, the first and second teeth large,

Palpus about three times as long as width of head; patella

armed below with 4-5 pairs of short slender spines; tibia

with 6 pairs of stouter shorter spines; tarsus also furnished

below with bristles and spines on inner side. Tarsi of

second and third legs hairy beneath, armed apically with 4

pairs of spines and with 1 anterior basal spine; tarsus of

fourth armed with 6 pairs of spines.

d-—Much more coarsely and thickly spined than female.

Terminal fang of jaws long and slender, the upper nearly

straight, bent slightly downwards. Palpi long; patella and

also tibia and tarsus about once and a half times the width of

the head ; patella of fourth leg nearly twice as long and tibia

about one fifth longer than width ot head. Modified bristles

of second abdominal sternum long, slender, incrassate, then

apically acuminate, three in number on each side.

Measurements in millimetres.—

Tibia and

Total Width of Length of Length of Patella tarsus

length. head. palpus. first leg. of palp. _ of palp.

ee 35 11°5 17°5 3-6 36

D:,.. as 3 13 20) a: 4°8 48

304 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

Loc. Western India, Poona and Khandeish (Bombay Nat.

Hist. Soc.).

The male of this species may be at once recognized from that

of G. rufescens, Pocock (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 271

(1897), sub Blossta), from. 8. Arabia, by the longer terminal

fang of the upper jaw, the small size of the first two teeth,

the shorter palpi and legs, and the different form of the

modified hairs on the second abdominal sternum. In G. ru-

fescens the palpi are about seven times as long as the width

of the head (21:8), and the fourth leg more than eight times

as long (26:3), and the modified bristles on the abdomen are

short and strongly clavate.

The species described by me as Paracleobis Balfourt and

Paracleobis nigripalpis fall into the genus Gluviopsis, as

Kraepelin has already suggested.

Genus PSEUDOCLEOBIS, nov.

Differing from Cleobis, Sim., as recently restricted and

defined by Kraepelin (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xvi. pp. 223-

227, 1899) in the following particulars :—

The tibia and protarsus of the palp are furnished below

with short paired spines in both sexes. In the male the third

tooth of the upper jaw is larger than the first and much larger

than the second, which is minute and lodged in between the

other two. In the female the third tooth is also larger than

the first and second, but its basal width is less than that of

these two teeth taken together.

Also allied to Mummucta, but having the fourth tarsus

distinctly trisegmented.

Type P. andinus, Pocock *.

Pseudocleobis alticola, sp.n. (Figs. 8, 8a.)

¢.—Closely resembling P. andinus in colour, but rather

more deeply infuscate. Differing from that species in having

no crest on the superior side of the upper jaw of the mandible

and in the shortness of the palpi. In P. andinus the patella

of the palp and of fourth leg are a little more than twice as

long as the width of the head; in P. alticola these segments

are barely twice the width of the head.

_ 2.—Tarsi of second and third legs with 4 pairs of spines

and 1 basal anterior spine; of fourth with 6 pairs of spines, 2

pairs on the basal, 1 pair on the median segment, and three

at the apex of the third segment; tibia of these legs with

3 posterior and 2 anterior spines, without superior spines as

in P.andinus.

* In Fitzgerald’s ‘The Highest Andes,’ p. 359 (1899).

little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 305

Measurements in millimetres.— 8. ‘Total length 10; width

of head 2°63; length of palpus 14:5, its patella 5; fourth

leg 18, its patella 4:5. (In P. andinus g the head is 2°8;

the palpus 19, its patella 7; fourth leg 25 from base, its

patella 7.)

Loe. Bolivian Andes, Mount Sorata (¢ type) (Str Martin

Conway).

Genus Creroma, Karsch.

Ceroma pallidum, sp.n. (Vig. 7.)

d.—Colour a tolerably uniform ochre-yellow; ocular

tubercle black ; abdominal terga greyish or subolivaceous,

with a large clear yellow patch at the posterior end of the

abdomen, involving the ninth, tenth, and part of the eighth

somites,

Width of head about two thirds the length of the patella of

the palp, less than two thirds length of tibia and tarsus of

palp, only a little more than half the length of the patella of

the fourth leg.

Mandibles but little modified: first and second teeth of

upper jaw large, subequal, and sharp; third small, fourth

larger than third but not so large as second: lower jaw armed

with three normal sharp and conical teeth, the median the

smallest: Hagellum very short, the apex filiform, but not ex-

tending back beyond the middle of the upperside of the

mandible, the basal expanded portion protected on the inner

side by one strong spine, and beneath it two bristles, stout at

the base and filiform at the apex.

Legs and palpi long; palpus about four and a half times

and fourth leg about seven times as long as width of head,

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 10; width of

head 2:5; length of palpus 11°5, of fourth leg 18.

Loe. Garies, Little Namaqualand (Yr. Broom).

At once recognizable from C. Johnstont, Pocock (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 253, figs. 1, 1 @), from Nyasaland,

and from C. ornatum, Karsch (= C. variatum, Pocock, Proce.

Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 523, pl. xlii. fig. 16, ¢), from Masailand,

by the shortness of the flagellum, the nearly uniform pale

colouring, greater length of appendages, &c.*

* In Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 247 (1899), Kvaepelin cites

amongst the recognized species of Ceroma two forms named Ceroma

Sclatert and Ceroma capense, both purporting to be described by

Dr. Purcell, of the South African Museum, Cape Town. I cannot

discover that the descriptions of these species have yet been published.

It is a thousand pities that nomina nuda should make their appearance

in literature in this way.

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 20

306 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

N.B.—Since writing this note I have learnt that pt. iii. of

the ‘Annals of the South African Museum,’ containing the

descriptions of these and many other new species of Solifuge,

not to mention other Arthropods, has been issued, bearing the

date December 1899, although it does not appear to have

been published before February 1900.

XXXIX.—Descriptions of new Reptiles from Perak, Malay

Peninsula. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

THE reptiles here described form part of a collection sub-

mitted to me for identification by Mr. L. Wray, Curator of

the Perak Museum, to which they belong.

Lygosoma larutense.

Section Lygosoma. Body much elongate; limbs minute,

didactyle. Snoutshort, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril

pierced in the anterior part of the nasal; no supranasal ;

frontonasal twice as broad as long, forming sutures with the

rostral and with the frontal; prefrontals small; frontal

slightly longer than broad, broader than the supraocularregion,

in contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four supra-

oculars ; seven supraciliaries; frontoparietals distinct ; inter-

parietal a little longer than the frontoparietals; parietals

forming a suture behind the interparietal; fourth upper labial

entering the orbit, second and third smaller than first and

fourth. Ear completely hidden. 26smooth scales round the

middle of the body, equal. A pair of enlarged preeanals.

Hind limb twice as long as fore limb; fingers “tubercle- like,

clawed, equal; second toe twice as long as first. Tail thick.

Uniform brownish in spirit (faded ?).

millim.

Total length:.;,..050 02 eee. cote 949

Head ¢iinse ese wisea clans Pan eer 13

Wirdithiof head 25, See eie we. Geos - 9

POY. te a vad Aes iin Ais Acai Re oe oe “inn ae

HM OCe TIM bE tease chr eine eee ij

Hand dinib’ eno cites Cee ee 13

Dalat CRS Bee one 2 eee ee 128

A single specimen from Maxwell’s Hill, Larut, 5000 feet

elevation.

Closely allied to L. sumatrense, Gthr. Scales round the

body more numerous and hind limb less rudimentary.

LHydrophis rhombifer.

Head very small; body long, extremely slender anteriorly.

_. ”

Reptiles from Perak, Malay Peninsula. 307

Snout projecting beyond the lower jaw ; rostral considerably

broader than deep; frontal very small, longer than broad, as

long as its distance from the rostral ; one pre- and one post-

ocular; a single anterior temporal; seven upper labials, third

and fourth entering the eye, second largest and in contact

with the prefrontal ; two pairs of small chin-shields, in con-

tact with each other. 31 scales round the neck, 55 round the

bedy ; scales smooth, rhomboidal and imbricate anteriorly,

elsewhere hexagonal, subimbricate, each with one or several

small tubercles, Ventrals very small but distinct throughout,

422. Head and neck black, the latter with two series of

round yellowish spots ; body yellowish white, with a series of

blackish rhomboidal spots on the back, these spots confluent

on the vertebral line ; end of tail black.

Total length 620 millim. ; tail 47.

Very closely allied to 17. fasciatus, Schn., from which it is

distinguished by the broader rostral, the greater number of

scales round the body, and the coloration; the pattern of the

latter can, however, be derived without difficulty from that of

LT, fasciatus.

Distira Wrayi.

Head moderate; body elongate, its greatest depth twice

and one third the diameter of the neck. Rostral considerably

broader than deep; nasals a little shorter than the frontal,

twice as long as the suture between the prefrontals; frontal

nearly twice as long as broad, slightly shorter than its

distance trom the rostral, two thirds the length of the

parietals ; one pra- and one postocular ; a single very large

anterior temporal, nearly reaching the oral border; seven

upper labials, second largest and in contact with the pre-

frontal, third and fourth entering the eye; two pairs of chin-

shields, in contact with each other. ‘The head-shields studded

with small granules. Scales feebly imbricate, very strongly

keeled, many of the keels broken up into two tubercles; 27

scales round the neck, 387 round the body. Ventrals 296,

small but distinct throughout, bicarinate, the keels mostly

broken up into tubercles. Tail ending in a spine-like com-

pressed scale. Blackish, with 67 narrow light annuli, which

are olive on the back, yellow on the sides and on the belly,

Total length 940 millim.

A single male specimen from the Perak coast.

This well-marked species appears to be most nearly related

to D. tubercu/ata, Anderson, which is known to me only from

the description.

Amblycephalus vertebralis.

Rostral slightly broader than deep; internasals a little

20*

308 Mr. C. J. Gahan on a new

shorter than the prefrontals; latter entering the eye; frontal

slightly longer than broad, much longer than its distance from

the end of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals; loreal

short, entering the eye; no preocular; two postoculars ;

temporals 2+2; seven upper labials, third and fourth

entering the eye, seventh very long; first lower labial

narrow, forming a suture with its fellow behind the sym-

physial; second lower labial in contact with an azygous

chin-shield; three pairs of large chin-shields, followed by a

very large azygous one, all broader than long. Body strongly

compressed, keeled above. Scales smooth, in 15 rows, verte-

brals strongly enlarged. Ventrals 194; anal entire; sub-

caudals 63 (9). Reddish brown above, with small dark

brown spots and ill-defined dark cross-bands; an interrupted

yellow vertebral line, formed by a small spot on each median

scale; labials and chin-shields yellowish, edged with dark

brown ; belly yellowish, with some brown spots on the sides.

Total length 460 millim.

A single specimen from Maxwell’s Hill, Larut, 3000 feet

elevation.

Most nearly allied to A. monticola, Cantor, which differs

in the presence of a preocular below the loreal and the

different arrangement of the shields on the chin.

XL.—Description of a new Genus and Species of Longicorn

Coleoptera from Central Formosa, By C. J. GAHAN, M.A.

DICELOSTERNUS, gen. nov.

Head vertical in front, deeply concave between the an-

tennal tubercles; the latter deeply emarginate, with an acute

process on the inner side of the emargination and on the outer

side a cariniform ridge which extends downwards between

the side and front of the head. Antenne of the female

reaching to about the apex of the elytra; first joint stout, with

a foveate impression near the base; third joint longer than

first or fourth, slightly thickened at the apex, the joints from

the fourth to tenth each widened gradually from base to apex,

narrowed to an acute edge on the anterior side, and more or

less acutely angulate at the apex. Prothorax armed with a

conical tubercle just behind the middle on each side; the disk

strongly elevated, the elevation being highest just behind

the middle, sloped gradually to the base in front, and more ab-

ruptly sloped behind. Scutellum elongate, sharply acuminate

Genus and Species of Longicorn Coleoptera. 309

behind, and canaliculate in the middle near the base. Elytra

slightly depressed and canaliculate along each side of the

scutellum, rounded at the apex. Legs increasing in length

from the first to the third pair; femora stalked at the base,

thickened into a fusiform club between the middle and the

apex. Intercoxal part of prosternum furnished with a down-

wardly-directed conical tubercle ; mesosternum with a large

subecylindrical process, which projects downwards for some

distance below the level of the coxe.

This genus must be placed in Lacordaire’s “ groupe”

Stenaspides. In many of its characters it seems to come

nearest to Huryphagus, ‘Vhoms., but in the structure of the

head it is quite different, being in this respect very like the

genus Philagathes, ‘Thoms.

Dicelosternus corallinus, sp. n.

Rufus ; prothorace opaco, disco valde elevato et punctato-rugoso,

versus marginem anticum et ad latera plus minusve transversim

rugoso, lateribus pone tuberculos sat abrupte constrictis, et ab

tuberculis usque ad marginem anticum gradatim convergentibus ;

scutello elongato, postice acuminato, supra ad basin canaliculato ;

elytris rufo-politis, fere impunctatis, fascia transyersa nigro-

velutina pone medium; pedibus rufo-nitidis, coxis genubusque

nigris, antennis articulis 3° ad 7°" apice, et sequentibus fere totis,

nigris.

Long. 21-27, lat. 8-10 mm.

flab, Central Formosa (FTolst).

Almost entirely of a bright reddish colour, the prothorax

being rugosely sculptured and opaque, and the rest of the

body, including the legs and elytra, more or less highly

polished. <A little behind the middle of the elytra there is a

transverse band, narrowed near the suture, made up of short

black hairs springing from small and very closely placed

punctures, these punctures being easily seen under a lens

near the edges of the band; the rest of the elytral surface is

almost wholly impunctate. The coxe, trochanters, and the

tips of the femora and tarsal joints are black, and there is a

fringe of short black hairs on the upperside of the hind femora

in the middle third of their length. The third and succeeding

joints of the antennze are blackish at the apex and, to a greater

or less extent, along the anterior border, the last three or four

joints being almost entirely dark brown,

310 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

XLI.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from Hainan Island,

China. By Cuas. O. Waternouss, F.E.S.

THE British Museum has received a small series of Coleo-

ptera collected in Hainan Island by the late Mr. J. White-

head, whose death we so greatly deplore.

fb 6 following species appear to be undescribed :—

Parnide.

Parygrus Whiteheadi, sp. n.

Elongatus, bene convexus, nitidus, nigro-fuscus, pube brevi fusco

vestitus ; thorace convexo, crebre subtiliter punctato, antice sat

angustato, Jateribus subrectis ; elytris evidenter striato-punctatis,

interstitiis leviter convexis, crebre subtilissime punctulatis; tibiis

tarsisque rufo-piceis.

Long. 7 mm.

This species most nearly resembles P. Hardwicki, McL.,

from Java. It is at once distinguished from P. talpoides,

Waterh., by the much more marked striz of the elytra and

by its narrower form. It differs from P. Hardwicki in beng

a trifle broader; the thorax, instead of being evenly gently

arcuate at the sides, has them almost rectilinear in the

middle, then very gently arcuate before the posterior angles,

which are not so much impressed above as they are in

P. Hardwicki. The lines of punctures on the elytra are

rather stronger than in LP. Hardwicki, the punctures are

rather close together, but are rather irregular in size. The

interstices are slightly but distinctly convex; the punctuation

is very fine and rather close, but not by any means crowded,

The tibiz and tarsi are pitchy red; the claws long and

slender, gently curved.

Hab, Hainan Island (J. Whitehead).

Cetoniida.

Ingrisma* Whiteheadi, sp. n.

Depressus, late viridis, levis; thoracis disco, scutello medio, tibiis

tarsisque nigris ; femoribus et coxis posterioribus rufis.

Long. 25 mm.

§ .—Head green, rather closely punctured, with the front

* Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxxvii. 1893, p. 293. The genus

is given in a note only, and was consequently ov erldoked’s in the ‘ Zoolo-

gical Record.’

Coleoptera from Hainan Island, China. 311

part almost smooth ; the vertex, the lateral ridges (which are

strongly marked and converge considerably anteriorly), and

the extreme front margin black, Thorax black, narrowly

bordered with green, the middle with scarcely any punctua-

tion, the sides finely and rather closely punctured but shining.

Scutellum green, with two black spots, or almost entirely

black. Elytra very much flattened, rather finely punc-

tured, the punctures having a tendency to form lines, the

sides almost smooth, with a few transverse ruge on the

outside of the apical callosity. Pygidium not very closely

punctured. Anterior femora red above, with a slight projec-

tion on the anterior margin near the apex. 'Tibie subparallel,

with a slight dilatation near the base posteriorly, and with

numerous tubercles on the posterior surface. Middle femora

red above. Posterior femora with a red spot. Posterior

coxee and apex of abdomen red.

? .—Lateral ridges on the head nearly parallel; front of

the clypeus broadly black and coarsely rugose. Thorax with

the middle distinctly and moderately thickly punctured,

Pygidium with the punctures more asperate. Anterior femora

with the subapical projection less prominent; tibie broad,

with a broad triangular tooth on the outer edge, not tuber-

culate posteriorly.

Trentodera Whiteheadi, sp. 0.

Statura 7’. ornate ; nigra, opaca, supra planiuscula; thorace sat

rugoso, flavo trivittato, vitta mediana abbreviata ; scutello vitta

flava ornato; elytris rubris, flavo-maculatis, sutura usque post

medium sat late nigra; pygidio rugoso, nitido, macula basali

triangulari flava. 9.

Long. 18 mm.

This species is very close to J’. ornata, Saund. It differs

in having the sides of the thorax more parallel posteriorly, so

that the hind angles are less rounded ; the median yellow

vitta extends to the middle, the lateral vittee occupy the

greater part of the sides. The elytra are red except the

broad sutural patch, which extends to the second pair of

yellow spots. ‘There is a yellow spot at the base inside the

humeral callosity. There are two quadrate spots near the

suture (one on each elytron), not united as in YZ’. ornata, and

there are two similar spots considerably behind the middle ;

there is a spot at the side behind the shoulder and another

rather beyond the middle. The pygidium is very rugose,

shining, and has a broad triangular yellow patch at the base,

The whole of the metasternum is yellow except the middle,

312 On new Coleoptera from Hainan Island.

The abdomen has four stripes at the side as in 7. ornata, but

they are broader and rich yellow. Tibizx and tarsi obscure

pitchy red.

Hab, Hainan Island (J. Whitehead).

Teniodera (Euselates?) Galet, sp. n.

Statura et color fere Yanioderw quadrivittate; scutello nigro,

vitta flava ornato ; pygidio maculis flavis tribus; processu sternali

sat magno. Q.

Long. 20 mm.

Head black, with the front margin pitchy red; with two

yellow stripes; the clypeus more deeply incised than in

T. quadrivittata. Thorax black, with four yellow stripes, the

middle ones almost parallel ; broader than in 7. quadrivittata

and with the posterior angles less acute. Scutellum elongate,

black, with a yellow stripe, which expands at the base.

Blytra red, with the scutellar region, the apex, and a stripe

extending from the shoulder to beyond the middle, and then

dilated towards the suture, black. ‘There are two yellow spots

at the suture before the middle, two behind the middle, and

one at the apex of each elytron, one on the margin below the

shoulder, and one rather behind the middle. The pygidium

has an oval spot in the middle and a smaller one on each

side. The sides of the sterna are ornamented with yellow

spots. The abdomen has a yellow fascia on each side of the

basal segment, slightly interrupted in the middle; the second

segment has a transverse spot at the side and a longitudinal

spot nearer the middle; the third segment has two fasciz at

the side, interrupted in its middle; the fourth segment has a

similar fascia, but it is not interrupted. The middle of the

abdomen is sparsely punctured, smooth at the base. Tibize

and tarsi red.

M. Thomson (Le Nat. i. 1880, p. 277) has split up the

genus Teniodera into several genera, with some of which I

am unacquainted. uselates is said to have the mesosternal

process “ magna, cariniformis, apice obtusa.”’ This character

would apply to the species I am describing, and it may there-

fore be provisionally placed in that genus, if it be adopted.

Hab. Hong Kong (C. Y. Gale) ; Hainan Island (J. White-

head).

On a new Species of Plectopylis from Tonkin. 313

XLIT.— Description of a new Species of Plectopylis from

Tonkin. By G. K. Guo, F.Z.S.

Plectopylis lepida, sp. n.

Shell dextral, deeply and widely umbilicated, pale corneous,

striated and decussated with microscopic spiral lines above

the periphery, smoother below. Spire depressed, apex raised,

suture shallow. Whorls 8, slightly convex, increasing

slowly and regularly; the last widening rather suddenly,

twice as wide as the penultimate, descending shortly in front.

Aperture oblique, lunate. Peristome a little thickened and

reflexed ; the margins united by a very slight ridge on the

parietal callus. Parietal wall with a slight denticle near the

ridge. Parietal armature consists of a strong curved plate,

obliquely descending towards the aperture, and giving off

anteriorly two long ridges, the upper low and rather thin, the

lower stronger; on the posterior side the plate gives off at

its upper extremity a very short support. Palatal armature

composed of six folds: the first (upper) thin, horizontal,

parallel with the suture; the second also horizontal, longer

than the first, descending slightly posteriorly, where it is a

little bifurcated; the third, fourth, and fifth vertical, semi-

circular, curved (the convex side towards the aperture), and

united by a low ridge; the sixth horizontal, rather long and

thin, parallel with the lower suture.

Major diam. 13, minor 11°5, alt. 6:5 mm.

Hab. Yonkin, Tinh-Tuc. Type in my collection.

This new species is the smallest of the Tonkinese forms,

and differs considerably in the armature from its allies. The

vertical palatal folds overlap the parietal plate, leaving

scarcely any room for the animal to emerge. ‘The species is

unique among its allies in having two horizontal palatal folds

above the three vertical folds. In this respect, however, it

shows a certain affinity with P. achatina and its allies; and

this affinity is further evidenced by the fact that the three

vertical folds are united by a low ridge; the sinuses between

these folds would only have to be filled in to constitute the

single vertical plate characteristic of the group of P. achatina.

LP. lepida should be placed next to P, Villedaryt.

The single specimen was received from a French dealer.

314 M. E. Bordage on the Spiral Growth of Appendages

XLII.—On the Spiral Growth of Appendages in Course of

Regeneration in Arthropoda. By EDMOND BorpaGe *,

I.—IN a previous communication to the Academy I noted

the spiral manner of growth of limbs in process of regenera-

tion among the Mantide. I recalled the fact that this special

mode of growth is common to the Phasmide and to the

Blattide t. I should add that this peculiarity ought probably

to be met with in the four classes of Arthropoda and in the

case of different appendages}. So far as insects are con-

cerned, the fact is now proved as regards the limbs. F urther-

more, 1 have been able to convince myself that after

amputation the antenne of the larve of Phasmide (Monan-

droptera and Raphiderus) grow in a spiral until the first

moult which follows the mutilation.

Among the Crustacea spiral growth has been determined

in Cancer pagurus, Carcinus menas, and Pagurus Bernhardus

by H. Goodsir (‘ Anatomical and Pathological Observations,’

Edinburgh, 1845).

Among the Arachnida the Araneidea show it clearly.

In Myriopoda it has not yet been noted. It seems

probable, however, from what few researches have been

made upon regeneration of limbs among these Arthropoda.

It should most probably be seen at least in Myriopods with

well-developed limbs, such as the Scutigere (Scutigera).

The latter present a remarkable peculiarity. Before they

have attained their full development there can be made out

rolled up under the skin, owing to its transparency in the

terminal segment of the body, a number of limbs—limbs

which do not become free and rectilinear until the following

moult. After each moult the body of Scutigera gains an

additional segment.

1].—I ought, however, to mention that spiral growth is not

met with in all Arthropoda. In the lobster, for instance, the

thoracic limbs when in process of regeneration grow in a

rectilinear manner. This fact is the more remarkable inasmuch

* Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ cxxix. (1899) pp. 455-457, by

Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. From a separate impression communicated

by the Author. : :

+ I have just discovered that Mr. H. Brindley had noted this manner

of growth in the Blattide (Brindley, ‘On certain Characters of Repro-

duced Appendages in Arthropoda,’ p. 9, 1898).

{ Researches, experimental as well as bibliographical, have, however,

shown me that this mode of growth is not met with in all the Arthropods,

as one would have been at first inclined to suppose.

in Course of Regeneration in Arthropoda. 315

as the mutilated antenne of the same crustacean grow in a

spiral until the first moult after the injury.

The difference between the two modes of growth is not so

great as at first might be imagined. Let us see in what it

consists. In Arthropods showing spiral growth, as in those

which present the rectilinear method, the surface along which

the separation is made between two successive joints of a

limb becomes covered by a thin non-chitinous cuticle. In

one case as in the other the work of regeneration begins not

over the whole surface of the cut, but near the central part,

and growth is generally much more rapid in length than in

diameter, with the result that the rudiment of the limb in

course of development has at first a diameter greatly inferior

to that of the stump remaining in place.

If growth proceeds rapidly, as is most usual, and if no

turgidity of the limb-rudiment shows itself, the latter, by

reason of its flaccidity, is incapable of pressing with any force

against the thin cuticle covering over the cut surface.

It is only able to distend it slightly in order to obtain neces-

sary room for itself. Under these circumstances it is obliged

to coil upon itself while remaining covered by the cuticle,

which forms a kind of protecting sheath.

If, however, on the contrary, turgidity shows itself from

the beginning of growth, the rudiment of the limb in process

of formation, instead of being obliged to coil itself, is able to

push before it the thin cuticle endowed with very considerable

elasticity. In this case nothing hinders rectilinear growth.

The cuticle in question can even mould itself in a more or less

perfect way upon the growing limb, and remains until the

time of the next moult. It is then cast off with the old

chitinous covering of the body, with which it is intimately

connected.

To epitomize the question, the development of the limb will

follow the spiral or the rectilinear form, according as there is

flaccidity or turgidity of the rudiment of the limb being re-

laced at the beginning of its formation.

11].—So far as insects are concerned [Mantide, Blattide *,

and Orthoptera saltatoria], regeneration of a part of the limb

alter artificial severance most often takes place by means of

the spiral manner of growth. I have nevertheless found some

exceptions which can be explained easily enough also and

considered as a particular case of the more usual process.

Thus, among the Phasmid, whilst a limb amputated by

self-mutilation regenerates itself according to the method

involving spiral growth, the regeneration of part of a limb

* Cf. H. H. Brindley, ‘On ceitain Characters of Reproduced Ap-

pendages in Arthropoda,’ p, 9 (1898).

316 = Spiral Growth of Appendages in Arthropoda.

removed by an artificial cut, on the other hand, follows the

method of rectilinear growth [see Bordage, “‘ Régénération

des membres chez les Phasmides aprés des sections artificielles”’

(Ann. Soc, Entom. de France, p. 87, 1898) ].

In the paper referred to, after having indicated that the

growth of self-mutilated limbs in course of replacement takes

place with relatively remarkable speed, I added that, on the

contrary, in the case of parts of limbs artificially removed by

cutting it proceeds with the greatest slowness. The part,

however, in course of regeneration after artificial severance

having of necessity immediately after the next moult the same

diameter as the termination of the stump of greater or less

length remaining in place, it follows that growth in diameter

must be quite as rapid as in the Mantide and Blattide. It

is even sometimes as rapid as the growth in length * and

that exactly at the commencement of the regenerative process,

but at this period alone. Afterwards it slackens considerably

and follows the speed of growth in diameter of the whole

limb with which it is to be blended.

In this way the work of regeneration of a part of a limb

which has started, as is the rule, near the central portion of

the cut has already spread to the whole surface of the latter

before the rudiment of the limb has attained an appreciable

length. This rudiment possesses then the diameter of the

part of which it is a prolongation, and its insignificant length

does not compel it to coil upon itself under the protecting

cuticle, as would certainly happen if its growth in length were

rapid and if its diameter remained at the same time much

smaller than that of the stump which it must complete. It

can then stretch the thin cuticle before it during its whole

extension and grow rectilinearly.

I have been able to determine that the same thing happens

sometimes in Orthoptera saltatoria following artificial division

carried out on the two front pairs of limbs either on the lower

part of the tibia or on the first joints of the tarsus in the

jumping-legs. Here, however, this result is not constant, as

in the Phasmide. It only follows in the case where, from

some cause or other, regeneration takes place with great

slowness. Otherwise the growth is spiral.

We have, then, a second cause leading to the rectilinear

‘rowth of a member in course of regeneration. It is proper

to add that in this case turgidity seems also to play a certain

part.

* Thus I have determined that in a larva of Monandroptera inuncans,

after the moult, which occurred in the first place some time after the

artificial severance of a limb 2 millim. in diameter at the point where

section had been performed, the terminal projection formed by the part in

course of regeneration had itself scarcely reached 2 millim, in length.

Bibliographical Notice. 317

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Zoological Results based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea,

Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895,

1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, D.Sc. Lond., Hon. M.A.

Cantah., late Balfour Student of the University of Cambridge.

Part III. Cambridge, 1899.

Tue third part of Dr. Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results’ contains only

three articles, but each of these is in its own way a valuable contri-

bution to zoological literature.

The first paper is by Dr. Hans Gadow and is entitled “ Ortho-

genetic Variation in the Shells of Chelonia.” Dr. Gadow bases his

remarks on an examination of the shells of 20 newly-hatched

specimens of the Loggerhead (T'halassochelys caretta), collected by

Dr. Willey from one’ nest in New Britain, and of numerous

individuals of various ages in different museums. Altogether his

material comprised 76 specimens. The arrangement of the epi-

dermal scutes in these specimens showed considerable variation,

especially in the younger individuals, and Dr. Gadow, looking upon

these variations as atavistic, draws from them important conclusions

as to the evolution of the carapace in the Chelonia. The gist of

these conclusions is contained in the following extract :—

“At an early ancestral stage, not necessarily that of the pri-

mordial Chelonian, the plates and scutes of the back were arranged

as follows:—All the metameres carried originally a series of

transversely arranged dermal plates and scutes, which in the region

of the trunk, according to the greater bulk of the body, increased

in size, converging towards the root of the neck and upon the tail.

About 14 metameres were distinguished by the greater size of the

dermal plates, each transverse series consisting of a median or

neural and three pairs of lateral elements, in all eight. The

median pair fused into an unpaired neural. The next lateral pair

became the costal, the outermost or most lateral the marginal set.

The intermediate row between these two still survives in some

recent genera as the so-called supramarginals ; it became gradually

suppressed owing to the increasing size of the costals.

“The last costals, say those of the 15th to 20th metameres, became

likewise suppressed in conformity with the shaping of the trunk;

the three last neurals were turned into pygals and the last pair of

marginals closed round the posterior end .... A similar reduction

seems to have taken place at the root of the neck ....

* A later phylogenetic stage would be characterised by the

suppression of the supramarginals, and by the reduction from

eight to seven to six and ultimately to even less transverse series

of epidermal scutes, while the constituting elements of the dermal

armour after having been welded into the formation of the carapace

remain comparatively constant.”

A remarkable feature of this process of reduction of the epidermal

scutes is that it takes place (in the life-history of the Loggerhead)

not by loss of scutes at either end, but by the elimination of elements

318 Bibliographical Notice.

from the midst of the series, viz. in the region of the original 2nd,

5th, and 7th transverse rows.

The second and longest communication is by Dr. Willey himself,

on “ Enteropneusta from the South Pacific, with Notes on the West-

Indian species.” After a few introductory remarks Dr. Willey

proceeds to a synopsis of the families and genera of Enteropneusta,

recognizing in the group three families: the Ptychoderide, Spenge-

lidw, and Balanoglosside. Next comes the systematic description

of several South-Pacific species, including three not previously de-

scribed, and some notes on the West-Indian forms, with descriptions

of two new species. Finally, under the heading of ‘* Morphology

of the Enteropneusta,” there is a lengthy discussion of the various

features of the group which betray a relationship with the Chordata.

In the specific descriptions, which are very full and careful, and

include remarks on the colour and cecology of the animals, very

great attention is paid to internal features. —

The pages devoted to theoretical questions are beyond doubt a

most important contribution to the discussion on the vexed question

of the ancestry of the Chordata. The matter is divided into nine

heads, dealing respectively with the gill-slits, the proboscis pores,

the origin of the vertebrate kidney, the nervous system, the fate of

the genital pleura of Enteropneusts, the neurenteric canal of

vertebrates, the notochord, the branchial bars, and the endostyle.

Throughout the discussion the dominating idea is that of the

change of structure of an existing organ with its change in function.

An origin de novo is not postulated for any structure, but a number

of characteristic chordate features are derived from pre-existing

enteropneustan organs, on the supposition of a change of function.

It is not possible here to do more than touch shortly on each

of the heads we have mentioned above, but some indication of

Dr. Willey’s views on these points will probably be welcome to many.

In treating of the gill-slits it is sought to show that they were at

first unlimited in number and coextensive with the gonads, the .

oxygenation of which, and not respiration, was their primary

function. In the second section, on the proboscis pores, it is

claimed that the pore-canal of the proboscis of Enteropneusta is

homologous with the neuro-hypophysial canal of the ascidian larva

(the “ primordium ” of the adult subneural gland), the proboscis pore

being here represented by the pore leading from the neurohypo-

physial canal into the cerebral vesicle. In Amphioxus the

proboscis pore-canal has become Kolliker’s olfactory pit, into which

the neural canal opens by the neuropore. The view that~the

preoral pit of the larva represents the left division of the head-

cavity is upheld, and the latter is compared with the left proboscis

ceelome of the Enteropneusta. The opening of the preoral pit to

the exterior represents the communication between the ccelome and

the pore-canal. The nephric tubules of Amphioaus (and so of the

Chordates) are derived from a series of ** regional pore-canals ”

continuous with that comprising the proboscis, collar, and truncal

pores (proto-, meso-, and opisthomeric pores). It will be seen that

Bibliographical Notice. 319

Dr. Willey’s speculations bring to a climax the extremely interesting

series of researches on the primary divisions of the chordate ccelome

and their communications with the exterior which we owe to

various members of the Cambridge school.

Treating of the central nervous system, the following conclusion

is reached :—‘* The medullary tube of the collar of Enteropneusta is

the homologue of the cerebral vesicle only of Amphiovus and the

ascidian tadpole, and probably represents no more than the primary

fore-brain (thalamencephalon) of Craniota; the roots of Ptycho-

deride are genetically related to the epiphysial complex of Craniota ;

in the crucial nuchal region of the Enteropneusta are therefore to

be found not the actual but the nearest possible approximation to

the actual primordia of the hypophysis cerebri and of the epiphysis

cerebri of Craniota.” ‘he genital pleure of Enteropneusta and

their fate are discussed at some length, but not fully, and the

conclusion that “the genital folds of Enteropneusta, the atrial folds

of Amphioxus, and the medullary folds of Vertebrata belong to the

system of pleural folds of the body-wall, and are differentiated from

a common primordium,” is hinted at rather than demonstrated.

The medullary tube of Enteropneusts is in some cases formed by

the closing in of medullary folds, and the continuation of this

process backward would bring the posterior neuropore into

association with the blastopore (primitive anus) and form the

neurenteric canal. With regard to the notochord of Enteropneusts

there are some very interesting observations. This structure, which

is a complex one, is considered to have been originally a portion

ot the postoral gut, the anterior part representing the functional

esophagus of the Actinotrocha. The ventral cecum represents

that of the Actinotrocha of Phoronis Sabateri ; the lateral pouches

are the vestiges of a pair of postoral but pretruncal gill-slits, and

are represented in Actinotrocha by the “ pleurochords” and in

Cephalodiscus by actual gill-slits. The notochord of Cephalodiscus

is related to the vermiform process of the notochord of Entero-

pneusta. The tongue bars of the gill-slits are organs of respiration,

developed on the assumption of the latter function by the slits. In

Amphioxus they have already become ontogenetically secondary

structures, and in the Craniota they are transformed into the

thymus. The parabranchial ridges of the Enteropneusta are

homologous with the endostyle of Cephalochorda and Tunicata. It

will be easily understood from the above remarks that Dr. Willey

regards the Enteropneusta as not merely allied to the Chordata but

‘much nearer the direct line of Chordate descent than has generally

been supposed.”

The last of the three articles in the volume is by Mr. A. E.

Shipley, on the Echiurids collected by Dr, Willey. Mr. Shipley’s

paper contains a short report on the five species of Echiurids in the

collection, none of which are new, and a valuable revision of the

group, including a key to the genus Z'halassema and some remarks

on the distribution of the genera. i, A; EB; -

320 Miscellaneous,

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax in relation to

the Cells of Bees.

To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,— With regard to the explanation of the hexagonal

arrangement of the cells of the honeycomb offered in the November

number of ‘ Natural Science’ (pp. 347-350) and in the Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v., Jan. 1900, pp. 121-126, by Messrs.

Dawson and Woodhead, I would like to point out that crystalline

structure in the wax has no direct influence in producing the

hexagonal markings seen on the surface of cooling or cooled wax.

This fact is illustrated in Messrs. Dawson and Woodhead’s own

experiments, for they remark that ‘the addition to beeswax of

resinous substances gave a more pronounced and bolder outline to

the hexagons,” though they add that they do not consider this to be

necessary for the production of the hexagons.

In point of fact the more nearly homogeneous a substance is, the

better are the results obtained. In the case of beeswax the minute

acicular crystals do not interfere with the phenomena seen on the

cooling surface ; but colloidal substances, such as Canada balsam,

give the best results.

According to the writer’s experience, the hexagonal arrangement

of the surface is due entirely to the contraction of the uppermost

layer, consequent upon the unequal cooling of that surface. If one

take, for example, either beeswax, paraflin-wax, Canada balsam,

or any other wax or resin, crystalline or non-crystalline, melt

it thoroughly, and examine the surface as it slowly cools, he will

see a hexagonal tracery, by reflection, marked out over the surface.

If a jet of cold air be projected upon this surface the hexagons

instantly contract, and on removing the cooling agent they expand

again.

As the outcome of this simple phenomenon, due directly to strain

and contraction, we have the interesting structures in igneous rocks

known as the columnar, perlitic, and spheroidal.

With regard to the melting of the wax by the bees, this is not

easy to understand, since the melting-point of beeswax is 145° F.,

and, according to our best authorities on this subject, the ordinary

temperature of the hive is 65° F., although at times during agitation

of the bees this may be increased, but not to the amount required

to liquefy the wax. F, Cuarman,.

Geological Laboratory,

Royal College of Science, London,

December 5, 1899.

lan & Mag. Vat. Hist.S.7.Vol.V.PL. V.

Chas.Chilton del

RE.M.lith Mintern Bros. imp

CYPROIDIA OTAKENSIS .sp.nov

Ann.& Mag..Nat.Hist.S.7.Vol.V.PU.VIL

Mintern Bros. lith.

Vill.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hest. 87 Vol VP,

Mmturn Bros ith

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 28. APRIL 1900.

— > - -—__- —

XLIV.—Evidence of an Extinct Eel (Urenchelys anglicus,

sp. n.) from the English Chalk. By A. Smita Woop-

WARD, F'.L.S.

{Plate IX. figs. 1, 1a.]

THIRTEEN years ago the late Mr. James W. Davis described

some imperfect fishes from the Upper Cretaceous of Mount

Lebanon which he supposed to represent two extinct species

of eels named respectively Anguilla sahel-alme and A, hakel-

ensis, in allusion to the localities where the specimens were

found*, In 1897 Mr. Raymond Storms pointed out ¢ that

the first of these species could not be an Apodal fish of any

kind, while the second was so imperfectly described and

figured that Davis’s generic determination at least was not

justified. Quite lately an examination of the original speci-

mens in the British Museum has determined their true

relationships. It appears that the so-called Anguilla sahel-

alma is really an extinct member of the Notacanthida,

* J. W. Davis, “ The Fossil Fishes of the Chalk of Mount Lebanon in

Syria,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe, (2) vol. iii. (1887), pp. 625, 626, pl. xx.

figs. 2, 3.

+ R. Storms, “ Premiére Note sur les Poissons Wemmeliens (Eocéne

supérieur) de la Belgique,” Bull. Soc. Belge Géol. vol. x. (1897), Mém.

p. 239,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 21

322 Mr. A. S. Woodward on an

representing a hitherto unknown genus Pronotacanthus *,

while Anguilla hakelensis is an undoubted eel with blunt

teeth and a differentiated small caudal fin, which will shortly

be described under the generic name of Urenchelyst. Evi-

dence of a second species of the latter from Sahel Alma will

also be made known.

There is thus no doubt that the Apodal fishes date back to

the Cretaceous period. ‘The object of the present paper is to

show that they occur even in the English Chalk. A well-

preserved skull of a typical eel from the Lower Chalk of

Clayton, Sussex, is to be recognized in the Willett Collection

in the Brighton Museum. Thanks to the kindness of Edward

Crane, Esq., F.G.S., I have had the privilege of studying

this fossil and comparing it with the crushed remains from

the Lebanon. It is shown of the natural size from both sides

in Pl, LX: figs ts 1 a

The cranium in this specimen is very narrow and elongated,

and its bones are remarkably stout. ‘The roof in the parietal

and frontal regions rises into a sharp median longitudinal

ridge, and the occipital border also seems to be raised. The

supraoccipital is not preserved, but the anterior portion

doubtless of the parietal bones (pa.) is produced forwards as

a tapering point between the hinder ends of the frontals (/r.),

of which considerable portions are destroyed. The squamosals

are not seen, but there is a sharp postorbital prominence evi-

dently formed by the cartilage-postfrontal or sphenotie (sp.).

The precise shape and limits of the ethmoidal rostral region

(m.) are uncertain, the specimen being crushed and imperfect.

The mandibular suspensorium is well displayed on each side,

the upper articulation of the expanded hyomandibular (Am.)

extending as far forwards as the sphenotic. The articular

end of the quadrate (gu.) for the support of the mandible is

directly beneath the sphenotic. So far as they can be distin-

guished, the metapterygoid and entopterygoid appear to be

delicate ; but a bone which is probably the ectopterygoid (ec.)

is stouter and may have borne teeth. A still larger and

stouter external bone in the upper jaw is doubtless the

* Differing from recent genera in exhibiting dorsal fin-supports without

either fin-rays or spines attached to them (Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M,

t. iv.).

: + Teeth small, bluntly conical, in numerous series. Slender branchio-

stegal Tays not curving round opercular apparatus. Vertebre about 100,

the hindermost bearing a pair of hypurals. Pectoral fins present; dorsal

fin arising immediately behind occiput and extending to the small caudal

fin, which is separate. Scales rudimentary. (Catal. Foss, Fishes B, M.

pt. iv.)

| ee eeEOeeeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeE—eEeEEeEeEee eee

Extinct Eel from the English Chalk. 323

maxilla (mz.); and this element on the left side of the fossil is

displaced so as to expose the oral face, which is expanded,

slightly concave, and marked with the bases of attachment of

clustered small teeth. ‘lhe premaxille (pmz.) seem to be

fused into a continuous mass with the mesethmoid and vomer.

The bone thus formed is expanded and obtusely rounded in

front, while its oral face is covered with a dense cluster of

small bluntly conical or hemispherical teeth. ‘The mandible

(md.) is deepest in the coronoid region and tapers towards

the symphysis with a characteristic curvature. ‘I'he oral face

of the dentary bone is somewhat expanded and covered with

a cluster of obtuse teeth resembling those of the rostrum but

smaller. Attached to the hinder border of the mandibular

suspensorium on the right side is the well-preserved pre-

operculum (p.op.). This is a rather stout bone, with thick-

ened straight anterior margin and a small semicircular

posterior expansion. The operculum (op.) is a very small

bone, constricted just below its thickened suspensory articula-

tion and slightly expanded distally. There are traces of

vertebra, but these are too imperfect for description.

The osteological characters of the head and opercular appa-

ratus from Clayton now described seem to prove conclusively

that the specimen belongs to a typical generalized eel. ‘lhe

only difficulty arises in connexion with its generic and

specific determination. Its close resemblance, however, to

the head of Urenchelys, as known from the Upper Cretaceous

of Sahel Alma in the Lebanon, suggests that it may best be

referred to this genus, while it differs from each of the known

species not only in its much larger size, but also in the depth

of the head compared with its length. The species from

Sahel Alma has a relatively longer, that from Hakel a rela-

tively shorter, head. The species from the English Chalk

may therefore receive the provisional name of Urenchelys

anglicus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Figs, 1, la.

Fig. 1. Urenchelys anglicus, sp. n.; head with opercular apparatus, right

and left (1a) lateral aspects, nat. size.—Lower Chalk ; Clayton,

Sussex. { Willett Collection, Brighton Museum. }

ec., ectopterygoid; fr., frontal; Am., hyomandibular; m., mesethmoid ;

md., mandible; ma., maxilla; op., operculum ; p.op., preoper-

culum; pa., parietal; pmx., premaxilla; gu., quadrate; sp.,

sphenotic (postfrontal).

21#

324 Mr. A. S. Woodward on a new

XLV.—On a new Specimen of the Clupeoid Fish Aulolepis

typus from the English Chalk. By A. Smita WoopwarpD,

¥F.L.S.

[Plate IX. figs. 2, 2.]

WHEN describing the Cretaceous Clupeoid fish Avlolepis

typus, Ag., five years ago*, I referred to this species one

specimen in the British Museum (no. P. 1854) which had

already been labelled as belonging to it by Agassiz. This

fossil showed a considerable portion of the skull, and proved

to be identical with two other specimens in the British

Museum displaying the head in a still better state of preser-

vation. The latter (nos. 49903, P. 5681) were thus deter-

mined as also belonging to Aulolepis typus, and the characters

of the cranial roof and branchiostegal apparatus were both

desciibed and figured. It now appears from a still more

satisfactorily preserved specimen, undoubtedly of this species,

in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge, that the three

fossils just enumerated were wrongly ascribed to the fish in

question. The skull therefore needs an amended description,

and the new facts necessitate a reconsideration of the precise

systematic position of the genus Au/loleprs.

The W oodwardian fossil was obtained from the Lower Chalk

of Southeram, near Lewes, and, thanks to the kindness of

Prof. McKenny Hughes and Mr. Henry Woods, I have had

the privilege of studying it in connexion with the British

Museum collection.

The cranium is well exposed from above (fig. 2a), and

some of the principal sutures are distinct. The supraoccipital

bone (s.occ.) is relatively small, with a median vertical crest

on its hinder face. Its upper portion enters the cranial roof,

but does not completely separate the parietals (pa.), which

are much extended antero-posteriorly and meet in the middle

line for more than half of their length. The squamosal-

pterotic region (sg.) also seems to be relatively large, but is

not in the same plane as the parietals, sinking into a fossa

which deeply impresses the hinder portion of the cranial roof

on either side. ‘The frontals (/r.) are very large, widest in

the interorbital region and rapidly tapering in front, where

the small mesethmoid (m.) projects beneath them. None of

these bones are ornamented, Of the cheek-plates only part

* Proc. Zool. Soc, 1894 (1895), p. 660, pl. xliii. figs. 2-6.

Clupeoid Fish from the English Chalk. 325

of an antorbital is preserved (fig. 2, a.0.), but this is inter-

esting as exhibiting downwardly-radiating branches from the

slime-canal which traverses it. There are remains of the two

large supramaxille (s.mz.) overlapping the maxilla (mz.), of

which the convex oral border is beset with minute teeth. ‘The

rather stout premaxille must clearly have met in the middle

line, and that of the right side exhibits a considerably

extended oral face with the bases of attachment for a cluster

of minute teeth. The mandible (md.) is fragmentary, but

its articulation is shown beneath the hinder border of the

orbit. The deep and narrow preoperculum (p.op.) has a

straight vertical anterior margin which is somewhat thick-

ened. The lower limb of this bone is small, and from its

angle there are a few radiating ridges. ‘lhe operculum (op.)

is delicate and deeper than broad, and a few of the charac-

teristic cycloidal scales extend both over this bone and over

the cheek. Of the trunk only the lower portion is preserved,

but this is complete to the base of the caudal fin (c.). There

are remains of the comparatively small pectoral fins ( pet.)

well on the flank, while the bases of the very stout pelvic

fins ( plv.) are seen on the somewhat flattened ventral aspect

sliglitly farther back. Lach of the latter comprises at least

eight or nine robust rays, of which only the undivided

proximal ends are preserved. ‘The anal fin (a.) is small,

arising about midway between the pelvic and caudal fins,

The cycloidal scales are rather thick, and merely exhibit the

concentric lines of growth without any posterior crenulations

or serrations.

Comparing the specimen now described with those in the

British Museum which were referred to Aulolepis typus in

1895, it is evident that only those numbered 47952 and

P. 4247 were rightly determined. Nos. 49903, P. 1854, and

P. 5681 probably belong to a small species of Osmeroides,

which will be discussed in part iv. of the British Museum

‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes.’ It now appears that the skull

of Au/o/epis is intermediate in characters between that of the

typical Elopide and that of the typical Clupeide. The

supraoccipital bone enters the cranial roof, though not com-

pletely separating the parietals, while the lateral muscles of

the trunk must have extended well forwards over the sides of

the skull above the laterally projecting otic region. There is

no evidence of a gular plate ; indeed it was probably absent,

for the branchiostegal rays are distinctly few in number.

The jaws are typically Clupeoid. The trunk is compara-

tively short, much laterally compressed, and covered with

rather large cycloid scales, while the fins are exactly as

326 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

described on the former occasion, the pelvic pair being rela-

tively large and advanced far forwards.

Aulolepis may therefore be placed in the family Clupeide,

and in the primitive section which is characterized by the

absence of ventral ridge-scales. Careful comparisons seem to

show that its nearest ally is the Cretaceous genus Cteno-

thrissa*, from which it differs in the non-pectination of the

scales and in the relatively smaller size of the pelvic and

dorsal fins.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Fias. 2, 2a.

Fig. 2. Aulolepis typus, Ag.; imperfect fish, left lateral aspect, nat. size.

Lower Chalk ; Southeram, near Lewes. {Woodwardian Mu-

seum, Cambridge.} 2a. Upper view of skull of same specimen,

nat. size.

a., anal fin; a.o., antorbital ; ¢., base of caudal fin; fr., frontals ; m., mes-

ethmoid; md., mandible; mzx., maxilla; op., operculum; p.op.,

preoperculum ; pa., parietal ; pet., pectoral fin; plv., pelvic fin ;

s.m2., supramaxille ; s.oce., supraoccipital ; sg., squamosal.

XLVI.—British Amphipoda: Families Pontoporeide to Am-

peliscide. By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &e.T

Tus revision of species of British Amphipoda is intended

primarily to give an account of specimens which have passed

through my hands and have been identified by myself.

Species may have been procured from districts which have

been worked by others and recorded ; but if they are also in

my collection I give my own authority for them. Multipli-

cation of exact habitats of less rare species would too greatly

extend the space occupied by distribution, while my own

record will have the advantage of confirming that previously

made. A carcinologist desiring to be acquainted with the

fauna of a particular district will naturally consult the papers

which have been published on the restricted area. These

observations more especially refer to the Clyde district, in

which I first dredged in 1854, and which I have visited many

times since, a district which has been so admirably worked as

* A.S. Woodward, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [7] vol. iii. (1899) p. 490.

+ See for preceding paper ‘ Annals,’ Feb. 1900, p. 196,

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 327

regards the Amphipoda by my late friend Dr. David Robert-

son, and more recently by Mr. ‘CThomas Scott.

In order, however, to indicate the good work which my

brother carcinologists have done, [ subjoin the following

lists of species which they have added to our fauna since the

publication of Bate and Westwood’s work. I hope that these

lists are approximately, if not absolutely, complete.

The late Dayip RoBertson.

The following Amphipoda were first recorded in Dr. Robert-

son’s excellent papers ‘ On the Amphipoda and Isopoda of the

Firth of Clyde and West of Scotland” (Trans. Nat. Hist.

Soc. Glasgow, vol. ii. pp. 9-99, and vol. ili. pp. 19J-223) :-—

1888. Ampelisca assimilis, Boeck. 1892. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck.

Amphilochus — tenuimanus, Amphithopsis nodifera, @.0.

Boeck, Sars.

Podalirius typicus, Avdyer. Melphidippa spinosa, Bueck.

Metopa aflinis, Boeck. Amphilochoides odontouyx,

Boeck.

Gitanopsis bispinosa, Boeck.

Metopa rubrovittata, G. O.

Sars,

borealis, G. O. Sars.

—— nasuta, Boeck,

Bruzelia typica, Boeck.

Iphimedia minuta,G@. O. Sars.

Podocerus minutus, G. OQ,

Sars.

Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck. |

Triphosa Horingii, Boeck. |

Paramphithoe assimilis, G.O. |

Sars.

Dulichia tuberculata, Boeck.

1892. Socarnes Vahli, Kréyer.

——erythrophthalmus, sp. n.

Orchemenella pinguis, Boeck.

Triphosa nana, Kréyer.

pusilla, G. O. Sars.

Haplooyx similis, G. O. Sars. |

Rey. T. R. R. Sressine and D. Roperrson.

* Four New British Amphipoda” (Trans. Zool. Soc.

vol. xiii. 1891, p. 31).

Sophrosyne Robertsoni, sp. n. Podoceropsis palmata, sp. n.

Syrrhoe fimbriata, sp. n. Podocerus cumbrensis, sp. n.

Rev. T. R. R, Sressine.

Papers published in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. of the

several dates.

1878. Caprella fretensis, sp. n.

Amphilochus Sabrins, sp. n,

1891. Talorchestia brito, sp. n.

1874. eee cuniculus, sp. n.

1876, Probolium Spence-Batei,

sp. n.

328 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

A. O. WALKER.

Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. of the dates mentioned, except

where otherwise indicated in the notes.

1888. Photis tenuicornis, G. QO. | 1895, Paratylus uncinatus, G. O.

Sars. Sars.

1889. Lysianax ceratinus, sp. n. Gammaropsis nana, G. O.

Orchomene Goésii, Boeck. Sars.

Podocerus isopus, sp. n. Photis pollex, sp. n.

1893. Herdmani, sp. n. 1896.*Phoxocephalus pectinatus,

1895. Nannonyx spinimanus, sp. n. sp. n.

Paraphoxus oculatus, G. O. +Stenothoe crassicornis, sp. n.

Sars. 1897.{Parapleustes megacheir, sp. n.

Harpinia levis, G. O. Sars. 1898. Ambasia Danielsseni, Boeck.

Amphilochus melanops, sp. n. Callisoma Kroéyeri, Bruze-

Metopa pusilla, G. O. Sars. lius.

— Bruzelii, Gvés. Parvipalpus capillacea, Cher-

reux.

A. O. WALKER and JAMES HORNELL.

Journ. Marine Zool. & Micros. vol. ii.

1896, Ampelisca gibba, G. O. Sars. | 1896, Menigrates obtusifrons,

Gammarus Berilloni, Catta. Boeck.

"THOMAS SCOTT.

Papers on the Crustacea of the Firth of Forth and Loch

Fyne published in the ‘ Annual Rep. Fish. Board of Scotland’

ot the several dates given; other papers are referred to in the

notes. Mr. Scott’s work has been admirable and his assiduity

excessive. His lists of the marine Crustacea of the Firth of

Forth include descriptions and most careful illustrations of an

immense number of new Copepoda; and, taken together with

his other papers on the land and freshwater Crustacea of the

neighbourhood of Edinburgh, constitute by far the fullest

information with respect to the Crustacean fauna of a district

that has ever been published.

1890. Phoxocephalus Fultoni,sp.n. | 1894. Amphilochoides _ pusillus,

Siphoncecetes Colletti, Boeck. G, O. Sars.

1893. Anonyx nugax, Phipps. Metopa propinqua, G. O.

§Cyproidea brevirostris, 7. & | Sars.

A, Scott, sp. n. |

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 343.

+ Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1896 (1897), p. 420. The “ Report” contains

a full list of al/ the Crustacea of the Liverpool district.

t Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi. p. 280.

§ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 244.

snd

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 329

1894, Paramphithoe monocuspis, 1896.4? Meera Brooki, sp. n.

G. O. Sars. | 1897. POrchemenella minuta,

Apherusa borealis, G. O. Sars. | Kroyer.

Harpinia crenulata, G. 0. }? Ampelisca — Eschrichtii,

Sars. Kroyer.

*Metopa robusta, G. O. Sars. | ? Stegocephaloides auratus,

1896, Amphilochoides _interme- G. O. Sars.

dius, sp. n. Monoculodes _ tuberculatus,

Gammarus Duebeni, Lildje- G. O. Sars.

borg. 1898. Dulichia monacantha, G. O,

Cheirocratus _ intermedius, Sars.

G. O7. Sars,

Fam. III, Pontoporeiide.

[Genus 1. Ponrororeta, Kroyer,

[ Pontoporeia femorata, Kroyer.

1842. Pontoporeia femorata, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 1 Rekkes,

vol. iv. p. 153; Voyage en Scand. &c, pl. xxiii. fig. 2.

1859. Pontoporeia furcigera, Bruzelius, Scand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 49.

1876, Pontoporeia femorata and furcigera, Boeck, (138) pp. 197 & 201,

1891. Pontoporeia femorata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 128, pl. xli. fig. 1.

Off Hare Island, Waigat Sound, Greenland, in 175 fathoms,

‘ Valorous,’ 1875.

Iistrib. Wiosterely Fiord, East Finmark, 3-5 fathoms,

1890 (A. M,N.) ; Tromsé (Schneider) ; Spitsbergen (Lovén) ;

Gulf of St. Lawrence (S. 1. Smith)): Mus. Nor. Through-

out the Arctic Ocean and southward as far as the Baltic.

Kiel (Blanc); West Sweden (Lil/jeborg).]

Genus 2. Batuyroreta, Lindstrém.

I cannot regard some of the following forms as entitled to

specific—indeed, they seem hardly worthy of varietal—

* Moray Firth (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 148),

+ Isle of Mull.

t The four following species are from the Clyde district. Of these

Ampelisca Eschrichtii, Stegocephaloides auratus, and Orchemenella minuta,

Kroyer, have not been seen by Mr. Scott, but are given by him from a

MS. catalogue of Crustacea dredged by Sir J. Murray’s steamer, the

‘Medusa.’ In noticing Orchemenel/a minuta in the paper preceding this

(p. 204) I committed two errors, for the first of which | cannot account ;

the date 1870 is substituted for “16-17 fathoms,” and in stating “we do

not know the authority who identified the species,” I had overlooked a

note of Mr. Scott’s at p. 109 (Fifteenth Ann. Rep. Fishery Board of

Scotland), which states that the “Crustacea” were identified by R. I.

Pocock, Esq. 1 have now consulted Mr. Pocock, and he tells me that

he wishes that the cecurrence of these species in Loch Fyne should be

considered doubtful unless subsequently confirmed,

330 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

separation. Moreover, Jules Bonnier has stated that there is

dimorphism in the males in this genus (Jules Bonnier, “ Le

dimorphisme des males chez les Crustacés Amphipodes,”

Comptes rendus Acad. Sci., Dec. 22, 1890).

50. Bathyporeia norvegica, G. O. Sars.

1862. Bathyporeia pilosa, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 304 (partly

at any rate).

? 1876. Bathyporeia pilosa, Boeck, (138) p. 209, pl. vii. fig. 3.

1891. Bathyporeta norvegica, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 128, pl. xliii.

For remarks on Bate’s specimens of B. pilosa see Walker,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 470. It is a

question whether Bate’s name (Gudtlliamsonii (Thersites

Guilliamsonii, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix.

p. 146) ought not to be used for this species. Sars applies

the name Bathyporeia pilosa, Lindstrém, to a Baltic form not

yet found in our seas.

Hab. Apparently the commonest form in Britain. Shet-

land; Isle of Cumbrae; and Guernsey (A. MW. N.); Banff

(7. Edward); Aberdeen (2. Dawson) ; Whitburn, Co. Dur-

ham (G@. S. Brady) ; Firth of Forth (7. S.): Mus. Nor.

North Wales and Isle of Man (A. O. W.); 70-80 miles off

Spurm Head (7. S.) ; Jersey (Chevreux).

Distrib. Ognebuct, off Jeederen, south coast of Norway

(G. O. Sars) ; Le Croisic, Western France (Chevreuz).

51. Bathyporeia pelagica, Bate.

1862. Bathyporeia pelagica, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 309, g.

1875. Bathyporeia pilosa, Stebbing, “On the Genus Bathyporeia,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 74, pl. iii.”

1877. Bathyporeia tenuipes, Meinert, “ Crust. Isop. Amphip. et Decap.

Danie,’ Naturhist. Tidsskr., 3 Reekkes, vol. xi. p. 101.

1891. Bathyporeia pelagica, Sars, (142) p. 129, pl. xliv. fig. 1.

Hab. Shetland and Isle of Cumbrae (A. VW. N.) ; Banff

(T. Edward); Aberdeen (R. Dawson); 25 miles off May

Island, Firth of Forth (Murray) ; Firth of Forth (7. 8);

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 18, west of Clew Bay, Ireland,

183 fathoms: Mus. Nor. 70-80 miles off Spurm Head

(7. S.). Isleof Man; North Wales; Guernsey (A. O. W.);

Jersey (Sinel & Hornell). St. Andrews (M‘Intosh).

Distrib. With the preceding at Ognebuct, off Jederen,

South Norway, and Lofoten Islands (Sars) ; Tromsé and

Vardé, Finmark (Schneider) ; Sweden (fide Sars) ; Denmark

(Meinert) ; West France (Chevreuz).

* Referred to by Sars, but fig. 1 appears to be B. norvegica, Sars, while

the male is B. pelagica.

i i li i i i a et i i i a ie

Canon A. M, Norman on British Amphipoda. 331

52. Bathyporeia Robertsoni, Bate.

1862. Bathyporeia Robertsoni, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 307.

1891. Bathyporeia Robertson, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 131, pl. xliv. fig. 2.

Hab. Isle of Cumbrae (A. AZ. N.); Firth of Forth (7. 8.) :

Mus. Nor. Kast Loch ‘Tarbert, Loch Fyne (7. S.).

Distrib. Three adult males, Sérver, West Finmark (G. 0.

Sars) ; Western France (Chevreuz).

53. Bathyporeta gracilis, G. O. Sars.

1891. Bathyporeia gracilis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 132, pl. xlv. fig. 1.

Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 6, west of the Shannon,

Ireland, in 90 fathoms: Mus. Nor.

Distrib. One male and one female, off West Norway, in

rather deep water (G. O. Sars) ; Le Croisic, Western France

(Chevreux).

Genus 3. Hausrorius, Statius Miiller.

= Lepidactylis, Say, = Pterigocera, Latreille,= Bellia, Bate,

= Sulcator, Bate.

54. Haustorius arenarius (Slabber).

1769. Oniscus arenarius, Slabber, Naturkundige Verlustigengen &c.

. 92, pl. xi. figs. 3, 4.

isla, Lepidactylis dytiscus, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

vol. i. p. 379 *.

1862. Sulcator arenarius, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 189.

1878. Pterygocera arenaria, Bovallius, “ Notes on Pterygocera arenaria,'

K. Svens. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. vol. iv. no. 8, pls. i., il., iii.

1891. Haustorius arenarius, Sars, (142) p. 135, pl. xlvi.

Bovallius, in the paper referred to, gives figures of the

variously constructed sete and sensory organs of this very

interesting and beautiful species.

Hab. Kames Bay, Isle of Cumbrae; near Sunderland

(A. M. N.); Barmouth and Llanfairfechan, North Wales

(Stebbing): Mus. Nor. Paignton, Devon (Stebbing) ; Burnt-

island, Firth of Forth (7. S.).

Distrib. Karmo, West Norway (Boeck); Kattegat (Bo-

vallius) ; Holland (Slabber); Western France (Chevreuz) ;

N.E. America (S. 7. Smith).

* Prof. S. 1. Smith has compared specimens from England which I

sent him with the North-American species, and found them identical

(Trans. Connect. Acad. vol, iy. 1880, p. 282),

332 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

Genus 4. Urornor, Dana.

Stebbing published an elaborate paper “On the Genus

Urcthoe and a New Genus, Urothoides” (Trans. Zool. Soc.

vol. xiii, 1891). He examined the specimens then in my

collection, and I follow here his lead, but think that some of

the species are of doubtful value; but, on the other hand, I

can still less acquiesce in Della Valle’s views, who not only

unites the whole of the forms here included, but adds U. zrros-

trata, Dana, U. abbreviata, Sars, and U. Poucheti, Chevreux.

But on the question what characters suffice for specific distine-

tion naturalists will always find it necessary to agree to differ.

54*. Urothoe pulchella (A. Costa).

1857, Egidia pulchelia, A. Costa, “ Crost. Amfip. Regno di Napoli,”

Mem. d. R. Accad. d. Sci. di Napoli, vol. i. p. 190, pl. iv. figs. 3 a—g.

1887. Urothoe pulchella, Stebbing, 7. c. p. 11, pl. iv. A.

1893. Urothoe irrostrata, Della Valle, (139) p. 664, pl. v. figs. 3, 8,

pl. xxxvi. figs, 1-18, pl. lx. figs. 11, 12.

Hab. “ Several specimens of this Urothoe have been ob-

tained in the Firth of Forth; it is a smaller species than

U. marina” (T. Scott, ‘* Addit. to Fauna of the Firth of

Fourth,” Fourteenth Rep. Fish. Board of Scotland, 1896,

p. 159). . This is the only notice of it as a British species.

Distrib. Naples (A. M. N.); West France (Chevreuz).

I was struck with the lovely rose-colour of the species (or,

at any rate, of the males) when I took them (see Della Valle,

pl. v. fig. 8).

55. Urothoe elegans, Bate.

1862. Urothoe elegans, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 200.

1887. Urothoe elegans, Stebbing, /. c. p. 13, pl. i.

Hab. Shetland, 60-70 fathoms; Isle of Cumbrae (A. MN.) ;

off S.W. Ireland (Haddon) ; and the following from ‘ Poreu-

pine,’ 1869, Donegal Bay: Stats. 17 and 18, in 183 and

1230 fathoms, off Donegal Bay ; also two other stations off

west of Ireland, in 90 and 1630 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Heb-

rides (A. Mf. N.); off Ormes Head and North Wales and

Blacksod Bay, Ireland (A. O. W.) ; Jersey (Sinel& Hornell).

Distrib. West France and Azores (Chevreux).

56. Urothoe marinus, Bate.

1862. Urothoe Bairdii, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 198, ¢.

1862. Urothoe marinus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 195, 2.

1887. Urothoe marinus, Stebbing, /. c. p. 16, pl. ii.

Canon A. M, Norman oa British Amphipoda. 333

ITab. Balta Sound, Shetland; near Holy Island, North-

umberland ; Sleat Sound, Skye; Firth of Clyde (A. MZ. N.) ;

Guernsey (G@. S. Brady): Mus. Nor. Ardbear Bay, Ireland

(Brady & Robertson) ; Liverpool district (A. O. W.); Firth

of Forth (7. 8.) ; Loch Fyne (Sir J. Murray, fide T. S.) ;

Goodrington Sands, Devon (Stebbing).

Distrib, Denmark (Meinert); Western France (Barrots &e.).

56*, Urothoe norvegica, Boeck.

1876. Urothoe norvegica, Boeck, (138) p. 226, pl. vi. fig. 9, pl. vii. fig. 4.

1887. Urothoe norvegica, Stebbing, /. c. p. 21, pl. iv. B.

1891. Urothoe norvegica, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 188, pl. xlvii.

Hab. Stebbing gives as his only authority “ The Shetland

Isles, taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman in 1867.” I have

not these specimens in my collection, nor, indeed, any Uro-

thoe taken in 1867. Mr. D. Robertson recorded it from

Cumbrae, but clearly what he meant was U. Bairdii, and

he adopted Boeck’s nomenclature, which makes that Urothoe

a synonym of U. norvegica.

Distrib, Trondhjem Fiord, Norway (A. M. N.): Mus.

Nor. Sars records it in various depths from 20 to 100 fathoms

from the south of Norway to West Finmark.

57. Urothoe brevicornis, Bate.

1862. Urothoe brevicornis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 198.

1887. Urothoe brevicornis, Stebbing, J. c. p. 23, pls. iii. & iv. c.

Hab. Firth of Clyde (D. &., specimens named J. marinus) :

Mus. Nor. Llanfairfechan, North Wales, from the banks of

little streams or pools left in the sands at low tide, and Good-

rington, near Torquay (Stebbing) ; Largo Bay, Firth of Forth

(7. S.) ; Guernsey and Valentia, Ireland (4. 0. W.) ; Jersey

(Sinel & Hornell).

Distrib, West coast of France (Chevreur).

Fam. 1V. Phoxocephalide.

Genus 1. PHOXOCEPHALUS, Stebbing.

= Phoxus, Kroyer (name preoce.).

(Including Paraphorus, G, O. Sars, and Metaphovus, J. Bonnier.)

Phoxocephalus appears to be a natural genus, and attempts

to divide it on very slight variations of the mandible break up

that natural group. The allied Harpinia is a parallel case ;

it might be split up on similar trivial differences in the

mandible (see Sars’s figures of mandible in H. piumosa,

H. pectinata, and H. crenulata).

334 Canon A. M. Norman oa British Amphipoda.

58. Phoxocephalus Holbélli (Kroyer).

1842. Phoxrus Holbélli, Kroyer, Naturhist., Tidsskr. vol. iv. p. 161;

2 Reekkes, vol. i. 1844, p. 551.

1853. Phoxrus Kréyeri, Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 58.

1861. Phorus Holbélli, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 143.

1876. Phoxus Holbélli, Boeck, (138) p. 214, pl. vii. fig. 5.

1891. Phoxocephalus Holbélli, G. O. Les (142) p. 144, pl. xlix.

Hab. Isle of Cumbrae (A. M. WV.); Banff, N.B. (7. Ed-

ward): Mus. Nor. Firth of Clydeand Firth of Forth (7. S.).

Distrib. Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875; Svolver, Lofoten

Islands; Vadsé and Bog Fiord, East Finmark (A. M. N.);

Casco Bay, N.E. America, 1873 (S. LZ. Smith, as “ Phoxus

Kréyert”): Mus. Nor. Arctic Ocean generally. Rare in

the more southern parts of Norway (G. O. Sars); West

Sweden (Goés); Denmark (Mednert) ; west coast of France ?

(Chevreux ; but it is omitted in his most recent revised list).

The sete on the anterior coxe are usually more numerous

than the four given by Bate and Westwood, usually 8-10.

In the specimen figured by Sars they are still more nume-

rous. When the mandible-palp is examined this species is

easily distinguished from Paraphoxus oculatus, and this palp

can often be seen projected without dissection. When that

character is not visible I find the best points by which to

recognize this species from Paraphozus oculatus are the much

shorter nails of the anterior perzeopods, the shorter and stouter

character of the three hinder peraopods, and the form of the

posterior lobe of the last pereeopod, which is truncated below.

59. Phoxocephalus oculatus (G. O. Sars).

1880. Phoxus oculatus, G. O. Sars, “ Crust. et Pyenog. in itin. 2 et 3

Exped. Norveg. inventa,” Archiv for Mathem. og Naturvid. 1880,

te, pee oculatus, G. O. Sars, (104) p. 154, pl. xiii. figs. 4, 4 a-e.

1891. Paraphoxrus oculatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 149, pl. li.

1893. Phoxocephalus oculatus, Della Valle, (189) p. 740, pl. v. fig. 5,

pl. xxxv. figs. 19-38.

Della Valle figures only 4-6 sete on the coxe of the

gnathopods and anterior pereopods ; but in a specimen sent

to me by him and in others which I took myself at Naples

these sete are more numerous (6-10). His figure 28 of the

last uropods does not agree with the Neapolitan specimens

which 1 have examined, in which the inner branch is much

shorter (as in Sars’s figure). This species comes very near

to, if it be not identical with, Phoxus maculatus, Chevreux

(Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xii., Feb. 28, 1888), which

he has since called Paraphoxus maculatus; the following

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 335

words, however, scarcely accord with the present species :—

“ Pedes 3 et 44 paris [7.e. first and second peraopods} ungue

multo breviore quam articulo 5% elongato.”

The nails in P. oculatus are very long and afford a good

characteristic as compared with the short nails of Phoxo-

cephalus Holbélli.

Hab. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, 1867, a single specimen

(A. M._N.; recorded in Shetland Report of 1868 as Phoxus

flolbélli) : Mus, Nor. Seven miles off Bradda Head, Isle of

Man, 31 fathoms (4A. O. W.).

Distrib. Tromsé, Finmark (J. S. Schneider); Naples

(A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Greenland (H. J. Hansen); Jan

Mayen; Finmark and Norway coast as far south as Farsund

(G. O. Sars).

60. Phoxocephalus simplex (Bate).

ena simplex, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx.

. O20.

1861. Phoxus simplex, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 140.

1896. Phoxocephalus simplex, Calman, “ On Species of Phoxocephalus

i ae lard Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. ay xxx. p. 748, pl. xxxii.

1806. Phoxocephalus pectinatus, A. O. Walker, “ On Two new Species

of Amphipoda Gammarina,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii.

p. 343, pl. xvi. figs. 1-6, and vol. xviii. p. 156.

1896. Metaphorus typicus, Bonnier, Results sci. de Campagne du

‘Caudan,’ Edriophthalmes, p. 630, pl. xxxvii. fig. 1.

1898. Metaphovus pectinatus, Chevreux, “ Révis. des Amphip. de la

céte océan de France,’’ Assoc. Frangaise pour Advance. des Sci. p. 477

(no description or figure).

I cannot but think that this must be the Phoxus simplex

of Bate. What is stated with respect to the want of eyes

may have arisen from his suspicion that some special medium

that he employed may have destroyed them. Ist. I have

examined Bate’s specimen in the British Museum, and am

not disposed to question Mr. Walker’s opinion that it is

referable to Phowocephalus Holbélli; but it certainly is not

the specimen described and figured by Bate, for the antenne

are quite different. 2nd. As regards size, I have some

specimens from Valentia which are much finer than usual

and as long as the line above Bate and Westwood’s figure

which indicates the length. 3rd. As regards the antenne, the

description of Bate and Westwood does not agree with the

figure, where the rostrum is represented only as long as the

peduncles ot the upper antennz, and this is the case with the

present species ; and although the figure in the Brit. Mus. Cat.

does agree with the description, is it not more likely that the

336 Canon A, M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

second figure is more correct than the first? 4th. Points I

lay great stress upon are the difference in size of the guathopods

and the large process (represented in the Brit. Mus. Cat.)

which is at the base of the palm of the second gnathopods.

It is in form as a hood, from the inside of which rises a

conspicuous sharp spine (see Calman, gn.! and gn!* ).

The Phoxus simplex of Boeck (nec Bate) is a synonym of

Leptophoxus faleatus, G. O. Sars.

Hab. Firth of Clyde; Roundstone Bay and Valentia, -

Ireland; Brelade Bay, Guernsey (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor,

Guernsey, 7 fathoms (A. O. W.); Cumbrae (D. &., fide

Calman).

Distrib. West coast of France (Chevreux & Bonnier),

61. Phoxocephalus Fulton?, 'T. Scott.

1890. Phorocephalus Fultoni, T. Scott, “ Additions to the Fauna of the

Firth of Forth,” Eighth Ann. Rep. Fish. Board Scotland, p. 327,

pl. xii. figs. 10-12, pl. xii. figs. 13-19.

1892. Phoxocephalus Fultoni, D. Robertson, “Second Contrib. Isop.

and Amphip. Firth of Clyde,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow,

vol. iii. p. 13 (separate copy).

1893. Phoxocephalus chelatus, Dalla Valle, (139) p. 142, pl. v. fig. 10,

pl. xxxv. figs. 29-35.

1896. Phoxocephalus Fultoni, Calman, “On Species of Phoxocephalus

and Apherusa,” Trans, Royal Irish Acad. vol. xxx. p. 743, pl. xxxi.

figs. 1, 2.

Hab. Roundstone, Ireland, tow-net, 1874; Firth of Clyde,

tow-net, 1884; Mylor Creek, Falmouth, 1884; Plymouth,

tow-net, 1889; Guernsey (A. M. N.) ; Isle of Cumbrae (D. £.,

as “ Phoxus Holbéllit): Mus. Nor. Off St. Monace, Firth of

Forth (7. S.) ; near Menai Bridge; Port Erin (Isle of Man) ;

and Jersey (A. O. W.). 61

Distrib. Naples (A. M. N.); La Croisic, west coast of

France ( Chevreuz). t

I conclude that this is Phoxus Holbélli of Robertson’s

«First Contribution,” as he sent me at that time specimens

taken in the tow-net under this name. I subsequently took

it myself in the Clyde by tow-net.

Genus 2. HarpiniA, Boeck.

[Harpinia plumosa (Kroyer).

1842. Phoxus plumosa, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. vol. iv. p. 152;

2 Rekkes, vol. i. er 563. :

1891. Harpinia plumosa, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 151, pl. li.

Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875. An Arctic form, “ Spets-

bergen, Novaya Zemlia; the Kara Sea and the Siberian Polar

Sea” (G. O 8.)-]

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 337

62. Harpinia neglecta, G. O, Sars,

1862. Phorus plumosus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 146 (and of

all British authors).

1890, Harpinia antennaria, Meinert, (71) p. 160, pl. i. figs. 89-41, ¢.

1891. Harpinia neglecta, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 153, pl. liii. fig. 1.

Hab. Shetland; Isle of Skye; Firth of Clyde; North-

umberland and Durham coasts ; Salcombe, Devon; Guernsey;

off Bundoran, Ireland (A. M,N.) ; ‘ Porcupine, ” 1869, Stat. 6,

west of the Shannon, Ireland, 90 fathoms: Mus. Nor. North

Wales and Isle of Man (A. 0. W.) ; Loch Fyne, 80 fathoms,

and Loch Ranza, Arran (D2. #&.) ; Loch Linnhe (@. Brook) ;

Firth of Forth (7. S.).

Distrib. Bog Fiord, East Finmark, 3-5 fathoms ; ‘l'rond-

hjem Fiord, Norway, 20-40 fathoms; Naples, 1887 (4.1. N.) :

Mus. Nor. Whole coast of Norway, Bohusliin, Kattegat

(G. O. Sars) ; Western France ( Chevreuz).

63. Harpinia pectinata, G, O. Sars.

1891, Harpinia pectinata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 154, pl. liii. fig. 2.

Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 3, lat. 51° 38! N., long.

12° 50’ W., 722 fathoms; Stats. 17, 18, 19, lat. 54° 15’ to

54° 28', long. 10° 56’ to 11° 44’ W., 183-1360 fathoms ;

Stat. 23 a, lat. 56° 13’, long. 14° 18’, 420 fath. These stations

are all to the west of Jreland and between Ireland and

Rockall: Mus. Nor.

Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 250-300 fathoms

(A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. From the south of Norw ay north-

wards to Tromsé and coast of Bohuslin (@. O. Sars) ;

Western France (Chevreuz).

64. LHarpinia crenulata, Boeck.

1870. Harpinia crenulata, Boeck, (137) p. 56.

1876. Harpinia crenulata, Boeck, (188) p. 221, pl. viii. fig. 2.

1891. Harpinia crenulata, G. O. Sars (149) p: 158, pl. lv. fig. 2.

1894. Harpinia crenulata, T, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xiii. p. 147.

Hab, Off Farland Point, Isle of Cumbrae, 20-25 fathoms ;

Valentia, Ireland (A. AZ. N,): Mus. Nor, Off Bradda Head,

Isle of Man, 39 fathoms (A. O. W.) ; vicinity of Inchkeith

and other parts of the Firth of Forth, and Campbeltown Loch,

Cantyre (7. S.).

Distrib. ‘Vrondhjem Biord, Norway, 40-300 fathoms

(A. MM. N.); South Norway (G. 0. Sars): Mus. Nor. South

and West ‘Norway (G. O. 8.) ; Tromsé (Schneider) ; coast

of Bohuslan (fide Sars); Denmark (Meznert) ; west coast of

France ( Chevreuc).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol. v. 22

338 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda,

[ Harpinia abysst, G. O. Sars.

1880. Harpinia abyssi, G. O. Sars, “ Crust. et Pyenog. Nova exped.

Norvegie anno 1877 et 1878 collecta,” Archiv for Math. og Naturvid.

p- 443, 2.

1861. Harpinia carinata, id. ibid. p. 444, ¢.

1885. Harpinia abyssi,G. O. Sars, (104) p. 157, pl. xiii. figs. 5, 5a—n, 2.

1885. Harpinia carinata, id. ibid. p. 159, pl. xiii. figs. 6, 6a-e, d.

1891. Harpinia abyssi, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 160, pl. lvi. fig. 1, d 2.

‘ Lightning,’ 1868, Stat. 3, close to the Faroe Bank, in

229 fathoms, lat. 60° 31’ N., long. 9° 18’ W.

“Ontside the great fishing-banks from the 63rd to the

75th degree of latitude, and extending westwards to the sea

between Iceland and Jan Mayen” (G. O. S.).]

65. Harpinia levis, G. O. Sars.

1891. Harpinia levis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 161, pl. lvi. fig. 2.

Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 24, lat. 56° 26’ N., long.

14° 28’ W., south of Rockall, 109 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Seven

miles west of Niarbyl, Isle of Man, 45 fathoms, mud

(A. O. W.).

Distrib. Roédberg, Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 20-40 fathoms

(A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Sars gives as localities the same

tiord and Hardanger Fiord, in 50-100 fathoms.

66. Harpinia latipes, sp. n.

Female.—The upper antenne have the second joint of the

peduncle edged with a row of six long plumose sete, within

which are two minute plumose sete, and between these a

single penicillate auditory organ. The first joint of the lower

flagellum is nearly as long as the second joint of the peduncle

and much longer than the last joint.

The lower antenne have the penultimate joint furnished with

about fourteen spines in the anterior set, and the posterior lobe

is edged with twelve plumose sete, within which are eight long

slender straight spines, and in the space between them and

the anterior set of spines there is a very long spine which,

reaching forward, extends nearly to the extremity of the

first joint of the flagellum; the last joint of the peduncle has

eight long slender spines (not plumose sete) on the posterior

margin ; the joints of the flagella of both pairs of antenne are

very oblique. ;

‘The gnathopods are obliquely oval and the palm is defined

by a strong spine of some length; in the first pair the palm

is somewhat longer than the remaining portion of the poste-

rior margin, while in the second pair the slightly concave

palm occupies nearly three fourths of the posterior margin,

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 339

The last pereopods have a large forward projection of tlie

basal joint edged with fifteen long plumose seta, while the

Harpinia latipes. Last perwopod.

posterior lobe is largely developed, reaching downward to

the extremity of the meros; the margin cut into nine serra-

tions, five of which are very large, the uppermost of all

considerably smaller, and the three lowest smaller still; a

small seta is situated at the base of each serration; the

ischium has eight sete on the anterior margins, the central of

which are long and plumose ; the ischium, meros, and carpus

are subequal in length; the hand slightly longer and the nail

longer than the hand.

he above description is taken from separated mounted

limbs ; the specimen itself I cannot at the present time find,

so am unable to give further particulars, but the last pereopod

at once distinguishes it from all described species, and in the

anterior lobe of the basal joint finds its counterpart only in

Harpinia abyssi, G. O. Sars, from which the deeply cut

posterior lobe at once distinguishes it.

Hab. A single female specimen taken by the ‘ Porcupine,’

1869, Stat. 47, lat. 59° 34’ N., long. 7° 18! W., in 542 fathoms.

This station is on the “ Holtenia”’-ground, N.N.E. of the

Butt of Lewis.

Fam. V. Ampeliscide.

Genus 1. AMPELISCA, Kréyer.

67. Ampelisca typica (Bate).

1857. Tetromatus typicus, Bate, “Synopsis Brit. Edriophthalmous

Crustacea,” Ann. (4 Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 139.

? 1859. Ampelisca carinata, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm., K. Vet.-

Akad. Hand. vol. iii. p, 87, pl. iv. fig. 16, ¢.

DD*

340 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

1861. Ampelisca Gaimardi, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 127 (nec

Ampelisca Gaimardi, Kroyer).

1869. A mpelisca carinata, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland

Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 277, ¢.

1891. Ampelisca typica, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 165, pl. lvii.

Hab. Durham coast, Isle of Cumbrae ; Lough Foyle, Ire-

land (A. M. N.); ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 6, off S.W.

Ireland, 90 fathoms: Jus. Nor. Firth of Forth; off Spurm

Head; Loch Fyne (Z. S.) ; Port Erin, Isle of Man (A. O. W.) ;

Jersey (Stnel & Hornell).

Distrib. Haakelsund in Kors Fiord, Norway, 3 fathoms ;

Hardanger Fiord, 40 fathoms; Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of

Biscay, 35-60 fathoms (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. South and

West Norway up to Trondhjem Fiord, 20-60 fathoms

(G. O. Sars) ; Kattegat and Bohusliin (Stockholm Museum,

fide Sars) ; West France (Bonnier & Chevreux).

The specimens in the British Museum named Ampelisca

Gaimardi by Bate are, as Mr. Walker has pointed out, refer-

able (at any rate the large ones) to A. spinipes, Boeck; but

they are females—the typical male ts not there. ‘The males of

A. typica and A, spinipes are in general characters not very

dissimilar; but Bate’s A. Gaimard?, which in 1869 I described

and assigned to A. carinata, Bruzelius, appears to me, on

account of the shortness of the upper antenne, as well as some

other points, to be the species of which Sars has described

both sexes under Bate’s original specific name A. typica.

68. Ampelisca tenutcornis, Lilljeborg.

1855, Ampelisca tenuicornis, Lilljeborg, CEfvers. af K. Vet.-Akad.

Forhand. p. 123.

1869. Ampelisca levigata, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 504 (nec

A. levigata, Lilljeborg).

1869. Ampelisca tenuicornis, Norman, “Last Report Dredging Shet-

land Isles,” Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868, p. 276.

1891. Ampelisca tenuicornis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 167, pl. lviii. fig. 1.

Hab. Shetland; Isle of Skye; Tobermory, Mull; Firth of

Clyde; off Seaham, Co. Durham ; Salcombe, Devon; Done-

gal Bay, Ireland (A. M. NV.) ; Kirkwall Bay, Orkney (D. B.) ;

‘Porcupine, 1869, Stat. 18, west of Clew Bay, Ireland,

183 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Loch Fyne (D. &.); Firth of

Forth (7. 8.) ; Port Erin, Isleof Man; Guernsey ; Valentia

and Dunbeacon Harbour, Ireland (A. O. W.). The late

Dr. Robertson recorded this species also under the name

“ Ampelisca propingua”’ from the Clyde, as I know from an

examination of the specimens.

Iistrib. Christiamia Fiord, Norway (A.M. N.) ; Bohuslin,

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 341

Sweden (Lilljeborg): Mus. Nor. South and West Norway

= to Trondhjem Fiord, in 80-100 fathoms (@. O. Sars) ;

attegat (Meinert) ; West France (Chevreu).

69. Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck,

1870. Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck, (137) p. 143.

1876. Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck, (138) p. 526, pl. xxxi. fig. 5.

1891. Ampelisca spinipes, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 173, pl. Lx. fig. 2.

Hab. Shetland; Isle of Skye, 1866; Isle of Cumbrae,

1888 ; Northumberland coast, 1864; off Seaham, Co. Dur-

ham; near the Mewstone, Plymouth, 1889; Salcombe, Devon,

1875; Falmouth, 1884 (A. M. N.); Aberdeenshire, 1865

(2. Dawson); 25 miles off May Island, Firth of Forth,

35 fathoms, 1887 (Sir J. Murray); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869,

Stat. 6, off S.W. Ireland, 90 fathoms; Stat. 18, to west of

Clew Bay, Ireland, 183 fathoms; Stat. 33, south of Cape

Clear, Ireland, 74 fathoms; Stat. 90, Aoltenia-ground,

N.N.E. of Butt of Lewis, 445 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Off

Holy Island, Firth of Clyde, 36 fathoms, and near Skate

Island, Loch Fyne, 80-100 fathoms (J). 2.) ; common, Liver-

pool district and Isle of Man, also Dingle Bay and off Skillig,

70-80 fathoms (A. O. W.) ; the Minch, off Barra, 40 fathoms

(A. Somerville, tide D. R.).

Distrib. Bergen Fiord, Norway (A. M. N.) ; West Nor-

way (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. 8S. and W. Norway as far

north as Lofoten Islands, in 80-100 fathoms (G. O. Sars) ;

Kattegat (Metnert) ; Bolhusliin (Stockholm .Museum, fide

Sars); Holland (Hoek); Western France ( Chevreuz).

70. Ampelisca macrocephula, Lilljeborg.

1852. Ampelisca macrocephala, Lilljeborg, “ Havs-Crustaceer vid

Kullaberg,” Gfvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 7.

169. Ampelisca macrocephala, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging

Shetland Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 278.

1876. Ampelisca macrocephala, Boeck, (138) P; 631, pl. xxx. fig. 6.

1891. Ampelisca macrocephala, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 172, pl. Ix. fig. I.

Hab. The Minch (A. J/, N.) ; 25 miles off May Island,

Firth of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J. Murray) ; Isle of Skye;

Isle of Cumbrae (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Port Erin, Isle of

Man, and off Bull Rock, 8.W. Ireland (A. 0. W.) ; St. Andrews

(M‘Intosh).

Distrib. Bergen Fiord and Trondhjem Fiord, Norway,

20-40 fathoms; Varanger and Klosterelv Fiords, Kast Fin-

mark, 15-150 tathoms (A. M. N.) ; Holstenborg, Greenland,

‘ Valorous,’ 1875; N.E. America (S. 1. Smith): Mus. Nor.

Arctic Ucean, Labrador, Iceland, Spitsbergen, the Kara Sea

(G. O. Sars); Bohuslin (Bruzelius) ; Kattegat (Metnert).

342 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

71. Ampelisca assimilis, Boeck.

1870, Ampelisca assimilis, Boeck, (187) p. 142.

1876. Ampelisca assimilis, Boeck, (188) p. 521, pl. xxxi. fig. 2.

1891. Ampelisca assimilis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 168, pl. lviii. fig. 2.

Hab. Off Marsden, Co. Durham, 10 fathoms ; off St. Mar-

tin’s Point, Guernsey, 1868 (A. M. N.) ; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869,

Stat. 18, west of Clew Bay, Ireland, 183 fathoms: Mus. Nor.

Near May Island, Firth of Forth (7. S.) ; Gairlock, West

Scotland (G@. Brook).

Distrib. Bergen and Trondhjem Fiords, Norway (A. M.N.):

Mus. Nor. South and West Norway (G@. O. Sars); Bo-

huslin (Stockholm Museum, fide Sars); west coast of France

( Chevreuaz).

72. Ampelisca brevicornis (A. Costa).

1853. Araneops brevicornis, A. Costa, Rend. Acc. Napoli, p. 171, and

Amfip. Napoli, 1856, p. 180, pl. i. fig. 2.

1855. Ampelisca levigata, Lilljeborg, Gifvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand.

. 128.

1861. Ampelisca Belliana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 136.

1869. Ampelisca levigata, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland

Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 277.

1891. Ampelisca levigata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 169, pl. lix. fig. 1.

1893. Ampelisca brevicornis, Della Valle, (189) p. 473, pl. iv. fig. 4,

pl. xxxvii. fig. 39 A. 4, pl. xxxviil. figs. 3, 5,6, &., A. b.

Hab. Shetland; Valentia, Ireland (A. M. N.); Kirkwall

Bay, Orkney (D. R.); Aberdeen coast (2. Dawson): Mus,

Nor. Northumberland and Durham coasts (A. M. WV.) ; Firth

of Clyde and Loch Fyne (D. R.); Firth of Forth (7. S.) ;

Isle of Man; off Southport; N. Wales (A. O. W.); Jersey

(Sinel & Hornell).

Distrib. Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay, 35-60

fathoms ; Naples (A. M. N.) ; Bohuslin, Sweden, as “A. levi-

gata” (Lilljeborg): Mus. Nor. S. and W. Norway and

northwards to the Lofoten Islands, in 20-60 fathoms (G. O.

Sars); Kattegat (Metnert) ; Holland (Hoek); West France

(Chevreuz) .

73. Ampelisca gibba, G. O. Sars.

1882. Ampelisca gibba, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 107, pl. vi. fig. 1.

1891. Ampelisca gibba, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 171, pl. lix. fig. 2.

Hab. ‘ Porcupine, 1869, Stat. 3, off S.W. Ireland,

722 fathoms; Stats. 15 and 17, to west of Clew Bay, Ireland,

422 fathoms and 1230 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Guernsey

(A, 0:.W.).

Distrib. ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 11, outside entrance to

— ee

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda., 343

English Channel, 1650 fathoms ; off Midté Lighthouse, Har-

danger Fiord, 150-180 fathoms, and Rédberg, Trondhjem

Fiord, 150-250 fathoms (A. M. N.) ; West Norway (G@. 0.

Sars): Mus. Nor.

74. Ampelisca Eschrichtii, Kroyer.

1842. Ampelisca Eschrichtit, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. vol. iv. p. 155.

1862. Ampelisca ingens ampaon, MS.), Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust.

Brit. Mus, p. 92, pl. xv. fig. 2.

1876. Ampelisca dubia, Boeck, (1589) p. 527 (young, fide Sars).

1876. Ampelisca propinqua, Boeck, (139) p. 533, pl. xxxi. fig. 8 (some-

what older, fide Sars).

1891. Ampelisca Eschrichtii, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 174, pl. lxi. fig. 1.

Hab, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 6, west of the Shannon,

Ireland, in lat. 52° 25’ N., long. 11° 40’ W., 90 fathoms :

Mus. Nor.

Distrib. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 36, lat. 48° 50! N., long.

11° 9' W., in 725 fathoms (the most southern known habitat),

and Stat. 62, in the Faroe Channel, 125 fathoms; Tromsé

(Schneider); Varanger Fiord, 125-150 fathoms, and Bog

Fiord, both in E. Finmark (A. J. N.); Greenland (Lovén) ;

Holstenborg, 30 fathoms, and Godhavn Harbour, 20 fathoms,

‘ Valorous,’ 1875 ; Barents Sea (‘ Willem-Barents,’ Stebbing) ;

Gulf of St. Lawience (S. J, Smith) : Mus. Nor. Throughout

the Arctic Ocean from Greenland to the Siberian Sea; on

the Norway coast it occurs in the north, reaching as far south

as Bergen (G. O. Sars) ; Bohuslin (Lilljeborg).

75. Ampelisca odontoplaz.

1880, Ampelisea odontoplaz, G. O. Sars, “ Crust. et Pyenog. nova &c.,””

Archiv for Math. og Naturvid. p. 454.

1885. Ampelisca odontoplax, G. O. Sars, (104) p. 196, pl. xvi. fig. 4.

1891. Ampelisca oduntoplax, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 176, pl. 1xi. fig. 2.

Hab. ‘Porcupine, 1869, Stat. 65, lat. 61° 10’ N., long.

2° 21’ W., in 345 fathoms; this station is N.E. of Shetland

and on the border-line of the “ British Area”: Mus. Nor.

Distrib. Off Midté Lighthouse, Hardanger Fiord, Norway,

in 150-180 fathoms, and Rédberg, in the Trondhjem Fiord,

250-300 fathoms (A. M. NV.): Mus. Nor.

The type Lae were taken by the ‘ Véringen’ * off

Helgeland, Norway, in 142 fathoms; and Sars has subse-

quently procured it at Hasvig on the west coast of Finmark,

and at Bejan in the Trondhjem Fiord.

* Vessel of the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition.

844 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

76. Ampelisca equicornis, Bruzelius.

1859. Ampelisca equicornis, Bruzelius, “ Bidrag till kann, om Skand.

ime as Gammarid.,” K. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. iii. p. 82, pl. iv.

1g. LO.

1869, Ampelisca equicornis, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shet-

land Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 276.

1876. Ampelisca equicornis, Boeck, (188) p. 524, pl. xxxi. fig. 3.

1891. Ampelisca equicornis, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 177, pl. Ixii. fig. 1.

Hab. Shetland; Isle of Skye; Guernsey (A. M. N.);

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, off Bundoran, Ireland: Mus. Nor. O

May Island, Firth of Forth ()r. Henderson).

Distrib. Drobik, Christiania Fiord ; off Midté Lighthouse,

Hardanger Fiord, in 50-180 fathoms; Trondhjem Fiord,

150 fathoms (A. MM. N.); ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 78,

lat. 60° 14’ N., long. 4° 30’ W., 290 fathoms: Jfus. Nor.

Whole of south and west coasts of Norway as far north as the

Lofoten Islands, in 50-200 fathoms (Sars) ; Bohuslan (Bru-

zelius) ; West France (Chevreur) ; Azores (Barrots).

Genus 2. BYBLis, Boeck.

77. Byblis Gaimardi (Ki6yer).

? 1848. Amyzeliscu Gaimardi, Kroyer, Voyage en Scand. pl. xxiii. fig. 1.

1870. Byblis Gaimardi, Boeck, (137) p. 148.

1876. Byblis Gaimardi, Boeck, (188) p. 543.

1881. Byblis Gaimardi, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 183, pl. Lxiv.

Hab. Off Seaham, Co. Durham (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor.

Off St. Abbs Head, 40 fathoms (Metzger) ; near May Island,

Firth of Forth, Jan. 1890 (7. S.).

Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 250-300 fathoms ;

Klosterely Fiord, E. Finmark, 3-5 fathoms (4. JZ N.);

‘Tromsé (Schneider); ‘ Valorous,’ 1875; Holsteinborg Har-

bour, Greenland, 7-35 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Arctic Ocean

from Greenland to Siberian Sea (G@. O. Sars) ; Bohuslin

(Bruzelius) ; Kattegat (Metnert).

78. Byblis erythrops, G. O. Sars.

1882. Byblis erythrops, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 109, pl. vi. fig. 3.

1892. Byblis erythrops, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 187, pl. xv. tig. 3.

Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 8, to the west of Valentia,

Inland, lat. 51° 38’ N., long. 12° 50’ W., in 722 fathoms:

Mus. Nor.

Distrib. Hardanger Fiord, Norway, in several places;

Varanger Fiord, East Finmark, in 125-150 fathoms (A. 44. N.) ;

Bejan, near entrance of Trondhjem Fiord (G. O. Sars) :

Mus. Nor. 'Yhe only other locality in which Sars has taken

it is off Mageré, West Norway.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda., 345

Genus 3. H APLOOPS, Lilljeborg.

79. Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg.

1855, Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg, Aifvers, af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand.

. 184, Q.

185, Haploops carinata, id. ibid. p. 89, ¢.

1868. Haploops tubicola, Norman, “ Crustacea Amphipoda new to

Science or to Britain,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 411,

pl. xxi. figs. 1-3 (and references).

1869, Haploops tubicola, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 505,

1876. Haploops tubicola, Boeck, (138) p. 537, pl. xxx. fig. 5

1876. Haploops carinata, id. ibid. p. 539, pl. xxx. fig. 6, ¢.

1892. Haploops tubicola, G. O, Sars, (142) p. 192, pl. Lxvii.

Hab. Off Berwick-on-T weed and near Holy Island, North-

umberland ; Shetland; Isle of Skye; several places in Firth

of Clyde (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Off Durham coast and

7 miles off Tynemouth, Northumberland (A. Jf. N.) ; between

Isle of Man and Great Ormes Head, 20-30 fathoms (A. O. W.) ;

near Bass Rock and other parts of the Firth of Forth (7. S.) ;

Loch Linnhe, W. Scotland (G. Brook).

Distrib. * Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 36, outside the entrance

to the British Channel, in 725 fathoms; Godhavn Harbour,

Greenland, in 5-20 fathoms, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875; Bay of

Fundy, N.E. America (S. I. Smith); Bog and Varanger

Fiords, East Finmark (4. M. N.); Bohuslin, Sweden

(Lovén) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Whole coast of

Norway, Arctic Ocean generally to Siberian Polar Sea; the

Baltic (@. O. Sars); Denmark (Meznert); Western France

(Chevreuc).

In my Shetland Report this species was twice recorded by

myself as Haploops tubicola, and also on Mr. Spence Bate’s

authority under the name “ Pontoporeia affinis” by mistake,

The species forms for itself a very thick tube of mud, in which

it makes its home.

80. Haploops setosa, Boeck.

1870. Haploops setosa, Boeck, (157) p. 148,

1876. Haploops setosa, Boeck, (188) p. 541, pl. xxx. fig. 7.

1888. Haploops setosa, 1). Robertson, Contrib. to Cat. Amphip. and Tsop,

Firth of Clyde, p. 23.

1892. Haploops setosa, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 194, pl. Ixviii. fig. 1.

Hab. Dredged off Skate Island, Loch Fyne, in 100 fathoms,

mud (D. R.): Mus. Nor, There are, I believe, only three

spots in our seas between our islands in which a depth of

100 fathoms can be found. The others are near Cronlin

Island in the Sound of Skye and between the islands of

Cumbrae and Arran in the Firth of Clyde. The immediate

3846 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda.

neighbourhood of these deep spots is the habitat of certain

Mollusca and other animals not found, or scarcely to be found,

elsewhere between our islands. Thus, Loch Fyne is the well-

known locality of the shells Cusptdaria costellata, Deshayes,

Cuspidaria abbreviata, Forbes, and Alvania subsoluta, Aradas,

var. abyssicola, Forbes; here, too, are found the Crustacea

Nyctiphanes norvegica, Sars, and Eucheta norvegica, Boeck, in

the greatest profusion (two Crustacea to which the Loch Fyne

herrings seem to owe their large size and fine flavour),

Bythocypris complanata, G. S. Brady, and other deep-water

forms not so restricted in their distribution. In the Sound of

Skye and neighbourhood are Poromya granulata, Nyst &

Westend., Cuspidaria abbreviata, Forbes, and costellata, Desh.,

Cryptodon ferruginosus, Forbes, Portlandia tenuis, Phil., Arca

pectunculoides, Scacchi, &c. Of the inhabitants of the deep

hole between Cumbrae and Arran we know less, but Sir J.

Murray procured Nyctiphanes norvegica there in great abun-

dance. These northern deep-water forms probably made

their way to these localities at a geological period when the

British Islands were more submerged than they are now, and

the depths therefore were greater. It is remarkable that in

our times the depths of many of the Scotch lakes far exceed

the depth of any part of the sea at all near to our coasts.

By the ‘ Porcupine’ Exped. it was taken at Stat. 3, off the

south-west of Ireland, in 722 fathoms, and at Stats. 74 and 88,

west of the Shetland Islands, in 203 and 290 fathoms: Mus.

Nor.

Distrib. ‘ Lightning,’ 1868, Stats. 3 and 6, Faroe Channel,

in 229 and 510 fathoms; ‘Knight Errant,’ Faroe Channel,

Stat. 8, in 540 fathoms; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, Stat. 56, near

the island Pantellaria, in the Mediterranean, 390 fathoms;

Varanger Fiord, E. Finmark, 125-150 fathoms; Rédberg,

Trondbjem Fiord, Norway, 250-300 fathoms, and Hardanger

Fiord, 150-180 fathoms (A. M. V.): Mus. Nor. Greenland,

48-183 fathoms (H. J. Hansen) ; Arctic Ocean generally.

I have received specimens under this name from Prof. §. I.

Smith, which were taken in the Bay of Fundy, N.E. America.

I am inclined, however, to think that they should be referred

to Haploops robusta, G. O. Sars. They are the largest

exaniples 1 have seen, and in most points, such as the form of

the cephalon and of the third segment of the metasome, they

agree with Sars’s species; but the proportionate lengths of

the joints of the peduncles of the two pairs of antenne are

different.

Longicorn Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan, 347

XLVII.—On some Longicorn Coleoptera from the Island

of Hainan. By C. J. Gawan, M.A,

THIS paper contains an account of the Longicorn beetles

collected in Hainan by the Jate Mr. J. Whitehead. Twenty-

four species are enumerated, of which six are described as

new. tt will be seen from the distribution given for the various

species named that the Longicorn fauna of Hainan is, on the

whole, very like that of Siam, Burma, N. India, and South

China,

1. A’gosoma hainanensis, sp. n.

¢d. 4. ornaticolli (White) affine; nigro-fuscum, supra pube brevi

fulyo-flavescente fere omnino obtectum; antennis articulo 65°

scabroso, quam 6° duplo longiore.

Long. 38 mm.

flab. Hainan (Whitehead).

Closely allied to 4. ornaticolle, White, and agreeing with

it in most of its characters, the chief difference being that in

the new form almost the whole upper surface is covered with

a short, dense, yellowish-tawny pubescence, somewhat similar

to that forming the four prothoracic spots of ornaticolle. ‘The

fifth joint of the antenne in the male is twice as long as the

sixth, and is scabrous throughout its entire length. As only

one example of this species was obtained, it may be doubted

whether the differences indicated will prove to be constant

when a larger series of specimens is examined. But out of a

number of specimens of ornaticolle and of the very closely

allied species 47. sinicum, White, I have not found one at all

approaching the present form in the amount of pubescence

covering its upper surface.

2. Afgosoma marginale, Fabr.

A few examples of this species were obtained in Hainan.

The species is distributed from China to the Malay Archi-

pelago.

3. Philus antennatus, Saund.

This species has hitherto been recorded only from China,

though a very closely allied species—P. rufescens, Pase.—

has been described from Penang.

It may be interesting to note here that both of these species

of Philus have a double stridulating area on the mesonotum,

348 Mr. C. J. Gahan on some Longicorn

and in this respect differ from the other species placed in the

genus, and, in fact, from all other known Prionide,

4, Dialeges undulatus, Gahan.

Three or four examples. This species was described from

examples from Ceylon, Burma, and Siam.

5. Cerestum sinicum, White.

One example of this common Chinese species was obtained

at Hainan.

6. Eurybatus 10-punctatus, Westw.

One male example. This species has been hitherto re-

corded only from N. India, Burma, Java, and Borneo, the

last-named locality being very doubtful. Two specimens

from Sarawak which Pascoe referred to the species are

distinct from the N. Indian and Burmese forms, and probably

belong to the Javan species H. eta, Lameere.

7. Clytanthus Douet, Chevr., var.

Three examples.

8. Chlorophorus annularis, Fabr.

This is a very widely distributed Oriental species.

9. Xylotrechus quadripes, Chevr., var.

One example. The postmedian cinereous band of the

elytra is broader than in the typical form occurring in India,

Burma, and Siam.

10. Monohammus bimaculatus, Gahan.

One example. The species was previously known only

from N, India, Burma, and Siam.

11. Pelargoderus apicalis, sp. n.

Fuscus, supra tenuiter griseo-pubescens ; prothorace lateraliter ob-

solete tuberculato, fere mutico, disco subrugoso; scutello pube

fulva dense obtecto; elytris basi granulosis, deinde sat dense

fortiterque punctatis, versus basin sparsissime, sed in partem

tertiam apicalem dense, fulvo-maculatis; corpore inferiore cum

capite femoribusque maculatim fulvo-pubescentibus; antennis

griseo-fulvis, articulis 3° ad 10°" apice fuscis, articulis 3° ad 5"™

vel 6°” subtus sat dense ciliatis,

Long. 20, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Hainan (Whitehead).

Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. 349

Dark brown, with a faint greyish pubescence covering the

greater part of the pronotum and elytra, anda yellowish tawny

pubescence, broken up into small spots, spread over the head,

underside, legs, and the posterior two fifths or so of the elytra,

a few spots of the same colour being very sparsely scattered

over the anterior three fifths of the elytra, while four obsolete

bands—two dorsal and two lateral—made up of the same

tawny pubescence are present on the prothorax. Antenne

greyish tawny, except at the apex of the third and following

joints, those of the female nearly twice as long as the body,

with the first six or seven joints rather densely ciliate under-

neath; the scape rugosely punctured and less than half the

length of the third joint, the latter being slightly thickened

and somewhat rugose towards the base. Prothorax nearly

cylindrical, the sides being but feebly rounded and the

tubercles so small as to be almost quite obsolete; the disk

somewhat rugose. Scutellum entirely fulvous pubescent.

Elytra granulate at the base and rather thickly and strongly

punctured from thence up to the thickly spotted posterior

area. Prosternal process scarcely dilated near the middle of

its length; the mesosternal process with a feeble cariniform

tubercle along the middle.

This species, being founded upon a female specimen, is

only provisionally placed in the genus Pelargoderus. In

general structure it approaches closely enough to P. vittatus,

Serv., the type of the genus, the chief points of difference

being that in the latter the antenne are not ciliate under-

neath, the scape is relatively longer, and the prosternal

process is distinctly enough dilated at about the middle of

its length.

12. Melanauster macrospilus, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus; antennis albo-annulatis; elytris basi haud granu-

latis, utrisque maculis 11 aut 12 albis, ornatis; pectore abdo-

mineque utrinqne luteo-albo-plagiatis ; processu mesosterni valde

tuberculato.

Long. 28-38, lat. 11-14 mm.

Hab. Hainan ( Whitehead).

Black and glossy. Prothorax with an acute conical tubercle

on each side, below which there is a rather large luteous

white spot; the disk with a somewhat raised or tuberculate

area across the middle, the raised part consisting of two

oblique tubercles towards each side and a_postero-median

longitudinally impressed tubercle which lies just in front of

the deeper and more anterior of the two basal transverse

350 Mr. C. J. Gahan on some Longicorn

grooves. Scutellum luteous white. Elytra almost impune-

tate and altogether without granules, each with eleven or

twelve whitish or luteous-white spots differing somewhat in

size and form, the smallest being placed near the scutellum ;

four of the spots are placed close to the outer margin, one

(rather large) at the apex, another in the basal depression

above the shoulder, and the remaining four or five on the

disk in such a position that the whole of the spots on the

elytra, excluding the two large apical ones, form four some-

what irregular transverse series. On the underside a spot on

each side of the mesosternum, an oblique patch on each side

of the metasternum, and a row of five spots on each side of

the abdomen are of a luteous-white colour, the rest of the

ventral surface except along the middle having a faint greyish

pubescence; the legs are also faintly grey, with a dorsal spot

near the apex of each femur, the proximal half of the tibie,

and the upperside of the tarsi luteous white. Antenne of the

male more than half as long again as the body; each of the

joints narrowly ringed with luteous white both at the base

and apex, except the first, which has a spot only near the

apex, and the last three or four, which are almost entirely

luteous white. Mesosternal process with a prominent

tubercle, the anterior face of which is almost perpendicular,

while the ventral face slopes downward in front.

13. Melanauster similis, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus; antennis albo-annulatis; prothorace supra vittis

duabus luteo-albis, interruptis, notato; elytris albo-maculatis,

basi sparse sed distincte granulatis ; corpore subtus pedibusque

griseo leviter pubescente ; processu mesosterni modice prominente.

Long. 42, lat. 20 mm,

Hab. Hainan (Whitehead).

This species somewhat resembles the preceding one, but is

readily to be distinguished by the following characters :—The

prothorax has two interrupted luteous-white bands on the

disk and the postmedian tubercle on the disk is rather strongly

raised and shows no trace of a notch or impression. ‘The

elytra are sparsely but distinctly granulate on the basal sixth ;

each is marked with about nine or ten larger and twelve to

fourteen smaller luteous-white spots, all of which are more or

less rounded in outline and arranged without any definite

order. The underside of the body is covered with a rather

faint bluish-grey pubescence, and there is a patch on each

side of the prothorax and a spot on each cheek of a somewhat

more distinctly bluish tint. The rings of pubescence on the

Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. 351

antenne are of the same luteous-white colour as in the pre-

ceding species, and each ring embraces the apex of one joint

and the base of the next, beginning from the apex of the

third joint; but there is a ring also near the middle of the

eleventh joint. ‘The mesosternal process is not very promi-

nent, its anterior face being perpendicular and the lower face

almost horizontal, so that the angle between these two faces

is very nearly a right angle.

This species iat the preceding one seem to be most nearly

allied to MM. imitator, White, from Shanghai; but the latter

differs from them not only in the size, number, and colour of

the elytral spots, but also in having a much more feebly

developed mesosternal tubercle.

14. Melanauster chinensis, Forst.

One example.

15. Coptops polyspila, Pasc.

One example. ‘The pubescence in this example has a

slightly reddish tint resembling that of C. rufa, Thoms., from

the Andaman Islands, but in other respects it resembles the

type of C. polyspila. Coptops petechialis, Pascoe, from

Cambodia, and C. lacertosa, Pasc., from Penang, seem to be

specifically identical with C. polyspila, the type of which

came from Penang; and these three forms are probably only

varieties of the Indian species Coptops leucostictica, White.

16. Olenecamptus bilobus, Fabr.

Four or five examples of this widely distributed species.

17. Niphona Hookert, sp. n.

N. furcate (Bates) sat similis et affinis, sed postice minus attenuata ;

elytris apice transverse truncatis, angulis externis haud productis ;

cristis basalibus magis elongatis; tibiis intermediis maris intus

ad apicem dente sat magna sed obtusa armatis.

Long. 18-28, lat. 6-93 mm.

Hab. Hainan (Whitehead); N. India, Darjeeling and

Sikkim (Dr. Hooker); Andaman Islands (Atkinson coll.) ;

and China (Bowring).

Almost entirely covered with a dense yellowish tawny

pubescence. Eyes rather large and coarsely granulate,

Antenne a little longer than the body in the male, shorter in

the female, ciliated underneath, the cilim being denser and

352 Mr, C. J. Gahan on some Longicorn

somewhat longer on the last few joints. Prothorax unarmed

at the sides, longitudinally rugose above, with the median

ridge distinct and the others more or less broken, so that the

disk presents towards the sides a somewhat roughly granu-

late appearance. Elytra narrowed behind and _ sinuately

truncate in a transverse direction at the apex, the outer angles

not being produced as in some of the allied species ; each with

a rather prominent ridge placed not far from the suture along

the basal fourth and a second very much smaller ridge in the

depression between this and the humeral prominence. Pubes-

cence covering the middle of the abdomen and sometimes

that on the breast of an ashy-white colour, the rest of the

pubescence on the underside and legs being of the same colour

as on the upperside.

One male specimen of this species was obtained at Hainan.

‘T'wo female specimens from N. India, in the British Museum

collection, undoubtedly belong to the same species, the only

differences noticeable being of a sexual character. In the

male, each of the middle tibiz is armed on the inner side just

before the apex with a large blunt tooth, which stands out

almost at right angles. This character is present also in two

other male specimens in the Museum collection—one from the

Andaman Islands, the other being labelled as from China ;

and as these specimens only differ in being whiter underneath

and along the margins and on the disk of the elytra, they may

safely be referred to the same species. :

18. Pterolophia annulata, Chevr.

One example.

19. Zotale lineatus, Gahan.

Mycerinopsis lineatus, Gahan, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genoyv. (2) xiv. p. 75.

One example, agreeing very well with typical specimens

from Burma.

Since I described this species I have been able to examine

the type of the genus Zotale, Pasc. Z. lineatus is very

closely allied to Z, unicolor, Pasc., and is certainly congeneric

with it.

20. Sybra posticata, Gahan.

Sybra posticata, Gahan, /. c. p. 77.

One example. The species occurs also in Burma, Siam,

and N. India.

Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. 353

21. Sertxia sedata, Pasc.

Four examples. Occurs also in Siam and Burma.

22. Seriaxia, sp.

One example, apparently belonging to a new species, but

not in sufficiently good condition to be satisfactorily described.

23. Astathes cyanoptera, sp. n.

A. episcopali (Chevr.) affinis ; flavo-testacea ; elytris cyaneis, utris-

que obsolete bicarinatis; antennarum scapo subtus testacco,

articulis 3°-5"" fere omnino testaceis ; ceteris plus minusve infus-

catis ; pedibus testaceis, tibiis versus apicem tarsisque nigro-fuscis,

Long. 12-15, lat. 44-6 mm.

Hab. Hainan (Whitehead).

Head (with the exception of the labrum), prothorax, and

underside of the body yellowish testaceous in colour. Head

rather strongly and thickly punctured in front and very

sparingly on the vertex, slightly concave between the an-

tennal tubercles, and marked with an impressed line along

the middle. Antenne with the first joint testaceous under-

neath and dark brown above; the joints from the third to the

fifth almost wholly testaceous, and the remaining joints more

or less deeply infuscate. Prothorax with a rather large but

not abruptly raised umbone on the middle of the disk, this

umbone, like the rest of the disk, being but very sparsely

punctured. LElytra of a bright metallic-blue colour, dis-

tinctly punctured, and each bearing two very slightly raised

lines or carinz along the inner half, the sutural margin also

being raised into a somewhat sharper and more distinct carina.

Distal half of the tibiz and the tarsi blackish brown, the rest

of the legs having the same colour as the underside of the

body.

This species is very closely allied to A. episcopalis, Chevr.,

and I was at first inclined to regard it as a variety of the

latter. A. episcopalis differs, however, not only by the

violaceous colour of its elytra, but also by the more thickly

placed punctures on the umbone of the prothorax and on the

vertex of the head; the third joint of its antenne is entirely

dark brown and the fourth to sixth joints are fuscous at the

apex ; the tibia are almost entirely brown, though this colour

is somewhat hidden by the dense covering of fulvous sete.

A. episcopalis, Chevr., is found in China, Hong Kong, and

Formosa. It is the true violacetpennis of Dejean’s Catalogue,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 23

354 Mr. O. Thomas on

but not the species described under that name by Thomson,

which is very distinct and occurs in India, Burma, &c., and

not, so far as I know, in China.

24. Oberea, sp.

One example.

In addition to the species enumerated above the collection

contains one example referable to a new genus allied to

Merioneda.

XLVIII.—Descriptions of Two new Murines from Peru and

a new Hare from Venezuela. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Oryzomys preetor, sp. n.

Allied most nearly by proportions and skull-characters to

O. aureus, Tomes, and OU. princeps, Thos., but wholly different

in colour. General appearance somewhat that of a small

Neotoma.

Size large. Fur long, soft, close, and thick ; hairs of back

13-15 millim. in length. General colour olivaceous fawn-

grey, much darkened on the middle and posterior back by

the numerous black ends to the longer hairs. Head, cheeks,

shoulders, and flanks clearer yellowish grey. Under surface

buffy white, quite without line of demarcation; slaty bases

of hairs showing through; groins with a fulvous suffusion.

Ears of medium size, blackish brown, much darker than the

general colour. Outer sides of limbs like sides, inner like

belly ; upper surface of hands and feet uniform silvery white.

Tail slightly longer than head and body, thinly haired, not

pencilled, very finely scaled, the rings running about sixteen

to the centimetre; its colour uniformly brown above, rather

paler below.

Skull on the whole very similar to that of O. princeps, but

with rather a broader and flatter brain-case and narrower and

more parallel-sided interorbital region. Nasals rather broader.

Outer plate of zygoma-root more projecting, so that the ante-

orbital notch is better defined. Interorbital region narrow,

parallel-sided, flat above ; its edges square but not sharply so,

traceable across the parietals to the outer corners of the inter-

parietal, but not forming sharp ridges or beads. Interparietal

Two new Murines from Peru. 355

broad, strap-like, short antero-posteriorly. Palatal foramina

large and open. Bulla small. Molars broad and heavy.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :-—

Head and body 168 millim.; tail 180; hind foot 35;

ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 40; basilar length 32-2; greatest

breadth 22°3; nasals 15°6x5; interorbital breadth 4-2;

interparietal 3°8 x 11°2; palatal length from henselion 17°4 ;

diastema 11°1; palatal foramina 9°2x 32; length of upper

molar series 7'6.

Hab. Eastern slope of Paramo between San Pablo and

Cajamarca, Peru. Alt. 4000 metres.

Type. Female. B.M.no.0. 3.15.3. Original number 719.

Collected by Mr. Perry O. Simons, 10th November, 1899.

One specimen only.

This fine species is no doubt most nearly allied to the

Ecuadorean Q. aureus and the Bogotan O. princeps, forming

with these a small section of the genus, characterized by large

size, soft fur, obsolete supraorbital ridges, large open palatal

foramina, and a mountain habitat. As a species O. pretor is

distinguished from the other two by many characters, of

which the most obvious are its non-rufous colour and white

feet.

At the same place as the type of O. pretor Mr. Simons

obtained two rats referable to the interesting “ Thomasomys”’

cinereus, first discovered by Dr. Stolzmann at Cutervo.

Phyllotis amicus, sp. n.

Intermediate both in size and colour between Ph. Haggardi

and the peculiar little desert species PA. gerbillus, whose

reference to this group it satisfactorily confirms.

Fur fine, soft and sleek; the hairs on the back about

8-9 millim. in length. General colour above fawn-grey,

finely lined with black. Face and crown quite like back.

A line along cheeks, sides of neck, and flanks bright sandy

yellow, dividing the dorsal colour from that of the belly,

Under surface white, the bases of the hairs slaty. ars very

large, finely haired, their outer surface greyish brown, their

inner fawn-grey. VEpE surface of hands and feet pure

white. Tail long, well-haired, and slightly pencilled ter-

minally, brown above, white below.

Skull in general form quite like those of the two species

above named, but its bulla, in correlation with the external

ears, are unusually large, being larger than in the decidedly

bigger species Ph. Haggardi.

iggce sp pe

356 Ona new Hare from Venezuela.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :—

Head and body 82 millim.; tail105; hind foot 23; ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 24°4; basilar length 18°1; greatest

breadth 12°73; nasals, length 9:8; interorbital breadth 4;

palate length 10; diastema 6; palatal foramina 5x1°7;

length of upper molar series 3°8.

Hab. Tolon, coast district, Province Cajamarca, N.W. Peru.

Altitude 100 m. Other specimens from Eten, on the coast,

and from Reque, in its near neighbourhood.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 3.1.94. Original number 685.

Collected 2nd November, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons.

Fourteen specimens examined.

This species is interesting as forming the -connecting-link

between the ordinary members of the genus and the aberrant

Ph. gerbillus found in the deserts to the north-west. Occa-

sional specimens of the latter are nearly as dark in colour, but

even from these Ph. amicus may always be readily distin-

guished by its larger size, much larger ears, longer tail, slate-

mixed belly, and yellowish lateral line. From Ph. Haggardi,

on the other hand, it is separable by its smaller size and

paler colour.

Sylvilagus * orinoct, sp. n.

General appearance much asin S. Gabbi, All., but probably

really most nearly allied to S. cumanicus, Thos.

Colour above coarsely grizzled buffy and black, the marbling

not so coarse as in S. cumanicus and the tone not unlike that

of S. Gabbt. Underfur pale plumbeous basally, black ter-

minally. Outer fur with a subterminal band of buffy, much

darker than in S. cumanicus and with a black tip. Forehead

dark buffy rufous. Cheeks greyish, area round eye whitish

and that between eye and ear darker, all as in S. cumanicus,

but the contrasts not nearly so marked. Nape-patch clear

rufous. Lars shorter than in the allied species, their anterior

backs greyish, gradually darkening at the terminal edges to

black ; their fringes, posterior backs, and whole inner surface

silvery grey. Chin and throat white, a faint line along centre

of chin brown. Pectoral collar deep buffy. Belly whitish,

not sharply defined, mixed laterally with buffy, which latter

colour also invades the white on each side in the ante-inguinal

region. Outer sides of limbs buffy, inner whitish, the latter

continued on to the tops of the hands and feet. Tail quite

short and stumpy, indistinctly brown above, pale buffy below.

* See Major, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. vii. p. 514 (1899),

On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul. 357

Skull, as compared to that of S. cumanicus, smaller and

more delicate ; muzzle narrower anteriorly ; frontal processes

of premaxillw terminating about one tenth of an inch in front

of the end of the nasals; palatal foramina narrower; bulla

larger in proportion, especially anteriorly, Incisors with the

same deep simple notch in front as in 8S. cumanicus.

Dimensions of the type (taken by the collector in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 355 millim.; tail 27; hind foot 70

(c. u. 75) ; ear from notch 55,

Skull: greatest length 70; basilar length 55; greatest

breadth 34; nasals 31°2 x 13°5; interorbital breadth 16°6;

intertemporal breadth 13°8; palatal foramina 19°5 x 6:2;

length of upper tooth-row (alveoli) 14.

Hab, Maipures, Upper Orinoco.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 99. 9. 11. 49. Collected 22nd

January, 1899, by Geo. K. and Stella M. Cherrie. Two

specimens examined.

This species is more or less intermediate in size, as in

geographical position, between the comparatively large

S. cumanicus (and its ally S. Margarite, Miller) and the little

S. brasiliensis.

XLIX.—On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul and an

apparently new Species of Cyornis. By Col. C. T.

BincuaM, F.Z.S.

DurkING a recent two months’ tour in the Southern Shan

States, Upper Burma, I had opportunities for making a small

collection of the birds frequenting the high plateau-lands in

those States. I was fortunate also in being able to spend

three or four days on Loi-San-Pa, a mountain nearly 8000 feet

in height, situated in the Méng Kong State.

Among the birds procured, | find after careful comparison

with published descriptions and with the series of birds con-

tained in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, that the following

species, descriptions of which are given below, have appa-

rently not been previously described, One of these birds isa

Bulbul closely resembling in habits the species belonging to

the genus Hypsipetes, Vigors, but differing so markedly from

them in certain points of structure and in colour, and also

from all known Bulbuls, that I have no hesitation in proposing

a new genus for its reception.

358 On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul.

CERASOPHILA *, gen. nov.

Like Hypsipetes, possesses short legs, with a non-scutellated

tarsus and a forked tail, but differs in having a more curved

culmen, a bare unfeathered patch of skin round the eye, and

the under tail-coverts of a colour different from that of the

rest of the underparts, as in Molpastes, Otocompsa, &c.

Cerasophila Thompsont, sp. n.

The whole head and neck snow-white, the white of these

parts abruptly defined from the colour of the back and breast,

and extending further down on the upper back than on the

sides of the neck and breast; the back, rump, upper tail-

coverts, wing-coverts, scapulars, the outer webs of the two

inner tertiaries, the breast, sides, and stomach a clear ash-

grey ; the primary wing-feathers, the secondaries, the tertiaries,

with the exception noted above, and the tail hair-brown ;

vent and under tail-coverts light bright chestnut ; the under

wing-coverts and axillaries, the lower portion of the stomach,

and some of the lower feathers on the thighs pale grey with

a wash of light chestnut.

Bill, legs, and feet coral-red, claws horny ; a bare patch of

skin round the eyes, conspicuously wider below the eye than

above it, greyish tinged with yellow, the eyelids with a rim of

bright vermilion-red. Iris whitish yellow to pale yellow.

‘The sexes are alike in plumage and differ only very slightly

in size.

3. Length 7:8 inches, wing 3°8, tail 3°8, tarsus 0°7, bill

from gape 0°85.

9. Length 7:8 inches, wing 3:7, tail 3°85, tarsus 0°7, bill

from gape 0°85.

‘These measurements were taken in the flesh.

Hab, Loi-San-Pa, 6500 feet, Ming Kong State, Southern

Shan States, Upper Burma.

I know of only one Hypsipetes that approaches the above

species in coloration, that is H/. leucocephalus, Gmelin, from

China, which also has a white head as its name implies, but

then, apart from the structural differences pointed out above,

Gmelin’s species is a much larger bird. A skin in the Indian

Museum collection measures:—Length 9°5 inches, wing 4°8,

tail 4, tarsus 0°7, bill from gape 1-1. Also, except the white

head and neck, its plumage is black and the under tail-coverts

ale concolorous with the stomach, as in all known species

of LHypsipetes. Cerasophila Thompsoni bears a superficial

* xépavos=a cherry-tree.

On an apparently new Specres of Cyornis. 359

resemblance to some of the Grey. Starlings (Sturnta) ; the

grey plumage, white head, and above all the bare eye-patch

contributing not a little to this likeness. It seems clear,

however, that its short tarsi, forked tail, and above all its

habit of keeping in small parties to the tops of trees, and

rarely, if ever, descending to the ground, point to a close

affinity with Hypstpetes.

On my visit to Loi-San-Pa the wild cherry-trees were in

full bloom, and all day long were visited by numbers of

Lypsipetes concolor, 7 Mee Hardwickti, Lioptila melano-

leuca, and other birds. Among these the above-described

Species was most conspicuous with its white head and grey

plumage. Its call, so far as I could catch the note amid the

babel of sound made by all the birds on the trees, was very

similar to that of [Hypsipetes.

I have named the species after Mr. H. N. Thompson, of

the Indian Forest Department, a keen observer and field-

naturalist, who was with me on Loi-San-Pa, and was the

first to discriminate as new and procure specimens of this

beautiful Bulbul.

Cyornis brevirostris, sp. n.

Foreliead, sides of the head and neck, crown, occiput, nape,

back, scapulars, the greater wing-coverts, and the sides of the

body under the wings uniform dark slaty blue (the colour of

a dark rock-pigeon) ; rump and upper tail-coverts paler blue ;

lesser wing-coverts and the wings dark brown; tail black,

the base narrowly on the two central feathers and broadly on

the remainder white; chin, throat, breast, and the upper

half of the stomach bright orange ; lower portion of stomach,

the thighs, and under tail-coverts white, faintly washed with

olive-brown ; under wing-coverts and axillaries pale orange-

yellow. Bill, legs, and feet black ; iris dark brown.

3. Length 4°8 inches, wing 2°9, tail 1°8, tarsus 0°6; bill

from gape 0°4, from front 0°24.

Hab. Kalaw, 4000 feet, Myilat State, Southern Shan

States, Upper Burma.

The dimensions given above are from the dry skin, as

unfortunately when procured I did not discriminate it from

C. sapphira. It is a Cyornis in colouring, and seems nearest

to CU. Lickelli, Blyth, but very much smaller and very much

duller in colour, entirely wanting the glistening blue teathers

on the forehead, bend of the wing, &c. Its extremely short

bill also serves to distinguish it from that and all other species

ot Cyornis.

The types of both the above-described species are in the

Indian Museum, Calcutta,

360 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

L.—Note on the Common Hedgehog (Hrinaceus europeus,

Linnewus) and its Subspecies or Local Variations. By

G. KE. H. Barrerr-HAmMILton.

A COLLECTION of small mammals recently made by the late

Mr. W. Dodson in Roumania included two hedgehogs which

differ considerably from ordinary British and Continental

animals in their coloration. In naming them I have been

obliged to overhaul the whole series in the collection of the

British Museum, and it may be well to here summarize the

result of my work.

The colours of the hedgehog are so dull that they do not at

first sight seem to afford much scope for extensive local

variations as compared with those of other mammals. So far

as the specimens of the common species at my disposal go,

this is borne out only to a certain extent—that is to say,

while | know of no brilliant local developments, there are yet

wide differences in colour between the hedgehogs, say, of

Mount Lebanon, of South Spain, and of Great Britain. But

those who wish to see for themselves what striking develop-

ments may, under the influence of natural selection, be evolved

from so apparently poor material should look at the specimens

of other genera and species from the Ethiopian and Oriental

Regions. In some of these blacks and whites are used

with very conspicuous effect; but the brightest form of

which I have seen a specimen is £. frontalis, Smith, of South

Africa, with its almost orange frontal patch and brilliantly

tinted spines.

The colour of the underside and other haired surfaces of

our common British hedgehog is due to a mixture in variable

proportions of dirty brown and dirty white hairs, Some

specimens are altogether brown, but in others there is a con-

siderable quantity of the dirty white hairs, which do not,

however, assume any particular discernible pattern or arrange-

ment. ‘The lightest skins which I have seen are those of two

quite small individuals collected by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant

in Elgin, Scotland. They have the underside and the nose

nearly white, but possess a dark not very well-defined breast-

spot and traces of a dark median ventral area.

‘The spines of the upper surface are marked with an alter-

nation of black or dark brown and dirty white annulations,

usually in three bands, of which the central is dark, while the

two extremities of the spines are light. A small dark tip

may or may not be present.

the Common Iledgehog. d61

I find that apparently the coloration tends to become lighter

as the animal ranges southward, until Spanish specimens are

almost white. his is effected by a lightening not only of

the hairs but also of the spines. ‘These appear to become

whiter along their whole length, so that while in one spine

the dirty is represented by a purer white and the brown band

has little intensity, in another the brown band may. have

entirely disappeared and the colour is white throughout the

whole length of the spine. In its extreme form this becomes

a very well-marked subspecies, which I accordingly here take

the opportunity to describe.

Another phase of the animal is represented in Italy, where,

as regards colour, the hedgehogs are slightly paler than

those of Western Europe. In Sicily there is a subspecies of

which the longer, thicker bristles have broader white and more

strongly contrasted deeper black annulations. The Roumanian

hedgehogs are distinguishable by the fact that the dirty-white

hairs of the under surface are arranged in a defined breast-spot,

thus approximating (in this respect only) very closely to £. con-

color, Martin, of which the Museum possesses the type specimen

from Trebizond. In other respects the type of Z. e. concolor

is of highly remarkable appearance, and differs in its dark

burnt-umber coloration from specimens from Mount Lebanon,

which, although similar to L. e. concolor in size and propor-

tions, possess the white tips to the spines which characterize

our own hedgehog. I suspect, however, that the colour of

the former is due to the process of preservation to which it

was subjected, and hence I refer the Lebanon specimens to

E.e. concolor. Lastly, twospecimens from Pekin and Chefoo

show that there occurs at the extreme eastern limit of the

great Palearctic Region a hedgehog which, although paler, is

yet not very widely different from our own.

One or two points of general interest deserve a brief notice

before I pass on to enumerate the various subspecies; and,

firstly, it is interesting to find Kastern European mammals

approaching or intergrading with those of Western Asia.

Several similar instances have recently been brought before

our notice, Thus we have Ovis ophion urmiana* of the

islands of Lake Urmi, intermediate between O. ophion of

Cyprusand O, orientalis of Asia; Microtus Musignant i/lyricus t

of Bosnia, intermediate between M. Mustgnani of Spain and

M. persicus of Kurdistan and Persia; Meles meles mediter-

raneus {| of Crete, intermediate between M. m. typicus of

* A. Ginther, Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 374.

+ Barrett-Hamilton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., March 1899, p, 225,

} dd. op, cit. Nov. 1899, p. 383.

362 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

Europe and M. m. canescens of Persia; and Mustela foina

mediterranca *, occurring in South Spain and Asia Minor,

and at Kandahar.

Secondly, it is curious to find that, whereas in the case

of the weasel ft there is a tendency for the white belly of

northern specimens to become yellow in the south, in the

hedgehog the process would seem to be reversed; but it is

just possible that we may find a parallel in the light Eliomys

pallidus of Sicily, in Mustela foina mediterranea, in Microtus

Musignani illyricus, and in Meles meles mediterraneus.

As regards cranial differences, I find that I can distinguish

between, on the one hand, the similarly coloured Roumanian

and the true concolor, and there are also characters whereby

the hedgehogs of different parts of Europe may be separated,

as, for instance, the British and the Italian. It 1s noticeable

that the sagittal crest may be developed in quite young speci-

mens, as in one from South Germany, in which the teeth of

the permanent dentition are only just making their appear-

ance. ‘The size of certain of the teeth is subject to some varia-

tion in different individuals. ‘This is, I think, especially the

case as regards i"*:?, a tooth the size and position of which

is relied upon in part by my friend Mr. W. E. de Winton

as a distinguishing characteristic between Z. algirus, Duvernoy,

and H. europeus. ‘This tooth is usually far larger in the

latter than in the former species; but I find it quite small in

some individuals, as in a (perhaps not quite) adult from

Cardiff, and intermediate in size in a large male from Hadding-

tonshire, Scotland. The shape of the frontal process of the

premaxilla seems to be a quite reliable subspecific character.

The following subspecies are recognizable :—

(1) Erinaceus europeus occidentalis, subsp. n.

Type from MHaddingtonshire, Scotland; presented by

Mr. W. Eagle Clarke (for particulars see below).

Distinguishing characteristics. Colour of underside a

mixture of dirty white and dirty brown without definable

attern. Spines with at least three bands as above described.

Skull with conspicuous frontal processes to the premaxille,

with a blunt or nearly square posterior termination, and seldom

showing a sharply defined point or angle; these processes

usually extend backward for more than half the length of

the nasals.

Dimensions (in millim.) of four selected speciinens :—

* Barrett-Hamilton, op. cit. June 1898, pp. 441-2.

+ dd. op. cit. Jan. 1900, p. 41.

t “On aCollection of Mammals from Morocco,” P.Z,S. 1897, pp. 955-6.

the Common Hedyehog. 363

Skull.

cn a

Breadth

Head and Hind Basal at

body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma.

ad, Cardiff, Wales, 26th May,

1899 (R. Drane) .......... 263 20 43 22 53 36

d, Innerwick, Haddingtonshire,

Scotland, 8th April, 1899

(W. Eagle Clarke). Type of

subspecies. (Mamme 8.)

The skull is the largest I

SS ae 218 17 42 28 57 84

| No. 93. 10.30. 2. oo, Ennis,

Co. Clare, Ireland, 21st Sept.,

1893 (J. W. Scott) ........ 252 30 40

— Qjuv., Hardington, Gloucester-

| shire (22. Hooper), 15th Nov.,

DE udewitumnlS kh >> ><). 179 23 36 21 damaged.

Distribution. The British Isles and probably parts of median

Western Europe.

Since all the British skulls can be distinguished from those

of continental hedgehogs, I have no alternative but to separate

the Western hedgehogs.

(2) Erinaceus europaeus typicus, Linneus, Syst. Nat.

ed. x. p. 52 (1766).

Type locality Upsala, Sweden.

Distinguishing characteristics. In size and colour similar

to E. e. occidentalis, but the skull may be distinguished by

the frontal processes of the premaxille, which, although

extending backward half the length of the nasals, end in a

sharply defined point.

A specimen (no. 93. 3.1.7) from Aker [sland, Roms Island,

Norway (62° N. lat.), 28th May, 1890, has the dimensions of

the skull 55°5 x 36. A skull from Switzerland is also of this

form.

Distribution. Scandinavia and central continental Europe.

Most German animals which I have seen are intermediate in

their characters, and their exact identification must await the

_ arrival of Eastern European specimens.

(3) Erinaceus europeus hispanicus, subsp. n.

Type No. 95. 3, 3. 2 (unsexed) of the British Museum

collection, from Seville, Spain (for particulars see below).

Distinguishing characteristics. General size perhaps a little

smaller than that of £. e. typicus and feet and legs more

slender, Coloration markedly paler, being almost white in

the extreme form. The bristles in many cases lack the black

364 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett- Hamilton on

central band altogether ; the underside is white and the hairs

of the legs and head are paler than in Z. e. typicus.

The skull differs from that of J. e. typicus or occidentalis

in that the frontal processes of the premaxille are incon-

spicuous and extend backward not further than, sometimes

less than half the length of, the nasals.

The following are the dimensions (in millim.) of four speci-

mens, as taken from the labels, and to which I have added

details for the skulls :—

Skull,

(ae “~ eri:

Breadth

Head and Basal at

body. Tail. length. zygoma.

No. 95. 3. 3. 1. 6, Seville, Spain,

26th Jan., 1895 (collected for the late

Lord Lilford by A. Ruiz) ........ 210 15 53 (damaged) 36

No. 95. 3. 3. 2. Unsexed, ditto. (Type

of subspecies.) 14th Oct., 1894 .... 230 20 6&6 38

No. 95. 3.3.3. Q, ditto, 30th Dec.,

1904. 4). tinted sbwecaeeweees ees Oe 210

o. 95.3.3.4. 9, ditto, 14th Oct.,

2 I Re apo pt aan Sincy e ae 210 15 64(damaged) 36

Distribution. At present only known from Seville, but this

is probably the hedgehog of South Spain, having a distribu-

tion perhaps corresponding to Lepus Lilfordi, de Winton.

(4) Erinaceus europeus italicus, subsp. n.

Type No. 98.10. 2.5 of the British Museum collection,

from Siena, Italy (for particulars see below).

Distinguishing characteristics. Size perhaps a little smaller

than that of H. e. typicus and colour slightly paler.

The skull is similar to that of H. e. typicus.

The following are the dimensions (in millim.) of four

specimens :—

Skull.

eeecerpe es

Poot

Breadth

Head and Hind Basal at

body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma.

No. 98. 10. 2. 5. o, Siena,

Italy, 30th March, 1898 (the

late Signor S. Brogi). (Type

of subspecies.) ......++..+- 220 28 42 26 515 345

No. 98. 10. 2.6. 6, ditto,

22nd August, 1898........ 210 80 40 30 52 34°5

No. 98. 10. 2. 7. Q, ditto,

30th March; 18982). 002. 01 200 23 43 27 50 36

No. 98. 10.2.8. 9 juv., ditto,

Lat Sept.5 1898 wise) oc:sia oe mesh 208 32 38 29 48 bl5

Original no.126. 2, Crauves-

Sales, Haute-Savoie, 1600

metres, 5th Dec., 1899 (A.

BODIE 6 vo.d> soins reas 222 19 4] 26 50 22

the Common Hedgehog. 365

Distribution. Italy (besides the above I have seen also a

specimen, no. 97. 3. 7.1, from Calapiano *, Empoli, Florence,

collected by Mr. A. H. Savage Landor), reaching at least

northwards to Switzerland.

(5) Erinaceus europeus roumanicus, subsp. n.

Type original no. 50, from Gageni, Roumania (for particulars

see below).

Distinguishing characteristics. In size, proportions, and

coloration of the upperside agrees with LZ. e. typicus, but in

coloration of the onteraids with LZ. e. concolor, fartin, having

like that subspecies a dirty white spot on the breast.

Two skulls at my disposal are distinguishable from five of

E. e. concolor by their greater size, including that of the

teeth, especially of P™*. They agree, however, with

| E. e. concolor in the inconspicuous posteriorly squared frontal

processes of the premaxille, which thus end far more bluntly

even than the corresponding processes of Z. e. europeus, and

fail to reach backward to half the length of the nasals; ante-

; riorly the nasals are broader than in other subspecies.

Dimensions (in millim.) of two specimens :—

Skull,

{ Breadth

; Head and Hind Basal at

body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma.

¢d (immature), Gageni, Rou-

mania, 28th April, 1899

(the late W. Dodson) .... 170(about) 28 41 24 50 32

Original no. 50. Q (adult),

ditto, 19th April, 1899.

(Mammeze 8.) (Type of

subspecies.) .......+..+5 306 24 43 28 545 36

Distribution. At present known only from the type speci-

mens, but this form probably ranges eastwards until it meets

and perhaps intergrades with Z.e. concolor. It was discovered

by the late Mr. W. Dodson.

(6) Hrinaceus europaeus concolor,

Erinaceus concolor, W. Martin, P. Z. 8. 1837, pp. 102, 103.

Tupe No. 55. 12. 24. 83, from the Museum of the Zoolo-

gical Society of London, collected by Mr. Keith Abbott at

Trebizond.

* This, although a young specimen, bears the date of 19th February,

1897,

366 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

Distinguishing characteristics. Size smaller than that of

E. e. europeus and tarsi proportionately longer; annulations

of the spines very indistinct, being almost absent in the type

specimen, in which the colour (both of the spines and of most

of the hairs) is an almost uniform vandyke-brown or burnt

umber (Ridgway’s nomenclature) ; the chest is, as in Z. e. rou-

manicus, dirty white, and there is a spot of the same colour

on the forehead and before each ear. ‘'he spines reach further

forward on the head than in #. e. europaeus.

I prefer to regard the remarkable coloration of the type as

having been artificially produced, and to identify with this

subspecies four specimens (nos. 94. 5. 7. 7 to 10) collected by

Mr. Saleem Baroody on Mount Lebanon. In these the

general size and proportions are as in £&. e. concolor, but the

white tips to the spines are present, although the annulations

of their basal parts are less distinct than in those of other

known subspecies.

Skull with the frontal processes of the premaxille re-

sembling those of Z. e. roumanicus, but with the teeth, and

especially 2@%, smaller than in that subspecies. All the

skulls are imperfect, but the palatal length both of the type

and of two of the Mount Lebanon skulls reaches only 31, as

against 33 millim. in #. e. rowmanicus, and thus indicates a

smaller animal.

Distribution. At present known only from Trebizond and

Mount Lebanon.

(7) Erinaceus europeus Consolet, subsp. nov.

Type No. 98. 10. 6. 1, from near Palermo, Sicily

(Mr. J. I. 8.-Whitaker).

Distinguishing characteristics. Spines longer and thicker

than in continental ‘subspecies, and with the subterminal white

bands much broader and often obliterating the small dark

tips ; the median dark band is also blacker and more sharply

contrasted with the white bands. Colour of underside lighter

than in E. e. europeus.

Skull with premaxille moderately short and resembling

those of Z. e. hispanicus. In the type the frontal processes

do not quite reach backward as far as the centre of the

nasals.

Dimensions (in millim.) of the type :—

Skull.

Breadth

Head and Hind Palatal at

body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma.

252 50 40 23 33 (damaged) 36

the Common Hedgehog. 367

Distribution. At present known only from the type, which

is from Sicily, and certainly represents an interesting local

development of the hedgehog, for the opportunity of describing

which we are indebted to Mr. J. I. S. Whitaker. At his

suggestion I have pleasure in connecting it with the name of

Signor Console, his museum curator, to whose energy the

British Museum is indebted for a long series of Sicilian

mammals, including the types of my Eliomys pallidus and

Glis insularis,

(8) Erinaceus europeus sibiricus.

Erinaceus sibiricus, Erxleben, Syst. Régn, An, 1777, p. 172.

Type unknown.

Description. “ E. europeeus, noteo ex rufo-fusco et flavido

variegato; gastreo dilute cinereo, flavido-lavato” (L. J.

Fitzinger, Sitzb. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. I. Abth., Nov.-Heft,

Jahrg. 1867, p. 9).

Distribution. Siberia.

I have never seen a specimen of this form.

(9) Erinaceus europeus dealbatus.

Erinaceus dealbatus, R. Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 450.

Type No. 61. 6. 2. 5, from Peking. Collected by R.

Swinhoe.

Distinguishing characteristics. A pale form of E. europceus

of which we know very little, Swinhoe’s description having

been taken from a quite young individual, and hence being

not very reliable.

The only adult skull which is available for comparison is

that of no. 74, 1. 24. 23, collected by Swinhoe at Chefoo,

China, and in which the frontal processes of the premaxille

are inconspicuous and terminate posteriorly in a sinuous line

with no sharply defined point. The dimensions reach 54 x 35.

Distribution. At present only known from Chefoo and

Pekin, China.

(10) Erinaceus europeus amurensts.

Erinaceus europeus, L., yar. amurensis, L. v. Schrenck, Reisen und

Forschungen im Amur-Lande in den Jahren 1854-1856, Bd.i. pp. 100-

105, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1858).

Typical locality Amurland.

‘The Museum possesses no specimen of this subspecies, so

that I cannot compare it with others.

368 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

In Morocco, Algeria, Tripoli, and Tunis 2. ewropeus is

represented by the distinct 2. algtrus, the distinguishing

characteristics of which have been so well pointed out by my

friend Mr. W. E. de Winton (op. et loc. cit.). Mr. de Winton

has identified with this hedgehog a single specimen from

Andalucia, and regards its occurrence in Spain (should there

have been no mistake as to the labelling and origin of the

specimen) as an interesting extension of the range of a North-

African mammal to Europe. I have recorded * the existence

of a similar doubtful skull of another North-African mammal,

Eliomys mumbyanus (Pomel), from North-west Spain.

LI.—Asziatic Torrricipa.

By the Rt. Hon. Lorp WaxsineuaM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

THE Tortricide of Asia present several points of interest to

the students of European 7%neina through the great resem-

blance exhibited by many of their number to species with

which we are already well acquainted. Although at present

the amount of material available is scarcely sufficient to

justify any general conclusions, it is apparent that there is

in this case, as in parallel instances on both sides of the

Equator, a strong tendency to what may be called bands of

alliance running east and west within the range of certain

degrees of latitude ; and that although these bands throw out

some few projections to north or south in exceptional

instances, such projections are more intimately connected

with the question of elevation and temperature than with

that of mere geographical distribution. Through the very

generous help of my friend Mr. J. H. Leech, I am in

possession of valuable series of many Chinese, Japanese,

Corean, and Himalayan species collected by himself and

hitherto undescribed. These series he has most kindly

supplemented by collections made by Mr. and Mrs. Pratt in

Central China, by Mr. Pratt in Asiatic Turkey, by Mr. Man-

ley in Japan, and by natives in China, Japan, and Asiatic

Turkey. The acquisition of the collection of Tineina and

Pterophoride made by the late Mr. H. J. S. Pryer has

afforded me some insight into the extension of European and

North-American as well as Asiatic continental and Malaysian

forms into the Islands of Japan. The alliance of the Tor-

tricide of Japan with those of Western Europe is perhaps

even more strongly marked than that of the intermediate

Asiatic species, but perhaps the larger proportion received

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1899, p. 227 (footnote).

=") oes

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 369

from the smaller area of Japan may in some degree accou n

for an impression which further research may prove erroneous

A curious instance of structural divergence, scarcely amount-

ing to special difference, occurs in the familiar Olethreutes

arcuella, Clerck. ‘The late Dr. Clemens founded the North-

American genus Zvartema on the strength of a lobe depending

from the limbus in the hind wings, a character not occur-

ring in the genus Penthina, Tr. (Stgr. Cat.). The Japanese

specimens of arcue//a, although identical with British examples

in colour and markings, have a short lobe in the position

occupied by that of Lvartema, and a careful examination of

English specimens reveals the fact that the same excrescence

exists here in an aborted (or undeveloped) form: thus the

Japanese Olethreutes closely approaches Evartema and tends

to connect our arcuel/a with the species of that genus existing

in the Western and Eastern States of America, some of

which occur also in Japan.

In sending for publication a few descriptions of new

Asiatic Tortricide, | renew the expression of my grateful

thanks to my numerous correspondents.

In all cases where specimens have been purchased from

Dr. Staudinger, I have adopted his or Herr Bang Haas’s MS.

names with a view to facilitate identification, although I

had previously named the species differently in my own MS.

descriptions from specimens already in my collection,

OxycGrapnHa, Hb.

n, syn.=Ruacop1a, Hb

§ Penovea, Crt., =t Oxicrapus, Hb. {OxyGrapnHa, Wilk..=Ruacoptia,

Hb.,= Tras, Tr.,=*Teras, Hein.,=*Acazza, Meyr.

In the European lists the emargination of the costa in the

fore wings is relied upon as a generic character for separating

Rhacodia, Hb. (=Teras, Tr.) from *Yeras, Hein., &e.

Prof. Fernald in his Catalogue of North-American Tortri-

cide (1882) included both forms in Teras, Tr., evidently

regarding the amount of excavation as only a special character.

If any doubt existed as to the correctness of Prof. Fernald’s

action, full justification will be found among the species now

described, some of which are intermediate between Rhacodia,

Hb., and Teras, Hein., and might be referred to either.

649 (1). Owygrapha quadridentana, s). n.

Antenne dull fawn-grey. [Pa/pi missing.] ead pale

fawn-colour. Thorax reddish fawn-colour, posteriorly paler.

Fore wings reddish green; the convexity on the costa adorned

with four conspicuous teeth or tufts of scales, the first and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 7. Vol. v. 24

370 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

largest immediately before the middle of the costa, the second

and smallest immediately after the middle, the third on

vein 10, and the fourth at the end of vein 9 where the

wing is bent down to the pointed and depressed apex; the

spaces between these teeth, especially on each side of the

second tooth, are narrowly clear white, which is also indi-

cated on the underside; the whole surface of the wing is

striated with narrow lines of slightly raised fuscous scales, of

which the most conspicuous are four—the first from the costa

at one-fifth from the base running obliquely outwards to the

fold, the second at two-fifths from the base bulging obliquely

outwards and reaching the dorsum a little beyond the middle,

the third from the second tooth to the tornus, the fourth a

short one enclosing the angular apex, these are all more or

less interrupted and irregular; cilia reddish fawn, tipped with

whitish ochreous above and below the apex, and slightly

shaded with ochreous along the tornus. zp. al. 20 mm.

Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia the same colour, but paler

at their ends and having a narrow subochreous line running

along their base. Abdomen grey. Legs pale whitish ochreous.

Type, 2 (60192) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Cutna—Chang Yang (Ichang), 4000-6000 feet

(Pratt). Unique.

649 (2). Oxygrapha cerulescens, sp. n.

Antenne pale cinereous. Palpi greyish brown externally,

pale cinereous internally. Head pale cinereous. Thorax

bluish grey. Fore wings shining blue-grey, with four trans-

verse lines of greyish brown, containing a few raised brown

scales distributed along them ; the costa is marked at the

depression withaconspicuous creamy white patch preceded and

followed by chestnut-brown, and a little beyond it is a second

smaller patch of creamy white ; the four greyish brown bands

are situated thus :—one from near the base running obliquely

to the fold and crossing it to the dorsum, this band contains

a strong spot of raised chestnut-brown scales below the fold ;

the second from the anterior margin of the first costal patch,

curving obliquely outwards and reaching the dorsum beyond

the middle, contains three spots of raised chestnut-brown

scales above the fold; the third, from the chestnut patch

between the two pale costal patches, runs to the dorsum

before the tornus and contains some raised chestnut-brown

scales above the middle of the wing; the fourth before the

termen, approaches it about the middle but runs parallel to it

towards the tornus; cilia pale cinereous beyond the brown

Oe Ge? Th) fewer 2f@ .

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 371

line along their base except at the tornus. The pale costal

patches are both visible on the underside. Zp. a/, 24 mm.

flind wings greyish brown; cilia slightly paler. Abdomen

greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous.

Type, 2 (70290) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPan (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

If held in certain lights the shining blue-grey of the fore

wings can be made to appear entirely greyish brown.

649 (3). Oxygrapha paradiseana, sp. n.

[ Teras paradiseana, Stgr. List, XXXVI. (1892-3) MS.]

Antenne cinereous. Palpi, head, and thorax pale yellowish

green; the last with a greyish sheen. ore wings with

the costa abruptly rounded at the base, thence sinuate nearly

to the apex, termen excavate beneath the faleate apex ; with

oblique alternate bands of pale yellowish green and pale

shining leaden grey (giving a general pale olive appearance) ;

a large bright golden yellow tornal patch, slightly reticulated

with reddish fuscous, is diffused inwardly along the dorsum,

where it blends with and almost obliterates the green bands,

this contains a large triangular purplish fuscous blotch at

about three-fourths from the base; the base is pale grey ;

the first green band from near the base crosses the fold

obliquely outwards; the second, from before the depression

of the costa, is dilated obliquely as far as the apex of the

purplish fuscous triangle; the third and fourth green bands

go to the upper edge of the bright golden yellow patch, the

upper margin of which is straightly bounded by vein 6; the

extreme apex of the wing is shining leaden grey, having a

dark fuscous reflection in certain lights ; the cilia, which are

well developed on the costa before the depression are up to

that point greyish brown, for the remainder of the costa

creamy whitish, at the apex bright chestnut, and below the

apex along the termen nearly to the tornus white, with a

strong bright ferruginous line along their base, at and about

the tornus they are bright golden yellow with a ferruginous

tinge. On the underside the costa is whitish and the ter-

minal cilia distinctly white. ap. al. 22-23 mm. Hind

wings reddish brown ; cilia pale cinereous, inclining to whitish

along the termen, a greyish brown shade near their base;

Abdomen reddish brown, anal tuft paler. Legs shining creamy

white.

Type, 2 (60193); g (5067) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886); Yusso—Hakodate, VIII.

1886 (Leech). AMUR (one specimen received from Staud-

inger). Five specimens.

24*

372 Lord Walsingham on Asvatic Tortricide.

649 (4). Oxygrapha delicatana, Chr.

Teras delicatana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 60-1. No. 96

(1881)?: sep. 148-9 (1882) 3.

Hab. AMUR—W ladiwostok’, VIL-VIII.’ JApAn— Howpo

—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885).

650. Oxygrapha cristana, Schiff.

Teras cristana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 232. No, 650 (1871).

Hab, Europe. JAPAN—Howpo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885).

650 (1). Oxygrapha tunicatana, sp. n.

Antenne greyish cinerous, paler beneath. Pa/pi greyish

fuscous, very pale ochreous beneath. Head and thorax dark

purplish fuscous. ore wings rather narrow ; dark purple,

or purplish fuscous, with scattered groups of raised scales,

the largest and most conspicuous crossing the middle of the

fold, with a few greyish cinereous scales at its outer end and

a small group of detached similar scales above it ; the costa

strongly fringed before the middle with mixed purplish

fuscous and greyish cinereous scales, giving it a more than

naturally depressed appearance ; at and beyond the middle of

the costa are some groups of greyish cinereous scales, and

from the tornus to the apex a large patch of greyish cinereous

extends widely to above the middle of the wing and narrowly

to the costa before the apex, this patch is strongly mixed

with rich brown scales, the lines of the veins running through

it being slightly indicated ; cilia chestnut-brown, tipped with

yale cinereous, a reduplicated pale cinereous line along their

basal half, a small purplish grey dot at the tip of the apical

cilia, with a slightly paler one below it. Underside with the

costa streaked obliquely with pale cinereous and fuscous alter-

nately. Exp. al.22mm, Hind wings pale, shining, whitish

grey, tinged with very pale cinereous towards the apex ; cilia

very pale cinereous. Abdomen pale cinereous. Legs whitish

ochreous, hind tarsal joints shaded above with bands of grey.

Type, & (60195) Mus. W1ism.

Hab. JApAN—Ikao (Leech, 1886) ; Hoxpo—Oiwake, X.

1886 (Leech). ‘Two specimens.

This is probably a variable species: the specimen from

Oiwake is almost certainly a variety in which the dark

purplish fuscous colour is confined to a dark basal patch, and

having a roseate suffusion over the middle of the wing extend-

ing to the tornus ; the raised tufts are in the same position as

in the type.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae, 373

653 (1). Oxygrapha hispidana, Chr.

Teras hispidana, Chr. Bull. Soc, Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 61-2. No. 97

(1881) ': sep. 149-50 (1882) '.

Hab. AMur—Radeffka', Nikolsk', Wladiwostok', [V.-V.'

JAPAN— Yzsso (Pryer, 1882) ; Hovpo—Yokohama (Manley,

1888).

The characters by which Christoph distinguishes this

species from abietana, Hb., and hastiana, L., are certainly

recognizable ; the species is, however, extremely variable, and

had it not been for the careful manner in which the differences

are described I should have hesitated to separate it from

abietana.

660 (1). Oxygrapha japonica, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi, head, and thorax white, the

last with a strong conical crest above posteriorly. Fore wings

very clear white to beyond the middle, with two small greyish

spots on the costa; three strong raised tufts of clear white

raised scales about the fold, two before the middle, on each

side of it, and one on the fold beyond the middle; a minute

coal-black spot near the base of the dorsum; the outer edge

of the white part of the wing runs obliquely outwards from

the costa to the dorsum, and beyond it the apical portion of

the wing is bright ferruginous mixed with chocolate-brown

aud fuscous scales, with some spots and streaks of shining

metallic leaden grey and some raised tufts of brown scales; a

whitish spot on the costa before the apex; cilia cinereous,

tinged with brown, especially towards the apex, and with a

slender pale line along their base. zp. al. 15-16 mm.

Hind wings pale cinereous ; cilia slightly paler, with a slender

subochreous line running along their base. Abdomen cine-

reous. Legs very pale cinereous, hind tarsal joints faintly

spotted.

Type, @ (70301); g (70302) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JApAN—Howvo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885). Five speci-

mens.

This species is allied to Boscana, F., variegana, Schiff., &c.,

&e., but it has the thoracic tuft and raised scales more con-

spicuous.

660 (2). Oxygrapha undulana, sp. n.

[= Teras undulana, Bang Haas, in Stgr. List, XLII. 23 (1898-9) MS.)

a. undulana+undulana, n. var.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Fa/pi short, the terminal joint

874 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

almost concealed; pale cinereous, shaded with fuscous ex-

ternally. Head pale cinereous. Thorax pale greyish cine-

reous. Fore wings pale greyish cinereous, with greyish

fuscous transverse shading; several spots of raised scales

accompany a faint ill-defined shade at about one-fourth, being

conspicuous immediately above and below the fold, other

groups accompanying a rather more visible oblique shade

about the middle, of these the strongest are on the cell and

just below the fold; the shading on the terminal and apical

area converges on the termen above the tornus (in some

specimens there are short blackish dashes, one below the costa

before the middle, one above the fold before its middle, and

another from the cell to the middle of the termen) ; cilia pale

greyish fuscous, with tawny reflections, a darker shade

running along their base. Lap. al. 12-14 mm. Hind wings

brownish grey, darkening towards the apex and termen; a

dark dividing line near the base of the brownish grey cilia.

Abdomen pale cinereous, with some pale fuscous shading.

Legs pale cinereous, the tarsi spotted with fuscous.

Type, & (7281) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Asiatic TurKey—Hazres—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1893); Zeitun (received from Staudinger). Six

specimens.

B. undulana+coprana, 0. var.

In one variety a large snow-white basal patch appears,

reaching further along the costa than along the dorsum, its

outer extremity marked by a patch of raised black scales on

the cell. The tegule of this specimen are also snow-white ;

in other respects it presents no appreciable difference from the

typical form, indeed on the outer two-thirds of the wing,

with the exception of a few scattered white scales, the position

and extent of the shading is precisely similar to that of the

others. Hp. al. 14 mm.

Type, 8 (61557) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Asiatic ‘TuRKEY—Hazes—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1893). Unique.

662 (=663). Ozxygrapha Boscana, F.*

I. Teras Boscana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 233. No. 662 (1871).

Il. Teras parisiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp, Eur. 235. No. 663 (1871).

Teras scabrana, Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, X. 5. No.5 (1882).

Hab. Evrore. Unirep States. JApAN—Howpo—Oi-

wake (Pryer, 1885). ,

* In deference to the wishes of the Editors I have not objected to the

use of capital initials for special names derived from persons, although

my preference is strongly-opposed to a practice involving inconsistencies

almost unavoidable.— Ws.

Lord Walsingham on As¢atic Tortricide. 375

A single specimen of brood 1, trom Oiwake.

Prof. Fernald records brood II. from New York and Penn-

sylvania, and suggests that ¢risignana, Rbsn., may be identical

with brood I. In Staudinger and Wocke’s ‘ Catalog’ the

name parisiana, Gu., is adopted for brood II., while Prot,

Fernald designates this brood scabrana, Crt. Curtis referred

Fabricius’s Pyralis seabruna to the genus Leptogramma, and

Stephens referred the same name to the genus Acleris,

Neither of these authors published a new species as scabrana,

and as their names are now regarded as “ erroneous in adop-

tion,” they cannot be accepted as valid.

Leptogramma parisiana, Gn, (1845), must sink as a syno-

nym of Glyphiptera ulmana, Dp. (1834), the validity of

which is in no way affected by the earlier Tortrix (Ludemis)

ulmana, Hb. Should it be desirable to refer to the second

brood under a varietal name it should be called Boscana, F.

[Il. udmana, Dp.]}.

(663). Oaxygrapha nivisellana, W\sm.

Teras nivisellana, Wism. Ill. Lp. Het. B. M. IV. 2, Pl. LXI.3 (1879) ';

Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, X. 8. No. 16 (1882) *.

Hab. Unirep Stares—Maine*, New York’, California’,

Oregon’, V.', VILL." Japan — Arvsru (two specimens

received from Mr. J. H. Leech).

664. Oxygrapha literana, L.

Teras literana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 233-4, No. 664 (1871).

y. literana, L.+squamana, F.

Hab. Evrore. Asiatic TuRKEY—Hares—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll.).

670 (1). Oxygrapha albiscapulana, Cli.

Teras albiscapulana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 63-4, No, 98

(1881) !: sep. 151-2 (1882) '.

Hab. AMUR—Wladiwostok', V.'. CoreEA—Gensan (Leech,

1886).

A single specimen, which appears to be a dark variety of

this species, distinguished from others of the genus by the

distinct division of the tegule into a dark anterior and a pale

posterior half; in the specimen before me the paler portion

cannot be called clear white, as in the original description, but

I am not acquainted with any other species possessing the

same peculiarity, and in a genus so variable I cannot venture

to describe it as distinct without access to the type or some

further reliable evidence.

376 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

676 (2). Oxygrapha Pryerana, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, and head varying from greyish brown to

pale ochreous; palpi short, with the terminal joint scarcely

exposed. Thorax pale brownish grey or whitish ochreous.

Fore wings pale brownish grey or whitish ochreous, with a

red-brown or grey-brown triangular costal patch, on which

the costa is perceptibly depressed; this patch is often

mottled with fuscous, the pale ground-colour of the wing

sometimes showing on its upperside; several small flecks of

slightly raised blackish scales are scattered about the wing-

surtace, especially at the basal fourth and about the apex of

the costal triangle, and there are also some blackish dots on

the apical fourth ; the costal patch is generally mottled with

greyish fuscous; cilia pale reddish brown, ochreous, or

whitish ochreous, sometimes with a slight shade along their

middle. The underside shows some mottling on the costa.

Exp. al. 17-18 mm. Hind wings very pale brownish grey ;

cilia shining white, with a grey line running through them

near their base. Underside freely reticulated along the costa

and towards the apex. Abdomen dark grey; anal tuft

whitish ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous, hind tarsal joints

slightly spotted above.

Type, 2 (70328); g (70329) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886); Howpo—Yokohama (Man-

ley, 1888). ‘Twenty-two specimens.

A variable species nearly allied to ferrugana, Tr., but

differing chiefly in the perceptibly depressed costa, which in

the western species is straight; the raised scales are also

more perceptible in Pryerana.

679 (1). Oxygrapha platynotana, sp. n.

Antenne greyish cinereous, basal joint chestnut. Palpi

short, terminal joint scarcely showing beyond the densely

clothed median joint ; chestnut. Head and thorax chestnut.

Fore wings shining chestnut, inconspicuously spotted and

striated with slender lines of pale whitish ochreous, enclosing

pale streaks and spots of the ground-colour; these are espe-

cially visible along the dorsum and on the basal third about

the middle of the wing ; two distinct, straight, slender, oblique

lines cross the wing, pointing outwards trom the costa to the

dorsum ; the first leaving the costa at one-third from the base

reaches the dorsum at nearly two-thirds from the base, and is

very slightly sinuated outwards at about its middle; the

second from the costa at nearly two-thirds from the base,

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 377

runs straight to the tornus; these lines are pale whitish

ochreous, and the chestnut ground-colour of the wing is

slightly intensified immediately adjacent to their outer

margins ; cilia chestnut, with a slender whitish-ochreous line

along their base and another before their middle, they are

also tipped with whitish ochreous. Zap. a/l.22 mm. Hind

wings grey ; cilia scarcely paler. Abdomen grey; anal tuft

very pale brownish. Legs pale whitish ochreous.

Type, & (60196) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN—Ikao (Leech, 1886). Unique.

A peculiar and distinct species, in which the two transverse

lines, shaded on their outer margins, present the appearance

of raised streaks and at first sight recall to mind the American

genus Platynota, Clem., which, however, differs in neuration.

680 (1). Oxygrapha affinitana, Snell.

Teras affinitana, Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. XXVI. 185-7, Pl. XI. 2, 2a

(1883) *.

Antenne greyish fawn. Palpi short, terminal joint pro-

jecting but little beyond the densely clothed median joint ;

brownish ochreous, slightly paler than the head. Head and

thorax brownish ochreous; face slightly paler. Fore wings

bright brownish ochreous, with a faint roseate sheen, inter-

rupted by straggling lines of raised brownish ochreous scale-

spots (to the number of 12 or 13), the majority of these are

on the apical half of the wing; cilia pale brownish ochreous.

Ezp. al. 15 mm. Hind wings brownish grey; cilia pale

cinereous, with a slender ochreous line at their base, followed

by a narrow brownish grey shade. Abdomen brownish

ochreous. Legs very pale whitish ochreous.

Hab. N. Asts—Chingan-gebergte*, VIL." JAPAN (Pryer,

1886) ; Krvsiv—Nagasaki, VI. 1886 (Leech).

683 (1). Oxygrapha fuscotogata, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi short, terminal joint exposed ;

reddish ochreous. lead pale yellowish ochreous above,

tinged with reddish brown at the sides. Thorax mixed

elicmral ochreous and reddish brown. Fore wings bright

yellow-ochreous on the basal half, reddish brown beyond,

much reticulated and striated throughout ; on the pale basal

portion of the wing is a brown patch at the base of the costa,

showing a dark leaden grey sheen in some lights; a reddish

brown angulated slender line runs from the end of this patch

obliquely outwards nearly to the fold, whence it is bent back

378 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

to the dorsum, the reticulations on this part of the wing are

reddish brown; from the apical half of the wing the darker

colouring encroaches upon the basal half along the costa, and

from its origin a slender line of mixed blackish and reddish

scales divides the darker from the paler half; beyond this

line a dark leaden grey suffusion extends from near the costa

to the dorsum, a narrower suffused fasciaform band running

parallel to it after a second line of blackish scales on the

brown ground-colour; again beyond this on the brown

ground-colour is a third line of blackish scales running from

the costa at two-thirds obliquely outwards and bent down to

the tornus; a third curved dark leaden grey band crosses the

wing before the apex, and the apex itself is of the same colour

preceded by reddish brown; the extreme costa on the outer

half is narrowly pale ochreous ; cilia dark leaden grey tipped

with whitish ochreous, except at the tornus; the leaden-grey

bands are slightly glossy in certain lights. Underside pale

brownish fuscous, the costa and outer half of the cilia on the

termen very pale ochreous. ap. al. 14-15 mm. Hind

wings brownish fuscous ; cilia very pale cinereous, with a

darker shade running through them before ‘their middle.

Abdomen brownish fuscous. Legs ochreous, smeared and

barred with fuscous.

Type, 3 (70305) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Two specimens.

This species is allied to reticulata, Strém, but is somewhat

smaller and more distinctly divided into two colours on the

fore wing, and, moreover, the hind wings are very decidedly

darker than in that species.

Arcuies, Hb.

= Cacacrs, Ub.,= Prrenoroma, Stph.,=Lozorznra, Stph,

684 (1). Archips ? longicellanus, sp. n.

Antenne, 6 slightly pubescent; brownish cinereous,

Palpi rather slender, closely appressed to the face, terminal

joint short, exposed; cinereous brown. Head cinereous

brown, rather densely clothed above. Thorax rather robust ;

cinereous brown, clouded with greyish fuscous posteriorly.

Fore wings, 8 with a long costal told, abruptly terminated

at some distance from the base; cinereous brown; a large

basal patch, enclosed on its outer edge by a slender greyish

ochreous line, is wider on the dorsum than on the costa, and

is mottled with reddish brown, it has also a strong patch of

greyish fuscous scales on the dorsum near the tornus; a

;

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 379

transverse fascia from the middle of the costa to the tornus is

bounded on its inner edge by a narrow greyish ochreous line,

and is much mottled with reddish brown, it has also a few

fuscous scales at its upper end about the edge of the costal

fold, and others at its lower extremity adjacent to the tornus ;

a subapical patch of the same colour is diffused with some

slender streaks along the termen; between the basal patch

and the central fascia the wing is much shaded with greyish

fuscous scales, and the outer edge of the fascia itself is scarcely

defined, almost blending with the general colour of the wing-

surface ; indeed, the markings throughout are not very con-

spicuous ; cilia pale shining cinereous, tinged with brownish

towards the apex. Exp. al. g 22-25, ? 23-29 mm. [ind

wings brownish fuscous; cilia shining whitish. Abdomen

rather robust, brownish fuscous. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, & (70384); 2 (70385) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Hoxno—Yokohama (JJan-

ley, 1888). CHtina—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt,

1886). ‘Twenty specimens.

The female has the wings much more elongate than the

male, the apex produced, the termen concave below the apex

and bulging in the middle ; the costa is much arched as in the

usual forms of Archips, which the male also strongly re-

sembles. The neuration agrees with that of Archips in having

all the veins separate in the fore wings; the neuration of the

hind wings is also similar; but it differs from all species with

which I am acquainted in its unusually long discal cell in the

fore wings, which reaches to four-fifths the wing-length ; the

discal veins are therefore very short, vein 3 from near the

lower angle of the cell being much recurved, a difference

which might well be regarded of generic value. ‘The cell in

the female is scarcely, if at all, longer than in the ordinary

forms of Archips, but vein 3 arises rather nearer to vein 4

than is usual.

685 (1). Archips similis, Btl.

Cacecia similis, Btl. Il. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. III. 79, Pl. LX. 4 (1879) '.

Hab. CorrAa—Fusan, 24. VI. 1886 (Leech). JAPAN—

Hoxvo—Yokohama'; Oiwake, VI.-VII. 1887 (Pryer).

Extremely nearly allied to, if not identical with, piceanus,

L.; it is distinguished only by its larger size and brighter

coloration. This is probably the species recorded in Staud-

inger and Wocke’s ‘ Catalog’ (235. No. 685) as piceana, L.,

from East Siberia.

380 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

685 (2). Archips ingentanus, Chr.

n. syn. =subrufana, Snell.

Tortriz ingentana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 64-6. No. 99

(1881): sep. 152-4 (1882)'. Tortriv subrufana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent.

XXVI. 187-9, Pl. XI. 3, 3. (1883) 2.

Hab. Amur—Askold'; Suifun*; Wladiwostok, VII.’

CorEA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). CHtna—Chang Yang

(Pratt); Che-tou; Omei-shan, VI.-VII.; Pantze Fang,

VI-VIT. JApPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882); Hakodate, VIII.

1886 (Leech). Honno—Fushiki, VII. 1887 (Leech) ; Oiwake

(Pryer, 1885); Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech); Yokohama

(Manley, 1888). KaAsHmir—Scinde Valley, 7000 feet, VI.

1887 (Leech).

This species appears to vary considerably in size and in

the extension of the markings, as also in the amount of

shading and of yellowish colouring in the hind wings, but it

never possesses a tuft of darkened scales on the costa before

the apex of the hind wings in the female ; thus it is allied to

podanus, Sc., rather than to decretanus, Tr.

686 (1). Archips asiaticus, sp. n.

Antenne smoky greyish. Palpi short, closely appressed

to the face; greyish ferruginous. ead and thorax smoky

greyish. Fore wings, g with the costal fold somewhat wider

and more strongly developed than in the European podanus,

Se.; tawny reddish, with a triangular streak from the base of

the dorsum pointing obliquely outwards and terminating in a

patch of blackish scales on the upper edge of the fold, the

base of the triangle being developed into a projecting tuft on

the flexus; a large costal patch of a darker shade than the

ground-colour, and having a somewhat purplish hue, spreads

downward to the fold, covering almost the entire middle third

of the wing, its inner edge narrowly pale-margined at the

apex (which is somewhat more strongly falcate than in

podunus), the costa being much depressed before it; a streak

of blackish scales runs downward along the upper third of the

termen, and within it is a second group of similar scales

blending with a tawny shade which is continued along the

lower half of the termen to the tornus; cilia tawny reddish,

tipped at the apex with black, paler at the tornus. Under-

side brownish ferruginous on the costal fold, with a greyish

shade along the dorsum, the apical third of the wing bright

orange-ochreous, without reticulations. 2 with the costa

deeply impressed on the outer half, the termen strongly

sinuate beneath the produced apex; tawny, with a strong

—_ ll at

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic 'Tortricide. 381

vinous or purplish tinge, with three or more oblique trans-

verse lines, the first two running outward from the costa before

the middle, the first evenly convex, the second almost straight

as far as the fold, thence bent back to the dorsum ; another

before the apex reaches the termen above the tornus ; an elon-

gate ferruginous costal patch lies along the depressed portion

of the costa, a purplish fuscous patch on the dorsum, within

the first transverse line, and an apical streak of mixed blackish

and ferruginous scales from the apex reaches halfway down

the termen ; cilia tawny, blackish at the apex, touched with

ferruginous below it, paler at the tornus, Underside pale

ochreous, shading to rich orange-ochreous on the apical third,

without reticulations. Zwzp. al. g 20-2 26 mm. Lind

wings, & reddish ochreous on the upper half, smoky greyish

on the lower half, the cilia corresponding in colour: under-

side corresponding to the fore wings in its different shades

of colouring, but without the brown streak at the base of

the costa, also without reticulations. ? orange-ochreous, the

costa whitish ochreous, without a projecting tuft of scales,

within vein le shaded with greyish, cilia corresponding :

underside pale ochreous, shading to rich orange-ochreous

on the apical third, without reticulations. Abdomen, § smoky

greyish, anal tuft with an ochreous tinge; ? greyish at the base,

touched with orange-ochreous posteriorly. Legs ochreous.

Type, 3 (60403); 2 (60404) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, CorrA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech), VIL-IX. 1887

(to). Hight specimens.

This species differs from podanus, Sc., in the male having

a larger costal fold, in the absence of reticulation, and in the

much brighter orange-ochreous colour of the wing; also on

the upperside in the somewhat more diffused and ill-defined

pattern of the markings,

689. Archips crateganus, Ub.

Tortrix (Cacecia) crategana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp, Eur. 235. No. 689

(1871).

Hab, Evrore. JApsAN—Howvo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885) ;

Yokohama (Manley, 1888). W. CHINA—Omei Shan,

VI-VII.

One specimen from Oiwake (¢, 70398 Mus. Wlsm.) has

the neuration abnormal. In the lett fore wing veins 7 and 8

are stalked and 6 separate, while in the right wing 6 and 7

are stalked and 8 is separate.

382 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

691 (1). Archips breviplicanus, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous. Palpi short; reddish ochreous. Head

dull reddish ochreous. Thorax greyish fuscous above, touched

with reddish at the sides. ore wings rather straight, with a

very short costal fold at the base, termen straight, slightly

coneave below the apex, tornus rounded; reddish ochreous,

with a reddish fuscous patch near the base of the dorsum, a

large reddish fuscous patch from beneath the costa at one-

third, widened and diffused outwards on the middle of the

wing, and thence more or less connected with a paler reddish

fuscous patch beyond the middle of the costa, which does not

reach the dorsum, except by a narrow line at its inner edge ;

the pale ground-colour of the wing is reticulated with irre-

gular waved reddish fuscous strie; a small reddish brown

spot at the extreme apex, and the costal fold is also reddish

brown; cilia reddish brown, pale cinereous at the tornus,

Exp.al.17 mm. Hind wings yellowish ochreous, shaded

with greyish fuscous on their inner half and having a bright

red-brown gloss at the apex ; cilia pale cinereous. Abdomen

pale cinereous, with a slight ochreous tinge. Legs whitish

ochreous.

Type, & (60426) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. CoreA—Gensan (Ito, 1887). Unique.

This species is distinguished by its short costal fold and

narrower wings from ingentanus, Chr., some varieties of which

it slightly resembles in general appearance.

692. Archips sorbianus, Hb.

Tortrix (Cacecia) sorbiana, Stgy. & Wk. Cat. Lp, Eur. No, 692

(1871).

Hab. Furope—AsiAtic TurKEY—/Hazrez—Shar Devesy

13-14, VI. 1890 (Native Coll).

692 (1). Archips adumbratanus, sp. n.

Antenne brownish fuscous. Pa/pi recurved, not closely

appressed to the head, somewhat roughly clothed on the

median joint, terminal joint exposed ; brownish fuscous

externally, pale cinereous on their inner sides, Head brownish

cinereous. Thorax dark greyish brown. ore wings, 3

with a rather long and very narrow costal fold, scarcely

reaching to the base; greyish brown, with a slight rufous

tinge in some lights; a basal patch, central fascia, and apical

patch dark greyish brown, inclining to reddish brown, and

more or less defined by reddish brown streaks along their

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 383

margins; the basal patch is wider ‘on the dorsum than on

the costa, the central fascia is oblique from the middle of the

costa to the dorsum before the tornus, the apical patch,

beginning on the costa at two-thirds from tle base, is diffused

along the termen and is accompanied by some dark brown

streaks nearly to the tornus; between these markings the

wings have a decidedly greyish tinge accompanied by a slight

reddish or vinous gloss ; cilia greyish brown. Evp. al. g 26,

? 384mm. Mind wings brownish fuscous; cilla pale cine-

reous. Abdomen brownish fuscous, anal tuft cinereous. Legs

pale cinereous.

Type, 3 (70396); 2 (70893) Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Two specimens.

The female is much larger than the male, it has a rather

more ochreous tinge, and there is some reddish ochreous about

the apex of the hind wings.

692 (2). Archips Lafauryanus, Rag.

Tortrix Lafauryana, Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1875, xxii; Ann. Soe,

Ent. Fr. XLY. (5s. VI.: 1876) 403-5 (1876), pl. VI. 2 (1877).

Hab, Evrope—France, England. Corea—Gensan (J0o,

1889).

Eleven specimens, which I cannot separate from this

species, have the same characteristic costal fold, and the

somewhat faintly indicated markings are placed in precisely

similar positions to those of the European species. ‘The

Corean specimens are somewhat larger, and of a generally

lighter colour, but [ see no sufficient distinction to justify me

in describing it as a separate species.

692 (3). Archips liratanus, Chr,

Tortrix liratana, Chr. Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Mose, LVI. 68-9. No, 102

(1881)': sep. 156-7 (1882) }.

Hab. AMur—Askold'. CoreaA—Ffusan, 24, VI. 1886

(Leech) ; Gensan (Ito, 1887). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Howpo

—Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech). Arvsrv—Satsuma, YV.

1886 (Leech). y

693. Archips semialbanus, Gn.

Tortriz ( Cacecia) semialbana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236. No, 693

(1871). Cacecia semialbana, Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind, 695,

No. 4740 (1889) *.

Hab, Europe’, _ CorEA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech),

384 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

CutnAa—Chang Yang (Pratt), Kasamtr—Dras Ladak,

7000 feet, 20 VI. 1887 (Leech); Scinde Valley, 7000 feet,

VI. 1887 (Leech) ; Goorais Valley, 7000 feet, VIII. 1887

(Leech). PungAB—Dharmsala (Hocking). NepAL—Dana,

VI. 1888 (McArthur). Sotun*®. SrkKim’.

703 (1). Archips cireumclusanus, Chr.

Tortriz circumclusana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose, LVI. 66-7.

No. 100 (1881) !: sep. 154-5 (1882),

Hab, AMUR—Wladiwostok, VI.1. JAPAN—Yezsso (Pryer,

1882).

704 (2). Archips fuscocupreanus, sp. 0.

Antenne dark brown. Palpi ochreous brown. Head

umber-brown. Thorax dark umber-brown, with a slight

purplish tinge. Fore wings dark umber-brown, with a

cupreous gloss between the dark reddish brown basal patch

and the oblique central fascia, of the same colour, which

runs from before the middle of the costa to near the tornus;

the basal patch is rounded on the termen about the middle

of the wing and dilated outwards on the dorsum, it is

partly overspread with purplish and is margined externally

by a slender brownish ochreous line; the central fascia is

also dilated outwardly below the middle and is margined on

its inner side by a narrow waved pale brownish ochreous

line ; before the apex of the wing is a third fasciaform patch

of dark brown; cilia purplish cinereous. zp. al. 3 18,

2 20mm. find wings dark brown; cilia shading to pale

brownish cinereous. Abdomen umber-brown, anal tuft

brownish cinereous. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, & (60178); 2 (60086) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN—Kivstv—Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech). Six

specimens.

The female is paler than the male, the ground-colour in-

clining to cinereous, but with a reddish gloss, decidedly paler

than the purplish tint of the male.

705 (2). Archips imitator, sp. n.

Antenne, 3 ciliated; reddish brown. JPalpi very short,

not reaching to the front of the head, terminal joint almost con-

cealed; reddish brown. //ead reddish brown. Thorax reddish

brown, mixed with yellowish ochreous. Fore wings, g with

a long narrow costal fold from the base ; shining pale canary~

— ———

. *

a i a

aa"

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic 'Tortricide. 385

yellow reticulated with golden red, with two red-brown (or

purplish brown) narrow fascie—the first from about the

middle of the costal fold to the middle of the dorsum, adjacent

to which it is considerably widened, the second from the

outer end of the costal fold to the tornus widened at each

extremity ; a reddish brown streak along the termen to the

apex ; the costal fold is reddish brown, transversely striated

with darker reddish brown ; cilia shining pale yellow, clouded

with brownish fuscous atthe tornus. Hwp.al.25mm. Hind

wings brownish grey ; cilia shining whitish cinereous. Under-

side paler than the fore wings. Abdomen greenish grey.

Legs pale ochreous.

Type, 3 (70422); 2 (70424) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN—Yrsso (Pryer, 1882). Honno—Oiwake

(Pryer, 1885). Four specimens.

Had I not fortunately possessed a maleof Pandemis sinapina,

Btl., I should have regarded this as Butler’s species, but it

differs in its much stouter palpi and in the male having a costal

fold; these characters would place dmitator in the genus

Archips, Hb., but it very strongly resembles sinapina, Btl.,

and guercifoliana, Fitch (an American species),

706. Archips eriferanus, H.-S.

Tortrix (Ptycholoma) eriferana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236,

No. 706 (1871).

Hab, Evrore. JApan—/Honpo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885),

714. Archips striganus, Ub.

Tortrix (Lozotenia) strigana, Stgr. & Wk. Lp. Eur. 287. No. 714

(1871)*. Tortrix strigana, Chr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XTT. 224

(1876) 2.

Hab, Evrore'. Corkea—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech);

Fusan, 9 VI. 1886 (Leech). JAPAN—Kzvsiv (Leech). Prersta

—Kasumkent’*.

In one strongly marked variety the oblique line of spots

which erosses the fold coalesce to form a fascia reaching

three parts across the wing, all the markings being of a rich

red chestnut-brown, and the hind wings also are somewhat

darker than in the ordinary forms; but I cannot regard this

as more than a local variety, since in the Corean specimens

the markings tend to be more pronounced and browner than

in European specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ¥. 25

386 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine,

Panpemis, Hb.

698. Pandemis ribeana, Hb.

Tortrix (Pandemis) ribeana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236, No. 698

(1871).

Tortrix (Pandemis) cerasana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236. No, 699

(1871),

B. ribeana, Hb. +cerasana, Hb.

Hab. Europe. Kasumi1r—Scinde Valley, 7000 feet, VI.

1887 (Leech).

701. Pandemis heparana, Schiff.

Tortriz (Pandemis) heparana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236, No. 701

(1871).

" Hab. Evrore. CoreA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech).

Cuina—Omei Shan, VI.—-VII.; Che-tou, 12,000 feet, VI.-

VII. Japan (Pryer, 1886).

_ [To be continued. |

LII.—Rhynchotal Notes—1V. Heteroptera: Penta-

tomine (part.). By W. L. Disrant.

THE present contribution extends to the completion of the

subfamily Pentatomine as contained in the British Museum,

descriptions of more undescribed species forming the material

of another paper elsewhere. Several references refer to

Westwood’s species described in the Hope Catalogues ; all

these types are now in my hands for revision, and the syno-

nymic notes relating to them are only reserved for completion.

Genus OCHROPHARA.

Ochrophara corinna.

Pentatoma (?) corinna, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool, xxiy. p. 84,

pl. iv. fig. 12 (1891).

Genus BRACHYMNA.

Brachymna, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 142 (1861).

Balsa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 410 (1867).

Brachymna tenuis.

Brachymna tenuis, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 142 (1861),

Balsa extenuata, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p. 410, n. 1 (1867).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatoimine. 387

Genus ‘THOLOSANUS.

Tholosanus ? colligata.

Pentatoma colligata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 310, n. 149 (1867).

I have placed this species doubtfully, or, rather, provision-

ally, in my genus Tholosanus, from which it differs by the

broad and less attenuated scutellum. The type and only

> palpi has the antenne mutilated, and thus exact generic

identification is impossible.

Genus PLEXIPPUS.

Plexippus fulvescens.

Rhaphigaster fulvescens, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 238. n. 27 (1851).

Dallas’s type and only representative was unlocalized ; in

Dr, Atkinson’s Indian collection, now in the British Museum,

are specimens from Mungphuand Utakamand.

Sikkim (Coll. Dist.).

Plexippus affinis, sp. n.

Dull ochraceous, thickly and darkly punctate, the coloration

distinctly darker on the head and anterior half of pronotum ;

body beneath and legs very pale ochraceous; abdominal

stigmatal spots black, a castaneous spot on apical segment.

Abdomen above reddish ochraceous, the apical area violaceous ;

connexivum darkly punctate, with small black marginal

spots at incisures,

Antenne fuscous, apical joint ochraceous, apices of fourth

and fifth joints piceous, second joint much shorter than the

third, third and fourth joints subequal in length; pronotum

with the lateral margins distinctly piceous, the anterior-lateral

and anterior margins narrowly ochraceous. Rostrum reaching

the posterior coxe.

Long. 11 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6} millim.

Hab, Continental India, Sikkim (Atkinson Coll.: Brit.

Mus.). Naga Hills, W. Yunan (Coll. Dist.).

The greater length of the rostrum and the shorter second

joint of the antenne are not congeneric characters, but scarcely

warrant at present the formation of a new genus.

25*

388 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Genus Dicryorus.

Dictyotus equalis,

Pentatoma equalis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 310. n. 150 (1867).

Dictyotus Roe’, Dall. (nee Westw.) List Hem. i. p. 140, pl. iii. fig. 4

(1851); Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 434 (1899).

Since publishing my note on this species (supra) I have

examined Westwood’s type, and find it is quite distinct from

the species identified by Dallas in the British Museum collec-

tion as D. Roet. Walker’s name therefore now stands,

though he described the species in a wrong genus and irre-

spective of it being represented by a series in Westwood’s

name and under the genus /ictyotus.

Dictyotus detersus.

Mormidea detersa, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 554 (1868).

Somewhat the shape and form of DJ). similis, Dall. Dicty-

otus requires revision ; all the species which Dallas included

in his genus do not appear to be congencric.

Genus EKURINOME.

Eurinome inconspicua.

Pentatoma inconspicua, Montrouz. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (2) y. p. 249

(1858),

Pentatoma circumdata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 307. n. 137 (1867).

Eurinome marginalis.

Pentatoma marginalis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 306. n. 136 (1867).

Pentatoma submarginalis, Tryon, Ann. Queensl, Mus, ii. p. 16 (1892),

Mr. Tryon’s description exactly represents Walker’s type.

Walker’s description of this species is more than usually

careless and incomplete.

Genus PERIBALUS.

Peribalus dubius.

Pentatoma? dubia, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 237. n, 10 (1851),

Peribalus abbreviatus.

Holcostethus abbreviatus, Uhler, U.S. Geol. Surv, Montana, 1872, p. 397,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 389

Genus TOLUMNIA,

Tolumnia cola,

Pentatoma eola, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 248. n. 38 (1851).

Second joint of antenne slightly longer than the third,

apical margin of corium slightly concave. Other characters

generally as in Tolumnia.

Genus TIBRACA.

Tibraca limbativentris.

Tibraca limbativentris, Stal, Bidr. till Rio-Jan. i. p. 19 (1858).

Mormidea basalis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 553 (1868).

Mormidea Walkeri, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém, t. i. p. 124 (1893).

Tibraca basalis, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 438 (1899).

Since placing Walker’s species in the genus 7'braca (supra)

I have examined Stal’s type of 7. limbativentris, and find

them both conspecific.

Genus EYSARCORIS.

Lysarcorts subarmata,

Hoplistodera armata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 266, n. 7 (1867).

Closely allied to 2. guttigera, Thunb. Scutellum a little

longer, pronotal angles very slightly more produced.

Eysarcoris ? insurgens.

Hoplistodera insurgens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p, 265, n. 5 (1867).

This species has the pronotal angles prominently and acutely

produced and directed slightly forward. Excluding this

character it is allied to 2. guttigera, Thunb.

Eysarcoris ? wnescens.

Hoplistodera enescens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 266, n. 6 (1867).

Very closely allied to the preceding species, but differing

by having the apices of the pronotal angles slightly recurved.

Eysarcoris alienus, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 275, n, 15 (1867).

This species is founded on a single specimen without abdo-

men. Walker describes the sternal process, which “is forked

hindward,”’ but proceeds to remark that “ it differs somewhat

from the typical form of EZysarcoris, but hardly sufficient to

390 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomines.

constitute a new genus.”’ As far as can be predicated in its

mutilated condition, it seems to be very closely allied to the

genus Brachystethus.

Genus BRACHYNEMA.

Brachynema biplaga.

Rhaphigaster biplaga, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 373. n. 94 (1867).

Pentatoma? tetrastigma, Walk. (nec Herr.-Schaff.) loc. cit. p. 311.

n. 154,

Walker’s type, and also the second specimen he identified

as P. tetrastigma, Herr.-Schiff., were unlocalized. The

British Museum now possesses specimens from the Atkinson

collection which are labelled ‘‘ Gulistan,” Afghanistan.

Genus THYANTA.

Thyanta parvula.

Rhaphigaster parvulus, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 279. n. 16 (1851), —

The type and sole representative of this species is un-

localized, but seems clearly to belong to the genus Thyanta.

Genus AFRANIA,.

Afrania, Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 180 (1864).

Sala, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 404 (1867).

Afrania Wahlberg.

Strachia Wahlberg?, Stal, Efv. Vet-Ak. Forh. 1853, p. 220,

Sala colorata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 405. n. 1 (1867),

Afrania exigua.

Sala exigua, Walk, Cat. Het. iii. p. 575 (1868),

Genus EURYDEMA.

Eurydema rugosa.

Eurydema rugosa, Motsch. Etud. x. p. 22 (1861); Dist. Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 28 (1881).

Tropreoris rugosus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém, t. i. p. 183 (1898)

(nee Dist.).

Genus STENOZYGUM.

Stenozyqum gemmea.

Strachia gemmea, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 346. n. 93 (1867).

Strachia lepida, Walk. loc, cit. p. 347. n. 94, :

Strachia sanguineguttatum, Voll. Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii. p. 185

(1868).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 391°

Stenozygum speciosum.

Strachia speciosa, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 261. n. 10 (1851).

Strachia inornata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 331. n, 66 (1867).

Genus AROCERA.

Arocera placens.

Strachia placens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 316, n. 21 (1867).

Genus VULSIREA.

Vulsirea violacea.

Cimex violaceus, Fabr. Syst. Rhynch. P: 167. n. 63 (1803); Herr.-

Schaff. Wanz. Ins. iv. p. 89, fig. 425 (1839).

Vulsirea superba, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 354. n. 9 (1867).

Genus ANAXILAUS.

Anavilaus camatulus.

Pentatoma camatula, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 237 (1851).

Anaxilaus vesiculosus.

Cimex vesiculosus, Herr.-Schatf. Wanz. Ins. v. p. 65, fig. 509 (1839).

Australia, Adelaide. (Three specimens, Brit. Mus.)

This is not synonymous with the above as catalogued by

Lethierry and Severin, but quite distinct (cf. Bergroth, Rev.

d’Ent. ‘ Xe pp: 206-7, 1891).

Genus NOVATILLA.

Novatilla, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 479.

Dr. Bergroth (Rev. d’Ent. t. x. p. 206, 1891) has stated

that Novatilla “est identique au genre Anawilaus, Stal.’

The two genera have, however, little in common, and the

structure of the head is alone sufficient to separate them. Stal

founded his genus Anazilaus on the Pentatoma camatula,

Dall. This statement by Bergroth has been accepted by

Lethierry and Severin in their ‘ Cat. Gén. Hémipteres.’

Novatilla fasciata.

Novatilla fasciata, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 480, pl. xiii.

fig. 2.

Anavxilaus fasciata, Bergr, Rey, d’Ent. t. x. p. 206 (1891); Leth. &

Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t, i. p. 164 (1893).

392 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Novatilla virgata.

Pentatomz virgata, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 249 (1851).

Novatilla virgata, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 480.

Anavilaus virgata, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. i. p. 164 (1893).

? Novatilla Barnardi.

Anavilaus Barnardi, Bargr. Rev. d’Ent. t. x. p. 205 (1891).

This species probably belongs to Novatilla, as Dr. Bergroth

describes it as ‘‘ A. fasciato, Dist., affine, sed notis allatis

facile distinctum.”’

Genus NEZARA,

Nezara Dallasi,

Rhaphigaster marginatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 277. n. 8 (1851) (nom.

preeoce.).

Nezara naspirus.

Rhaphigaster naspirus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 276. n. 6 (1851).

Nezara rinapsus.

Rhaphigaster rinapsus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 277. n. 7 (1851).

Menida rinapsus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 175 (1893),

Nezara stictica.

Rhaphigaster sticticus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 281. n. 22 (1851).

Pentatoma aspersa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 292. n. 553 (1867).

Nezara viridula.

Cimex virtdulus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 444 (1758).

Cimex torquatus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 710 (1775).

Pentatoma vicaria, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 303. n. 122 (1867).

Nezara parnisus.

Rhaphigaster parnisus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 279. n, 14 (1851).

Nezara prunasis.

Rhaphigaster prunasis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 279. n. 15 (1851),

Nezara marginalis.

Pentatoma marginale, Herr.-Schitf, Wanz. Ins, iii. p. 95, t. civ. fig. 320

(1836).

Strachia olivacea, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 322. n. 40 (1867).

Arocera olivacea, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 159 (1893).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomina. 393

Nezara gravis.

Strachia gravis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 322. n. 39 (1867).

Allied to N. marginalis, H.-Sch.

Nezara chloris.

Pentatoma chloris, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 38 (1837).

Pentatoma mentiens, Walk. Cat. Het. ti. p. 296, n. 92 (1867).

Genus BANASA.

Banasa varians.

Rhaphigaster dimidiatus, Stil, Bidr. till Rio-Jan. i. p. 22 (1858).

Banasa varians, Stil, Enum. Hem, ii. p. 43 (1872).

Pentatoma subrufescens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 290. n. 50 (1867).

Banasa tnopinata.

Rhaphigaster inopinatus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 358. n. 18 (1867),

Lethierry and Severin (Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 166) have

queried this species as a synonym of Nezara sparnia, Dall.,

probably misled by Walker having differentially referred to

that species, with which, however, it has nothing in common.

Genus PALLANTIA.

Pallantia macula.

Rhaphigaster macula, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 284. n. 32 (1851), -

Pentatoma diffusa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 290. n. 49 (1867).

Genus SABAUS.

Sabaeus spinosus.

Rhaphigaster spinosus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 278, n, 10 (1851).

Sabeus spinosus (part.), Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém, t. i. p. 168 (1893).

Mormidea ductor, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 264. n. 64 (1867).

Sabaus humeralis.

Rhaphigaster humeralis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 278. n. 11 1851).

Sabeus spinosus (part.), Leth, & Sev. Cat. ef n. Hém. t. i. p. 168 (1893),

Cuspicona smaragdina, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 380. n. 7 (1867).

Lethierry and Severin (supra) have regarded these two

species as being synonymic. In S. spinosus the pronotal

spines are slightly recurved backward ; in S. humeralis the

are directed moderately forward and somewhat RES

In all the specimens of this species which I have examined

the reddish spot is present at the base of these spines,

394 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Genus HyYLuus.

Hyllus fasciatus, sp. n.

Olivaceous green; head and a broad fascia between and

occupying the humeral angles of the pronotum dark ochra-

ceous ; a pale greenish rounded spot at apex of scutellum ;

body beneath and legs greenish; pronotal angles beneath

reddish ochraceous, with their margins and apex black ; disk

of abdomen ochraceous. Antenne greenish ochraceous,

second joint shorter than the third, fourth and fifth joints sub-

equal in length. Pronotal angles robust, slightly recurved,

their apices and lateral margins black.

Long. 94 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab, Ceylon (Green: Brit. Mus.).

Allied to H. florens, Walk., differing by the more robust

and recurved pronotal spines, fasciate pronotum, &c.

Genus PLAUTIA.

Plautia prolata.

‘Pentatoma prolata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 306. n. 135 (1867).

Plautia discolor.

Pentatoma discolor, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 305, n. 134 (1867).

Plautia fimbriata.

Cimex fimbriatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 121. n. 159 (1794).

Rhaphigaster rufoviridis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 364. n. 57 (1867).

Plautia grossepunctata.

Pentatoma grossepunctata, Kirby, in Andrews, Monogr, Christmas Isld.

p. 128, pl. xv. fig. 2 (1900).

Genus ZANGIS.

Zangis impar.

Rhaphigaster impar, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 3874, n. 96 (1867).

Rhaphigaster Ludekingii, Voll. Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii. p. 187

(1868).

Walker’s type was unlocalized. I possess a specimen from

Sumatra collected by Mr. Forbes, and this habitat agrees with

that of Vollenhoven’s typical specimens.

Zangis varicornts.

Rhaphigaster varicornis, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 281. n, 20 (1851).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 395

Zangis subpunctata.

Pentatoma subpunctata, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p. 307, n, 138 (1867).

Rhaphigaster melanostictus, Voll. Versi. Ak. Amst, Nat. (2) ii. p. 187

(1868).

Walker, in his description, has made no mention of a small

black spot on each lateral margin of the scutellum a little

before its apex.

Genus ASTYANAX.

lstyanax subactus.

Hoplistodera subacta, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 267. n. 8 (1837)

Genus ANTESTIA.

Antestia anchora.

Cimex anchora, Thunb. Noy. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 47, pl. ii. fig. 60 (1783).

Strachia pardalis, Walk. Cat. Het. 11. p. 330. n. 64 (1867).

Strachia platyspila, Walk. loc. cit, p. 387. 0, 78.

Antestia pulchra.

Pentatoma pulchra, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 253 (1851).

Strachia heterospila, Waik. Cat. let. ii. p. 331. n, 65 (1867).

Antestia partita.

Strachia partita, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 354. n, 74 (1867),

* Strachia subcostalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 335. n. 75.

Strachia semiviridis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 356. n. 76.

Pentatoma plebeja, Voll. Versi. Ak. Amst, Nat. (2) ii. p. 185 (1868).

Apparently a variable and widely spread species throughout

the Malay Archipelago. I possess examples from- Port

Moresby which cannot be distinguished from typical Javan

forms described by Vollenhoven as P. plebeja.

Antestia polyspila.

Strachia polyspila, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 336. n. 77 (1867).

Allied to A. securigera, Walk.

Antestia degenera.

Pentatoma degenera, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p: 504. n. 152 (1867).

Pentatoma punctatissima, Kirby, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 85

(1891).

Antestia variegata.

Cimex variegatus, Thunb. Nov. Ins, Sp. it. p. 48, pl. ii. fig. 62 (1783),

Var. Cimex olivaceus, Thunb. Hem. rostr. Cap. ii. p. 2 (1822).

Strachia pentatomoides, Walk. Cat. Het. il. p. 325. n. 51 (1867).

396 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Genus MENIDA.

Menida histrio.

Cimex histrio, Fabr, Mant. ii. p. 296. n. 176 (1787).

Rhaphigaster strachioides, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 365. n. 63 (1867).

Menida apicalis.

Rhaphigaster apicalis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 285 (1851),

Menida megaspila.

Antestia megaspila, Walk. Cat. Het. ili. p. 559 (1868).

Scutellum very broad—Menida ?

Menida labecula, sp. n.

Ochraceous, thickly, coarsely, brownly punctate. Head

with the lateral and basal margins and the margins of the

central lobe piceous. Pronotum with two transverse foveate

spots on anterior area. Scutellum with a large discal casta-

neous spot near base and two smaller spots of the same colour

near apex, behind which is a smaller linear spot; apex paler

and less punctate. Connexivum ochraceous, spotted with

castaneous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous, lateral

margins and apical segment of abdomen castaneous ; a cluster

of black punctures near anterior coxee and some silky piceous

transverse patches on lateral areas of meso- and metasternum.

Antenne ochraceous, second joint a little shorter than third,

apical joints sometimes castaneous.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab. Ceylon (Green: Brit. Mus. Lewis: Coll. Dist.).

A short and broad species allied to M. distincta, Dist.

Menida pecila.

Rhaphigaster pecilus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 287. n, 38 (1851); Leth. &

Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 200 (1898).

Closely allied to M. /ythrodes, Germ.

Menida pallipes.

Rhaphigaster pallipes, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 287. n. 39 (1851); Leth. &

Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 200 (1893).

Lethierry and Severin, in their most useful catalogue,

remark (Antestia, sec. Distant). Some confusion must have

arisen. The Antestia pallipes, Dall.,=Pentatoma pallipes,

Dall. List Hem. 1. p. 239, n. 17 (1851).

On a new Cetonitd Beetle from Kast Africa. 307

Menida bisignata.

Rhaphigaster bisignatus, Walk, Cat, Het, ii. p. 366 (1867).

Menida discoidalis.

Rhaphigaster discoidalis, Walk, Cat. Het. iii, p. 568 (1868).

Menida indecora.

Rhaphigaster indecorus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 568 (1868).

Menida continuus.

Rhaphigaster continuus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 368, n. 76 (1867 ).

Var. Rhaphigaster interruptus, Walk, loc, cit. p. 369, n. 77.

Menida rubriplaga.

Rhaphigaster rubriplaga, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p, 365, n, 64 (1867).

Menida leucophea.

Antestia leucophea, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p. 281. n. 19 (1867),

[To be continued. }

LIII.—Description of a new Cetoniid Beetle from East

Africa. By K. A. Heatu, M.D., F.L.S.

Golianthus (Sphyrorrhina) Wise.

Shining black. Thorax septangular in shape and very

coarsely and thickly punctured, with three narrow ochraceous

longitudinal lines, the central line being faintly continued

through the scutellum. The anterior part of pronotum is

slightly raised to a point, on each side of which are two small

ochraceous spots, one at base of head, the other on disk a

little before centre. The head is anteriorly prolonged into a

square frontal horn-like process 5 lines in width and 4 lines

from front to base, its anterior angles terminating in a spine.

The anterior horn is about 9 lines in length and granularly

rugose, broad at its base (about 34 lines). It is triangular in

shape, rising abruptly from the head to a height of about

3 lines, then convexly depressed to its apex for 6 lines. It

gradually lessens in size to the apex, which is terminated by

a cruciform process with its angles curved backward, the

horn forming a bridge-like structure over the horn-like clypeus.

398 On a new Cetoniid Beetle from East Afriet.

The elytra are much more finely punctured, and are covered

with irregular rows of small spots and blotches of the same

colour as the lines on the thorax ; they have also two short

elongate ochraceous spots, one above the other, at the base

two similar spots on each margin just above the middle,

and two small blotches at the end, one on each side of

the suture. The pygidium is rough, with long black hairs

at the vent; there is a fringe of black hairs at the sides of

the abdomen, which is also shining black, punctured, and more

or less covered with black hairs. The anterior femora are

hairy, the anterior tibize are more sparingly so and have one

inner spine near the apex and three outer spines. The inter-

mediate legs have black hairs on the femora and a thick

fringe of black hair on the inner side of the tibia, with three

terminal spines. The posterior legs have the femora less

hairy, but have the same fringe of black hairs on the inner

side of the tibia. All the legs are thickly punctured.

Bibliographical Notice. 399

Long. from head to apex of elytra 20 lines; max. lat.

12 lines.

Hab, British East Africa.

Allied to Golianthus Fornassinii, Westw., from which it

differs by the much more produced head, the bridge-like born,

with its broad and triangular base, the longer and more

attenuated scutellum, and the three spines to the lateral

margin of the anterior femora, Ke.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Students’ Flora of New Zealand and the outlying Islands. By

Tuomas Kirk, F.L.S. Wellington, N.Z.: J. Mackay, Govern-

ment Printer. 1899. Super Royal 8vo, pp. vi, 408.

We have in this fragment the last work on which the late Pro-

fessor Kirk was engaged at the time of his lamented death in March

1898, being the whole of the material he had put into the hands

of the printer. It is well known that he had been occupied on an

account of the flora of his adopted country for many years, and no

better man could have undertaken it. The hope is expressed in the

Introduction that the completion may be entrusted to other hands,

and if the author’s notes are sufficiently brought together it may be

accomplished by his son.

The Government printers have done their part well, sundry small

typographical errors being no doubt due to the fact that the author

could not correct the proof himself. Besides the Errata set out on

p. 384 (which may be considered as corrected), the most important

error noted by us in glancing through the volume is on page 72,

where the reference to Gayia Lyallii, “J. FE. Baker . . . 87,” should

read “ E. G. Baker . . . 137,” while on page 379, in the sixth line,

the first two letters have droppedout from DICOTYLEDONS, Again,

under the genera Azorella and Helichrysum there are references

given which are entirely misleading as they stand; it is also unfor-

tunate, too, that the author should have preferred to cite Allan

Cunningham's paper by its title as “‘ Preecursores,”’ instead of referring

to its proper place in the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ ser. 1, iv.

(1840), where the page should be cited instead of the running

number of the plants; this could have been supplied from the

‘Index Kewensis,’ which the author has employed elsewhere.

Turning to the scientific points of interest in the volume, we note

that a new genus, //uttoniella, is established for four species of

Carmichaelia, on account of the pods being indehiscent, the seeds

not exceeding three in number, and the radicle conduplicate.

Furthermore, the genus Hoheria is retained for the original species,

H, populnea, A. Cunn. ; Shawia paniculata, Forst., is re-established,

400 Miscellaneous.

the author considering that Bentham and Hooker had suppressed

it from a mistaken idea as to the constancy of its characters, and

Raoulia is retained solely for convenience.

Altogether about 950 species are enumerated, of which 262, or

nearly two sevenths of the total number, are introduced plants,

which are especially numerous in Leguminose, including 7 species of

Medicago, 13 of Trifolium, and 6 of Vicia ; 49 plants are described

as new, and a dozen are transferred to different genera.

The volume embraces the first half of the whole phanerogamic

flora, from Ranunculaceew to Composite inclusive, with a glossary of

terms, a synopsis of the work, and two indexes. Apart from the

shape, which is a little awkward for use, we can only express our -

pleasure at so much of the New Zealand flora being issued and

brought down to the present time, the admirable handbook of Sir

Joseph Hooker having long since been out of print.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Scriptotricha ov Paracantha ?

SEVERAL years ago, when resident in Colorado, the writer found a

Trypetid fly breeding in the heads of thistles. A specimen was sent

to the Department of Agriculture at Washington, and was identified

as Scriptotricha culta, under which name I published an account of

it in the ‘Sixth Report of the Colorado Biological Association,’

Jan. 16, 1889. The fly and its habits were there described in a

manner sufficient for recognition. In Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xx.

p. 369 (1893), the insect was again referred to as Scriptotricha culta

(Wied.).

In Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Dec. 1899, Mr. D. W. Coguillett

proposes the name Paracantha, with the Carphotricha culta ( Wied.)

as the type.

On looking into the matter I found no mention of Scriptotricha

in the literature, except in the places just cited, and concluded that

it must have been a MS. name. Mr. Coquillett, at my request, has

been so kind as to investigate its history, and he finds that the fly

I sent in was identified by the late Mr. Linell as Carphotricha culta,

but Mr. Pergande misread the name as Scriptotricha culta, and in

the latter form it was sent to me.

Now the question is, will Scriptotricha hold, and if so, who is its

author? It was published in connexion with a description, and

would be valid but for the fact that it originated in a mistake. I

am inclined to consider, on the whole, that it will rank with mis-

prints, and the name Paracantha will apply to the fly *.

In any case, this explanation seems necessary, to avoid future

misunderstandings. T. D. A. CockEret,

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Jan. 27, 1900.

* (‘I entirely agree with Professor Cockerell, and am glad that he has

put the matter on record.—C, Davies SHERBORN. |

7 Vol V. PULLIN

Nat Hist Pp)

Mag

‘ PIED &

CUS

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]}

No. 29. MAY 1900.

LIV.— Observations on Bees collected at Las Vegas, New

Mexico, and in the adjacent Mountains. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, Professor of Entomology, New Mexico Agri-

cultural College.

Bombus proximus, Cresson, 1863.

This has priority of place over Howardi, Cresson, and

must be used for the species. The proaimus form is the

usual one in New Mexico (Monument Rock &c.), but Miss W.

Porter took a male of B. proximus, var. Howardi (B. Howardi,

Cress. 1863), at San Ignacio, Sept. 1, 1899. The var,

Howardi has the second and third segments of the abdomen

yellow (some black hair at the base of the second), whereas

proximus proper has the second segment black as well as the

first.

Bombus juxtus, Cresson, 1878.

This has a very perfect mimic in Volucella facialis, Will.,

which Miss Wilmatte Porter collected in company with it on

flowers of wild plum at Beulah, N. M., May 30, 1899.

Andrena Portere, sp. n.

9 .—12 millim. long.

Black, with black pubescence. Superficially this looks

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 26

402 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

exactly like A. nigerrima, Casad, but it differs as follows :—

Wings yellower, stigma paler; clypeus much more produced

and much more sparsely punctured ; malar space much longer,

nearly as long as broad; abdomen practically impunctate,

the sparse punctures barely visible, the broad hind margin of

the first segment, which in nigerrima is so conspicuously

punctured, quite smooth and impunctate. The process of

the labrum is obtuse and entire.

Differs at once from A. nigra, Prov., by the very sparsely

punctured clypeus. ;

Hab. Las Vegas Hot Springs, N. M., at flowers of Saliz,

spring of 1899 (Wilmatte Porter).

The following four species all appear in the latter half of

summer or early autumn, and agree in having the abdomen

of the tessellate-impunctate type and the process of labrum

produced and emarginate. ‘They may be separated as

follows :—

Mesothorax smooth, shining; hair at apex of abdo-

men white.

Process of labrum with a deep emargina-

tion ; stigma black ............ .... &anthigera, Ck.

Process of labrum with a shallow emargina-

OH s [StapIMG PALO »..S ks vo ee eee albovirgata, Ckll.

Mesothorax granular, dull.

Process of labrum usually with a deep

emargination; size larger; hair at

apex of abdomen sooty.

Clypeus densely punctured .... apacheorum, Ckll.

Clypeus sparsely punctured .... apacheorum, vav.

Process of labrum with a shallow emar-

gination ; size smaller; clypeus tessel-

late and rather sparsely punctured .. segregans, Ckll.

Andrena xanthigera, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 9 millim.

Black, with rather long greyish-white pubescence. Hyes

parallel, facial quadrangle broader than long ; cheeks ample;

vertex dull and granular; front striated; antenne black, a

little ferruginous beneath towards the ends; sides of face

with rather abundant long hair; clypeus shining, very closely

punctured at the sides, sparsely in the middle, with an‘im-

punctate median line; malar space almost obsolete; process

of labrum produced, deeply emarginate, the emargination

rectangular ; mesothorax shining but microscopically tessel-

late, with sparse, feeble, minute punctures, and a few larger

ones scattered about; metathorax granular, dull, basal area

eave # €

Dg eh ibe Ste se dle ail Bee

Bees from New Mexico. 403

triangular, without a rim, very feeble, longitudinally plicate

at the sides of the extreme base; tegule dark testaceous ;

wings hyaline, faintly but quite noticeably smoky at apex ;

nervures dark brown, stigma black ; third submarginal cell

long, narrowed more than half to marginal ; legs black, with

pale pubescence ; small joints of tarsi clear ferruginous ; basal

joint of middle tarsus broadened; spurs white; abdomen

rather broad, microscopically tessellate, with a sericeous

lustre ; all the segments with apical bands of long white

hair, that on the first very thin, on the others very dense ;

apical pubescence also white.

Hab. San Ignacio (between Las Vegas and Beulah), N. M.,

Sept. 1, 1899 (Wilmatte Porter).

Closely related to A. nubecula, Smith, but the cloud at the

apex of the wings is not nearly so dark, the first abdominal

segment has a hair-band (wanting in nubecula), and the size

is a little larger. Perhaps it is only a geographical race ‘of

A. nubecula, which inhabits Canada and the U.S. east of

the plains, coming as far west as Lincoln, Nebraska, whence

I have specimens collected in August and September, sent by

Prof. L. Bruner. The type specimen of A. vanthigera has

the sides of the metathorax and the hind femora and tibie

heavily loaded with orange pollen, doubtless gathered from

one of the Composite. A Lincoln nubecula is loaded in

exactly the same way.

Andrena albovirgata, sp. u.

9 .—Length about 7} millim.

Similar to A. xanthigera, but differing in the basal process

of the labrum having only a shallow gently rounded emar-

gination; the stigma light brown; the wings not clouded at

apex; the first abdominal segment with the band thinner or

reduced to some scattered hairs; the shining disk of meso-

thorax with weaker excessively minute punctures.

Hab. San Ignacio, N. M., Sept. 1, 1899; two (Wilmatte

Porter). They carry a very small amount of orange-yellow

pollen.

Andrena apacheorum, Ckll., 1897, var. a.

9 .—Length about 94 millim.

Black, with dull white pubescence, except at the apex of the

abdomen, where it is greyish brown, and on the tibie and

tarsi, where it is mostly brownish grey. Facial quadrangle

broader than long; vertex dull and granular ; front striated ;

antenng obscurely brown beneath towards tips, ; clypeus

404 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

strongly and densely punctured, a small space in the middle

near the anterior margin smooth and shining; anterior

margin of clypeus transversely suleate; process of labrum

with a deep angular emargination ; mesothorax dull, minutely

tessellate, with very sparse and feeble punctures; legs black,

small joints of tarsi slightly ferruginous, spurs white ; base of

metathorax dull, granular, not enclosed ; tegule dark ; wings

yellowish, nervures brown, stigma deep honey-colour; abdo-

men broad, microscopically tessellate, first four segments with

broad but very thin apical bands of dull white hair.

Hab. Hill above Beulah, N. M., Aug. 19, 1899 ( Wilmatte

Porter).

I thought at first this might be distinct from apacheorum,

but after careful comparison I must regard it as the same,

notwithstanding the difference in the process of the labrum,

which in the type of apacheorum is truncate, the truncation

depressed centrally, but scarcely emarginate.

Andrena apacheorum, vay. B.

2 .— Differs as follows :—Process of labrum with emargi-

nation rounded, not angular ; clypeus shining, sparsely punc-

tured on the disk, with a median impunctate stripe; wings

quite dark, stigma somewhat darker.

Hab. Hill above Beulah, Aug. 19 ( Wilmatte Porter).

Another form of apacheorum, which appears to be re-

markably variable. ‘I’his insect resembles A. solidaginis and

A. asteris in many of its characters, but the abdominal bands

of solidaginis are much narrower and asters differs in various

small details.

Andrena segregans, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 8 millim.

Black, with white pubescence, dull on mesothorax and

scutellum, with a decided grey tint, some black hairs on vertex

and about the base of the antenne; hair of tarsi greyish,

inclining to fuscous, of apex of abdomen stained with greyish

brown, but not actually sooty. Process of labrum broadly

truncate, the truncation concave, but only slightly so; clypeus

with strong punctures, not very dense; antenne dark; vertex

granular; mesothorax dull, microscopically tessellate, with

sparse feeble punctures ; basal area of metathorax triangular,

minutely roughened, with a slight and delicate rim, obsolete

medially ; tegule dark; wings smoky ; stigma and nervures

very dark brown ; abdomen shining, practically impunctate,

narrower than in apacheorum, with thin white hair-bands on

Bees from New Mexico. 405

the apical margins of the segments, that on the first almost

obsolete.

3 .—Similar in most respects; face entirely dark; antenne

entirely dark; abdomen a little more punctured, more gene-

rally pruinose, with the hair-bands less distinct ; pubescence

generally longer, but of the same colour on head and thorax.

Hah. Beulah, N. M., July 26, 1899 (Wilmatte Porter).

Andrena vicina, Smith, 1853.

Hab, Beulah, N. M., May 30, 1899, at flowers of wild

plum, 3 2 (Wilmatte Porter).

New to New Mexico.

Andrena platyparia, race occidentalis, Ckll., 1896.

Hab. Beulah, N. M., July 26, 1899, 1 g (Wilmatte

Porter).

Andrena argemonis, Ckll., 1896.

Hab, Las Vegas, July 21, at flowers of Petalostemon can-

didus, 1 8, 1 2 (Ckll.); July 30, at flowers of Cleome

serrulata, 1 2 (Wilmatte Porter); Aug. 11, at flowers of Petalo-

stemon candidus, 2 9 (W. Porter). Gallinas River, at La

Cueva, Aug. 6, 1 2 (Porter & Cklil.). San Geronimo, at

flowers of Petalostemon candidus, July 23, 1 og, 3 2 (A.

Garlick).

Andrena americana, Dalla Torre, 1896.

Hab. San Ignacio, Sept. 1,2 9 (Wilmatte Porter) ; Beulah,

end of August, 1 g (Ckll.).

New to New Mexico, and quite unexpected here. ‘The

specimens agree with those from Connecticut.

Andrena helianthi, Rob., 1891.

Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 11,1 9? (A. Garlick) ; Aug. 2, at

flowers of Verbesina encelioides, 1 g (Wailmatte Porter) ;

Aug. 12, at flowers of Helianthus annuus, 1 g (A. Garlick).

Rociada, Aug. 20,1 ¢ (Ckil.).

Andrena mellea, Cresson, 1868.

Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 11,1 2 (A. Garlick).

A beautiful species, previously known only by the unique

type.

406 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Andrena aureocincta, Ckll., 1896.

Hab. San Ignacio, Sept. 1, 1 g (Wilmatte Porter).

Previously known only by the unique type.

Andrena grandior, Ckll., 1897.

Hab. Beulah, July 26, 1 2 (Wilmatte Porter); Aug. 18,

22 (ORT).

Previously known only from Washington State. The

specimens are 10 millim. long, thus a trifle smaller than the

type. Easily known from rugosa by the broad lateral frontal

depressions, which follow the orbital margin, whereas in

rugosa they diverge from it below, leaving a smooth shining

space adjacent to the eye. A. rugosa is also a vernal species,

flying in April.

Andrena nitidior, sp. n.

? —Length 12 millim.

Black, with ochraceous pubescence, dense on head and

thorax; abdomen shining, microscopically tessellate, the

excessively minute sparse punctures indicating the origins of

the almost invisible short hairs; the sides rather more hairy,

tending to form thin bands at the sides of the apical margins

of the second and third segments and all along the margin of

the fourth ; apex densely clothed with light reddish-ochraceous

hair; hind tarsi and small joints of the other tarsi ferrugi-

nous ; wings smoky, a little darker on outer margin; stigma

and nervures dark ferruginous; stigma very narrow; second

submarginal cell large; process of labrum broad and low,

emarginate.

Very similar to A. helianthi, with the same pubescence on

the head and thorax, the same narrow stigma, &c., but easil

distinguished by the smaller shining abdomen and the darker

wings. ‘The base of the metathorax is minutely granular,

the enclosure only defined by the absence of hair and its finer

sculpture; the mesothorax is entirely dull and coarsely

granular, the parapsidal grooves distinct; the lateral facial

depressions are broad and follow the orbital margin to their

lower ends; the clypeus is strongly punctured ; the flagellum

is only faintly ferruginous beneath towards the end.

Hab. San Ignacio, Sept. 1, 1899, 2 2 (Wilmatte Porter),

One has the hind tibie light ferruginous, with a dark

blotch in front and behind. In the other the hind tibiez are

covered with bright orange pollen, as also the femora and

base of metathorax. Superficially the insect has a considerable

resemblance to A. prunt, Rob.

Pie ene

Bees from New Mewico. 407

Andrena semirufa, sp. 0.

? .— Length almost 13 millim.

Black, with reddish-ochraceous pubescence, tairly dense on

head and thorax, ferruginous on the mesothorax and scutellum ;

hair at apex of abdomen black. Facial quadrangle about

square; vertex microscopically tessellate; lateral frontal

depressions receding from the orbital margin below ; antennz

dark ; clypeus strongly, densely, and more or less confluently

punctured, with a narrow longitudinal impunctate ridge;

process of labrum broad, ending in a thickened truncation,

not in the least emarginate ; malar space short, but distinct,

minutely punctured ; mesothorax minutely tessellate, closely

punctured at the sides, sparsely in the middle ; base of meta-

thorax granular, defined only by an impressed line; tegule

very dark brown; wings yellowish, nervures dark brown,

stigma dark ferruginous; third submarginal cell narrowed

more than half to marginal; scopa of hind femora and tibie

very abundant ; pubescence of tarsi grey-brown on outer side,

reddish within, spurs orange; abdomen microscopically

tessellate, shining, with only minute hair-punctures ; dorsal

surface of abdomen practically nude, the margins of the

segments not banded; sides hairy ; vertex with thin bands of

long pale brownish hairs.

Hab. Las Vegas Hot Springs, at flowers of Saliz, spring

of 1899 ( Wilmatte Porter).

Judging from Smith’s short description, this must come

very close to A, nivalis, Sm., from Hudson’s Bay. It also

runs to nivalis in Provancher’s table of Canadian Andrene ;

but it is, 1 think, certainly a different species, In Schmiede-

knecht’s table of European Andrene (¢) it runs to 64, but

does not agree with the species there indicated.

Paranomia Nortoni (Cresson, 1868, as Nomia).

Hab, Las Vegas, July 18, at flowers of Lycium vulgare,

1 g (Wilmatte Porter).

Anthophora Portera, sp. n.

3d .—Length 15 millim.

Very robust (6 millim. between the bases of the wings),

black, densely clothed on head, thorax, and base of abdomen

with erect greyish-white hair, very slightly mixed with

black. Clypeus nude, but densely fringed with snow- white

hair; clypeus (except the narrow anterior edge), labrum

(except two large spots at sides of base), subtriangular (rose-

408 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

thorn shaped) lateral face-marks, and broad stripe on scape

pale primrose-yellow ; mandibles wholly dark, slender, with

a distinct tooth within near tip; eyes olive-green; tongue

about 12 millim. long; pubescence of thorax so dense as

to conceal the surface ; tegula piceous; wings hyaline, with

a faint brownish tinge; nervures piceous, first recurrent

nervure joining second submarginal cell about its middle;

legs black, even to the tarsi (claws ferruginous at base), with

very long white hair; tarsi with some black hair on inner

side; spurs black ; basal joint of hind tarsus neither broad-

ened nor toothed ; middle tarsus with very long black and

white hairs, last joint ciliated on each side with long black

hairs, something like a peacock’s feather; abdomen densely

hairy at base, thinly so beyond, so as to appear dusty ; hind

margins of the segments brownish; third and following

segments with inconspicuous black hairs; apex narrowly

truncate.

?.—Similar; face wholly black, clypeus more strongly

punctured ; wings browner; hair of vertex and mesothorax

distinctly mixed with black; pygidial plate long and very

narrow.

Hab. Romeroville, N. M., April 29, 1899, at flowers of

wild gooseberry, 1 g (Wzélmatte Porter); Mojave Desert,

California, 1 2 (Hhrhorn).

Looks like a species of Centris.

Anthophora occidentalis, Cresson, 1869.

Hab. Las Vegas, July 20, at flowers of Cnicus ochro-

centrus, 1 9 (Cklil.) ; July 20, at flowers of Cleome serrulata,

1 2 (Wilmatte Porter); July 22, at flowers of Convolvulus

sepium (var.), 1 g (Wilmatte Porter).

Anthophora bomboides, Kirby, var. neomexicana, nov.

3 3 .—Pubescence of vertex, thorax, and abdomen except

apex bright orange-ferruginous, of cheeks black in female,

white in male; in the female the red hair covers the first

three abdominal segments (the others being black), in the

male it covers the first three and most of the fourth. Clypeus

and face-marks of male cream-colour; apex of abdomen

bidentate.

Hab. Las Vegas, June 18, at flowers of alfalfa, 1 g (Ckil.) ;

July 8, at flowers of Lyctum vulgare, 2 2 (Wilmatte Porter).

Beulah, May 30,1 2 (Wilmatte Porter). Las Vegas, June 3,

1 ¢ (&. Devine).

Bees from New Mewico. 409

In typical bomboides the pubescence, where not black, is

white or whitish, and on the male abdomen it covers the

three first dorsal segments. ‘This is from 65° N, lat.

In var. canadensis, Cresson (g), the pubescence is lemon-

yellow instead of white, and only the first and base of second

dorsal segments of the abdomen are clothed with yellow hair.

This is from Ontario. A male from Olympia, Washington

State, June 21, 1895, may be provisionally referred here,

though the hair of the vertex, scutellum, and hind part of

mesothorax is black, and the light hair which covers the first

two dorsal segments of the abdomen is strongly inclined to

ferruginous. It was collected by Mr. T. Kincaid. ‘This

Washington form tends towards A. sodalis, Cresson, from

Nevada, which I feel convinced is only another variety or

race of bomboides. A. insularis, Smith, from Vancouver

Island is known only in the female, but I suspect that it

may be a female bomboides of the canadensis type, and belong

with the just-mentioned Olympia male. Whether in this

case the western form (cnsularis) can be separated subspecifi-

cally from the eastern (canadensis) can only be determined

in the light of more ample material. A female from Sioux

Co., Nebr., sent by Prof. L. Bruner, resembles the var. neo-

mexicana in the colour of the pubescence, but differs in

having the hair of the vertex, scutellum, and mesothorax

black ; herein it resembles ¢nsudaris, but it differs in having

the pubescence of the tibiae and tarsi black.

Osmia (Chalcosmia) faceta, Cresson, 1878.

Hab. Beulah, May 30, at flowers of Salix,2 ¢ (Wilmatte

Porter), 1 g (Helen Blake).

A variable species, best known by its steel-blue colour and

the structure of the apex of the abdomen.

Osmia ( Chalcosmia) densa, Cresson, 1864.

Hab, Beulah, Aug. 18, 1 2 (Wélmatte Porter).

New to New Mexico. Known by the hair of the clypeus

being black, though that of the adjacent sides of face is white.

The anterior margin of the clypeus is quite different from

that of female /aceta.

Osmia (Ceratosmia) lignaria, Say, var. @.

? .—Smaller, only 94 millim. long.

Pale hair on abdomen practically confined to first segment ;

410 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

median impressed line of mesothorax longer, extending as far

back as the level of the tegule.

Hab. Romeroville, April 29, 1 ¢, at flowers of wild goose-

berry (W. Porter); Las Vegas (R. Devine).

It is possible that this is a distinct species, and it may even

prove to belong to O. montana, Cress., of which only the

male has been described.

Osmia (Melanosmia) nigrijrons, Cresson,

var. subaustralis, nov.

? .—Smaller, length 10 millim.

Anterior margin of clypeus with a distinct but broad and

shallow emargination, from the middle of which proceeds a

very fine raised line traversing the whole length of the clypeus,

but only visible in a favourable light; apical tooth of

mandibles longer ; mesothorax with a smooth sparsely punc-

tured space on the middle of its disk; sides of face tinged

with greenish (dark purple-blue in nigrifrons) ; mesothorax

black, with a faint green tinge posteriorly ; wings clearer.

Hab. Beulah, July 26,1 2 (Wélmatte Porter).

Probably a distinct species. Cresson, when describing

nigrifrons, seems to have confused this insect with it, as he

says “clypeus truncate or obtusely emarginate.”

Osmia (Melanosmia) ribifloris, sp. n.

? —Length 11 millim.

Thickly built (breadth of abdomen 4 millim.), dark shining

blue, including the legs, and tegule more or less ; pubescence

black ; wings only faintly tinged with brownish, but the

upper half of the marginal cell occupied by a dark brown

streak ; mandibles very broad, without any patch of rufous

hairs, bidentate, the apical tooth quite long, the other small

but sharp, nearer to it than to the inner angle; apex of

clypeus entire, shining, slightly rounded; punctures of front

and mesothorax strong, large, separate; punctures of abdo-

men distinct but not dense; ventral scopa all black; spurs.

black ; joints 2 to 4 of anterior tarsi inversely cordiform.

Hab. Romeroville, April 29, 1899, 2 2, at flowers of wild

gooseberry (Wilmatte Porter) ; Las Vegas, 1 2 (R. Devine).

Allied to O. Bruneri and cobaltina, but larger and much

more darkly coloured. ‘The spurs of the hind tibiz are small

and not hooked at the tip, thus resembling those of cobaltina

and differing from those of Brunert, From several super-

ficially similar species it is distinguished by the blue legs,

——

—-

Vole we

_ “Dll ecleeens Meal te

Bees from New Me.ico. 411

Anthidium Porter, sp. n.

é .—Length about 15 millim.

Robust (breadth of abdomen 54 millim.) ; black, with white

pubescence, pale ochraceous on mesothorax, scutellum, and

vertex. Markings pale lemon-yellow; clypeus yellow ;

wedge-shaped lateral face-marks, ending at the level of the

lower part of antennal sockets, mandibles (except their bi-

dentate tips), oblong spot above eyes, mark on each side of

mesothorax in front, mark on tegule, stripe above tegulie,

four oblong marks on scutellum, stripe on anterior tibia,

interrupted stripe on middle tibia, spot at base of hind tibia,

basal joint of middle and hind tarsi, and interrupted bands on

abdomen pale yellow. The abdominal bands are interrupted

in the middle and broadly notched on each side in front, on

the first two segments completely divided, on the sixth

segment scarcely notched. Apical segment ferruginous, as

figured by Cresson for A. mormonum, except that the lateral

lobes are broader and less curved inwards. Last ventral

segment with a single large ferruginous spine, black at tip.

Scape with a yellow stripe; labrum black. Wings broadly

dusky on outer margin; second recurrent nervure joining

second submarginal cell at its tip.

?.—Length about 12 millim.

Marked much like the male, but clypeus black, with a

large pale yellow blotch on each side anteriorly, the blotches

uniting briefly on the anterior margin; femora and bases of

abdominal segments more or less ferruginous; scape entirely

black; ventral scopa white. Hardly at all different from the

female of cognatum, which, however, is easily distinguished

in the male.

Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 11, 1899, at flowers of Petalo-

stemon candidus, 1 g (Wilmatte Porter); also in the Mesilla

Valley, Aug. 23, at flowers of Cevallia sinuata, 3 (Ckll.),

and Mesilla, June 30, 2 (Ckll.).

This is what I have hitherto recorded as A. maculifrons,

Smith, and I believe it is the species so identified by Cresson.

Unfortunately maculifrons was described only from the

female, and as there are several similar females known in this

group, associated with males which have excellent characters

at the apex of the abdomen, it may be impossible to certainly

identify Smith’s species. However, so far as Smith’s descrip-

tion goes, it points to A. montivagum, Cress., rather than to

the present insect, the size being quite too small for A. Por-

tere. It is not known or believed, however, that Smith had

any material from the Rocky Mountains, and it is most likely

that his insect came from the Southern States.

412 . Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Anthidium cognatum, Cresson, must be added to the fauna

of New Mexico, having been collected by Townsend in the

Organ Mountains, the male in Fillmore Cafion, Aug. 29, the

female in Soledad Cafion, Aug. 15. I had unfortunately

confused this also with maculifrons : the apex of the abdomen

is black (instead of ferruginous, as it is in Porter), and is

very distinct in its lobes and teeth, as figured by Cresson ;

the median spine of the last ventral segment is very short,

with a long posterior slope, its point directed forwards

(cephalad).

Anthidium parosele, Ckll., a small species of the same

group, was described only from the female, but I have two

males collected at Mesilla, June 17, at flowers of Parosela

scoparia, along with the original female. The male has the

same face-markings as male Porter, but the yellow stripe on

the scape is rudimentary, the second joint of the flagellum is

ferruginous, and the flagellum thence to the tip is ferruginous

beneath (in Portere it is black). The apical lobes of the

abdomen are yellow, with hyaline margins, but formed, as

also the central and lateral spines, much as in Portere. The

ventral surface of the abdomen is black, and the last ventral

segment is not spined. ;

Anthidium maculosum, Cresson, 1878.

3g .—Marked like the female, except that the clypeus and

adjacent sides of face are yellow, the upper edge of the lateral

yellow, flat, and exactly on a line with the top of the clypeus.

Antenne wholly black. Apex of abdomen black, as also the

lateral spines, the whole quite of the type of A. cognatum,

but the lobes long and very narrow, though blunt at ends.

Hab. Las Vegas, July 6, at flowers of Verbena Macdougali,

1 3 (Wilmatte Porter).

The above species are true Anthidium, congeneric with

A. manicatum of Europe. The second recurrent nervure is

interstitial with the second transverso-cubital, contrary to

what is stated by Ashmead in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxvi.

putes

DIANTHIDIUM, n. subg. of Anthidium.

Type A. curvatum, Smith (interruptum, Say).

Sexes of about the same size; second recurrent nervure

passing beyond the tip of the second submarginal cell; apex

Bees from New Mexico. 413

of male abdomen truncate or somewhat trilobed; hind coxe

usually with a stout spine in male.

This is Cresson’s Section 2 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, 1864,

p. 374).

Anthidium (Dianthidium) parvum, Cresson, 1878.

This is what has been reported from New Mexico heretofore

as A. pudicum, but small examples agree sufficiently with

Cresson’s description of parvum. It differs from pudicum

(which is, perhaps, only a race of parvum) by having the

pale markings yellow instead of white or cream-colour; male

with no supraclypeal mark (pudicum g has asmall triangular

mark) ; a stripe instead of a dot behind the summits of the

eyes ; apical margin of male abdomen truncate rather than

trilobate. The female sometimes has a yellow frontal spot

and a supraclypeal spot.

Hab, Las abas Weve 15,2 2 (R. Devine, N. E. Cochran) ;

June 23, at flowers of Cleome serrulata, § ? (Ckll.) ; Aug. 10,

at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, 2 g (Sarah L. Mize).

Santa Fé, Aug. 2, nesting in a hole in an adobe wall, 9

(Ckll. & Veer Boyle). Santa Fé, Aug. 2, at flowers of

Grindelia squarrosa, g (Ckll.). Also in Colorado (Coll.

Amer. Ent. Soc.).

I examined the types of pudicum in Philadelphia.

Anthidium (Dianthidium) perpictum, Ckll., 1898.

g.—Marked like the female, but the clypeus entirely

yellow. Apex of abdomen yellow, with a rounded median

lobe, dusky at end, and on each side a hyaline thorn-like

spine. Sides of sixth segment not spined. Last ventral

segment pellucid reddish testaceous, emarginate at tip, venter

before it with a large black concavity.

Hab. Las Vegas, July 20, 1 g (W. Porter); July 31,

resting on stems of grass in dull weather, 2 g (Ckll.); Aug. 1,

at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 1 g (Ckll.); Aug. 5, at

flowers of Verbesina encelioides, 1 9 (Ckil.); Aug. 11, at

flowers of Petalostemon candidus, 1 g, 1 2 (W. Porter) ;

Aug. 10, at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, 1 g (Sarah L.

Mize) ; Aug. 14, also at Grindelia, 1 2 (W. Porter).

Previously known only by the original type and a female

collected by Prof. ‘Townsend at flowers ot Lrigeron ma-

cranthus on Eagle Creek, N. M., about 8000 feet, Aug. 21.

Anthidium (Dianthidium) gilense, Ck\l., 1897.

g .—Like the temale ; clypeus entirely yellow; tlagellum

414 Prof. ‘T. D. A. Cockerell on

black; hind coxe not spined; apex of abdomen yellow,

broadly truncate, the sides of the truncation rounded, the

middle depressed, so that the apex is obscurely bilobed; no

ventral spine,

Hab. Gallinas River at La Cueva, Aug. 6,3 ¢ (Porter &

Ckll.).

Previously known only by the unique type. A close ally

of this species, having a supraclypeal mark, the hind tibie

black except at the ends, the abdominal band on the second

segment very broadly interrupted, the third to fifth segments

with only a large quadrate yellow mark on each side of the

middle, and a small spot at the extreme side, the sixth segment

with a broad angular or V-like band on each side, the apical

segment with four little teeth, is represented by a male col-

lected by Mr. E. M. Ehrhorn in the Mojave Desert, California.

The size is small (about 6 millim. Jong), and the punctures of

the scutellum are very dense and irregular instead of being

more or less in transverse rows as in gilense. The colour of

the wings, structure, and general type of markings agree so

well with gé/ense that I had no idea it was more than a colour-

variety until I saw the quite different apex of the abdomen.

For this Mojave Desert species I propose the name Anthidium

Ehrhorni.

A. Ehrhorni and A. gilense of the west, with A. notatum

and A. perplexum of the east, form a compact group of

closely allied species.

Anthidium occidentale, Cresson, 1868.

Hab. Sapello Caton, Aug. 31, 3 g, 1 2 (W. Porter) ;

San Ignacio, Aug. 31 and Sept.1,7 g¢, 3 2 (Porter & Chll.).

This species will go with Anthidium proper for the present,

but with A. /arree it really falls in anew group, which may

hereafter be separated.

The range of A. occidentale is considerably extended by a

male from Custer, 8. Dakota (LZ. Bruner, 18).

Nomada modesta, Cresson, 1863.

Hab. Las Vegas, July 12 (A. Garlick), Aug. 1 (Porter &

Ckll.).

Nomada «anthophila, sp. n.

3g .—Length 11 millim.

Black and yellow ; legs ferruginous and yellow; antenne

ferruginous, black above; apex of abdomen produced, nar-

rowly truncate, entire. Resembles N. superba, Cress., but

———---

;

Bees from New Mexico. 415

differs as follows :—Size smaller; head and thorax bare, with

practically no pubescence ; no supraclypeal mark ; eyes en-

tirely surrounded by a narrow band of yellow ; scape ferru-

ginous in front (instead of yellow) ; antenne shorter, unusually

short for a male; second joint of flagellum barely, if any,

longer than the third; scutellum much less bilobate, it and

the postscutellum yellow; sides of metathorax with a dull

ferruginous mark; pleura with a very large yellow patch

in front; behind this and beneath the wings a red spot,

surrounded by black ; lower part of pleura ferruginous ; wings

suffused with brownish along the nervures, which are very

dark brown; stigma dark ferruginous; second submarginal

cell scarcely narrowed above; legs with more ferruginous ;

hind coxw mostly ferruginous within and yellow without ;

abdomen with the whole of the first segment and the anterior

margin of the second ferruginous ; abdomen distinctly and

very closely punctured; fifth and sixth segments without any

apical black band; venter yellow, ferruginous at base, the

hind margins of the segments narrowly testaceous. ‘Tegule

yellow, as in superba.

Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 11, 1899, at flowers of Solidago

canadensis, 1 g (Wilmatte Porter).

Halictus aquile, Ckll., 1898.

g .—About 9 millim. long.

Very narrow, especially the abdomen; dark olive-green,

closely punctured ; anterior margin of clypeus broadly, and

mandibles except base and apex, lemon-yellow ; legs, ventral

surface, and sides of abdomen orange-ferruginous ; on the

first three abdominal segments the ferrnginous sends flame-

like projections into the green ; the third segment has a dark

spot at each extreme side ; pubescence of vertex and thoracic

dorsum ochraceous, of underparts dull white; antenne long,

reaching to base ot abdomen, entirely black; wings strongly

infuscated, nervures and stigma piceous. A very beautiful

insect.

Hab. Beulah, July 26, at flowers of Ranunculus, Aster,

&e., 7 2 (W. Porter) ; the first males were taken at Harvey’s

Ranch, 9600 feet, Aug. 22, 1899 (Porter & Ckll.); on

Aug. 28 Miss Porter took males at Beulah. ‘The sexes were

taken together, and there is no doubt that they belong. Pre-

viously known only by the unique type.

416 Dr. A. 8S. Woodward on a new

Hemithalictus lustrans (Ckll., 1897).

Hab. Las Vegas, July 18, at flowers of Pyrrhopappus

4 9 (A. Garlick). sp

Phileremulus nanus, Ckll., 1895.

Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 7, about a patch of Chamesaracha

coronopus, 1 9 (Ckll.).

Perdita chamesarache, Ckll., 1896.

Hab. Las Vegas, Aug. 7, at flowers of Chamesaracha

coronopus, 1 g,1 2 (Ckil.).

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A,,

Feb. 18, 1900.

LV.—On a new Ostracoderm (Euphanerops longzevus) from

the Upper Devonian of Scaumenac Bay, Province of Quebec,

Canada. By A. SmitH Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.8.

[Plate X. figs. 1, 1 a, 16.) =

Dr. TRAQUAIR’S recent memoir on new Silurian fishes from

Scotland * suggests the correct interpretation of a proble-

matical fish from the Upper Devonian of Canada which has

been for some years in the collection of the British Museum.

This specimen was obtained by Mr. Jex from the well-known

fish-beds of Scaumenae Bay, in the Province of Quebec,

associated with species of Lothriolepis, Diplacanthus, Cocco-

steus, Scaumenacia, Glyptolepis, Husthenopteron, and Chetro-

lepis, which have been described by Whiteaves f, Traquair f,

and myself§. It is preserved in the counterpart halves of a

nodule, and the two sides are shown of the natural size in

Pl. X. figs. 1, la.

As indicated by the best side of the fossil (fig. 1), the

anterior half of the fish is distorted and its precise contour is

destroyed, while the caudal region is well preserved in direct

* Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol, xxxix. no, 32 (Dec. 1899).

+ J. F. Whiteaves, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol, iv. (1887) sect. iv.

p. 101, and zbid. vol. vi. (1888) sect. iv. p. 77.

{ R. H. Traquair, Geol. Mag. [8] vol. vii. (1890) p. 307, and did.

vol, x. (1893) p. 262.

§ A. S. Woodward, Geol. Mag. [3] vol. ix. (1892) p. 482,

Ostracoderm from Canada. 417

side-view. The dermo-skeletal covering of the head must

have been very slight, for its border cannot be distinguished

with certainty. It seems to have consisted merely of small

shagreen-like granules, which are not fused into plates. The

only clearly distinguishable feature is a pair of small thick-

ened skeletal rings (0.), which may probably be interpreted as

orbits, but are somewhat further apart than in Cephalaspis.

The shagreen-like granules are seen within each supposed

orbit; but this may be the result of accidental displacement

or the crushing of the dorsal shield upon the ventral covering.

When viewed in some lights other appearances suggest that

more structure might be observable in a better preserved

specimen; but a slightly fibrous longitudinal streak appa-

rently beneath the outer granules, extending backwards from

the left orbit-like ring, is the only other noteworthy feature.

The abdominal region is probably deepened by the distor-

tion of its dorsal portion, while its dermal covering is nearly

as obscure as that of the head. It seems, however, to have

been armoured with small, narrow, and deep scales, arranged

in straight rows, which incline slightly forwards and down-

wards instead of backwards and downwards, as is usually the

arrangement in fishes. At the anterior end of the ventral

border there are obscure traces of two or three slightly larger

scales, which may have been placed on the median ventral

ridge. ‘The less complete side of the fossil (Pl. X. fig. 1 a)

shows not only the peculiar squamation, but also certain rod-

like remains near the dorsal border of the abdominal region,

which are suggestive of calcified neural spines of an endo-

skeletal axis. The latter structures, however, are not quite

clear.

There are no traces of paired fins or their supports.

The slender caudal region is well shown in direct side-view

on both halves of the fossil, and terminates in a heterocercal

tail. It is completely covered with scales like those of the

abdominal region, similarly disposed in straight oblique series

inclined forwards and downwards. ‘The scales seem to be

rather thick, scarcely if at all overlapping, invested with

enamel and marked with a few antero-posteriorly-directed

ridges and grooves. One from the middle of the flank is

represented diagrammatically of ten times the natural size

in fig. 15. The scales on the sides of the upper caudal lobe

seem to be nearly quadrilateral, while its dorsal border is

fringed with a single (possibly paired) series of very slender

ridge-scales. There is a small remote dorsal fin (d.), low and

triangular, apparently stiffened by scales like those of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 27

418 On a new Ostracoderm from Canada.

trunk, but smaller, arranged in rows to simulate fin-rays.

The large caudal fin (¢.), which is slightly excavated he-

hind, is invested with small shagreen-like granules, but also

seems to have been stiffened with some stout deeper rays,

which are conspicuous through this covering (fig. 1a).

Within the lobe at the base of the caudal fin, especially on

the side shown in fig. la, there are also traces of hour-glass-

shaped calcified hamal supports.

On the matrix of the fossil, both above and below the

caudal region, there are slight brownish streaks continuing

the lines of the squamation. These are doubtless merely

mineral stains, produced by the circumstances of fossilization.

Judging by the results of Dr. Traquair’s recent researches,

to which reference has been made, the fossil now described

represents a fish-shaped organism related to Cephalaspis, but

distinguished from that and all known allied genera by the

absence of a continuous head-shield. Dr. Traquair has

already shown that the dermal plates both of the Pteraspidians

and of the Cephalaspidians developed originally by the fusion

of shagreen granules. ‘lhe shield now described in the

Canadian fossil is therefore of the most primitive nature,

apparently only modified by the development of a solid rim

round each orbit. For this reason the specimen is of great

interest, because it shows that one of the earliest types of

Ostracoderm armour survived until the latter part of the

Devonian period. It has even further importance as being

the first example of an Ostracoderm in which traces of the

axial skeleton of the trunk have been detected.

No fragments of armour resembling that displayed by this

fossil appear to have been hitherto described. The animal

must thus be placed in a new genus, Huphanerops, defined

by the presence of the stout orbital rims, the regular squama-

tion of small deepened scales, the slenderness of the caudal

ridge-scales, and the apparent absence of other well-developed

ridge-scales. ‘Ihe species may be named longevus and

characterized by the proportions of the caudal region and the

nature of the scale-ornament. ‘The family of Euphaneropide,

of which this is the first known genus and species, must be

referred either to the Osteostraci or to the Anaspida. It is

distinguished from the Ateleaspide, Cephalaspide, and

Tremataspide by the non-fusion of the tubercles forming

the head-shield. It almost certainly differs from the Bir-

keniide in the absence of a lateral row of perforations at the

hinder end of the branchial chamber, though the actual

branchial opening has not yet been scen.

~~,

ay ps

On a new Species of Deltodus from Yorkshire. 419

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Fias. 1, la, 14.

Fig. 1. Euphanerops longevus, gen. et sp. n,; the more complete side of

the fossil and its counterpart (1a), nat. size, with scale (14)

enlarged ten times. — Upper Devonian; Scaumenac Bay,

Province of Quebec, Canada. [British Museum. ]

¢., caudal fin; d., dorsal fin; 0., orbits,

LVI.—On a new Species of Deltodus from the Lower Car-

boniferous (Yoredale Rocks) of Yorkshire. By A. Smiru

Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.S.

(Plate X. figs. 2, 2a, 2.)

Tue dental plates of some of the Paleozoic Cochliodont

sharks attain a considerable size, but those referable to the

genus Deltodus, as defined in the British Museum Catalogue,

have not hitherto been remarkable in this respect. A new

specimen, presented to the British Museum by the Rev. Addi-

son Crofton, M.A., is therefore of much interest as showing

that at least one species of Deltodus rivalled the largest

species of some allied genera in size. This fossil was dis-

covered by the donor in a dark-coloured limestone of the

Yoredale Series on Blackthorn Farm, between Long Preston

and Slaidburn, North Yorkshire. It is shown of three

quarters the natural size from the oral and attached faces

and from the hinder aspect in Pl. X. figs. 2, 2 a, 2d.

‘This dental plate is much inrolled at the attenuated outer

margin ; it is thus of the form commonly assumed to belong

to the lower jaw. If it be truly lower, it is the hinder dental

plate of the left mandibular ramus. Its curvature is not

directly at right angles to the long axis of the ramus, but

very oblique, so that the antero-lateral margin (a.) is much

longer than the postero-lateral margin (p.). Its outer in-

rolled portion is obscured by the matrix, but the inner

margin (7.) is well preserved and seen to be gently sinuous.

Its maximum transverse measurement at the inner margin is

0°06 m. The coronal surface is only gently convex and the

small hinder wing of the plate is not sharply defined by any

depression or flattening. The upper functional portion is

crossed by eight or nine rounded and sinuous furrows, be-

tween each two of which the crown is slightly raised into a

27*

420 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

blunt nearly median eminence. The lower and more newly

formed portion of the dental plate is marked with less distinct

transverse furrows, which gradually become more closely

approximated near the inner margin. The greater part of

the fossil is broken away from the matrix, thus exposing its

inner face (fig. 2a). This is roughened by small irregular

ridges radiating from the attenuated outer end to the com-

paratively wide inner margin.

Compared with this new fossil all the European species of

Deltodus hitherto known are very small and readily distin-

guished both by the shape of the dental plate and its super-

ficial furrows. Nor do any forms of Deltodus from the

Carboniferous of North America appear to resemble very

closely the specimen now described*. Perhaps Deltodus

propinguus, from the Coal Measures of Illinois, exhibits most

similarity, though this is marked by slight cross-grooves

cutting the transverse furrows, while its hinder wing is more

distinctly defined. The dental plate from the Yoredale Rocks

ot North Yorkshire may therefore be regarded as the type of

a new species, Deltodus Crojftoni, named in honour of its

discoverer.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Fias. 2, 2a, 26.

Fig. 2. Deltodus Croftoni, sp. n.; hinder left lower dental plate, oral and

attached (2a) faces and postero-lateral margin (26), three-

quarters nat. size—lLower Carboniferous (Yoredale Rocks) ;

Blackthorn Farm, Long Preston, N. Yorkshire. [British Mu-

seum, no, P. 8697.]

a., antero-lateral margin ; ¢., inner margin; p., postero-lateral margin.

LVII.—Rhynchotal Notes.—1V. Heteroptera: Penta-

tomine (part.). By W. L. Distant.

[Concluded from p. 397. ]

Genus BracHycoris.

Brachycoris insignis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum black, very coarsely punctate and

rugulose ; head with two small central spots near base and

pronotum with three transverse spots near anterior area ochra-

ceous. Scutellum ochraceous, sparingly but coarsely punctate

* For complete bibliography see Catal. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. pt. i.

(1889) pp. 195-201.

. © Bee

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 421

on basal area, more thickly and brownly punctate on posterior

area; a large spot in each basal area, a larger spot on each

lateral margin before middle, and a smaller (often obscure)

discal spot between them black. Corium ochraceous, broadly

black at base, brownish towards apex. Connexivum, body

beneath, and legs ochraceous ; head and margins of pro- and

mesosternum widely black, lateral margins of metasternum

widely castaneous ; stigmatal abdominal spots fuscous, An-

tenn brownish ochraceous, the two apical joints piceous.

Rostrum brownish ochraceous, its apex piceous.

Anterior lateral angles of the pronotum moderately and

subacutely produced; scutellum broad, concavely sinuate

before middle, its apex about reaching apex of abdomen,

strongly depressed posteriorly.

Long. 5 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 33-4 millim.

Hab, Ceylon (Atkinson Coll. : Brit. Mus.) ; Pegu (Atkin-

son Coll.: Brit. Mus.).

Genus PIEZODORUS.

Piezodorus rubrofasciatus.

Cimex rubrofasciatus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p, 293 (1787). ;

Rhaphigaster exténuatus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 371. n. 84 (1867).

Rhaphigaster pallescens, Walk. loc, cit. ili. p. 068 (1868),

Piezodorus punctiventris.

Rhaphigaster punctiventris, Dall. List Hem, i. p. 284. n. 31 (1851),

Antestia punctiventris, Walk. Cat. Het. ii, p. 280. n. 8 (1867).

Piezodorus ? inexpertus.

Rhaphigaster inexpertus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 363. n. 56 (1867).

The type and only specimen of this species upon which

Walker tounded his description is in bad condition and untit

for exact determination.

Piezodorus incarnatus.

Cimex incarnatus, Germ. Faun, Ins. Eur. iv. p. 23. a

Piezodorus incarnatus, Mulsant & Rey, Ann, Soc. Linn, de Lyon, 1867,

p- 224, -t a J

Rhaphigaster parilis, Walk, Cat. Het. ii, p, 874. n, 95 (1867).

Genus ‘THOREYELLA,

Thoreyella concolor.

Mormidea concolor, Walk, Cat. Het, ii, p. 256, n. 27 (1867).

422 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatominee.

Genus OCIRRHOE.

Ocirrhoé unimaculata.

Rhynchocoris unimaculata, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 29 (1837).

Cuspicona fasciata, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 297, pl. x. fig. 3 (1851).

Stal gave the C. fasciata of Dallas as a synonym of Cus-

picona jaksoniensis, Guér., but I have compared it with

Westwood’s type, and am satisfied as to its identity.

Ocirrhoé inconspicua.

Cuspicona tnconspicua, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 297. n. 6 (1851); Leth. &

Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 180 (1893).

Ocirrhoé inconspicua, Stil, CEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1867, p. 521.

Ocirrhoé privata.

Cuspicona privata, Walk. Cat, Het. ii. p. 382. n. 11 (1867).

Ocirrhoé lutescens, sp. n.

Rhaphigaster virescens, Dall. (nec Westw.) List Hem. i. p. 284. n. 30

(1851),

Ochraceous ; eyes, fourth joint of antenne (excluding base),

abdomen above (excluding apex and broad lateral areas), and

stigmatal spots to abdomen beneath black.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum very coarsely and thickly

punctate. Corium thickly and more finely punctate. An-

tenne brownish ochraceous, fourth joint black (excluding

base), second and fourth joints subequal in length, third a

little shorter, fifth joint mutilated.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Australia, King George’s Sound (Brit. Mus.).

Genus PERIB@A.

Periboca fulvescens. }

Cuspicona fulvescens, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 299 (1851).

Cuspicona longiceps, Walk. Cat, Het. ii. p. 388. n. 33 (1867),

Stal (En. Hem. v. p. 102, 1876) has placed the C. longiceps,

Walk., as a synonym of Peribwa pulchra, Dall., a course in

which he has been followed by Lethierry and Severin (Cat.

Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 180, 1893). ‘This, however, is a mistake,

and as a synonym of C. fulvescens, Dall., it torms part of a

second species of the genus.

P. pulchra, Dall.—Third joint of the antenne a little

longer than the second.

P. fulvescens, Dall.—Second and third joints of the antennz

subequal in length.

ary &.

SEBO PS Foe, Nios 1 ae =

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 423

Genus Morna,

Morna aggressor.

Cimex aggressor, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 706 (1775).

Hoffmanseggiella? aggressor, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. i. p. 181

(1893),

(Banksian Coll. : Brit. Mus.)

I possess a specimen from Rockhampton.

UTANA, gen. nov.

Head moderately long, rounded anteriorly, central lobe

very slightly produced ; eyes moderately large and globose.

Antenne with the second joint a little shorter than the third,

fourth longest, fifth mutilated. Pronotum deflected in front

from between the posterior angles, which are strongly and

acutely produced, the lateral margins concavely sinuate, the

anterior angles distinctly dentate. Scutellum subtriangular,

deflected towards apical area, apex narrowed and rounded.

Apical angles of sixth abdominal segment acute, but not

prominently produced. Rostrum reaching the third abdo-

minal segment, its third joint longest. Sternal keel not

extending beyond the anterior coxe, its posterior extremity

notched and receiving the apex of the short ventral spine.

This genus differs from Cuspicona, to which it is allied, by

the length of the third joint of the rostrum, and from Pugione

by the much shorter rostrum.

Utana suprema.

Cuspicona suprema, Walk. Cat. Het. il. p. 280. n. 6 (1867),

Hab. Borneo.

Genus RHYNCHOCORIS.

Rhynchocoris plagiatus.

Cuspicona playiata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 879. n. 2 (1867),

Rihynchocoris taprobanensis, Bergr. Rey. d’Ent. t. x. p. 211 (1891).

Bergroth’s description is much the more exact in all parts,

save the colour of the abdomen above, which is not alto-

gether “nigro-violaceum,” but only the apical area from

about apex of scutellum, and which Walker describes as

“abdomen with a very large purple apical patch.” I have a

series from Ceylon and also a specimen collected on the

Nilgiri Hills by Sir G. F. Hampson.

Long. 15-17 millim. ; exp. pronot, angl. 11-14 millim,

424 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Colour in fresh specimens “ viridis,” as described by

Bergroth ; most specimens received are discoloured and more

or less “ testaceous,”’ as described by Walker.

Genus HOFFMANSEGGIELLA.

Hoffmanseggiella defensor.

Cimex defensor, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 706 (1775).

Cuspicona vigens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 385. n. 16 (1867).

Walker’s C. vigens is a freshly-coloured form of the species

described by Fabricius. I possess a series received from near

Port Moresby which exactly agree with the type of Fabricius

contained in the Banksian collection.

Hoffmanseggiella hamata.

Cuspicona hamata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 383, n. 14 (1867).

Cuspicona contraria, Walk. loc. cit. p. 384. n. 15.

Genus PEGALA.

Pegala metaphea.

Cuspicona metaphea, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 381. n. 8 (1867).

Genus VITELLUS.

Vitellus proximus.

Cuspicona proxima, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 570 (1868).

This species has nothing to do with that previously

described under the same name by Walker (Cat. Het. 1.

p- 382, 1867).

Vitellus forficuloides.

Cuspicona forficuloides, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 379. n. 5 (1867).

Vitellus transversus.

Cuspicona transversa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 385. n. 17 (1867).

Vitellus strenuus.

Cuspicona strenua, Walk, Cat. Het. iii. p. 570 (1868).

Vitellus propinguus.

Cuspicona propinqua, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p. 3883. n. 15 (1867)

Genus PRIASSUS.

Priassus exemptus.

Prionaca exempta, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 569 (1868).

Priassus carinatus, Hory. Termesz, Fizetek, xii, p. 32 (1889).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 425

Genus AMYNTOR.

Amyntor, Stal, ify. Vet.-Ak. Forh. ED 519 (September).

Bolaca, Walk, Cat. Het. ii, p. 251 (1867) (October).

Amyntor unicolor.

Bolaca unicolor, Walk. Cat. Het. ii, p. 251. n. 1 (1867).

(G:stopis terra, Dist. Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) iii, p. 48 (1879),

Amyntor terra, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén, Hém, t, i. p. 183 (1893),

Genus COMPASTES.

Compastes obtusus.

Pentatoma obtusa, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 560 (1868),

Compastes obtusus, Dist. Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser, 5, vol. viii. p. 28

(1881).

Homalogonia maculata, Jakowl. Bull, Mose. 1876, p. 90; Horv. Rey.

d’Ent. t. xvii. p. 278 Sasa

Compastes minor, Atkins. J, A, S. Beng. vol. lvii. p. 344 (1889).

Dr. Horvath has already pointed out the identity of

H. maculata, Jak., with the P. obtusa, Walk., which I had

previously referred to the genus Compastes. The type of

C. minor, Atkins., is now in the British Museum, and proves

to be synonymic with Walker’s species.

Genus PRIONOCHILUS.

Prionochilus decempunctatus.

Tropicoris 10-punctatus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. xxxii. 4, p. 501 (1869).

Lelia porrigens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 407. n. 1 (1867),

LEOVITIUS, gen. nov.

Head of moderate size, narrowed anteriorly, the lateral lobes

scarcely passing the central, but uot meeting in front, which

is thus obscurely notched. Antenne five-jointed ; first joint

not reaching apex of head, second much shorter than either

third, fourth, or fifth joints, which are subequal in length.

Rostrum reaching the posterior coxe, second joint much longer

than the third, first joint not quite so long as the head. Pro-

notum deflected anteriorly, the anterior margin strongly

concavely emarginate behind the ocelli; a distinct tooth on

each anterior angle; lateral margins concavely sinuate, poste-

rior lateral angles prominently, broadly, and obtusely produced.

Scutellum broad, the apex rounded. Abdomen extending a

little beyond the corium on each side, with a strong basal

spine which extends to the base of the head.

Other characters generally as in Prionochilus, to which

426 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatoimnine.

Leovitius is allied, and from which it may be separated by

the lateral lobes of the head not meeting in front, the relative

lengths of joints both to the antenne and rostrum, the length

of the abdominal spine, &e.

Leovitius macranthus.

Rhaphigaster ? macranthus, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 289. n. 46 (1851).

Hab. N. India.

Genus PRIONACA.

Prionaca tortuosa.

Privonaca tortuosa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 375. n. 2 (1867).

Prionaca tauricornis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 3.

Walker writes concerning the last :—‘“ The spines of the

thorax are longer than those of the preceding species.” I

cannot, however, appreciate any essential difference in this

respect.

Genus ARADUCTA.

(Walker, Cat, Het. ii. p. 408 (1867).]

Subelongate, head and pronotum anteriorly deflected.

Head broad, lobes of equal length, convexly rounded. An-

tenne with the basal joint thickened and not reaching apex

of head, second and third joints subequal in length. Pro-

notum moderately gibbous at base, deflected towards head,

lateral margins obliquely straight, posterior angles either

rounded or angularly prominent. Scutellum broad at base,

apical half narrowed, apex rounded. Abdomen narrowed

towards apex, widest at about centre. Rostrum reaching the

intermediate coxe, second joint a little longest. Mesosternum

with a distinct keel, narrowed in front, not extending beyond

anterior coxe. Metasternum with a central cruciform process

not noiched posteriorly. Second abdominal segment with a

central short, broad, obtuse, spinous tubercle.

Walker erroneously describes a “ ventral spine extending

to the middle coxe.”” He has not distinguished between the

metasternal process and the small tuberculous ventral spine.

I have placed this genus in the group represented by

Brachystethus. It here comprises some diverse forms, but I

have relied on the character of the sternal processes, and have

thus regarded Araducta with the same latitude as is applied

to the genus Edessa.

EEE

ee A

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 427

Araducta glabrata.

Araducta glabrata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 408. n, 1 (1867),

Hab. Aru, New Guinea.

Araducta sordida,

Rthaphigaster sordida, Kirby, Journ. Lian. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 86 (1892).

/lab. Ceylon.

Mr. Kirby (supra) describes this species as allied to

“ Tthaph. flavescens, Walk., from an unknown locality.’

This isa slip of the pen for 2. fulvescens, Dall., which I have

placed in the genus Plexippus.

Araducta bella, sp. n.

Ochraceous, thickly and coarsely black punctured, the black

punctures generally more prominent between the humeral

angles of the pronotum, and most prominent on the scutellum,

where they form a broad and very irregular longitudinal

fascia. Corium with a distinct discal levigate spot a little

before apex. Membrane brassy black, its apical margin pale

fuscous. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous; sternum

and abdomen broadly laterally punctured with black, these

punctures forming a submarginal fascia, preceded by a distinct

segmental row of spots, and outwardly margined by small

spots at the apices of the incisures, a central spot on the

apical segment, and sometimes some spots on basal segments

—all these black markings are variable in intensity in

different specimens. Legs punctured with black, particu-

larly the femora. Antenne pale ochraceous.

Long. 8-10 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 5-6 millim.

fab. Ceylon (Atkinson Coll.: Brit. Mus ).

Allied to A. sordida, Kirby, from which it differs by a

narrower and more elongate form ; the presence of the levigate

spot to the corium ; longer and differently marked scutellum,

with its basal angles containing an outwardly transverse

foveate black impression; second joint of antenne much

shorter, only about half the length of third.

Araducta repellens.

Rhaphigaster repellens, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool, xxiv. p. 86,

pl. iv. fig. 9 (1892),

The produced lateral angles of the pronotum represent

another section of the genus.

428 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Araducta malayana, sp. n.

Ochraceous, thickly and darkly punctate, the punctures

darkest on the head and on centre of anterior margin of pro-

notum ; a central discal spot to pronotum, a central elongate

spot at base of scutellum, lineate fascia to corium on basal

half and whole length of marginal area, and a marginal streak

to clavus pale stramineous levigate. Membrane pale ochra-

ceous. Body beneath ochraceous ; sternum, trochanters, and

femora with large brown punctures; abdomen thickly and

finely punctate, the central disk levigate. Antenne ochra-

ceous, second and third joints subequal in length.

Long. 11 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim.

Hab. Pulo Penang (Brit. Mus.).

Size and form of A. repellens, Kirby, but with the pro-

notum punctate, but not rugulose; levigate markings and

colour also distinct.

I possess a specimen collected in Perak by Mr. Doherty

in which the levigate markings are much less pronounced.

Genus BRACHYSTETHUS.

Brachystethus fulvicornis.

Rhaphigaster fulvicornis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 361. n. 38 (1867).

Brachystethus biguttatus, Walk. loc, cit. ii, p. 455 (1868).

Brachystethus parvus, Dist. Biol. Cent.-Am., Rhynch. vol. i. Suppl.

p. 342, pl. xxxi. f. 23 (1889).

Brachystethus discolor.

Ochlerus discolor, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 194. n. 15 (1867).

Brachystethus marginifer, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p, 456. n. 10 (1868).

Genus EDESSA.

Edessa helix.

Edessa helix, Evichson, in Schomb. Reis. iii. p. 610 (1848).

Edessa costalis, Stal, Enum. Hemipt. ii. p. 50 (1872) ; Dist. Biol. Centr.-

Am., Rhynch. vol. i. p. 87, pl. viii. f. 10 (1880).

I have placed these species as synonyms on the authority

of a specimen received for the ‘ Biologia’ collection from

Dr. Bergroth, identified by him as the Edessa helix, Erichs.,

and localized as from Costa Rica.

Edessa obscura.

Edessa obscura, Dallas, List Hem, i. p. 325. n. 13 (1851).

Edessa humeralis, Walk. Cat. Het. iil. p. 441 (1868),

Edessa bimaculata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 442.

Closely allied to #. jugata, Westw.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 429

Edessa suturata.

Edessa suturata, Dallas, List Hem, i. p. 324. n. LL (1851).

Edessa inclyta, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p, 445. n. 118 (1868).

Edessa inconspicua,

Edessa inconspicua, Dallas, List Hem. i. p. 327. n. 18 (1851).

Edessa megaspila, Walk. Cat. Het. iti. p. 455, n, 98 (1868).

Edessa aciculuta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 99.

Edessa graminosa.

Edessa graminosa, Walk. Cat. Het. ili, p. 487. n. 103 (1868).

Edessa melanocera, Walk. ive. cit, p. 444. n, 115.

Edessa cornuta.

Edessa cornuta, Burm. Handb. ii. 1, p. 356. n. 10 (1835); Dist. Biol.

Cent.-Am., Rhynch. vol. i. p, 97. n. 40, pl. ix. fig. 22 (1881). |

Edessa albirenis, Dall. (nec Herr.-Schiff.) List Hem. i. p. 336, n. 8

1851).

Edessa vijay Uhler (nec Say), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 176. n. 1.

The true 2. bifida, Say,=EL. albirennis, H.-Schiitf., 1s,

so far as I am aware, confined to the United States of

America or to the Nearetic Region. It differs from 4. cornuta,

judging from typical specimens forwarded from that region,

by the broader apex of the scutellum. Mr. Uhler (supra)

states that 2. bifida, Say, and LE. cornuta, Burm., are syno-

nymic; but this seems to be erroneous, and as he returned

specimens of #. cornuta to the British Museum under both

names, he probably did not have true specimens of Say’s

species before him when he wrote. The two species are

certainly closely allied.

Edessa meditabunda.

Cimex meditabundus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 113. n. 129 (1704).

Edessa consentanea, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 450. n, 129 (1868).

Edessa rugulosa, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 177.

Edessa carnosa.

Edessa carnosa, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 29 (1887).

Edessa senilis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 45V. n, 128 (1868).

Strachia afflicta, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 882. n. 67 (1867).

I am doubtful as to the generic position of this species. It

seems to belong to //yparete or some allied genus; but as I

have not been able to examine a representative of Stal’s

genus and Walker’s type is the only specimen of his species,

430 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

and one not in the best condition, I must leave its position in

abeyance.

In his description Walker has omitted to record two small

ochraceous spots at apex of scutellum.

Summarized Disposition of Walker’s Genera and Species *.

2 ? pp

Pentatomine.

Genera considered valid.

Asyla, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 403 (1867).

Boea, Walk. loc, cit. p. 405.

Araducta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 408.

Genera treated as synonymic.

Bolaca, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 251 (1867),=Gen. Amyntor, Stal.

Canoca, Walk. loc. cit. p. 404, =Gen. Taurocerus, Amy. &

Sala, Walk. loc. cit. p. 404, =Gen. Afrania, Stél. [Serv.

Lelia, Walk. loe. cit. p. 406, = Gen. Prionochilus, Dall.

Balsa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 410, =Gen. Brachymna, Stal.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Euschistus lineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 245. n. 14 (1867).

acuminatus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 246, n. 17.

reductus, Walk. loc. cit.

—— comptus, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 550 (1868).

Mormidea tetra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 551.

pulchella, Walk. loc. cit. p. 552.

Alcimus lineosus, Walk. loc. cit. 11. p. 267. n. 2 (1867),

Eysarcoris convectus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 277. n. 25,

decisus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 26.

— conterminus, Walk. loc. eit. p. 278. n. 27.

—— medius, Walk. loc. cit. n. 28.

contentus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 279. n. 29.

Antestia quadrimaculata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 282. n. 20.

Prionaca tortuosa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 875. n. 2.

Cuspicona ampla, Walk. loc. cit. p. 381. n. 9.

provima, Walk. loc. cit. p. 382. n. 10.

—— lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 383. n. 12.

simplex, Walk. loc. cit. p. 388. n. 34.

strenuella, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 572 (1868).

Asyla indicatric, Walk. loc. cit. 11. p. 403 (1867).

Boea purpurascens, Walk. loc, cit. p. 405. n. 1.

postica, Waik. loc. cit. p. 406. n. 2.

auriflua, Walk. loc. cit. n. 3.

Araducta glabrata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 408. n. 1.

All the species of Edessa which Walker has described stand, excepting

those enumerated below as synonyms. -Aceratodes is now universally

included in the genus Edessa,

* This summary refers to the species of Pentatomine in the second

and third volumes of Walker’s ‘ Catalogue of Hemiptera Heteroptera.’

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 431

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Lova nigridens, Walk. Cat, Het. ii, p. 241. n, 3 (1867), belongs to gen.

Fecelia,

Divereus mutabilis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 250. n. 4, belongs to gen. Dichelops.

—— pulchricornis, Walk. loc. eit. n. 5, 3 “

divisus, W alls. loc. cit. n. 6, i

Bolaca unicolor, Walk. doe. cit. p. 251. n. 1, S Amyntor.

Mormidea brevis, Walk. loc, cit, p. 256. n, 26, 4 Buschistus,

concolor, Walk. loc. cit. n. 27, 95 Thoreyella.

basalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 257. n. 28, 9 Euschistus.

—— inficita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 260. n. 50, 3 Aspavia.

sucta, Walk. doe. cit. p. 262. n, 60, i Carina.

lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 263. n. 61, ® "

Jlorens, Walk. doc. cit. n. 62, ye Tyllus.

—— contigua, Walk. loc, cit. p, 264. n. 63, ee Carbula.

—-- detersa, Walk. loc. cit. iil. p. 554 (1868), _ Dictyotus.

ventralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 555, “4 P

Hoplistodera insurgens, W alk. loc. cit. ii. p- 265. n. 5 (1867), belongs to

gen. Lysarcorts

— enescens, Walk. be cit. p. 266. n. 6, belongs to gen. Eysarcoris ?

—— subar mata, Walk. doc. cit. n. 7, iy Lysarcoris.

subacta, W ‘al, loc. cit. p. 267. n. 8, s Astyanac.

AE schrus testudinarins, W alk. doe. cit. p. 268, Ns Be 9 AS schrocoris.

ELysarcoris punctifer, Walk. loc. ct. p. 274. n. 13, 5, Mormidea.

insocius, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p- 556 (1868), ,, Carbula.

—— truncatellus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 558, Dictyotus.

Antestia leucophcea, Walk. doc. ect. ii. p. 281. n. 19 (1867), belongs to gen.

Menida,

annulifera, Walk. loc, cit. ili. p. 558 (1868), belongs to zen. Menida.

megaspila, Walk. loc, cit. p. 330, Menida ?

Hymenarcys viridicata, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 288. n. 3 (1867), belungs to

gen. Pentatoma.

Pentatoma varicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 291. n. 52, belongs to gen. Cat-

aulan.

placida, Walk. loe. cit. p 297. n. 93, belongs to gen. Tropicorypha.

— heterocera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 297. n. 94, a Holcostethus.

degenera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 304. n. 132, - Antestia.

— discolor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 805. n. 154, a Plautia.

—— prolata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 306. n. 135, ab Pa

—- marginalis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 136, 59 Eurinome,

subpunctata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 307. n. 138, _,, Zangis.

— vilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 309. n. 147, “3 Dictyotus.

colligata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 310. n. 149, “ Tholosanus 2

— equalis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 150, * Dictyotus.

obtusa, Walk. loc, cit. iii. p. 560 (1868), - Compastes.

Straclia placens, Walk. doc. cit. ii. p. 316. n, 21 (1867), ,, Arocera.

nigropicta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 318. n. 34, o u

euopta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 320, n. 36, < Runibia,

—— alligata, Walk. loc. cit. n. 37, ~ a

— gravis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 322. n. 39, - Nezara.

apta, Walk. loc, cit. p. 823, n. 41, oe Arocera,

— liturifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 3826. n. Eurydema.

afflicta, Walk. loc, cit. p. 382. n. 67, Niaaicide near gen. Hyparete.

securigera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 334, n. 73, belongs to gen. Antfestia,

— partita, Walk, loc. cit. n. 74, a s

— polyspila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 336. n, 77, ” 7

432 Mr, W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Strachia insignata, Walk. loc. cit. p, 848. n. 88, belongs to gen. Stenozygum.

calliphoroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 845. 0.91, ,, Compsoprepes.

callideoides, Walk. loc. cit, n. 92, = .

— gemmea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 346. n. 93, > Stenozygum.

—— persignata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 347. n. 96, = in

letabilis, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 563 (1868), i :

’

Bathycelia chlorospila, Walk. loc. cit. 11. p. 350. n. 6 (1867), belongs to

gen. Jurtina.

Rhaphigaster imbutus, Walk, loc, cit. p. 358. n. 16, belongs to gen. Banasa.

inopinatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 18, F pe

— fulvicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 361. n. 38, belongs to gen. Brachystethus,

— rubriplaga, Walk. loc. cit. p. 365, n. 64, is Menida.

— bisiynatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 366. n. 65, Ss ‘4

continuus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 368. n. 76, “e ss

—- hbiplaga, Walk. loc, cit. p. 873. n. 94, a Brachynema.

—— impar, Walk. loc. cit. p. 374. n. 96, a Zangis.

indecorus, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 568 (1868), _,, Menida,

discoidalis, Walk. loc. citt., . =

Prionaca exempta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 569, Priassus.

”

Cuspicona plagiata, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 879. n. 2 (1867), belongs to gen.

Rhynchocoris.

forficuloides, Walk. loc. cit. n. 5, belongs to gen. Vitellus.

- suprema, Walk. loc. at. p. 380. n. 6, belongs to gen. Utana, nov.

metaphea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 381. n. 8, ay Pegala.

privata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 382. n. 11, - Ocirrhoé.

— propinqua, Walk. loc. cit. p. 383. n. 18, - Vitellus.

hamata, Walk. loc. cit. n. 14, _ c Hoffmanseggiella,

— transversa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 385. n. 17, a Vitellus.

leucospila, Walk. lve. cit. p. 887. n. 32, ‘9 Morna.

Jlorens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 389. n. 36, si

- strenua, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 570 (1868), S Vitellus.

vroxima, Walk. loc. cit., 2 3

Canaca abrupta, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 404. n. 1 (1867), belongs to gen.

Taurocerus.

Sala exigua, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 575 (1868), belongs to gen. Afrania,

Species treated as synonymic.

Lowa invaria, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 242. n. 7 (1867), = Lora affinis, Dall.

deducta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 8,= Lova flavicollis, Dru.

Euschistus fasciatus, Walk. loc, cit. p.245,.n.12,= Thyanta perditor, Faby.

conterminus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 248. n. 38,=Euschistus crenator,

Fabr.

adjunctor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 249. n. 89,= Thyanta perditor, Fabr.

Mormidea compta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 255. n. 24,=Mormidea crocetpes,

Herr.-Sch.

—— ? ventralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 260. n. 51,= Aspavia hastator, Fabr.

—— ? unisignata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 261. n. 53,=Tlerda punctata, Pal.

Beauv.

— ductor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 264. n, 64,= Sabeus spinosus, Dall.

melanocantha, Walk. loc. ert. iii. p. 552 (1868), = Euschistus crenator,

Fabr.

busalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 553,= Tibraca limbativentris, Stal.

Pentutoma marginalis, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 288. n. 84 (1867), = Pentatoma

ligata, Say.

— diffusa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 290. n. 49,= Pallantia macula, Dall.

subrufescens, Walk. loc. cit. n, 50,= Banasa varians, Stal.

‘a. ry

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 433

Pentatoma basalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 291. n. 51,= Banasa varians, Stil.

aspersa, Walk. loc. cit, p. 292. n. 53,= Nezara stictica, Dall.

—— mentiens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 296. n. 92,= Nezara chloris, Westw.

confinis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 298. n. 95,= Holcostethus apicalis, Herr.-

Sch

— lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 301. n. 118,= Niphe subferruginea, Westw.

— inconcisa, Walk. loc. cit. n. 119,=Dolycoris baccarum, Linn,

trispila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 802. n. 120,= Tolumnia latipes, Dall.

contingens, Walk. loc. cit. n. 121,= Tolumnia latipes, Dall., var.

vicaria, Walk. loc. cit. p. 303, n. 122,= Nezara viridula, Linn.

inobtrusa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 805, n. 133, = Tolumnia basalis, Dall., var.

— at pecronagag Walk. loc. cit. p. 807, n, 187,=Eurinome inconspicua,

ontr,

laticeps, Walk. loc. cit. p. 808. n. 146,= Tholosanus proximus, Dall.

—— tibialis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 309. n. 148,= Dictyotus vilis, Walk.

— truncatula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 311. n, 151,= Dietyotus similis, Dall.

brevittata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 812. n. 155,= Adria parvula, Dall.

—— immunis, Walk. loc. cit, ili, p. 560 (1868),= Tropicorypha placida,

Walk.

Strachia eucosma, Walk. loc, cit. ii. p. 319, n. 35 (1867),= Runibia per-

spicua, Fabr.

— notabilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 821. n. 388,= Paryphia pulchella, Dru.

olivacea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 322. n. 40,= Nezara marginalis, Herr.-Sch,

pentatomoides, W alk. loc. cit. p.325. n.51, = Antestiavariegata, Thunb.,

var.

— enescens, Walk. loc. cit. n. 52,= 7 ismegistus fimbriatus, Thunb.

designata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 327. n. 59,= ELurydema pulchra, Westw.

signata, Walk, loc. cit, p. 328, n. 60,= Eurydema rugosa, Motsch.

icra Ma Walk, loc, cit.n.61, = a i.

—— velata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 329, n, 62,= Antestia cruciata, Faby.

— subacta, Walk. loc. cit. n. 63, = = .

— pardalis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 330. n, 64,= Antestia anchora, Thunb.

heterospila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 331. n. 65,= Antestia pulchra, Dall.

inornata, Walk. loc. cit. n, 66,= Stenozygum speciosum, Dall.

tetragona, Walk. loc, cit. p. 332. n. 71, = Agonoscelis rutila, Fabr.

aspersa, Walk. loc. cit, p. 333, n. 72,= Agonoscelis rutila, Fabr., var.

— subcostalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 335, n. 75,= Antestia partita, Walk.

semiviridis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 336, n. 76,= = +

platyspila, Walk. loc, cit. p. 337. n. 78,= Antestia anchora, Thunb.

—— pentaspila, Walk. loc. cit. n. 79,= -Antestia Chambereti, Le Guil.

— marginalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 345. 0.89, =Stenozygum insignata, Walk,

strangulata, Walk. loc. cit, p. 344. n, 90,=Strachia crucifera, Hahn,

var.

— lepida, Walk. loc, cit. p. 347. n. 94,= Stenozygum gemmea, Walk.

minuscula, Walk, loc. cit. p, 348. n. 98,= Eurydema dominula, Scop.

Cataulax ooo Walk. doc, cit. iii. p. 556 (1868),=Dinocorts tripterus,

Fabr.

Vulsirea transducta, Walk. Joc, cit. ii, p. 352. n, 3 (1867),=Pharypia

nitidiventris, Stal.

—— lativentris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 353. n. 4,= Vulsirea violacea, Fabr., var.

superba, Walk. loc. cit. p. 354. n. 9,= Vulsirea violacea, Fabr.

eee oo derivatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 361. n. 37,=Banasa varians,

Stal.

— rufoviridis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 364. n, 57,= Plautia fimbriata, Fabr.

— strachioides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 365, n, 63,= Menida histrio, Fabr.

— nigrifascia, Walk. loc. cit. p. 367. n. 75,= Hyrmine sexpunctata,

inn., var.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 28

434 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine.

Rhaphigaster interruptus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 869, n, 77,= Menida continuus,

Walk., var.

extenuatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 871, n. 84,= Piezodorus rubrofasciatus,

Fabr.

parilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 874. n. 95,= Piezodorus incarnatus, Germ.

pallescens, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 568 (1868),=Piezodorus rubro-

fasciatus, Fabr.

Prionaca tauricornis, Walk. loc, cit. ii, p. 875, n. 3,=Prionaca tortuosa

Walk.

Cuspicona smaragdina, Walk. loc. cit. p. 380, n. 7,=Sabeus humeralis,

Talk.

— contraria, Walk. loc. cit. p. 384. n. 15,= Hoffmanseggiella hamata,

Walk.

— vigens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 885, n. 16,= Hoffmanseggiella defensor,

Fabr.

longiceps, Walk. loc. cit. p. 888. n. 33,=Peribea fulvescens, Dall.

vanthochlora, Walk. loc. cit. p. 389, n. 85,=Cuspicona thoracica,

Westw.

Taurocerus divergens, Walk. loc, cit. p. 392. n. 4,= Taurocerus achilles,

Stal.

Sala colorata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 405, n. 1,=Afrania Wahibergi, Stal.

Lelia porrigens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 407. n. 1,=Prionochilus decempunctatus,

Motsch.

Balsa eatenuata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 410. n. 1,=Brachymna tenuis, Stal.

Edessa lineosa, Walk. loc. cit. iil, p. 422. n. 21 (1868),= Edessa reticulata,

Dall. ~~

euchroma, Walk. loc. cit, n, 22,= Edessa olivacea, Stal.

megasnila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 485, n. 98,= Edessa inconspicua, Dall. -

aciculata, Walk. loc. cit. n. 99, - Py F

— humeralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 441. n. 110,= Edessa obscura, Dall.

— bimaculata, Walk. loc, cit. p, 442. n. 111,= + *

—— melanocera, Walk. loc, cit. p. 444. n. 115,= Edessa graminosa, Walk.

— inclyta, Walk. loc, cit. p. 445, n. 118,= Edessa saturata, Dall.

—— senilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 450, n. 128,= Edessa carnosa, Westw. —

consentanea, Walk. loc. cit. n. 129,= Edessa meditabunda, Fabr.

Brachystethus biguttatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 455, n. 8,= Brachystethus

Sulvicornis, Walk.

— marginifer, Walk. loc. cit, p. 456. n. 9,=Brachystethus discolor,

Walk.

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Mormidea ? pedestris, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 261. n, 52 (1867),

Eysarcoris rugulosus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 276. n. 21,

— megaspilus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 276. n. 20.

Strachia erythromela, Walk. loc. cit. p. 839, n, 81.

precipua, Walk, loc, cit. n, 82.

— pyrophila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 340. n. 83.

postica, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 562 (1868).

Cataulax subvittatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 565.

Rhaphigaster patulus, Walk. loc. cit. 11. p. 866, n. 66 (1867).

Arvelius mormideoides, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 573 (1868).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 435

Types mutilated.

Eysarcoris alienus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii, p. 275. n. 15 (1867). As far as

condition allows examination, this species apparently belongs to

the genus Brachystethus.

Strachia angularis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 315. n. 14.

Rhaphigaster inexpertus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 363, n. 56. Probably a species

of Piezodorus.

Species the types of which are supposed to be in Australia.

Dicereus piceus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 550 (1868). National Museum,

Melbourne.

Mormidea nigriceps, Walk. loc. cit. p.554. National Museum, Melbourne.

Eysarcoris latus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 557. - Pa 4

—— pustulatus, Walk. loc. cit. at 9 9

Pentatoma latifrons, Walk. loc. cit. p. 561. * pi os

Strachia humeralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 563. yy 7 a

Cataulax punctipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 565. 45 a 9

Rhaphigaster viridipes, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 371. n. 82. National Mu-

seum, Melbourne.

— venustulus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 372. n, 85, National Museum, Mel-

bourne.

— obliquus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 86. National Museum, Melbourne.

quinquemaculatus, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 567 (1868), National Mu-

seum, Melbourne.

Cuspicona auricornis, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 387, n. 31 (1867). National

Museum, Melbourne.

— rufolinea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 390, n, 37. National Museum, Mel-

bourne.

— uninotata, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 571 (1868). National Museum,

Melbourne.

— intacta, Walk. loc. cit. National Museum, Melbourne.

Incorrectly included in the Pentatomine.

Mormidea decora, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 256, n, 25 (1867), is a species of

Asopine.

— semialba, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 558 (1868), is a species of Asopine.

erythrospila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 555, is a species of Acanthosomine.

Strachia triangularis, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 323. n. 42 (1867), is a species of

Asopine.

— frontalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 338. n. 80, is a species of Asopine.

— reciproca, Walk. loc. cit. p. 340, n. 84, ms Pe

— megaspila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 341, n. 85, ‘3 e

—— hamata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 342. n. 86, ES es

— saturata, Walk. loc. cit. n. 87, 2 *

Ealda minax, Walk. loc. cit. p. 409, n. 1, ¥ és

Rhaphigaster aggressor, Walk. loc.cit. p.359.n.19, a

—— pentatomordes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 870.n.81, —_ ,, hs

—— perfectus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 371. n. 83, = ve

—— perornatus, Walk. loc, cit. iii. p. 567 (1868), ,, €

Cuspicona firmata, Walk. loc, cit, p. 569, is a species of Acanthosomine.

28*

436 Dr, E. Lénnberg on the

LVIII.—On the Variation of the Weasel (Putorius nivalis,

Linn.). By Dr. EINAR LONNBERG.

In the ‘Annals’ for January last, Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-

Hamilton communicated an interesting “ Note on the Weasel,

Putorius (Ictis) nivalis, Linn., and some of its Subspecies,”

in which he seems inclined to subdivide the species in

question into a number of “subspecies.” I do not dispute

the fact that some of these may be found to be valid and

distinct enough to deserve subspecific rank, but I believe

this can hardly be the case with all of them. Of course,

the idea as to the meaning of a subspecies varies somewhat

with different authors. 1 suppose, however, that even in

a subspecies the distinguishing characteristics (although

they are of less importance than specific ones) must be

constant to a certain degree and inherited from one genera-

tion to another; in the opposite case it is only an indi-

vidual variety. Such independent individual varieties must

not be called subspecies, in my opinion, even if they are

numerous and dominate in some region. In his intro-

duction Mr. Barrett-Hamilton says: ‘‘ In the far north, as

is well known, the weasel regularly turns white in winter,

and this character is in itself sufficient to warrant the sub-

specific separation of those individuals whose winter coat is

white from those which, as in England, do not undergo

such a seasonal change of colour.” I am not inclined to

accept this statement under present circumstances for reasons

given below.

Mr. Barrett-Hamilton recognizes as the first “ subspecies ”

“Putorius nivalis typicus, Linneus: type locality, Upsala,

Sweden ”’; and the second is ‘* Putortus nivalis vulgaris, Erx-

leben : type locality, Leipzig.” ‘The difference between these

subspecies appears to be that the former turns white in winter,

the latter does not. If any sharp geographical bonndary-

lines could be drawn between these forms, the probability for

their separation would increase. Such, however, is not the

case. In the northern and middle parts of Sweden the

weasel regularly turns white in winter. In Scania, the

most southern province, on the other hand, all weasels are

brown during the winter. ‘This has already been pointed

out by Sven Nilsson in his various memoirs on Swedish

mammals, but he says he does not know the northern

limit of those weasels which are brown in winter. Later

authors, as, for instance, Lilljeborg, do not add anything to

our knowledge on this subject. According to the literature,

Eee ere errr

Variation of the Weasel, 437

the Scanian weasels should, then, belong to the subspecies

* Putortus nivalis vulgaris,” but the weasels inhabiting other

parts of Sweden should be termed “ P, n. typicus.”

The subject, however, is not so simple. I have before

me now a male specimen killed on the LOth of January this

year in the neighbourhood of Jénk6ping in the province of

Smaland. This is brown above and white beneath. The

line of demarcation between the colours is well defined, but

wavy. The white colour extends over the upper lips nearly

to the ears, but behind the angle of the mouth is a brown

spot in the white. The inner side of the legs is white, the

outer side brown. ‘The hind feet have only a few white hairs

at the tip of the toes, but the fore feet have white toes. ‘The

white colour of the belly does not reach the anus. On the

flanks some brown-coloured spots are nearly detached and

surrounded by white. Length of head and body 210 mm.,

of tail 55, of hind foot (without claws) 830 mm. I think this

specimen should be regarded as an example of ‘ Putordus

nivalis vulgaris.” I remember also very distinctly that some

years ago I saw a weasel in brown winter-coat killed still

further north, at a place called Vallsniis, not far from the

town of Linképing, in the province of QOstergétland. In

reply to a question on this subject, Dr. A. Stuxberg in-

forms me that the Museum of Gothenburg possesses not

less than three specimens of weasel with brown winter-coat,

namely: (1) a specimen from Mélnlycke, a little south of

Gothenburg, killed 15th Jan., 1899; (2) a specimen from

Hemsjé in Vestergétland, near the town of Alingsas, killed

5th Feb., 1899; and (3) aspecimen from the neighbourhood

of Gothenburg, killed 16th March, 1897. From all these

statements the conclusion can be drawn that the “ vulgaris”

form occurs together with the ‘ ¢ypicus”’ form in the provinces

of Oster- and Vestergétland and Smaland, so far as the

colour of the winter-coat is concerned. ‘This becomes more

interesting because it forms a parallel to the occurrence of

the “ bluish-grey ” (‘ canescens,” Nilsson) and the white

variety of the northern hare. In Scania the “canescens”

variety dominates. In Smaland, Oster- and Vestergétland

both forms occur mixed, but in Upland and the northern

rovinces, on the other hand, the white variety dominates,

he occurrence also of the brown weasel and the “ blue”

hare seems to correspond to the time during which the

ground is covered with snow. In Scania where the ground

is covered with snow only 45-48 days cach winter, the

white forms are absent or extremely scarce, and it is at

least questionable whether a white coat would be of pro-

438 On the Variation of the Weasel.

tective value in such a case, when more than half the

winter a white coat would be exposed against a dark

background. In northern Vestergdtland the ground is

covered with snow for about 72 days, and in Ostergétland

for about 85 days. In those provinces .the white coat is

certainly more beneficial, although not to such a degree as

in Upland, with 103 days of snow-covered ground, and

still more further north (Lapland, with 189 days). The

climate seems, therefore, to afford an explanation why in

the north all weasels turn white, in the south none do so,

while in an intermediate region they occasionally turn white,

and sometimes remain brown during the winter. But when

there is no sharp limit, neither eeographical nor climato-

logical, and the brown ’and white weasels occur mixed in

the intermediate tracts, 1 cannot regard the establishing of a

subspecific distinction on the difference in colour well founded.

With regard to size, the weasels, as is well known, are

subject to very great variation. ‘This is shown in the most

evident manner by Hensel’s valuable paper* “ Craniologische

Studien.” As regards the present species, this author in-

forms us that the basal length of skulls of male weasels

varies from 89°8 to 32-4 mm., and their breadth over the

zygomatic arches from 25 to 18‘l mm. ‘The great variation

in size of the skull of the weasel becomes evident from the

following table :—

Number Cranial length. Breadth.

of spei- =

mens. max. min. max. min.

( English weasels 16g 4] 365 26 215

| (Larrett-Hamilton) .... 89 34. 81 19 «165

rs 48g 398 824 0-51 18-1

SJ German weasels (Hensel) . 1592 82:°7 27:4 18:4 150

: | Scanian weasels (in the 2

| Museum of Lund accord- (ex ii | Be Cree 20 15

ing to a communication known)

\ from Dr. O. Bioware}

‘$ Uplandic weasels (in the | :

‘3 Museum of Upsala, Lénn- ak un- 825 6 185 15

= Her) Coico ai) a tne ste f known).

This seems to indicate that the English weasels are

perhaps rather larger than those of the Continent, and that

* Noy, Act. Acad. Leop,-Carol. Nat, Cur. t. xlii, (Halle, 1881),

On new Species of Mollusca. 439

towards the north the size diminishes. The maximum of

one group, however, surpasses the minimum of another

group. When such is the case, the variation in size seems

also to form a continuous series, which, I am sure, will prove

still more continuous when further material is obtained.

Although the distinguishing characteristics derived from

size also are thus rendered unimportant, the variation of the

weasel certainly does not lack significance, because inter-

mediate stages occur which unite the extreme forms.

L1X.—New Species of Mollusca of the Genera Voluta, Conus,

Siphonalia, and Kuthria. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S.

[Plate XI. }

THE types are in the British Museum (Natural History).

1. Voluta uniplicata, sp.n. (PI. XI. fig. 1.)

Testa fusiformis, tenuis, pallida, utrinque acuminata, in medio con-

vexa; spira pyramidata, mediocriter longa; sutura anguste

canaliculata ; anfractus (5-6?), supra breviter concavo-depressi,

deinde convexi, undique longitudinaliter filo-striati, spiraliter

dense decussatim striati, plicis longitudinalibus numerosis, in

ultimo subobsoletis instructi; anfractus ultimus oblongus spiram

multo superans, supra obtusissime angulatus, supra angulum sub-

planato declivis, infra convexus, basim versus attenuatus; aper-

tura ampla, fauce nitens, rufo-carnea; labrum tenue vix reflexum ;

columella tenuis, plica unica alba lentissime contorta instructa ;

area polita columellari late effusa, rufo-aurantia.

Long. (cire.) 200, maj. diam. 82 mm.

Hab. Japan.

I have seen only one shell of this remarkable species ; the

apex is unfortunately broken off, so that the description is

necessarily incomplete, although the shell is otherwise in

perfect condition. It is of a light structure, sculptured with

close spiral strie, which are more prominent on the upper

part of the whorls; the whorls of the’ spire are closely and

regularly longitudinally plicate, but the plicae become irre-

gular and almost obsolete on the body-whorl. The whole

interior, including the lip, is lustrous pinkish red, and a thin

shining enamel of orange-red covering the columella is spread

half across the whorl. The columella is furnished with a

single well-defined plait, which is long, narrow, and but

440 On new Species of Mollusca.

slightly arched. The form of the shell resembles that of

Voluta Lamberti of the English Crag.

2. Voluta (Lyria) Grangert, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 2.)

Testa subovata, solidiuscula, straminea, maculis nigro-fuscis diversi-

formibus triseriatim dispositis ornata; spira conica, acutiuscula,

mediocriter longa, apice obtuso; sutura anguste canaliculata ;

anfractus 53, convexi, obtusissime angulati, primi 2 leves, se-

quentes longitudinaliter plicati, plicis numerosis confertis planu-

latis, in anfractu ultimo evanidis; anfractus ultimus ovatus ;

apertura mediocriter lata, intus levis; labrum arcuatum, vix

reflexum ; columella triplicata, callo tenui induta, superne tuber-

culo crassiusculo instructa.

Long. 40, diam. 21 mm,

Hab. ?

This shell has much the form of V. delictosa (Montr.), but

larger. The dark brown blotches forming the central zone

are very conspicuous; the whorls of the spire are slightly

angular, and the plice being slightly more prominent at: the

angle give them a semi-coronated appearance; the longi-

tudinal plice are close-set and flattened, being broken up

into striate ridges towards the aperture.

A dead colourless specimen of this species has been in my

ossession many years; it measures 45 millim. in length.

ee for its larger size and want of colour it agrees in

every respect with the type, which I discovered without indi-

cation of locality in the collection of Monsieur Granger, of

Bordeaux.

3. Siphonalia Pfefert, sp. n. (Pl. XI. fig. 3.)

Testa breviter fusiformis, crassa, straminea, griseo tincta, maculis

parvis fuscis profuse ornata, ubique spiraliter lirata ; spira acute

conica ; anfractus 7, rotunde convexi, superiores longitudinaliter

plicati, plicis rotundatis ; anfractus ultimus ventricosus, antice

constrictus, breviter curvi-rostratus ; apertura subovata, antice in

canalem oblique recurvum producta, postice brevissime canalicu-

lata, intus lirata, fusco tincta ; labrum arcuatum, acutum, leviter

serratum ; columella leviter sinuosa, callo crasso induta,

Long. 45, diam. 25 mm.

Hab. Shikoku, Japan.

A pretty species brought to my notice by Dr. Pfeffer, of

the Hamburg Museum, after whom | have pleasure in naming

it. In form it somewhat resembles S. trochulus, Reeve, but

it has a longer spire, and the spiral ridges are much broader

and profusely spotted with brown.

On the Spectes of Cyaniris. 441

4, Euthria interrupta, sp. ne (Pl. XI. fig. 4.)

Testa acuminato-fusiformis, solidiuscula, luteo-fusca, atro-fusco

interruptim lineata; spira acuminata, acutiuscula; anfractus 8,

convexiusculi, supra breviter canaliculati, ubique liris fuscis (hic

illic plus minusve albo articulatis) angustis vix elevatis (in anfr.

penult. 4, in anfr. ult. 13) ornati, sutura angustissime canalicu-

lata sejuncti; anfractus ultimus spiram superans, ad basim con-

strictus vix productus; apertura oblongo-ovata, intus purpureo-

fusco late trifasciata, canali lato brevissimo ; columella in medio

arcuata, infra callosa, leviter recurva,

Long. 28, diam. 14 mm.

Hab, Satsuma, Japan.

Compared with 2. plumbea, Phil. (=viridula, Dkr., and

Ferrea, Reeve), this species has a much longer body-whorl

and shorter spire. ‘The articulated linear lire and the three

broad purplish bands shown in the aperture are characteristic.

5. Conus Grangert, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 5.)

Testa elongato-turbinata, albida, luteo late fasciata, et promiscue

picta, liris transversis numerosis rugosis subplanulatis instructa ;

spira conica, mediocriter elevata; anfractus 9, concavo-declives,

spiraliter dense grano-lirati, striis obliquis decussati, carina

acutiuscula leviter nodulosa marginati; apertura mediocriter

lata, alba.

Long. 45, diam. 22 mm.

Hab. Unknown.

Compared with C. granulatus, Linn., this species is less

cylindrical in form, and the whorls of the spire are quite

different, being distinctly concave and bordered by a sharp

ridge, which on the upper whorls is slightly nodulose. The

spire is more like that of C. sulcatus, Brug., from which

species the form of the shell is entirely different.

LX.—A List of the Species of Cyaniris, a well-known Group

of the Family Lycenide. By A. G. Burter, Ph.D.,

¥.L.S., F.Z.8S., &e.

So many Lycenide have been described under the general

terms Lycena, Plebetus, and Cupido by those who ignore

structural characters in this family which they allow in

other families of butterflies, that one can never be absolutely

certain of having recognized all the waifs and strays ; but, so

442 Dr. A. G. Butler on

far as I have been able to ascertain, the following seems to

represent a complete list.

The genus Cyaniris is characterized among the smooth-

eyed genera without tails by having the costal vein of the

primaries united by a short frenum (or cross-vein) to the first

subcostal branch; in its neuration therefore it nearly ap-

proaches Pepliphorus (P. hylas, Cramer, and allies), a genus

of tailed Lycnide with densely hairy eyes.

This cross-vein in Cyaniris distinguishes it at once from

Lycenopsis, just as the cross-vein of Pepliphorus separates it

from Lampides, to which, in spite of its more Thysanotis-like

colouring, it is undoubtedly nearly related.

From the variable character of some of the males in

Cyaniris it is not easy to split it up into groups, but De Nicé-

ville has separated the earlier species by the broad dark

costal border.

1. Cyaniris Pryeri.

Lycena Pryeri, Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 126 (1873).

Japan. B. M.

2. Cyaniris akasa.

2. Polyommatus akasa, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. p. 67, pl. i.

figs. 1, 1 a (1828).

Java. Type, B. M.

3. Cyaniris vardhana.

Polyommatus vardhana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 572, pl. Ixvi. fig. 5.

Western India. B. M.

4, Cyaniris victoria.

Cyaniris victoria, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 293.

Shillong. ‘Type, B. M.

5. Cyaniris marginata.

g. Cyaniris marginata, De Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lii. p. 70,

pl. i. fig. 9 (1883).

N. India, Burma. B. M.

6. Cyaniris cossea.

Cyaniris cossea, De Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. 8. ix. p. 271, pl. O.

figs. 14, 15 (1895).

N.E. Sumatra.

Belongs to the group with blackish costal area to the

primaries, and should probably stand next to C. melena.

the Species of Cyaniris. 443

7. Cyaniris melena.

Cyaniris melena, Doherty, J. A. 8, B, lviii. p. 434, pl. xxiii. fig. 18

(1880).

Lower Tenasserim.

Broad border and dark costa, but no white patch.

8. Cyaniris albocwruleus,

Polyommatus albocerulens, Moore, P. Z. 8, 1879, p. 1389; not Leech,

Butt. China, pl. xxxi. fig. 13 (1893).

Sikkim and Bhotan. B. M.

9, Cyaniris transpectus.

Polyommatus transpectus, Moore, P. Z. 5. 1879, p. 139.

Cyaniris latimargo, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 523, pl. xlviii.

Sikkim, Tenasserim, Burma. B. M.

10. Cyaniris puspa.

Polyommatus puspa, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. p. 67 (1828) ; 9. De

Nicéville, J. A. 8. B. lii. pl. i. fig. 5a (1883).

Var. ¢. Polyommatus lavendularis, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

xx. p. 341 (1877).

Cyaniris puspa, var. lilacea, Hampson, J. A. 8. B. lvii. p. 856 (1889).

Cyaniris crissa, De Nicéville, 1. c. xiii. p. 31, pl. ii. fig. 12 (1895).

India, Burma, Ceylon, Java. B. M.

11. Cyaniris plauta.

Cyaniris plauta, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8, 1895, p. 574, pl. xxxii. figs. 8, 9.

Borneo.

Male somewhat like C. puspa, var. crissa; female much

more white.

12. Cyaniris sonchus.

Cyaniris sonchus, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 655, pl. xxix. fig. 4,

Borneo.

A very broad-bordered form, with no white patches on

upper surface and distinctly marked under surface.

13. Cyaniris timorensis, sp. n.

g. Nearly allied to C. puspa; differing in the much

greater width of the black-brown border on upper surface of

primaries ; on the under surface the spots of the discal series

of primaries are large, but those of secondaries small in

proportion. In the type the white patch on the primaries is

444 Dr. A. G. Butler on

small and trifid, that on the secondaries represented by a

single longitudinal streak ; but these characters are probably

variable, as in C. puspa.

Expanse of wings 33 millim.

Timor. ‘Type, B. M.

14. Cyaniris damme.

Cyaniris damme, Heron, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (6) xiv. p. 104

(1894).

Damma Island, Wetter. ‘Type, B. M.

ar ee

15. Cyaniris splendens, sp. n.

@. Allied to C. puspa, of a much deeper and more brilliant

blue; the black border considerably broader, especially at

apex of primaries; a bifid oblique white streak on the

primaries (divided by the second median branch), a double

streak on the secondaries divided by the second subcostal

branch; spots on the under surface very large; the costal

area of primaries widely suffused with brown.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Larut Hills, Perak (S. S. Flower). Type, B. M.

16. Cyaniris Kiihni.

Plebeius Kiihni, Rober, C. B. Iris, 1886, p. 60, pl. iv. fig. 29,

Ké Island and E. Celebes; near Macassar. B. M.

17. Cyaniris carna.

3. Cyaniris carna, De Nicéville, J. Bomb. N. H 8, ix. p. 274, pl. O.

fig. 18 (1895).

N.E. Sumatra.

Near to C. albidisca, but with larger white patches on the

wings.

18. Cyaniris albidisca.

3. Cyaniris albidisca, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 524, pl. xlviii. fig.

S. India, Nilgiris. B. M.

19. Cyaniris imperatriz, sp. n.

g. Brilliant ultramarine-blue: the primaries with the

costal margin brown; outer border widely black-brown on

costa, narrowing very regularly to submedian vein, where

(including the fringe) it measures 1} millim.: secondaries

with dark brown costal border widening at apex, where it

7. a. “...

the Species of Cyaniris. 445

joins a narrower outer border of blackish brown: wings

below white; markings as in CO. puspa, but the submarginal

line and spots well defined.

Expanse of wings 35 millim.

Siam (Bowring). ‘Type, B. M.

20. Cyaniris cayaya,

Lycena cagaya, Felder, Reise der Novy., Lep. ii. p. 278, pl. xxxiv.

figs. 11-13 (1865).

“Tuzon.” Id.?; ¢, Malacca; ?, Salangor. B. M.

The species from Malacca shows a rather wider border to

the primaries of the male and to all the wings of the female

than in Felder’s figures; but otherwise it is very similar,

C. placida appears to me to be abundantly distinct.

21. Cyaniris cinctuta.

Cyaniris cinctuta, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 506 (1895).

*Ternate, Batchian, Gilolo.”” Ternate, Amboina. B. M.

22. Cyaniris jynteana.

Cyaniris jynteana, De Nicéyille, Journ. A. 8. B. lii. p. 69, pl. i. figs. 7,7 a

(1883

& Cyaniris sikkima, Moore, P, Z. 8. 1883, p. 524, pl. xlviii. fig. 11.

Sikkim. B. M.

23. Cyaniris placidula.

Cyaniris placidula, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 572, pl. xxxii.

figs. 6, 7.

Borneo.

Near C. jynteana; front-wing border narrower.

24. Cyaniris cyanescens.

Cyaniris cyanescens, De Nicéville, Butt. Ind, iii, p. 103, frontisp. fig. 129

(1890),

Nicobars’

Allied to C. jynteana ; bluer, with narrower black border ;

under surface yellowish stone-colour.

25. Cyaniris strophis.

Cyaniris strophis, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 573, pl. xxxii. fig. 4,

Borneo.

Near to C. cyanescens,

446 Dr. A. G. Butler on

26. Cyaniris ripte.

d. Cyaniris ripte, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8, 1895, p.574, pl. xxxii. fig. 11,

Borneo.

Above like C. mus‘na, brighter; below clouded with

brown.

27. Cyaniris camene.

Cyaniris camene, De Nicéville, J. Bomb. N. H.S. ix. p. 278, pl. O.

fic, 22 (1895),

“Perak.” Id.; ?var., Perak. B. M.

28. Cyaniris lyce.

Cyaniris lyce, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 506 (1895).

S. Celebes.

Compared with C. puspa and C. Kihni, but apparently

nearer to C. camene, the blue being dull and the borders

narrow.

29. Cyaniris lyseas.

Cyaniris lyseas, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 507 (1896).

Batchian.

Nearly related to C. /yce,-but more lilacine ; only two dark

subanal spots between the veins on the secondaries ; the sub-

marginal lines below less zigzag: wings rounder in outline.

30. Cyaniris philippina.

Cyaniris philippina, Semper, Reisen Philipp. ii. v. p. 168, pl. xxxii.

figs. 14-18 (1889).

Philippines.

Seems allied to C. musina, but the figures are so poor that

they may perhaps be misleading.

31. Cyaniris musina.

Cyaniris musina (Snellen), De Nicéville, J. Bomb. N. H. S. ix. p. 275,

pl. O. fig. 19 (1895).

Burmah. B. M.

32. Cyaniris Chennellit.

3. Cyaniris Chennellii, De Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B, lii. p. 72, pl. i.

fig. 10 (1883).

Shillong, B. M.

the Species of Cyaniris. 447

33. Cyaniris lugra.

Cyaniris lugra, H. A. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 573, pl. xxxii. fig. 5.

Borneo.

Near to C. puspinus, darker and rather larger.

34. Cyaniris puspinus.

Plebeius puspinus, Kheil, Rhop, Ins. Nias, p. 30, pl. v. figs. 37-39

(1884).

Nias. B. M.

35. Cyaniris phuste.

Cyaniris phuste, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 573, pl. xxxiy. fig. 17.

Dili.

Nearly allied to C. puspinus.

36. Cyaniris selma.

Cyaniris selma, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 573, pl. xxxii. fig. 10.

Borneo.

Near to C. puspinus.

37. Cyaniris nedda.

Cyaniris nedda, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. i, p. 572 (1894).

“ Batchian, Ternate, Dutch New Guinea, Dorey, Celebes.”

‘Dorey. B. M.

According toGrose-Smith, this species differs from C. cardia

in its more violet-blue colour, shorter and rounder wings,

rather wider outer marginal band on secondaries with com-

plete submarginal series of spots; the under surface dusky

brownish grey instead of silvery greyish white. Our example

from Dorey, however, shows the latter colouring below.

38. Cyaniris cardia.

Lycena cardia, Felder, Sitz, Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. Cl. xl.

p. 459 (1860).

** Amboina.”

Allied to C. nedda.

39, Cyaniris rona.

Cyaniris rona, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 572 (1894),

Dutch New Guinea,

Near to CU. nedda; darker above, with narrower black

margins and no submarginal black spots on secondaries,

448 Dr. A. G. Butler on

40. Cyaniris placida.

é casey placida, De Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B. lii. p. 68, pl. i. fig. 8

. ).

Sikkim, Calcutta, Silhet, Tenasserim. B. M.

41, Cyaniris celestina.

Lycena celestina, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 423 (1848).

Cyaniris Kollari, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 491 (1850).

3. Polyommatus kasmira, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 503, pl. xxxi. fig. 1.

Western India, Ladakh. B. M.

42. Cyaniris limbatus.

Polyommatus limbatus, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 139.

Nilgiris, Mysore, Ceylon. B. M.

43. Cyaniris ladonides.

Lycena ladonides, de VOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 20 (1867).

Japan generally. B. M.

The female of this species approaches that sex of C. lim-

batus, there being a distinct indication of white scaling on the

primaries above; the discal markings below are small or

obsolete.

44, Cyaniris oreas.

Cyaniris oreas, Leech, Butt. China, p. 321, pl. xxxi. figs. 12, 15 (1893).

“ China.” Chusan Island and Foo Chow. B. M.

Very probably only a form of (. ladonides.

45. Cyaniris argiolus.

Papilio argiolus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. x. p. 488 (1758).

Papilio cleobis, Sulzer, Gesch. Ins, pl. xviii. figs. 15, 14 (1776).

Papilio thersanon, Bergstrasser, Nomencl. iii. pl. liv. figs. 5, 6 (1779).

Papilio argyrophontes, id. t. c. pl. xlix. figs. 5, 6.

Papilio argalus, id. t. ¢. pl. lviil. figs. 5, 6, pl. lx. figs. 4, 5.

Papilio marginatus, Retz. Gen. Ins. p. 30 (1785).

Europe. B. M.

46. Cyaniris Levettit.

Lycena Levettii, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xi. p, 111 (1883).

Western Corea. Type, B. M.

I cannot admit the identity of this species with the Euro-

pean C. argiolus. ‘Tle male above resembles C. limbatus 3;

the female is much more broadly bordered and duller in

colouring than any example of C. argiolus, Its nearest ally

is certainly C. lanka,

the Species of Cyaniris. 449

47. Cyaniris lanka.

ee lanka, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 342

(1877).

Bs cyan lanka, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 76, pl. xxxv. figs. 2,24

(1881).

Ceylon. B. M.

48. Cyaniris singalensis,

Lycena singalensis, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xviii.

p. 282 (1868).

¢d. Cyaniris singalensis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p, 76, pl. xxxv.

figs. 1, 1a (1881).

Ceylon. B.M.

49. Cyaniris Huegelit.

Cyaniris Huegelti, Moore, P. Z. S, 1882, p. 244.

Western Himalayas. B. M.

We have a male from the Chitral which appears to me to

be a dry form of this species; in colouring it is somewhat

bluer than the typical form, but so is a dry form of the female

from Rawul Pindi.

50. Cyaniris nebulosa.

Cyaniris nebulosa, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 43 (1890); Butt.

China, p. 322, pl. xxxi. tig. 18 (1893).

China.

A species with very broad borders, apparently nearest to

C. Hiigelit.

51. Cyantris ladon.

Papilio ladon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eelxx. D, E (1782).

Argus pseudargiolus, Boisduval & Leconte, Lep. Am. Sept. p. 118,

pl. xxxvi. figs. 1-5 (1533).

Lycena lucia, Kirby, Fauna Bor.-Am. iv. p. 299, pl. iii. figs. 8, 9 (1837),

Lycena violacea, W. 1. Edwards, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. vi. p. 201

(1866); Butt. N. Am. i., Lye. pl. i. figs. 1-4 (1868) (Z. nigra,

1. xlix.).

ais neglecta, W. H. Edwards, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1862, p. 57 ;

Butt. N. Am. i., Lye. pl. ii. (1870).

Var. Lycena cinerea, W. H. Edwards, Papilio, iii. p. 8 (1883).

Pacific form :—

Lycena piasus, Boisduval, Lep. Calif. p. 299 (1852).

Var. Lycena echo, Edwards, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p, 506 (1864),

United States. B. M.

Mr. Leech’s statement that C. ladon “is a species from

the Cape of Good Hope” is based upon the incorreet locality

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v, 29

450 On the Species of Cyaniris.

given by Cramer. Mr. Trimen does not include t in his

‘South-African Butterflies,’ being evidently satisfied that it

never came from the Old World.

52. Cyaniris dilectus.

Polyommatus dilectus, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 139.

3. Cyaniris dilectus, De Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B. vol. lii. p. 68, pl. i.

fir. 5 (1883).

Nepal, Sikkim, -Silhet, Assam. B. M.

53. Cyaniris dilectissima.

Cyaniris dilectissima, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8, 1895, p. 571, pl. xxxii.

figs. 2, 3

Borneo.

Very close to (. dilectus.

54. Cyaniris coalita.

Cyaniris coalita, De Nicéville, J. Bomb. N. H. 8. vi. p. 363, pl. F.

figs. 12, 13 (1891).

Java.

Seems to me remarkably close to some examples of C. di-

lectus in both sexes; but Mr. De Nicéville points out that the

series of discal spots on underside of primaries runs into the

submarginal series, whereas in C. dilectus the two series are

separate,

55. Cyaniris corythus.

Cyaniris corythus, De Nicéville, J. Bomb. N. H. 8. ix. p. 273, pl. 0.

figs. 16, 17 (1895).

N.E. Sumatra. B. M.

56. Cyaniris ceyx.

Cyaniris ceyx, De Nicéville, J. Bomb. N. H. 8. vii. p. 328, pl. H.

figs, 6,7 (1892).

“ Java.” Foo Chow. B. M.

This is the C. alboceruleus of Leech’s ‘ Butterflies of

China,’ but not of Moore. Beyond the fact that the Chinese

examples are rather larger than those from Java appear to be,

I see no difference likely to be constant.

57. Cyaniris hersilia.

2. Cyaniris hersilia, Leech, Butt. China, p. 319, pl. xxxi. fig. 16

(1893).

China.

An unusually white female, reminding one somewhat of

that sex of Lampides conferenda=pura.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 451

SPECIES INCERT SEDIS.

58. Cyaniris? catreus.

Cyaniris catreus, De Nieéville, J. Bomb. N. H. S. ix. p. 276, pl. O.

figs. 20, 21 (1895).

W. Java.

This species appears to me to be a Lyccnopsis, in which

aa the costal and first subcostal veins are not united by a

renum. If I am wrong, it will have to stand near C. damme

and allies ; but the under surface is far more like Lyccaenopsis

haraldus,

59. Cyaniris ? deliciosa.

Cupndo deliciosa, Pagenstecher, Ent. Nachr. xxii. p. 50 (1896); Abh.

Senck. Ges. xxiii. p. 416, pl. xx. fig. 8 (1897).

Celebes.

Appears to me to be a Lycenopsis.

60. Cyaniris? cara,

Cyaniris cara, De Nicéyille, Journ. Bomb. N, H.8. xii. p. 143, pl. Z.

figs. 19, 20 (1898).

| Celebes.

~ Mr. De Nicéville knows his genera of Lycenidz ; otherwise

; I should certainly have supposed this to be a Lycenesthes

: near to L. Turner.

: LXI.—Astatic Torrrrem2.

By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsinauam, M.A., LL.D. F.RS.

;

; (Continued from p. 386. }

Tortrix, L.

715 (1). Lortrix dumetana, Tr.

Tortrix (Pandemis) dumetana, Stgry. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236,

No. 702 (1871). Tortrix dumetana, Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. p. 538

(1895).

Hab, Europe. CoreA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech),

JAPAN —Yxsso—Hakodate, VIII. 1886 (Leech). Kasumir

—BScinde Valley, 7000 feet, VI. 1887 (Leech).

29*

452 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

716. Tortrix ochreana, Hb.

Tortriz (Lophoderus) ochreana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 287.

No. 716 (1871).

Hab. Europe. ASIATIC TurKEY— Hares —Shar Devesy,

21 V., 4 VIT. 1890 (Native Coll.).

727 (1). Tortrix diticinctana, sp. n.

Antenne pale cinereous, slightly annulated. Palpi, ter-

minal joint somewhat concealed by the scales projecting

beneath the median joint; pale cinereous. ead pale cine-

reous. Zorav mixed pale ochreous and rich reddish brown,

Fore wings pale yellowish ochreous, almost entirely suffused

with rich reddish ferruginous, and shaded with umber-brown

on the apical third ; four transverse fascie of brightly shining

chalybeous scales, the first slightly curved outwards from

the middle near the base; the second also curved outwards

and partially interrupted with ferruginous before the middle ;

the third also curved outwards and slightly interrupted imme-

diately after the middle; the fourth assuming the form of two

outwardly curved chains of spots, the first of which from the

costa at three-fourths from the base reaches downwards to

about vein 6, the second commencing opposite to and beyond

its apex curves outwards to the termen, and reverts along the

margin towards the tornus; beyond these at the apex are two

strong chalybeous spots ; the only part of the wing on which

the pale yellowish ochreous ground-colour is clear and un-

suffused, and therefore noticeable, is on the upper half

between the second and third fascie; cilia pale yellowish

ochreous, touched with fuscous at the tornus. up. al.

16-17 mm. Hind wings dark brownish fuscous ; cilia pale

cinereous, shaded with greyish fuscous at the apex and flexus,

and with a greyish fuscous shade along their base. Abdomen

brownish fuscous. Legs brownish fuscous, hind tarsal joints

with patches of pale cinereous.

Type, & (10437) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Two specimens.

This species is nearly allied to Conwayana, F., but is

distinguished by the strong and less interrupted chalybeous

fascia, by the absence of a pale dorsal patch, and the presence

of a very conspicuous pale costal patch.

727 (2). Tortrix tigricolor, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous, reddish ochreous at the base. Palpi

short, with projecting scales above and below the median

ee =

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 453

joint, terminal joint short, exposed; brownish ochreous.

Head and thorax brownish <i ni Fore wings deep

reddish ochreous, almost red-brown, with shining greyish

chalybeous fascie; the first near the base, occupying the

basal portion of the costa, is slightly angulated outwards on

the fold; the second, at one-third, is slightly curved out-

wards and reaches the dorsum before the middle; the third,

from beyond the middle of the costa, curving outwards is

interrupted at the lower edge of the cell, but is continued

from a point opposite to and before its lower extremity to the

dorsum beyond the middle; the last, from the costa before

the apex to the tornus, is sometimes interrupted and deflected

at a point below the middle of the termen; a few shining

greyish chalybeous scales at the apex; cilia brownish

ochreous. Lup. al. 15 mm, Hind wings dark greyish fus-

cous ; cilia pale greyish fuscous. Abdomen greyish fuscous.

Legs cinereous.

Type, 2 (70439); gS (70440) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Three specimens. —

In the male type the third fascia is continued to the tornus,

a short half-fascia from behind the middle of the dorsum

lying on its inner side; moreover the fourth fascia is not

interrupted, but ends on the termen above the tornus. The

species therefore seems to be somewhat variable.

727 (3). Tortrix conchyloides, sp. n.

Antenne whitish ochreous, annulated with brown. Palp/,

median joint thickly and somewhat loosely clothed above and

below, terminal joint moderate, exposed; whitish ochreous.

Head whitish ochreous. Thorax greyish brown. Lore wings

whitish ochreous, much overspread with greyish brown, which

occupies the whole of the base and is extended outwards

above the fold reaching to below the middle of a central

oblique greyish brown fascia from before the middle of the

costa to the outer half of the dorsum; this fascia is more or

less blended on its outer side with a third fasciaform shade

from the costa before the apex to the tornus; on the dark

shading are streaks and patches of shining leaden grey, with

several tufts of raised black scales, two on the outer edge of

the basal patch, one above the other below the fold, five or

six along the inner edge of the central fascia, and a sinuous

slender line of similar raised black scales within the outer

brown shade ; about the apex the pale wing-surface is slightly

reticulated with brown; cilia pale whitish ochreous, Lup,

al. 17 mm. Hind wings greyish fuscous cilia greyish

454 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

cinereous, with a dark shade along their basal half. Abdomen

brownish fuscous. Legs whitish ochreous, slightly shaded

with brownish fuscous.

Type, & (60256, Chang Yang) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. CutnA—Chang Yang (Pratt), JAPAN— Yzsso

(Pryer, 1882). ‘Two specimens.

727 (4). Tortriv Leechi, sp. n.

Antenne pale canary-yellow, not annulated, but shaded

with brownish beneath. Pa/p? projecting about the length

of the head beyond it, median joint with projecting scales

above and beneath (more closely packed than in Christophana),

terminal joint very short, exposed; pale canary-yellow.

Head and thorax pale canary-yellow. ore wings pale canary-

yellow, with a yellowish-brown shade at the base, often

running through the middle of the wing above the fold and

overspreading the apical half with the exception of the apex

and termen; at the base, on the brown shade, is a shining

rosy-grey metallic band; a rather broad, slightly oblique

fascia of a similar metallic hue crosses from the costa, within

the basal third, to before the middle of the dorsum, sometimes

terminated on reaching the fold; another fascia of the same

colour from beyond the middle of the costa nearly reaches the

tornus, this is somewhat sinuate on its inner side; before the

termen is a narrower band of the same colour, usually en-

closing the outer edge of the dark shade, and reaching from

the costa before the apex to the termen above the tornus;

between this outer shining band and the shining fascia which

precedes it is a series of about four minute black dots of raised

scales on the outer half of the dark shade, two above and two

below the middle of the wing; in some specimens there is

also a spot of raised blackish scales at the outer third of the

fold ; cilia pale canary-yellow, touched with brownish at the

tornus. Ezp.al.17-18mm. ind wings brownish fuscous ;

cilia on their outer half whitish cinereous. Abdomen greyish

brown, anal tuft ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type, 9 (60255, Yokohama); ¢ (70429, Yesso) Mus.

|sm.

Hab. JAPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882). Honpno—Yokohama

(Manley, 1888). CorEA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). Five

specimens.

A pale variety from Gensan (60031, 9?) is almost entirely

without the brown shading, and is pale canary-yellow, with

the metallic fasciz of a more rosy pink, due to the absence of

brown scales. ‘The same variation of colouring occurs in the

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 455

allied Loeflingiana, L., but this species has the apex of the

wing more pointed and the markings are quite different.

727 (5). Tortrix Christophana, sp. n.

Antenne pale yellowish, not annulate, but faintly dotted

above with greyish. Palp’, median joint loosely clothed

with long scales, projecting above and beneath, terminal joint

rather long, naked; pale yellow. ead pale yellowish.

Thorax bright yellow. Fore wings bright yellow at the base

and narrowly along the costa and termen, the remainder of

the wing rich red-brown, chestnut-brown, or pale chocolate-

brown in different varieties ; the darker colour has therefore

the appearance of a large quadrate patch overflowing the wing

from the dorsum, the whole of which it occupies from near

the base to the tornus, its anterior margin tending obliquely

outwards towards the costa and its upper and outer margins

running paralle! with the outline of the wing, one or two

small streaks connecting it above with the costa; throughout

this patch are a great number of shining metallic steel-grey

spots, having in some varieties a rosy tinge ; one or two spots

are also visible on the pale basal portion of the wing and also

along the termen; scattered between and among those on the

dark patch are several tufts of raised scales of the same colour

as the patch itself, of which one conspicuous series is arranged

in an irregular oblique fascia tending outwards from the costa

to the dorsum; cilia bright yellow, tinted at the tornus with

the colour of the dark patch. zp. al. 17mm. Hind wings

varying in colour according to the tint of the darker portion

of the fore wings, which they closely resemble, and shading

to pale cinereous at the base; cilia pale cinereous, with a

slight ochreous tinge along their base. Abdomen and legs

pale cinereous.

Type, 2 (70433); g (70434) Mus. Wism.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Howpo—Yokohama (JMJan-

ley, 1888); Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech) ; Fushiki, VII.

1887 (Leech). Nine specimens.

727 (6). Tortrix Joannisi, sp. n.

Antenne sulphur-yellow. Palpi projecting twice the length

of the head beyond it; median joint clothed with rough scales

projecting further beneath than above—these are pale yellow,

brownish towards their tips; terminal joint protruding to the

length of the lower tuft, smooth. //ead and thorax pale

yellow. Fore wings pale yellow, reticulated on the basal

456 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae.

half with brownish ochreous, clouded across the outer half

with smoky brown and sprinkled throughout with small

spots of steel-grey metallic scales; the broad smoky brown

shade is broken by a pale yellow patch at the end of the cell

and contains a few patches of raised brown scales in addition

to the metallic sprinkling ; it does not extend to the termen,

a slender brownish ochreous line dividing the pale yellow

marginal space; cilia pale yellow. zp. al. 17mm. Hind

wings tawny brown; cilia whitish, slightly tinged with brown

on their basal half. Abdomen (missing,—probably brown).

Legs brownish white.

Type, 2 (13329) Mus. Wlsm. Paratype (854, Wlsm.

1894) Mus. J. de Joannis.

Hab, CuinA—Zo-ci. ‘Two specimens.

Named after M. l’abbé de Joannis, to whom I am indebted

for the specimen.

727 (7). TVortrix exuberans, sp. n.

Antenne pale yellow. Falpi pale yellow, the median joint

roughly clothed above and beneath, the terminal joint erect,

slender, naked. /eud and thorax pale yellow, the tips of the

tegule reddish ochreous. Fore wings bright yellow, pro-

fusely mottled with bright reddish ochreous, the mottling on

the outer half tending to confluence transversely; each of the

many bright reddish ochreous patches is centred with shining

pinkish-lilae metallic scales, and there are a few raised tufts

seattered about their surface in which are mixed a few very

dark brown scales; cilia bright yellow. Hap. al. 16 mm.

Hind wings rosy brownish. Abdomen rosy brownish. Legs

pale brownish cinereous.

Type, 3 (60033) Mus. Wlism.

Hab, Cor—EA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). Unique.

728 (1). Tortrix striatulana, sp. nu.

Antenne slightly ciliate in the male; pale ochreous. Palpz

long, projecting twice the length of the head beyond it,

median joint clothed with projecting hairs, which conceal the

terminal joint; pale ochreous, touched with fuscous at the

base and apex externally. Head pale ochreous. Thorax

pale ochreous, banded with fuscous across the front. Fore

wings with the costa very slightly arched, apex slightly

rounded, termen very oblique; pale ochreous, speckled and

striated minutely with fuscous and shaded with brownish

ochreous and olive-brown; an outwardly curved line of

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 457

fuscous scales at about one-fourth indicates the outer edge of

the basal patch; an oblique line of fuscous scaling from the

middle of the costa to the tornus ; a series of short fuscous

costal streaks alternating on the outer half of the wing with

oblique shining ochreous streaks longer than themselves ; the

apical portion of the wing is shaded with olive-brown and

contains a curved steel-grey line from a little beyond the

upper end of the transverse fascia to the middle of the termen,

whence it is diffused downwards towards the tornus ; a few

steel-grey scales mixed with fuscous scales above the tornus;

a slender black line along the termen ; cilia whitish ochreous.

Exp. al. 8 15, 9 17 mm. Hind wings, apex rounded,

termen impressed below the apex ; pale brownish grey; cilia

whitish ochreous in the male, brownish cinereous in the female.

Abdomen brownish grey. Legs whitish ochreous; hind tarsal

joints touched with fuscous.

Type, 3 (60026); 2 (60368), Chang Yang, Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. CutnA—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt).

JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Five specimens.

729. Lortrix Loeflingiana, L.

Tortrix (Heterognomon) Loeflingiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat, Lp. Eur, 238:

No. 729 (1871).

Hab, Eurove. Asiatic TuRKEY—Hazes—Shar Devesy,

1890 (Native Coll.).

730. TYortrix viridana, L.

Tortrix (Heterognomon) viridana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 238,

No. 780 (1871).

Hab. Evrope. Astatic TurKEY—//4zes—Shar Devesy,

23 VI. 1890 (Native Coll.).

731. Tortrix pronubana, Hb.

Tortrix (Heterognomon) pronubana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 238,

No, 731 (1871).

Hab, Europe. ALGertA—Constantine, 10 V. 1895; 10

X. 1894 (Haton); Bone, 23 III.; 5 V. 1896 (Eaton).

Asiatic TurKEY—//ares—Shar Devesy, 1893 (Native Coll.).

731 (1). TYortrix soriana, Kennel.

Tortrix (Heterognomon) soriana, Kennel, Ent. Zts. Iris, XII. 6-7, No. 4,

Pl. I. 4 (1899) '.

Hab, Asiatic TurKEY—//azes—Shar Devesy, 1893

458 Lord Walsingham on As?atic Tortricides.

(Native Coll.). Syrra, Beyrout'; ILI. 1886 (Pratt). Pazzs-

TINE (Tristram).

‘736. Tortrix aurichalcana, Brem.

zotenia aurichalcana, Brem. Mém. Ac. Imp. Sc. St. Pétersb. (7 s.)

VIII. (1) 89-90. No. 438, Pl. VII. 22 (1864) '.

Tortrix (Heterognomon) aurichaleana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 238.

No. 736 (1871) 2.

Hab. E. Siperta “— von der Miindung des Noor bis ober-

halb der Ema,’ VI.-VII.". JaApAn—Yesso (Pryer, 1882) ;

Hakodate, VIU. 1886 (Leech). Howno—T'suruga, VII.

1886 (Leech). CHnina—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet

(Pratt).

‘This species appears to be extremely variable; in a long

series some forms are so much darkened as to almost entirely

lose the yellow tint and become brown or greyish brown. In

one variety the markings are entirely lost, except that the

waved metallic lines can be traced across the unicolorous

shining ochreous brown wings; other varieties are almost

entirely pale yellow, with a sprinkling of pale grey-brown

scales.

736 (1). Tortrix sinapina, Btl.

Pandemis sinapina, Btl. Tl. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. III. 78, Pl. LX. 3

(1879) *,

Hab. JAPAN. Howpo—Yokohama’; (Manley, 1888).

736 (2). Vortrix pulchra, Btl.

' Ariola pulchra, Btl. Ill. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. III. 19, Pl. XLY.

(1879) '.

Antenne fuscous, basal joint chestnut-brown oad with

pale ochreous, Palpi chestnut-brown. Head pale greyish

ochreous. Thorax chestnut-brown, tegule with a bluish

tinge. ore wings chestnut-brown, narrowly pale ochreous

along the extreme costa and dorsum, with four shining

metallic chalybeous streaks running longitudinally ; the first

immediately below the costa tapers outwards from the base to

two-thirds the length of the wing; the second from the

middle of the base along the lower margin of the cell is de-

flected at the end of the cell to the tornus; the third from

the base below the fold to the outer extremity of the fold

near the tornus; the fourth commencing narrowly at about

one-fourth from the base, between the costal and middle

streaks, is widened outwards attaining the apex, and is thence

detlected along the termen, where it is bordered on each side

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 459

by three or four purplish fuscous spots; cilia bright ochreous.

Exp. al. 21-24 mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous ; cilia

pale cinereous. Abdomen brownish fuscous. Legs pale cine-

reous ; hind tibiw thickly clothed above.

Hab. Javan (Pryer, 1886). Honpo—Yokohama’.

739 (1). Tortrix nigricaudana, sp. n.

Antenne pale brownish. Palpi brownish cinereous, Head

and thorax pale brownish grey. Fore wings brownish testa-

ceous, with a slight tawny gloss, a pale chestnut-brown

central fascia and central reticulations ; the fascia commences

narrowly on the costa before the middle, and slants obliquely

to the dorsum before the tornus; its inner margin is clearly

defined and angulated inward a little above the fold, its outer

side is widened and diffused, extending to the end of the cell

and to the tornus; there is a narrow costal blotch of the same

colour before the apex, the space before and behind the fascia

being reticulated with narrow sinuous lines crossing the veins ;

cilia shining pale brownish grey. Zzp.al. 26mm. Hind

wings greyish brown, cilia shining pale grey. Abdomen

brownish grey, anal tuft dense and black. Legs pale

brownish ochraceous.

Type, 3 (60060) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, Corea—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech) $ g. [? JAPAN

(Pryer, 1886) ¢.]

A single female from Japan (70397) perhaps belongs to

this species; but as males only were taken at Gensan, it

would be at present unsafe to determine it.

745. Tortrix imperfectana, Ld.

Lortrix imperfectana, La, Wien. Ent. Mts. IL. 150-1, Pl. 1V.8 (1858) *.

Tortrix (Heterognomon) imperfectana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur.

239. No. 745 (1871) *.

Hab. Syrtas —Libanon'; Galilee, LV. 1886 (Pratt) ;

Palestine (Z'ristram).

[ Cveruasta, Crt.,=Scraputza, Tr.)

767 (1). Tortrix vetulana, Chr.

Sciaphila vetulana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 72-3. No. 105

(1881) ': sep. 160-1 (1882) *.

Hab. E. Stperta—Wladiwostok, VI... Coreas—Gensan,

VI. 1886 (Leech). Japan (Pryer, 1886).

460 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

770. Yortrix argentana, Cl.

Sciaphila (Ablabia) argentana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 240. No. 770

(1871)*. Setaphila argentana, Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 16-17.

No. 67 (1882) ®.

Hab, Europe’. KasumMtr—Scinde Valley, 7000 feet, VII.

1887 (Leech) ; Deosai Plains, 13,000 feet, VIII. 1887 (Leech).

JAPAN — Yesso (Pryer, 1882). Unirep Srates — Cali-

fornia*, Nevada’, Colorado (Loveland, 5000-10,000 feet,

VII. 1891, W. G. Smith).

771 (1). Lortrix virginana, Kennel.

Sciaphila virginana, Kennel, Ent. Zts. Iris, XII. 12-13, No. 10, Pl. 1.10

(1889) *.

Hab. Astatic TurKey—J/ares—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1892). Dzrarpexr—Mardin’.

776 (1). Yortrix sedana, Cust.

Sciaphila sedana, Cust. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6s.) IV. 211-2, Pl. IX. 8

(1884) *,

Hab. FRANCE, VII.-VILL.* Astatric LurKEY— Hazes —

Shar Devesy (Native Coll. 1893).

777 (1). VYortriz Tristrami, sp. nu.

Antenne dirty white. Palpiand head dull white. Thorax

white. Fore wings white, at about one-fourth from the base

an outwardly curved nut-brown fascia, sometimes angulated

above the fold at its outer edge, passes from costa to dorsum

(or in some specimens is separated from the dorsum by a

short space), this fascia is less wide than the space inter-

vening between it and the base; about the middle of the

costa a rather wider fascia of the same colour reaches the

dorsum before the tornus, its inner margin slightly concave,

its outer margin sometimes angulated outward about the

middle; a costal patch before the apex is slightly broken on

the costa, its lower margin not connected with a narrow sub-

terminal shade beneath it; all these markings are clearly

detined and are speckled with black along their edges, the

intermediate pale spaces being also sometimes very slightly

speckled with brown on the costa and dorsum; cilia white.

Lap. al. 16-18 mm. Hind wings pale brownish grey ; cilia

rather paler, with a shade-line running through them near

their base. Abdomen and legs pale brownish grey.

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 461

Type, & (138507); ¢ (13508) Mus. Wlsm.

flab, PALESTINE (Tristram). Four specimens.

Allied to octomaculana, Dblid., some varieties of which it

greatly resembles in pattern and colour; but it is a much

smaller insect, and, so far as one can judge from the

possession of only four specimens, is more consistent in its

markings.

I name this species after the Rev. Canon Tristram, who

nearly thirty years ago greatly encouraged my early studies

of the Microlepidoptera by giving me numerous specimens

from Palestine, including the species described by the late

H. T. Stainton.

779. Tortrix chrysanthemana, Dp. (tH.-S.).

Sciaphilat chrysantheana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 240, No. 779

(1871).

Hab, Europe. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886).

780 (2). Tortrix barbarana, sp. n.

Antenna, palp?, and head pale brownish cinereous. Thorax

brownish fuscous. ore wings pale brownish cinereous, with

a brownish fuscous basal patch extending to one-third,

angulated outward a little above the fold and inward on the

fold itself, this patch is slightly mottled with the paler

ground-colour, a few darker fuscous scales being scattered

along its margin; across the middle of the wing a slightly

oblique brownish fuscous fascia reaches the dorsum before the

tornus, its outer edge is also slightly angulated outward about

the middle, but it is not connected with a somewhat trian-

gular costal patch of the same colour before the apex, the

intermediate space between these dark markings being very

thinly bestrewn or reticulated with brownish fuscous scales,

becoming somewhat confluent only a little before the middle

of the termen ; cilia brownish grey, a rather darker line along

their base. Exp. al. 14-16mm. Hind wings brownish grey ;

cilia the same, with a darker shade-line running through

them near their base, which is rather paler than their outer

half. Abdomen and legs brownish cinereous.

Type, 3 (61564); (61565) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, Asiatic ‘YuRKEY—//ares—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1893). Kleven specimens.

This species greatly resembles in appearance dark specimens

of Isotrias hybridana, Hb., and especially the variety (?)

known as castiliana, Rag.; but from this it can at once be

separated by the neuration of the hind wings, in which veins

462 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

6 and 7 are not remote at origin as in Jsotréas. In castiliana

the costal mark before the apex is produced downward and

usually reaches the termen above the tornus, whereas in

barbarana it does not extend downward even so far as the

middle of the wing-width, and is separated from the slight

ante-marginal shade which sometimes occurs below it. It

closely approaches Tortrix minusculana, Z.+incertana, Tr.,

in size and markings, but the absence throughout my series

of the marked projection on the outer edge of the basal patch

which occurs in every one of the very numerous specimens in

the Zeller collection serves to distinguish it ; it has, moreover,

shorter and more obtuse fore wings.

Do.opLoca, Hb.

789 (2). Doloploca lineata, sp. n.

Antenne brownish cinereous. Palpi and head pale brownish

cinereous. Zhorax brownish cinereous. Fore wings with

the apex rounded, the termen much more oblique than is

usual in the Cnephasia group of TLortrix ; brownish cinereous,

with scattered dusting of slightly raised blackish scale-spots,

especially on the outer half; a faintly indicated reddish-

brown band arises from the dorsum before the tornus, and

reaches to the upper angle of the cell, but does not attain to

the costa; this 1s preceded and followed in some specimens

by detached patches of faint mottling of the same colour; the

veins throughout the wing are indicated by slightly paler

lines, the cilia corresponding in colour with these, but having

a clear slender reduplicated line running through them around

the apex and termen. Ezp.al.20 mm. Hind wings brownish

grey ; cilia rather paler, with a reduplicated brownish grey

shade-line running through them; the lines are much wider

than those in the cilia of the fore wings. Abdomen brownish

cinereous. Legs pale cinereous.

Type, & (18511) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. PALESTINE (Tristram). Four specimens.

I can find nothing described which corresponds to the

unusual shape and colouring of this species. It is much

smaller than the two known species of Doloploca, but in form

and structure it agrees better with this genus than with the

Cnephasia group of Tortria.

109 (1). CRYPTASPASMA, gen. nov.

(kpuntés = hidden ; adowacua=the thing embraced.)

‘Type Penthina? lugubris, F. & R.

Antenne () less than half the length of the fore wings,

——

BES BPS eo 8) ee wee

aa»

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 463

very shortly pubescent, Pale short, appressed to the face ;

median joint short and densely clothed, terminal joint short,

almost entirely concealed. Head slightly rough above,

Thorax not tufted. Fore wings elongate, narrow at the base,

widened outwardly ; costal margin straight, male with a

narrow elongate costal fold; apex rounded, termen oblique,

tornus rounded, dorsum straight, limbus not abruptly defined.

Neuration, 12 veins, all separate; 2 from middle third of

cell; 3 and 4 approximate at origin; 6 and 7 separate, but

closely approximate at upper angle of cell, 7 to termen.

Hind wings broader than the fore wings, with the termen

and dorsum rounded. Neuration, 8 veins; 3 and 4 connate,

5 slightly bent over towards origin of 4; 6 and 7 stalked or

almost coincident towards their base. Abdomen (2) slender,

genital segments concealed within a circular shield or pouch,

having an aperture of scarcely more than half its size poste-

1iorly ; uncus present within the pouch,

794 (1). Cryptaspasma lugubre, F. & R.

Penthina? lugubris, ¥. & R. Reise Noy. Lp. V. Pl. OXXXVIII. 32

(1875).

Antenne fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous. Head dark

brownish fuscous. Zhorax grey, sprinkled with fuscous.

Fore wings dark grey, streaked, mottled, and sprinkled with

fuscous and brownish fuscous; costa dark fuscous on the

basal half along the fold, spotted with large and small

fuscous spots beyond ; an irregular dark fuscous streak runs

along the lower margin of the cell from the base, extending

upwards from the end of the cell, where it contains a small

yellow-ochreous spot, and dilated downwards across the fold

towards the dorsum about its middle; the outer extremity of

this streak is depressed and unites with a sinuous dark

brownish fuscous band which crosses the wing from the costa

to the dorsum ; this is bowed outwards on its upper half and

inwards on its lower half, and lies at about one-fifth from the

termen; beyond it the grey colouring of the wing is reticu-

lated with brownish fuscous, the extreme margin being

narrowly brownish fuscous ; cilia brownish cinereous, darker

on their basal half. ap. al. g 17-25, 2 20-25 mm.

Hlind wings brownish grey, slightly iridescent; cilia pale

cinereous, slightly darker along their base. Abdomen

brownish grey, with a strong and thick cinereous anal tuft

concealing the upper edge of the genital pouch. Legs cine-

reous ; hind tarsal joints faintly spotted,

Hab. N, Benga — Darjiling, 26 VII. 1886 (£lwes),

464 Lord Walsingham on As?atic Tortricide.

Srxxim (Méller, 1887). AssAM—Mao (N. Manipur), 5000-

7000 feet, VIII. 1889 (Doherty). PERAK—Gunong Hijan,

4000-4900 feet (Doherty, 1891). Batran— Mt. Sibela,

3000-5000 feet (Doherty, 1892).

Felder and Rogenhofer record their type of Penthina? lu-

jee from “fl. Amazonas (Bates).” The specimen is

abelled “276” and “B. in cop.” It is on a long iron pin,

whereas Bates used short English pins, and the evidence is

very strong that this is another of the very numerous mistakes

in locality-labels which pervade the collection ostensibly made

by the ‘Novara’ expedition, but which was obviously put

together by purchase and otherwise from many widely

scattered sources. ‘The specimens labelled Bates Coll. could

have been obtained in no other manner, as Mr. Bates did

certainly not accompany the expedition.

109 (2). BRACHYGONIA, gen. nov.

(Spaxvs=short ; yevia=an angle.)

Type (¢) Brachygonia angulicostana, Wlism.

Antenne \ess than half the length of the fore wings; ¢

stout, scarcely pubescent; basal joint somewhat enlarged.

Palpi short, appressed to the face; median joint moderately

clothed with appressed scales; terminal joint slightly ex-

posed. Head slightly rough above. Thorax smooth. Sore

wings elongate, slightly widened outwards; costa shortly

angulated at the extreme base, straight beyond, male without

a fold, apex rounded ; termen oblique, slightly convex, tornus

rounded. Neuwration, 12 veins, all separate; 2 from middle

third of cell; 3 slightly recurved and closely approximate to

4 at its origin; 7 to termen. Hind wings rather triangular,

apex rounded, termen slightly rounded. Neuration, 8 veins ;

3 and 4 connate; 5 bent over towards origin of 4; 6 and 7

almost coincident towards their base. Abdomen somewhat

stout; genital segments (g) concealed in a circular chitinous

pouch ; uncus present. Legs smooth.

This genus, which agrees in neuration with Yortria, L.,

differs in the short abrupt angle at the base of the fore wings

and in the almost even width of the wings. ‘lhe very short

antenne and the unusual form of the anal appendages seem

to justify the creation of a new genus for its reception.

794 (2). Brachygonia angulicostana, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, and head dark brownish fuscous. Thorax

dark brownish fuscous, sprinkled with brownish ~ cinereous

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 465

posteriorly. Fore wings dark brownish fuscous at the base,

thence somewhat sprinkled with brownish cinereous, giving

them a paler appearance outwardly; with a small pale

ochreous spot at the end of the cell, a dark brownish fuscous

patch on the fold below the middle of the wing, and a fascia-

form band of dark brownish fuscous running parallel with the

outer margin to within the tornus; this is sometimes broken

up into two or more patches; the termen and costa are in-

distinctly blotched with dark brownish fuscous ; cilia brownish

cinereous, darker along their base. Huzp. al. 19mm. Hind

wings dull brown, dark brownish fuscous inclining to purplish

fuscous at the base; cilia pale cinereous, with a brownish

cinereous shade running through them near their base. Adb-

domen cinereous, clouded with purplish fuscous above on the

middle, Legs pale cinereous.

Type, 3 (70553); 2 (70573) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Three specimens.

109 (3). Microcorses, gen. nov.

(utxpds=little ; xéeans=one who wears his hair short.)

Type (¢) Microcorses marginifasciatus, Wlsm.

Antenne less than half the length of the fore wings;

(gd) stout, slightly pubescent. Pa/pi short, porrect, projecting

but little beyond the head; median joint closely clothed ;

terminal joint not very distinct. Head moderately smooth.

Thorax stout, not tufted. Fore wings elongate, narrow at

the base, widened outwardly ; costa straight, ¢ without a

fold, apex rounded; termen oblique, straight; dorsum mode-

rately straight, slightly convex towards the base. Neuration,

12 veins, all separate; 7 to termen, Hind wings broader

than the fore wings, termen slightly excavate below the apex,

thence evenly rounded; ¢ with a small but distinct thick-

ening or brush of scales above the base of vein 1, covered

by asmall fold or flap. Neuration, 8 veins; 3 and 4 connate ;

5 bent over towards origin of 4; 6 and 7 separate, but closely

approximate at the extreme base. Abdomen stout. Legs,

posterior tibie slightly hairy above.

The type has somewhat the appearance of a Cnephasia; it

is, however, coarsely and roughly clothed. The antenna are

much shorter and stouter, and it is apparently allied to

Brachygonia, W\sm., which differs in the angle at the base of

the fore wings and in the absence of the tuft and flap of the

hind wings.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 7. Vol. v. 30

‘

466 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortvicide.

794 (3). Microcorses marginifasciatus, sp. 0.

Antenne and palpi tawny brown. Head and thorax dark

tawny brown, the latter brownish cinereous posteriorly. Fore

wings brownish cinereous, shaded and speckled with tawny

brown throughout; with some brownish fuscous mottlings along

the costa and termen, a faintly indicated short brownish fuscous

basal patch, an irregular reddish brown blotch or group of

spots at the middle of the wing, at the outer edge of which is

a smal] yellowish ochreous spot at the upper angle of the cell

and a darkly mottled narrow reddish brown fasciaform band

running parallel with the termen from near the apex to behind

the tornus; cilia brownish cinereous. Hap. al. 19 mm.

Hind wings pale greyish brown, with a small tuft of brown

scales covered by a pale shining cinereous flap above the

base of vein 1; cilia pale cinereous. Abdomen pale greyish

brown. Legs pale cinereous; hind tarsal joints banded with

pale fuscous. ,

Type, 3 (70592) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Three specimens.

CENECTRA, Gn.

752. Cinectra pilleriana, Schiff.

Enectra pilertana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 239. No. 752 (1871)';

Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 19. No. 88 (1882) ?.

Hab, Evrore’. Cuina—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet

(Pratt, 1886). JAPAN—Howpo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1835).

Unitep Stares—California *, Texas *.

LEONTOCHROMA, gen. nov.

(A€ov=a lion ; ypapa=colour.)

Type Leontochroma aurantiacum, Wlsm.

Antenne (3) strongly ciliated (not notched). Palpi short,

projecting less than the length of the head beyond it, closely

clothed, terminal joint exposed, rather short. Head mode-

rately rough. Thorax smooth, or slightly tufted posteriorly,

Fore wings elongate, narrow at the base, widened outwards ;

costa gently arched towards the base; ¢ with a short and

very narrow costal fold at the base (easily overlooked) ; apex

slightly produced ; termen slightly excavate below the apex,

scarcely oblique ; tornus rounded; dorsum straight. Neura-

tion, 12 veins; 3 and 4 stalked; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to the

termen. Hind wings rather triangular, slightly excavate

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic 'Tortricide. 467

below the rounded apex, thence convex. Neuration, 8 veins;

8 and 4 from a short stalk ; 5 approximate at base to 3+4;

6 and 7 separate, but very closely approximate and parallel

towards their base. Abdomen moderate, anal tuft well-de-

veloped. Legs smooth, without projecting scales.

749 (1). Leontochroma aurantiacum, sp. n.

Antenne (broken) tawny reddish at the base. Pa/pi pale

tawny reddish. Head and thorax tawny reddish. Sore

wings tawny reddish, the lines of the veins and a few trans-

verse reticulations delicately marked with tawny fuscous; a

basal patch, curved on its outer side, an oblique central fascia

before the middle reaches the dorsum scarcely beyond the

middle, and a subapical band, all tawny reddish brown more

or less outlined with tawny fuscous ; cilia tawny fuscous, with

a slender pale line along their base. Eup. al. g 21, 2 22

mm. Hind wings pale greyish cinereous, blending to bright

orange-ochreous beyond the middle, with one or two trans-

verse reticulations from the costa near the apex; cilia

greyish cinereous. Abdomen greyish cinereous, anal tuft

ochreous. Legs reddish ochreous.

Type, 3 (9129) Mus. Wism.

Hab, SiKKiM, X. 1889 (Lives). ‘Two specimens.

749 (2). Leontoc:roma suppurpuratum, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, and head reddish fuscous. Thorax pale

reddish fuscous with a strong lilac sheen, a dark reddish

brown tuit posteriorly. ore wings shining pale lilac,

suffused with reddish brown fiom near the base of the dorsum

to the tornus, this shade extends obliquely from the base to

the upper edge of the cell and is so far clearly detined,

blending into the delicate lilac giound-colour above and

beyond the middle of the wing; the apical half of the wing

aud some part of the middle is thickly speckled with reddish

brown dots; a slight reddish brown shade about the nriddle

of the costa, and a stronger ferruginous shade along the outer

third of the costa reaching uearly to the apex; the termen is

narrowly shining rosy steel-grey ; cilia pale ferruginous, with

a narrow reddish brown line along their base, their extreme

apex touched with fuscous. Underside cinereous, with a

strong reddish ferruginous tinge along the costa and termen,

the extreme apex purplish fuscous and there is some greenish

shading beneath the costa. Lap. al. g 22, 2 27 mm,

Hind wings ruto-cinereous at the base, shading outwards to

b0*

468 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

pale reddish ferruginous; cilia pale ferruginous, greyish

fuscous at their apex. Underside cinereous, with a strong

reddish ferruginous tinge along the costa and termen, the

extreme apex purplish fuscous and there is some greenish

shading along the costa. Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft

ferruginous. Legs reddish ferruginous.

Type, & (9131); 2 (91382) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. S1kK1M—Tonglo, 10,000 feet, VII. 1886 (Hlwes).

Four specimens.

749 (3). Leontochroma viridochraceum, sp. n.

Antenne, palpi, and head reddish brown. Thoraw pale

reddish brown. ore wings shining greenish yellow, suf-

fused on the outer third with reddish brown, and with a

large ill-defined reddish brown dorsal patch reaching from

near the base of the dorsum to the tornus; this dorsal patch is

of a somewhat triangular shape with its apex somewhat

curved outwards towards the middle of the wing, its outer

edge is more clearly defined than its inner edge, except on

the dorsum ; the overclouding of the apical third of the wing

is less intense in colour than the dorsal patch, except in the

case of two patches lying about the end of the cell and an

elongate costal shade attaining the apex; between these

markings is a shining paler space, but of a rather rosy tint, in

which the greenish yeliow ground-colour does not enter ; cilia

reddish ochreous. Underside shining pale yellowish ochreous,

costa and termen reddish ochreous. Lap. al. 31 mm. Hind

wings pale shining greyish cinereous, blending to eneous on

their outer half; cilia pale shining cinereous with an geneous

tinge. Underside shining pale yellowish ochreous, costal and

apical margins reddish ochreous, apex strongly reticulated

with deep rich reddish ochreous (almost reddish brown).

Abdomen ochreous. Legs very pale ochreous, touched on

their undersides with reddish ochreous.

Type, ? (9135) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. SikkimM—Tonglo, 10,000 feet, VII. 1886 (Elwes).

Unique.

If this is only a form of suppurpuratum, Wlsm., it is widely

distinct not only in the ground-colour of the wing but also in

the position of the markings, and deserves at least a varietal

name,

749 (4). Leontochroma lebetanum, sp, ui.

Antenne ochreous. Palpi tawny brown. Head and

thorax tawny reddish brown. ore wings pale tawny, with a

On some new or little-known Neotropical Scorpions. 469

transverse oblique median band of dark tawny reddish brown

from the middle of the costa to the dorsum before the tornus,

this is met by a diffused shade of a scarcely paler tint coming

from the base and overflowing the dorsal half of the wing,

there is also a costal shade on the outer third reaching to the

apex; ciliatawny. Hap. al.20 mm. Hind wings greyish,

with a tawny suffusion on their outer half above the middle ;

cilia greyish. Underside of both wings with the costal and

terminal portions overspread with tawny reddish ochreous,

somewhat reticulated, the remainder being grey. Abdomen

brownish grey. Legs greyish ochreous.

Type, S (61145) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. EK, CutyNa—Omei Shan, VI.-VII. Unique.

[To be continued. |

LXII.—Some new or little-known Neotropical Scorpions in

the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock.

Family Buthide.

Genus Tiryus, C. Koch.

Tityus Simonsi, sp. n.

Differing from T. ecuadorensis typicus, which also occurs at

Loja, in having the upperside of the trunk a uniform blackish

brown, without yellow bands, the legs not variegated, but

yellow at the base, and becoming lightly infuscate upon the

femora and patella, and the whole hand blackish or brownish

red, the finger-tips only being yellow; tail with segments 1-3

pale above, black along the middle line below and posteriorly

on each side, much as in 7’. ecwadorensis; fourth and fifth

segments and vesicle blackish ; sterna uniformly pale.

Trunk granular and crested above, as in 7’. ecuadorensis :

sterna of abdomen coriaceous, the first and second without

large punctures; fourth and fifth finely granular, the former

with a pair of weak keels, the latter with four granular keels,

the external abbreviated posteriorly.

Tail granular and crested practically as in 7. ecuadorensis ;

vesicle wider than brachium, furnished with a spine which igs

much smaller and closer to the base of the aculeus than in

T. ecuadorensis, much resembling, in fact, the spine of 7. cn-

signis or 7’, obtusus.

470 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

Chele granular and crested as in 7’, ecuadorensis; hand

wider than brachium; movable finger with 14 rows of teeth.

Pectinal teeth 17-18

Total length 65 millim., carapace 6, tail 37.

Loc. Loja, 2000 m. (P. O. Simons).

Family Chactide.

Genus Mrcacormus, Karsch.

Megacormus segmentatus, sp. n.

Colour a tolerably uniform reddish brown; terga with traces

of three pale spots, one median and one at each lateral angle ;

legs yellow, variegated with deep brown.

Closely allied to MJ. granosus, but differing in having the

shaft of the pectines very distinctly segmented, consisting of

an apical, a median, and two large basal sclerites.

Pectinal teeth 4. r

Total length 33 millim.

Loc. Atoyac in Vera Cruz (A. Dugés).

Genus PLESIOCHACTAS, nov.

Allied to Megacormus, Karsch, but with the carapace broad

and squarely truncate in front; the stigmata elongate and

slit-like, not with the ends strongly curled round as in Mega-

cormus, and with distinct “ fulcra”’ on the pectines.

Type P. Dugest, sp. n.

Plesiochactas Dugesi, sp. n.

Colour nearly black, varied with yellowish red; terga with

a pair of large yellow spots on the posterior border; coxe

and legs yellowish red, the coxe clouded, the legs strongly

ringed with black.

Carapace as long as caudal segment 14+2+4 of 3, a little

longer than fifth, coarsely granular; terga coarsely granular,

the posterior terga finely and closely granular as well;

sterna and cove completely smooth, densely punctured, the

last sterna only weakly granular, with a median and a pair of

lateral abbreviated crests.

Tail with crests evenly and coarsely granular, the inter-

vening spaces sparsely granular, except on the upperside,

which has a densely granular median patch ; vesicle granular,

fusiform, elongate.

Chele with strongly granular crests, intervening spaces

sparsely but rather coarsely granular; brachium with a few

little-known Neotropical Scorpions. 471

strong teeth in front and a row of 12 setal pores below; hand

a little wider than brachium, its width about two thirds the

length of the underhand; hand with 7 granular crests ; the

external finger-keel strong; fingers long, slender, in contact,

the movable quite as long as the carapace and considerably

longer than the underhand.

Pectinal teeth 8-9.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 44; length of

carapace 6; tail 14; underhand 4:5; movable finger 6°5 ;

width of hand 3.

Loe. Atoyac in Vera Cruz, Mexico.

One specimen of this interesting new species kindly sent

to the British Museum by Dr. A. Duges.

Genus CHACcTAS, Gerv.

Chactas Simonsi, sp. n.

Colour entirely black throughout, except for the tarsi,

vesicle, lower side of cephalothorax, and middle of first three

abdominal sterna, which are brown.

Carapace almost granular throughout, smooth and pune-

tured round the median eyes and on the summit of the tubercle ;

frontal lobes rounded ; lateral eyes but little prominent, median

eyes rather more than a diameter apart.

Terga sparsely covered in their posterior half with coarse

scattered granules, more thickly granular at the sides.

Sterna smooth, pitted with a few coarse punctures and

obsoletely punctulate.

Tail tolerably thick; third segment as wide as long, fifth

only a little more than twice as long as wide ; first and second

segments quite smooth and polished below, third roughened

with weak granulation, fourth granular throughout but

without median keels, fifth also coarsely granular and

normally keeled below; inferior and superior lateral keels

strong and subdentate, inferior lateral keel distinct on third

and fourth, just traceable on second segment; lateral and

superior surtace of tail with a few coarse granules, upperside

of fifth segment finely granular; vesicle granular below, wider

than fifth caudal segment and wider than high.

Chel: humerus granular above; brachium roughened above,

with low squamiform granules, coarsely granular posteriorly,

furnished below with a series of 5 setal pores; hand as wide

as the length of the underhand, its width about four fifths the

length of the movable digit, smooth in the middle above, but

sculptured with a punctured network, becoming coarsely gran-

. . . 5

ular externally and internally, inner surface coarsely granular,

472 Mr. R. J. Pocock on some new or

especially in its upper half; biting-edge of immovable finger

more than twice as long as basal width of the finger, armed on

its basal portion with a spiniform tooth, which fits into a

shallow excavation occupying nearly the basal half of the

movable digit and emphasized in front by a low lobe.

Legs with femora granular above and below anteriorly

(externally), smooth, except for a few granules on the femur of

the fourth.

Pectinal teeth 7.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 68; cara-

pace 95; tail 86; width of hand 7; length of movable

digit 8°8.

Loc. Rio Amboke in Ecuador (P. O. Simons).

Allied to C. Rosenbergi, Poc., from Chimbo, but with the

legs black, the terga not finely and closely granular, the tail

more granular, especially on the lower surface of the third

segment, &c.

Chactas lojanus, sp. n.

2? .—Colour as in C. Rosenbergi, but with the legs darker

brown, although considerably paler than in C. Stmonsz;

vesicle ferruginous.

Carapace with anterior border more truncate than in

C. Rosenberg?, tle frontal lobes scarcely rounded and separated

by a very narrow notch.

Terga more granular than in C. Rosenberg?, being mostly

covered with granules, which are especially fine and close-set

in the median impression and at the sides.

Tail much as in C. Losenbergi, but more granular, the sides

of the first and second segments granular down to the position

of the inferior lateral keel, and the lower surface of the third

also more granular and obsoletely keeled in the middle;

third caudal segment longer than wide, fifth nearly three times

as long as wide.

Chelw very similar to those of C. Rosenberg?, but smooth,

the fingers longer and more like those of C. Stmonsz, the

basal width of the immovable being less than half the length

of its biting-edge.

Spines on tars? long.

° °

Pectinal teeth 7.

Male much like the female, but with upperside of trunk

and tail dull, being closely covered with granules, the eminence

on the carapace alone shining. Chele not longer than in

female, but with the hand stouter.

>» borg airy ine a

little-known Neotropical Scorpions. 473

Measurements in millimetres.—

Total Movable Width of

length. Carapace. Tail. Underhand. finger. hand.

Q.. 66 95 34 73 9 63

ce erate 9 36 7:2 8-4 73

Loc. Loja, 2000 m,, in Eenador (P. O. Simons).

Genus TEUTHRAUSTES, Simon.

Teuthraustes oculatus, sp. n.

? .—-Colour black, vesicle and tarsi ferruginous.

Carapace with anterior border transverse, but distinctly

notched in the middle line; frontal area very sparsely

granular, mesially grooved, ocular tubercle high; three

distinct lateral eyes; ocular tubercle, posterior portion of

carapace on each side of the median groove, and area round

tubercle smooth.

Anterior five terga quite smooth in the middle, sparsely

granular laterally, without trace of enlarged tubercle on each

side on the posterior margin.

Sterna and tail as in T’, nitescens, but the superior caudal

keels a little more coarsely granular.

Chele as in T. nitescens, but the brachium and hand not

visibly crested, the latter almost entirely smooth and very

obsoletely sculptured.

¢ .— Differs from the male of 7. latimanus in being much

more finely granular throughout, with larger ocular tubercle ;

hand much narrower, its width much less than length of

fifth caudal segment ; fingers longer, immovable considerably

longer than its basal width.

Measurements in millimetres.—

Length of

Total Width of Length of movable

length. Carapace. Tail. hand, underhand, finger.

a 85 32 65 6

cd .. 46 7 28 6 52 6

Loc. Sinche and Riebamba, 8000-4000 m. (P. O. Simons).

Since describing the species known as 7. latimanus and

T. monticola, the former.from Corazon, 12,000 feet, the latter

from Machachi, 9000-10,000 feet, I have seen several repre-

sentatives of both forms from Machachi (2. Whymper),

which convinces me that the differences are merely sexual.

T. nitescens is probably only a subspecific form.

474 Mr. R. I. Poeock on some new or

Family Vejovide.

Genus HapDRUROIDES, Pocock.

Dr. Kraepelin, in the ‘ Tierreich,’ admits only one species

for this genus, giving the following list of synonyms :—

#1, lunatus, L. Koch,=maculatus, Thor., parvulus, Karsch,

charcasus, Karsch, Paaschi, Karsch, and robustus, Boeris.

Although I have had no opportunity of examining the types

of any of the forms bearing the names given above, I do not

doubt that Kraepelin has confused at least two species, and

very possibly more, under the name /Z. dunatus. One of these

is the true H. lunatus, which, judging by L. Koch’s admirable

description, is represented by several Peruvian specimens in

the British Museum. A second is what may be provisionally

called H. charcasus ; H. maculatus is probably a third.

Hadrurotdes lunatus, L. Koch.

Telegonus lunatus, L. Koch, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1867, p. 235.

Ce Be lunatus, Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorp. p. 188 (1899) (in

part).

2 .— Colour yellow ; carapace and terga lined with black,

each tergal plate marked with four black spots, one narrow on

each side of the middle line and one broader near the lateral

margin. Closely allied in structural features to the species

described by Kraepelin as H. lunatus of L. Koch, but con-

siderably smaller, with the inferior lateral keel of the fourth

caudal segment smooth; the hand entirely smooth and

narrower, its width in the adult being only equal to half the

length of the carapace ; the fingers when closed are distinctly

separated at the base by an excavation on the immovable

finger. Pectinal teeth 11-12.

¢.—Smaller than female, with frontal area and abdominal

sterna finely and closely granular, pectinal teeth 14—15, and

a considerably larger notch and lobe on the base of the im-

movable finger.

Measurements in millimetres.— 9. Total length 45; length

of carapace 6, of tail 25. @. Total length 37; length of

carapace 5, of tail 23.

Loc. Peru (without further history) ; two adult males and

four adult females. Also a single female from Callao.

Kraepelin appears to have mistaken this species for the

young of the form described as HH. charcasus by Karsch.

H. maculatus, Thorell, can scarcely be synonymous with this

form, since Thorell expressly says :—“ segmentum ventrale

ultimum costis duabus tenuibus wér?nqgue munitum.” And

Be:

little-known Neotropical Scorpions. 475

again, speaking of the tail, “ caring medi inferiores leves,

in segmento quarto obsolete.’ Kraepelin completely ignores

these statements. //, parvulus is compared by Karsch with

maculatus, and is probably a synonym of it.

Hadrurotdes charcasus, Karsch.

Hadrwus charcasus, Karsch, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. iii. p. 138 (1879).

Hadrurus Paaschi, id, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 290 (1881).

Hadrurus robustus, Boeris, Atti Soc. Modena, viii. p. 135,

“ig et ad charcasus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 329

893).

Be ger otis lunatus, Kraepelin, Tierr., Scorp. p. 188 (1899) (in part.).

Differing from //. lunatus in its much larger size, very

thick hand, of which the inner surface is granular, and large

number of pectinal teeth. The largest specimen in the

British Museum is a male, and measures 78 millim.

The pectinal teeth vary from 16-19 in ? and from 18-22

it.

The British Museum has specimens from the following

localities :—Paita (Hamb. Mus.), Eten and Bafios (P. O.

Simons), in Peru; Bolivia (Keyserling coll.).

Hadruroides maculatus, Vhorell.

Hadrurus maculatus, Thorell, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. p. 186

(1877).

? Hadrurus parvulus, Karsch, MT. Miinch, ent. Ver. 1879, p. 135.

Loc. Callao (Peru).

According to Thorell’s description this species differs from

H. lunatus in having four keels on the underside of the last

abdominal sternum and of the first, second, and third caudal

segments. From Karsch’s description it may be inferred

that 7. parvulus presents similar features.

Hadruroides carinatus, sp. n.

@ .— Colour yellowish brown, the terga sometimes showing

traces of four narrow black bands; chele, legs, and _ tail

paler yellow, variegated with small black spots.

Upperside of body, except on the frontal area, which is

smooth, covered with fine close-set granules, finer and closer

than in AZ. lunatus.

Sterna smooth, impressed with coarse scattered punctures,

the last granular at the sides and furnished with four strong

but weakly granular keels.

Tail strong, the lateral surface of the anterior segments

more granular than in //, Junatus, the inferior median

476 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or

keels obsolete only on the fourth, strong on the first and

second, weaker on the third, finely granular on the first ;

inferior lateral keels weakly granular on segments 1-4;

superior lateral keel of fifth smooth, not granular; vesicle

nearly smooth, finely and closely granular below, not so wide

as in F/. lunatus.

Chele much as in the latter, but the hand smaller and

quite smooth; immovable finger lightly excavated at base ;

width of hand exceeding that of brachium, a little less than

length of underhand, the latter about two thirds the length

of the movable finger.

Pectinal teeth about 18.

Femora and patelle of third and fourth Jegs distinctly

granular.

3 .—Like the female, but with the sterna finely coriaceous,

the tail a little longer relatively, and the vesicle more length-

ened ; chele with hand at most a little shorter than in female,

but the immovable finger with strong lobe and basal exca-

vation, so that when closed a distinct wide space is left between

the base of the fingers.

Pectinal teeth 19-21.

Measurements in millimetres.—

Length of

Total Width of | movable

length. Carapace. Tail. hand. finger.

9 66 7 33 3 6. s

Siasy BZ 65 34 3 6

Loc. Baiios, 3000 m., near Cajamarca, in Peru (P. O.

Simons).

Apparently allied to H. maculatus, Thor. (Atti Soe. Ital.

Sci. Nat. xix. p. 186, 1876), from Callao, which also has the

median keels present on the last abdominal sternum and on

the first three caudal segments, but differing in having the

upper edges of the fifth caudal segment smooth and not densely

granular.

Hadruroides leopardus, sp. n.

(Typical lowland form.)

@ — Colour yellow, spotted and banded with black ; sides

of carapace banded with black; frontal area with median

stripe; terga yellow, marked with four black spots and a

black lateral margin; sterna pale, the last only with two

dark lines on the keels, last marbled with black at the sides,

spotted below ; legs and chele spotted with black.

Trunk finely granular above, frontal area smooth ; sterna

smooth, the last granular laterally and furnished with a pair

of lateral granular keels.

ee ee

little-known Neotropical Scorpions. 477

Tail with the median keels on segments 1-4 absent, as in

H. lunatus; the inferior-lateral keels distinct and finely

granular, the superior and superior-lateral keels and the spaces

between them distinctly granular ; superior edges, lateral and

inferior surface of fifth caudal segment, and vesicle granular.

Chele: humerus with superior and anterior granular

crests; brachium smooth, punctured, without distinct crests,

the inferior crests on the anterior side alone being weakly

granular ; hand smooth, narrow, barely as wide as brachium,

its width less than length of underhand and a little less than

half the length of the movable finger; fingers in contact

throughout, neither lobate nor sinuate.

Pectinal teeth 12-15.

3 .—Like the female, but with the upperside of the trunk

more granular; the frontal area only smooth in the middle ;

sterna also finely shagreened throughout. Chel asin female.

Pectinal teeth 15-17.

?.—Total length 36 millim., carapace 4°5, tail 19.

Loc. Eten (sea-level), Peru (P. O. Simons). Several

adult males and females.

Subspecies vittatus, nov.

(Mountain form.)

Nearly allied to the typical torm, but much blacker, the terga

being black and marked with five longitudinal yellow bands,

the black patches being much larger than in H. leopardus.

The inferior-lateral crests of the tail are smoother than im

the typical form and the tail more robust. Male unknown.

Pectinal teeth 14-16.

Total length 40 millim., carapace 5, tail 25.

Loc. Banos, 3000 in., near Cajamarca in Peru (P.O.

Simons).

Synopsis of the Species.

a. Last abdominal segment and anterior three caudal seg-

ments furnished below with four keels.

a’. Superior-lateral edges of fifth caudal segment smooth.

b'. Superior-lateral edges. of fifth caudal seyment

Oo) ig eee RCP eee wees maculatus,

6, Last abdominal sternum and anterior three caudal sov-

ments with median keels absent.

a*. Brachium without crests above, not wider than

hand ; fingers in contact throughout in the adults

of both sexes, neither sinuate nor lobate ........., leopardus,

b*. Brachium strongly crested, narrower than hand;

fingers lightly or strongly sinuate.

a’, Small, 30-40 mm. in adult: pectinal teeth 11-15

(¢ 2); hand not granular, fingers more strongly

lobate; width of hand in adult only about half

the length of the carapace .

carinatus.

Eee Cre ee lunatus,

478 Bibliographical Notice.

6°. Large, 60-80 mm. in adult: pectinal teeth 16-22

($2); hand granular internally, fingers weakly

lobate; width of hand in adult much exceeding

half the length of the carapace ............000 charcasus.

Note-—Mr. P. O. Simons also collected two species of

Bothriuride, namely Brachistosterus Ehrenbergi, at Eten in

Peru, and Bothriurus coriaceus, Pocock, at Baiios.

With regard to Kraepelin’s determination of the species

of the genus Bothriurus, it may be remarked that there is no

justification for the retention of the name chilens’s, Molina,

for the species I have described as B. signatus. The name

Scorpio chilensis of Molina may have been founded upon a

species of Hadruroides, or Caraboctonus, or Bothriurus, or,

indeed, upon almost any of the species of Bothriurid or

Vejovide that occur in Chili. The fact that Karsch identified

a particular species as probably referable to the Scorpio

chilensts of Molina has little or no value in settling what

chilensis really is. Hence, since it is more than doubtful

that B. signatus, Pocock,= Scorpio chilensis, Mol., it is inde-

fensible to assign the latter name to the former species.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. Mit Beriicksicht-

igung der thiergeographischen und biologischen Verhiltnasse

systematisch dargestellt. Von Dr. AnNotp PacenstecHER, Wies-

baden. Zweiter Theil: Die Nachtfalter. Mit 2 col. Tateln.

(Zoologica, Heft 29.) Stuttgart, 1900.

Tis is the second and concluding part of a work of which we had

the pleasure of noticing the first part, which contained the Butter-

flies, a few months ago. Some pages of general observations are

prefixed to the second part, in which the author remarks that the

fauna of the Bismarck Archipelago is most nearly related to that of

New Guinea and the Moluccas to the west, and to that of the

Solomon Islands to the east, and of Australia to the south. These

countries contain a great number of moths of identical or represen-

tative species, especially among the Pyralide, a group remarkable

for the vast range of many of the species which it includes. The

systematic part of the book will be chiefly interesting to specialists,

and the descriptions and remarks of previous authors are freely

utilized to complete the subject so far as it is known. After

this we find a detailed analysis of the distribution of the various

families belonging to the fauna in other parts of the world, alpha-

betical indices of genera and species, supplementary notes to the

first part of the book; &c.

Geological Society. 479

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 22nd, 1899.—W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On some Remarkable Calcisponges from the Eocene Tertiar

Strata of Victoria (Australia). By George Jennings Hinde, Ph.D.,

F.R.S., F.G.S.

The greater number of the sponges described were discovered

by Mr. T. 8S. Hall, M.A., of Melbourne University, in incoherent

detrital beds of Eocene age, in the southern part of Victoria; a few

were picked out of some washings of fragmental polyzoa from

the same district and horizon, by Mr. B. W. Priest. Some of

the specimens are in an extremely perfect condition, and their

structural details are as distinctly shown as in recent sponges,

They are also of more than local interest in that they are the first

fossil forms described of a group of calcisponges, the Lithonina,

characterized by the peculiar aberrant forms of some of the spicules,

and the mode in which they are closely fitted and organically fused

together to form the skeletal mesh. This structure has, so far, only

been recognized in one recent species, Petrostroma Schulzei, Diderlein,

from the Japanese Sea.

The sponges are small, unattached, with a glassy, firm, resistant

skeleton, calling to mind that of siliceous Lithistida. They are

built up of a great variety of sj icular forms, some are simple rods,

with three- and four-rayed spicules, similar to those in recent

calcisponges ; but the majority are aberrant four-rayed forms, with

three of the rays curved and with obtuse or expanded ends which

are clasped, and fused as well, to the surfaces of adjacent spicules,

The connected spicules form continuous anastomosing or radial

fibres resembling those in the fossil Pharetrones, to which they are

in some other respects similar, and it is probable that the spicules in

the fibres of some members of this family were likewise organically

cemented together. Tbe common Porosphere from the Upper

Chalk, generally regarded as Hydrocorallines allied to the recent

Millepora, are also closely related to the above sponges, and the

Author hopes shortly to publish the evidence for their affinity

to this group.

The Victorian sponges are* placed in four new species, belonging

to three genera: two of these are new, the other, Bactronella, Hinde,

was founded on some peculiar calcisponges of Jurassic Age, now

known to be Lithonine in character.

December 6th, 1899.—W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Geology and Fossil Corals and Echinids of Somali-

land.’ By Dr. J. W. Gregory, F.G.S.

British Somaliland consists of a high plateau, of which the

northern scarp is separated from the Gulf of Aden by a belt of low

hills and plains known as the Guban, The southern plateau

480 Miscellaneous.

consists of Archeean gneisses, quartzites, amphibolite - schists,

chloritic schists, and pegmatites. It is capped by purple grits,

red sandstones, and conglomerates, which are covered by limestones

of Neocomian, Turonian (?Cenomanian), and Eocene ages. The

Neocomian limestone, which may be correlated with that of Singeli

described by Rochebrune, occurs at Dobar in the Guban; while

a Jurassic limestone, probably of Bathonian date, occurs at

Bihendula in the Guban. Fossils collected from these limestones

and from raised reefs of Pleistocene age, by Mr. and Mrs. Lort

Phillips, Miss Gillet, Mr. G. P. V. Aylmer, Capt. E. T. Marshall,

and Mr. F. B. Parkinson, have been examined by the author, who

tabulates a list of corals and echinids. One new genus and fourteen

new species of corals are described, belonging to the genera

Stylophora, Stylina, Columnastrea, Prionastrea, Favia, Metethmos,

Cyclolites, and Litharwa, and one new species of Pseudodiadema.

The evidence of the collections is sufficient to show that a Neocomian

limestone occurs both on the summit of the Somali plateau and on

the floor of the Guban, and that some marine limestones of Lower

Tertiary age (probably Eocene) also occur on the plateau. It is

therefore evident that the foundering of the Aden Gulf is post-

Eocene in age.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A Question of Nomenclature.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GrntLEMEN,—I greatly regret to have again to intrude on your

space with regard to a question of nomenclature.

I learn to my regret that this island is not the only part of

Europe that harbours the pious priority-purist ; a German ornitho-

logist has, I am informed, proposed to apply the word Apus to the

Swift !

What justification he can find in the numerous tomes that have

been written about birds I know not, and do not seek to know.

I have, however, to submit that Apus, both by law and preserip-

tion, belongs to the freshwater crustacean that has for a century

and a half been known by that name: for it was called azous by

Frisch in 1732; this was adopted in 1756 by Schiifer, who, on p. 131

of his ‘ Krebsartige Kiefentiisse, speaks of Apus pisciformis. I

submit that Schiifer’s generic name stands on an equality with those

of Brisson or Artedi, which are expressly named in the note to

law 2 of the British Association rules.

But I should like to go further. A law or a process which

leads to the changing of so well-known a name is an abuse to good

sense, and serves to bring our science into disrepute.

Your faithful Servant,

April 11, 1900. I, Jerrrey Bex,

P.S.—I am reminded that Scopoli (Introd, Hist. Nat. 1777,

p. 404) speaks of the genus Apos for Monoculus apus, Linn., and on

p. 483 of Apus for Hirundo apus, Linn. That after the knowledge

of this obvious misprint a priority-purist should continue to insist

that the name of the Swift is Apus makes me regret my epithet of

pious, and inclines me to one of a very different significance,

EE NN

Ann .& , Warg.. Vat. Hist. 8.7 VelLV. PLAX.

J.Green del.et ith

“ GCerr ] rr my

—

t thst .&.7.Vol.V.PL. XT.

Ann.&. Vag A

suxe

‘vas

Bros imp

Mint« rn

RE Mintern lith

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES. }

No. 30. JUNE 1900.

LXIII.—Astatic Torrercrp2.

By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Wa.sineuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

{Continued from p. 469.}

ADOXOPHYES, Meyr.

Apoxopuyes, Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. N.S.W. VI. 429 (1881): Tr. N.Z,

Inst. XV. 39-40 (1883).

749 (5). Adoxophyes privatana, Wkr.

n, syn.=cyrtosema, Meyr. he

Dichelia privatana, Wir. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXVIII. 320 (1868) '.

Adoxophyes cyrtosema, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1886, 276%. Dichelia

privatana, Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind. 697. No. 4752 (1889) *;

Swinh. Tr. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1890, 294+.

Hab. Japan — Honpo—Fushiki, VII. 1887 (Leech) ;

Kivstu—Nagasaki, VI. 1886 (Leech). CoreEa—Gensan,

VI. 1886 (Leech). CHiInA—Skip-y-Shan. AssAmM—Mar-

gherita (Doherty, 1889) ; Kohima (Naga Hills), 4700 feet,

VI. 1889 (Doherty) ; Golaghat (Naga Hills) (Doherty, 1890).

Mapras—Ganjam, X. 1882 (Minchin). CrYLON—Para-

deniya (Thwaites). Burmau—{Moulmein (=tHindostan')*,

S.W. Sumatra—Liwa, 3000-4500 feet, VII.-VIII. 1890

(Doherty) ; Padang Rengas (Doherty, 1891). S.E. Borngo

—Riam Kiwa, 500-1000 feet (Doherty, 1891). S. Ceteses

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 31

482 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

—Macassar, 500 feet (Doherty, 1891). Amboyna (Doherty,

1892). Barian (Doherty, 1892). 'TENIMBER (Doherty,

1892). TerNAaTE (Doherty, 1892). ‘TALautr (Doherty,

1892). Frsi*. Tonga’.

749 (6). Adoxophyes fasciata, sp. n.

Antenne cinereous, dotted with brownish fuscous above.

Palpi, head, and thorax pale reddish brown. Fore wings

pale reddish brown, with three transverse oblique darker red-

brown fascize having i inconspicuous transverse waved lines of

whitish ochreous between them; the first fascia, from the

middle of the lower edge of the costal fold to the dorsum at

one-third, is sometimes interrupted on the fold, the space be-

tween it and the base of the w ing is also spotted or reticu-

lated with red-brown ; the second fascia, from the outer end of

the costal fold to the dorsum before the tornus, is of approxi-

mately equal width throughout, and projects slightly inwards

where it crosses the fold; the third fascia, from the outer

third of the costa, dying out before the lower half of the termen;

there is sometimes a short half-fascia rising from the tornus

and bent back towards the middle of the central fascia ; about

the apex are some slender streaks of the darker shade of

reddish brown; cilia whitish ochreous, touched with pale

reddish brown. (In the female, which is usually larger than the

male, the transverse fascie are frequently obliterated, but the

wings have a somewhat more reticulated appearance on their

outer half and in some specimens the ground-colour is darker,

inclining to tawny.) Hap. al. g 15-16, 2? 15-21 mm.

Hind wings shining pale rosy cinereous; cilia shining

whitish cinereous. Abdomen greyish, anal tuft inclining to

ochreous. Legs pale whitish ochreous.

Type, (70052); 2 (700538) Mus. Wlsm.

Hub. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)— Howpo—Yokohama (Man-

ley, 1888) ; Kuvsrv (Leech). KaAsHMiIR—Scinde Valley,

7000 feet, VI. 1887 (Leech). Twelve specimens.

Capua, Stph.

= Baroves, Gn.

Capua menciana, Wkr.

Pandemis menciana, Wir. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XXVIII. 310 (1863) *.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Howpo—Gity (Pryer, 1886);

Yokohama (Manley, 1888) ; Kivstvo—Nagasaki, V.-VI.

1886 (Leech). SHANGHAI’. S1KxKiM, 4700 feet, I. 1889;

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic ‘Tortricide. 433

X. 1889 (Méller). Kuastas—Cherrapunji (Nat. Col/. 1894).

AssaAM—Golaghat (Naga Hills) (Doherty, 1892). 3.E.

Borneo—Riam Kiwa, 500-1000 feet (Doherty, 1891); Palo

Laut Id. (Doherty, 1891). 8. Cetepes—Macassar, 500 feet

(Doherty, 1891). ‘Timur (Portuguese) (Doherty, 1892).

BaTiaNn (Doherty, 1892).

EpaGcoce, Hb.

= Drenetra, Gn.

755. Epagoge Grotiana, F.

Tortrix (Dichelia) Grotiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 239. No. 756

(1871).

Hab. Evrore. Japan (Pryer, 1886). Corea—Fusan,

24 VI. 1886 (Leech). Cuina—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet

(Pratt, 1886).

756. Epagoge gnomana, Cl.

Dichelia gnomana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 239. No. 756 (1871).

Europe. Astatic ‘l'urkKey—Harea—Shar Devesy (Nat.

Coll. 1893).

756 (1). Epagoge retractana, Wkr.

Dichelia retractana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. XX VII. 322-3 (1863) ! ;

Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. N.S.W. VI. 474-5, 708 seer 2; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc.

Lond. 1885, 881 (1886); Moore, Lp. Ceyl. If. 492-3, Pl. 208, 11

(1887) *; Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind. 697. No. 4753 (1889) *.

Hab. N.E. Cutna—Ningpo, IV.; VII. 1886 (Leech).

Kasumir—Goorais Valley, 70U0 feet, VIII. 1887 (Leech).

PunsaB—Dharmsala (Hocking). SikKIM—Tonglo, 10,000

feet, VII. 1886 (Hlwes). AssAmM—Margherita (Doherty,

1889) ; Golaghat (Naga Hills) (Doherty, 1890); Kohima

(Naga Hills), 4700 feet, VI. 1889 (Doherty); Mao (N.

Manipur), 5000-7000 feet, VIII. 1889 (Doherty). Bombay,

X. 1888 (Swinhoe). S. Inpta—Bangalore, X. 1888 (Min-

chin). Cryton* (=f Australia, Wlsm.)—Peradeniya

( Thwaites) ; Pundaloya, 4000 feet, Il., 1V. 1890 (Green) ;

Dikoya (Green, 1890) ; Nawalapitiya, 2500 feet (Pole, 189).

W. Sumatra—Padang Rengas (Lorerty, 1891).

Walker recorded this species from Australia, but the

454 Lord Walsingham on Astatic Tortricide.

756 (2). Epagcege angustilineata, sp. n.

Antenne fawn-ochreous, spotted above with fuscous.

Palpi porrect, reaching about the length of the head beyond

it, terminal joint somewhat concealed; pale fawn-brown.

Head and thorax pale fawn-brown. Fore wings elongate,

somewhat ovate; costa rounded, apex rounded, termen

oblique, not impressed, tornus rounded; pale fawn-brown

with a slight tinge of reddish grey, much reticulated with

brown and reddish grey; a greyish fuscous spot on the costa

at a little beyond one-third gives out a reddish brown line

running obliquely to the dorsum at two-thirds of the wing-

length ; at two-thirds from the base on the costa a second

oblique line runs to the termen above the tornus, a small

space on the costa beyond it is tinged with greyish fuscous ;

before and between these oblique lines, as well as on the

apical portion of the wing, are numerous reticulations of a

similar colour, those on the costa inclining to greyish fuscous;

cilia pale fawn, a reddish grey line running throughout them.

Exp. al. 16 mm. Hind wings brownish grey; cilia pale

cinereous, a slender dark shade running through them near

their base. Abdomen [missing]. Legs whitish cinereous,

hind tarsal joints faintly spotted.

Type, 3 (60179); ¢ (60050) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, J APAN—Kivsrv—Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech) ; Naga-

saki, V.-VI. 1886 (Leech). Five specimens.

756 (3). Epagoge minuta, sp. n.

Antenne pale ochreous. Palpi projecting more than the

length of the head beyond it, slightly depressed and pointed ;

white, touched with brownish ochreous at the sides. Head

white. Thorax white, shaded with brownish ochreous.

Fore wings silvery white, much clouded with brownish

ochreous ; from a small dark spot near the base of the dorsum

proceeds obliquely upwards and outwards a brownish ochreous

streak, blending with a pale brownish ochreous basal shade;

beyond it is a silvery white dorsal patch reaching to beyond

the middle of the dorsum ; a corresponding smaller silvery

white costal patch above it; beyond this costal patch halfway

to the apex is an elongate, triangular, silvery white oblique

streak pointing to above the middle of the termen ; the whole

apical portion of the wing is shaded with brownish ochreous ;

there is also a small greyish fuscous spot at the end of the

cell and some greyish fuscous scaling along the lower half of

the termen; cilia white, a slender broken greyish fuscous line

ole) Fetes

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 485

running through them near their base, their tips ochreous at

the apex and on the middle of the margin, but greyish fuscous

at the tornus. Fep.al. 11-5 mm. Hind wings white, apex

shaded with greyish fuscous; cilia shining white, with a

slender pale greyish fuscous line running through them near

their base on the outer half of the margin. Abdomen pale

greyish fuscous. Legs white.

Type, 8 (70115) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, Javan (Pryer, 1886). Five specimens,

756 (4). Epagoge (?) calvicaput, sp. n.

Antenne very short and stout, cylindrical; cinereous.

Palpi rather conical, extending more than the length of the

head beyond it; pure white. Head pure white. Fore wings

dull reddish brown, mottled with pale cinereous on the basal

third ; with two costal spots at the base and one dorsal near

the base, shining pale metallic steel-grey; immediately

beyond the basal third a fasciaform band of three elongate

pale shining steel-grey spots crosses the wing; on the apical

third are two similar oblique costal spots, and near the tornus

a group of three similar spots, two adjacent to the margin

and one within it; these are surrounded by a shading of black

scales ; along the termen from the apex to above the tornus

is a chain of connected very pale rosy steel-grey metallic

spots; cilia pale cinereous, brownish ochreous along their

base. Exvp.al.1lmm. Hind wings greyish fuscous; cilia

pale cinereous. Abdomen greyish fuscous.

Type, 2 (70432) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique.

I place this in the genus Epagoge, having regard to its

neuration; but the single specimen before me, although

evidently distinct from any known species, has been some-

what injured, and I cannot be certain that it is a true

Epagoge.

PHALONIA, Hb.

811 (1). Phalonia respirantana, Stgr.

Cochylis respirantana, Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, XV. 246 (1879) *;

. Ent. Mo. Mag. XVII. 232 (1881) *: Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr, UXIII.

191 (1894) *.

Hab. PortuGaLt—Silves, 16 V.*.| ANDALUSIA—Chic-

lana?, Asiatic TurKeY — Sivas — Amasia,- V., VII.';

Hares—Shar Devesy (Native Coll. 1593).

486 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

855. Phalonta badiana, Hb.

Cochylis badiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 244. No. 855 (1871).

Hab. Europe. Japan (Pryer, 1886).

885. Phalonia ostrinana, Gn.

Cochylis ostrinana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 245. No. 885 (1871).

Cochylis purpuratana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 245, No. 887 (1871).

Hab. Europe. Asiatic TurKEY—Hazres—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893).

886. Phalonia roseofasciana, Mn.

Cochylis roseofasciana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 245. No. 886 (1871).

Hab. Europe. Asiatic TuRKEY—/Hares—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1893).

899. Phalonia hybridella, Hb.

Cochylis hybridella, Stgr. & Wk. Oat. Lp. Eur. 245. No. 899 (1871).

Hab. Europe. Astatic TurKEY—//azzs—Shar Devesy, —

8 VI. 1890 (Native Coll.) Inv1a—Puwsss—Dharmsala

( Hocking).

899 (1). Phalonia centaureana, Stgr.

Cochylis centaureana, Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, XV. 247-8 (1879) *.

Hab. §.E. Russta—Sarepta, 15 VIII.* Turkey—Mace-

donia*. Astatic TurKEY—Szras—Kerasdere, V.—VII.’

Larva Centaurea divergens': Harzp—Shar Devesy (Native

Coll. 1893).

Cuurponia, Hb.

850 (1). Chlidonia excellentana, Chr.

Conchylis excellentana, Chr. Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 74-6.

No. 107 (1881) +: sep. 162-3 (1882) }.

Hab. AMuR—Raddefka’; Wladiwostok’, VI. Japan.

— Yzxsso (Pryer, 1882).

852. Chlidonia Hartmanniana, Cl.

Cochylis Hartmanniana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 244, No. 852

(1871).

Hab. Evrops. Asiatic 'TuRKEY—//arxz—Shar Devesy,

18 V1. 1890 (Native Coll.).

——————————

Te OL NL = ee ee ee

ee,

Lord Walsingham on Astatio Tortricidae. 487

831 (1). Chlidonia jaculana, Snell.

Conchylis jaculana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XX VI. 195-6, Pl. XI. 8, 8a

(1883) ',

Hab. E, Stperta — Suifun'. Jaran— Yesso (Pryer,

1882). Howno—Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech).

PHTHEOCHROA, Stph.

Phtheochroa (?) albiscutellum, sp. n.

Antenne simple, or very slightly ciliate towards apex ;

whitish cinereous, basal joint cream-white. Pa/pi and head

cream-white. Thorax cream-white; tegule with a_ black

spot at their base. Fore wings cream-white ; with a short

basal patch of mixed black, cream-white, olive-brown, and

some ferruginous scales, the black being arranged in two or

three costal spots, with one above the fold and one beneath

it; beyond the basal patch, on the costa, are two olive-brown

quadrate spots containing some blackish dots, and between

and below these two, but not touching them, is the apex of a

transverse band arising from the middle of the dorsum and

consisting of numerous tufts of raised steel-grey scales,

margined outwardly with black, the whole fading into pale

olive-brown before the dorsum, with which it is connected by

three blackish marginal dots, forming part of a more com-

plete dorsal series; on the apical fourth of the wing are two

very faint olive-ochreous bands, with silvery white lines

between and around them, containing one or two tufts of

mixed shining white and silvery grey scales; these are sepa-

rated from the apex, first by a narrow band of shining white,

and then by a streak of ferruginous brown mixed with blackish

scales which crosses the wing from before the apex to the

middle of the termen; beyond it the apex and termen are

olive-brown shaded with greyish fuscons; cilia olive-

ochreous, touched with greyish fuscous towards their apex.

Exp. al. 21 mm. Hind wings pale brownish; cilia whitish,

with a slender pale brownish» shade along their base. Abdo-

men pale brownish. Legs cream-white; hind tarsal joints

spotted above with pale brown.

Type, % (40522) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Six specimens.

In the hind wings this species differs from rugosana, Hb.,

in having veins 3 and 4 separated at their origin by a very

small space.

488 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide.

Crysis, Hb.

825. Clysia ambiguella, Hb.

Cochylis ambiguella, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 243. No, 825 (1871).

Hab. Evrore. Japan (Pryer, 1886). ASsAmM—Cherra-

punji, VIII. 1894 (Native Coll.) ; Mao (N. Manipur), 5000-

7000 feet, VIII. 1889 (Doherty) ; Golaghat (Naga Hills)

(Doherty, 1890). PrGu—Thandsung (Karen Hills), 4000

feet (Doherty, 1890). W. Sumarra—Padang Rengas, low

country (Doherty, 1891).

Puarmacis, Hb.

= Evxayrurs, Hb.,= Xayruoserra, Stph.

795 (1). Pharmacis dives, Btl.

Conchylis dives, Btl. Il. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. II. 61-2, Pl. XL. 7

(1878) *.

Hab. JAPAN. Howpvo — Yokohama’. AmuR (Ségr.).

E. Cu1na—Foochou, IV. 1886 (Leech).

800. Pharmacis defectana, Ld.

Cochylis defectana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 242. No, 800 (1871).

Hab. Transcaucasia. ASIATIC TURKEY—Haztzes—Shar

Devesy (Native Coll. 1893).

800 (1). Pharmacis innotatana, Wrn.

Xanthosetia innotatana, Wrn. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1888, 3871.

Aanthosetia innotana, Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind. 697. No. 4754

(1889) 2.

Hab. PunsaAB—Kala Pani, V.". Kasumir—Dras Ladak,

7000 feet, 20 VI. 1887 (Leech).

827. Pharmacis straminea, Hw.

Cochyls stramanea, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 243. No. 827 (1871)*.

Hab. Eurcpe, ARMENIA’. PALESTINE (Tristram).

841 (6). Pharmacis palpana, Rag.

Conchylis palpana, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. LXIII. (1894) 194-5,

No. 841 g (1894)'.

Hab. Asiatic TURKEY—Apawa—Hadjin'; Hares—Shar

Devesy, 26-27 V. 1890 (Native Coll.).

Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. 489

In this species veins 6 and 7 of the hind wings are not

actually stalked; they run close together, and are almost

coincident for one-third their length.

844. Pharmacis pallorana, Ld.

Cochylis pallorana, Stgr. & Wk, Cat. Lp. Eur, 244, No. 844 (1871).

Hab. Transcaucasia. Astatic TurKEY—Hares—Shar

Devesy (Native Coll. 1893).

846 (1). Pharmacis apicana, sp. n.

Antenne (4) strongly biciliate. Palpi porrected more

than the length of the head beyond it, terminal joint some-

what exposed; whitish ochreous. Head whitish ochreous.

Thorax whitish ochreous, fading to white posteriorly, tegule

slightly tinged with brown posteriorly. Sore wings whitish

ochreous, with waved cross-lines and streaks of shining straw-

white ; a narrow costal shade from the base to beyond the

middle is dark umber-brown, edged with ferruginous and

crossed by lines of shining pale steel-grey; a triangular

oblique dorsal patch before the middle, of mixed umber-brown

and ferruginous, with some shining pale steel-grey inter-

mixed; a small blackish spot at the end of the cell; the

termen is broadly dark umber-brown, mixed with ferrugi-

nous, with waved lines and spots of pale steel-grey; cilia

greyish fuscous, with a few pale ochreous scales running

through them. Lap. al. 20-22 mm. Hind wings and cilia

brownish cinereous. Abdomen brownish cinereous. Legs

brownish cinereous ; hind tarsal joints with some paler spots,

Type, & (70502); 2 (70505) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886)—Yzsso—Hakodate, VIII.

1886 (Leech). Seven specimens.

HYSTEROSIA, Stph.

707. Hysterosia inopiana, Hw.

Tortrix (Idiographis) inopiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236, No. 707

(1871) '.

Idiographis inopiana, Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, X, 23. No. 119 (1882) ?;

Mrtf. Can. Ent, XXIII. 168 (1891)%,

Hab. Evrore’. Japan (Pryer, 1886)—Howpno—Fushiki,

VII. 1887 (Leech). Canapa®. Unirep Srares—Maine?;

New York’; California’.

490 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels

111 (1). Carposina, H.-S.

912 (1). Carpostna berberidella, H.-S.

Cay berberidella, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 304, No. 2186

71).

Hab. Kvrorps. Asiatic TurKeY—Harzs—Shar Devesy

(Native Coll. 1890).

[To be continued. }

LX1V.—On the Squirrels of the Ratufa (Sciurus) bicolor

Group. By J. Lewis BONHOTE.

In writing another paper dealing with various subspecies of

squirrels, I should like to make a few remarks on what

appear to me the advantages and necessity of recognizing

these subspecific differences.

In former days, when a few skins roughly labelled and

undated were the only material with which the systematist

had to work, he was of necessity compelled to place under

one name the various nearly allied forms which came into

his hands ; many of them had been described by the collector,

who on getting a specimen he had not before seen, straightway

described it, having no means at hand of ascertaining whether

it had been previously named or not, and possibly not

realizing the confusion he was storing up for the workers of

the next generation. Gradually, then, as these types accumu-

lated in large museums and were compared with each other—

isolated specimens from isolated localities—the first obvious

inference was that they all belonged to one species, and under

one name they were accordingly placed, forms showing the

most striking differences being allowed to rank as separate

species. Of late years, however, large series carefully

collected and with full data have been received, from which

we are able to see that many of these old types referred to

above are typical examples of well-defined races constant to

themselves and the localities from which they come. To call

these races species is misleading, as their points of difference

are not sufficiently great for specific characters, and most of

them would probably, if placed under conditions identical

with those of another race, lose in a few generations their own

of the Ratufa (Sciurus) bicolor Group. 491

characteristics and assume those of the race into whose terri-

tory they had been imported *.

What, then, should we do? Are we to ignore these

differences altogether? That could hardly be done without

acknowledging our incompetence as systematists, besides

which it should be borne in mind that many of these forms

are in reality incipient species, and, in time to come, to have

them all carefully described and enumerated will surely

throw considerable light on the causes affecting variation, the

period required to fix a variety, and questions such as these,

about which at present we know hardly the rudimental facts,

owing to our absolute lack of reliable descriptions and data of

specimens collected so recently as fifty or sixty years ago.

It seems to me therefore that such forms should be noticed

wherever they occur, and the chief question is, in what

manner should they be designated? ‘This at once leads us

to the vexed question of trinomials, which subject I have

neither the ability or knowledge to dilate upon: personally

I use trinomials, as being the shortest, simplest, and most

concise way of dealing with varieties due to geographical or

climatic causes ; it is used with great success by Americans,

who in the study and classification of mammals are certainly

ahead of the naturalists of most countries.

As Mr. Blanford remarks in his paper on Sccurus indicus t,

trinomials are doubtless used for variations induced by many

other causes ; but one reason I would venture to put forward

for the restriction of trinomials to geographical or climatic

races is that when these forms become sufficiently differen-

tiated to be regarded as true species no change of nomen-

clature need be made.

The evolution of the species must of necessity be a slow

process, and a stage of evolution must sooner or later be

reached in which the characteristics which would entitle it

to specific rank will become very precarious and opinions will

differ as to its correct designation, some authorities calling it

a variety of a well-known species, while others will give it a

specific name, and confusion is bound to result. Admit tri-

nomials, and he who considers it a species will simply omit the

* This has been proved by experiment (chiefly with regard to hot and

cold forms) with insects, and possibly similar results, though hardly as

striking, could be arrived at with squirrels ; the subject is oneewhich it

would be impossible to demonstrate by actual experiment—it might take

two generations or it might take thirty. One is, however, justified in

judging by analogy.

¢ Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. vol. xi. p. 300,

492 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels

second name, but the third name will be that by which it is

known whether as species or subspecies.

My attention having been called to this group while working

on some specimens from Siam, I have gone carefully through

the large series in the British Museum, with the following

results.

These squirrels may be readily divided into four distinct

species and several subspecies or geographical races. The

true habitat of all these forms is clearly defined, though from

lack of material the exact limits of their range in one or two

cases is still doubtful.

The species are as follows :—

(1) Ratufa* gigantea.—Ranging from the Himalayas, Nepal,

and Sikkim to Siam and the Malay Peninsula.

(2) Ratufa bicolor—From Java, Sumatra, the Malay Penin-

sula, and probably Borneo.

(3) Ratufa affin’s—Inhabiting the southern portion of the

Malay Peninsula.

(4) Ratufa ephippium.—From Borneo and the Natunas.

The study of the group has been much confused by a great

mass of names, a large proportion of which belong to one

species, viz. L. bicolor, which varies so much, owing to a

total or partial bleaching of its hairs, as to present considerable

differences. It is worthy of note that this so-called bleaching T

process does not take place in all the species; in 2. gigantea,

for instance, it is absent, although it occurs in R&. bicolor,

which overlaps the range of its larger congener in Malacca.

In R. bicolor the bleaching is chiefly confined to the body,

rarely extending to the limbs, although hardly any two indi-

viduals are exactly alike ; in 2. affinis, aureiventer, bunguran-

ensis, and nanogigas it is complete, covering all the upper

parts of the body, while in &. ephippium it is almost entirely

absent, or, if taking place at all, is confined to the tail.

* For use of the generic name Ratufa see Thos., P. Z. 8S. 1897, p. 955.

+ I have called this process ‘‘ bleaching,” as that was the term used by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas (Zool. 1896, p. 401) when describing a similar pro-

cess in our British squirrel. In default of further knowledge it is perhaps

a convenient term to use; but by employing it I do not necessarily imply

that the hair is worn or faded, but merely that it changes in colour to a

light yellowish brown. The causes of this change are not known, but

Mr. Thomas points out that it is not due to the special action of the

summer sun.

(I certainly meant (and still think) that the change wasa true bleaching

or fading, due to the action of light. In the case I was discussing, the

bleaching was already produced by the light of winter and spring,

without waiting for the action of the summer sun.—O. T.]

of the Ratufa (Sciurus) bicolor Group. 493

Ratufa gigantea (MacCl.).

Sciurus giganteus *, MacClelland, P. Z.S. 1839, p.150 Anderson, An.

Zool. Res. p. 215 (1879).

Sciurus macruroides, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. x. 1841, p. 915 (no deserip-

tion) ; Jerdon, Mamm, Ind. p. 168 (1867).

Sciurus bicolor, Sparr., Blanford, Faun. Brit. Ind., Mamm. p. 373 (1891).

Sciurus bicolor, var. giganteus (MacCl.), W. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind.

Mus, p. 8 (1891).

General colour above, including head and outer side of limbs,

dark black, below yellow varying in intensity, Tail same

colour as the back throughout. The skull is large and broad,

the pterygoids and basioccipital processes being large and

well developed ; the latter turn inwards away from the bulla

and end in a rounded head.

Dimensions (in flesh) :—

Head and body 417 millim.; tail 477; ear 30; hind

foot 82.

Skull: greatest length 80; basal length 62; zygomatic

breadth 48°7 ; greatest length of nasals 24; length of palate

to henselion 29.

Ratufa bicolor (Sparrm.).

Sciurus bicolor, Sparrman, Githeb. Vet. Svensk. Handl. i. p. 70 (1778) ;

Thos. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 67 ; Anderson, An. Zool, Res. p. 215 (1879) ;

Blanford, Faun. Brit. Ind., Mamm. p. 373 (1891).

Sciurus bicolor, var. typicus, W. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. p. 7

(1891).

Sciurus javensis, Zimm. Geog. Ges. ii. p. 342 (1780).

Sciurus albiceps, Desm. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. x. p. 105 (1817).

Sciurus Leschenaulti, Desm. Mamm., p. 335 (1820).

Sciurus hypoleucos, Horsf. Zool. Res. (1824).

Sciurus humeralis, Coulon, Mém, Soc, Se. Nat. Neuchatel (1835).

Smaller and paler than the preceding species and much

lighter across the back. General colour above dark brown,

considerably bleached across the centre of the back, but

varying greatly in shade, some specimens being nearly black.

Colour of underparts and tail as in the preceding species.

Ears never tufted. Skull shows no marked differences from

that of 2. gigantea except in ‘its smaller size,

Dimensions :—

Skull: greatest length 71°5 millim.; basal length 57;

zygomatic breadth 45; greatest length of nasals 22; length

of palate to henselion 27.

With regard to the smaller size of this species, it is as

well to give the limits of variation, so as to show how

* For full synonymy of this and the next species see Anderson and

W. Sclater as quoted above.

494 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels

easily it may be distinguished by size alone, which is the

chief point of difference between this and the preceding

species.

The limits are as follows :—

Length of

Greatest Basal Zygomatic Length of palate to

length. —_ length. breadth. nasals. _ henselion.

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

R. gigantea, 80—77 62—61 487—475 26-245 31—30

R.bicolor.. 715* 57* 45—44:5 22—195 29—27

Almost every specimen of the present form is lighter in

colour than its larger relative; but there is no doubt that this

colour is due to the “ bleaching”’ process referred to above.

This species is by far the most variable of the group, and

has in consequence received many names. I have carefully

gone over all the original descriptions of the names given in

the above synonymy, and am convinced that they all refer to

one and the same species.

With regard to the limits of its distribution there exists

some doubt ; it is certainly commonest in Java and Sumatra,

and probably occurs in Borneo. The Museum possesses two

specimens labelled N.W. Borneo, which were procured by

Mr. Waterstraat ; they are both alike, but differ slightly from

examples from the other islands ; and there is also an old skele-

ton labelled Borneo, the skull of which agrees perfectly with

Javan examples. On the other hand, should this species occur

in Borneo it is strange that neither Mr. Hose nor Mr. Everett

ever came across it. It seems to me that the balance of

evidence is in favour of its being found there, but a few more

thoroughly authenticated specimens are required before pro-

nouncing a definite opinion. The other locality where its

occurrence may be considered somewhat doubtful is in the

Malay Peninsula. ‘The Museum contains two specimens

from Bankasun, collected by Mr. W. Davison, which,

except in being slightly darker, agree in all respects with

Javan examples. Mr. Davison was such a careful collector

that there can be no doubt that the data given are correct ; it

must therefore overlap the range of its larger ally, specimens

of which have been got far to the south in the Malay Penin-

sula; Mr. Blanford, moreover, describes this species (as a

variety of 2. gigantea) from the “ lrrawady delta and perhaps

Martaban and ‘Tenasserim.” It probably occupies the low-

lying land in the Malay Peninsula, while 2. gigantea occupies

the hills.

3 Owing to the skulls being imperfect only one measurement was

taken.

of the Ratufa (Sciurus) bicolor Group. 495

The remaining species can be easily distinguished from the

foregoing by certain well-marked characters. hey are all

slightly smaller than &. bicolor. The tail is markedly

distichous and its hairs light at their bases. The skull is

narrower in proportion to its length and the supraorbital

processes well developed; the basioccipital processes are

small and laterally flattened, they hardly bend inwards, and

do not end in a knob as in the larger species. Except in

size, the skulls of this latter group do not differ much among

themselves.

Ratufa affinis typica (Raffles).

Sciurus affinis, Raftles (nec Horsf.), Linn. Trans. xiii. 1822, p. 269.

General colour above, including head and outside of feet,

light brown or “ café-au-lait,”’ bleaching to light yellow, each

hair when newly grown having a faint subterminal annulation

of yellowish. Underparts pure white.

Dimensions (from skin) :—

Head and body 330 millim. ; tail 375; hind foot 70.

Skull: zygomatic breadth 39; greatest length of nasals 20 ;

length of palate from henselion 25.

Hab. Singapore and Johore.

Raffles’s description, which agrees closely with several

specimens in the Museum from Johore, was made from a

specimen from Singapore collected by M. Diard, when

writing a paper on some of the latter’s specimens from

Sumatra. This is further evidence that the true locality of

R. affinis aurevventer, the next species, is Malacca.

Ratufa affinis auretventer (Geoffr.).

Sciurus aureiventer, Is. Geoffr., Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1832; Is. Geoffr.

Voy. Ind.-Orient. Bélanger, p. 150 (1834) ; Coulon, Mém. de la Soc.

Sc. Nat. de Neuchatel, vol. i. 1835, p. 128, pl. ix.

Resembles tle foregoing in all points, but is slightly

smaller and the underparts are of a yellowish orange.

Dimensions (from skin) i—

Head and body 336 millim.; tail 400; hind foot 70.

Skull: greatest breadth 40; greatest length of nasals 18:2 ;

length of palate to henselion 27.

Hab. Described from Java. All specimens in the Museum

come from the Malay Peninsula from Penang to Malacca.

It does not apparently overlap the preceding form.

This species was named from a specimen collected by

M. Diard in Java; the plate, however, agrees so exactly

with specimens in the Museum from Malacca that there is

496 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels

little doubt it represents the same animal. M. Diard also

collected in the Malay Peninsula, so it is quite possible that

the type specimen may have come from Malacca and have

been wrongly labelled; it may occur in Java, but I can find

no record to that effect beyond the original description. It is

stated in the key at the end of this paper that this species

has light subterminal annulations to each of the hairs; the

bleaching process, however, goes on so quickly in this species

that these annulations are only visible in freshly grown

hairs. This squirrel is so distinct in coloration that there

can be no difficulty in identifying it by the colour alone.

Ratufa ephippium typica (Miill.).

Sciurus ephippium, Miller, Tijdschr. voor Nat. Gesch. 1839, p. 147 ;

Miiller and Schlegel, Verhandl. Nat. Gesch, 1843, pp. 86 & 91,

pl. xiii.

This form is chiefly noticeable for the purity of its colouring,

very few of the hairs having subterminal annulations. From

the top of the head to the root of the tail runs a broad and

very dark brown stripe, slightly lighter over the shoulders

owing to annulations on the hairs, and spreading out in a

similar manner over the posterior part of the body ; remainder

of the flanks, sides of the neck, face, and ears ferruginous,

fading into pale orange on the limbs, feet, and throat, being

palest on the forehead. Underparts yellowish white. Tail

dark brown.

Dimensions (as given by Miiller) :—

Head and body 350 millim.; tail 400.

Skull (from Museum specimen): greatest length 65; zygo-

matic breadth 42; greatest length of nasals 20; length of

palate from henselion 26.

Hab. Great Dyak River, 8.E. Borneo.

It is to be noticed that in this species the tail bleaches to a

dirty creamy white.

Ratufa ephippium baramensis, subsp. n.

Sciurus ephippium, Wagner, Schreber, Saiugeth. Suppl. vol. iii, 1843,

p. 193; Hose, Mamm. Borneo, 1893, p. 44.

Sciurus bicolor ephippium, Thos. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 225.

General colour above dark brown, each hair having arufous

subterminal annulation. Along the centre of the back, espe-

cially on the posterior half, there are no annulations, a dark

median stripe being thus formed. Underparts, including

outside of fore limbs and feet, deep yellow, becoming ferru-

ginous on the cheeks. ‘Tail uniform dark brown.

of the Ratufa (Sciurus) bicolor Group. 497

Dimensions of type (from skin) :—

Head and body 400 millim.; tail 450; hind foot 70.

Skull: greatest length 67; basal length 52:2; length of

nasals 19; length of palate to henselion 26°2.

Hab. Baram District, Sarawak.

Type B.M. 99.12.9.40. @, Baram District, Sarawak,

15th June, 1898, Presented by Charles Hose, Esq.

This form seems subject to many slight local variations.

Mr. Hose informs me that those found on the hills are ruddier

on the cheeks than those from the low-lying country, and the

tail has a tendency to be ringed with rufous caused by sub-

terminal annulations to certain of the hairs.

Ratufa ephippium sandakanensis, subsp. n.

Sciurus bicolor ephippium, Thos, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 230.

Sciurus ephippium, Motley and Dillwyn, Coutrib. Fauna Borneo and

Labuan, 1855, p. 3.

Resembling LR. ephippium baramensis, but the hairs on

the back black, not brown, with yellowish-white subterminal

annulations instead of rufous. ‘These annulations are absent

along the centre of the back, thus forming a dark median

dorsal stripe which starts between the shoulders and runs to

the root of the tail. The feet, inner sides of limbs, and under-

parts are of a dirty yellowish white, and on the cheeks is a

small patch of ferruginous.

Dimensions of type (from flesh) :-—

Head and body 350 millim. ; tail 540; hind foot 74.

Skull: greatest length 68; basal length 54; zygomatic

breadth 42; length of nasals 2U; length of palate from

henselion 26.

Hab. Sandakan, British North Borneo.

Type B.M. 82. 11. 16. 3. Sandakan, British North

Borneo. Presented by Mr. Arch. McKinlay.

The Museum possesses several other specimens of this

form, all from North Borneo; they differ slightly from the

type in having the head, neck, and feet more rutous, which

is probably due to altitude, as noticed in the preceding species.

Ratufa ephippium bunguranensis (Thos. & Hart).

Sciurus ephippium bungwranensis, Thos. & Hart, Nov. Zool. i., Sept.

1894, p. 658.

This and the two remaining species are all very closely

allied and are island forms of the typical mainland race.

They are characterized by their duller colour and the absence

of the dark median dorsal area, all the hairs on the upper

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 32

498 Squirrels of the Ratufa (Sciurus) bicolor Group.

surface being uniformly annulated. The present species is of

a light chocolate-brown above (“ Prout’s brown” of Ridgway,

as it is styled in the original description). Underparts deep

ferruginous ; feet black.

Dimensions (from skin) :—

Head and body 350 millim. ; tail 420; hind foot 63.

Skull: greatest length 63; basal length 50; zygomatic

breadth 39; greatest length of nasals 19-4; length of palate

to henselion 27°5.

Hab. Island of Bunguran, Natuna Group.

This species, in common with the two succeeding forms,

bleaches to a great extent, giving rise to many varieties,

Ratufa ephippium nanogigas (Thos. & Hart).

Sciurus ephippium nanogigas, Thos. & Hart, Noy. Zool. ii., Dec. 1895,

p- 491. .

Resembles R. eph. bunguranensis very closely except as

regards size. The underparts also are much lighter in colour,

being light yellow.

Dimensions (from skin) :—

Head and body 330 millim.; tail 847 ; hind foot 60.

Skull: greatest length 47°5 millim.; basal length 43;

zygomatic breadth 34; greatest length of nasals 16; length

of palate from henselion 21.

Hab. Pulau Laut, N. Natunas.

Ratufa ephippium sirhassenensis, subsp. n.

Sciurus ephippium albiceps, Thos. & Hart, Nov. Zool. i., Sept. 1894,

p. 659.

Allied to the bunguranensis-nanogigas group and inter-

mediate in size between the two. In the general coloration it

resembles the smaller of the two (nanogigas), but differs

from that species in the light annulations to the hairs being

broader and lighter, while the ears, sides of the face, and

outer sides of the limbs are of the same colour as the under-

parts, viz. light yellow, instead of black, as in nanogigas.

Dimensions (trom skin) :—

Head and body 840 millim.; tail 410; hind foot 60.

Skull: zygomatic breadth 37 ; greatest length of nasals 18 ;

length of palate from henselion 23°5.

Hab. Sirhassen Island, Natuna Group.

Type B.M. 94. 9. 28. 18. Sirhassen, 23rd Sept., 1893.

Collected by Mr. A. Everett.

On a new Skunk from Peru. 499

Key to Species.

Tail not markedly distichous, its hairs dark at

their bases.

Large; colour above deep black ............ R. gigantea.

Smaller; colour above lightish, especially

across the centre of the back .......... R. bicolor.

Tail markedly distichous, with light bases to the

hairs.

All the hairs on the back with light subter-

minal annulations.

Feet light.

Colour of upperside “ café-au-lait.”’

Belly yellowish orange............++ RL. affinis aureiventer.

ea ree ee eee R. affinis typicus.

Colour of upperside uniform grizzled [ensix.

RUA WO. i. p dh ld oh ees R.ephippium sirhassen-

Feet black.

Large ; underparts deep orange ........ R. eph. bunguranensis.

Smaller; underparts yellow .......... R. eph. nanogiyas.

Hairs along the centre of back without annu-

lations, forming dark medio-dorsal tract.

Hairs on the sides of body with annulations.

General colour grey ...... ee NS een R. eph. sandakanensis.

Greneral colour brown ..;..0+ss00/n.%» R. eph. baramensis.

Hairs on the sides of the body without annu-

lations, especially anteriorly.

Colour of flanks deep rufous............ R. eph. typica.

LXV.—A new Skunk from Peru.

By OLpDFIELD THOMAS.

Conepatus inca, sp. n.

Size medium. Fur long, coarse, and close; underfur

abundant. White markings much reduced, consisting only

of a narrow (} to ? inch wide) band on each side, joined on

the occiput and running back only as far as the shoulders, or

at most to middle of the back, where they come to an end.

Tail black, an intermixture of white hairs at its tip.

Skull proportions as shown by the measurements below.

Zy gomata less widely expanded than in CU. mapurito. Last

upper molar decidedly larger than in C, zorilla.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured by

collector in the flesh) :—

Head and body 350 millim. ; tail 210 ; hind foot (s. u.) 65;

ear 28.

Skull: greatest length in middle line75°5; basal length 66:4;

greatest breadth 44; intertemporal breadth 20; greatest

posterior breadth 38; palate length from gnathion 32-4;

52*

500 On a new Skunk from Peru.

palate breadth outside m.’ 30; greatest diameter of m.’ 10°5;

length of m., 10.

A male skull has a basal length of 70 millim. and a zygo-

matic breadth of 49 millim.

Hab. of type Callao, Peru, sea-level. Other specimens

from Surco, on the Cordillera behind Lima, alt. 2050 metres.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0.5. 7.34. Original number 802.

Collected 15th January, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons,

Five specimens examined. Native name “ Afias.”

By this fine capture Mr. Simons has helped to elucidate

the question as to what are the skunks referred to by Tschudi

in his ‘ Fauna Peruana’ *.

In that work three species are described :—‘ Mephitis ma-

purito, Less., M. furcata, Wagn., and M. amazonica, Licht.”

The first of these is said to be “ an der Kiiste sehr gemein,”

and from the description there can be no doubt that Tschudi’s

animal was C. ¢nca, which Mr. Simons has sent both from

the coast at Callao and from the Sierra behind. The true

C. mapurtto is quite a different species which occurs at

Bogota and north-westwards into Central America.

By “ M. furcata”’ Tschudi apparently means the Chilian

species, which has been commonly known as C. chilensis, was

most unnecessarily renamed furcata by Wagner +, but whose

proper name appears to be C. chinga, Molinat. As yet,

however, I have seen no Peruvian skunks referable to

C. chinga, but it may prove to occur in the southern parts of

the country, unless Tschudi has mistaken C. quitensis, Humb.,

for it.

I am unable at present to identify Tschudi’s “ M. ama-

zonica, Licht.,” but the “ drei-streifige MJenhitis,” of which

he was told as inhabiting the Department of Junin, will very

probably prove to be the remarkably coloured Conepatus rez,

Thos., described from Sahama, Bolivia §.

It is curious to notice the great difference in the thickness

of the fur between C. ¢nca and C. zorilla, the skunk of the

desert on the north-west coast of Peru. ‘T'schudi speaks of

C. mapurito as not being found on the coast in the “ nérd-

lichen heisseren Theile des Landes,” and this greater heat of

that region is well exemplified by the thin sparse coat of

C. zortlla as compared with the thick one of the present

species.

* Mamm. p. 112 (1845).

+ Schr. Saug. Supp. ii. p. 192 (1841).

t Viverra chinga, Molina, Sagg. Stor. Nat. Chili, pp. 288 & 342 (1782),

§ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 278 (1898).

Special Protection of Appendages among Insects, 501

LXV1.—On the Special Protection of Appendages in Process

of Regeneration after Artificial Mutilation among Insects.

By EpMonp BorpaGe *,

WHEN a limb is removed owing to self-mutilation from the

body of an Arthropod, such as a crab or a Phasmid for in-

stance, regeneration starts from the very surface of the

section so produced. The same thing, however, rarely

happens when, on the other hand, regeneration follows the

artificial severance of a limb. Among Mantide, Blattide fT,

and the Orthoptera saltatoria, for example, artificial cuts are

followed by contraction and by more or less marked displace-

ment of the divided muscles, which are retracted within the

chitinous covering of the limb, so that, if regeneration follow,

the part in process of growth remains entirely hidden until

the next moult. The chitinous case therefore in this instance

plays the part of a protector.

It may even happen among the Mantide, which possess the

power of self-mutilation developed ina high degree, or among

the Blattidee, where it is much less marked, that contraction

of the muscles may be produced in the interior of the tro-

chanter, or even inside the joint, if developed, that forms the

haunch (cova), after self-mutilation along the trochantero-

femora] suture. In this case, if there be regeneration the

part in process of growth will remain hidden until the next

moult.

Most often, however, among the Mantide, and more rarely

in the Blattide, this contraction does not take place after

self-mutilation.

In this case one can very soon see whether there will be

regeneration without its being necessary to wait for the next

moult. It is true that one cannot perceive the various parts

which make up the rudiment in process of growth, for it is

coiled upon itself, and, what is more, covered over by the

non-chitinized cuticle, which protects it after the manner of

a pocket. ‘This cuticle lacks destin avetct on account of its

brownish coloration ; but the very slightly marked projection

which this protective pouch forms at the end of the trochanter

shows nevertheless that the work of regeneration is going on.

In the Phasmidz the rudiment in process of growth destined

* Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ exxix. (1899) pp. 501-504, by

Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.8. From a separate impression communi-

cated by the Author.

+ H. H. Brindley, ‘On certain Characters of Reproduced Appendages

in Arthropoda,’ 1898,

502 Special Protection of Appendages among Insects.

to replace a limb detached by self-mutilation sometimes shows

itself, but in an indistinct manner, coiled up under the pro-

tective cuticle, which has some degree of transparency in

certain species.

So far as the Mantide and Blattidse are concerned, I

noticed that the amount of withdrawal of the muscles divided

by self-mutilation within the chitinous covering was propor-

tional to the violence of the efforts made by the insects in

getting rid of the limb. When self-mutilation took place

easily the contraction was practically nid.

It now remains for us to examine the particular case pre-

sented by the Phasmide.

When artificial separation takes place in the region com-

prising the femur and the upper two thirds of the tibia, con-

traction of the severed muscles is most marked. When, again,

similar cuts are made in the upper part of the region formed

by the lower third of the tibia, contraction is still produced,

and as it is exactly there that the power of regeneration begins

to show itself, the part in process of growth remains hidden

until the following moult. Then in proportion as the cuts

approach the tarsus, contraction becomes less and less evident,

until in the neighbourhood of the tibio-tarsal articulation the

divided muscles practically remain in position; so that the

part in process of regeneration may be visible before a moult

takes place. ‘The result is the same when the cuts are made

on any of the first three joints of the tarsus.

On examining the internal structure of the limb we find

that it is precisely in the spot under discussion—upon the

lower portion of the tibia and the first joints of the tarsus—

that the muscles are inserted which move the tarsus as a

whole and its various parts. Cuts made in this region pass

through the surfaces ot the chitinous covering to which these

muscles are attached and from which they run towards the

joints below which they have to move. Under these circum-

stances one can understand why the contraction will be slight

or not produced at all. It is only possible to produce it when

the cut is more or less remote from the upper attachment-

surface of the divided muscles. which is not the case. In

other insects there is complete withdrawal of the cut muscles

when the section passes through the tarsal region. It is

evident that these particular features point to differences in

the number and position of the attachment-surtaces of the

muscles in question, differences which are revealed upon

careful dissection.

It follows, then, that among the Phasmide parts in process

of regeneration in the region we are considering are more or

New Species of Prionocalus from Ecuador and Peru, 503

less apparent from the outset of their formation. As I have

already said, however, growth proceeds with the greatest

slowness; it follows therefore that during the time which

elapses before the next moult the part in process of growth

barely forms a minute projection from 1 to 2 millim. in length.

It is covered by a thin protective cuticle of a brown colour,

moulding itself exactly upon the rudiment of the limb, which

up to the present shows no separation into joints. It is only

after the next moult that the limb, beginning to be of appre-

ciable length, will show any distinct traces of division into

tarsal joints. ‘he growth is so slow that it is only after two

or even three moults that the mutilated limb is completed and

becomes serviceable to the insect *,

It is interesting to compare the slowness of the growth of

parts in process of regeneration after artificial removal, as

well as that—much less marked nevertheless—of limbs in-

tended to replace those removed by self-mutilation, among

Phasmide with the marvellous rapidity of such growth which

has been found among the Mantide and Blattide. Whilst

among the latter limbs regenerated after self- or artificial

mutilation may begin to be of use to the insect immediately

after the next moult, in the Phasmide limbs in course of

regeneration cannot become useful until after the second or

third moult. I have noted that the same holds good for

the Orthoptera saltatoria.

LXVII.—New Species of the Coleopterous Genus Prionocalus

from Ecuador and Peru. By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE,

V.P.ES.

Tue British Museum has recently received a few specimens

of Longicorns of the genus Prionocalus. One I refer with a

slight doubt to P. cacicus, White, but in the type the tubercle

* In the most perfectly regenerated limbs there is a tetramerous tarsus,

I have nevertheless obtained atter cuts made upon the third joint of the

tarsus :—

1. A pentamerous tarsus with incompletely separated joints.

2, A pentamerous tarsus as perfect as the normal one.

3. A bent and monstrous tarsus of six incompletely separated joints.

But these are rare exceptions to the rule. Tetramery after regeneration

has been determined among the Phasmide not only in the four genera I

quoted in my previous papers, but also in Anchiale, Acanthoderus, Lopa-

phus, Diapheromera, and probably in Cyphocrania, Diura, and Bacteria

meaicana, the total number of species of Orthoptera cursoria in which

tetramery has been determined being thus twenty-tive.

504 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Species of

behind the eye is more directed backwards than in the specimen

just received. The other three species appear to be un-

described.

The accompanying camera-sketches will assist in the

determination of these three species and P. Géinthert, Gahan.

Prionocalus Simonst. : Prionocalus White.

Prionocalus Simonst, sp. n.

Niger, supra rugosus, sat nitidus ; elytris apicem versus angustatis,

elongato-triangularibus, basi vermiculoso-rugulosis, apice piceo-

tinctis, subtilius rugosis, minus nitidis ; antennis (basi excepta)

tibiisque piceis, tarsis rufo-piceis. d.

Long. 38-47 mm.

Hab, Ecuador, in wood west of Cuenca, 2600 m., May

1899 (P. O. Simons).

This species closely resembles P. atys, White, in form,

colour, and sculpture, but is at once distinguished by the

posterior angles of the thorax being slightly rounded instead

of acute and slightly projecting, as they are in P. atys. The

head is coarsely and closely rugose, with a short, not very

acute, conical tubercle behind the eye. The mandibles are

shorter than the head. The thorax is less rugose than the

head, and the space on each side of the disk, although rather

closely punctured, is smoother. The elytra are one-third

Prionocalus from Ecuador and Peru. 505

longer than broad, much narrowed towards the apex, vermi-

culate-rugose at the base, the sides and apex (which are

impressed) with much finer rugose sculpture; the apex of

each elytron is rounded. ‘The femora are more or less pitchy,

the tibiz almost entirely so, the tarsi rather paler.

Prionocalus Whitei, sp. n.

Anthracinus, nitidus, supra rugosus; capite post oculos tuberculo

magno, conico, obtuso armato; mandibulis faleatis: antennis

corpore paulo longioribus; thoracis lateribus dentibus tribus

acutis instructis, angulis posticis acutis porrectis ; elytris ovalibus,

postice arcuatim angustatis, apicibus singulatim rotundatis ;

palpis, tibiis tarsisque rufo-piceis. ¢.

Long. 50 mm.

Hab. Ecuador, Porvenir, March 1899 (P. O. Simons).

This species has the jet-black colour of P. Buckleyi and

P. iphis, but differs from both these in having the elytra

separately rounded at the apex, as in P. cacicus &e. It

differs from P. cacicus, atys, Simonsi, and Ciintheri in

having the sculpture of the elytra almost uniform throughout,

as in P. Buckleyi, and the apices are not flattened. The

head is very coarsely and closely rugose. The mandibles as

long as the head, faleate. The tubercle behind the eyes is

thicker and larger and more obtuse at its apex than in any

other species known to me. ‘The thorax is vermiculate-

rugose, almost as in the elytra; the sides have three nearly

equidistant acute teeth, the anterior one much smaller and

less prominent. The elytra are rather more than a third

longer than broad (19x 26 millim.), uniformly vermiculate-

rugulose, as in P. Buckleyi; the sides gently arcuate (not

rectilinear in any part). ‘lhe antenne are black and reach

rather beyond the apex of the elytra.

Prionocalus uniformis, sp. 0.

Niger, rugosus, sat nitidus; thorace lateribus dentibus duobus

armatis, angulis posticis rotundatis ; elytris convexis, fortiter

rugosis, humeris dente parvo acuto armatis, lateribus leviter

arcuatis ; antennis apicem versus tibiisque plus minusve piceis ;

palpis tarsisque rufo-piceis. 6.

Long. 36-47 mm.

Lab. Peru, “ at upper timber line, 3000 m., Nov.” (P. 0.

Simons).

This species is unlike any known to me, and from its form

906 New Species of Prionocalus from Ecuador and Peru.

and convex elytra might be mistaken for a female. It differs

from all in having the posterior angles of the thorax com-

pletely rounded off. It is most nearly allied to P. dphis,

White, but has more ample elytra. ‘The palpi have the apical

joint unusually enlarged. The head has the tubercle at the

side short and conical, not very acute. The thorax is rugose,

Prionocalus uniformis. Prionecalus Giintheri.

but has two smooth spots on the front margin and another

above each posterior angle. ‘The sides are impressed and the

margin is furnished with two rather small approximate trian-

gular teeth just before the middle, and in front of these

there is a slight angular prominence; behind the lateral

teeth the thorax is obliquely narrowed, and there is no trace

of any tooth at the hind angles. The elytra are nearly as

wide as the thorax, convex, evenly and very coarsely rugose

all over (each with two slightly indicated raised lines), not

much narrowed towards the apex. ‘The humeral angle is

furnished with a very small acute tooth. ‘The sides are

evenly and gently arcuate. ‘The apices are rounded, but

there is a slight indication of the sutural angle.

The smaller example has the teeth at the sides of the

thorax rather more prominent and acute than in the large

specimen.

On some new Species of Heterocera. 507

LXVIII.—Deseriptions of some new Genera and Species of

Heterocera from Tropical South America. By Herperr

Drucer, F.L.S. &e.

Fam. Syntomide.

Sphecosoma sparta, sp. n.

Male.—The head and palpi yellow; antennw black, the

shaft bright red; collar aad tegulz black, edged with yellow ;

thorax black, with a white line crossing the base ; abdomen

black, banded with yellowish white; legs, underside of thorax,

and abdomen pale yellow. Primaries and_ secondaries

yellowish hyaline, the veins black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Colombia, Cacagualito (Mus. Druce).

Sarrosa helotes, sp. n.

Male.—Head and collar dark metallic blue ; thorax, tegule,

and abdomen bright orange, tegule edged with black; abdo-

men with three rows of metallic blue spots, the anal segment

black ; antennz black, white at the tips; legs black. Pri-

maries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all black, the apex

_and outer margin of the primaries broadly black, secondaries

edged with black.—The /emale is almost identical with the

male.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso (Mus. Druce).

Mesothen nomia, sp. n.

Male.—The head, palpi, thorax, tegule, abdomen, and legs

chrome-yellow, tegule edged with black; antennz black ;

abdomen banded with metallic blue, the two anal segments

dark metallic blue. Primaries and secondaries yellowish

hyaline, the veins, apex of the primaries, and the outer

margin black, the base and the costal margin to the end of

the cell chrome-yellow.

Expanse 1 ,4y inch.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso (Mus. Druce).

Eucereon etolia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, and collar dark grey, collar edged

with white; thorax and tegule grey ; abdomen above black ;

the underside and the legs daik grey, the anal tuft pale yellow.

508 Mr. H. Druce on some

Primaries greyish brown, streaked with white near the base,

along the costal margin, and on the outer margin, the inner

margin edged with white from the base to the anal angle:

secondaries dusky hyaline, palest about the middle, the fringe

white.

Expanse 1 inch.

flab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Eucereon ino, sp. n.

Male.— Head, thorax, tegule, abdomen, and legs brownish

fawn-colour, the anal tuft pale yellow, antenne black. Pri-

maries pale fawn-colour, crossed from the costal to the inner

margin by two narrow brown lines, the first line near the

base, the second at the end of the cell, the veins slightly

darker brown: secondaries whitish semibyaline, brownish at

the apex and round the outer margin.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso (us. Druce).

Eucereon resina, sp. n.

Female.— Head, thorax, and tegule grey; antenne and

abdomen almost black; legs brownish black. Primaries

greyish white, mottled with dark grey; a round dark grey

spot in the cell, and a zigzag dark grey line extends from

the apex to the anal angle: secondaries dark grey. Under-

side of both wings brownish black, with a few white spots

near the apex of the primaries.

Expanse 1,5 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Arctiide.

Belemnia attidates, sp. n.

Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen bright metallic blue,

underside of the abdomen red; antenne black ; tegule black,

edged with metallic blue; legs black. Primaries black, shot

at the base with metallic blue; a bright carmine short red

band at the end of cell and a larger one beyond crossing the

wing from the costal to the outer margin: secondaries bright

toetallic blue, broadly bordered with black at the apex and

round the outer margin as far as the anal angle.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota (Mus. Druce).

new Species of Teterocera. 509

Belemnia mygdon, sp. n.

d 2 .—Head, thorax, and abdomen bronze-green; abdomen

with a row of metallic blue spots on each side, the underside

of the abdomen bright red; antenne black; legs black,

streaked with bronze-green. Primaries deep black, the basal

half bright metallic bronze-green: secondaries deep black.

Expanse 2 inches.

flab. Colombia, Cacagualito (Mus. Druce).

Opharus euripides, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and tegule reddish fawn-

colour ; abdomen greyish on the upperside, the underside and

the legs yellow. Primaries semihyaline reddish fawn-colour,

darkest on the costal and inner margins: secondaries semi-

hyaline white, slightly shaded with fawn-colour at the apex.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Mazeras soteria, sp. n.

Ma’e.—Head, thorax, and tegule dark reddish brown;

collar with a black spot on each side; antenne black; abdo-

men red at the base, the lower half chrome-yellow; a row of

black spots extends down the middle from the base to the anus;

the underside black; legs black. Primaries dark reddish

brown, with a bright red spot on the inner margin close to

the base: secondaries pinkish white, darkest on the costal

margin, apex, and inner margin. Underside of both wings

very similar to the upperside.—Fema/e differs from the male

in having the secondaries bright red.

Expanse, ¢ 2,4, ? 24 inches.

Hab. Argentine Republic (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Mazeras Franekii, Schaus, bet it

is a smaller and much duller-coloured insect.

Subfam. Perrcorim 2.

Eucyane kedar, sp. n.

Head, collar, and base of the tegule dark chrome-yellow ;

antenne, points of the tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs

black. Primaries deep black, crossed beyond the middle

from the costal margin to the anal angle by a wide curved

chrome-yellow band, streaked with red on the costal margin

and partly red near the anal angle: secondaries deep black,

510 Mr. H. Druce on some

broadly bordered with bright red from the apex to the anal

angle.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Colombia, Bonda (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Melameride.

Brachyglene grandis, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antenne, thorax, tegule, abdomen, and

legs black, the abdomen shot with steel-blue. Primaries

black, shot with steel-blue, the base to nearly the middle of

the wing bright chrome-yellow, crossed by black veins:

secondaries black, glossed with steel-blue; a large chrome-

yellow band extends from the costal margin near the base

to about the middle of the wing.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Brachyglene superba, Druce.

Fam. Dioptide. —

Polypetes nox, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ;

tegule chrome-yellow. Underside of the head, thorax, abdo-

men, and legs white. Primaries black, the veins and a spot

close to the apex chrome-yellow : secondaries grey-black, the

apex and part of the outer margin deep black. Underside :

primaries white near the base and at the end of the cell; the

yellow spot at the apex the same as above; secondaries

white, broadly bordered with black at the apex.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Lasiocampide.

Apatelodes palma, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, middle of thorax, and base of abdomen

dark brown; antenne, collar, tegule, and legs greyish brown ;

abdomen pale brown, the sides and anal tuft darker brown.

Primaries greyish brown, crossed from the costal to the inner

margin by several indistinct waved brown lines, the first

nearest the base, the others beyond the cell; a white spot

near the apex, below which a row of very indistinct black

dots crosses the wing to the anal angle; two black spots on the

inner margin nearest the base : secondaries pinkish brown,

‘

’

‘

new Species of Heterocera. 511

crossed about the middle by two faint lines, the first darker,

the second paler than the ground-colour ; a dark brown mark

at the anal angle, below which is a short white streak; the

fringe dark brown. Underside of both wings darker than

the upperside, the secondaries with a submarginal pale line

extending from near the apex to the anal angle.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab, Colombia, Valparaiso (Aus. Druce).

This species is nearest to A. heptaloba, Druce, but very

distinct on the underside.

A patelodes lapitha, sp. n.

Male.— Head, palpi, collar, the first two segments of the

abdomen and the anal tuft dark brown ; the antenna, tegule,

and abdomen pale brown; legs dark brown. Primaries

reddish fawn-colour, the outer margin from the apex to the

anal angle broadly bordered with dark brown; a pale sub-

marginal line extends from near the apex to the anal angle,

and three curved brown lines cross the wing from the costal

to the inner margin; a large elongated black spot on the

inner margin near the base: secondaries reddish fawn-colour,

slightly darker than the primaries; a pale submarginal line

extends from near the apex to the anal angle. Underside

very similar to tle upperside, excepting that the secondaries

are clouded with dark brown in the middle,

Expanse 2} inches.

Hab. Colombia, Cacagualito (lus. Druce).

This species is allied to A. cérna, Druce, from Ecuador.

Hydrias zemira, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, base of tegule, and thorax

fawn-colour, tips of tegule and the upperside of the abdomen

black ; the underside of the thorax, abdomen, and legs fawn-

colour. Primaries reddish fawn-colour, palest on the costal

margin and at the apex; a curved brown line crosses the

wing beyond the cell from the costal margin near the apex to

the middle of the inner margin; a large black round spot at

the end of the cell; the veins black: secondaries reddish

fawn-colour, with a few black scales at the apex. Underside

of both wings reddish fawn-colour; secondaries with thrce

short dark brown lines at the apex.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

512 Mr. H. Druce on some

Hydrias dolosa, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs black. Primaries black, with a submarginal row of

brownish-black spots extending from the apex to the anal

angle; a minute white dot close to the apex: secondaries

brownish black, the veins slightly darker.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Limacodide.

Perola repetita, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antennz black; collar, tegule, thorax,

and abdomen brownish grey, thorax and abdomen darker on

the underside ; legs greyish black. Primaries greyish brown,

without any markings ; secondaries rather paler than the

primaries. Underside very similar to the upperside, the

primaries clouded with black on the costal margin.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hah, Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Perola sardites, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

pale greyish fawn-colour; legs pale brown. Primaries pale

fawn-colour, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by

three very indistinct waved brown lines ; a brown dot at the

end of the cell; the fringe pale fawn-colour: secondaries

brownish fawn-colour, the fringe near the anal angle black.

Underside of both wings uniformly pale fawn-colour,

Expanse 1,%5 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Perola vafera, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennex, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs brownish black. Primaries brownish black, crossed

from the apex to the middle of the inner margin by a fine

grey line: secondaries slightly paler than the primaries ; the

fringe of both wings blackish brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Cacagualito (Mus. Druce).

Perola salta, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

ee ee ee eee ee ee Se

new Species of Heterocera. 513

and legs very pale fawn-colour., Primaries and secondaries

uniformly pale fawn-colour, the primaries crossed from near

the apex to the inner margin nearest the base by a rather wide

blackish-brown band, shaded with dark brownish scales on

the inner side ; the fringes of both wings pale fawa-colour.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Colombia, Bonda (Mus. Druce).

Perola dertosa, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

reddish brown, the base of the thorax dark brown; underside

of the thorax, abdomen, and legs blackish brown. Primaries

reddish brown, palest on the outer margin, irrorated with

minute black scales; a reddish spot close to the apex, from

which a reddish-brown line edged with white on the inner

side crosses the wing to the inner margin; the fringe alter-

nately light and dark brown: secondaries dark brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Semyra marisa, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs dark brown. Primaries dark purple-brown, crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by three dark brown

waved lines—the first close to the base, the second at the

end of the cell, the third submarginal, the space between the

second and third line being bright reddish brown: second-

aries brown, the marginal line and fringe pale brown.

Expanse # inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minea (Mus. Druce).

Semyra phara, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and

abdomen reddish fawn-colour. Primaries reddish fawn-

colour; a spot at the end of the cell, the veins, and a sub-

marginal line extending from near the apex to the inner

margin all dark brown: secondaries uniformly brownish

fawn-colour.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Arbelide.

Arbela salara, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, and tegule pale greyish brown; an-

tenne reddish brown; thorax black ; abdomen and legs dark

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 33

514 Mr. H. Druce on some

brown. Primaries brownish grey, darkest along the costal

margin, irrorated with black scales; a large greyish spot at

the apex, broadly bordered with black on the inner side,

below which is a small square-shaped black spot; a large black

spot below the cell close to the inner margin and a marginal

row of black dots extending from the apex to the anal angle ;

the fringe pale fawn-colour : secondaries brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Hepialide.

OSRHOES, gen. nov.

Head very small; palpi rather short, thickly clothed with

long hairs, the third joint very minute ; antenne very short ;

thorax and abdomen slender ; legs slender, the hind legs of

the male thickly clothed with hair. Primaries long, very

rounded at the anal angle, the cell long and narrow: second-

aries long and narrow and rounded at the apex.

Type Osrhoes coronta.

Osrhoes coronta, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennex, collar, palpi, and thorax golden

brown ; abdomen and legs dark brown. Primaries golden

brown ; secondaries pale brown; the fringes of both wings

brown.—Female. Primaries dark brown, with some very

indistinct darker brown markings along the inner margin, the

outer margin from the apex to the anal angle irrorated with

grey scales.

Expanse, ¢ 92, 14% inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Notodontide.

Lophopteryx eumeta, sp. n.

Head, collar, tegule, and thorax reddish brown, the front

of the head and the thorax with a few yellowish hairs; an-

tenne reddish brown; the abdomen and legs dark brown.

Primaries reddish brown, crossed about the middle from the

costal to the inner margin by a curved dark brown line, on

both sides of which are a series of yellow lunular-shaped

markings ; a large yellow spot at the apex and one at the end

of the cell; a yellow streak extends from the base to the anal

angle and a submarginal row of small yellowish-white spots

—_ ——— e—— — -_ --

)S - 2 —— | iii a

;

new Species of [leterocera. 515

extends from the apex to the anal angle; two black dots close

to the apex and one on the anal angle; the fringe reddish

brown: secondaries dark brown, with a black spot on the

inner margin a little above the anal angle; the underside of

both wings blackish brown, the secondaries the palest.

Expanse 1,%, inch.

Hab, Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Heterocampa mina, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and thorax dark grey, with

some greenish hairs on the thorax; antenne dark brown;

abdomen dark brown, with some fawn-coloured hairs at the

base, the anal tuft greenish grey. Primaries pale greyish

green, irrorated with fine black scales ; a broad greyish-white

band partly crosses the wing close to the base from the costal

margin; several very indistinct fine black lines cross the

wing from the costal to the inner margin; a waved black

submarginal line extends from the apex to the anal angle:

secondaries reddish fawn-colour; the underside of both wings

pale fawn-colour.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

This species resembles Somera viridifusca, Walker, from

India.

Heterocampa eusebia, sp. n.

Female.—Ulead, palpi, collar, tegule, and thorax greyish

brown; antenne dark brown; abdomen brown above, the

underside and legs pale fawn-colour. Primaries greyish

brown, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by three

double zigzag fine black lines, the first two near the base, the

third beyond the cell ; a reddish-brown spot edged with black

at the end of the cell; a waved fawn-coloured line extends

from the apex to the anal angle and a marginal row of small

black dots from the base to the anal angle; the fringe brown:

secondaries brown, palest at the base and along the inner

margin; a small black spot at the anal angle, with a white

streak in the middle; the fringe pale fawn-colour.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab, Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Heterocampa tonia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenna, collar, tegule, and thorax

reddish brown ; abdomen above blackish brown, the under-

side fawn-colour, the anal tuft reddish brown; the underside

33*

516 Mr. H. Drnee on some

of the thorax and legs dark brown. Primaries reddish

brown, irrorated with black and grey scales along the costal

and inner margin; a double black line crosses the wing close

to the base ; a row of black spots beyond the cell and a sub-

marginal row of black dots extending from the apex to the

anal angle; a large bluish-grey patch at the anal angle,

partly extending as far as the middle of the outer margin ;

the fringe reddish brown: secondaries dark brown, palest at

the base, which is clothed with some fawn-coloured hairs.—

Female very similar to the male, but the thorax and tegule

are lighter in colour, the primaries redder and without the

bluish-grey patch at the anal angle.

Expanse, ¢ 23, ? 3 inches.

Hab. Amazons, Manaos (Mus. Druce).

Heterocampa perses, sp. 0.

Female.—Head, palpi, collar, and front of thorax reddish

brown, the collar edged with black ; tegule dark brown ; the

base of the thorax clothed with greyish hairs; abdomen

above dark brown, the underside pale yellowish brown ; under-

side of the thorax and legs reddish brown. Primaries

dark grey, clouded with brown; a black line at the end of

the cell, beyond which a row of greyish-white spots edged

with black crosses the wing from the costal to the inner margin;

a large greyish-white spot at the apex, and a submarginal

black line extends from the apex to the anal angle; the

fringe greyish brown: secondaries blackish brown, palest at

the base, the fringe brown.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. Amazons, Manaos (Mus. Druce).

Heterocampa volana, sp. un.

Female.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax,

abdomen, and legs dark brown. Primaries yellowish white,

crossed near the base by a dark brown band, clouded with

brown at the end of cell; a large brown patch near the apex,

from which a zigzag line crosses the wing to the middle of

the inner margin ; the fringe alternately brown and yellowish

white: secondaries dark brown, with a short yellowish line

at the anal angle; the underside of both wings dark brown.

Expanse 2} inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Crinodes minuta, sp. 0.

Male.— Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax

—as ) =

——- >

new Species of Heterocera. 517

dark brown; abdomen grey, the anal segments and tuft dark

brown ; underside of thorax and legs dark brown. Primaries

dark brown, with two large metallic silver streaks, the first

in the cell close to the base, the second beyond is the largest

and almost reaches the outer margin; a submarginal row of

dark brown streaks extends from the apex to the anal angle:

secondaries fawn-colour, broadly bordered with dark brown,

Expanse 1,6; inch.

Hlab. Amazons, Manaos (Mus. Druce).

Cerura phyllis, sp. n.

Male.—Head white, collar black, tegule and thorax grey

spotted with black; antenne yellow ; abdomen dark grey ;

legs black, banded with white. Primaries greyish white,

crossed from the costal to the inner margin by a number of

fine waved black lines, the marginal line black ; the fringe

alternately black and white: secondaries pure white, the

fringe white.

Kxpanse 14 inch.

Hab, South Brazil, Rio Grande (Mus. Druce).

A specimen of this species is in the National Collection

from Porto Allegre, 8. Brazil.

Fam. Noctuidae.

OXYTHRES, gen, nov.

Head small; palpi short, the third joint very minute; an-

tenne short; thorax and abdomen stout; legs short and

rather thick. Primaries long and narrow, rounded at the

apex and anal angle: secondaries large, elongated in shape.

Type Oaythres splendens.

Oxythres splendens, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, antenne, underside of the thorax, and legs

dark brown ; the collar and base of the tegule pinkish white ;

the tips of the tegule, thorax, abdomen, and anal tuft grey,

a few white hairs at the base of the abdomen. Primaries

pale brown, the costal margin from the base to the apex

broadly pinkish white; a V -shaped black mark close to the

apex; the wing crossed from the white costal margin by a

number of fine waved white lines; the veins white: second-

aries pure white, the apex and costal margin shaded with

black, the fringe white. Underside of the primaries blackish

518 Mr. H. Druce on some

brown, the costal margin broadly bordered with pink.—The

Female does not differ from the male excepting that it is larger.

Expanse, ¢ 14%, 2 2 inches.

Hab, Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

A specimen of this species is in the National Collection

from an unknown locality.

Acanthodica hages, sp. n.

Male.—Vead, antenne, tegule, and thorax greenish grey ;

the palpi, collar, underside of the thorax, and abdomen black ;

the anal segments on the underside of the abdomen and the

anus grey. Primaries greenish grey, the costal margin

spotted with black ; a large black spot close to the apex on

the inner side of the spot; a black band crosses the wing

from the costal to the inner margin, where it joins a wide

black band that extends almost to the base: secondaries

white; the inner margin, the veins, and the fringe greenish

grey.

Expanse 22 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Palindia nicea, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antenne brown; collar brown, edged

with white ; tegula, thorax, and the abdomen white; legs

yellowish white. Primaries white, bordered with very pale

brown from the apex to the anal angle, the marginal line and

two lines on the inner side of the brown border dark brown ;

a narrow pale brown band crosses the wing from about the

middle of the costal margin to the inner margin near the

apex ; the band is broadest on the costal margin; the fringe

golden: secondaries yellowish white, darkest on the outer

margin; the submarginal line black, edged with white on

the inner side; the underside of both wings pale primrose-

yellow.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Palindia primulina, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men pale primrose-colour ; the underside of the thorax, abdo-

men, and legs white. Primaries and secondaries pale primrose-

yellow: primaries, the costal margin edged with white, three

curved chrome-yellow bands cross the wing from the costal to

the inner margin, the first two bands nearest the base, the

new Species of Heterocera. 519

third beyond the cell; the marginal’ line white, with minute

black dots; the fringe chrome-yellow: secondaries with a

few metallic scales near the anal angle, above which is a

short chrome-yellow line; the underside of both wings pale

primrose-yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso (Mus. Druce).

Arbostola (?) viridis, sp. n.

Male.—F ront of head, palpi, underside of thorax, abdomen,

and legs red; the head, collar, tegule, and thorax dark

purple-brown ; antennz and abdomen black, the anal segments

and anal tuft bright red. Primaries dark purple-brown ; a

small green dot at the end of the cell ; the outer margin, anal

angle, and inner margin nearly to the base bright green ;

the fringe brown: secondaries black ; the underside of both

wings black, the inner margin of the primaries brownish

white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Bonda (Mus. Druce).

‘Two specimens of this species from Palma Sola, Venezuela,

are in the National Collection.

NEOSTICTOPTERA, gen. nov.

Head large; antenne short, simple; palpi rather long,

erect, the third joint minute; thorax broad ; abdomen long.

Primaries long and narrow, rounded at the anal angle:

secondaries large, very square at the apex, with a large silky

patch at the end of the cell on the costal margin of the male :

legs long and slender.

Type Neostictoptera nigropuncta.

Neostictoptera nigropuncta, sp. n. ;

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, and tegule fawn-colour ;

abdomen greyish brown. Primaries fawn-colour, thickly

irrorated with greyish scales and fine black lines; a marginal

row of small black dots extends from the apex to the anal

angle; the fringe fawn-colour: secondaries semihyaline

white, clouded with black on the costal and outer margin ;

a large silky black patch of hair at the end of the cell near

the apex.—Female very similar to the male, but without the

brand on the secondaries.

Expanse, g, 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

520 Mr. H. Druce on some

Melipotis argos, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax

reddish brown, the base of the collar pale brown; the abdomen

blackish brown; the underside and the legs pale yellowish

brown. Primaries dark reddish brown, the outer margin

from the apex to the anal angle bluish grey; a large oval-

shaped light yellowish-brown spot at the end of the cell;

nearer the base the wing is crossed from the costal to the

inner margin by a lighter brown band: secondaries blackish

brown, slightly paler in the middle.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab, Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce),

Alamis (?) binea, sp. n.

Male.—Head white; palpi black, the third joint white;

antenne black ; collar black, edged with white; tegule pale

brown, tipped with black; thorax and abdomen pale brown;

a white spot edged with black at the base of the abdomen,

and an erect tuft of reddish hairs on the second and third

segments; the underside of the thorax and abdomen pale

brown ; legs black, banded with white. Primaries brownish

white, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by zigzag

black lines, the submarginal line being the widest; the fringe

alternately black and white: secondaries, the costal half of

the wing black below, the cell reddish brown, crossed with

black lines; the outer margin pale brownish white; the

fringe black and white; the underside of both wings pale

brownish black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Capnodes ocina, sp. n.

Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen brown ;

underside of the abdomen and legs pale brown. Primaries

1eddish brown, the costal margin yellowish brown; a spot

close to the base, one in the middle of the cell, a large

triangular-shaped spot below the cell, a short band at the

end of the cell, and a spot at the apex all white; the fringe

dark brown: secondaries reddish brown; three small white

spots near the apex and one at the anal angle; the fringe

dark brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab, Colombia, Minea (Mus. Druce).

_—

———_

SS ae ee

—o---- ————e

new Species of [leterocera. 521

Capnodes albipunctata, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegulea, thorax, and

abdomen pale greyish brown; underside of thorax and abdo-

men brownish white; legs brown. Primaries pale greyish

brown, palest at the apex and along the outer margin; two

white streaks on the costal margin, the first close to the base,

the second beyond the middle; a large triangular cream-

coloured spot, edged with black on the inner margin near the

base, and a white Y-shaped mark close to the anal angle; a

submarginal reddish-brown line extends from the costal

nearly to the inner margin near the anal angle: secondaries

pale greyish brown, with a reddish-brown spot at the end of

the cell and a small white line on the inner margin above the

anal angle; the marginal line of both wings black.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab, Colombia, Sierra de Libano (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Geometridae.

Hygrochroa clota, sp. n.

Male.— Head, palpi, antennez, collar, tegule, thorax, and

abdomen fawn-colour; the anal tuft, underside of the abdo-

men, thorax, and legs yellow. Primaries fawn-colour,

clouded with olive-green ; a large square-shaped white spot

at the end of the cell, and two zigzag greenish lines cross the

wing from the costal to the inner margin: secondaries pale

fawn-colour, shaded with olive-green at the apex; a double

olive-green line crosses the middle of the wing from the apex

to the inner margin, Underside: primaries very similar to

the upperside, but considerably darker in colour, and the lines

crossing the wing much more distinct: secondaries yellow,

thickly irrorated with reddish-brown szales at the base and

along the costal margin; the central line crossing the wing is

wider and darker than on the upperside; a fine submarginal

brown line extends from the apex to the anal angle.

Expanse | # inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Hasodima dardania, sp. n.

Male,—Head and collar greyish white; tegule, thorax,

and the abdomen black, with a few greyish scales on the

thorax ; antenne and legs black, Primaries brown, crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by two wide greyish-

black bands, the first near the base edged with white on the

522 Mr. H. Druce on some

inner side, the second beyond the middle edged with white on

the outer side ; the outer margin grey, with a marginal row

of small black dots extending from the apex to the anal

angle: secondaries white, broadly bordered with black from

the apex to the anal angle; a very indistinct waved black

line crosses the wing about the middle; the fringe alternately

black and white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Hasodima salapia, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, antennae, and collar pale greyish brown ;

thorax and abdomen black, abdomen banded with white ;

underside of the abdomen and legs grey. Primaries brown,

irrorated with white scales and crossed from the costal to the

inner margin by four white bands—the first close to the base,

the second curved outwards, edged with black on the inner

side, the third band waved, crossing the wing at the end of

the cell, below which it almost joins the second band, the

fourth submarginal, broken in the middle; a black gpot at

the end of the cell, several at the apex and near the anal

angle; the veins very pale yellowish brown ; the fringe alter-

nately brown and grey: secondaries white, bordered from the

apex to the anal angle with black; a very small black dot at

the end of the cell ; the fringe white.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Hasodima puta, sp. n.

Male.—Head and collar grey ; antennz, thorax, and upper-

side of the abdomen black, the underside of the thorax and

abdomen white; legs grey. Primaries greyish brown,

thickly irrorated with grey and black scales; some indistinct

greyish-black bands crogs the wing from the costal to the

inner margin; the fringe alternately grey and black: second-

aries pure white, the fringe white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).

Ophthalmophora ertonia, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax dark

brown ; abdomen and legs yellowish white. Primaries dark

brown, the costal margin trom the base nearly to the apex

bright yellow, edged on the inner side from the base to the

— oO

es” ale

SF «a

new Species of [leterocera. 523

x ios with a metallic silver line ; the anal angle and partly

along the inner margin chrome-yellow, edged with metallic

silver scales on the inner side ; the fringe dark brown : second-

aries chrome-yellow, the base dark brown, edged with a wide

metallic silver band; the inner margin of the wing is thickly

irrorated with minute brown scales ; the marginal line silver ;

two black dots near the apex edged with metallic silver; the

fringe chrome-yellow.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Kast Peru, Rio Napo (Mus. Druce).

Ophthalmophora hamon, sp. 0.

Male.— Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs brownish grey. Primaries brownish grey, with a

V-shaped yellow mark on the costal margin near the apex

and one about the middle of the inner margin; a few metallic

silver scales close to the apex: secondaries brownish grey,

the apex and outer margin chrome-yellow ; the marginal line

metallic silver; a black spot edged with yellow nearest the

apex, and a very small black spot on the outer margin; the

underside of both wings uniformly brownish grey.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Ophthalmophora halala, sp. n.

Female.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs

grey. Primaries grey, edged with yellowish white on the

inner margin from the base to the anal angle: second-

aries grey, crossed close to the base by a pale yellow

band; the wing thickly irrorate with metallic silver scales ;

a black spot edged with yellow close to the apex; the fringe

ellow. Underside of both wings white, the primaries

clouded with brown along the outer margin. '

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso (Mus. Druce).

Ophthalmophora sardes, sp. n.

Male.— Head, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs

grey; antenne brown; the abdomen banded with white at

the base; the underside of the thorax, abdomen, and legs

white. Primaries reddish brown, clouded with darker brown ;

the costal margin from the base almost to the apex pale

yellowish white ; the costal half of the wing thickly irrorated

with white scales; the inner margin and anal angle pale

524 Mr. H. Druce on some

yellow, edged with white; three indistinct dark brown lines

cross the wing from the costal almost to the inner margin,

the first near the base, the second and third beyond the

middle; the fringe pale yellowish brown: secondaries pale

reddish brown, thickly irrorated with white scales; the costal

and outer margins pale yellow ; a submarginal metallic silver

line extends from near the apex, where it is curved round a

black spot, to the anal angle; the fringe pale yellowish

brown. Underside of both wings white, the apex of the

primaries broadly bordered with black.—The female is almost

identical with the male, but rather larger.

Expanse, ¢ 14, ¢ 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Ophthalmophora cluana, sp. n.

Ophthalmophora amabilis, Cram, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Heterocera, ii.

p- 97.

The Central-American species is distinct, and differs from

Cramer’s species in having the costal half of the primaries

brown instead of black, the spot and metallic line on the

secondaries also being in a different position.

Hab. Mexico to Panama, Chiriqui (Arcé, Mus. Druce),

Ophthalmophora geryon, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and legs white; an-

tenn, palpi, and abdomen pale brown. Primaries white,

the costal margin yellow; two very faint brown lines cross

the wing from the costal to the inner margin close to the

base; the outer margin thickly irrorate with pale brown

scales; the fringe yellow: secondaries white, thickly irrorated

with pale brown scales; the apex and outer margin yellow,

with a submarginal metallic gold line extending from the

costal margin to the anal angle; a small black dot near

the apex. Underside of both wings white, the outer margin

of the primaries black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Intaj (Mus. Druce).

Bassodes cemonia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and abdomen pale yellow;

antenne and legs brown. Primaries primrose-yellow, crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by six pale brown bands ;

the four bands nearest the base have a metallic line in the

middle, the fifth and sixth bands join at the anal angle:

ne nn maa iis eit:

”

new Species of Heterocera. 525

secondaries primrose-yellow, shading to chrome-yellow on the

outer margin and at the anal angle; two brown bands cross

the wing from the costal margin to the anal angle; two

black spots on the outer margin.—Female very similar to the

male, but paler in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 1} inch.

Hab. Jamaica (Mus. Druce).

Bapta erina, sp. n.

Female.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, ablomen, and legs

white. Primaries white; three small brown spots close to

the base; a large brown triangular-shaped spot at the end of

the cell, and a waved submarginal line clouded with brown

extending from near the apex to the anal angle: secondaries

white, with a submarginal row of small brown spots; the

marginal line of both wings black; tle underside white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Pyralida.

Subfam. Scu@yosin2.

Midila halia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenna, collar, tegule, and abdomen

dark brown, the base of the abdomen banded with red; the

underside of the thorax, abdomen, and legs greyish white.

Primaries and secondaries dull brown: primaries crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by two darker brown

lines, the first near the base, the second beyond the middle ;

the costal margin broadly bordered with reddish brown, ex-

tending across the wing as far as the median vein; a white

streak at the end of the cell: secondaries crossed about the

middle from the costal to the inner margin by a dark brown

waved line; a small dark brown spot at the end of the cell ;

the fringe of both wings dark brown. ‘The underside greyish

white, the outer margins of both wings pale brown; a black

spot on the costal margin near the ap-x and several indistinct

black spots on the secondaries.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

526 On some new Species of Heterocera,

Subfam. Crauervz.

Erupa gigantea, sp. n.

Head, palpi, antenna, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and

legs dark brown. Primaries dark reddish brown, crossed

from the apex to the inner margin near the anal angle by a

darker brown line, edged on the inner side by a few bluish-

grey scales; a whitish streak at the end of the cell and a

marginal row of minute white dots tipped with black on the

inner side extending from the apex to the anal angle:

secondaries dull brown ; the fringe of both wings brown.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus, Druce).

Erupa gyges, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax,

abdomen, and legs dark brown. Primaries dark reddish

brown, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two

bluish-grey lines, the first nearest the base, the second

beyond the middle; a black spot at the end of the cell and a

marginal row of small white dots extends from the apex to

the anal angle; the fringe dark brown: secondaries pale

yellow, with a very indistinct submarginal darker line from

the apex to the anal angle; the fringe dark yellowish brown.

Expanse 14 inch,

Hab, Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Evrupa cluaca, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdo-

men, and legs pale fawn-colour, the base of the abdomen

yellow. Primaries pale fawn-colour, darkest along the costal

margin; two brown lines cross the wing from the costal to

the inner margin, the first near the base, the second beyond

the middle; a dark brown spot at the end of the cell:

secondaries pale primrose-yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso (Mus. Druce).

Erupa rhetia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, abdo-

men, and legs dark brown, the base of the abdomen yellowish

brown. Primaries dark brown, palest at the base; a pale

brown zigzag line crosses the wing from the apex to the

a... re ee ee

On the Harvest- Mouse. 527

middle of the inner margin: secondaries blackish brown; a

paler submarginal line extends from the apex to the anal

ay, the fringe dark brown.

~xpanse 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

Subfam. Epreascurn 2.

Homura erythea, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men pale fawn-colour; the underside of the thorax and palpi

black ; the four anal segments of the abdomen blackish; the

anal tuft fawn-colour. Primaries fawn-colour, thickly irro-

rated with black scales ; a double row of fine black lines crosses

the wing from the apex to the analangle; the fringe yellowish

fawu-colour: secondaries pinkish white, clouded with brown

at the apex and partly round the outer margin.—Female very

similar to the male.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano (Mus. Druce).

LXIX.—Further Note on the Harvest-Mouse (Mus minutus,

Pallas) and its Geographical Variations. By G. E. H.

BarREtTT- HAMILTON.

To the ‘ Annals’ of April 1899 I contributed a paper entitled

“ Note on the Harvest-Mice of the Palearctic Region,” in

which I gave a list of four subspecies as being at that time

known to me after a study of the material in the British

Museum of Natural History and in my own collection.

Since that time numerous additional specimens have come”

before me, throwing much new light on the subject. ‘The

fresh material consists of one specimen obtained by the late

W. Dodson at Gageni, Roumania, thirteen from Brunswick,

North Germany, and three from Warenne, Belgium, col-

lected by Mr. J. A. Loring for the United States National

Museum, and sent over to me for determination by Mr. G.S.

Miller, Jun., the Assistant Curator of Mammals.

From a study of the above, together with the older

material, it appears that the Brunswick examples differ as

regards coloration from those of Great Britain and Roumania

in that the underside is not white, but strongly washed with

yellowish buff, while the upperside is more uniform, the

528 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

contrast between the rump and the remainder of the dorsal

region being less pronounced. Of the three Belgian speci-

mens only one is adult, but that (a female) seems to represent,

as might have been expected, a form intermediate between the

harvest-mouse of Brunswick and that of England. It has the

underside washed with yellow, but not in so marked a degree

as in the case of the Brunswick mice, while the coloration of

the upperside, being lighter and brighter, approaches in this

respect rather closely to the British form in its particular tint

of rufous. On the other hand, it agrees with the Brunswick

mice in the general uniformity of distribution of the colour.

For this subspecies a name is ready, at least provisionally, in

M. campestris, Desmarest, a name applied, properly speaking,

to the harvest-mice of Northern France. ‘These, however,

will probably prove to be identical with those of Belgium,

as, indeed, seems to be indicated by the coloured plate in

Trouessart’s ‘ Les Petits Mammiféres de la France.” It is

now obvious that the Hungarian specimens can no longer be

regarded as representatives of the subspecies typicus; the

proper name for them would seem to be MV. pratensis, Ockskay,

a name which, as I have already stated, antedates M. arundi-

naceus (Petenyi), Chyzer. It seems, then, better to restrict

the name tyyicus to Siberian specimens and to use the most

suitable German name for the harvest-mouse of Brunswick.

This appears to be M. agilis, Dehne, originally described

from Dresden.

There seems to have been at one time or another con-

siderable uncertainty as to the subspecific name properly

applicable to the British harvest-mouse. The name messo-

rius, long attributed to Shaw, appears to have been first

used by Kerr, and its date having been thus carried back to

the year 1792, it might reasonably have been assumed that

we had reached the end of changes. I regret to find, how-

ever, that a name instituted by Gilbert White, and long

overlooked, takes precedence ot even Kerr’s use of the name

messorius. ‘Lhe British form will therefore more correctly

stand as Mus minutus minimus, White, a change which

should be at all events gratifying when regarded as con-

necting the name of a British naturalist with that of a

British mammal.

According to tle specimens at my disposal, the arrange-

ment of the European and West Siberian subspecies may

stand provisionally as follows :—

/larvest-Mouse and its Geographical Variations. 529

I. Mus minutus typicus, P. 8. Pallas, Nov. Spee. pp. 96 & 3815

(1779).

Hab. Siberia.

I have seen no specimen of this form,

Il. Mus minutus agilis (J. F. A. Dehne), Hofléssnitz, p. 16

(1841).

Hab. Northern Europe (specimens seen from Brunswick).

Distinguishing characteristics. The upperside is not so red

as in M. m. minimus, but the colour is uniformly distributed,

there being no contrast between the rump and the upper

dorsal region ; the underside is strongly washed with yellow,

hence the line of demarcation between the colours of the two

surfaces is not so distinct as in W. m. minimus; the tail ex-

ceeds the combined length of the head and body; the hind

foot seems to be larger than that of JZ. m. minimus, Young

specimens have a duller and more musculus-like coloration

of the upperside, and in some cases a less richly tinted under-

side than the adults.

The dimensions of an adult female (no. 85357 *) reach (in

millimetres) :—Head and body 68; tail 76; hind foot 16;

skull 18°58. The skull of a male (no. 85365 *) reaches

18x85 millim. ‘These are the two largest of the thirteen

specimens from Brunswick ; but in all the teeth are unworn.

Ill. Mus minutus campestris, A. G. Desmarest, Mamm.,

Suppl. p. 543 (1822). Tor synonymy see Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., April 1899, p 345.

Hab. Probably Northern France, Belgium, and Central

Western Continental Europe (specimens seen from Warenne,

Belgium).

Distinguishing characteristics. As compared with JM. m.

minimus the upperside is almost or quite as red in colour,

but of more uniform arrangement, the contrast between rump

and upper dorsal region being absent; the underside is

yellower, but less so than in J/. m. agilis; the line of demar-

cation is only moderately distinct.

The dimensions appear to be similar to those of I. m. agilis,

those of an adult suckling female (no. 86000*) reaching :—

Head and body 65 millim.; tail 70; hind foot 16; skull

17x 8.

* The numbers refer to the labels of specimens in the collection of the

U.S. National Museum at Washington.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, v. 34

530 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan.

IV. Mus minutus minimus.

Mus minimus, Gilbert White, Natural History of Selborne, pp. 33, 34,

39, & 43 (1789). ;

Mus messorius, R. Kerr, Animal Kingdom, p. 230 (1792).

An account of this form has been given in my paper

already alluded to.

V. Mus minutus pratensis.

Mus pratensis, F. L. B. de Ockskay, Nov. Acta Leopold.-Carol. xy. 2,

p- 245, tab. Ixviii. (1831).

Mus arundinaceus (Petenyi), C. Chyzer, Rel. Pet. Termes-Fuzetek N.

p. 91 (1881).

Hab. Western Hungary and Roumania (specimens seen

from Czalokéz-somorja, plains of West Central Hungary,

and from Gageni, Roumania).

Distinguishing characteristics. See my previous paper.

The dimensions of a female brought home by the late

W. Dodson from Gageni, Roumania, where it was caught

in an oat-rick on April 16th, 1899, are:—Head and body

63 millim.; tail 55; hind foot 14°5; ear 9.

LXX.—On a small Collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from

Hainan, collected by the late John Whitehead. By W. F.

Krrey, F.L.S., F.E.S., &e.

[Plate XII.]

HAInAN, a large island lying off the extreme south of conti-

nental China, is quite a new locality for dragonflies; and

although the collection before me, which Mr. John T.

Thomasson has kindly presented to the Natural History

Museum, includes only fourteen species, yet, of the four

species which I have described as new, two are the types of

new genera and one of them is a remarkable form of quite

extraordinary interest. Besides these, one or two of the

other species are perhaps new, but the material obtained is

insufficient to render it advisable to describe them.

In this and future papers I propose, in the case of known

species, to quote the original reference, and my own Catalogue

of Odonata, when no alterations or additions are required,

instead of quoting the full synonymy.

The list of species is as follows :—

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan. 531

Libellulide. Agrionide.

LIBELLULIN&. AGRIONINE.

Neurothemis, Brauer. ~

E Twhe, Dru. Matrona, De Selys.

9. basilaris, De Selys.

Bayadera, De Selys.

10, sp.

Pseudophea, Kirb.

11. decorata, De Selys.

Rhinocypha, Ramb.

12. Whiteheadi, sp. n.

Trithemis, Brauer.

2. trivialts, Ramb.

Crocothemts, Brauer.

3. servilia, Dru.

Zygonidia, gz. n.

4. insignis, sp. n.

Orthetrum, Newm.

5. testaceum, Burm.

Diplacodes, Kirb.

* 6. nebulosa, Fabr. b Riana

Acisoma, Ramb. Ceriagrion, De Selys.

7. panorpoides, Ramb. 13. coromandelianum, Fabr.

Pseudolestes, g. n.

ZEshnide. 14. mirabilis, sp. un.

GoMPHIN®.

“Eshna, Fabr.

8. Thomassoni, sp. n.

1. Neurothemis Tullia.

L'bellula Tullia, Drury, ll. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. xlvi. fig. 9 (1773).

Neuvothemis Tullia, Wirh. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 8. n. 6 (1890).

Five specimens were obtained of this common East-Indian

species.

2. Trithemts (?) trivialis.

Libellula trivialis, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 115 (1842).

Trithemis trivialis, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 18 (1890); De Selys,

Ann. Mus. Genoy. xxx. p. 467 (1891).

Diplacodes trivialis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 246 (1891).

Three specimens obtained.

Dr. Karsch has pointed out that this species is not a true

Trithemis, from which it differs in having the sectors of the »

triangle distinctly separated on the hind wings. He refers

it to Diplacodes, the type of which is D. tetra, Ramb.; but

from Jiplacodes it differs in several important characters.

The triangle of the fore wings is traversed ; the subtriangular

space consists normally of 3 cells, and only exceptionally of

2, whereas in D. tetra the usual number is 2, and only

exceptionally 1 or 3; and the triangle is followed by one row

of 3 cells and then several of 2. ‘The more extensive genera of

Libelluline need a further revision ; typical Trithemis has the

triangle followed by 3 cells, increasing, and Diplacodes by 2;

and species with one row of 3 cells, followed by several of 2,

do not, strictly speaking, belong to either genus. But I do

not wish to subdivide existing genera in the present paper.

34*

532 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan.

8. Crocothemis servilia.

Libellula servilia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. xlvii. fig. 6 (1773).

Crocothemis servilia, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 21. n. 3 (1890) ; Karsch,

Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 246 (1891); McLachl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(6) xvii. p. 366 (1896).

A single specimen only.

As Dr. Karsch remarks, this species might easily be mis-

taken for Orthetrum testaceum, Burm., but that the last

antenodal cross-nervure on the fore wings is not continuous.

ZYGONIDIA, gen. nov.

Frontal tubercle broad, not bifid; abdomen moderately

long and slender, with a strong transverse carina on the third

segment and a slighter one on the second, and a strong dorsal

carina commencing on the third segment; segment 2 shorter

than broad, 3 one and a half times as long as broad, 4-8

more than twice as long as broad, 9 a little longer than broad,

10 half as longas broad. Appendages of the second segment

rather small; anal appendages slender and about as long as

the ninth segment; lower appendage scarcely shorter than

the others. Eyes large, connected for a moderately long

space, and slightly expanded behind. Legs rather long;

claws bifid; femora and tibie very finely serrated on the

upper carine ; femora beneath with numerous small teeth,

mostly directed towards the knee, and with a few very long

fine bristles towards the extremity ; tibie set with long fine

hairs or bristles beneath.

Wings rather long and pointed, moderately broad; ptero-

stigma rather short; fore wings with 16-19 antenodal and

10-11 postnodal nervures, the last antenodal normally

continuous; nodal sector waved, sectors of the arculus

stalked, rising at two thirds of its length; lower basal cell

long and narrow, with a second cross-nervure towards the

extremity; triangle rather small, traversed by one nervure,

and followed by three rows of cells, increasing ; lower sector

of the triangle separated from the upper, and rising distinctly

velow the apex of the triangle, from which the upper sector

rises ; subtriangular space consisting of 3 cells; no supra-.

triangular nervures. Triangle of the fore wings often rising

distinctly beyond the level of that of the hind wings, which is

traversed by a nervure, and extends nearer the base than the

level of the arculus; no supratriangular nervures, one cross-

nervure only in the lower basal cell of the hind wings ; sectors

—

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan. 533

of the triangle narrowly separated at the base. Lind wings

broader than the fore wings, with the anal angle rounded ;

membranule rather small.

Agrees with Zygonyx, Hagen, in many of its characters,

but sufficiently distinct by the last antenodal cross-nervure

of the fore wings being continuous (it is discontinuous on

one side in one specimen), the longer pterostigma, the tri-

angle of the hind wings being only followed by two rows of

cells and its sectors almost united; the large number of cross-

nervures, &c.

From Protorthemis, Kirb., to which it is also allied, it

differs in its bifid claws, longer and slenderer abdomen,

and in the form of the triangle of the hind wings.

The genera allied to Zygonyzx are so little known and the

synonymy is so confused that I find it necessary to disentangle

it, as far as the imperfect materials at my disposal at present

will permit. My results will be found in a supplementary

paper (infra, p. 539).

4. Zygonidia insignis, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

Long. corp. 53-56 millim. ; exp. al. 105-108 millim. ; lat.

al. ant. 11 millim. ; long. pter. 44-5 millim. ; lat. al. post.

12 millim.

Male.—Head rich purple above, the frons narrowly

bordered below with yellow, expanding into a large yellow

spot on each side; nasus black, the sides and a small mark

in the middle in front yellowish ; rhinarium yellow; lower

mouth-parts black, with the base of the mandibles and the

sides of the mentum broadly yellow; back of head black,

slightly spotted with yellow on the sides.

Thorax and abdomen black above; 3 yellow interalary

spots, the first irregular, between the hinder part of the bases

of the fore wings, the second longitudinal, and the third.

transverse, between the bases of the hind wings. Abdomen

with the lateral carine (except that on the third segment),

the longitudinal carina as far as the seventh segment, and the

sutures to the end of the third segment narrowly marked with

yellow; there is also a slight transverse yellow mark at the

end of the fourth segment and others on the sides at the end

of the fifth and sixth segments. Pectus and pleura reddish

testaceous, the pleura with two large coppery-green spots,

the hindermost greenest. Legs black, cox testaceous. First

three segments of the abdomen beneath and on the lower part

of the sides mostly testaceous, interrupted with black behind

the segments and along the lateral carine; there is also a

534 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan.

double longitudinal testaceous median line as far as the

seventh segment.

Wings hyaline, with aslight yellowish tinge, and of nearly

equal length; pterostigma narrow, black, covering about

three cells, and near the apex of the wing, which is clouded

with smoky yellow beyond, the arculus rising at or very near

the second antenodal cross-nervure. Wings nearly parallel

to the level of the pterostigma, but the fore wings slightly

expanding to the broadest point.

Two specimens only obtained.

5. Orthetrum testaceum.

Libellula testacea, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 859. n. 64 (1889).

Orthetrum testaceum, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 39. n. 47 (1890) ;

Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 246 (1891).

One specimen only.

This species appears to be pre-eminently insular in its

tastes. ‘There are specimens in the Natural History Museum

from Penang, Dindings, Formosa, Philippines, Java, Borneo,

and Celebes.

6. Diplacodes (?) nebulosa.

Inbellula nebulosa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 879. n. 27 (1798).

Diplacodes nebulosa, Kirb. Cat. Neur, Odon. p. 42. n. 1 (1890) ; Karsch,

Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiii. p. 872 (1890).

A pair (¢ 2) of this species, which, besides being Asiatic

and not African, differs in several minor particulars from the

type of the genus.

7. Acisoma panorpordes.

Lihellula panorpoides, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 28, pl. ii. fig. 2 6 (1842).

Acisoma panorpoides, Kirb. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 809 (1889) ;

Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 43. n. 1 (1890).

One specimen only.

‘There are specimens in the Natural History Museum from

China, India, Ceylon, Singapore, and Lombok.

8. Aishna Thomassont, sp. n.

Exp. al. 74 millim.

Male.—Head black; a green band between the eyes on

the occiput and another in front of the ocelli; a large yellow

spot at the base of the mandibles. Pronotum black, with

two small green contiguous spots in the middle. Mesonotum

velvety black; a broad green band, connected in front, on

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan, 535

each side, the space between brownish black, bordered with

reddish, and bisected by the median carina, which is green in

front. Mesopleura black, with a broad central green band ;

metapleura and sides of the first two segments of the abdomen

almost entirely green ; pectus yellow and black; legs black,

with a green streak on the underside of the front femora.

Peaeitodinal alary spaces mostly green, and green dots at the

base of the wings. Abdomen with a triangular green spot

in the middle of the first segment, an oval yellow one on the

second, an incomplete yellow median stripe on the third; a

bifid spot at the base of the fourth and fifth; the remaining

segments wanting. (The yellow markings may be green

during life.) Earlets large, yellow.

on,

“

yun

Wings hyaline, with brown nervures ; pterostigma covering

about six cells; fore wings with 17 antenodal and 12-13

postnodal nervures ; anal triangle of the hind wings composed

of four cells, the fourth small, quadrate, on the middle of its

inner edge, which is angulated inwards a little below it.

Membranule of hind wings very small, linear, whitish.

A single imperfect specimen.

Somewhat resembles 42. Pryert, De Selys, but abundantly

distinct.

536 Mr. W. FE. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan.

9. Matrona basilaris.

Matrona basilaris, Selys, Syn. Cat. p. 17 (1853); Kirb. Cat. Neur.

Odon. p. 100. n. 1 (1890).

Four specimens, three males and one female.

This species was formerly represented in the Natural

History Museum by MM. nigripectus, De Selys.

10. Bayadera, sp.

A single specimen of a very distinct species, with lateral

greenish stripes on the thorax, and stained with smoky yellow

towards the base, and broadly along the costa of all the wings

nearly to the pterostigma. The tips of the wings are also

infuscated nearly to the level of the base of the ptero-

stigma. Unfortunately both the thorax and abdomen are so

much damaged that it is not desirable to describe the species

from so defective a specimen, especially as it is not impro-

bably immature.

11. Pseudophea decorata (?). (Pl. XII. fig. 2.)

Euphea decorata, De Selys, Syn. Cat. p. 51 (1853).

Pseudophea decorata, Kirb, Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 109, n. 6 (1890).

A male specimen considerably larger than the dimensions

given by De Selys, and with the brown band of the hind

wing extending basally as far as the nodus, and in the middle

of the wing further than this point. It may be a distinct

species, but in the absence of a typical specimen of P. decorata

to compare, it would not be advisable to describe it from a

single specimen.

12. Rhinocypha Whiteheadi, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 4.)

Long. corp. 27 millim.; exp. al. 47 millim.

Male.—Black ; vertex between the eyes with a transverse

row of four blue spots ; pronotum lilac above, with transverse

black carine and two blue spots on each side; mesonotum

with a lilac triangular spot in the middle at the base and a

blue dash on each side; at the extremity is a blue spot on

each side; mesopleura blue, nearly divided in two by a black

space from behind, and projecting a short streak in front ;

metapleura blue, the suture between broad behind ; interalary

space spotted with blue, with a white spot between each

pair of wings, and a white curve on each side of the front

spot ; legs white beneath ; abdomen with the first segment

blue on the sides and narrowly behind, second and third

Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan. 537

segments blue on the sides, and also above, except the black

central carina and the hinder part of segment 3; the following

segments with terminal blue lateral spots, only distinct on

the third, seventh, and eighth segments. Fore wings

hyaline, blackish in the costal area from the fifth postnodal

cross-nervure, and from about half the distance between the

nodus and the black pterostigma the apical portion of the

wing is purple to the tip, but leaving the inner margin below

the purple portion dusky and shot with iridescent blue.

Hind wings purple from the second postnodal cross-nervure

to the tip; the inner marginal area, however, is only dusky

from half the distance from the quadrilateral to the purple

part of the wing, and as far below the latter. The purple

part of the wing is crossed by two rows of long iridescent

subhyaline spots: the outer row consists of a broad upper

one, a narrow middle one, and a broad lower one, divided by

two longitudinal nervures ; the inner row consists of three

long subhyaline iridescent spots, the middle broadest, but

with its upper half shorter than the lower; besides these, a

similar long iridescent subhyaline spot projects inwards into

the hyaline part of the wing from the middle of the purple

part.

Two specimens ; one immature, in which the purple part

of the wing is much paler, the blue spots on the head and

abdomen are wanting, and the pterostigma is pale in the

outer half.

Belongs to the group of R. perforata, Perch.

13. Certagrion coromandelianum (?).

Agrion coromandelianum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 287 (1798).

Ceriagrion coromandelianum, De Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xlii. p. 528

(1876).

Agrion cerinum, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 279 (1842).

A single male specimen, agreeing with C. melanurum,

De Selys, in size and in having 13 postnodal cross-nervures,

but differing in the uniform colour of the abdomen and in the

wings being petiolated as far as the basal postcostal nervure,

in which characters it agrees with C. coromandelianum,

PSEUDOLESTES, gen. nov.

Wings petiolated marly as far as the basal postcostal

nervure, which is placed nearly halfway between the level of

the two antenodal cross-nervures, or nearer the second ;

second antenodal cross-nervure almost corresponding with the

arculus, the sectors of which rise close together above the

538 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Odonata from Hainan.

middle ; arculus angulated where the lower sector rises, the

median and subnodal sectors rising a little beyond the arculus,

as in Lestes. Quadrilateral very long, especially on the hind

wings, a little narrower above than below. Pterostigma

long and thick, covering from two to four cells, acutely angu-

lated inwards on its lower side. Lower sector of the quadri-

lateral long, slightly undulated on the fore wings. Nodal

sector rising between the third and fifth postnodal cross-

nervure, and the ultranodal sector at the level of about the

eighth and ninth, above and below which, and also above

and below the subnodal sector, are two shorter intercalated

sectors, increasing in length as they approach the median

sector. On the hind wings there are only three pairs of

intercalated sectors, placed below the ultranodal sector, the

subnodal sector, and the lower sector of the arculus respec-

tively. ‘The fore wings are rather long and narrow, and the

hind wings are one third shorter, rather broader, and coloured.

Front moderately prominent, rounded. ‘Terminal appendages

in male destroyed (probably hooked), in female straight,

pointed, longer than the tenth segment; lower appendage

stout, terminating in a strong obliquely raised pointed tooth,

below which are a pair of short filitorm appendages.

This is the most remarkable form in the collection, and

stands about midway between three distinct subfamilies. It

has the colour and general shape of Pseudophea decorata,

De Selys, which was received with it; the quadrilateral and

pterostigma of Podopteryx; and the median and _ subnodal

sectors of Lestes, from which it differs, however, in none of

the sectors being visibly undulated, except the lower sector of

the arculus on the fore wings. It should certainly form the

type of a new subfamily.

14. Pseudolestes mirabilis, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.)

Long. corp. 35-37 millim.; exp. al. ant. 56-60 millim. ;

bia al. post. 42-45 millim.

ead black; ocelli yellow, in an equilateral triangle on

the vertex ; in some males a pale greenish-blue spot on each

side of the inner orbits opposite the frontal ocellus and a

transverse band in front of it, and all the rest of the face

above of the same colour. Antenne with the basal joint

short and thick, the second much longer but of equal thick-

ness, the flagellum hair-like, longer than the two other joints

together. Body bronzed; pronotum rather large, with a

testaceous lateral band, partly continued on the mesonotum ;

mesopleura with three testaceous stripes, the upper one linear,

On the Species which have been included in Zygonyx. 539

the two lower ones broader and subcontiguous, the middle

one interrupted. Legs black, with the femora inclining to

rufous; bristles long and slender, not very numerous. Fore

wings hyaline, with black pterostigma and nervures and with

18-21 postnodal cross-nervures. Male with the hind wings

smoky brown towards the base and along the costa and the

outer two fifths darker brown; on the middle third of the

inner margin is a large orange space, extending nearly to the

costa, and the tip of the wing is of the same colour. On the

underside the large orange blotch and most of the space

between this and the tip is clothed with silvery-white scales,

the portions of the wing not thus covered being black, with a

strong green and coppery iridescence. In the female the

hind wings are hyaline yellow, with a broad black subapical

band, with a strong green and coppery iridescence both

above and below.

Described from six specimens, three of each sex.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig.1. Zygonidia insignis, gen. & sp. n., p. 555.

Fig. 2. Pseudophea decorata (?), De Selys, p. 536.

Fig. 3. Pseudolestes mirabilis, gen. & sp. n., p. 538.

Fig. 4. Rhinocypha Whiteheadi, sp. n., p. 536.

LXXI.—On the Species which have heen included in Zygonyx,

Hagen and De Selys. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L.S., F.E.S.,

&e.

I now take the opportunity of publishing the notes referred

to in the preceding paper.

Genus ZyGoNyx, Hagen and De Selys.

(1) Hagen, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. p. 62 (1867).

(2) Brauer, op. cit. xviii. p. 3870 (1868).

(3) Id. op. cit. p. 742 (1868).

(4) De Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 96 (1869).

(5) Id, Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) iii. p. 274 (1869).

(6) Id. Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xxxi. p, 520 (1871).

(7) Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiii, p. 281 (1890).

(8) De Selys, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxv. p. eexxvii (1891).

(9) Calvert, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1899, p. 245.

Hagen and Brauer (1-3) briefly notice this MS. genus of

De Selys as belonging to the Corduliide and as including

540 Mr. W. F. Kirby on the Species which have

two species, Z. irs and Z. ida, with the triangle traversed

and the hind wings rounded in the male.

De Selys (4, 5) then described a new species from the

Seychelles under the name of Zygonyx luctifera, differing

from typical Zygonyx in having only one cross-nervure in

the lower basal cells of all the wings and the last antenodal

cross-nervure of the fore wings discontinuous. He says that

ida is the type of Zygonya#, but that Brauer has made iris

the type, which differs in having the triangles traversed (but

this character having been insisted on from the first, excludes

ida as a possible type, and De Selys’ arbitrary alteration

cannot be admitted). De Selys (6) incidentally mentions

Zygonyx as belonging to the Libellulide.

Karsch (7) discriminates between Zygonya and his new

Schizonyx; but though he mentions ¢da as the type of the

former, the characters given apply only to iris, and ida

possesses almost every character assigned by Karsch to

Schizonyx.

(8) De Selys, for the first time, fully describes Z. ida and

Z. tris.

(9) Calvert compares Zygonya with various allied genera.

According to the description, Zygonyz (iris) differs from

Zygonidia in a variety of characters, some of which I have

already pointed out. It is also probably a shorter-winged

insect.

Zygonyx iris, Hagen and De Selys.

Hagen (1) ; Brauer (2, 3); De Selys (4, 5, 8).

|| Zygonya ida, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiii. p. 281 (1890).

Hab. Bengal.

Not in the collection of the Natural History Museum, nor

does Prof. Calvert appear to have seen a specimen.

Genus ZYGONIDIA, Kirb.

Zygomdia, Kirb. (antea, p. 532).

Zygonidia insignis, Kirb. (antea, p. 533).

Hab. Hainan.

I refer to my previous remarks for all particulars relating

to this genus.

been included in Zygonyx, Hagen and De Selys. 541

Genus NEUROCENA, nov.

Fore wings with the last antenodal cross-nervure discon-

tinuous ; nodus much nearer the tip of the wing than the

base; two cross-nervures in lower basal cell; nodal and

subnodal sectors hardly curved, but much arched at the

extremity, as are also the sectors of the arculus, which are

stalked ; triangle small, empty, followed by two rows of cells,

increasing ; subtriangular space consisting of 2 cells (some-

times 3, according to De Selys). Hind wings with the

triangle empty, and the sectors of the triangle widely sepa-

rated ; only one cross-nervure in the lower basal cell.

Neurocena ida, Hagen and De Selys.

Zygonyx ida, Hagen (1); Brauer (2, 3); De Selys (4, 5, 8); Karsch,

Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 203 (1895).

Pseudomacromia luxuriosa, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, xxxviii. p. 21

(1893).

Hab. Java, Malacca.

There is only one specimen at present in the Natural

History Museum, from Malacca. I have therefore only charac-

terized the genus briefly, referring to De Selys (8) for further

details.

Genus Scuizonyx, Karsch.

Schizonyx, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiii. p. 281 (1890); De Selys,

C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxv. p. cexxvi.

Schizopyga (err. impr.), Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon, p, 184 (1890).

Sufficiently distinct from the other genera by having only

one cross-nervure in the lower basal cell of all the wings.

Schizonyx luctifera, De Selys.

Zygonyx (?) luctifera, De Selys, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p, 96 (1869) ;

Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) ili. p. 273 (1869).

Schizonyx luctifera, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiii. p. 281 (1890) ;

De Selys, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxv. p. cexxvii (1835); Calvert,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xix. p. 163 (1892); Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xviii. p. 122 (1896); Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1899, p. 245.

Hab. Seychelles.

Not in the collection of the Natural History Museum.

I add a short description of another new genus, which,

though it has not bifid claws, has a great general resemblance

to Zygonidia.

542 Dr. E. Linnberg on the

CRATILLA, gen. nov.

Frontal tubercle bifid; claws dentated before the extremity ;

abdomen rather slender, shorter than the wings, rather long

and narrow, only one cross-nervure in the lower basal cell ;

no supratriangular nervures ; all the triangles traversed by

one nervure: fore wings with the last antenodal cross-nervure

continuous; triangle rather short and broad, followed by

three rows of cells, increasing ; subtriangular space consisting

of 3 or 4 cells: hind wings with the triangle followed by a

row of 2 (or the first row of 3) cells, increasing ; its base

corresponding with the arculus; sectors of the triangle united

at the base.

Cratilla metallica, Brauer.

Orthemis metallica, Brauer, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wien, lxvii. p. 199 (1878).

Protorthemis metallica, Kirb. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 290 (1878).

Hab. Singapore, Mount Ophir, Sarawak, Sumatra, Palawan.

Differs from Protorthemis by the more slender body and

the want of supratriangular nervures; from Zygonidia by

the dentated claws and the single nervure in the lower basal

cell of the fore wings; and from Nesoxenia (to which, if IL

recollect rightly, some recent authors have referred it) by the

traversed triangle of the hind wings, with its base corre-

sponding to the arculus, the single nervure in the triangle of

the fore wings, and the coarse reticulation, &c.

LXXII.— Note on the Individual Variation of the Common

Fledgehog (Erinaceus europeus, Linn.). By Dr, EINAR

LONNBERG.

In the ‘Annals’ for April last is a paper by Mr. G. E. H.

Barrett-Hamilton, entitled “‘ Note on the Common Hedge-

hog (Hrinaceus europeus, Linneus) and its Subspecies or

Local Variations.”” ‘The first two “ subspecies’ (of ten) are

named “Lrinaceus europeus occidentalis”’ and “LE. e. typicus.”

‘The characteristics by which these forms are said to be distin-

guished from each other are, to judge from the diagnoses, rather

slight. Concerning “ #. e. typicus” Mr. Barrett-Hamilton

says, under the head “ distinguishing characteristics”? :—

Individual Variation of the Common Hedgehog. — 543

“Tn size and colour similar to Z. e. occidentalis, but the skull

may be distinguished by the frontal processes of the pre-

maxille, which, although extending backward half the length

of the nasals, end in a sharply defined point.” In “ £. e. ocet-

dentalis” the same processes are stated to be provided “ with

a blunt or nearly square posterior termination, and seldom

showing a sharply defined point or angle.” The difference

is consequently of little importance; but as the “ type

locality ” of “HE. e. typicus” is given as “ Upsala,

Sweden,’’ I felt interested, and considered it the duty of an

Upsala zoologist to examine the skulls of hedgehogs from the

nearest vicinity of Upsala. I found then at once that the

processes in question are subject to so much variation, that

it is impossible to use them for the distinction of even local

varieties ; subspecific value cannot on any account be attri-

buted to them. ‘The differences are merely individual, as

may be seen from the accompanying three figures. Fig. a,

Figures of front part of three skulls of Erinaceus europeus, Linn.,

from the vicinity of Upsala, Sweden.

drawn, as are also the others, with the help of a camera

lucida, of the natural size, is taken from the skull of an animal

caught in the parish just outside the town of Upsala, but

should, I suppose, be regarded as belonging to the ‘ sub-

species ” “ occidentalis.” Fig. c, from the same neighbour-

hood, is a “ typicus,”’ and fig. 6 intermediate. The series

544 Geological Society.

could be made still more continuous, and there are also other

skulls with these processes double-pointed, and so on, which

may be mentioned as proving the variation of this bone ;

but I think this is enough.

I do not wish to add any disparaging remarks; but I must

say that it seems really better not to burden the already

copious nomenclature with new names of subspecies established

on such trifling characteristics.

Upsala,

May 3, 1900.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 6th, 1899.—W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Occurrence in British Carboniferous Rocks of the

Devonian Genus Paleoneilo, with a Description of a New Species.’

By Dr. Wheelton Hind, B.S., F.R.C.S., F.G.S.

The family Nuculide is represented in Carboniferous rocks by

the genera Nucula, Nuculana, and Ctenodonta, and to these must

now be added Palewoneilo, which the author describes from two fine

specimens in the Museum of Practical Geology, from Carboniferous

Shale (Yoredale Shale) south of Hammerton Hall, Slaidburn,

Yorkshire. It is remarkable that a genus so well developed in

Devonian times should be found at the top of the Carboniferous

Limestone Series, but not in intermediate beds. Hall’s diagnosis

of the genus is given, with additional remarks, and a new species

is described and contrasted with Ctenodonta (Paleoneilo) lirata,

Phil., from the Devonian of Baggy.

January 24th, 1900.—W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘Fossils in the University Museum, Oxford: II.—On Two

New Genera and Species of Crinoidea.’ By W. J. Sollas, M.A.,

D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.G.S., Professor of Geology in the University

of Oxford.

The first genus and species are founded on two calyces in the

Geological Socilety. BAD

University Collection and three in the British Museum; all the

specimens come from the Carboniferous Limestone. The arms and

stem are at present unknown. ‘The genus in general character anid

structure recalls Platycrinus, but the incorporation of the costal

and distichal plates in the calyx affords a very obvious distinction,

The analysis of the calyx, however, suggests the Melocrinidwe, from

the members of which it is chiefly distinguished by the comparatively

small size of the costal and distichal plates. The new genus is a

truly annectant form uniting the Melocrinide and the Platycrinide,

and may be indifferently associated with either.

The second genus and species are founded on a specimen in the

Grindrod Collection, obtained probably from the Silurian rocks, but

from a locality not known, possibly Dudley. In general appearance

it resembles an elongated form of Pisocrinus, particularly in its

calyx, but the arms are those of a Heterocrinid. This conjunction

of characters, though rendering necessary a revision of the definition

of the Pisocrinide, cannot be regarded as bringing this family

appreciably nearer to the Heterocrinidi, which are fistulate, while

the Pisocrinid, so far as known, are not.

2. ‘Fossils in the University Museum, Oxford: III.—A New

Worm-track from the Slates of Bray Head, Ireland, with Observa-

tions on the genus Oldhamia. By W.J.Sollas, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D.,

F.R.S., V.P.G.S., Professor of Geology in the University of Oxford.

The curious markings known as Oldhamia have not been hitherto

recorded from other than the Lower Palwozoic rocks, although they

have a wide distribution in space, being found in Ireland, in the

Ardennes, in Brabant, in America, and possibly in Norway. While

the organic nature of Ol/hamia was scarcely a matter of doubt in

the minds of the earlier writers, there existed a great diversity of

opinion as to its place in the organic world, and it was placed

by different observers among polyzoa, hydrozoa, and plants, respec-

tively. The microscopical observations made by the Author prove

that Oldhumia is not the remains of an organism, but merely a

marking in the rock, though one which might be, nevertheless, of

organic origin. Certain markings formed in the mud at Portishead,

by the feeding-habits of a small burrowing crustacean, bear a con-

siderable resemblance to specimens of Oldhamia; but a stronger

resemblance to the new species described in this paper is found in

Nathorst’s figures of the impressions made by one of the two recent

worms Glycera alba or Gonidia maculata. Prof. Joly’s observation

that markings of Oldhamia antiqua always occur in relief, while

those of O. radiata are depressions, might suggest that while one

set of markings was produced by the animal when feeding, the other

was connected with its castings of excrementitious matter. This

explanation is open, however, to several objections, and the Author

is inclined to believe that these species of Oldhamia are the traces

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 35

546 Miscellaneous.

of some kind of siphonaceous alga: the cavities left by their decay

were subsequently filled in by sediment under pressure. If the upper

surface of O. antiqua were more resistant than the lower, this might

account for its preservation in relief. The microscopical examination

of slate containing Oldhamia affords evidence of original and secon-

dary structures which has an important bearing on this question.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Golianthinus (Sphyrorrhina) Wiset.

By E. A. Heava, M.D., F.LS.

Sixcr publishing a description of the above, from East Africa

(ante. p. 397), 1 have come across a description and figure of a

beetle described by Dr. Kraatz from the other side of the continent,

and named by him Fornasinius Hausert. This is the nearest ally

to my species in form, structure, and markings, from which, how-

ever, G. Wisei differs by having three sharp outer spines on the front

tibie ; the terminal spines in Dr. Kraatz’s specimen are very blunt,

semitruncate; the first segment of the front tarsus is nearly twice

as long as in my species. The markings on the thorax also are

quite different ; beside the three centre lines, which are somewhat

similar in both species, Dr. Kraatz’s species has a lateral line

reaching from the anterior border to the middle of the thorax, and

a line on both outer borders of the thorax from the base of the

head, where it joins the last-mentioned short lines, to the shoulder

of the elytra ; my species is quite devoid of these short lines and the

marginal lines ; in mine the horn is much thicker than in Dr. Kraatz’s

species.

I have used the older name of Golianthinus as a generic name, as

it more clearly indicates the group to which it belongs.

Two mistakes occurred in my description: for Golianthus read

Golianthinus, and in the last line of the description instead of

“femora” read “ tibia.”

May 14th, 1900,

On the Skeleton of the Snout and Os caruncule of the Mammary

Fetus of Monotremes. By Prof. J. T. Witsoy, M.B., Ch.M.

For the research three specimens were utilized: one was the

foetal Ornithorhynchus, whose external characters were described by

the writer in a previous paper before the Society; another was a

Miscellaneous. 5AT

more advanced specimen of Ornithorhynchus ; whilst the third was an

Echidna of about the same stage as the earlier of Professor W. N.

Parker’s specimens. All the stages were more advanced than those

of Echidna lately investigated by Seydel. Wax-plate reconstructions

of the anterior snout region were exhibited, together with serial

photographs of the younger Ornithorhynchus,

The following features are revealed and illustrated by the

models :—(1) The complete continuity of the nasal floor cartilage

and the extensive marginal cartilage of the upper lip, which in

the adult are separated by the premaxille. (2) As a result of this

continuity the premaxille arise each as two entirely distinct bony

splints on the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the cartilaginous plate

aforesaid. (3) The great forward expansion of the so-called rostral

cartilage of the Ornithorhynchus is seen to be due to the forward

growth of two bilateral alar expansions of the same cartilage, which

tend to meet in front after enclosing a deep notch corresponding to

the hiatus described by Broom in the rostral cartilage of the adult.

(4) The ventral lamelle of the premaxillw are provided with true

palatine processes directed backwards paramesially. In the older of

the two stages of Ornithorhynchus there exists, quite independently

of the palatine process, and separated from it by a considerable

interval, a separate ossification for the dumbbell-shaped bone, which

is thus proved to be a perfectly distinct element—a true anterior

vomer. (5) Anteriorly, the ventral premaxillary splints turn up

dorsally in front of the anterior extremity of the snout in both

Ornithorhynchus specimens, in the form of rather attenuated

trabecule, lodged in the notch between the alar expansions of the

rostral cartilage. Above this plane they fuse and are continued

dorsally into a remarkable osseous mass which forms a definite

skeletal foundation for the caruncle, and may therefore be named

the os caruncule. This is at its maximum development in the

younger stage of Ornithorhynchus, and is undergoing resorption in

the older ; whilst in the Echidna model it is only represented by a

small nodule of bone which has lost all connexion with the pre-

maxille. From Seydel’s figures of earlier stages it is evident that

the Echidna condition is originally identical with that of Ornitho-

rhynchus, though it would appear to exist in a less exaggerated

form. (6) The cartilaginous septum of both Monotremes exhibits

an oval ‘“‘internasal fenestra” immediately behind its anterior

termination at the prerostral notch. A similar fenestra, according

to W. K. Parker, is ‘‘a common feature in low Eutheria.”—Linn.

Soc. of New South Wales, Abstract of Proceedings, March 28, 1900,

pp. ili-iv.

INDEX to VOL.. VY,

ACANTHODICA, new species of, 518.

Adoxophyes, new species of, 482.

Egosoma, new species of, 347,

ZBshna, new species of, 534.

Agenia, new species of, 19.

Alamis, new species of, 520.

Amblycephalus, new species of, 307.

Amblyscelis, new species of, 88.

Ammophila, new species of, 67. _

Amphipoda, revision of the British,

126, 196, 826.

Ampulex, new species of, 37.

Ancylopus, new species of, 93.

Andrena, new species of, 401.

Anonyx nugax, observations on, 209.

Anthidium, new species of, 411.

Anthocomus, new species of, 78.

Anthophora, new species of, 407,

Apalochrus, new species of, 79.

Apatelodes, new species of, 510.

Aphlebia, new species of, 278.

Apotrogia, characters of the new

genus, 281,

Apus, note on the generic name,

480.

Arachnida, new, 294, 469.

Araducta, new species of, 427.

Arbela, new species of, 513.

Arbostola, new species of, 519.

Archips, new species of, 378.

Arthropoda, on the spiral growth of

appendages in course of regenera-

tion in, 314.

Ascopharynx, definition of the new

generic name, 223,

Astathes, new species of, 353.

Attalus, new species of, 77. :

Aulolepis typus, on a new specimen

of, from the English Chalk, 324.

Rapta, new species of, 525.

Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on Pu-

torius nivalis and some of its sub-

species, 41 ; on the common hedge-

hog and its subspecies or local

variations, 860; on the harvest-

mouse and its geographical varia-

tions, 527.

Bassodes, new species of, 524.

Bees, on the formation of the cells

of, 121, 320.

Belemnia, new species of, 508.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on the generic name

Apus, 480.

Bingham, Col. C. T., on a new genus

and species of bulbul and an appa-

rently new species of Cyornis, 357.

Birds, new, 357.

Blattide, on African, 277.

Blossia, new species of, 301.

Bonhote, J. L., on squirrels of the

Sciurus MacClellandi group, 50;

on squirrels of the Ratufa bicolor

group, 490.

Books, new :—Aurivillius’s Rhopa-

locera Aithiopica, 154; Pagen-

stecher’s Die Lepidopterenfauna

des Bismarck-Archipels, 154, 478 ;

von Wattenwyl’s Orthopteren des

Malayischen Archipels, 154; Hud-

son’s New Zealand Moths and

Butterflies, 155; Holland’s The

Butterfly Book, 157; Matschie’s

Die Fledermiiuse des Berliner

Museums fiir Naturkunde, erste

Lieferung, 239; Willey’s Zoologi-

cal Results, pt. 3, 317; Kirk’s

Students’ Flora of New Zealand,

399.

Bordage, E., on the absence of re-

generation in the posterior limbs

of the Orthoptera saltatoria, 234 ;

on the regeneration of the tarsus

and of the two anterior pairs of

limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria,

237 ; on the spiral growth of ap-

pendages in course of regeneration

in Arthropoda, 314 ; on the special

protection of appendages in process

of regeneration among insects,

501.

INDEX,

Boulenger, G. A., on two new Atheri-

noid fishes, 54; on three new

Siluroid tishes, 165; on new rep-

tiles from Perak, 306.

Brachycoris, new species of, 420.

Brachyglene, new species of, 510,

Brachygonia, characters of the new

genus, 464.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on butterflies from

Nyasaland, 59; on the species of

Cyaniris, 441.

Cenolarra, characters of the new

genus, 28.

Cameron, P., on new genera and

species of aculeate Ilymenoptera,

Aa.

Canis, new species of, 148.

Capnodes, new species of, 520,

Cephalotes, new species of, 216,

Cerasophila, characters of the new

genus, 558.

Ceroma, new species of, 305.

Ceropales, new species of, 20.

Ceroplastes africanus, note on, 158.

Cerura, new species of, 517.

Cervus, new species of, 195.

Chactas, new species of, 471.

Chapman, F., on the hexagonal

structure formed in cooling bees-

wax, 320,

Charopus, new species of, 75.

Chilton, Dr. C., on a new species of

Cyproidia, 241.

Chirostoma, new species of, 54.

Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A., on the

names Scriptotricha and Para-

cantha, 400; on bees from New

Mexico, 401.

Coleoptera, new, 71, 224, 246, 308,

310, 347, 397, 503.

Collosamia promethia, on the mating

instinct in, 183.

Conepatus, new species of, 217, 499.

Conus, new species of, 441.

Corizoneura, new species of, 110.

Corynetes, new species of, 75.

Cratilla, characters of the new

genus, 542.

Cratolarra, characters of the new

genus, 34,

Crinodes, new species of, 516.

Crustacea, on arctic, 1; new, 135,

197, 245, 328.

Cryptaspasma, characters of the new

genus, 462,

Cyaniris, new species of, 445,

Cyclocaris, new species of, 197.

549

Cyornis, new species of, 359.

Cyproidia, new species of, 24.

Dawson, C., on the hexagonal struc-

ture naturally formed in cooling

beeswax, 121.

Deltodus, new species of, 419.

Derocalymma, new species of, 291.

Deropeltis, new species of, 284.

Dianthidium, characters of the new

subgenus, 412.

Diatomineura, new species of, 119,

179.

Dicelosternus, characters of the new

genus, 308,

Dinometopus, characters of the new

genus, 76,

Diptera, new, 102, 174.

Distant, W. L., revision of the Pen-

tatominie, 386, 420.

Distira, new species of, 307.

Dolichopsis, new species of, 74.

Doloploca, new species of, 462.

Druce, H., on new genera and species

of Heterocera, 507,

Echidna, on the anatomy of the foetus

of, 546.

Kel, on an extinct, from the English

Chalk, 321.

Elliptoblatta, new species of, 288.

Epagoge, new species of, 484.

Epierus, new species of, 25].

Erephrosis, new species of, 116, 176.

Frinaceus europzeus, on, and its sub-

species, 860, 542.

Erupa, new species of, 526.

Eucereon, new species of, 507.

Kucyane, new species of, 509.

Eupagurus pubescens, note on, 4.

Euphanerops, characters of the new

genus, 418.

Eustegasta peecila, note on, 286.

Kuthria, new species of, 441.

Fishes, new, 54, 165, 321, 416, 419,

Gahan, C. J., on a new genus and

species of Longicorn Coleoptera,

308; on Longicorn Coleoptera

from the island of Hainan, 347.

Galictis barbara, on the geographical

races of, 145,

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 479, 544.

Glomeris, on the lateral cephalic

organs of, 159.

Gluviopsis, new species of, 303.

Golianthinus, new species of, 397,546,

Gorham, Rey. I. S., on new African

Coleoptera, 71.

550

Green, E. E., on Ceroplastes afri-

canus, 158.

Gregory, Dr. J. W., on the geology

and fossil corals and echinids of

Somaliland, 479.

Gude, G. K., on a new species of

Plectopylis from Tonkin, 3138,

Hadruroides, new species of, 475.

Harpinia, new species of, 338.

Hasodima, new species of, 521.

Heath, Dr. E. A., on a new Cetoniid

beetle from East Africa, 397, 546.

Hedybius, new species of, 81.

Heterocampa, new species of, 515.

Heteroptera, new, 386, 420.

Hind, Dr. W., on the occurrence of

the genus Paleoneilo in British

carboniferous rocks, 544.

Hinde, Dr. G. J., on calcisponges

from the eocene tertiary strata of

Victoria, 479.

Hister, new species of, 230, 246,

Histeride, new, 224, 246.

Homura, new species of, 527.

Hose, C., on a new flying-squirrel

from Borneo, 214.

Hyale Lubbockiana,

138,

Hyas araneus, note on, 2.

Hydrias, new species of, 511.

Hydrophis, new species of, 306.

Hygrochroa, new species of, 521.

Hyllus, new species of, 394.

Hymenoptera, new, 17, 64, 401.

Hyperia, notes on species of, 128.

Hypoctonus, new species cf, 294.

Ingrisma, new species of, 310.

Insects, on the special protection of

appendages in process of regenera-

tion among, 501.

Kirby, W. F., on African Blattide,

277; on Odonata from Hainan,

530; on the species included in

Zygonyx, 539.

Lampyris, new species of, 84.

Lanceola, new species of, 135.

Larra, new species of, 26.

Leontochroma, characters

new genus, 466.

Leovitius, characters

genus, 425.

Lepidoptera from Nyasaland, on, 59 ;

new, 368, 443, 452, 481, 507.

Leptolarra, characters of the new

genus, 29,

Lewis, (., on new species of His-

teridw, 224, 246.

remarks on,

of the

of the new

INDEX.

Lonnberg, Dr. E., on the variation

of the weasel, 436; on the varia-

tion of the common hedgehog,

542.

Lophocrotaphus, characters of the

new genus, 91.

Lophopteryx, new species of, 514.

Loricaria, new species of, 166.

Lycodes, observations on the genus,

56.

Lydekker, R., on a new species of

Cervus, 195.

Lygosoma, new species of, 306.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on the reproduction

and development of Pholoé minuta,

254 ; on the British Nephthydide,

256; on Nephthys inermis from

the ‘ Porcupine,’ 262; on the

Nephthydide of the Gulf of St.

Lawrence, 264,

Mammals, new, 45, 51, 94, 145, 148,

195, 214, 216, 217, 269, 275, 354,

496, 499,

Marmosa, new species of, 221.

Mastigoproctus, new species of, 299.

Mayer, A. G., on the mating instinet

in moths, 183.

Mazzeras, new species of, 509.

Megacormus, new species of, 470.

Melanauster, new species of, 348.

Melipotis, new species of, 520,

Menida, new species of, 396.

Mesothen, new species of, 507.

Microcorses, characters of the new

genus, 465,

Midila, new species of, 525.

Mollusca, new, 313, 439.

Monotremes, on the skeleton of the

snout and os caruncule of the

mammary foetus of, 546.

Morice, F. D., on new species of

Ammophila from Algeria, 64.

Moths, on the mating instinct in, 183.

Mus minutus, on the geographical

variations of, 527,

Myzine, new species of, 18.

Naupheeta, new species of, 285.

Neacomys, characters of the new

genus, 153.

Neostictoptera, characters of the new

genus, 019,

Nephthydide, on the British, 256;

on the, of the Gulf of St. Law-

rence, 264,

Nephthys, new species of, 259, 264.

ceca, on the nephridium of,

161.

INDEX.

Neumann, O., on a new species of

Nucras, 56,

Neurocena, characters of the new

genus, 541,

Newbigin, Dr. M. I., on British

species of Siphonostoma, 190,

Niphona, new species of, 351,

Nomada, new species of, 414.

Norman, Canon A. M., revision of the

British Amphipoda, 126, 196, 326.

Notogonia, new species of, 25.

Nucras, new species of, 56.

Ocirrhoé, new species of, 422.

Odonata, new, 530.

Odontolarra, characters of the new

nus, 35.

Oldhamia, note on the genus, 545.

Omalodes, new species of, 228.

harus, new species of, 50.

Ophthalmophora, new species of, 522.

Orchestoidea brito, remarks on, 140.

Ornithorhynchus, on the anatomy of

the foetus of, 546.

Orthoptera, new, 278.

—— saltatoria, on the regeneration

of the limbs in the, 234, 237, 314.

Oryzomys, new species of, 272, 354.

Osmia, new species of, 410.

Osrhoes, characters of the new

genus, 514,

Oxybelus, new species of, 40.

Oxygrapha, new species of, 369.

Oxythres, characters of the new

genus, 517.

Pagurodactylus, characters of the

new genus, 79.

Palindia, new species of, 518.

Palinnotus, characters of the new

genus, 16.

Pangonia, new species of, 174.

Pangoninw, revision of the, 97, 167.

Paracantha, note on the name, 400.

Parapsammophila, new species of, 66.

Parygrus, new species of, 310.

Pelargoderus, new species of, 348.

Pelecorhynchus, new species of, 102.

Pentatomine, revision of the, 386,

420. ©

Perola, new species of, 512.

Petaurista, new species of, 215.

Pharmacis, new species of, 489.

Phelister, new species of, 226.

Philhedonus, characters of the new

nus, 82.

Phleocopus, new species of, 72.

Pholoé minuta, on the reproduction

and development of, 254.

551

Phoxocephalus, notes on species of,

Phtheochroa, new species of, 487.

Phyllodromia, new species of, 280.

Phyllotis, new species of, 151, 355.

Pilema, new species of, 289.

Placodes, new species of, 224.

Platylister, new species of, 225.

Platysoma, new species of, 226.

Plecostomus, new species of, 165.

Plectopylis, new species of, 313.

Plesiochactas, characters of the new

genus, 470.

Plexippus, new species of, 387.

Pocock, R.I., on three new forms of

Tragelaphus, 94; on new or little-

known Thelyphonide and Soli-

fuge, 294; on new neotropical

scorpions, 469.

Polypztes, new species of, 510.

Prionocalus, new species of, 503.

Proechimys, new species of, 219.

Promecolanguria, new species of, 87.

Pronaota cribrosa, description of the

male of, 288.

Prosthaptus, characters of the new

genus, 85.

Psammophila, new species of, 65.

Pseudocleobis, characters of the new

genus, 304.

Pseudolestes, characters of the new

genus, 537.

Putorius nivalis and its subspecies,

note on, 41, 436.

Pycnogeusteria, characters of the

new genus, 90.

Rhagodes, new species of, 301.

Ratufa bicolor, on squirrels belonging

to the group of, 490.

Reptiles, new, 56, 306.

Rhinocypha, new species of, 536.

Rhinolophus, new species of, 145,

Rhipidoinys, new species of, 152, 270.

Ricardo, Miss G., on the Pangonina

of the family Tabanidew, 97, 167.

Saprinus, new species of, 253.

Sarrosa, new species of, 507.

Sceliphron, new species of, 36.

Schisturella, characters of the new

enus, 208.

Sciuropterus, new species of, 275,

Sciurus bicolor, on squirrels of the

group of, 490,

MacClellandi, on squirrels of

the group of, 50.

stramineus, new subspecies of,

150

552

Seriptotricha, note on the name, 400.

Semyra, new species of, 513.

Siphonalia, new species of, 440.

Siphonostoma, on the British species

of, 190.

Smitt, Prof. F. A., on the genus

Lycodes, 56.

Sollas, Prof. W J., on new genera

and species of Crinoidea, 544; on

the genus Oldhamia, 545.

Solpuga, new species of, 299.

Sowerby, G. B., on new species of

Mollusea, 439,

Spanolarra, characters of the new

genus, 32.

Sphecosoma, new species of, 507.

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on arctic

Crustacea, 1,

Stenopilema, new species of, 290.

Sternoceelis, new species of, 252.

Stewart, F. H., on the nephridium of

Nephthys ceca, 161.

Sylvivagus, new species of, 356,

Tachytes, new species of, 20.

Tzniodera, new species of, 311.

Teuthraustes, new species of, 473.

Thelyphonus, new species of, 295.

Thomas, O., on a new bat from the

Key Islands, 145; on the geo-

graphicaf races of the Tayra, 145;

on new South-Americanmammals,

148; ona new fruit-bat from New

Guinea, 216; on new Neotropical

mammals, 217, 269 ; on the generic

name Thylacomys, 225; on two

new Sciuropteri from Borneo, 275 ;

on two new murines from Peru

and a new hare from Venezuela,

304; on a new skunk from Peru,

499,

Thylacomys, on the generic name,

222.

Tiphia, new species of, 17.

Tityus, new species of, 469.

Tortricide, Asiatic, 368, 451, 481.

Tortrix, new species of, 452.

Tragelaphus, new species of, 94,

INDEX.

Tribalus, new species of, 252.

Trichodes, new species of, 72.

Tryphosella, new species of, 205. .

Typopeltis, new species of, 297.

Urenchelys, new species of, 321.

Utana, characters of the new genus,

425.

Vampyressa, definition of the new

subgenus, 270.

Vampyriscus, definition of the new

ene 270.

Vampyrodes, definition of the new

subgenus, 270,

Vampyrops, new species of, 269,

Voluta, new species of, 439.

Waite, E. R., on the generic name

Thylacomys, 222.

Walsingham, Lord, on Asiatic Tor-

tricidee, 868, 451, 481.

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Coleo-

ptera from Hainan Island, 310; on

new species of Prionocalus, 503.

Wilson, Prof. J. T., on the skeleton

of the snout and os caruncule of

the mammary fetus of Mono-

tremes, 546.

Woodhead, 8. A., on the hexagonal

structure naturally formed in cool-

ing beeswax, 121.

Woodward, A. 8., on evidence of an

extinct eel from the English chalk,

321; on a new specimen of Aulo-

lepis typus from the English chaik,

324; on a new Ostracoderm from

Scaumenac Bay, 416; on a new

species of Deltodus from the Lower

Carboniferous of Yorkshire, 419.

Zograf, N. de, on the lateral cephalic

organs of Glomeris, 159.

Zygodontomys brevicauda, new sub-

species of, 274.

Zygonidia, characters of the new

genus, 552.

Zygonyx, on the species included in,

539.

Zythonia, new species of, 92,

END OF THE FIFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY

TAYLOR

AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.